Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN20.1 - 01)

WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and

LTE Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01
Date 2018-04-20
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2018. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature
Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 4
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 7
2.1 Background.....................................................................................................................................................................7
2.2 Function Classification................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.3 Application Scenarios...................................................................................................................................................10
3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE............................................................................. 14

3.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 14
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection................................................................................................................................... 14
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection................................................................................................................................... 14
3.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 15
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements........................................................................................................................... 16
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection.................................................................................................................... 17
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection........................................................................................................................ 22
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE.................................................27

4.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 27
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers...........................................................................................................27
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers...........................................................................................................31
4.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 31
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures........................................................................................ 34
4.3.2.1 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handover............................................................................................... 36
4.3.2.1.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................. 36
4.3.2.1.2 Process................................................................................................................................................................. 37
4.3.2.2 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch......................................................................................................................... 37
4.3.2.3 Measures to Prevent Frequent Retries After a UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover Failure............................................ 38
4.3.2.4 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and LTE.....................................................39
4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.............................................................................39
4.3.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 40
4.3.3.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 41
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN
4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE................................................................................................................... 41

4.3.3.4 Measurement.......................................................................................................................................................... 43
4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution.......................................................................................................................................... 50
4.3.3.6 Target Cell Selection...............................................................................................................................................53
4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers................................................................................ 56
4.3.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 56
4.3.4.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 57
4.3.4.4 Measurement.......................................................................................................................................................... 60
4.3.4.5.1 Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on Periodic RSCP Measurement............... 69
4.3.4.5.2 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection.................................. 70
4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures....................................................................................................................................... 70
4.3.4.7 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Service Redirection........................................................................................ 71
4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.................................................................................... 72
4.3.5.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 72
4.3.5.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 73
4.3.5.3 UE Selection for LDR............................................................................................................................................ 73
4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations...................................................................................................... 75
4.3.5.5 Measurements......................................................................................................................................................... 76
4.3.5.6.1 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Load-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection...................................... 78
4.3.5.7 Anti-ping-pong Measures....................................................................................................................................... 78
4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation.................................................................................................... 79
5 CSFB............................................................................................................................................... 86
5.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 86
5.2 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE...................................................................................................................................87
5.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 87
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return........................................................................................................................................91
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return....................................................................................................................... 91
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return.......................................................................................................................93
5.2.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 93
5.2.4.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 94
5.2.4.3 Measurement.......................................................................................................................................................... 95
5.2.4.4 Execution................................................................................................................................................................ 96
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return.................................................................................................................... 96
5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message.......................................... 98
5.2.7 Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return............................................................................................................................... 102
5.2.8 Fast Return for Supplementary CSFB Services...................................................................................................... 102
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls..................................................................................................... 104
5.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................. 104
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN
5.3.2 Policy....................................................................................................................................................................... 104

5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls........................................................................................................ 105
5.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................. 105
5.4.2 Policy....................................................................................................................................................................... 105
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction.............................................................................................................................................. 106
5.5.1 Regarding the First PS BE Service of a Redirection-based CSFB UE as a Combined Service when Performing
DRD for the UE................................................................................................................................................................ 110
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB........................................................................................................................................................111
6 SRVCC......................................................................................................................................... 114
6.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................................................114
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover........................................................................................................ 115
6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User..........................................................................................................................119
6.3.1 Overview..................................................................................................................................................................119
6.3.2 Triggering Conditions..............................................................................................................................................120
6.3.3 Measurement........................................................................................................................................................... 122
6.3.4 Execution................................................................................................................................................................. 122
6.3.5 Virtual Grid-based Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC................................................................................................ 123
7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE............................................................... 125

7.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 125
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status..................................................................................................... 125
7.2.1 RIM Procedure........................................................................................................................................................ 125
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status..................................................................................................................... 127
8 Related Features.........................................................................................................................130
8.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1..................................................................................... 130
8.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................................................130
8.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...................................................................... 131
8.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE......................................................................... 131
8.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................ 132
8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE............................................................................ 133
8.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................. 134
8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE................................................................................ 134
8.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.............................................................................. 135
8.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE..........................................................................136
8.11 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB............................................................................................................................136
8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User..............................................................................................137
9 Impact on the Network.............................................................................................................138

9.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1..................................................................................... 138
9.1.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 138
9.1.2 Network Performance..............................................................................................................................................138
9.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................................................138
9.2.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 138
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN

9.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...................................................................... 139
9.3.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 140
9.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE......................................................................... 140
9.4.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 140
9.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................ 140
9.5.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 140
9.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE............................................................................ 141
9.6.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 141
9.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................. 142
9.7.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 142
9.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE................................................................................ 142
9.8.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 142
9.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls........................................................................... 143
9.9.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 143
9.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover............................................................................ 143
9.10.1 System Capacity.................................................................................................................................................... 143
9.10.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................143
9.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE..........................................................................144
9.11.1 System Capacity.................................................................................................................................................... 144
9.11.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................ 144
9.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB........................................................................................................................... 144
9.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User..............................................................................................144
10 Engineering Guidelines......................................................................................................... 146

10.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1................................................................................... 146
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1.................................................................................... 146
10.1.2 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 146
10.1.3 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................155
10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.....................................................................................................156
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE......................................................................................................156
10.2.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................ 157
10.2.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 157
10.2.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 157
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization......................................................................................................................................... 183
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

WCDMA RAN
10.2.7 Troubleshooting..................................................................................................................................................... 183

10.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.................................................................... 183
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE..................................................................... 183
10.3.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 184
10.3.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 184
10.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE....................................................................... 199
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE........................................................................ 199
10.4.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 199
10.4.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 199
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE.......................................................... 213
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE........................................................... 214
10.5.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 215
10.5.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 215
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................... 242
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE........................................................................... 242
10.6.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 242
10.6.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 242
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE........................................................................... 273
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................ 273
10.7.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 273
10.7.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 274
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.............................................................................. 290
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

WCDMA RAN
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE............................................................................... 290
10.8.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 291
10.8.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 291
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls......................................................................... 308
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls.......................................................................... 309
10.9.2 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 309
10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.......................................................................... 311
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover........................................................................... 312
10.10.2 Required Information.......................................................................................................................................... 312
10.10.3 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 312
10.10.4 Deployment......................................................................................................................................................... 312
10.10.5 Performance Monitoring......................................................................................................................................320
10.10.6 Parameter Optimization....................................................................................................................................... 322
10.10.7 Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................... 322
10.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE........................................................................323
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.........................................................................323
10.11.2 Required Information...........................................................................................................................................323
10.11.3 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 323
10.11.4 Deployment..........................................................................................................................................................323
10.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB......................................................................................................................... 329
10.12.1 When to Use Ultra-Flash CSFB.......................................................................................................................... 329
10.12.3 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 330
10.12.4 Deployment......................................................................................................................................................... 330
10.12.4.1 Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 330
10.12.4.2 Data Preparation............................................................................................................................................... 331
10.12.4.3 Precautions........................................................................................................................................................331
10.12.4.4 Activation......................................................................................................................................................... 331
10.12.4.4.1 Using MML Commands................................................................................................................................ 331
10.12.4.4.2 MML Command Examples........................................................................................................................... 332
10.12.4.4.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 332
10.12.4.5 Activation Observation.....................................................................................................................................332
10.12.4.6 Deactivation......................................................................................................................................................332
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

WCDMA RAN

10.12.4.6.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 333
10.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User............................................................................................334
10.13.1 When to Use Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.............................................................................................334
10.13.3 Deployment......................................................................................................................................................... 335
10.13.3.1 Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 335
10.13.3.2 Data Preparation............................................................................................................................................... 336
10.13.3.3 Activation......................................................................................................................................................... 340
10.13.3.3.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 343
10.13.3.5 Deactivation......................................................................................................................................................344
10.13.3.5.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 345
10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.........................................................................................................347
10.14.1 When to Use MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability................................................................................347
10.14.3 Deployment......................................................................................................................................................... 348
10.14.3.1 Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 348
10.14.3.2 Data Preparation and Feature Activation..........................................................................................................349
10.14.3.4 Deactivation......................................................................................................................................................354
11 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 356
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................. 1535
13 Glossary................................................................................................................................... 1600
14 Reference Documents........................................................................................................... 1601
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes the Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE feature, including its
technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
l WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

l WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
l WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
l WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
l WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB
l WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
l MRFD-111402 Inter-RAT Adaptive Traffic Offload
This document applies to the following NE types.
NE Type NE Model
RNC BSC6900, BSC6910
NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
5900 series macro base stations: BTS5900, BTS5900A,
BTS5900L, BTS5900AL, DBS5900
Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

WCDMA RAN
NE Type NE Model
Micro BTS3911E
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite, DBS5900 LampSite
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version
RAN20.1 01 (2018-04-20)
This issue does not include any changes.
RAN20.1 Draft A (2017-12-30)

Compared with Issue 04 (2017-12-30) of RAN19.1, Draft A (2017-12-30) of RAN20.1
includes the following changes.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature Added Iur related Added the following counters:

change performance counters, l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Iur
which are used for (BSC6900, BSC6910)
measuring the number of
service-based PS l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE.Iur
redirections, number of (BSC6900, BSC6910)
fast returns in the CSFB l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE.Iur
redirection, and number (BSC6900, BSC6910)
of fast returns in the
SRVCC redirection.

WCDMA RAN

Type
Added the following Added the following parameters:

functions: l SRNSwithLTESubIndSw (BSC6900,
l Enhanced LTE BSC6910)
subscriber l FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900,
identification BSC6910):HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAS
l Enhanced fast return T_RETURN_SWITCH
from UMTS to LTE l PerfEnhanceSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l Virtual grid-based fast Added the following option:
return to LTE for – PERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_M
SRVCC EAS_OPT_SW
l Intra-frequency – PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND
measurement _ACK_SWITCH
optimization for
constructing virtual – PERFENH_CSFB_FR_OVERLAP_RB_R
grids for UMTS-to- ECONFIG_SW
LTE return l U2LServTrigSource (BSC6900, BSC6910)
For details, see: Added the following options:
l 4 PS Redirections – U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_ENHANCE_T
and Handovers RIGGER
Between UMTS and – U2L_SERV_IUPS_REL_TRIGGER
LTE l HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l 5 CSFB Added the following options:
l 6 SRVCC – HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWI
l 9 Impact on the TCH
Network – HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RET
l 10 Engineering URN_SWITCH
Guidelines Added the following performance counters:
l VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num.SRVCCUE
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.SRVCCUE.Delay.Blind
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.SRVCCUE.Delay.Meas
urement (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Gri
dBlind.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Added the function of Replaced the reserved parameter RsvSwitch6

RSRP-based cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) with the formal parameter
reselection for UEs in FachRSRPBasedReselSwitch (BSC6900,
CELL_FACH state. For BSC6910).
details, see:
l 3.3.2 Criteria for
Starting
Measurements
l 10.1.2 Deployment

WCDMA RAN

Type
Editorial None None

change
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature ID Descriptio Supported by Base Supported Supported Supported
n Station Controller by Macro by Micro by
Base Base LampSite
BSC6900 BSC6910 Station Station Base
Station
WRFD-14 CS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0102 Fallback
Guarantee
for LTE
Emergenc
y Calls
WRFD-15 SRVCC Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0215 from LTE
to UMTS
with PS
Handover
WRFD-16 Ultra- Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0271 Flash
CSFB
WRFD-02 Mobility Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0126 Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase1
WRFD-02 Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0129 Based PS
Service
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-14 Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0218 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 Load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0216 Based PS
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 Load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0217 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0219 Based PS
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0220 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 RIM Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0231 Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selection
for LTE
WRFD-14 Fast Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0226 Return
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-17 Fast Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

1223 Return to
LTE for
SRVCC
User

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
N/A indicates that an NE is not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Background
As wireless data services grow and conditions mature for LTE commercial use, telecom
operators begin to add LTE networks to existing UMTS network infrastructure. These two
types of networks are expected to coexist for a long time, so interoperability between UMTS
and LTE is important. This feature helps operators make the most of existing network
equipment, provide diversified services, and achieve smooth network evolution.
The inter-RAT interoperations from UMTS to LTE (the target LTE frequency bands include 1
to 43 and 66) are supported. In cross-Iur scenarios, whether the RNC supports cells operating
in the extended LTE frequency bands indicated in Iur interface messages is controlled by
IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW under the IurAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the UNRNC MO. When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send information
of the cells operating in the extended LTE frequency bands to other RNCs and can handle the
same type of information received from other RNCs.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, the LTE system includes the LTE TDD and LTE FDD systems.
2.2 Function Classification

UMTS and LTE interoperability functions apply only to UEs that support both UMTS and
LTE services. UMTS/LTE interoperability functions are classified by UE status, as presented
by Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 UMTS and LTE interoperability functions classified by UE's mode
UE's Mode UL Interoperability Function Reference Document
Idle mode LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection LTE feature document

Idle Mode Management
Feature Parameter
Description

WCDMA RAN
Idle mode UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection 3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell

Reselection in this
document
Idle mode SPID-based mobility management UMTS side: UMTS

in idle mode feature document
Flexible User Steering
Feature Parameter
Description
LTE side: LTE feature
document Flexible User
Steering Feature
Parameter Description
Connected Data LTE-to-UMTS PS redirection or LTE feature document

mode services handover Inter-RAT Mobility
Management in
Connected Mode Feature
LTE-to-UMTS handovers based on LTE feature document

cell load Inter-RAT Mobility Load
Balancing Feature
Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.3 Coverage-based

redirection or handover UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.4 Service-based

Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.5 Load-based

Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
RIM-based cell selection during 7 RIM Based UMTS

load-based LTE-to-UMTS inter- Target Cell Selection for
RAT handover LTE in this document

WCDMA RAN
SPID-based mobility management UMTS side: UMTS

in connected mode feature document
Feature Parameter
Description
document Flexible User
Steering Feature
UL Unified Video Steering UMTS feature document

UL Unified Video
Steering Feature
Voice LTE-to-UMTS CSFB (CS fallback) LTE feature document CS

services Fallback Feature
Fast Return from UMTS to LTE 5.2 Fast Return from

UMTS to LTE in this
document
SPID-based fast return UMTS document

Feature Parameter
Description
CSFB guarantee for emergency 5.3 CS Fallback

calls originated on the LTE network Guarantee for LTE
Emergency Calls in this
document
CSFB guarantee for common calls 5.4 CS Fallback

originated on the LTE network Guarantee for LTE
Common Calls in this
document
CSFB delay reduction 5.5 CSFB Delay

Reduction in this
document
Ultra-Flash CSFB UMTS side: 5.6 Ultra-

Flash CSFB in this
document
document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter
Description
SRVCC LTE feature document

SRVCC Feature

WCDMA RAN
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with UMTS side: 6 SRVCC in

PS Handover this document
document SRVCC
Feature Parameter
Description
Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User 6.3 Fast Return to LTE
for SRVCC User in this
document
RIM-based UMTS target cell 7 RIM Based UMTS

selection for LTE during CSFB Target Cell Selection for
LTE in this document
Fast CS fallback based on RIM UMTS side: UMTS

feature document Fast CS
Fallback Based on RIM
Feature Parameter
Description
document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter
Description
2.3 Application Scenarios

The following table lists typical application scenarios of UL interoperability.

WCDMA RAN
Table 2-2 Typical application scenarios

Scenario Camping Policy CS Service Policy PS Service Policy
Description
l The IMS is not An LTE-first policy UL multimode UEs l Since LTE

deployed and the is recommended in only support PS coverage is still
LTE network this scenario. services. They incomplete,
does not support NOTE cannot perform CS when a UE
VoIP. Huawei equipment voice services. processing a PS
l UL multimode supports preferred service on the
camping of UEs on LTE network
UEs only support LTE or UMTS cells.
PS services. moves out of the
To enable the
preferred camping, LTE coverage
l LTE coverage is area, a PS
LTE or UMTS
still incomplete. handover or
frequencies are
granted higher redirection to the
priorities during cell UMTS network
reselection so that
is performed for
UEs can
preferentially reselect the UE and the
the LTE or UMTS PS service. For
network. For details details, see 4.2
about cell reselection, LTE-to-UMTS
see 3 Cell PS Redirections
Reselection Between
and Handovers.
UMTS and LTE.
l If a UE is
camping on the
UMTS network
while performing
only PS services
and is also in the
LTE coverage,
the UE needs to
return to the LTE
network
immediately to
enjoy the best
service
experience. The
PS service of the
UE is shifted to
the LTE network
through a
UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or
handover to
return to the LTE
network. For
details, see 4.3
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Redirections
and Handovers.

WCDMA RAN

Description
l The IMS is not When a UE initiates l Since LTE

deployed and the a voice service on coverage is still
LTE network the LTE network, incomplete,
does not support the UE and its voice when a UE
VoIP services but service will fall back processing a PS
only PS data to the UMTS service on the
services. network. The LTE network
l UL multimode fallback principles moves out of the
UEs support both are as follows: LTE coverage
PS and CS l To reduce the area, a PS
services. CSFB delay and handover or
improve user redirection to the
l LTE coverage is UMTS network
still incomplete. experience, RIM-
based CSFB is is performed for
recommended. the UE and the
For details, see PS service. For
Fast CS Fallback details, see 4.2
Based on RIM LTE-to-UMTS
Feature PS Redirections
Parameter and Handovers.
Description. For l If a UE is
other CSFB camping on the
delay reduction UMTS network
measures, see 5.5 while performing
CSFB Delay only PS services
Reduction. and is also in the
l The CSFB LTE coverage,
success rate of the UE needs to
emergency calls return to the LTE
and common network
calls initiated on immediately to
LTE networks enjoy the best
must be ensured. service
For details, see experience.
5.3 CS Fallback Common UEs
Guarantee for with PS services
LTE Emergency perform UMTS-
Calls and 5.4 CS to-LTE PS
Fallback redirections or
Guarantee for handovers to
LTE Common return to the LTE
Calls. network. For
details, see 4.3
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Redirections
and Handovers.
If a CSFB UE is
still performing a
PS service after

WCDMA RAN

Description
l The IMS is When a UE releasing its CS

deployed and the performing a VoIP service, it can
LTE network service on the LTE perform a
supports both PS network moves out service-based
data services and of LTE coverage, the UMTS-to-LTE
VoIP services. Single Radio Voice PS redirection/
l Among all UL Call Continuity handover or a
multi-mode UEs, (SRVCC) feature fast return to
some support CS works to convert the switch to the
services and PS VoIP service to a CS LTE network. If
services and voice service on the conditions for
some support PS UMTS network. both operations
services and This mechanism are met, fast
VoIP services. ensures voice return is
service continuity. preferred. For
l LTE coverage is For details, see 6 details, see 5.2
still incomplete. SRVCC. Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE.
l If an SRVCC UE
is still
performing a PS
service after
releasing its CS
service, it can
perform a
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection/
handover or a
fast return to
switch to the
LTE network. If
conditions for
both operations
are met, fast
return is
preferred. For
details, see 6.3
Fast Return to
LTE for
SRVCC User.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE
3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE
3.1 Overview
Cell reselections between UMTS and LTE include LTE-to-UMTS cell reselections, UMTS-to-
LTE cell reselections, and UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselections.
l When the LTE network is initially deployed, LTE coverage is weak or unavailable in
some spots, but UMTS coverage is already complete. The LTE network needs to support
LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection so that UEs can reselect to UMTS cells after finishing
services on the LTE network. LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection enables UEs to make full
use of the existing UMTS network and reduce load on the LTE network.
l After finishing services on the UMTS network, UEs are transitioned to the CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH state or idle mode within the period specified by a timer. In this case, the
UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection function enables UEs to reselect to and camp on LTE
cells with better signal quality. UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections enable UEs to better
experience high-speed services on the LTE network and reduce load on the UMTS
network.
RAN17.1 introduced the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. That is, after performing a state transition from CELL_PCH/
CELL_DCH/IDLE to CELL_FACH, a UE can perform a cell reselection to the LTE
network based on the absolute priority of frequencies.
l To improve user experience, the UMTS-to-LTE fast cell reselection function can be
enabled so that UEs can be quickly transitioned to the CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state or
idle mode and initiate UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections.
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection

LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection is implemented on the LTE side based on absolute cell
priorities. For details, see LTE feature documentation Idle Mode Management Feature
Parameter Description.
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection

This chapter describes the WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature.

WCDMA RAN
3.3.1 Overview
When a UE finishes its services and stays in the CELL_PCH, URA_PCH state, or idle mode
on the UMTS network, it performs cell reselections to the LTE network based on information
element SIB19. Information element SIB19 carries the absolute priorities of the serving
UMTS cell and EARFCNs. After receiving SIB19, the UE will trigger measurements if
measurement triggering conditions are met. Based on the measurement results, the UE uses
reselection to camp on a suitable cell.
To use the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection function in a cell, SIB19 must be broadcast in the
cell. To enable SIB19 broadcasting in a cell, select SIB19 under the SibCfgBitMap
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD
UCELLSIBSWITCH command. SIB19 only contains the neighboring LTE frequencies with
FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to Idle_Only or Both.
l To enable absolute priority-based cell reselection to LTE for UEs in the CELL_FACH
state, set CellFachPrioReselSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) to ON.
l Optimized procedure for releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection: If the core
network (CN) sends an Iu Release Command message containing an "Out Of Utran" IE
to the RNC after the UE in the CELL_PCH/CELL_FACH state performs UMTS-to-LTE
cell reselection, the RNC directly releases internal resources without sending a RADIO
BEARER RELEASE message or RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message to the UE.
This function is supported when OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH
under OptimizationSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
NOTE
To implement the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection, the
CN needs to support the function of carrying the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command
message.
MLB-based dedicated priorities: In LTE-preferred camping scenarios, the RNC sends MLB-
based dedicated priorities to UEs that have performed LTE-to-UMTS MLB handovers to
prevent these UEs from reselecting to LTE cells again within a short period, ensuring proper
load balancing between LTE and UMTS. The implementation is as follows: After identifying
a UE as being handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell due to the load reason, the RNC
carries an MLB-based dedicated priority and an effective timer (T322ForLoadBalance
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) in the Utran Mobility Information message to the UE.
l To support this mechanism, the SIB19 must be broadcast in the UMTS cell and the
MLB-based dedicated priorities are sequenced based on the absolute priority in the
SIB19 so that the priorities of LTE frequencies are always lower than the priorities of
UMTS frequencies. If a LTE cell reselection is triggered for a UE before the effective
timer expires, the UE cannot reselect to any LTE cell because the MLB-based dedicated
priority is effective. After the timer expires, UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections can be
performed based on the absolute priority.
l This mechanism takes effect when L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l When the SPID-based or IMSI-based dedicated priority takes effect, the SPID-based or IMSI-based
dedicated priority takes precedence over the MLB-based dedicated priority and is preferentially
carried in the Utran Mobility Information message. To know more about cell reselection based on
the SPID-based or IMSI-based dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature Parameter
Description and Mobility Management Based on IMSI for Multiple Operators Feature Parameter
Description.
l As specified in 3GPP TS 25.331, frequencies of different RATs cannot be configured with the same
priority. If frequencies of different RATs are configured with the same priority, MLB-based
dedicated priorities will not be delivered.
l Frequencies supported by a UE are sequenced in descending order of MLB-based dedicated priority
as follows: frequencies of the UMTS serving cell > frequencies of other UMTS cells > LTE
frequencies > GSM frequencies. Meanwhile, frequencies of non-UMTS serving cells (frequencies of
other UMTS cells, LTE frequencies, and GSM frequencies) are separately sequenced in descending
order of absolute priority.
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements

Information element SIB19 carries the absolute priority SPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) of
the serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) of EARFCNs,
and cell reselection thresholds. Different radio access technologies (RATs) must have different
priorities. Upon receipt of information element SIB19, the UE performs inter-RAT
measurement according to specific criteria, as shown in the following figure:
Figure 3-1 Measurement criteria for UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection

WCDMA RAN
Parameters and variables involved in the preceding measurement criteria are as follows:
l ThdPrioritySearch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l Qrxlevmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l ThdPrioritySearch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l Qqualmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l Thigher_priority_search: According to section 4.2.2 "Requirements" in 3GPP TS 25.133
(V11.5.0), the value of Thigher_priority_search (measured in seconds) equals the
number of frequencies multiplied by 60.
When absolute priority-based cell reselection to LTE is enabled for UEs in the CELL_FACH
state, SIB19 carries the CELL_FACH state measurement indication. The measurement
indicator is specified by the CellFachMeasLayer (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter:
l When this parameter is set to HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs only measure frequencies
that have higher absolute priorities than the frequency of the serving cell. Therefore, only
the LTE frequencies that meet the preceding criteria and have higher absolute priorities
than the frequency of the serving cell are measured.
l When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs measure all frequencies. Therefore,
all LTE frequencies that meet the preceding criteria are measured.
If FachRSRPBasedReselSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TRUE and RSRQSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, the UE in CELL_FACH state can perform RSRP-
based cell reselection.
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection

Absolute Priority-based Cell Reselection
SIB19 carries the absolute priority of the serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities of the
LTE frequencies, and the cell reselection thresholds. The UE performs cell reselection based
on the absolute priorities.
Section "5.2.6.1.4a Absolute priority based criteria for inter-frequency and inter-RAT cell
reselection" in 3GPP TS 25.304 V11.3.0 specifies five sets of criteria for cell reselection
based on the absolute priorities. Criteria set 2 applies to intra-RAT inter-frequency cell
reselections.
Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 apply to UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections. Criteria sets 1 and 3 use
the reference signal received power (RSRP) to evaluate signal quality, while criteria sets 4 and
5 use the reference signal received quality (RSRQ). For the description of each criteria set, see
Table 3-1.
The RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command controls
whether the UE performs cell reselection based on the RSRQ of the LTE frequency. When
RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TRUE and the UE supports the RSRQ-based
measurement, the UE performs cell reselection based on the RSRQ. Otherwise, the UE
performs cell reselection based on the RSRP.
NOTE
If RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to the same value for different LTE frequencies, you can
set NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) to the same value for these LTE frequencies. If RSRQSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to different values for different LTE frequencies, NPriority (BSC6900,
BSC6910) cannot be set to the same value for these LTE frequencies.

WCDMA RAN
When the RSRQSwitch parameter is set to FALSE, whether SIB19 contains the value of the
EQqualmin parameter depends on the value of the EQqualminSwitch parameter in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command:
l TRUE: SIB19 contains the value of the EQqualmin parameter.
l FALSE: SIB19 does not contain the value of the EQqualmin parameter.
NOTE
If the value of the EQqualmin parameter is not contained, the protocol-specified default value negative
infinity is used.
Table 3-1 Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 for triggering cell reselection

Criteria Description
Set
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute
1 priority of the serving UMTS cell.
l The Srxlev value of a cell served by an LTE frequency,
SrxlevnonServingCell, has remained above the threshold Threshhigh for a
period of time longer than Treselection.
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
l SrxlevnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
l SrxlevServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low for a period of time
longer than Treselection, or SqualServingCell has remained below or equal
to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute
l The Squal value of the LTE frequency, SqualnonServingCell, has remained
above the threshold Threshhigh2 for a period of time longer than
Treselection.
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
l SqualnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow2 for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
l SqualServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low2 for a period of time
longer than Treselection, or SrxlevServingCell has remained below or equal
to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.
The variables in Table 3-1 are described in the following table.

WCDMA RAN
Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description

Name
SrxlevnonSer - - RX level (dBm) of a UE in a cell

vingCell served by an LTE frequency. It is
calculated using the following
formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell = RSRP
measured by the UE for a cell
served by an LTE frequency –
EQrxlevmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
SrxlevServin - - RX level (dBm) of a UE in the

gCell serving cell. It is calculated using
the following formula:
SrxlevServingCell = Serving cell's
RSCP measured by the UE –
Qrxlevmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Threshhigh RSRP ThdToHigh RX level threshold of a UE above

Threshold for (BSC6900, which the UE performs cell
High-prio-freq BSC6910) reselection from the serving cell to a
Reselection cell on the target frequency when
the absolute priority level of the
target frequency is greater than that
of the serving cell. The greater the
value of this parameter, the less
likely reselection is to succeed.
Treselectio - - Reselection delay.

n It is calculated using the following
formula: Treselections (BSC6900,
BSC6910) x InterRatTreselSca-
lingFactor (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Threshlow RSRP ThdToLow RX level threshold of a UE above

Threshold for (BSC6900, which the UE performs cell
Low-prio-freq BSC6910) reselection from the serving cell to a
Reselection cell on the target frequency when
the absolute priority of the target
frequency is lower than the absolute
priority of the serving cell. The
greater the value of this parameter,
the less likely reselection is to
succeed.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Threshservin RSCP ThdServingLow Threshold of the serving cell's

g,low threshold for (BSC6900, RSCP during reselection to a cell
low-prio-freq BSC6910) operating at a frequency with an
reselection absolute priority lower than that of
the serving cell. A reselection to a
cell operating at a frequency with a
lower absolute priority is triggered
if the following conditions are met:
l Signal quality of the serving
UMTS cell constantly remains
below Threshserving,low.
l Signal quality of the target cell
satisfies the following formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell > Threshlow
The greater the value of this
parameter, the more likely cell
reselection based on absolute
priorities is to succeed.
SqualnonSer - - Signal quality value (dB) of a cell

vingCell served by an LTE frequency, which
applies only to LTE FDD cells. It is
calculated based on the following
formula:
SqualnonServingCell = RSRQ
measured by the UE for a cell
served by an LTE frequency –
EQqualmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
SqualServing - - Quality standard of the serving cell

Cell (FDD cell) for a UE
The calculation formula is as
follows:
SqualServingCell = Serving cell's
Ec/No measured by the UE –
Qqualmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Threshhigh2 RSRQ ThdToHighRSRQ Signal quality threshold of the target

Threshold for (BSC6900, cell above which the UE performs
Reselection to BSC6910) cell reselection from the serving cell
High-priority to a cell operating at a frequency
Cell with an absolute priority higher than
that of the serving cell. The greater
the value of this parameter, the less

WCDMA RAN

Name
Threshlow2 RSRQ ThdToLowRSRQ Signal quality threshold of the target

Threshold for (BSC6900, cell above which the UE performs
Reselection to BSC6910) cell reselection from the serving cell
Low-priority to a cell operating at a frequency
Cell with an absolute priority lower than
that of the serving cell. The greater
the value of this parameter, the less
Threshservin Ec/No ThdServingLow2 CPICH Ec/No threshold of the

g,low2 Threshold for (BSC6900, serving UMTS cell when the UE
Reselection to BSC6910) reselects a cell operating at a
Low-priority frequency with an absolute priority
Frequency lower than that of the serving cell.
After the cell reselection
measurement starts, if the signal
quality of the serving cell remains
lower than this parameter value and
the signal quality of the target cell
operating at a lower-priority
frequency remains high during the
cell reselection delay time, the UE
will perform cell reselection.
To summarize:
l If the criteria in criteria set 1 or 4 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell operating
at an LTE frequency with a higher absolute priority.
l If the criteria in criteria set 3 or 5 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell operating
at an LTE frequency with a lower absolute priority.
l If none of the criteria sets is met, the UE remains on the UMTS network.
l If multiple cells fulfill a set of criteria, the UE performs reselection to the cell with the
largest SrxlevnonServingCell value.
MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection

A multi-band LTE cell refers to an LTE cell whose operating frequencies belong to multiple
frequency bands. For example, if a cell operating on a 10 MHz bandwidth in Band 17 is
reconfigured as a multi-band cell operating in Band 17 and Band 12, UEs supporting Band 17
and Band 12 can access the multi-band cell. The mappings between LTE frequencies and
frequency bands are defined in 5.5 "Operating bands" of 3GPP TS 36.101. For details about
multi-band LTE cells, see Multiple Frequency Band Indicator Feature Parameter
Description.
When the LTE cell operates on multiple frequency bands, UEs camping on the UMTS
network can reselect to the multi-band LTE cell if they support these frequency bands. This
function is enabled by selecting HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. The master and slave frequency bands of the

WCDMA RAN
multi-band LTE cell configured on the RNC must be consistent with those on the LTE
network.
Table 3-2 lists the multi-band cell configuration of frequencies in SIB19 and multi-band cells
of SPID/IMSI/MLB-specific cell-reselection priorities.
Table 3-2 Multi-band cell configuration

Category Master Frequency Slave Band Slave Band
Indicator Information
Frequencie EARFCN (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndica- SlaveBandSN

s in SIB19 BSC6910) tor (BSC6900, (BSC6900,
BSC6910) BSC6910) and
SlaveBand
Frequencie DLARFCN (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndica- (BSC6900,
s BSC6910) tor (BSC6900, BSC6910)
configured BSC6910)
with SPID/
IMSI-
specific
cell-
reselection
priorities
When SlaveBandIndicator (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D0, the neighboring frequency is

not used by any multi-band cells. The RNC sends the master frequency and slave frequency
band list in SIB19 or UTRAN Mobility Information messages. If the master frequency or
slave frequency band list is supported by the UE, the UE can initiate a cell reselection
procedure. If the UE does not support the master frequency but supports the slave frequency
bands, the RNC sends the frequency in the first slave frequency band to the UE.
For frequencies configured with SPID/IMSI/MLB-specific cell-reselection priorities, if the
UE transits to the idle mode before the timer expires, cell reselections are performed based on
the frequencies and related reselection parameters in SIB19 and the priorities in UTRAN
Mobility Information.
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection

To accelerate the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, you need to enable the UMTS-to-LTE quick
cell reselection function (which reduces the inactivity timer length) by selecting
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command.
NOTE
This function takes effect only when any of the following options is selected to identify whether the UE
is a UMTS/LTE multimode UE and obtain the LTE frequency information:
l HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
l HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
l HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
or FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter

WCDMA RAN
The following table lists the inactivity timers that are used and state transitions that are
triggered before and after the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled.
Type of UEs Before the After the Function Gains of the

Function Is Is Enabled Function
Enabled
UEs that are not UEs in the A transition from the After the UMTS-to-
enabled with CELL_DCH state CELL_DCH state to LTE quick cell
enhanced fast will be transited to the CELL_PCH reselection function
dormancy the CELL_PCH state or idle mode is is enabled, the
state after the total triggered when the default length of the
duration specified UE has not inactivity timer is
by the transmitted or decreased and
BeD2FStateTransT received service data therefore the cell
imer and for a period of time reselection process
InactF2PstateTrans specified by is faster.
Timer parameters PsInactTmrForFst
have elapsed. DrmDch.
UEs in the
CELL_FACH state
will be transited to
the CELL_PCH
state after the timer
specified by the
InactF2PstateTrans
Timer parameter
has expired.

WCDMA RAN

Enabled
UEs that are enabled When A transition from the After the UMTS-to-
with enhanced fast RNC_EFD_D2F_S CELL_DCH state to LTE quick cell
dormancy and in the WITCH under the CELL_PCH reselection function
CELL_DCH state OptimizationSwitch state or idle mode is is enabled, the
(BSC6900, triggered when the default length of the
BSC6910) in the UE has not inactivity timer is
SET transmitted or decreased and
URRCTRLSWITC received service data therefore the cell
H command is for a period of time reselection process
selected, the UE specified by is faster.
transits from the PsInactTmrForFst
CELL_DCH state to DrmDch.
the CELL_FACH
state when it has not
transmitted or
received service data
for a period of time
specified by
PsInactTmrForFst
DrmDch and then
transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH when it
has not transmitted
or received service
data for a period of
time specified by
PsInactTmrForFst
DrmFach
(BSC6900,
BSC6910).
When After the UMTS-to-

RNC_EFD_D2F_S LTE quick cell
WITCH is not reselection function
selected, state is enabled, the
transitions from default length of the
CELL_DCH to inactivity timer
CELL_PCH are remains the same
triggered when the and therefore
UE has not UMTS-to-LTE
transmitted or quick cell
received service data reselections do not
during the time provide gains for
length specified by these UEs.
PsInactTmrForFst
DrmDch.

WCDMA RAN

Enabled
UEs that are enabled State transitions State transitions After the UMTS-to-
with enhanced fast from CELL_FACH from CELL_FACH LTE quick cell
dormancy and in the to CELL_PCH are to CELL_PCH or reselection function
CELL_FACH state triggered when the idle mode are is enabled, the
UE has not triggered when the default length of the
transmitted or UE has not inactivity timer
received service data transmitted or remains the same
for a period of time received service data and therefore
specified by for a period of time UMTS-to-LTE
PsInactTmrForFst specified by quick cell
DrmFach PsInactTmrForFst reselections do not
(BSC6900, DrmFach provide gains for
BSC6910). (BSC6900, these UEs.
BSC6910).
When the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled, whether a UE transits
from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state or idle mode is specified by
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command. When
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH is deselected, the UE transits from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state when it has not transmitted or received any service
data after a period specified by PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When
this switch is selected, the UE transits from the CELL_DCH state to idle mode when it has
not transmitted or received any service data after a period specified by
PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch (BSC6900, BSC6910).
NOTE
If the timer for state transitions from CELL_DCH on the HS-DSCH to the CELL_FACH (RNC-level
parameter BeH2FStateTransTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) or cell-level parameter
BeH2FStateTransTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910)) or the timer for state transitions from CELL_DCH on
the DCH to the CELL_FACH (RNC-level parameter BeD2FStateTransTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
cell-level parameter BeD2FStateTransTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910)) is set to a value less than the
preceding inactive timer specified by PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach (BSC6900, BSC6910):
l For UEs that support U2L reselection in the CELL_FACH state, the D2F/H2F state transition is
preferentially triggered, and then the U2L reselection is performed based on the absolute priority.
For details about common UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, see 3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection.
l For UEs that do not support U2L reselection in the CELL_FACH state, the D2F/H2F state transition
is preferentially triggered, and then the U2L reselection is not performed. This function does not
take effect.
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,

BSC6910) is deselected by default. Select
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH if some UEs in the network do not
support CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH state transitions.
Changing the value of PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach (BSC6900, BSC6910) affects this function and the Enhanced

WCDMA RAN
Fast Dormancy feature. For details about enhanced fast dormancy, see Enhanced Fast
Dormancy Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between

UMTS and LTE
4.1 Overview
This chapter describes UMTS-to-LTE and LTE-to-UMTS PS redirections and handovers.
l When a UE performing PS services on an LTE network moves out of an LTE coverage
area or if the LTE signal quality falls below a specific threshold, an LTE-to-UMTS PS
redirection or handover will be performed to switch the UE over to the UMTS network.
The choice between a PS redirection and a PS handover depends on the UE capabilities.
This mechanism ensures the service continuity.
l Similarly, when the UE is performing PS only services in the UMTS network while in an
LTE covered area, a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can also be performed to
shift the UE and its PS service to the LTE network to provide optimal service experience.
l During redirection, an RRC connection is released in the current cell to deliver the target
frequency to the UE and the UE accesses the network again in the cell of the target
frequency. During a handover, an inter-RAT relocation is performed to shift the UE to
the target cell.
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers

LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers or redirections are performed mainly by the LTE network. For
details, see LTE document Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature
During an LTE-to-UMTS handover, a part of the UE's data has been forwarded by the CN to
the eNodeB but not yet forwarded to the UE. Therefore, this part of data needs to be
forwarded to the RNC to reduce the service interruption duration of the UE during the
handover. Data forwarding in these circumstances involves two scenarios:
l The forcible indirect data forwarding function is not enabled on the CN. In this scenario,
the data forwarding path is eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> SGSN -> RNC. The routes and user
plane (UP) data channels between the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured.
Therefore, only the routes and UP data channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need
to be configured on the CN side.

WCDMA RAN
l The forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled on the CN. In this scenario, the
data forwarding path is eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> RNC. Therefore, on the RNC side, you
only need to configure a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the ADD IPRT
command and a UP data channel using the ADD IPPATH command (on the BSC6900)
or ADD IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
If some UL multimode UEs do not support UMTS network measurements when they are in
RRC_CONNECTED mode, the LTE network needs to support LTE-to-UMTS blind
redirections or handovers.
NOTE
Most PS services involved in LTE-to-UMTS handovers are high-speed HSPA services. Currently, during
handover preparations, if a PS service is not admitted to a UMTS cell, the PS service cannot use an R99
channel for an admission retry. When radio resources in the UMTS cell are congested, more handover
preparations may fail.
To obtain the LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate, new UMTS counters are added for
measuring LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers, as listed in the following table.
Counter Name Counter Description
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS Number of Preparation Attempts for Incoming PS

(BSC6900, BSC6910) Only L2U Handovers in Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS Number of Successful Preparations for Incoming PS

(BSC6900, BSC6910) Only L2U Handovers in Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS Number of Successful Incoming PS Only L2U

(BSC6900, BSC6910) Handovers in Cell
The LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate and LTE-to-UMTS handover success
rate are calculated using the following formulas:
l LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS
(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS (BSC6900, BSC6910)
When subscribed to high data rate PS services, an LTE UE is prone to admission failures after
being handed over to a UMTS cell, especially when the handover is performed based on
coverage. In such a case, call drops increase. A mechanism is introduced to decrease the PS
service rate during inter-RAT PS handovers so that the PS handover success rate will be
increased. The implementation is as follows:
When a PS service is handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell:
l If a BE PS service fails to be admitted with the original rate, the UE re-attempts the
admission after being switched from an HSPA channel to an R99 channel. If the UE still
fails to be admitted, the UE re-attempts the admission by decreasing its data rate to the
GBR. If the admission attempt fails, the UE continues to attempt admissions, further
decreasing its data rate until the admission succeeds. The data rate can be decreased to 0
kbit/s.
l If a streaming PS service fails to be admitted with the original rate, the UE re-attempts
the admission after being switched from an HSPA channel to an R99 channel.

WCDMA RAN
If the UE still fails to be admitted, the UE re-attempts the admission with its rate
decreased to the GBR.
This function can be enabled by turning on the cell-level switch,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under the CellConnAlgoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLCONNALGOPARA command.
This function is recommended in heavily loaded cells to improve the inter-RAT incoming PS
handover success rate.
UEs performing data services on the LTE network may need to be handed over to the UMTS
network due to coverage holes or weak coverage. However, the rate of data services may be
reduced after a handover to the UMTS network. To improve user experience, RAN17.1
introduced an HSPA+ admission mechanism for inter-RAT incoming handovers. With this
mechanism, the RNC determines whether to preferentially allocate an HSPA+ bearer to a UE
that initiates an inter-RAT handover to the UMTS network based on the UE's capability as
well as related parameter settings as follows:
l A UE is preferentially assigned a 64QAM bearer if the UE supports 64QAM and all of
the following options are selected:
– CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH under CfgSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– 64QAM under HspaPlusSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
Otherwise, the original admission mechanism takes effect.
l A UE is preferentially assigned a 16QAM bearer if the UE supports 16QAM and all of
the following options are selected:
– CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH under CfgSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– UL_16QAM under HspaPlusSwitch (BSC6910, BSC6900)
– IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
l A UE is preferentially assigned a 2 ms TTI if the UE supports the 2 ms TTI and both the
following options are selected:
– MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH under MapSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
– IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
NOTE
l The HSPA+ capability of a UE is indicated by the Relocation Request message.

l To know whether an HSPA+ bearer of the network has been assigned, you can observe the parsing
results of the Relocation Request ACK message.
DC-HSDPA admission based LTE-to-UMTS handover: When a UE initiates an LTE-to-

UMTS handover on the LTE side, the RNC determines whether the UE has the multi-carrier
configuration capability based on the Relocation Request message sent by the SGSN. If the
UE supports the multi-carrier configuration capability and the DC-HSDPA feature has taken
effect in the target UMTS cell, the RNC preferentially allocates a DC-HSDPA bearer to the
UE. If either of the preceding conditions is not met, the admission is performed according to
the existing process. This function is controlled by L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH
under UCORRMALGOSWITCH.IRatHoCfgSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN
The following table lists the new performance counters introduced on the UMTS side to
measure the number of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers based on the DC-HSDPA admission.
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.DCH Number of L2U handover preparation attempts based

SDPA (BSC6900, BSC6910) on DC-HSDPA admission in a cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS.DC Number of successful L2U handover preparation

HSDPA (BSC6900, BSC6910) attempts based on DC-HSDPA admission in a cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.DCHSD Number of successful L2U handovers based on DC-

PA (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSDPA admission in a cell
When MRFD-111402 Inter-RAT Adaptive Traffic Offload is enabled on the eCoordinator, the
LTE cell triggers the inter-RAT load balancing. The target UMTS cell signals that are detected
by the UE and the average UE throughput are sent to the eCoordinator, which estimates the
throughput of the target UMTS cell based on the information provided by the eNodeB and the
UMTS cell resource information that is periodically reported by the RNC (including the TCP
power, available code resources, non-H cell power, the number of UEs with data transmitted
in the UMTS cell). The eCoordinator then returns the evaluation to the eNodeB and instructs
it to hand over the UE to the target UMTS cell. For details, see Inter-RAT Mobility Load
Balancing. To enable this function, select PERFENH_L2U_SO_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When the eCoordinator requests the information
of the neighboring UMTS cell, the RNC will send the related information to the eCoordinator
every 5s.
When the L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH or
INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS_ASAP_SWITCH option under the OptimizationSwitch3
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON, the RNC sends the
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN immediately after receiving the
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message during an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover,
triggering the user-plane data transmission and reception. When the preceding switches are
turned off, the RNC sends the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN after it
finishes the UE capability query and receives the SECURITY MODE COMMAND
COMPLETE message from the UE. The CN then starts the user-plane data transmission and
reception. The L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH option takes effect only for LTE-to-
UMTS PS handovers and the INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS_ASAP_SWITCH option takes
effect for both LTE-to-UMTS and GSM-to-UMTS PS handovers.
NOTE
If the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is executed with

L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH selected under the OptimizationSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter and the RNC sends the CN the Relcation Complete message, the VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is measured only after the security mode and capability query message
are complete.
If the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is executed with
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH deselected under the OptimizationSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter, the VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is measured after the RNC sends
the CN the Relcation Complete message.

WCDMA RAN
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers
4.3.1 Overview
UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperation involves UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers.
When the redirection and handover functions are enabled at the same time and the UE
supports handovers, a handover takes precedence over a redirection.
Redirection
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, the RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message, which contains LTE frequencies.
Redirections can be classified into neighboring cell- and non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection depending on whether neighboring LTE cell configuration is required.
Redirections can also be classified as blind or measurement-based depending on whether the
UE supports measurement of LTE cell signal quality. In the following sections, LTE
measurement refers to the UE measurement of the signal quality in an LTE cell.
NOTICE
The blind redirection switch can be turned on only when LTE coverage is good enough.
Otherwise, call drops may occur. To enable blind redirection, set the U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM command to ON.
If you need to enable the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection, turn on the switch for this
function by selecting HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. If you need to enable the neighboring cell-based redirection, turn off the preceding
switch.
The differences between neighboring cell- and non-neighboring-cell-based redirection are as
follows:
l Non-neighboring-cell-based redirection: The target redirection frequency is obtained
from frequencies as indicated by the EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
configured by the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command. When neighboring
LTE cells are configured, it is recommended that neighboring cell-based redirections be
performed.
NOTE
When non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is enabled, the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is

preferred even if neighboring LTE cells are configured.
l Neighboring-cell-based redirection: The target frequency for redirection is obtained from
the neighboring LTE cell frequencies as indicated by the LTEArfcn (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the LTECellIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) configured using the
ADD ULTENCELL or MOD ULTENCELL command. It is recommended that non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection be enabled so that UEs can perform such redirections
when no neighboring LTE cell is configured.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
If the neighboring cell-based redirection function is enabled, a cross-Iur U2L redirection is

triggered when the following conditions are met:
l In cross-Iur scenarios where the UE is handed over from the source RNC to the destination
RNC and the source RNC serves as the SRNC after the handover, the UMTS cell under the
destination RNC is configured with neighboring LTE cells.
l The switch for cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection is turned on, that is,
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
selected.
Handover
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the RNC sends a handover request to the LTE network
through the CN. When the LTE network finishes preparing resources, the UE and the PS
service are handed over to the LTE network.
NOTE
The cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover function is triggered if the following conditions are met:
l In cross-Iur scenarios where the UE is handed over from the source RNC to the destination RNC
and the source RNC serves as the SRNC after the handover, the UMTS cell under the destination
RNC is configured with neighboring LTE cells.
l The destination RNC enables the Iur interface message to carry the neighboring LTE cell
information. That is, the IurLTECellInfoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
l The switch for cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover is turned on. That is,
HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
selected.
Comparison Between Redirections and Handovers

Compared with UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has the following
advantages and disadvantages:
l Advantages: UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has no special requirements for the CN and
does not require that the UE supports handovers.
l Disadvantages: PS services are interrupted for a long period of time.
Classification of Redirections and Handovers

UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers are classified into three operation types
depending on their trigger causes. Table 4-1 lists the three operation types.
Table 4-1 Three operation types of UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers and the
application scenarios
Operation Application Scenario
4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS- UMTS and LTE networks are deployed together. The
to-LTE PS Redirections and UMTS coverage is poor but the LTE coverage is good.
Handovers

WCDMA RAN
Operation Application Scenario
4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to- l A CSFB UE is still performing a PS service after it

LTE PS Redirections and falls back to the UMTS network and the voice
Handovers service is complete.
l A UE initiates only a PS service when it is located
in the UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area.
l A UE initiates only a PS service in the UMTS only
network and moves to the LTE network coverage
area.
4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to- The UMTS cell is located in an area covered by both
LTE PS Redirections and UMTS and LTE networks and is in a basic congestion
Handovers state.
NOTE
If the multi-operator core network (MOCN) is enabled on the UMTS and LTE networks, operators must
use the same PLMNs in their UMTS and LTE networks.
MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover

MFBI refers to Multiple Frequency Band Indicator. When the LTE cell works on multiple
frequency bands, UEs camping on the UMTS network can be handed over or redirected to the
multi-band LTE cell if they support these frequency bands. This function is enabled by
selecting HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910). The master and slave frequency bands of the multi-band LTE cell must be
consistent with those in the LTE network.
NOTE
In cross-Iur scenarios, the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability is enabled by selecting

HO_IUR_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
Table 4-2 lists the multi-band cell configuration in different scenarios. When
SlaveBandIndicator (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 0, the neighboring frequency is not used
by any multi-band cells. Otherwise, the neighboring frequency is used by multi-band cells and
the slave frequency band information is obtained from the Slave Band Information in the
following table.
Table 4-2 Configuration of PS redirections and handovers for multi-band cells
Category Master Frequency Slave Band Indicator Slave Band

Information
Neighboring LTE EARFCN (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndicator SlaveBandSN

frequency BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and
Neighboring LTE LTEArfcn (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndicator SlaveBand
cell BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Category Master Frequency Slave Band Indicator Slave Band

Information
SPID/IMSI-specific DLARFCN SlaveBandIndicator

PS redirection or (BSC6900, BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910)
handover priorities
In multi-band LTE cell scenarios, when the UE supports the master frequency band, UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirections or handovers are performed on the master frequency band; when the
UE does not support the master frequency band but supports the slave frequency band,
redirections or handovers to the multi-band LTE cell is performed on the slave frequency band
for the UE supporting MFBI.
The following procedures are involved for redirections or handovers to the multi-band LTE
cell.
l Delivering the frequencies carried in the measurement control message
When delivering the measurement control message to a UE, the RNC includes the
frequency information that is specific to the bands supported by the UE. For example, in
the multi-band LTE cell that supports Band 12 and Band 17, the RNC delivers only the
frequency measurement information specific to the band supported by the UE.
l Performing the redirection or handover
– Blind redirection or handover: Set
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HoSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) to ON. If the UE supports the master frequency band, the
frequency in the master frequency band is delivered. If the UE does not support the
master frequency band but supports the slave frequency band, the first frequency in
the slave frequency band is delivered.
– Measurement-based redirection or handover: The RNC delivers the frequency that
is specific to the band supported by the UE. The UE reports the measurement
information and the RNC redirects or hands over the UE to the multi-band cell.
NOTE
Frequency priorities of the master and slave frequency bands must be consistent.
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures

Figure 4-1 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-1 UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
As shown in Figure 4-1, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure are
as follows:
1. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries LTE
frequencies.
2. After the RRC connection is released, the UE falls back to the UMTS network and enters
the idle state. Then, the UE reselects an LTE cell and reestablishes a PS service in the
LTE network.
NOTE
If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command and PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is set to
ON, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only an LTE frequency but also those
blacklisted cells operating at the LTE frequency so that UEs cannot be handed over to the blacklisted
cells based on redirections. If no LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells or
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells operating at the LTE frequency.
Figure 4-2 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-2 UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
As shown in Figure 4-2, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover procedure are
as follows:
1. The RNC sends the serving GPRS support node (SGSN) on the UMTS core network a
Relocation Required message, which contains information about the target LTE cell.
2. The SGSN on the UMTS core network forwards the Relocation Request message to the
mobility management entity (MME) on the LTE core network. The MME initiates a
handover to the LTE network.
3. After preparations for the handover are complete on the LTE network, the MME informs
the SGSN by sending a Relocation Response message.
4. Upon receiving the Relocation Command message from the SGSN, the RNC instructs
the UE to hand over to the target LTE network.
4.3.2.1 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handover
4.3.2.1.1 Overview
With the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers, the RNC sends data to
the eNodeB through the transport layer to ensure that no packets are lost during the
handovers. For details about this function, see section 8.4.1 "Handover Preparation" in 3GPP
TS 36.413 V11.4.0. This function can be enabled by setting
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch5 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to ON. In
addition, related routes and user plane data channel also need to be configured to enable the
function.

WCDMA RAN
Data forwarding involves two scenarios:

l The forcible indirect data forwarding function is not enabled on the CN. In this scenario,
the data forwarding path is eNodeB -> RNC. Therefore, you only need to configure a
route between the eNodeB and the RNC using the MML command ADD IPRT and a UP
data channel using the MML command ADD IPPATH (on the BSC6900) or ADD
IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
l The forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled on the CN. In this scenario, the
data forwarding path is eNodeB -> SGW -> RNC. Therefore, you only need to configure
a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the MML command ADD IPRT and a UP
data channel using the MML command ADD IPPATH (on the BSC6900) or ADD
IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch5 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter. The data forwarding path is eNodeB -> SGW -> SGSN -> RNC no
matter whether the forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled. In this situation, the
route and user plane data channel between the RNC and the SGSN usually have been
configured. Therefore, no additional configuration is required.
Whether the lossless SRNS relocation capability of the UE is to be considered for the data
forwarding during a UMTS-to-LTE handover is controlled by
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not consider the lossless SRNS relocation
capability of the UE for the data forwarding.
4.3.2.1.2 Process
The process of data forwarding during a UMTS-to-LTE handover is as follows:
1. The RNC fills in the DL Forwarding IE in the Source to Target Transparent Container
message and forwards the message to the eNodeB through the CN. For details about the
DL Forwarding IE, see section 9.2.3.14 "DL Forwarding" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
2. After receiving the DL Forwarding IE, the eNodeB sends the HANDOVER REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN, which contains the DL GTP-TEID and DL
Transport Layer Address IEs. For details, see section 8.4.2 "Handover Resource
Allocation" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
3. The CN forwards the two IEs through a RELOCATION COMMAND message to the
RNC. The RNC requests the transmission GTP-U module for a forward channel and
forwards the data to the eNodeB through this channel.
4.3.2.2 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch

When the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, some UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels cannot
measure LTE cells in compressed mode due to a compatibility problem. To allow these UEs to
perform UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in the preceding scenario, the
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is introduced:
l When the parameter is set to FALSE, UEs are switched from DC-HSDPA channels to
HSDPA channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed mode. Therefore, all UEs
are able to measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
l When the parameter is set to TRUE, LTE cell measurement in compressed mode is
allowed for UEs performing DC-HSDPA services, and DC-HSDPA services can be set

WCDMA RAN
up when the UEs are in compressed mode. However, UEs with compatibility problems
cannot measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
When this parameter is set to FALSE, the number of RB reconfiguration times increases,
which may increase the service drop rate. Therefore, keep the default value (TRUE) of this
parameter.
l The HSPA and compressed mode coexist switch HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900,

BSC6910) and the HSPA+ and compressed mode coexist switch
EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) take precedence over this parameter.
Therefore, when HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, UEs are switched to
R99 channels rather than HSDPA channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed
mode.
l When HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) or EHSPACMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH
under PsSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be selected to prohibit periodic DRD for
UEs in compressed mode. Otherwise, periodic DRD is allowed in compressed mode. As
a result, UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels are switched to R99 or HSDPA channels
and then allocated DC-HSDPA channels when periodic DRD is triggered, causing the
ping-pong effect. After this switch is turned on, the call drop rate is reduced, but user
experience of PS services deteriorates. For details about periodic DRD, see Directed
Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
4.3.2.3 Measures to Prevent Frequent Retries After a UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover

Failure
If no penalty measure is taken after a U2L PS handover fails, the UE frequently attempts to be
handed over to the neighboring LTE cell, which will decrease the handover success rate. In
addition, messages are exchanged over the air interface frequently, increasing the call drop
rate of UMTS services. To prevent frequent handover attempts after a failed U2L PS
handover, the RNC introduces penalty measures.
Different penalty measures are taken for a single cell or all cells:
l Penalty on a single LTE cell: When a UE fails to be handed over to an LTE cell, the RNC
starts a 30s penalty timer and prohibits the UE from initiating handovers to the same LTE
cell before the timer expires.
l Penalty on all LTE cells:
– If U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 0, the UE is prohibited from
initiating handovers to the same LTE cell within the 30s timer after a UMTS-to-LTE
handover fails.
– If the value of U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) is greater than 0, a timer
specified by PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail (BSC6900, BSC6910) is started when a
UE fails to perform U2L PS handovers for a consecutive number of times specified
by U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910), with the cause value being "Phy
Channel Failure." Within the timer, the UE is prohibited from initiating any
handovers to any neighboring LTE cell.
Parameters indicating the time for measuring LTE cells are as follows:
l Parameter specifying the time for measuring LTE cells during coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers: U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML
command SET UU2LTEHOCOV or ADD/MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV

WCDMA RAN
l Parameter specifying the time for measuring LTE cells during load- or service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers: U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the
RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV or ADD/MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV
Parameters related to the penalty are as follows:
l Parameters related to penalty of coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures:
U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV
l Parameters related to penalty of load- or service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures:
BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV
4.3.2.4 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and

LTE
During the blind redirection, if LTE coverage does not exist, the UE has to wait for 15 to 20
seconds and then falls back to the UMTS network. During the 15 to 20 seconds, the UE is out
of service. After the UE falls back to the UMTS network, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection algorithm will trigger another blind redirection. To prevent ping-pong blind
redirections between UMTS and LTE, the RNC performs the following steps:
1. During a UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection, the RNC saves the UE's IMSI and RRC
connection release time after receiving an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
from the UE.
NOTE
REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch9

(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is used to specify
whether the RNC records the IMSI and RRC release time of a UE performing a CSFB fast return
based on blind redirection. If this option is selected, the RNC records the information. If this
option is not selected, the RNC does not record the information.
2. When the UE initiates a phone call, the RNC receives a Common ID message from the
CN. If the blind redirection function is enabled, the RNC determines whether the UE has
performed a blind redirection within the previous 30 seconds based on the following
information: the UE's IMSI included in the Common ID message, the reception time of
this message, and the previously mentioned RRC connection release time.
NOTE
The preceding mechanism does not consider whether the UE initially accesses the network on the
LTE or UMTS side. Therefore, the IMSI of the UE is queried regardless of whether the UE
initiates the service after initially accessing the UMTS network or after returning to the UMTS
network from the LTE network.
3. If the UE has performed a blind redirection within the previous 30 seconds, the RNC
starts a penalty timer for the blind redirection. Before the penalty timer expires, the RNC
prohibits the UE from performing UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections, regardless of
whether these blind redirections are triggered by service, load, or event 1F. The length of
the penalty timer is determined by the U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET UHOCOMM command.
4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and

Handovers
This section describes the features WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE and WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.

WCDMA RAN
4.3.3.1 Overview
Figure 4-3 shows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE (shortened to U2L) PS redirection or
handover process.
Figure 4-3 Coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover process
The process shown in Figure 4-3 is illustrated as follows:
l Trigger phase
Upon receiving the event 2D or 1F measurement report, the RNC determines to trigger
redirections or handovers to the LTE network based on whether the UE supports the LTE
network and based on the configurations of the LTE network, such as whether the
handover or redirection switch is turned on or if neighboring cells are configured. For
details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
This document describes the handover or redirection to the LTE network. For details
about the decision of a coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover, see 4.3.3.2
Triggering.
l Decision phase:
The RNC determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE
cell. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
l Measurement phase:
The RNC determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement
control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see 4.3.3.4
Measurement.
l Execution phase:
The RNC determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind
redirection, or handover). For details, see 4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution.

WCDMA RAN
4.3.3.2 Triggering
Upon receiving an event 2D or 1F measurement report from a UE, the RNC determines
whether to allow a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details
about event 2D and event 1F, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell when all the following
conditions are met:
1. There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.
2. All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
A RAB can be shifted to an LTE network through a handover or redirection only when
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message does not contain the E-UTRAN Service
Handover IE and HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the
EUTRANSHIND (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC
command is selected.
3. The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
4. An LTE network is available.
The RNC uses the following methods to determine whether the LTE network is
available:
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is selected, the LTE network is considered available
when an LTE frequency is configured.
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected, the
LTE network is considered available only when a neighboring LTE cell is
configured.
5. A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or
handover to LTE. Generally, the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in an RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN informs the RNC that the UE cannot
be handed over or redirected to LTE. If the CN does not support using this IE to indicate
the UE's capability, the RNC learns LTE subscriber information as follows:
If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC
automatically learns LTE subscriber information. That is, the RNC records subscribers
who were handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these subscribers as LTE
subscribers. UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be performed only on these
subscribers.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
When PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH is selected, some LTE

subscribers camp on UMTS networks during the initial phase of LTE subscriber information
learning. After the RNC obtains LTE subscriber information, the number of LTE subscribers
camping on UMTS networks significantly reduces, and the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers increases. The RNC learns LTE subscriber information even when
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers do not take effect.
During learning information about LTE subscribers, the RNC records LTE subscriber information
in each subsystem according to the IMSI segment. IMSI segments that can be recorded in a
subsystem are fixed and quantity limited. For the BSC6900, a maximum of 2000 IMSI segments
can be recorded in a subsystem. For the BSC6910, a maximum of 4000 IMSI segments can be
recorded in a subsystem. If subsystem specifications are limited, you can expand the subsystem
capacity to reduce the probability that the subsystem reaches its specifications. However, this
cannot completely solve problems brought by limited specifications.
If automatically learned information about LTE subscribers needs to be cleared, run the
RNC MML command CLR ULTESUBSCRIBER with ClrType (BSC6900, BSC6910)
specified:
– If SPEC_IMSI is selected, information about specific IMSIs will be cleared. IMSIs
can be configured by using the LTESubIMSI (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
– If ALL is selected, all information about LTE subscribers obtained through the
learning process will be cleared.
NOTE
After the RNC clears all automatically learned information about LTE subscribers, the number of
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers will decrease, and the RNC needs to learn information
about LTE subscribers again.
If you need to manually add or delete LTE subscriber information, run the RNC MML
command ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER or MOD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER with
VIPLTESubIMSI (BSC6900, BSC6910) configured. VIPLTESubIMSI (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the IMSI of an LTE subscriber based on which the RNC identifies
the LTE subscriber.
If LTE subscriber information needs to be transferred from the source RNC to the target
RNC and the serving RNC (SRNC) is the target RNC, perform the following operations:
– Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC on the source RNC with
SRNSwithLTESubIndSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to ON to allow the source
RNC to send the LTE subscriber information to the target RNC.
– Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA on the target RNC with
PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) selected to allow the target RNC to
use the LTE subscriber information sent by the source RNC to identify the LTE
subscriber.
For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-
pong Measures.
6. Switches related to coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability are set to on.
– The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability is turned on, which is
controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter.
– For redirections: The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned
on. That is, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected.

WCDMA RAN
– For handovers:
The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers switch is turned on. That is,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is selected, and neighboring LTE cells are configured. In addition,
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not selected.
7. Handover requirements on UE E-UTRA capability are met if a handover is required. The
RNC checks whether E-UTRA capability information carried in the RRC SETUP
COMPLETE or UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION message reported by the UE is
overlong and determines a handover based on the settings of the following switches.
– Processing optimization switch for overlong UE capability information:
OptimizationSwitch10 (BSC6900,
BSC6910):UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH
– PS handover optimization switch for oversized UE capability bit streams:
OptimizationSwitch11 (BSC6900,
BSC6910):UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH
NOTE
You are advised to turn on the two switches so that the RNC can make handover decisions in all
scenarios to allow a UE to be handed over to the LTE network.
4.3.3.4 Measurement
Overview
When event 2D is triggered and the UE supports measurement of the neighboring LTE, GSM,
or inter-frequency cells, the RNC determines the target networks for measurements, sends the
measurement control message to the UE, and then processes the measurement results. The
target networks include the LTE, GSM, and inter-frequency networks. If LTE measurement is
required, the RNC sends the measurement control messages to the UE and then processes the
measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the measurement control message and
measurement result processing in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement
Control Message and Measurement Result Processing.
When event 1F is triggered, the RNC does not start measurements. Instead, it determines
whether to shift the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection or to a GSM network
or inter-frequency UMTS network through a blind handover. For details about whether the
RNC shifts the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection, see 4.3.3.5 Decision and
Execution. For details about whether the RNC shifts the UE to the GSM network or inter-
frequency UMTS network through a blind handover, see Handover Feature Parameter
Description. If conditions for a blind redirection to LTE and conditions for a blind handover
to GSM or UMTS are met simultaneously, the RNC triggers a blind handover or redirection in
a descending order of priority as follows: blind handover within the UMTS system > blind
redirection to LTE > blind handover to GSM. In this section, the RNC determines whether the
UE performs measurements on LTE cells. U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) specifies
the LTE measurement duration by the UE.
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
l Reporting mode of measurement reports
A UE can send measurement reports periodically or in event-triggered reporting mode.
The LTEReportMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies which reporting mode

WCDMA RAN
is used. The LTEPeriodReportInterval (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies the

interval at which the measurement reports are reported.
l Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message.
l Measured item
The measured quantity for the LTE network can be RSRP or RSRQ. The
LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter determines the measurement
quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) to be reported when a measurement report is triggered by an
event. If measurement reports are periodically reported, both the RSRP and RSRQ
values are included in the measurement reports.
l Measurement event-related parameters. For details, see Measurement Result
Processing.
When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH under SpecUserFunctionSwitch4
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot perform
compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells
simultaneously. When SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH is selected and the
UE enters the compressed mode, the UE first measures neighboring GSM and UMTS
cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal
blacklist cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.
Event 2D/2F
The UE requests are triggered by events 2D and 2F which are defined as follows:
l Event 2D is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) is less than the threshold
for event 2D, which triggers a request for additional measurement reports.
l Event 2F is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) exceeds the threshold for
event 2F, which triggers a request that the RNC stop sending measurement reports.
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the 2D and 2F thresholds used
depend on if the UMTS cells on a network with the GSM or LTE cells use the same or
different frequencies.
l Same frequencies: The RNC uses the 2D and 2F thresholds of the GSM or LTE target
network.
l Different frequencies: The RNC determines what 2D and 2F thresholds to use based on
the setting of the CoexistMeasThdChoice (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLHOCOMM or SET UHOCOMM command. The parameter can be set to one
of the following values:
– COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ: The RNC selects inter-
frequency UMTS cell parameters based on the threshold for event 2D and the
threshold for event 2F.
– COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT: The RNC selects target GSM
or LTE cells parameters based on the threshold for event 2D and the threshold for
event 2F.
For details about events 2D and 2F, see sections about triggering of events 2D and 2F in
Handover Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows:
1. Select the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set A.

– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, set A contains all LTE frequencies indicated by
EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command with FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to Connected_Only
or Both.
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected, set
A contains all LTE frequencies indicated by LTEArfcn (BSC6900, BSC6910) in
the ADD ULTENCELL command.
NOTE
l If the neighboring LTE frequencies have been configured in the UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO

MO, select only LTE frequencies with FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to
Connected_Only or Both.
l When HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is selected, the inter-frequency neighboring cell combination algorithm is used and
the SRNC will combine the LTE neighboring cells carried in the messages forwarded by the
DRNC through the Iur interface during a cross-Iur redirection or handover. When
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is deselected, the best cell algorithm is used.
2. Filter the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set B.
For frequencies in set A, when HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH
under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected and the UE supports only the slave
frequency band, frequencies in the first slave frequency band for the UE supporting the
MFBI will be selected and set B is obtained; when either of the preceding conditions is
not met, frequencies in the master frequency band will be selected and set B is obtained.
3. Filter frequencies according to information about the operator providing services to the
UE. Set C is obtained.
– When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B, regardless of
whether InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to YES or NO.
– The RNC filters frequencies in set B according to the PLMN of the operator
providing services to the UE when the following conditions are met:
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected and
InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to NO.
n If the switch for non-neighboring-cell redirection based on frequencies has
been turned on, the RNC filters frequencies based on SupCnOpGrpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910) and CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910).
n If the switch has been turned off, the RNC filters frequencies based on
CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910). In this manner, the LTE frequencies
that do not support redirections or handovers of UEs are filtered out.
– The RNC filters frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover
frequency list when the following conditions are met: HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH

WCDMA RAN
command is deselected and InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910)

in the SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to YES.
n If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE by
running the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command and the switch for non-
neighboring-cell based redirection based on frequencies has been turned on,
the RNC filters frequencies based on SupCnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910). If the switch has been
turned off, the RNC filters frequencies based on CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900,
BSC6910). In this manner, the LTE frequencies that do not support
redirections or handovers of UEs are filtered out.
n If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has not been configured for the UE,
the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B.
NOTE
During cross-Iur redirections or handovers:

If either of the following conditions is met:
l HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
deselected, and the InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
NO.
deselected, InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES, and an inter-
PLMN handover list has been configured for the UE using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command.
Then the SRNC filters frequencies of neighboring LTE cells on the DRNC side according to the
PLMN of the UE's serving operator or the UE's inter-PLMN handover list when
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in
the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected.
If either of the following conditions is met:
selected.
deselected, InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES, and no inter-
PLMN handover list has been configured.
Then the SRNC does not filter frequencies of neighboring LTE cells on the DRNC side, regardless
of whether HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected or not.
4. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies based on the SPID-based dedicated
frequency priorities. If yes, execute this step and then continue with 6. If no, go to the
next step.
a. If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to NOT_FILTERED,
the RNC determines that LTE frequencies do not need to be filtered according to the
SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
b. If the following conditions are met, the RNC determines that LTE frequencies must
be filtered according to the SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
n The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID and HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
n If parameters related to the UE's SPID have been configured, for example,
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910), and the dedicated priority set
(corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910)) for the
UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
n SPIDBasedHandoverInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to the UE's
SPID is set to YES.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
If SPIDBasedHandoverInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to a UE's SPID is set to

NO, the UE cannot perform UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. For details about
SPIDs, see Flexible User Steering Feature Parameter Description.
c. Filter LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
n If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC filters out the LTE
frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter corresponding to
the SPID. Then set D is obtained.
n If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC filters out the LTE
frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter corresponding to
the SPID as well as LTE frequencies that are in the groups but have lower
priorities than the serving UMTS cell. Then set D is obtained.
n If set D still contains more than four frequencies, the RNC selects a maximum
of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD
frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated priorities of the LTE
frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured. The SPID-based
dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
During cross-Iur handovers or redirections, the SPID-based dedicated priorities for the
frequencies of the neighboring LTE cells are forwarded by the DRNC to the SRNC.
The SRNC considers that these SPID-based dedicated priorities are equal to each other
(all neighboring LTE cells have the lowest SPID-based dedicated priority). Therefore,
it does not use the SPID-based dedicated priority to filter or rank the neighboring LTE
cells.
5. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies according to the IMSI-based dedicated
frequency priorities. If LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the IMSI-based
dedicated frequency priorities, the RNC performs the filtering. If LTE frequencies do not
need to be filtered according to the IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, the RNC
performs the next step.
a. If the following conditions are met, the RNC determines that LTE frequencies must
be filtered according to the IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.
n HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected.
n The RNC has obtained the UE's IMSI and the UE's IMSI is included in the
IMSI segment corresponding to ImsiGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910).
n For the IMSI segment that includes the UE's IMSI, related parameters such as
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) have been configured.
n The dedicated priority set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
NOTE
For the configuration of parameters related to IMSI-based dedicated frequency

priorities, see IMSI-based Mobility Management for Multiple Operators Feature
b. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.

WCDMA RAN
n The RNC obtains set D by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the
following conditions:
○ The LTE frequencies belong to the frequency priority group (specified by
the RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter)
corresponding to the UE's IMSI.
○ The U2LConnTargetFreqInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
TRUE for the LTE frequencies.
n Then the RNC obtains the intersection set of set C and set D. From the
intersection set, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies
and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to IMSI-based
dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be
measured. The IMSI-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified
by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
During a cross-Iur redirection or handover, LTE frequencies are selected based on the
IMSI-based dedicated priorities. For details, see IMSI-based Mobility Management for
Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description.
6. After the preceding steps, if the set still contains more than four frequencies, frequencies
are selected based on the setting of
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, the
RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four
LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to absolute priorities of the LTE
frequencies. The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the NPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command.
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected, the
RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four
LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to the sequence in which the
frequencies are configured in the LTECellIndex parameter.
Measurement Result Processing

l Event-triggered reporting mode
When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using
either an event triggered or a periodical reporting mode: If the measurement report is set
to be triggered by event 3A, the 3A event reporting is triggered. When the RNC receives
a 3A measurement report from the UE, it performs the decision and execution of the UE
redirection or handover.
The following conditions must be met within a duration specified by 3a: QUsed ≤ TUsed -
H3a/2 and MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + H3a/2
l Periodic reporting mode
When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using
either an event triggered or a periodical reporting mode: If the UE uses periodic
reporting, the RNC determines whether the RSRP and RSRQ of the target LTE cell meet
the requirements of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers after receiving the periodic
measurement reports specific to neighboring LTE cells. If the following condition is met,
the RNC performs the evaluation and execution of the UE redirection or handover:

WCDMA RAN
MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + HystforPeriodLTE/2
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the decision conditions in
the two reporting modes.

Name
QUsed - - Measured quality of the used

frequency
TUsed RSCP UsedFreqThdRS Absolute threshold for the signal

Threshold for CP (BSC6900, quality of the serving cell
Used BSC6910) or
Frequency or UsedFreqThdEc
Ec/No No (BSC6900,
Threshold for BSC6910)
Used
Frequency
H3a 3A Hysteresis Hystfor3A -

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
MOtherRAT - - l Filtered value of the measured

RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
l U2LTEFilterCoef (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the filtering
coefficient for LTE measurement
result filtering.
TOtherRAT RSRP TargetRatThdRS Threshold for the LTE signal quality

Threshold RP (BSC6900, when a redirection or handover to LTE
During PS BSC6910) or occurs
Handover to TargetRatThdRS
LTE or RSRQ RQ (BSC6900,
Threshold BSC6910)
During PS
Handover to
LTE
T3a 3A Event TrigTime3A -

Trigger Delay (BSC6900,
Time BSC6910)
HystforPeri LTE Period HystforPeriodLT Hysteresis for periodical reporting of

odLTE Reporting HO E (BSC6900, LTE signal quality
Hysteresis BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
If the RNC receives the measurement report on the inter-RAT neighboring GSM cell or inter-frequency
neighboring UMTS cell first, it determines whether to perform a handover to the GSM network or inter-
frequency UMTS network. For details about the handover to the GSM network or inter-frequency
UMTS network, see the section "Coverage-based or QoS-based Handover" in Handover Feature
The preceding parameters can be either RNC-level parameters or cell-level parameters. The
RNC-level parameters are set by running the SET UU2LTEHOCOV command, and the cell-
level parameters are set by running the ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command. However,
the cell-level parameters take priority.
Penalty for Measurement Failures

Once a UE starts measurement on a neighboring LTE cell, if the RNC does not receive a
proper measurement report from the UE within duration specified by U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900, BSC6910), the RNC stops the UE measurement in compressed mode and
prohibits the UE from performing measurement on neighboring LTE cells within the duration
specified by the penalty timer.
The penalty timer can be set either by an RNC-level or a cell-level parameter. The RNC-level
parameter is the PenaltyTimerForCMFailCov (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UHOCOMM. The cell-level parameter is the
PenaltyTimerForCMFailCov (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command
ADD UCELLHOCOMM.
4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution

Figure 4-4 shows how the UE selects the service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode
(measurement-based redirection, blind redirection, or handover) before performing a

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-4 Procedure for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Supports LTE Measurement

After receiving the event 3A measurement report, when multiple cells meet certain
conditions, the RNC selects a target cell as described in 4.3.3.6 Target Cell Selection. Then
the RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is
selected.
l If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, the RNC
checks whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned
on. The status of this switch is determined by
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
– If HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH is selected, the RNC performs the
redirection. The frequency of the target cell is carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message.

WCDMA RAN
– If HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH is deselected, the RNC does not

perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
l If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected, the RNC
checks if the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– Supporting
If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to Support, and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected, then the RNC performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
using the cell with the best signal quality as the target.
NOTE
If the SRNC does not obtain the PCI and TAC information of a neighboring LTE cell of the
DRNC, it will not initiate a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover to the cell.
– Not supporting
If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to NotSupport, or
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH is deselected, then the RNC determines
whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on.
If the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on, the RNC
performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection based on the neighboring
LTE cell. The target cell for redirection is the preceding target cell.
If the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is not selected, the
RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Does Not Support LTE Measurement

The RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, blind redirection,
or handover.
Event 1F Is Triggered
l When both the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) and the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
are on, the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is
on.
– If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on, the UE
performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
– If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned off, the RNC
decides which type of handover or redirection to perform based on the following
criteria:
n If the serving cell of the UE has target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the UE performs a neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
n If there are not, the UE does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
l When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection or the switch for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned off, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Differences between frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based

redirections:
l According to the frequency use policy of blind redirections, the setting of
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in
the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command determines whether to filter LTE frequencies in set
A based on the UE capability. Only when it is selected, the RNC filters the LTE frequencies based
on the UE capability.
l According to the frequency use policy of measurement-based redirections, the RNC performs the
filtering based on the UE capability.
l Except for the preceding differences, frequency selection policies of blind redirections and
measurement-based redirections are the same. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried
in the Measurement Control Message.
If BlindFlag (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running the
ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.
For details about the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers, see section
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures.
4.3.3.6 Target Cell Selection

Upon receipt of the first non-blank measurement report, the RNC selects a target cell based on
the policy described in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3 Target cell selection policy

Measurement Report on… Target Cell Selection Policy
Inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells The RNC selects the inter-frequency

neighboring UMTS cell with the best signal
quality.
Neighboring GSM cells l If the

PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL
_PRE_SWITCH check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is not selected, the
RNC selects the neighboring cell with
the best signal quality.
l If the
BSC6910) parameter is selected, the
RNC preferentially selects the
neighboring cell with the highest
priority. If two or more neighboring cells
have the same priority, the RNC selects
the one with the best signal quality.

WCDMA RAN
Neighboring LTE cells For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS

handover, the RNC selects the neighboring
cell with the best signal quality.
When the UL Unified Overload Control
feature is enabled, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the best signal quality
from those not carrying heavy traffic
preferentially. For details about the UL
Unified Overload Control feature, see UL
Unified Overload Control Feature
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection, the RNC selects a target cell as
follows:
l If the
BSC6910) parameter is not selected, the
the best signal quality.
l If both the
BSC6910) parameter and the
HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH check box
under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter are selected, the
the highest SPID-based dedicated
priority. If two or more neighboring cells
have the same highest SPID-based
dedicated priority, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the highest signal
quality. The SPID-based dedicated
priority of an LTE frequency is specified
by the DediPriority (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter. For details about
the SPID-based dedicated priority, see
Flexible User Steering Feature
l If both the
BSC6910) parameter and the
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH check box
under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter are selected

WCDMA RAN
whereas the HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH

check box under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not
selected, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the highest IMSI-
based dedicated priority. If two or more
than neighboring cells have the same
highest IMSI-based dedicated priority,
the RNC selects the neighboring cell
with the highest signal quality. The
IMSI-based dedicated priority of an LTE
frequency is specified by the
DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter. For details about the IMSI-
based dedicated priority, see IMSI-based
Mobility Management for Multiple
Operators Feature Parameter
Description.
l If both
_PRE_SWITCH under
BSC6910) is selected whereas
HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) are
not selected, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the highest IMSI-
based dedicated priority. If two or more
neighboring cells have the same highest
IMSI-based dedicated priority, the RNC
selects the neighboring cell with the
highest signal quality. The absolute
priority of an LTE frequency is specified
by the NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter.
When the UL Unified Overload Control
feature is enabled, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell that meets the preceding
conditions from those not carrying heavy
traffic preferentially.
The PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter can be set by running the SET
UCORRMPARA command.
LTE and GSM neighboring cells are configured as follows:
l LTE

WCDMA RAN
The absolute priorities of LTE frequencies are configured using the NPriority (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command. The
parameter value 0 represents the lowest priority and 7 represents the highest priority.
l GSM
The absolute priorities of GSM frequencies are configured using the HOPrio (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the ADD U2GNCELL command. The parameter value 0
represents the highest priority and 7 represents the lowest priority. If GSM 900 MHz and
GSM 1800 MHz networks are deployed in the same area and the operator expects that
UEs are preferentially handed over to the GSM 1800 MHz network, it is recommended
that the priorities of neighboring GSM 1800 MHz cells be set to 0-3 whereas those of
neighboring GSM 900 MHz cells be set to 4-7.
4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-020129 PS Service Redirection from UMTS to
LTE and WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.4.1 Overview
Figure 4-5 shows the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process.
Figure 4-5 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process

l Triggering phase
The RNC determines whether to trigger a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover. For details, see 4.3.4.2 Triggering.
l Decision phase
The RNC determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE
cell. For details, see 4.3.4.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.

WCDMA RAN
l Measurement phase
The RNC determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement
control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see 4.3.4.4
Measurement.
l Execution phase
The RNC determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind
redirection, or handover). For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution.
4.3.4.2 Triggering
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered by the following
factors:
l RB setup: If HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected or
U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON (the UE does not support
measurement), a blind redirection is triggered upon reception of a RAB Assignment
Request message from the CN. If HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
under the U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected and the
UE supports measurement, a measurement-based handover or redirection is triggered
upon reception of a Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the UE.
NOTE
When RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWITCH under the

OptimizationSwitch11 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC does not count the
number of service establishment attempts and service failures that occur during the RAB setup if
inter-RAT blind handover-based non-periodic DRD is triggered during the RAB setup.
l RB reconfiguration: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be
triggered when the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message
from the UE (except during the D2F and D2P state transition processes).
NOTE
l Low activity state: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be

triggered when the UE enters the low-speed data transmission state and conditions for a
D2F or D2P state transition are met. A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover cannot be triggered after the compressed mode measurement times out if the
D2F or D2P conditions are met.
l Low activity state (enhancement): Service-based UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection can be
triggered when the UE enters the low-speed data transmission state and conditions for an
F2P or F2I state transition are met. This triggering is controlled by
U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_ENHANCE_TRIGGER under U2LServTrigSource
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
l Timer for periodically triggering service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover. The timer is specified by the U2LServPrdTrigTimerLen (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV.
l IU CS release: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered
when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE message from the CS domain of the CN.
l IU PS release: Blind redirection can be triggered when the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE message from the PS domain of the CN. This triggering is controlled by
U2L_SERV_IUPS_REL_TRIGGER under U2LServTrigSource (BSC6900,

WCDMA RAN
BSC6910) in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV or ADD

UCELLU2LTEHONCOV. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
l RB release: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered
when the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE message.
l Best cell change: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be
triggered when a 1D event is reported.
l Other causes: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered
when a migration process is complete or the UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer expires.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover during RB reconfiguration is
controlled by PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover during the best cell change is
controlled by the cell-level parameter BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in
the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV and the RNC-level parameter BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. When both the
RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers triggered by other causes is
controlled by the cell-level parameter U2LServTrigSource (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV and
the RNC-level parameter U2LServTrigSource (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML
command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are

conditions are met. Steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover are the same as steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or
Handovers to LTE.
2. All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
5. Switches related to service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.
BSC6910) parameter.
– Either condition a (for redirection) or b (for handover) is met:
Condition a: The cell-level or RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection is turned on. To turn on the cell-level switch, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) in the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn on the RNC-
level switch, select HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under HoSwitch

WCDMA RAN
(BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
Condition b: The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is turned off but
the cell-level or RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is
turned on. To turn on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover, select HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under
U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn on the RNC-level switch for service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the
cell-level switch takes precedence.
6. If the measurement-based redirection or handover is enabled, the RNC checks whether
the total number of UEs in compressed mode in the current cell exceeds the threshold for
the number of users in compressed mode for triggering the non-coverage-based UMTS-
to-LTE measurement of PS services (the threshold is specified by
U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)). If the total number of UEs in
compressed mode in the current cell is greater than or equal to the threshold, a service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover is not allowed.
the UE's capability, the RNC learns LTE subscriber information as follows:
– If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC learns
LTE subscriber information. That is, the RNC records subscribers who were handed
over or redirected from LTE and labels these subscribers as LTE subscribers.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be performed only on
these subscribers.
NOTE
l When PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH is selected, some

LTE subscribers camp on UMTS networks during the initial phase of LTE subscriber
information learning. After the RNC obtains LTE subscriber information, the number of
LTE subscribers camping on UMTS networks significantly reduces, and the success rate
of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers increases. The RNC learns LTE subscriber
information even when UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers do not take effect.
l After the RNC is upgraded, the LTE subscriber information recorded before the upgrade
is cleared and the RNC must learn and record the information again. Therefore, the
values of counters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
will decrease for a while and then gradually increase to the normal values.
If automatically learned information about LTE subscribers needs to be cleared, run the
RNC MML command CLR ULTESUBSCRIBER with ClrType (BSC6900, BSC6910)
specified:
– If SPEC_IMSI is selected, information about specific IMSIs will be cleared. IMSIs
can be configured by using the LTESubIMSI (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
– If ALL is selected, all information about LTE subscribers obtained through the
learning process will be cleared.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
After the RNC clears all automatically learned information about LTE subscribers, the number of
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers will decrease and the RNC needs to learn information
about LTE subscribers again.
If you need to manually add or delete LTE subscriber information, run the RNC MML
command ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER or MOD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER with
VIPLTESubIMSI (BSC6900, BSC6910) configured. VIPLTESubIMSI (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the IMSI of an LTE subscriber based on which the RNC identifies
the LTE subscriber.
If LTE subscriber information needs to be transferred from the source RNC to the target
RNC and the SRNC is the target RNC, perform the following operations:
– Run the ADD UNRNC command on the source RNC with
SRNSwithLTESubIndSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to ON to allow the source
RNC to send the LTE subscriber information to the target RNC.
– Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA on the target RNC with
PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) selected to allow the target RNC to
use the LTE subscriber information sent by the source RNC to identify the LTE
subscriber.
– If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not selected and
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be performed only for subscribers
who were handed over or redirected from LTE.
NOTE
Selecting PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH may cause some LTE

terminals to camp on UMTS networks.
If both PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH and
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_SWITCH are selected, the LTE
subscribers are identified according to the rule applied when the
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH option is selected.
For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS,
see "Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.4.6
Anti-ping-pong Measures.
8. Handover requirements on UE E-UTRA capability information are met if a handover is
required. For details, see 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
4.3.4.4 Measurement
Overview
If a UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode supports LTE measurement, the RNC triggers an LTE
measurement. Otherwise, the RNC enables the UE to directly perform a blind redirection.
information:
When a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover occurs, event 3C is
reported.

WCDMA RAN
l Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see the
description of the measurement control message in Selecting the Frequencies Carried
in the Measurement Control Message.
l Measured item
The measured item for an LTE cell includes RSRP and RSRQ. If LTEMeasTypOf3C
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to MeasurementQuantity, the LTEMeasQuanOf3C
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies whether RSRQ or RSRP is to be included in
the measurement report. When LTEMeasTypOf3C (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Both,
both the RSRP and RSRQ values are included in the measurement report.
l Measurement event-related parameters. For details, see Measurement Result
Processing.
If LTE measurement is required, the RNC sends the measurement control messages to the UE
and then processes the measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the measurement
control message and measurement result processing in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in
the Measurement Control Message and Measurement Result Processing.
U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) specifies the LTE measurement duration by the UE.
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH under SpecUserFunctionSwitch4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is selected, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot simultaneously perform
compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells. When this
switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode, the UE first measures
neighboring GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal blacklist
cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows: Steps 1 to 3 and steps 6 to 7 are the same as those in the procedure for the coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies
Carried in the Measurement Control Message in 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
4. Filter the frequencies according to the load of neighboring LTE cells to obtain set D.
– When HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, the RNC does not filter frequencies
based on the LTE cell load.
– When HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is deselected, the RNC filters frequencies
according to the following rules:
n If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
ProcessSwitch5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are selected, the RNC

WCDMA RAN
filters out the frequencies of congested cells (an LTE frequency is filtered out
only when all LTE cells working at this frequency are congested).
n If either of the preceding options is deselected, the RNC does not filter
frequencies based on the LTE cell load.
NOTE
During a cross-Iur redirection or handover, the SRNC does not filter frequencies of neighboring
LTE cells of the DRNC according to the load congestion status of the cells.
5. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set E is obtained.
NOTE
LTE cells of the DRNC according to the traffic status of the cells.
frequency priorities. If yes, execute this step and then continue with 8. If no, go to the
next step.
frequency priorities. If LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the IMSI-based
dedicated frequency priorities, the RNC performs the filtering. If LTE frequencies do not
need to be filtered according to the IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, the RNC
performs the next step.
8. The RNC selects frequencies based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)):
– If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, frequencies are
selected based on the setting of
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
n If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected,
the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a
maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to
absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies. The absolute priority of a frequency
is specified by the NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command.
n If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is
deselected, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and
then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to
the sequence in which the frequencies are configured.
– If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the RNC selects
a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD
frequencies according to connected-mode priorities (NPriorityConnect (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured.
NOTE
l For cross-Iur measurement, the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priority does not take effect
and the SRNC processes the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priorities of frequencies
corresponding to neighboring LTE cells under the DRNC as the lowest priorities.
l When both the UE's best cell and the LTE frequency's priority change, the measurement
control message will not be re-delivered.

WCDMA RAN
Measurement Result Processing

Event 3C is triggered when the measured signal quality of the LTE cell meets the following
condition: When the RNC receives a 3C event report from the UE, it performs decision and
execution of the UE's redirection or handover.
The following formula is fulfilled within the duration specified by T3c: MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT
+ H3c/2.
NOTE
If the UE simultaneously sends the measurement reports on RSRP and RSRQ, both measurement results
must satisfy the preceding formula before the decision and execution of a U2L redirection or handover.
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the condition.

Name
MOtherRAT - - l Filtered value of the measured

RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
l U2LTEFilterCoef (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the filtering
coefficient for LTE measurement
result filtering. A larger value for
this parameter results in a greater
smoothing effect and higher anti-
fading capabilities, but also lower
capabilities for tracking signal
fluctuations. A smaller value for
this parameter results in more
unnecessary handovers.
TOtherRAT RSRP TargetRatThdRS Threshold for the LTE signal quality

Threshold RP (BSC6900, when a redirection or handover to LTE
During PS BSC6910) or occurs
Handover to TargetRatThdRS
LTE or RSRQ RQ (BSC6900,
Threshold BSC6910)
During PS
Handover to
LTE
H3c 3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C The value of this parameter relates to

(BSC6900, slow fading. A larger value for this
BSC6910) parameter results in stronger resistance
to signal fluctuations. This curbs the
ping-pong effect but slows the
handover algorithm's response to
signal fluctuations.

WCDMA RAN

Name
T3c Time to TrigTime3C The value of this parameter is related

Trigger Event (BSC6900, to slow fading. A larger value for this
3C BSC6910) parameter results in a lower possibility
of handovers and unnecessary
handovers and a stronger resistance to
instantaneous signal fluctuations.
These parameters can be configured at the RNC or cell level in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV
command or the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command, respectively. If a parameter is
configured on both the cell and RNC levels, the cell-level value takes precedence.


WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-6 Procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
UE Supporting LTE Measurement

The RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected. If it is, the switch for non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection is on. The next step depends on whether this switch is turned on or off.
l If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection switch is on, the RNC checks whether the
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on. The service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection switch is controlled by HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under either the cell-level parameter U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
under the RNC-level parameter HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-
level and cell-level switches are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
– If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned on, the RNC
performs a non-neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection. The frequency
contained in the RRC Connection Release message is determined by
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
When HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is not selected, the frequency of the
cell with the best signal quality is carried in the message. When

WCDMA RAN
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is selected, the frequency with the highest

priority is selected from the measurement report. If multiple frequencies have the
same highest priority, the one corresponding to the cell with the best signal quality
is selected.
– If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned off, the RNC
does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
l If the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection switch is off, the RNC proceeds to the
following operation:
If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the U2LLTELoadSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are selected, the RNC filters congested cells out from
the target cell set. If all neighboring LTE cells are congested, the RNC does not perform
any service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. If any of the neighboring LTE
cells are not congested after the filtering or if either of the preceding check box is
deselected, the RNC checks whether the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the SuppPSHOFlag (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to Support, and the switch for
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is turned on, the RNC performs a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. When the UL Unified Overload Control
feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Then
the RNC determines the target cell of the handover based on the setting of the
UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
(HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter). When this switch is turned off, the cell with the best signal quality after
filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on, the RNC selects the cell
corresponding to the frequency with the highest priority. If the frequencies of
multiple cells have the highest priority, the RNC selects the cell with the best signal
quality among them. Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is controlled by
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the cell-level parameter
U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the RNC-level parameter
HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches
are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
NOTE
During a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover:

l The SRNC does not filter out neighboring cells that are congested or have heavy traffic
on the DRNC side.
l When selecting target cells, if the switch for considering connected-mode priorities
during UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections is turned on, frequencies of the
neighboring LTE cells on the DRNC side are considered to have the lowest priorities.
l If the SRNC does not obtain the PCI and TAC information of a neighboring LTE cell
under the DRNC, it will not initiate a handover to the cell.
– If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to NotSupport, or the
switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is turned off, the RNC checks
whether the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned on.
n If the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned on, the
RNC performs a neighboring cell measurement-based redirection. When the
UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Then the RNC determines the target cell of

WCDMA RAN
the redirection based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode

priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter). When this switch is turned off, the cell with
the best signal quality after filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC selects the frequency with the highest priority. If the frequencies of
multiple cells have the highest priority, the RNC selects the frequency of the
cell with the best signal quality. After the RNC sends an RRC Connection
Release message to the UE and the message contains the frequency for
redirection, the UE selects an LTE cell that works at the frequency as the target
cell for redirection. To prevent the UE from being redirected to a congested
LTE cell, the RNC carries in the RRC Connection Release message a blacklist
of cells that are working at the frequency for redirection and in the congested
state. This mechanism takes effect when
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected. When
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the cell
blacklist that is configured using the MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command is preferentially delivered in the RRC Connection Release message.
n If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned off, the
RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover.
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE
frequency priority to be used is determined as follows:
○ When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is selected, the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated
priority, which is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter.
○ When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is not selected and HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the
LTE frequency uses the IMSI-based dedicated priority, which is specified
by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
○ When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE
frequency uses the connected mode priority, which is specified by the
NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Assuming that an LTE UE needs to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-

RAT handover on the UMTS side and the conditions for a service-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirection or handover are met, the RNC determines which type of redirection or
handover is preferentially performed according to the setting of the
HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH option under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command:
l When this option is selected, the RNC preferentially performs a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover.
l When this option is deselected, the RNC does not preferentially perform a service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover.
This option is only valid for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover.
If HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2
(BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is
selected, the RNC separately performs a preferential service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover for platinum subscribers.
If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on, the RRC
Connection Release message will carry information of blacklisted cells operating at the
included target frequencies. If the switch is turned off, the RRC Connection Release
message will not carry information of blacklisted cells operating at the included target
frequencies. If the RRC Connection Release message does not carry information of
blacklisted cells operating at the included target frequencies, the UE in CELL_FACH
state, during the return to LTE, may access a congested LTE cell, leading to failed LTE
access.
UE Not Supporting LTE Measurement

When both the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection switch (U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) and service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch are turned on, the RNC
checks whether the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on:
l If this switch is turned on, the RNC performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind
redirection. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters
out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
l If this switch is turned off, the RNC decides which type of handover or redirection to
perform based on the following criteria:
– If blind neighboring LTE cells are configured and both
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the U2LLTELoadSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are selected, then the RNC filters congested blind
neighboring LTE cells out. If all blind neighboring LTE cells are congested, the
RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover. If there are any blind neighboring LTE cells that are not congested, the
RNC performs a blind redirection based on neighboring cells. If either of the
preceding check box is deselected, the RNC does not filter target cells based on the
LTE cell load but directly performs a blind redirection based on neighboring cells.
When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
– If the serving cell of the UE does not have target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the UE does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS

WCDMA RAN
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900,

BSC6910)) or the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned off, the
RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
NOTE
l For details about frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based
redirections, see 4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution.
l If BlindFlag (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running
the ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.
For details about the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers, see section
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures.
4.3.4.5.1 Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on Periodic

RSCP Measurement
When the LTE best cell and UMTS best cell for a UE are concentric cells, the signal quality
of the LTE best cell can be estimated based on the RSCP of the UMTS best cell. If the RSCP
of the UMTS best cell meets the signal quality requirements, the LTE signal received by the
UE is regarded as strong enough and a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is allowed.
This mechanism helps improve the redirection or handover success rate while reducing the
time of compressed mode measurement and decreasing interference caused by the compressed
mode measurement.
This function is controlled by the cell-level switch

(HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under the U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV) or the RNC-
level MML switch (HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH).
When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level
switch takes precedence.
For a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when the cell-level or RNC-level switch
for periodic RSCP-measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover is turned
on, each operator in the operator group can independently use
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) according to the value of CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) to turn off their own
service-based RSCP-measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover switches,
without affecting UEs of other operators.
The principle for this function is as follows:
l When a service has been set up and the RNC determines that the UE needs to perform a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC delivers a periodic RSCP
measurement control message to the UE. The measurement period is set using the
U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV.
l When conditions for triggering a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover are met, the
RNC checks whether the RSCP reported by a UE has reached the RSCP threshold for
non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. If the current RSCP
measurement value is greater than or equal to this threshold, a UMTS-to-LTE redirection
or handover is allowed. This threshold is set using the cell-level parameter
U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or the RNC-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900,

WCDMA RAN
BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command. When both the RNC-level and
cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
4.3.4.5.2 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS

Redirection
During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure, if a UE does not support
LTE measurement, it can perform a blind redirection. If the UE supports LTE measurement, it
must perform LTE measurement and the RNC will determine whether UE can perform a
redirection or handover according to the measurement result. In the continuous LTE coverage
scenario or UMTS and LTE co-coverage scenario, LTE signals are strong enough and the
success rate of blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections is high. In this case, blind UMTS-to-LTE
redirections can reduce the impacts of measurement in compressed mode.
When the following conditions and the condition for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
are met, a blind redirection is preferred even if the UE supports LTE measurement:
l The U2LBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.

l HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the U2LServAlgoSwitch
l HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the U2LAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter corresponding to the UE's serving operator
(CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910)) is selected.
4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures
Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Handovers or Redirections Between UMTS and

LTE
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, when
U2LPunishSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command is set to
ON, the RNC starts a penalty timer specified by the U2LPunishTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter after a UE redirected from LTE to UMTS finishes setting up the first service.
Within the penalty timer length, this UE is prohibited from performing any service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. For the method of identifying a UE redirected or
handed over from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from
LTE to UMTS.
To configure the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length, perform the following
operations:
Run the ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA command with bits 0 to 15 configured under

RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910). Value 0 indicates that cell-level parameters do not take
effect and RNC-level parameters are used. RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is valid when
ranging from 1 to 65535 and the corresponding penalty timer length is 0 to 65534.
Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS

l The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message carries the V860 structure but does not
carry the Pre-redirection IE, indicating that the UE is redirected from an LTE network.
l A UE is identified as the one handed over from LTE to UMTS if the RELOCATION
REQUEST message contains the Global Cell ID IE and the value of the Time UE stayed
in Cell field is greater than 0.

WCDMA RAN
l A UE that has been redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS but has not performed
any service before its RRC connection is released is also regarded as the one redirected
from LTE to UMTS when PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH
under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected and the UE
initiates a service within 30s after the RRC connection is released.
Measures to Prevent Continual Entering and Exiting of the Compressed Mode

During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, LTE signal quality
measurement will be started after RB reconfiguration is complete. Before LTE signal quality
measurement is started, the UE enters the compressed mode. If RB reconfiguration is
frequently triggered, the UE must continually enter and exit the compressed mode,
consequently affecting RNC performance. Measures to prevent continual entering and exiting
of the compressed mode are as follows:
l To prohibit UMTS-to-LTE measurement during RB reconfiguration, run the SET
UCORRMPARA command with
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) deselected.
l During a service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC
starts a penalty timer if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality
measurement is complete. Before the penalty timer expires, the UE is prohibited from
performing measurement again for another service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover. The length of the penalty timer is determined by the
U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime (BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command.
To configure the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement expiry, perform the following operations:
– Run the ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA command with bits 16 to 31
configured under RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910). Value 0 indicates that cell-
level parameters do not take effect and RNC-level parameters are used.
RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is valid when ranging from 1 to 65535 and the
corresponding penalty timer length is 0 to 65534.
4.3.4.7 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Service Redirection

When this function is enabled and a UE meets the conditions for a virtual grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirection, the RNC determines whether to trigger a UMTS-to-LTE redirection for
the UE based on the success rate of historical UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections
occurred in the grid where the UE is located. For the detailed process, see 4.3.6 Virtual Grid-
Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation.
This function can be enabled through either the RNC-level or cell-level switch. The RNC-
level switch is controlled by HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under UCORRMALGOSWITCH:HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910). The cell-level switch
is controlled by HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the
RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
NOTE
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function takes effect only when the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection feature is enabled.

WCDMA RAN
4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to
LTE and WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.5.1 Overview
If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered when the UMTS cell is in the
basic congestion state, the RNC enables UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS
services to be redirected or handed over to LTE, facilitating inter-RAT load balancing and
improving user experience. For more information about the conditions for triggering basic
congestion and the corresponding LDR actions, see descriptions of load reshuffling in Load
Control Feature Parameter Description.
Figure 4-7 shows the load-based U2L PS redirection or handover process.
Figure 4-7 Load-based PS redirections or handovers from UMTS to LTE

l Decision phase: determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to
LTE. For details, see 4.3.5.2 Triggering.
l User selection for LDR: selects a user for LDR. For details, see 4.3.5.3 UE Selection for
LDR.
l Decision phase: determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to
LTE. For details, see 4.3.5.4 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
l Measurement phase: determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the
measurement control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see
4.3.5.5 Measurements.

WCDMA RAN
l Execution phase: determines which procedure to trigger: measurement-based redirection,

blind redirection, or handover. For details, see 4.3.5.6 Decision and Execution.
4.3.5.2 Triggering
When the UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state and an LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the UE can be redirected or handed
over to LTE.
4.3.5.3 UE Selection for LDR

If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered by basic congestion, the RNC
selects a UE by performing the following operations:
1. Collect UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS services in a UE list.
2. Select UEs from the list that have not performed LDR-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers.
3. Rank the selected UEs in descending order of their comprehensive priorities and select
the UEs ranked last N for LDR.
N is configured by UlPSU2LHOUeNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the uplink and
DlPSU2LHOUeNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the downlink.
UEs with the same comprehensive priorities are randomly selected for LDR actions. This
section assumes that there are five UEs: A, B, C, D, and E. UE A has the lowest priority,
UE E has the highest priority, and UEs B, C, and D have the same priority. If three of
these UEs are selected for LDR actions, the RNC selects UE A and then randomly
selects two from UEs B, C, and D.
For details about comprehensive priorities, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

conditions are met. Steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover are the same as steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
2. All RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
5. Switches related to load-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability are turned on.
BSC6910) parameter.
– The LDR actions of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover are enabled.
The related switches are set to on by running the command ADD UCELLLDR or
MOD UCELLLDR command.
Either condition a (for redirection) or b (for handover) is met: Condition a: The
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH check box under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected. Condition b: The

WCDMA RAN
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH check box under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,

BSC6910) parameter is selected and the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH check box under
this parameter is deselected.
the UE's capability, the method of the RNC obtaining information about LTE subscribers
depends on related parameter settings:
If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC obtains
information about LTE subscribers as follows: The RNC records subscribers who were
handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these subscribers as LTE subscribers.
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can only be performed on these
subscribers.
NOTE
When the preceding switch is selected, a number of LTE subscribers camp on UMTS networks
during the initial phase of LTE subscriber information gathering. After the RNC has obtained LTE
subscriber information, the number of LTE subscribers camping on UMTS networks is
significantly reduced, and the success rate of load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers
is increased. The RNC obtains information about LTE subscribers even when load-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers do not take effect.
To clear automatically learnt information, run the RNC MML command CLR
ULTESUBSCRIBER with ClrType (BSC6900, BSC6910) specified.
– If SPEC_IMSI is selected, information about specific IMSIs configured by using
the LTESubIMSI (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter will be cleared.
– If ALL is selected, all automatically learnt LTE subscriber information will be
cleared. Consequently, the number of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers
decreases, and the RNC needs to learn LTE subscriber information again.
(Optional) To manually add or clear LTE subscriber information, run the RNC MML
command ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER with VIPLTESubIMSI (BSC6900,
BSC6910) set to specify IMSIs of LTE subscribers. With this setting, the RNC identifies
LTE subscribers.
To transfer LTE subscriber information from the source RNC to the target RNC that
operates as the SRNC, perform the following operations:
– On the source RNC, run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC with
SRNSwithLTESubIndSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) selected so that the source RNC
sends LTE subscriber information to the target RNC.
– On the target RNC, run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH selected under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. With this setting, the
target RNC determines that the UE using the indicated IMSI registers with LTE.
For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS" in section "Anti-
ping-pong Measures."
7. Handover requirements on UE E-UTRA capability information are met if a handover is
required. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.

WCDMA RAN
4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations
DL/UL LDR Actions

In addition to NoAct(no action), 12 DL LDR actions and 10 UL LDR actions are available, as
listed in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4 DL/UL LDR actions

DL LDR Action UL LDR Action
NoAct(no action) NoAct(no action)
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover)
BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction) BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff

Qos re-negotiation) Qos re-negotiation)
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain

inter-rat should be load handover) inter-rat should be load handover)
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain

inter-rat should be load handover) inter-rat should be load handover)
AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction) AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction)
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain

inter-rat should not be load handover) inter-rat should not be load handover)
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain

inter-rat should not be load handover) inter-rat should not be load handover)
PSInterU2LLDHO PSInterU2LLDHO
CodeAdj(Code adjust) N/A
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power) N/A
Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations

For this feature, the suggestions for configuring the LDR action of the UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover are as follows:
l Suggestion 1 If N LDR actions excluding NoAct(no action) have been set on the live
network, it is recommended that number (N+1) LDR action be set to UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover.
l Suggestion 2 If no LDR action is available on the live network, it is recommended that
DL and UL LDR actions be set as follows:
– In the downlink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction), and PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions
to NoAct(no action).

WCDMA RAN
– In the uplink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to BERateRed(BE traff
rate reduction), InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), and
PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions to NoAct(no
action).
In feature test and verification scenarios, set the LDR actions according to suggestion 2 or set
the first LDR action in the downlink or uplink to PSInterU2LLDHO. To enable this feature
on the live network, suggestion 2 is recommended.
4.3.5.5 Measurements
If a UE in connected mode supports LTE measurement, the RNC triggers an LTE
measurement. If the UE does not support LTE measurement, the RNC enables the UE to
directly perform blind redirection. For details, see section 4.3.5.6 Decision and Execution.
NOTE
l When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and SpecUserFunctionSwitch4 (BSC6900,

BSC6910) is set to SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH, a UE in the terminal blacklist
cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells
simultaneously. When this switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode, the UE
measures first neighboring GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
l When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under SpecUserFunctionSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal blacklist cannot perform compressed mode
measurement on neighboring LTE cells.
If the RNC determines that the UE performs an LTE measurement, it sends the UE a
measurement control message instructing the UE to measure the signal quality of the LTE
cells according to the LTE frequencies contained in the message. The same methods are used
by load-based and service-based U2L PS redirections or handovers for selecting frequencies
to be carried in the measurement control messages and processing the measurement results.
For details, see 4.3.4.4 Measurement.
The only difference resides in the parameter settings in step 4 (filtering frequencies based on
the load of neighboring LTE cells), which are listed as follows:
l When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies

(HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is turned off, the RNC
filters frequencies according to the following rules:
– If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the U2LLTELoadSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, the RNC filters out the frequencies
of congested cells (an LTE frequency is filtered out only when all LTE cells
working at this frequency are congested).
– If either of the preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC does not filter
frequencies based on the LTE cell load.
l When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies
(HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is turned on, the RNC
does not filter frequencies based on the LTE cell load.

WCDMA RAN

Figure 4-8 Procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover selection
UE Supporting LTE Measurement

The processing mechanism is the same as that for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution.
The difference between the two procedures resides in a parameter: For the load-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the RNC filters out congested cells from the candidate
target cells. This occurs when the LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH option under
the U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.

WCDMA RAN
UE Not Supporting LTE Measurement

When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) and switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection are set to on, the RNC
checks whether the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is on. The subsequent
processing mechanism is the same as that for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution.
The difference between the two procedures resides in a parameter: For the load-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the RNC filters out congested cells from the candidate
target cells. This occurs when the LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH option under
the U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
4.3.5.6.1 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Load-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS

Redirection
During a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure, if a UE does not support LTE
measurement, it can perform a blind redirection. If the UE supports LTE measurement, it must
perform LTE measurement and the RNC will determine whether UE can perform a redirection
or handover according to the measurement result. In the continuous LTE coverage scenario or
UMTS and LTE co-coverage scenario, LTE signals are strong enough and the success rate of
blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections is high. In this case, blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections can
reduce the impacts of measurement in compressed mode.
When the following conditions and the condition for load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
are met, a blind redirection is preferred even if the UE supports LTE measurement:
l The U2LBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.

l HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter corresponding to the UE's serving operator (CnOpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) is selected.
4.3.5.7 Anti-ping-pong Measures

To prevent ping-pong redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is introduced. When it is set
to ON, the RNC checks whether the RRC CONNECTION REQUESET message contains the
Pre-redirection IE before determining whether to implement load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or blind redirection:
l Existence of the IE indicates that the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS.
Therefore, if the IE exists, the RNC does not perform any special processing.
l Non-existence of the IE indicates that the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS.
Therefore, if the IE does not exist, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE network
through redirection or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the current
RRC connection is released).
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, the RNC
starts a penalty timer (U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910)) when a UE has
finished its first service after being handed over from LTE to UMTS. The UE cannot perform
any UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection before the timer expires. For the method of
identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE
Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS. When U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 0, the preceding mechanism does not take effect.

WCDMA RAN
4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation

Virtual grids refer to signal grids. Unlike traditional grids, virtual grids are not divided
geographically, but are divided by measurement results of multiple cells, such as received
signal code power (RSCP). Historical grid-level KPIs are stored in virtual grids for wireless
network performance optimization at the grid level. Figure 4-9 shows an example of virtual
grids.
Figure 4-9 Virtual grids
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation function divides grids according to the
IDs and RSCPs of a maximum of two intra-frequency cells and records the historical grid-
level success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in the grids. According to the
historical grid-level success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections, the LTE
coverage of the grid where the UE is located and whether the UE can perform a UMTS to
LTE interoperation is determined.
Unlike the blind redirection, this function can prohibit the fast return in the grid with poor
LTE coverage, reducing the risk of UE disconnection from the network. Unlike LTE
measurement-based fast return, this function enables blind redirection-based fast return in
grids with good LTE coverage and forbids LTE measurement in grids with poor LTE
coverage, which reduces the impact of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
The common process of virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation is as follows:
1. After the UE supporting LTE enters the CELL_DCH state in a UMTS cell, the RNC
delivers periodic RSCP measurement control messages to the UE. The measurement
period is specified by U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Different delivery policies are used based on whether the RNC can identify the LTE subscriber.
If the CN supports subscriber identification, it instructs the RNC to deliver the intra-frequency
measurement control message to subscribers through the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
If the CN does not support subscriber identification, select any of check boxes below. The RNC
learns LTE subscriber information, records subscribers who were handed over or redirected from
LTE, and labels these subscribers as LTE subscribers. Intra-frequency measurement control
messages are delivered only to these subscribers.
l PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter
l PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter
l PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter
If the CN cannot identify subscribers and all the three switches are turned off, the RNC delivers
intra-frequency measurement control messages to all UEs that support the LTE mode.
If PERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW is selected under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, the RNC performs intra-frequency
measurement for LTE-registered UEs to construct virtual grids for UMTS-to-LTE return. If this
option is not selected, the RNC performs intra-frequency measurement on all LTE-registered UEs
to construct virtual grids.
2. After receiving the intra-frequency measurement information reported by the UE, the
RNC performs the following operations:
Sequence the cells in the active set, monitored set, and detected set in intra-frequency
measurement report in a descending order of the RSCP. Select a maximum of two cells
with the highest RSCP. Segment RSCPs in the selected cells by 3 dB. RSCP segment
numbers are obtained, as shown in Table 4-5.
Table 4-5 Mapping of RSCP value ranges and segment numbers

RSCP Value Range RSCP Segment Number
[-115, -112) 0
[-112, -109) 1
[-109, -106) 2
[-106, -103) 3
[-103, -100) 4
[-100, -97) 5
[-97, -94) 6
[-94, -91) 7
[-91, -88) 8
[-88, -85) 9
[-85, -82) 10
[-82, -79) 11

WCDMA RAN
RSCP Value Range RSCP Segment Number
[-79, -76) 12
[-76, -73) 13
[-73, -70) 14
[-70, -67) 15
[-67, -64) 16
[-64, -61) 17
[-61, -58) 18
[-58, -55) 19
[-55, -52) 20
[-52, -49) 21
[-49, -46) 22
[-46, -43) 23
[-43, -40) 24
[-40, -37) 25
[-37, -34) 26
[-34, -31) 27
[-31, -28) 28
[-28, -25) 29
Others NA
Based on the RSCP segmentation, the virtual grid index of the UE is obtained.
According to the virtual grid index of the UE, the virtual grid database is queried to
obtain the historical success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of the
grid where the UE is located. Table 4-6 lists the formats of virtual grid data.
Table 4-6 Virtual grid data formats

Virtual Grid Database
Cell 1 ID (RNC ID-Cell ID)
Cell 1 RSCP segment number
Cell 2 ID (RNC ID-Cell ID)
Cell 2 RSCP segment number

WCDMA RAN
Virtual Grid Database
Number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the current period
Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the current period
Number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the historical

period
Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the historical period
– After performing a UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection in a virtual grid, the UE

records the number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts and the
number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the current
period into the database of the virtual grid.
– To enable the virtual grid information (including the number of UMTS-to-LTE
handover and redirection attempts and the number of successful UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and redirections) to automatically adapt to the change of wireless
networks, the RNC uses smooth filtering to weigh the current and previous virtual
grid information. As a result, the weight of previous information decreases and
approximates to 0. The filtering period is set to one day and starts at 5:00 every
morning. The RNC filters the virtual grid information based on the following
formula: Historical grid information after filtering = α x Current grid information
+ (1 - α) x Previous grid information before filtering. α equals to 0.6. The filtering
function is controlled by VirtualGridFilterBackupSw (BSC6900, BSC6910). When
this switch is turned on, the filtering is performed on the virtual grid.
– The RNC deletes the grid information of the current period after the filtering. If the
number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the previous period
of a virtual grid is less than 0.01 after filtering, the RNC deletes the virtual grid.
– Success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections = (Number of
successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the current period +
Number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the previous
period)/(Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the current
period + Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the
previous period)

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l To avoid the loss of virtual grid information, the RNC backs up the information onto the OMU
board at 5:00 every morning and restores the grid information from the OMU in the upgrade
and fault scenarios. To avoid affecting the RNC performance, the RNC restores the virtual
grids of one SPU subsystem every five seconds. All restorations are completed within one
hour.
l Each subsystem of the BSC6900 and the BSC6910 can store information of 10000 virtual
grids and 15000 virtual grids, respectively. The virtual grid information is stored into RNC
subsystems at random. If the storage space of a grid is fully occupied, the RNC cannot save the
success rates of new virtual grid UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections. In this case, the
RNC does not judge the virtual grid conditions but performs the original process (fast return or
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection).
l Virtual grid information can be exported to an .xls file by running the EXP
UVIRTUALGRIDINFO command. In the exported virtual grid information files, the RNC
multiplies the numbers of history UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts and
successful history UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections by 10000 times to ensure
accuracy. Therefore, you need to divide the displayed value by 10000 to obtain the actual
value.
l In the scenario of UMTS and LTE network convergence, RNC ID and cell ID may be
modified. As a result, the virtual grid index may become invalid and corresponding virtual grid
information may be lost. In this case, the RNC will age invalid virtual grid data and learn new
virtual grid data. Benefits of the virtual grid function are affected during this process.
3. After the UE meets the triggering conditions, the RNC determines the process that the
UE is to perform based on the historical success rates of the UMTS-to-LTE handovers
and redirections as follows.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-10 Process of selecting the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation

mode
– If there is no historical virtual grid information in the grid where the UE is located,
the original UMTS-to-LTE process is performed and the virtual grid information is
learned.
– If the success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of a grid are
greater than or equal to the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoHighThd
(BSC6900, BSC6910), the LTE signal coverage of the grid is good (defined as class
I grid) and the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection is directly performed.
– If the success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections are smaller than
the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoLowThd (BSC6900, BSC6910), the LTE
signal coverage of the grid is poor (defined as class II grid). According to the
ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, the RNC randomly
selects a part of UEs to perform LTE measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations, which provides learning opportunities for class II virtual grids. The
number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection failures each day must be less

WCDMA RAN
than or equal to 10. If there are over 10 UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection
failures in a day, other UEs cannot perform any UMTS-to-LTE interoperations.
– If the success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections are greater than or
equal to the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoLowThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)
and less than the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoHighThd (BSC6900,
BSC6910), the LTE signal coverage of the grid is considered as moderate (defined
as class III grid) and the original UMTS-to-LTE interoperation process is
performed.
NOTE
When both the UMTS-to-LTE handover mode and the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE
interoperation function take effect, the UE performs blind redirection when its grid is
defined as a class I grid and performs the original process (handover or redirection) when the
grid does not fall into any class or is defined as a class II or III grid.
4. If the UE performs a UMTS-to-LTE interoperation process, the execution result is
recorded in the virtual grid of the UE.
– An LTE measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation is recorded as failed if
the LTE measurement expires, while it is recorded as successful if the LTE
measurement does not expire and the UMTS-to-LTE interoperation has been
performed.
– A UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection is recorded as failed if the UE attempts to access
the original RNC within 30s after the blind redirection and the access request is not
from the LTE network, while it is recorded as successful if the UE does not make
such an attempt within 30s after the blind redirection.
– To accelerate virtual grid learning and obtain stable grid information, results of
other UMTS-to-LTE interoperations will also be recorded in virtual grids. These
interoperations include the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers as well as
the UMTS-to-LTE fast returns for SRVCC UEs.
NOTE
To avoid any impacts on basic functions of the RNC, virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperations
are not performed during the RNC flow control. If the RNC load exceeds the flow control triggering
threshold (DCCCTHD (BSC6900, BSC6910), of which the default value is 85%), no virtual grid-based
judgment is made during the UMTS-to-LTE interoperations. If the RNC load is lower than the clearance
threshold (DCCCRSTTHD (BSC6900, BSC6910), of which the default value is 75%), virtual grid-
based judgment is made during the UMTS-to-LTE interoperations.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 5 CSFB
5 CSFB
5.1 Overview
When a UE on an LTE network initiates a CS service, the CSFB feature migrates the UE to a
UMTS network so that the UE can perform the CS service on the UMTS network.
As specified in the 3GPP protocol, an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB can be performed through either
a redirection or PS handover:
l During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a redirection, the eNodeB sends an RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE message carrying the UARFCN of a UMTS cell to the UE.
The UE accesses the UMTS cell based on the UARFCN and initiates a voice service
again in the UMTS cell.
l During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a PS handover, the RNC receives a PS
handover request and determines whether to reserve resources and admit the UE. If
resources are reserved and the UE is admitted successfully, the eNodeB sends a handover
command to the UE. After accessing the UMTS network, the UE initiates a voice service
again on the UMTS network.
For details about LTE-to-UMTS CSFB, see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature
Based on the CSFB feature, Huawei provides the post-CSFB service processing solution and
optimized CSFB process.
l Post-CSFB service processing mainly refers to the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function,
which enables UEs to quickly return to the LTE network after falling back to the UMTS
network and finishing CS services.
l The CSFB process is optimized in the following aspects:
– The CSFB guarantee function is introduced for LTE emergency calls and normal
calls on the UMTS side. By reducing the rate of PS services or allowing resource
preemption, this function reserves resources and ensures successful access for PS
handovers, improving the call success rate.
– A series of CSFB delay reduction measures are introduced on the UMTS side to
solve problems of postponed voice service access and poor user experience, which
is caused by procedures of access, handover, and redirection on the LTE side.

WCDMA RAN
– Ultra-Flash CSFB is introduced as a proprietary CSFB procedure on the UMTS and

LTE sides. This process is applicable when an IMS is not deployed and the eNodeB,
MME, MSC, and RNC are all provided by Huawei. This process prepares CS
resources in advance based on an SRVCC process, thereby reducing CSFB delay.
5.2 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This section describes the WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature.
5.2.1 Overview
The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature is introduced to reduce the time and improve user
experience. This feature enables a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through
CSFB to quickly return to the LTE network after the CS service is finished.
This feature applies to the areas that are jointly covered by UMTS and LTE networks and
where the LTE network signal quality is satisfactory. If the LTE network signal quality is
poor, for example, when an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains information
about n (a positive integer) LTE frequencies whose signal quality is poor and does not meet
the camping conditions, the UE must spend much time in finding a suitable cell:
l UEs complying with a version earlier than 3GPP Release 10 select a suitable LTE cell
from the LTE cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most 10 seconds.
If no suitable LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells
using frequencies supported by these UEs. If a suitable LTE cell is still not found, these
UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see section 8.5.2 "Actions when
entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.8.0.
l UEs complying with 3GPP Release 10 or later select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE
cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most n seconds. If no suitable
LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells using
frequencies supported by these UEs. The selection lasts for 4 seconds. If a suitable LTE
cell is still not found, these UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see
section 8.5.2 "Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS
25.331 V10.9.0.
Note that the UE cannot process CS or PS services or CS+PS combined services while
searching for a suitable LTE cell.
Functions and Selection Procedure

This feature incorporates the following functions:
l UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
l Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
l LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return
l RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return
l Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return
The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function and Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function
are both based on blind redirection. That is, neither UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return nor Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return requires measurement. After the UE finishes the CS service, the
RNC immediately sends an RRC release message to redirect the UE to the LTE network.
Before enabling the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function, you must enable the

WCDMA RAN
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function. However, before enabling the UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return function, you do not need to enable the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function.
Among the preceding functions, there are two types of measurement-based fast return: LTE
measurement-based fast return and RSCP measurement-based fast return.
l When LTE measurement-based fast return is enabled, the RNC triggers inter-RAT
measurement of LTE after a CS service is finished and delivers an RRC release message
or handover command to redirect or hand over the UE to LTE only if the measured LTE
signal quality meets the handover threshold. Compared with blind redirection-based fast
return, this type of fast return prevents the out-of-service problem of UEs caused by LTE
coverage holes.
l The RSCP measurement-based fast return function is applicable where UMTS and LTE
networks share a site. This function starts RSCP measurement of the UMTS serving cell
during the CS service of a CSFB UE. If the measured RSCP value reaches a specific
threshold, blind redirection-based fast return can be performed after the CS service is
complete, which improves the success rate of blind redirections and reduces the impact
of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
When virtual grid-based fast return is enabled, the RNC checks the LTE coverage in the grid
based on the success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections, and
determines whether to perform fast return. In grids with good LTE coverage, blind
redirection-based fast return is performed. In grids with poor LTE coverage, fast return is not
performed, which increases the success rate of blind redirections and reduces the impact of
LTE measurement in compressed mode.
The following figure shows how the RNC performs the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE fast
return mode selection.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-1 Procedure for UMTS-to-LTE fast return mode selection
Table 5-1 describes the parameters associated with UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.

WCDMA RAN
Table 5-1 Parameter list
No. Parameter
1 Cell-level switch: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH

under FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
2 Cell-level switch:
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch:
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
RNC-level switch:
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
RNC-level switch:
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
5 Cell-level switch: PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH

under FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH
under PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
6 U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
7 PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910):

PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
In the preceding figure, optimization of the UMTS-to-LTE fast return process and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return process refers to that the RNC delivers the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message immediately after receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND message
from the CS domain. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

The functions of fast return and redirections or handovers from a UMTS cell to a multi-band
LTE cell are the same. For details, see MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or
Handover in 4.3.1 Overview.

WCDMA RAN
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature enables a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a
UMTS cell through CSFB to quickly return to the LTE network after the all services are
finished.
At the cell level, this function is controlled by the

HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MOD UCELLHOCOMM command.
At the RNC level, this function is controlled by the

HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. When both the
RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets either of the
l Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is
"CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or
"CSFB High Priority."
l Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain the "Pre-
redirection info" IE and the first service that the UE processes after accessing the UMTS
cell is a CS service. For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message contents to set" in 3GPP 25.331 V9.4.0.
After the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE finishes its CS service in the UMTS cell,
the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure if the UE does not have a PS service
ongoing. The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies to be
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to
Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the
message, the UE selects a target cell based on the information and attempts to camp on this
cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell selection, see section 8.5.2 "Actions when entering
idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0. For details about a suitable LTE
cell, see chapter 4 "Overall process structure" in 3GPP TS 23.122 V11.4.0.)
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

At the cell level, this function is controlled by
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM command.
At the RNC level, this function is controlled by

PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch3
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command. When this function
is configured at both the RNC and cell levels, the cell-level configuration takes effect.
When PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH and PerfEnhanceSwitch7

(BSC6900, BSC6910):PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH (UMTS-to-LTE fast
return optimization switch) are selected, UMTS-to-LTE fast return is triggered only by the
first AMR release of a CSFB UE. If the optimization switch is turned off, a fast return can be

WCDMA RAN
triggered by any AMR or RRC release of the CSFB UE as long as an RRC connection is
active for the UE before it. It is recommended that you turn off the optimization switch in
continuous LTE coverage scenarios and turn on the optimization switch to avoid invalid
measurement in discontinuous LTE coverage scenarios.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets any of the
l Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is
"CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or
"CSFB High Priority."
l Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain a "Pre-
redirection info" IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message contents to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) After the RNC receives an RRC
Connection Setup Complete message, the UE successfully sets up a CS service within 10
seconds.
l Condition 3: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contains a "CSFB Indication"
IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents
to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.10.0.)
l Condition 4: After the UE finishes its CS service in a UMTS cell, an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC contains an "End Of CSFB" IE. (For
details, see section 8.5.2 "Successful Operation" in 3GPP TS 25.413 V10.4.0.)
After the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE finishes its CS service in the UMTS cell,
the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure regardless of whether or not the UE
has a PS service ongoing. The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies to be
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to
Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the
message, the UE selects a suitable LTE cell based on the carried LTE frequency information
and attempts to camp on this cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell selection, see section
8.5.2 "Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.
For details about a suitable LTE cell, see chapter 4 "Overall process structure" in 3GPP TS
23.122 V11.4.0.)
NOTE
When a UE that has performed a CSFB procedure moves to another RNC and the target RNC becomes
the SRNC, the target RNC determines that the UE has performed a CSFB process and this function can
take effect in one of the following circumstances:
1. An "End Of CSFB" IE is carried in the IU RELEASE COMMAND message sent by the MSC when
the CS service is released.
2. If SRNSwithCSFBIndSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD UNRNC command is set to ON on the
source RNC, the source RNC carries the CSFB indication in the "relocation required" IE and sends
the IE to the target RNC through the CN (in this case, the CN must be able to forward the CSFB
indication). If SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH under the ProcessSwitch6 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected on the target RNC, the
target RNC regards that the UE has performed a CSFB process when the RNC receives the CSFB
indication from the source RNC.
When PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH and OptimizationSwitch12

(BSC6900, BSC6910):CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH are selected, fast
return can be triggered even if the CS RAB setup fails for the CSFB UE. A UE is identified as
a CSFB UE when it meets any of the following conditions:

WCDMA RAN
Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is "CS
Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or "CSFB High
Priority."
Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection,
the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contains a "CSFB Indication" IE. (For details,
see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents to set" in 3GPP TS
25.331 V9.10.0.)
Condition 3: An IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC contains an
"End Of CSFB" IE. (For details, see section 8.5.2 "Successful Operation" in 3GPP TS 25.413
V10.4.0.)
NOTE
A UE can also be identified as a CSFB UE when it meets the following condition: When the UE is
moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message does not contain a "Pre-redirection info" IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message contents to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) After the RNC
receives an RRC Connection Setup Complete message, the UE successfully sets up a CS service within
10 seconds. However, this condition requires a successful CS RAB setup. Therefore, it is not applicable
to the scenario where a fast return is triggered in case of a CS RAB setup failure.
In most cases, if there is a PS service ongoing when the UE finishes its CS service, the RNC
does not deliver the RRC Connection Release message until the CS RAB is released. To
shorten the time taken by the fast return of a CSFB UE to LTE, a mechanism is introduced so
that the RNC delivers the RRC Connection Release message immediately after receiving an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS domain. This mechanism takes effect when
U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch6
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return
5.2.4.1 Overview
The following figure shows the principle of LTE measurement-based fast return.
Figure 5-2 Principle of LTE measurement-based fast return
The principle of LTE measurement-based fast return, as shown in Figure 5-2, is illustrated as
follows:

WCDMA RAN
1. Trigger phase: The RNC decides whether to trigger an LTE measurement-based fast
return. For details, see 5.2.4.2 Triggering.
2. Measurement phase: The RNC decides whether to start an LTE measurement. If an LTE
measurement is needed, it delivers the measurement control message and handles the
measurement result. For details, see 5.2.4.3 Measurement.
3. Execution phase: The RNC decides which procedure (measurement-based redirection or
handover) to trigger to implement the fast return. For details, see 5.2.4.4 Execution.
5.2.4.2 Triggering
If a CSFB UE still has a PS service ongoing after it finishes a CS service, the RNC triggers an
LTE measurement-based fast return when the following conditions are met:
l The UE is identified as a CSFB UE on the UMTS side.
l The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature is enabled.
l Measurement-based fast return after a CSFB UE finishes its voice service is enabled.
A UE is considered as a CSFB UE by the following mechanism only when it meets any of
conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
For settings of the switches for UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast
return, see 5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return.
For the measurement-based fast return of a CSFB UE after releasing a voice service, there is
an RNC-level switch and a cell-level switch. The RNC-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the
setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
Exceptions:
l To ensure that an LTE measurement-based fast return to the LTE network can be
triggered for a CSFB UE that has no PS service ongoing after it finishes a CS service,
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be selected in addition to the
preceding conditions.
l For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, each operator can
independently clear PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910) so that CSFB UEs that are not performing PS services after
finishing their voice services will not perform measurement-based fast return to LTE,
without affecting UEs of other operators.
l For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when the cell-level or RNC-level switch for
measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs is turned on, each operator in the
operator group can independently clear
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2LAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) to turn
off their own switches for measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs, without
affecting UEs of other operators.

WCDMA RAN
l When PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the

PerfEnhanceSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, if some other
measurements such as coverage-based inter-frequency measurement or GSM
measurement are incomplete before a CSFB UE releases its CS service, the UE will
release these incomplete measurements and start LTE measurement after the CS service
is released. If PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH is not
selected, a CSFB UE cannot trigger LTE measurement when it releases the CS service
and therefore cannot perform fast return to the LTE network.
5.2.4.3 Measurement
Overview
If the UE supports LTE measurement in connected mode, LTE measurement is triggered in
this phase.
information:
Same as service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the measurement
report is sent using event 3C.
l Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see
l Measured item
Same as service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.4
Measurement.
l Measurement event-related parameters
– If no PS service is ongoing after the voice service is complete:
n The RSRP- or RSRQ-based decision threshold is specified by
SigTargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) or SigTargetRatThdRSRQ
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
n U2LTESigMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) specifies the duration of LTE
measurement by the UE.
– If there is a PS service ongoing after the voice service is complete, the LTE
measurement duration is specified by U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910).
– Other parameters related to measurement events are the same as those used for
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.4
Measurement.
l The method of processing the measurement result is the same as that used for service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.4 Measurement.

frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set D is obtained.

WCDMA RAN
5. Determine whether LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the SPID-based

dedicated frequency priorities. If yes, the RNC performs step 6. If no, the RNC performs
step 7.
6. Select LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities. Then go
to step 9.
7. Determine whether LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the IMSI-based
dedicated frequency priorities. If yes, the RNC performs step 8. If no, the RNC performs
step 9.
8. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.
9. The RNC selects frequencies based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)).
NOTE
l Steps 1 to 3 are the same as those in the procedure for selecting frequencies to be included in the
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control
Message in 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
l Steps 4 to 9 are the same as those in the procedure for selecting frequencies to be included in the
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. For details, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be
Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message.
l The PERFENH_CSFB_FR_OVERLAP_RB_RECONFIG_SW check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA specifies whether to allow measurement-based fast return during an RB
reconfiguration for CSFB UEs. When this check box is selected and a CSFB UE initiates the first CS
service, the DCCC rate increase or decrease procedure is forbidden. If fast return is not triggered
after the CS service release, the UE can perform the DCCC rate increase or decrease procedure.
Selecting this check box reduces impacts of DCCC procedures on the delay of fast return for the
CSFB UE but also the PS throughput during the CS service.
5.2.4.4 Execution
UEs cannot perform LTE measurement-based fast return if the measurement conditions are
not met. When the enhanced measurement-based fast return function is enabled
(PERFENH_CSFB_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected), UEs still cannot perform
blind fast return. When this function is disabled, UEs can perform blind fast return.
The method of executing LTE measurement-based fast return is the same as the method of
executing the UMTS-to-LTE fast return for an SRVCC UE. For details, see 6.3.4 Execution.
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return

RSCP measurement-based fast return applies where the LTE and UMTS networks share a site.
This function assesses signal quality of an LTE cell based on the serving UMTS cell's RSCP.
If the RSCP of the serving UMTS cell reaches a specific threshold, the UE is located at an
area with strong LTE signal coverage. Therefore, a CSFB UE in this situation can perform
fast return to LTE through blind redirection after it finishes a CS service. Compared with the
fast return function based on blind redirection, RSCP measurement-based fast return can
improve the success rate of blind redirections. Compared with LTE measurement-based fast
return, this function can reduce the interference caused by measurement in compressed mode.

WCDMA RAN
level switch is HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. The cell-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under FastReturnToLTESwitch
For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when the cell-level or RNC-level switch for RSCP
measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs is turned on, each operator in the
operator group can independently deselect
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2LAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) to turn off
their own switches for RSCP measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs, without
affecting UEs of other operators.
The principle for this function is as follows:
1. After a CSFB UE establishes a CS service, the RNC delivers a periodic RSCP

measurement control message to the UE. The measurement period is specified by
U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910). A UE is considered as a CSFB UE only
when it meets any of conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return.
2. After receiving an RSCP measurement value reported by the UE, the RNC performs as
follows:
After the CSFB UE finishes the CS service, the RNC checks whether the RSCP measurement
value reported by the UE reaches the RSCP threshold for non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover:
l If the measured RSCP is greater than or equal to this threshold, fast return is directly
performed through blind redirection.
l If the measured RSCP is less than this threshold, the RNC checks whether there is still a
PS service ongoing:
– If there is no PS service, the RNC performs an LTE measurement-based fast return
when the switches for both LTE measurement-based fast return and LTE
measurement-based fast return for a UE finishing its single CS service are turned
on; whereas the RNC directly releases the UE's resources when either of the
switches is turned off.
– If there is a PS service, the RNC checks the setting of the LTE measurement-based
fast return function: If this function is enabled, it performs an LTE measurement-
based fast return. If the function is disabled, the RNC does not perform any fast
return.
The RSCP threshold for non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is

specified by either the cell-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
RNC-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level
and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
NOTE
If the UE has not reported an RSCP value before it finishes a CS service, the RNC postpones the
decision and waits for the reported RSCP value. If the RNC fails to receive any reported RSCP value
within 2.5 RSCP measurement periods, it does not perform any fast return.

WCDMA RAN
5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE Message
The method for selecting frequencies that are to be included in an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message is as follows.
For a blind fast return (including UMTS-to-LTE fast return, enhanced UMTS-to-LTE
fast return, and RSCP measurement-based fast return): select all EARFCNs indicated by
EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) configured in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command with FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to Connected_Only or
Both.
For a measurement-based fast return (LTE measurement-based fast return), select
frequencies in the same way as that for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement
Control Message.
2. Filter the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set B. The selection procedure is the
same as that for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see
UE.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC does not filter frequencies in set B
and set C equals set B if any of the following conditions a met:
– PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UCORRMPARA is set to OFF.
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC obtains set C by collecting all
frequencies of the operator that provides services to the UE from set B if the following
conditions are met:
UCORRMPARA is set to ON.
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
– The InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML
command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to OFF.
For a UE in the CELL_DCH state, if all the following conditions are met and an inter-
PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE, the RNC filters LTE
frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover frequency list to obtain set
C. (The inter-PLMN handover frequency list is configured using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command.) If all the following conditions are met but no
inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C
equals set B.

WCDMA RAN

– InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, the RNC
does not filter frequencies in set B and set C equals set B if any of the following
conditions is met:
– PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
UCORRMPARA is set to OFF.
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, the RNC
obtains set C by collecting all LTE frequencies of the operator that provides services to
the UE from set B if all the following conditions are met.
– The InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML
command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to OFF.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, an inter-
PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE (the inter-PLMN
handover frequency list is configured using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST
command), and all the following conditions are met, then the RNC filters LTE
frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover frequency list to obtain set
C. If all the following conditions are met but no inter-PLMN handover frequency list has
been configured for the UE using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command, the
RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B.
– InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to ON.
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set D is obtained.
NOTE
LTE cells of the DRNC according to the traffic status of the cells.
frequency priority:
If the following conditions are met, the RNC filters LTE frequencies according to SPID-
based dedicated frequency priorities by performing step 6 and then step 9. If any of the
following conditions is not met, the RNC performs step 7.

WCDMA RAN
– HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.

– The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID information and SPID-related parameters
have been configured, for example, RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900,
BSC6910).
– The dedicated priority set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
NOTE
For configurations of the SPID-based dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature
6. Select LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
The RNC first filters out LTE frequencies with SPID-based dedicated priorities lower
than the priority of the serving UMTS cell from set D. Among the remaining
frequencies, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE
TDD frequencies according to the SPID-based dedicated priorities. The selected
frequencies are candidate frequencies.
The SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority
NOTE
l For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if the
SPID-based dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the SPID-based
dedicated priority is not configured. For a UMTS frequency, the SPID-based dedicated priority
is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is
specified by the SPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
l For an LTE frequency, the SPID-based dedicated priority (specified by the DediPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is used if the SPID-based dedicated priority is configured. If
the SPID-based dedicated priority is not configured, the priority to be used depends on the
setting of HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
When this switch is turned on, the connected mode priority (specified by the
NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is used. When this switch is turned off,
the absolute priority (specified by the NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is used.
l The SPID-based dedicated priority is not used during cross-Iur handover or redirection.
frequency priorities.
If the following conditions are met, the RNC filters LTE frequencies according to the
IMSI-based dedicated priorities of the frequencies by performing step 8. If not, the RNC
performs step 9:
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
– The RNC has obtained the UE's IMSI and the UE's IMSI is included in the IMSI
segment corresponding to ImsiGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910).
– For the IMSI segment that includes the UE's IMSI, related parameters such as
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) have been configured.
– The dedicated priority set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
NOTE
For the configuration of parameters related to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, see
IMSI-based Mobility Management for Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description.
8. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.
The RNC obtains set E by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the following
conditions: The LTE frequencies belong to the frequency priority group (specified by the

WCDMA RAN
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) corresponding to the UE's

IMSI. The U2LConnTargetFreqInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to TRUE
for the LTE frequencies. Priorities of the LTE frequencies are higher than the serving
UMTS cell's priority.
NOTE
For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the IMSI-based dedicated priority is used if the IMSI-
based dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the IMSI-based dedicated
priority is not configured. For a UMTS frequency, the IMSI-based dedicated priority is specified
by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is specified by the
SPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
The RNC then obtains the intersection set of set D and set E. From the intersection set,
the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD
frequencies based on IMSI-based dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The
selected frequencies are candidate frequencies. The IMSI-based dedicated priority of an
LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
9. The RNC filters the frequencies based on the setting of
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned off, the RNC first filters
out the LTE frequencies that have lower absolute priorities than the serving cell's
frequency. The RNC then selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four
LTE TDD frequencies based on the absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies as
candidate frequencies. The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the NPriority
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the RNC first filters
out the LTE frequencies whose connected-mode priorities are lower than the absolute
priority of the serving cell's frequency. The RNC then selects a maximum of four LTE
FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies based on the connected-mode priorities
of the LTE frequencies as candidate frequencies. The connected-mode priority of a
frequency is specified by the NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
The UMTS-to-LTE connection mode priority is not used during cross-Iur handover or redirection.
Special application scenarios:

l If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command and
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is set to ON, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only
an LTE frequency but also those blacklisted cells operating in the LTE frequency so that
UEs cannot be handed over to the blacklisted cells based on fast return. If no LTE cells
are configured as blacklisted cells or
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells operating in the
LTE frequency.
l During cross-Iur handovers or redirections:
– The SRNC carries the frequencies of all neighboring LTE cells for the cells under
the target RNC in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message when the
following conditions are met: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under the HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SRNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,

WCDMA RAN
BSC6910) parameter in the SRNC MML command SET

UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to 1. If any of the preceding conditions is not
met, the SRNC does not carry any LTE frequencies in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message.
– A DRNC cell is configured with neighboring LTE cells and information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells according to the following rules: Among
frequencies of all neighboring LTE cells for a DRNC cell, a maximum of four LTE
FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies are selected and delivered to the
UE.
n Frequencies of neighboring LTE cells are specified by the LTEArfcn
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command ADD ULTECELL.
n Neighboring LTE cells are configured using the MML command ADD
ULTENCELL.
5.2.7 Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return

When a UE meets the fast return triggering conditions, the RNC determines whether the UE
performs the virtual grid-based fast return function based on the historical success rates of
UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of the grid where the UE is located. For the
detailed process, see 4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation.
level switch is HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. The cell-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under FastReturnToLTESwitch
5.2.8 Fast Return for Supplementary CSFB Services

When supplementary services, such as Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) and
Location Service (LCS), are not supported in an LTE network, UEs can fall back to a UMTS
network and use these supplementary services.
l USSD enables subscribers to interact with GSM/UMTS networks proactively. It features
simple operation and excellent service scalability. The USSD provides information for
subscribers in an interactive way. In addition to query of their international mobile
subscriber identities (IMSIs) and mobile station international ISDN numbers
(MSISDNs), subscribers can query information such as stock exchange and weather
forecast, and play interactive games.
l The LCS allows mobile network operators to locate mobile stations by using the specific
mobile positioning technology and provides location-related services for mobile
subscribers. The LCS falls into four categories: Commercial LCS, Internal LCS,
Emergency LCS, and Other LCS.
Fast return for supplementary services after CSFB is performed as shown in Figure 5-3.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-3 Procedure of fast return for supplementary services after CSFB
1. CSFB UE identification
Procedures of CSFB supplementary services and voice services are the same during the
LTE-to-UMTS fallback, except that CS RABs are not set up for supplementary services
after UEs access the UMTS network. Identification procedure of supplementary services
is the same as Method 1 in section 5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and Method 1, 3,
and 4 in section 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return for voice services.
2. Supplementary service identification
Fast return for CSFB services only applies to UEs that start services after falling back to
the UMTS network. After the RNC identifies the CSFB UEs, if
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under
URRCTRLSWITCH.OptimizationSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is turned on, the
RNC identifies supplementary CS services established through the NAS message.
Fast return for CSFB services requires certain UE and CN versions to perform CSFB UE
identification. After the switch for supplementary service identification is turned on, if a
UL Release-8 UE is redirected to the UMTS cell, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message does not carry Pre-redirection info, and the RNC establishes supplementary CS
services within 10s after receiving the RRC Connection Setup Complete message, the
RNC identifies the UE as performing a supplementary service after CSFB.
3. Enabling fast return
After the related switches for fast return are turned on, the implementation procedures
for CSFB supplementary services and voice services are the same. For the frequency
selection procedure, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE Message.
NOTE
l The execution duration for supplementary services lasts only about 3s, so the UEs will not quickly
leave the LTE coverage after the CSFB fallback. Therefore, the UMTS-to-LTE fast return can be
performed only based on blind redirection, instead of LTE measurement. As a result, the impact of
measurements in compressed mode on network performance can be avoided. However, UEs may be
disconnected from the network due to blind redirection if they have left the LTE coverage.
l For a UE that performs PS services in the LTE network and initiates supplementary CS services
within 10s after a coverage-based redirection to the UMTS network, if the supplementary service
identification switch is turned on, supplementary service identification is performed according to
step 2. The UE may be mistakenly identified as performing a supplementary service after CSFB.
However, this circumstance rarely occurs. The UE performs the fast return after supplementary
services are completed. Therefore, it is recommended that the supplementary service identification
switch not be turned on in overlapped UMTS and LTE coverage areas.

WCDMA RAN
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

This chapter describes the feature WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls.
5.3.1 Overview
For CSFB for an emergency call:
l If the UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS
redirection, the LTE network will send an RRC Connection Release message to the UE
and the UE re-initiates an emergency call on the UMTS network. CSFB should be
successful once the UE has accessed the UMTS network. The feature WRFD-021104
Emergency Call ensures that emergency calls are granted access to the UMTS network
before other call types.
l If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover,
the RNC performs resource reservation and service admission for the PS service of the
UE. Then the eNodeB instructs the UE to perform an inter-RAT handover for UMTS
network access. After falling back to the UMTS network, the UE re-initiates an
emergency call. CSFB should be successful once resource reservation and service
admission are successful for the PS service on the RNC. The feature WRFD-140102 CS
Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls ensures that resource reservation and
service admission are successful for PS services, by decreasing the PS service rate or
performing resource preemption.
NOTE
This document only describes resource reservation and service admission for PS services. For details
about implementation of the feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call, see Load Control Feature
The HO_L2U_EMGCall_Switch field has been added to the HoSwitch (BSC6900,

BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSwitch command. The feature
WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls is enabled when this field is
selected.
5.3.2 Policy
If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover, the
eNodeB sends the MME a Handover Required message. This message carries a transparent
container, Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container, which contains an IE referred
to as CSFB Information. If this IE value is CSFB, it indicates a PS handover caused by CSFB
for a common CS service. If this IE value is CSFB High Priority, it indicates a PS handover
caused by CSFB for an emergency call.
The transparent container is forwarded by the CN to the target RNC. When the target RNC
receives CSFB Information whose value is CSFB High Priority, the RNC determines that an
incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for an emergency call. In this case,
the RNC decreases the service rate or performs resource preemption for the PS service. The
specific policy is as follows:
l For a BE PS service, such as a background or interactive service, the RNC attempts to
admit it based on the value of the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UFRC. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts
the resources of low-priority user.

WCDMA RAN
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the

data rates and channel types of the PS service are retained during service admission.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH8K,
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 8 kbit/s.
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 0 kbit/s.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
DCH8KHSDPA, the uplink of the PS service is carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 8 kbit/s. If the downlink of the PS service is carried on the HSDSCH, the
initial rate is not limited; if it is carried on the DCH, the initial rate is 8 kbit/s.
l For a non-BE PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the
admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority user.
l After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if
there are available resources in the UMTS network.
For a CSFB procedure during which a UE falls back to the UMTS network through an LTE-
to-UMTS PS handover, the CSFB delay can be reduced by increasing the bearing data rate on
the signaling radio bearer (SRB). The bearing data rate is set by CSFBSRBRate (BSC6900,
BSC6910) of the SET UFRC command.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls

5.4.1 Overview
Huawei product provides a CSFB guarantee for LTE emergency calls and common calls. This
reduces admission failures and therefore increases successful handovers for CS services.
To enable CSFB guarantee for LTE common calls, users need to set
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) to ON by running the SET UCORRMPARA command.
5.4.2 Policy
The RNC determines that an incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for a
common call when either of the following conditions is met: The cause value is CS Fallback
triggered (268) in the Relocation Request message received at the RNC; the value of the IE
"CSFB Information" is CSFB in the IE "Source RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container"
of the Relocation Request message. In this case, the RNC decreases the service rate or
performs resource preemption for the PS service. The specific policy is as follows:
l For a non-realtime PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the value of the
NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UFRC. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority
users.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the
data rates and channel types of the PS service are retained during service admission.

WCDMA RAN

the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 8 kbit/s.
the uplink and downlink of the PS service are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 0 kbit/s.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
DCH8KHSDPA, the uplink of the PS service is carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 8 kbit/s. If the downlink of the PS service is carried on the HSDSCH, the
initial rate is not limited; if it is carried on the DCH, the initial rate is 8 kbit/s.
l For a real-time PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the
admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of a low-priority service for the
real-time PS service.
l After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if
there are available resources in the UMTS network.
If PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch

(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC does not consider the LDR status of the cell
when performing resource admission during the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover for CSFB.
Therefore, the handover preparation success rate increases.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction

Compared with a voice service involving only signaling in the UMTS system, a voice service
involving a CSFB process has a longer delay due to some additional signaling procedures
such as the LTE access and handover/redirection procedures. The CSFB delay affects user
experience. To reduce CSFB delay, Huawei introduces a series of measures to the UMTS
system.
Different measures take effect on CSFB UEs identified by different methods.
CSFB UE Identification Methods

Method 1: A UE is considered as a CSFB UE when it meets condition 1 or 3 in the
enhancement of the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
Method 2: A UE is considered as a handover-based CSFB UE when it meets condition 1 in

the enhancement of the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
Method 3: Some measures take effect for UEs identified by the enhanced CSFB identification
method. This method can identify redirected CSFB UEs that comply with releases earlier than
3GPP Release 9. An enhanced CSFB-identified UE meets the following conditions:
l Condition a: The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message carries the V860 structure
but does not carry the Pre-redirection IE. This indicates that the CSFB UE is redirected
from an LTE network.

WCDMA RAN
l Condition b: The value of the DomainIndicator IE in the RRC CONNECTION

REQUEST message is CS-Domain.
l Condition c: The value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is Originating Conversational Call, Terminating Conversational
Call, or Emergency Call.
l Condition d: Under UE radio access capability > UE multi-mode/multi-RAT capability
in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message, the value of the "Support of
E-UTRA FDD" IE is DoesSupportEUTRAFDD or the value of the "Support of E-UTRA
TDD" IE is DoesSupportEUTRATDD, indicating that a UE supports LTE FDD or LTE
TDD.
When some UEs initiate a local area update (LAU) after the fallback to a UMTS network, the
value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is
Registration. When CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH under the
optimizationSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is set to ON, UEs are considered as CSFB UEs if they meet Condition a, b, and d in
Method 3 and the value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is Registration. It is recommended that this switch be turned off because
the UEs that are normally redirected to a UMTS network may be mistakenly identified as
CSFB UEs and the PS service performance may be affected.
Method 4: A UE is a PS redirection-based CSFB UE when it meets the following conditions:
l The UE meets condition d of method 3.
l The UE also meets condition 3 used by the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature to identify
a CSFB UE (for details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return), or meets
conditions a and b in method 3.
l The first established service is a PS service.
Delay Reduction Measures

l The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 1:
When PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC does not query the UE capability until a 10s
timer has expired or the CS RAB has been set up, which reduces the CSFB delay and
improves user experience. This switch is turned off by default. After being handed over
to a UMTS cell, the UE cannot be handed over or redirected from the UMTS cell to an
LTE cell until the RNC has obtained the UE capability or a 10s timer has expired. If the
sub-switch RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26 of the supplementary service
identification switch (UALGORSVPARA.RsvSwitch12 (BSC6900, BSC6910)) is
selected, the delayed UE capability query switch does not take effect for UEs that
perform CSFB through PS handovers before supplementary services.
When PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH under the
UCORRMPARA is selected, the SRB rate indicated by the CSFBSRBRate (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is used during the handover-based or redirection-based LTE-to-
UMTS CSFB. When this option is not selected, the original mechanism is inherited: The
SRB rate of 3.4 kbit/s is used during the handover-based LTE-to-UMTS CSFB and the
SRB rate configured by the MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE is used during the
redirection-based LTE-to-UMTS CSFB.
l The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 4:

WCDMA RAN
When PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWITCH under the

PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH under the DrSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter are set to ON and if a PS service is set up before the CS service
during the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through PS service redirection, the RNC identifies a
service as a CS+PS combined service in advance and treats the service accordingly
during the intra-RAT DRD. Without the preceding mechanism, two DRD processes are
performed separately for the CS and PS services involved in the CSFB process. With the
preceding mechanism, only one DRD process is required for the CS+PS combined
service, which reduces the CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is
turned off by default.
NOTE
If PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH is selected under the

PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command,
the delay reduction measures apply only to the CSFB UEs identified by method 3, and the PS
services initiated within 10s after the relevant RRC connections are set up are treated as CS+PS
combined services.
l The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 1 or 3:
When CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the
RNC does not transfer a routing area update (RAU) request until the CS RAB has been
set up, the routing area update request transfer timer has expired, or the RNC has
received the direct transfer message (Release message) during a CSFB process based on
an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover or redirection, which reduces the CSFB delay and
improves user experience. If CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH is also
turned on, the RNC does not send an RAU request to the CN until it receives the
CONNECT or RELEASE direct transfer message or the RAU request sending timer
expires. This switch is turned off by default.
The routing area update (RAU) request transfer timer is specified by the
CSFBUeDelayRAUTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
USTATETIMER, whose default value is 5s. The VS.RAU.Req.CSFB.Delay.RNC
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter measures the number of times that the RNC forwards the
RAU requests from CSFB UEs to the CN at a delayed time. If the sub-switch
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26 of the supplementary service identification switch
(UALGORSVPARA.RsvSwitch12 (BSC6900, BSC6910)) is selected, the delayed
sending of routing area update requests does not take effect for UEs that perform CSFB
before performing supplementary services.
If the RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH option under the
URRCTRLSWITCH.PROCESSSWITCH2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
selected, the RNC proactively initiates an IMEI-based IDENTITY REQUEST procedure
in the CS domain, which increases the delay. When
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is
selected, the RNC does not query the IMEI of a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a
UMTS cell through CSFB through a PS handover or redirection, which reduces the
CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is turned off by default.
NOTE
If CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch2 parameter in the SET

URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected, the measures take effect for CSFB UEs identified by
method 1 or 3. If this switch is not selected, the measures take effect only for CSFB UEs identified
by method 1.

WCDMA RAN
l The following cell-level delay reduction measures apply to all CSFB UEs:
– When the DeferMcReadInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLMEAS or MOD UCELLMEAS command is set to TRUE, the RNC
carries the Deferred measurement control reading support IE in the SIB3. During
the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections, the UE does not read SIB 11 and
SIB 11bis until it has accessed the network, which accelerates the access process
and reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is turned off by default.
– When PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCHH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UNBMPARA is set to ON, a new scheduling algorithm applies to system
information blocks (SIBs) of UMTS, which shortens the scheduling period of SIB3.
When PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to OFF, the maximum
scheduling period of SIB3 is 40,960 ms. When
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH is set to ON, the
maximum period of SIB3 is 160 ms. These two methods optimize the scheduling of
SIB3, which quickens UEs' access process and reduce the CSFB delay during the
LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections.
– When PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch3
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET UCORRMPARA is set to ON,
the RNC optimizes contents of the RB setup message during the LTE-to-UMTS
CSFB through redirections or PS handovers, which quickens message transmission
and reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is turned off by default.
– When SrbRateCovSelSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
USRBRATECOVSEL is set to ON and the cause value of the RRC connection
setup during the LTE-to-UMTS redirection-based CSFB process is in the cause
value set specified by RrcSetupSrbRateSelSet (BSC6900, BSC6910), the RNC
obtains the signal strength by comparing the EcN0 value reported in the RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message sent by the UE with the values of
RrcSetSrbRateGoodEcNoThd (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd (BSC6900, BSC6910). According to the cell's signal
strength and load status, the RNC adjusts the SRB rate automatically. If the UMTS
cell has strong signals (the EcN0 value is greater than or equal to the value of
RrcSetSrbRateGoodEcNoThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)), the RNC changes the SRB
rate to 27.2 kbit/s to reduce the CSFB access delay.
– After CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITCH under the
CmpSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected, if a UE that performs
CS+PS combined services falls back to the UMTS network but still has an Iu-CS
link, the UE is not allowed to perform DRD for establishing a PS RAB. This
reduces CS delay and ensures user experience by preventing impact on CS RAB
setup of the DRD.
l When CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch11 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is set to ON, the CSFB-related delay counters listed in the
following table are rectified.
VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRNB Average access delay for the AMRNB

.CSFB.Redir (BSC6900, BSC6910) calls initiated by the UEs performing
CSFB through redirections

WCDMA RAN
VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRW Average access delay for the AMRWB

B.CSFB.Redir calls initiated by the UEs performing
CSFB through redirections
VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRW Average access delay for the AMRWB

B.CSFB.PSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) calls initiated by the UEs performing
CSFB through handovers
VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRNB Average access delay for the AMRNB

.CSFB.PSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) calls initiated by the UEs performing
CSFB through handovers
In the following scenarios, the RNC conducts statistics on the CSFB access delay only
when CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH is turned off:
– Scenario 1: A supplementary service is redirected for CSFB from LTE to UMTS
and then set up on the UMTS side. The RRC connection is kept after the
supplementary service is released. Then a CS service is set up.
– Scenario 2: A UE initiates a voice call on the LTE side and falls back to the UMTS
side through an LTE-to-UMTS redirection. Then the RNC performs a call release
when it has not received any Altering message and a CS RAB has not been set up.
The RRC connection is kept and a CS service is set up.
– Scenario 3: A UE successfully initiates a CS service in the best cell under the
DRNC and receives the ringing tone. Then it receives the ringing tone under the
SRNC.
– Scenario 4: A UE initiates an RRC setup or LTE-to-UMTS handover request, in
which the CSFB indicator is contained. The UE sets up a CS service 10s later.
5.5.1 Regarding the First PS BE Service of a Redirection-based

CSFB UE as a Combined Service when Performing DRD for the
UE
If a PS service is first set up for a UE who has performed a CSFB to the UMTS network
through redirection, the UE may perform a DRD according to the PS traffic steering policy to
set up the PS service on the frequency that is preferential for PS services. If a CS service is set
up for the UE later, DRD cannot be performed because the DRD switch for combined services
is usually set to off. Therefore, the UE cannot be carried on a frequency that is preferential for
CS services, which may affect the speech quality of the CS service.
When PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWITCH under the
UCORRMPARA is set to ON, UEs that perform CSFB through redirections are identified
and their first PS BE services are processed as those in CS+PS combined services. In
addition, a CS service performed by the UE is regarded as the highest-priority service for
selection of the target cell during the process of DRD based on traffic steering.
If PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch7
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected in the SET UCORRMPARA command, this function is
enhanced. Specifically, an optimized judgment mechanism for the cause values of RRC

WCDMA RAN
connection setup is used based on the existing method of identifying CSFB UEs. In addition,
only a PS service initiated within 10s after the relevant RRC connection is set up and a CS
service are treated as a CS+PS combined service. For the method of identifying CSFB UEs,
see 5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction.
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB

Figure 5-4 and Figure 5-5 show the Ultra-Flash CSFB process for a UE serving as the calling
party and a UE serving as the called party, respectively.
Figure 5-4 Ultra-Flash CSFB of a UE serving as the calling party

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-5 Ultra-Flash CSFB of a UE serving as the called party
Step 1 through step 4: A UE in the LTE network initiates or receives a voice service request.
Therefore, the eNodeB initiates an LTE-to-UMTS handover of combined services through
SRVCC. Using a mechanism, the MME and MSC ensure the successful LTE-to-UMTS
handover.
Step 5: When ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH2

(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is
selected, the RNC identifies the Ultra-Flash CSFB process based on the CSFB information IE
in the CS domain's relocation request message that is sent as a response to the SRVCC-based
handover request. To ensure quick transfer of NAS messages during admission after the UE is
handed over to a UMTS cell, the SRB rate of the UE can be specified by the
UltraFlashCSFBSRBRate (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UFRC.
Step 6: The CN sends a handover command to the eNodeB, and the eNodeB delivers the
handover command to the UE.
Step 7: The UE is handed over to a UMTS cell.
Step 8 through step 9: The RNC and UE implement the security mode and processes such as
UTRAN mobility information.

WCDMA RAN
Step 10 through step 13: The UE and MSC exchanges NAS messages with each other to set
up a CS service.
Step 14: The SRB rate is reconfigured to 3.4 kbit/s after the CS service is set up to save
UMTS resources.
The Ultra-Flash CSFB process in Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2 do not contain the following
procedures:
l Authentication
This procedure is not required because the UE has been authenticated on the LTE side
before it is handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell.
l Encryption
This procedure is not required after a CSFB because the UE has implemented encryption
according to the handover command during the SRVCC handover.
l IMEI query
This procedure is not required after a handover is complete because the MME has sent
the IMEI to the MSC during the SRVCC handover preparation.
l CS resource establishment
This procedure is not required after a handover is complete because CS resources have
been prepared on the UMTS side during the SRVCC procedure. This section only
describes how Ultra-Flash CSFB is implemented on the RAN side.
NOTE
For implementation of Ultra-Flash CSFB on the LTE side, see CS Fallback Feature Parameter
Description for LTE.
UEs who are performing Ultra-Flash CSFB with a signaling rate of 3.4 kbit/s or 6.8 kbit/s will
perform measurement after being handed over to the UMTS network. If the CN initiates an
RB reconfiguration for the UE in the CS domain during the measurement, the UE's activation
time may expires before the UE receives a reconfiguration message. The RB reconfiguration
activation time offset is specified by the ActTimeOffValForSRVCC (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the SET URNCTIMEPAEA command.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 6 SRVCC
6 SRVCC
6.1 Overview
The LTE network supports voice over IP (VoIP) services after the IP multimedia subsystem
(IMS) is deployed. When a UMTS/LTE multi-mode UE in the middle of a VoIP service on the
LTE network moves to the UMTS coverage area, the Single Radio Voice Call Continuity
(SRVCC) feature works to hand over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the UMTS
network. This feature ensures voice service continuity.
When performing the VoIP service on the LTE network, the UE maintains a default PS
connection even if it is not performing PS services. This PS connection also needs to be
handed over to the UMTS network during the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS. Currently, the UE
performing the VoIP service on the LTE network supports the following types of LTE-to-
UMTS handovers:
l CS only SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS without PS
handover
In a CS only SRVCC handover, the mobility management entity (MME) on the LTE
network suspends the PS service, hands over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the
UMTS network, and then sets up the radio bearer for the PS service. On the UMTS RAN
side, the procedure for the CS only SRVCC handover is identical to that for an incoming
inter-RAT CS handover. A CS only SRVCC handover is allowed only when
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH under the RsvdPara1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected.
l CS+PS SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS handover
In a CS+PS SRVCC handover (WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover), the VoIP service is handed over to the CS domain of the UMTS network, and
the PS service is handed over to the PS domain of the UMTS network. On the UMTS
RAN side, the procedure for the CS+PS SRVCC handover is identical to that for an
incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
This section provides details on the CS+PS SRVCC handover. For details about CS only
SRVCC handovers, see LTE document SRVCC Feature Parameter Description.
l SRVCC UEs who are performing CS only or PS+CS services will perform measurement
after being handed over to the UMTS network. If the CN initiates an RB reconfiguration
for the UE in the CS domain during the measurement, the UE's activation time may

WCDMA RAN
expires before the UE receives a reconfiguration message. The RB reconfiguration

activation time offset is specified by the ActTimeOffValForSRVCC (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET URNCTIMEPAEA command.
l SRVCC UEs who are performing CS only or PS+CS services use default configuration
after being handed over to the UMTS network. The pO3-ForPilotBits IE is set to 0 dB by
default on the UE. If the Pilot power offset parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UFRC is set to a value that is not 0 dB for the NodeB, demodulation capability of UEs
may be affected and call drops may occur. During an inter-RAT handover, the RNC can
configure the pilot power offset on the NodeB by specifying
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. If it is set to
ON, the RNC configures the pO3-ForPilotBits IE to 0 dB, which reduces the call drop
rate.
l For a CS only SRVCC UE, when the L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH option under the
OptimizationSwitch12 parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is
selected, after receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message, the RNC
immediately sends a RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. Meanwhile, it
buffers the TMSI reassignment message from the CN. Then, after receiving the
SECURITY MODE COMMAND COMPLETE message from the UE, the RNC sends
the TMSI reassignment message to the UE. In this manner, the handover success rate of
SRVCC UEs is improved. When the option is deselected, the RNC sends the
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN after receiving the HANDOVER TO
UTRAN COMPLETE message, finishing the UE capability query, and receiving the
SECURITY MODE COMMAND COMPLETE message from the UE.
Since LTE networks can provide better user experience, UEs would better return to LTE
networks immediately when they move to LTE coverage areas after finishing voice services
on UMTS networks. To enable fast return of UEs to LTE networks after being handed over to
UMTS networks through SRVCC and finishing voice services on UMTS networks, the
WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature is introduced to support fast
return based on measurement.
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

Figure 6-1 shows the procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
feature.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-1 Procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
As shown in Figure 6-1, the RNC will start a timer

(USTATETIMER.IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
USTATETIMER.IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910)) when the "Source
RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container" IE in the first Relocation Request message
received by the RNC from the CN contains the "Number of Instance" IE and the value of the

WCDMA RAN
"Number of Instance" IE is 2. The RNC determines which timer to start according to

principles described in the following table.
If in the incoming handover process... Then the RNC starts a timer specified
by...
The RNC receives a Relocation Request IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr

message from the CS domain.
The RNC receives a Relocation Request IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr

message from the PS domain.
NOTE
The timers for the RNC to wait for the RELOCATION REQUEST messages from the PS and CS
domains are specified by the IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameters, respectively. The values of the timers
must be less than values of the timers for the CN to wait for the RELOCATION REQUEST messages
from the PS and CS domains.
After starting the timer, if the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature is
enabled, the RNC performs the following operations:
1. If the RNC receives a Handover Request message from both the CS and PS domains
before the timer expires, the RNC processes an incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
After receiving the two Handover Request messages, the RNC determines whether to
admit the UE. The resources include power resources, code resources, channel element
(CE) resources, transport resources, and so on. For details, see Call Admission Control
Feature Parameter Description.
– To ensure that the CS service is preferentially admitted, the RNC may reduce the
original access rate of the PS service.
n If the PS service is a real-time (RT) service, the RNC keeps the original access
rate of the RT service.
n If the PS service is a non-real-time (NRT) service: When NRTInitRateforL2U
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to OFF, the RNC keeps the original access rate of
the NRT service. When NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA, the RNC adjusts the access rate of the
PS service to the specified value.
n If the PS admission fails during a handover of combined services to UMTS.
When PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON and the
NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the PS
service is preferentially carried on the HSPA+ channels during a handover of
combined services to UMTS so that the RNC reattempts to admit the PS
service of combined services but with a lower rate if admission of the PS
service fails. The rates will be tried one by one in the following sequence:
HSPA+ -> DCH -> DCH 0K.
– When CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH under OptimizationSwitch8
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, the RNC delivers two security mode commands,
one for the CS domain and the other for the PS domain, during an LTE-to-UMTS
handover of combined services to ensure that integrity protection is implemented in
both the CS and PS domains. If SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH is also

WCDMA RAN
selected, the RNC will send the Relocation Complete message after receiving the
Handover to UTRAN Complete message and finishing integrity protection. This
mechanism further increases the handover success rate.
n After a UMTS-to-LTE handover for combined services, the CS encryption key
specified by the encryption key use protocol is required to ensure that services
are properly implemented. Set the
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch4 parameter to ON.
n When SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch8 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON, combined services are handed
over to the UMTS network. The RNC can select an encryption algorithm
supported by the CS, PS, RNC, and UEs, so that handover failures due to the
incorrect encryption algorithm will not occur and the handover success rate
increases.
2. When L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected (the switch for CS only
handover during SRVCC of CS+PS combined services is turned on), the RNC admits the
CS only service if it receives a RELOCATION REQUEST message only from the CS
domain within the duration of a specific timer. When the check box is cleared, the RNC
rejects the admission request in this circumstance. No matter whether the switch is
turned on, the RNC rejects the relocation request if it receives a RELOCATION
REQUEST message only from the PS domain within the duration of the timer.
3. An incoming handover of combined services to a UMTS cell will fail if the number of
admitted CS RABs and PS RABs exceeds the allowed maximum number of RABs for
combined services in a UMTS cell. To improve the handover success rate, you can select
L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH so that the RNC attempts admission of the CS only service after
an admission failure of the combined services.
4. If an SRVCC process is triggered for an emergency call, the RNC allows the emergency
call to preempt resources from other services. The preemption policy is the same as that
for an emergency call within the UMTS system. For details about resource preemption of
emergency calls, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE
An AMR service for which an SRVCC process is triggered is regarded as an emergency call if the
value of L2USRVCCEmerCallARP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not 0 and the ARP value in the
Relocation Request for the AMR service is equal to the value of L2USRVCCEmerCallARP
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
To enable SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover, perform related configurations as
follows:
l Perform SRVCC-related configurations on the LTE side. For details, see SRVCC Feature
Parameter Description in LTE documentation.
l On the UMTS side, select L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command.
The following figure shows the signaling process for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover feature. For more information about the process of this feature, see section 6.3
"UTRAN (HSPA) and 3GPP GERAN/UTRAN SRVCC" in 3GPP TS 23.216 V11.5.0.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-2 Signaling process for SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

This section describes the WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature.
6.3.1 Overview
If a UE initiates a VoIP service and moves out of the LTE coverage area, it can be handed
over to the UMTS network through SRVCC to continue with the voice service. With the
WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature, the UE can return to the LTE
network immediately when it finishes the voice service, improving the user experience.
To avoid that the UE implements a fast return when it is in an LTE coverage hole or in a weak
LTE coverage area, which may lead to a fast return failure, LTE measurement is required after
the UE finishes the voice service. According to the LTE measurement, the RNC decides
whether to allow fast return of the UE to the LTE network.
When PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch7
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, a fast return to the LTE network can be triggered by the
first AMR release of a UE that has been handed over to the UMTS network through SRVCC.

WCDMA RAN
If this switch is turned off, a fast return can be triggered by any AMR release of the SRVCC
UE as long as an RRC connection is live for the UE.
Architecture
The following figure shows the principle of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature.
Figure 6-3 Principle of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature
The principle of Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User, as shown in Figure 6-3, is illustrated as
follows:
l Triggering phase: The RNC decides whether to trigger a fast return of the SRVCC UE to
the LTE network. For details, see 6.3.2 Triggering Conditions.
l Measurement phase: The RNC decides whether to start an LTE measurement. If an LTE
measurement is needed, it delivers the measurement control message and handles the
measurement result. For details, see 6.3.3 Measurement.
l Decision and execution phase: The RNC decides which procedure (measurement-based
redirection or handover) to trigger to implement the fast return. For details, see 6.3.4
Execution.
MBFI-Based UMTS-to-LTE SRVCC Fast Return

The function of SRVCC fast return and the function of redirection or handover from a UMTS
cell to a multi-band LTE cell are the same. For details, see MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection or Handover in 4.3.1 Overview.
6.3.2 Triggering Conditions

If an SRVCC UE still has a PS service ongoing after it finishes a voice service, the RNC
triggers a fast return only when the following conditions are met:
l The Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature is enabled.
l The UE is identified as an SRVCC UE on the UMTS side.
The switches for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User include the RNC-level and cell-level
switches. The RNC-level switch is HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under FastReturnToLTESwitch

WCDMA RAN
UEs with CS only services and performing LTE-to-UMTS handovers through SRVCC are
distinguished from UEs with combined services and performing LTE-to-UMTS handovers
through SRVCC based on the conditions that they must meet.
l A UE is identified as the one with a CS only service and performing an LTE-to-UMTS
handover through SRVCC when the UE meets the following conditions:
– This UE is from an LTE cell: The UE sends a Relocation Request message when it
is handed over from the LTE network to the UMTS network and the value of the
"UE History Information" IE in the message is "Last Visited E-UTRAN Cell
Information."
– The UE is performing a CS only service: The value of the "CN Domain Indicator"
IE in the Relocation Request message is CS domain and the value of the
"numberOfIuInstances" IE is 1.
l A UE is identified as the one with combined services and performing an LTE-to-UMTS
handover through SRVCC when the UE meets the following conditions:
– The UE is performing an LTE-to-UMTS handover: In the Relocation Request
message received by the RNC, the "to target RRC Container" in the "Source RNC
To Target RNC Transparent Container" contains the "interRATHandoverInfo" IE.
– The handover request is for two domains: In the Relocation Request message
received by the RNC, the value of the "numberOfIuInstances" IE in the "Source
RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container" is 2.
– The UE is not an Ultra-Flash CSFB UE: The value of the cause IE in the Relocation
Request message is not "CS Fallback triggered(268)" and the message does not
carry the "CSFB Information" IE.
Exceptions:
l However, for an SRVCC UE that has no PS service ongoing after it finishes a voice
service, PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be set to ON in addition to the
preceding conditions so that a fast return to the LTE network will be triggered.
l For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, each operator can independently
deselect PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex (BSC6900,
BSC6910) so that CSFB UEs that are not performing PS services after finishing their
voice services will not perform measurement-based fast return to LTE, without affecting
UEs of other operators.
l When PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, If some other
measurements such as coverage-based inter-frequency measurement or GSM
measurement are incomplete before an SRVCC UE releases its CS service, the UE will
release these incomplete measurements and start LTE measurement after the CS service
is released. If PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH is not
selected, an SRVCC UE cannot trigger LTE measurement when it releases the CS service
and therefore cannot perform fast return to the LTE network.

WCDMA RAN
6.3.3 Measurement
Overview
If the UE supports LTE measurement in connected mode, LTE measurement is triggered in
this phase. If the UE does not support LTE measurement in connected mode, the process is
terminated.
The process of UMTS-to-LTE fast return for an SRVCC UE is the same as the process of LTE
measurement-based fast return for a CSFB UE. For details, see 5.2.4.3 Measurement.
6.3.4 Execution
After receiving a 3C measurement report, the RNC determines whether to perform a
redirection or handover according to the following rules:
l If there is no PS service after the voice service is complete or the non-neighboring-cell
frequency-based redirection switch
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, the RNC performs a redirection.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a descending order of
priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are sequenced in a descending
order of signal quality. If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned
off, frequencies are sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. When the UL
Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies
carrying heavy traffic. Finally, a maximum of four FDD LTE frequencies and four TDD
LTE frequencies ranking at the top of the list are selected.
l If the switch for triggering non-neighboring-cell frequency-based redirection when there
is a PS service ongoing after completion of a voice service is turned off, the RNC checks
whether HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected:
– If HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH is selected and the
UE supports UMTS-to-LTE handover, the RNC performs a handover.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a
descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. When the UL Unified Overload
Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out cells carrying heavy traffic. If the
UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned off, frequencies are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. The cell corresponding to the
frequency that is ranked at the top of the list is selected as the target cell of
handover.
NOTE
During a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover:

When selecting target cells, if the switch for considering connected-mode priorities during
UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections is turned on, frequencies of the neighboring LTE
cells on the DRNC side are considered to have the lowest priorities.
If the SRNC does not obtain the PCI and TAC information of a neighboring LTE cell under
the DRNC, it will not initiate a handover to the cell.

WCDMA RAN
– If HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH is deselected or the

UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE handover, the RNC performs a redirection.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a
descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. If the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch is turned off, frequencies are sequenced in a descending order
of signal quality. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the
RNC filters out cells carrying heavy traffic. Finally, a maximum of four FDD LTE
frequencies and four TDD LTE frequencies ranking at the top of the list are
selected.
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE frequency priority
to be used is determined as follows:
l When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected,

the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated priority, which is specified by the
DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
l When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is not selected and HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the IMSI-based
dedicated priority, which is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter.
l When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the connected mode priority, which is
specified by the NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
For the procedures of UMTS-to-LTE redirection and handover, see 4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection and Handover Procedures.
NOTE
l After LTE measurement is triggered by fast return, the RNC directly releases the RRC connection if
the PS service is released before the RNC receives an LTE measurement report from the UE.
l If both a 3C report for fast return and an SHO event report are generated, the RNC preferentially
handles the SHO event report.
6.3.5 Virtual Grid-based Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC

When a UE meets SRVCC fast return triggering conditions, the RNC determines whether the
UE performs the virtual grid-based fast return function based on the historical success rates of
UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of the grid where the UE is located. For the
detailed process, see 4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation.
For details about SRVCC user identification, see 6.3.2 Triggering Conditions.
level switch is specified by HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command.
The cell-level switch is specified by
HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD

WCDMA RAN
UCELLHOCOMM command. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for

LTE
This chapter describes the feature WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE.
7.1 Overview
In versions earlier than RAN15.0, UMTS and LTE cannot exchange load information even
when the two networks cover the same geographical area.
l The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a CSFB
from LTE to UMTS. If the target UMTS cell is congested, the UE may fail to access the
UMTS network.
l The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a load-
based handover from LTE to UMTS. This may lead to handover preparation failures and
increase the signaling load, and may also increase the possibility that handovers are not
performed in time.
To address these problems, Huawei introduced the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE feature. This feature reports the load status of the target UMTS cells to the eNodeB
through the RAN information management (RIM) procedure. During a CSFB or MLB-based
handover from LTE to UMTS, the eNodeB preferentially selects a UMTS cell that is neither
congested nor overloaded as the target cell, improving the preparation success rate for load
based LTE-to-UMTS handovers and avoiding the ping-pong effect of inter-RAT handovers.
For more information about post-CSFB service processing after a target cell is selected, see
CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description. For more information about service processing
after the target cell is selected during a load-based L2U inter-RAT handover, see LTE
document Inter-RAT Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

7.2.1 RIM Procedure
In the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature, the RIM procedure is used to
notify the eNodeB of the load status of target UMTS cells. The RIM messages can be

WCDMA RAN
exchanged using the CN or Huawei eCoordinator depending on the setting of

RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the UTRAN. When RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RIM
messages are exchanged using the CN. When RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH is set to ON and
RIM_SWITCH on the eCoordinator is set to ON, the RIM messages are exchanged using
Huawei eCoordinator.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, the RIM procedure involves the eNodeB,
MME, SGSN, and RNC. Figure 7-1 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS and LTE
networks.
Figure 7-1 RIM procedure during which the CN is used to exchange RIM messages
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, the RIM procedure involves the
eNodeB, eCoordinator, and RNC. Figure 7-2 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS
and LTE networks.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 7-2 RIM procedure during which the eCoordinator is used to exchange RIM messages
NOTE
Huawei eCoordinator can be used to exchange RIM messages of the RIM procedure when the following
conditions are met: The eNodeB and RNC are both provided by Huawei and connected to the same
eCoordinator. The CNs to which the eNodeB and RNC are connected do not support the RIM procedure
or are not enabled with the RIM procedure. To exchange RIM messages using Huawei eCoordinator
during the RIM procedure, the RIM procedure must be enabled on all the involved NEs. Otherwise,
these NEs will neither send nor receive any RIM message to or from the CN.
The RIM procedure supports two information exchange modes: Single Report and Multiple
Report.
l Single Report
In Single Report mode, the information exchange is complete when the target side
responds with a single report upon receiving the initial request from the source side. In
this feature, the source side is the eNodeB, and the target side is the RNC.
l Multiple Report
In Multiple Report mode, the source sends a request, and the target responds with a
report each time the load status changes.
During a CSFB or load-based handover from LTE to UMTS, the RIM procedure uses the
Multiple Report mode to report the load status of target UMTS cells.
For details about the RIM procedure, see section 8c "Signalling procedures between RIM
SAPs" in 3GPP TS 48.018 V11.3.0.
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

When the UMTS cell load is forwarded to the eNodeB through RIM messages sent by the
RNC in Multiple Report mode, INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH
under the PROCESSSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected on the RNC side.

WCDMA RAN
When the RIM messages are exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator,

RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON on the RNC and
RIM_SWITCH is set to ON on the eCoordinator.
The following describes the RIM procedure on the RNC side:
1. The RNC receives a RAN Information Request message.
– The RNC determines whether to use the Multiple Report mode based on the value
of the PDU Type Extension IE in the RIM PDU Indications IE.
– The RNC checks the value of the RIM Application Identity IE in the message.
When the IE value is SON Transfer, the message aims to request the load status of
UMTS cells.
2. The RNC sends the load status of UMTS cells to the eNodeB through the RIM message.
The number of cell load states that can be reported is specified by the LoadLevelForLTE
When LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D3, three cell load states can
be reported. The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information.
The RNC sets this IE based on the following rules:
– When the UMTS cell is in the Normal state, the RIM message does not carry the
Overload Flag IE.
– When the UMTS cell is in the Load Reshuffling (LDR) state, the RNC sets the IE to
congestion.
– When the UMTS cell is in the Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE to
overload.
When LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D4, four cell load states can be
reported. The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information. The
RNC sets this IE based on the following rules:
– When the UMTS cell is in the LightLoad state, in which the cell load is smaller than
or equal to the downlink cell power load threshold for the PS CLB state, which is
specified by DlPwrPSClbTrigThd (BSC6900, BSC6910), the RIM message does
not carry this IE.
– When the UMTS cell is in the MidLoad state (between LightLoad and LDR), the
RNC sets the IE to MidLoad.
– When the UMTS cell is in the Load Reshuffling (LDR) state, the RNC sets the IE to
congestion.
– When the UMTS cell is in Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE to
overload.
LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D3 by default. For versions
earlier than eRAN7.0, this parameter does not need to be set. For eRAN7.0 and
later versions, this parameter must be set to D4.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
When DC-HSDPA carriers are used on the UMTS side, it is recommended that the switch for
optimizing the DC-HSDPA carrier group load decision and broadcasting method be turned on to
estimate the UMTS cell load status more accurately. To turn on this switch, select
PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
If this switch is turned on, the RNC considers the load status of the DC-HSDPA carrier group
when reporting the UMTS cell load to the eNodeB. In this case, when either the UMTS cell or the
DC-HSDPA carrier group is in the LDR or OLC state, the RNC reports "congestion" or "overload"
as the UMTS cell load status.
If this switch is turned off, the RNC considers only the UMTS cell load status but does not
consider the DC-HSDPA carrier group's load status.
3. When the load status of the UMTS cell changes, the RNC notifies the eNodeB of the
new load status through the RIM procedure, in which it sets the Overload Flag IE
according to rules in step 2.
NOTE
Huawei has extended the value range of the Overload Flag IE. According to 3GPP protocols, this
IE has only one value (overload). Huawei adds another two values (congestion and MidLoad) for
the IE.
The interval at which the RNC updates the UMTS cell load status that is transferred to the
eNodeB is set by the parameter LoadUptForLTETimerLen (BSC6900, BSC6910).
The maximum number of RIM messages sent by the RNC per second is set by the parameter
LoadUptForLTEMaxNum (BSC6900, BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 8 Related Features
8 Related Features
8.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE

Phase 1
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
None
8.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

Feature ID Feature Name Description
LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to The use of this feature depends on the CSFB

UTRAN feature on the LTE side.

None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE fast return
attempts are reduced.
MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video When this feature is enabled together with the
Steering MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video Steering
feature, a UE performing CS+PS combined
services (including a video service) and
handed over to the UMTS network through
SRVCC/CSFB is subject to the following
restriction: After it finishes the CS service, its
fast return to the LTE network is allowed only
if the target cell's rate assessed by the
eCoordinator reaches the video service
satisfaction rate.
8.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
None

None
Impacted Features
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections
are reduced.
8.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
None

WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
are reduced.
8.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection

from UMTS to LTE
LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE The function of selecting a suitable LTE cell
Target Cell based on the LTE load status depends on the
Selection LTE feature: LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection.

None
Impacted Features
are reduced.

WCDMA RAN
8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE

None
Impacted Features
are reduced.
satisfaction rate.

WCDMA RAN
8.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS

to LTE

None
Impacted Features
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load

Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover is added.
are reduced.
8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE

WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load

Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover is added.
are reduced.
satisfaction rate.
8.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover feature depends on the feature
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN, which
must be activated before you can use the
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover feature.

None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
None
8.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell

Selection for LTE
None

None
Impacted Features
None
8.11 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB

LOFD-070202 Ultra-Flash CSFB This feature depends on the Ultra-Flash CSFB

feature on the LTE side.
TDLOFD-07020 Ultra-Flash CSFB This feature depends on the Ultra-Flash CSFB

2 feature on the LTE side.

None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN The use of this feature depends on the SRVCC
feature on the LTE side.

None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 9 Impact on the Network
9 Impact on the Network

Phase 1
9.1.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.1.2 Network Performance

A UE in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state keeps an RRC connection with the RNC.
When this kind of UE initiates a UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, the RNC is not aware of the
cell reselection and the call drop rate is affected. Therefore, it is recommended that network
performance be evaluated without counting the call drop rate of UEs in the CELL_FACH or
CELL_PCH state after UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection is enabled.
If the CN can carry the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command message, the CN can
thus notify the RNC that the UE in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state has reselected an
LTE cell. After receiving the message, the RNC immediately releases RRC resources of the
UE and counts this release attempt as a normal one, which does not affect the call drop rate of
UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state.
When L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is selected, UEs that have been handed over from LTE to UMTS cannot
reselect LTE cells within a short period, ensuring appropriate load balancing between LTE
and UMTS cells.

Virtual grid-based fast return enables handling of intra-frequency measure reports and virtual
grid data queries. Therefore, the CPU usage of the SPU boards on the BSC6900 and the GPU

WCDMA RAN
boards on the BSC6910 increases by a maximum of 4%. If the main control subsystem is
reset during the virtual grid data backup, virtual grid control information may be
reconstructed. As a result, the CPU usage of the main control subsystem increases by 2%. The
reconstruction of virtual grid control information lasts 10 minutes. In addition, the added
periodic intra-frequency measurement reports slightly increase the uplink actual cell load.

This feature reduces the cell reselection delay within 500 ms from 8s, thereby improving user
experience.
Measurement-based fast return prevents the out-of-service problem of UEs due to LTE
coverage holes. However, compared with blind redirection-based fast return, measurement-
based fast return has a longer delay because it requires inter-RAT measurement after a UE
finishes the CS service.
RSCP measurement-based fast return can improve the success rate of blind redirections and
reduce the impact of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
Since this feature can prevent the out-of-service problem of UEs, there will be more online
CSFB UEs and the value of the VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind (BSC6900,
BSC6910) counter will be increased after this feature is enabled.
When virtual grid-based fast return is enabled, the RNC checks the LTE coverage in the grid
based on the success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections, and
determines whether to perform fast return. In grids with good LTE coverage, blind
redirection-based fast return is performed. In grids with poor LTE coverage, no fast return is
performed.
l Compared with blind redirection-based fast return, this function forbids fast return in
grids with poor LTE coverage, which reduces the risk of UE disconnection from the
network.
l Compared with LTE measurement-based fast return, this function enables blind
redirection-based fast return in grids with good LTE coverage and forbids LTE
measurement in grids with poor LTE coverage, which reduces the impact of LTE
measurement in compressed mode on cell throughput and call drop rate.
l In a UMTS cell with poor LTE coverage, UMTS-to-LTE fast return is restricted and the
values of the VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910),
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910), and
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters will reduce.
l In a UMTS cell with poor LTE coverage, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return
is learned and the values of the VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910)
and VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters will increase.
l In a UMTS cell with good LTE coverage, blind redirection-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
return is triggered and the value of the VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter will increase.

UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

No impact.

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be redirected to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage,
call drops may occur.

UMTS to LTE

No impact.

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be handed over to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS redirection, PS handover shortens the duration of service interruptions but
imposes more requirements for the CN.

from UMTS to LTE

No impact.

When UEs or the network does not support PS handovers from UMTS to LTE, this feature
redirects the UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to LTE. The redirection has the following benefits:
l Improved user experience
l Reduced loads on the UMTS network
l The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which prevents ping-pong
handovers between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of
UMTS-to-LTE redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections
in this case, increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting
the TargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900,

WCDMA RAN
BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD

UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
l When measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is enabled,
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter can be selected to prohibit UEs
from being redirected to congested cells, improving the redirection success rate.
In areas with weak LTE coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently, thereby
increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable only when a large
number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. If there are only
few UEs processing PS services in a cell, the PS throughput of a UE decreases by about 30%
after the UE enters the compressed mode. If many UEs are processing PS services in a cell,
the impact on these UEs' PS throughput is not significant when the UEs enter the compressed
mode.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage,
call drops may occur.
9.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE

No impact.

This feature hands over UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs from UMTS to LTE. This feature has
the following benefits:
l Improved user experience

l Reduced loads on the UMTS network
l The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which improves the success rate of
UMTS-to-LTE handover preparations and prevents ping-pong handovers between
UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case,
increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
In areas with weak LTE weak coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently,
thereby increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable only when
a large number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. If there are
only few UEs processing PS services in a cell, the PS throughput of a UE decreases by about
30% after the UE enters the compressed mode. If many UEs are processing PS services in a
cell, the impact on these UEs' PS throughput is not significant when the UEs enter the
compressed mode.

WCDMA RAN
9.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS

to LTE

No impact.

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be redirected to LTE cells when UMTS
cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the congestion in the current
UMTS cell and decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE
network performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which reduces ping-pong handovers and
redirections between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-
to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case, increase
the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameters in the
RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
When measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is enabled,
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter can be selected to prohibit UEs from
being redirected to congested cells, improving the redirection success rate.
A penalty timer can be started for UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to
UMTS. Such UEs are prohibited from performing load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover within the duration of the timer to reduce ping-pong handovers or redirections
between UMTS and LTE cells.
9.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE

No impact.

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be handed over to LTE cells when the
UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the current UMTS cell and
decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network
performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which reduces ping-pong handovers and
redirections between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-

WCDMA RAN
to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case, increase
the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameters in the
RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
A penalty timer can be started for UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to
UMTS. Such UEs are prohibited from performing load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover within the duration of the timer to reduce ping-pong handovers or redirections
between UMTS and LTE cells.
9.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE

Emergency Calls

No impact.

This feature increases the success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for
LTE emergency calls.
When the target UMTS cell is congested, too many CSFB requests caused by LTE emergency
calls may preempt the UMTS resources, increasing the call drop rate on the UMTS network.

Handover

No impact.

For the PS service, compared with the CS only SRVCC handover, this feature reduces the
interruption duration of the PS service. Tests in the lab show that a PS service is interrupted
for 4s to 5s during a CS only SRVCC handover and for 500 ms to 1s during an SRVCC with a
PS handover.
For SRVCC of the CS+PS services, this feature reduces the access rate of the PS service to
improve the access success rate of the CS service.
For SRVCC of an emergency call, this feature allows the emergency call to preempt resources
of other services and therefore ensures the access success rate of the emergency call.
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature enables PS services to be carried
on HSPA+ channels after being handed over to the UMTS network. It helps improve user
experience.

WCDMA RAN
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature enables admission of the PS RB
with a reduced rate when the UMTS load is relatively high. It helps increase the SRVCC
handover preparation success rate.
With this feature enabled, if the timer for an incoming relocation request message from the PS
domain expires after the RNC receives an incoming relocation request message from the CS
domain, the RNC allows the incoming relocation of the CS domain. This mechanism
improves the SRVCC handover preparation success rate.

Selection for LTE

No impact.

This feature increases the preparation success rates of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers
and LTE-to-UMTS CSFB when UMTS cells are congested or overloaded, and also reduces
inter-RAT ping-pong effects.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
Compared with the standardized CSFB process, this feature reduces the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB
delay by 1s, improving user experience.

System Capacity
Virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC enables the RNC to handle intra-frequency
measurement reports and query virtual grid data. Therefore, the CPU usage of the SPU boards
on the BSC6900 and the GPU boards on the BSC6910 increases by 0% to 4%. If the main
control subsystem restarts during the virtual grid data backup, the virtual grid control
information may be reconstructed. As a result, the CPU usage of the main control subsystem
increases by 2%. The reconstruction of virtual grid control information lasts 10 minutes.
Besides, this function enables periodic intra-frequency MR reporting, which may slightly
increase uplink cell load.

WCDMA RAN
Network Performance
This feature reduces the time required for UEs to return to the LTE network from the serving
UMTS network, improving user experience.
Compressed mode LTE measurement is started after an SRVCC UE finishes its voice service.
If the UE is located in an LTE coverage hole or weak LTE coverage area at this moment, the
compressed mode LTE measurement fails. This problem may deteriorate the UMTS network's
KPIs such as the call drop rate.
LTE measurement is triggered after an SRVCC UE (without any PS service) finishes its voice
service. If the RNC receives a 3C measurement report for LTE during setup of the new PS
RB, a fast return will be triggered for the SRVCC UE, resulting in the failure of the new PS
RB setup. However, this type of procedure overlapping rarely happens and its impact can be
ignored.
With virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC enabled, the RNC checks LTE coverage
in the grid based on the success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections,
and determines whether to perform fast return. In grids with good LTE coverage, blind
redirection-based fast return is performed. In grids with poor LTE coverage, no fast return is
performed.
Compared with LTE measurement-based fast return, this function enables blind redirection-
based fast returns in grids with good LTE coverage and forbids LTE measurement in grids
with poor LTE coverage, decreasing the number of LTE measurements in compressed mode
and the delay of fast return by 100 ms to 2s. The delay of fast return to LTE depends on the
time for LTE measurement and Iu-CS connection release. The decrease in delay is more
significant if there is a longer LTE measurement time and a shorter Iu-CS connection release
time.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines
10 Engineering Guidelines

Phase 1
After WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 is enabled, cell reselection
from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be enabled. For details about engineering
guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE
Interoperability.
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

This feature is recommended for the areas that are jointly covered by LTE networks and
UMTS networks.
10.1.2 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. For details about how to
configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE
equipment vendor.
Requirements
l Other Features
None
l Hardware
None
l License

WCDMA RAN
Feature Feature License License NE Licens Sales

ID Name Control Control e Unit
Item Name Allocat
ion for
Multip
le
Operat
ors
WRFD-02 Mobility LQW1UL Mobility BSC6900 Method per

0126 Between M01RES Between and 2 Mbps
UMTS and UMTS and BSC6910
LTE LTE Phase
Phase1 1 (per
Mbps)
For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed resource is allocated among the
primary and secondary operators according to the method listed in the License
Allocation for Multiple Operators column.
Method 2: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values
can be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
l Other Requirements
– The UE must comply with 3GPP Release 8 or later and support both UMTS and
LTE.
– To support absolute priority-based cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state,
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 11 or later, support both UMTS and LTE, and
support measurement-based cell reselection in the CELL_FACH state.
– To support the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell
reselection, the CN needs to support the function of carrying the "Out of UTRAN"
IE in the Iu Release Command message.
– To support RSRQ-based cell reselection to LTE, UEs must comply with 3GPP
Release 9 or later, support both UMTS and LTE, and support RSRQ-based cell
reselection.
– The LTE network supports this feature.

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
SIB Switch SibCfgBitMap To activate this Radio network plan

(BSC6900, feature, select SIB19 (internal)
BSC6910) under this parameter.
Absolute priority SPriority Set this parameter to Radio network plan

level of the serving (BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
cell BSC6910)
E-UTRA Absolute EARFCN Set this parameter as Radio network plan

Radio Frequency (BSC6900, planned. (internal)
Channel Number BSC6910)
Absolute Priority NPriority Set this parameter as Radio network plan

Level of the E- (BSC6900, planned. If UEs (internal)
UTRA Frequency BSC6910) preferentially camp
on LTE cells, set the
absolute priorities of
the E-UTRA
frequencies higher
than the absolute
priority of the
serving cell.
Frequency Use FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as Radio network plan

Policy Indicator (BSC6900, planned. Use this (internal)
BSC6910) parameter to
configure the
neighboring LTE
frequencies that can
be used only by UEs
in idle mode.
This parameter NodeBProtclVer It is recommended Radio network plan

specifies the NodeB (BSC6900, that this parameter (internal)
protocol version. BSC6910) be set to R8 or later.
Optimization OptimizationSwitch If the optimized Default value/

Switch6 6 (BSC6900, procedure for Recommended value
BSC6910) releasing a UE after
an inter-RAT cell
reselection needs to
be supported, select
OPTI_REL_UE_A
FTER_IRAT_RES
EL_SWITCH
under this parameter.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 If the function of Engineering design

(BSC6900, cell reselection
BSC6910) based on MLB-
based dedicated
priorities needs to be
enabled, select
L2U_MLB_HO_IN
_DED_PRIO_SWI
TCH under this
parameter.
Process Control PROCESSSWITCH To enable the Default value/

Switch 4 4 (BSC6900, UMTS-to-LTE Recommended value
BSC6910) quick cell
reselection function,
select
FAST_RETURN_L
TE_BY_CELL_SE
LECT_SWITCH
If the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state needs to be
enabled, set parameters in the following table.
FACH Absolute CellFachPrioReselS To enable this Default value/

Priority-based Cell witch (BSC6900, function, you need Recommended value
Reselect SW BSC6910) to turn on this
switch.
FACH Absolute CellFachMeasLay- To allow UEs in the Default value/

Priority-based er (BSC6900, CELL_FACH state Recommended value
Measure Layer BSC6910) to reselect only the
cells of higher-
priority frequencies,
set this parameter to
HIGH_PRIO_LAY
ERS. To allow UEs
in the CELL_FACH
state to reselect cells
of all frequencies,
set this parameter to
ALL_LAYERS.

WCDMA RAN
FACH Measurement FACHMeasInd To enable this Radio network plan

Indicator (BSC6900, function, set this (internal)
INTER_RAT or
INTER_FREQ_AN
D_INTER_RAT.
RSRQ Delivery in RSRQSwitch To use RSRQ-based Default value/

SIB19 Switch (BSC6900, UMTS-to-LTE cell Recommended value
BSC6910) reselection for UEs
in CELL_FACH
state, turn on this
switch.
Fach RSRP Based FachRSRPBasedRe This parameter Default value/

Reselection Switch selSwitch controls whether the Recommended value
(BSC6900, RNC selects the
BSC6910) RSRP as the
measurement
quantity for cell
reselection for UEs
in CELL_FACH
state.
Activation (Using MML Commands)

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH
with the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter selected.
NOTE
The RNC sends SIB19 messages to UEs if the cell is configured with information about the frequencies
of neighboring LTE cells and the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter is selected. The
SIB19 message contains the neighboring LTE cell list and LTE cell reselection parameters.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL
with the Absolute priority level of the serving cell parameter set to an appropriate value.
The default value is recommended.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, specify the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency parameters
based on the network plan.
NOTE
Frequencies of different RATs cannot be configured with the same priority.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, specify the Frequency Use Policy Indicator
parameter based on the network plan.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEB or MOD UNODEB with the NodeB
Protocol Version parameter set to R8 or a later version.

WCDMA RAN
Step 6 On the LTE side, configure the related parameters to activate this feature.
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used, see Mobility
Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
Step 7 (Optional) If the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function needs to be enabled, perform
the following operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under Process Control
Switch 4.
2. Execute either of the following commands:
– Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected under HandOver Switch.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under the HoSwitch
parameter or the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under the
FastReturnToLTESwitch parameter.
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH selected under the
HoSwitch1 parameter or the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH selected under the
FastReturnToLTESwitch parameter.
Step 8 (Optional) To enable the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell
reselection, run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch6
parameter selected.
NOTE
When the CN has not delivered an SRNS context request and this function has been enabled, the RNC
will immediately release radio resources upon receiving an IU Release Command message containing
the "OUT of UTRAN" IE. When the CN has delivered an SRNS context request, the RNC regards that
the UE has moved to the LTE cell and will release radio resources immediately after receiving the IU
Release Command message, regardless of whether this function has been enabled.
Step 9 (Optional) To enable UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state,
perform the following operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL with FACH Absolute Priority-based Cell Reselect SW set to ON
to enable absolute priority-based measurement and reselection in the CELL_FACH state.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL with FACH Absolute Priority-based Measure Layer set to an
appropriate value.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLMEAS or MOD UCELLMEAS, with
FACH Measurement Indicator set to INTER_RAT or
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT.
4. To perform the function of RSRQ-based cell reselection for UEs in CELL_FACH state,
run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO with the RSRQ Delivery in SIB19 Switch parameter set
to TRUE.

WCDMA RAN
5. To perform the function of RSRP-based cell reselection for UEs in CELL_FACH state,
run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO with Fach RSRP Based Reselection Switch set to ON,
and run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO with RSRQ
Delivery in SIB19 Switch set to OFF.
Step 10 (Optional) To enable the function of cell reselection based on MLB-based dedicated priorities,
run the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
Step 11 (Optional) To allow the EQqualmin parameter delivery in SIB19 when RSRQSwitch is set
to FALSE, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO with EQqualminSwitch set to TRUE.
----End
MML Command Examples

//Activating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-1;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO, QrxlevminExtSup=FALSE,
NonhcsInd=NOT_CONFIGURED, ThdPrioritySearch1=2, ThdPrioritySearch2=2, Spriority=4;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7, FreqUsePolicyInd=Both,
BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
MOD UNODEB: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1, NODEBPROTCLVER=R8;
//(Optional) Enabling the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell

reselection
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch6=OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the UEs in the CELL_FACH state to perform cell reselection to LTE
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, CellFachPrioReselSwitch=ON;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, CellFachMeasLayer=HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS;
MOD UCELLMEAS: CellId=1, InterFreqInterRatMeasInd=INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT,
FACHMeasInd=INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT;
//Enabling the function of RSRQ-based cell reselection for UEs in CELL_FACH state
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, RSRQSwitch=TRUE;
//Enabling the function of RSRP-based cell reselection for UEs in CELL_FACH state
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000,
RSRQSwitch=FALSE,FachRSRPBasedReselSwitch=TRUE;
//Enabling the function of cell reselection based on MLB-based dedicated
priorities
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling delivery of the EQqualmin parameter when the switch
allowing RSRQ delivery in SIB19 is turned off
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, RSRQSwitch=FALSE,
EQqualminSwitch=True;
Activation (Using the CME)

Step 1 On the UMTS side:
Method 1:
NOTE
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of
the parameter setting interface.

WCDMA RAN
1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch
modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the
following section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the
CME > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation
and Maintenance.
Step 2 On the LTE side, configure the related parameters to activate this feature.
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used, see Mobility
Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
----End
Activation Observation
Step 1 In the Navigation Tree pane on the RNC LMT, click the Trace tab. In the displayed Trace
Navigation Tree pane, double-click UMTS Services. On the unfolded list, double-click Uu
Interface Trace. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box, select
RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE19 to trace Uu interface SIB19 message.
Figure 10-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box

WCDMA RAN
Step 2 Analyze the traced messages.

l If the SIB19 message has been traced on the Uu interface, as shown in Figure 10-2, this
feature has been activated.
l If the SIB19 message is not traced on the Uu interface, this feature is not activated.
Figure 10-2 SIB19 message tracing
Step 3 (Optional) In the Uu interface tracing data, check whether there is a "cell-fach-meas-ind" IE
in the SIB19 message. If so, UEs in the CELL_FACH state can perform cell reselections to
the LTE network.
Step 4 (Optional) Observe the data traced over the Uu interface. If the SIB19 message does not carry
LTE frequencies whose value of FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is "connected
mode only", the frequency use policy has taken effect.
Step 5 Observe signaling messages on the UE side. If the UE in the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH state or IDLE mode reselects an LTE cell and sends an RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message in the LTE cell to perform the Tracking Area Update process after
receiving SIB19, the UE has completed the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection.
Step 6 (Optional) If a UE in the CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state reselects the LTE

network and the CN supports the function of sending the "Out of UTRAN" IE in the Iu
Release Command message, check whether the RNC has delivered an RRC release message.
If the RNC has not delivered the message, the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an
inter-RAT cell reselection has been enabled.
Step 7 (Optional) Trace and check UTRAN Mobility Information (UMI) messages delivered by the
RNC. If the UMI messages carry dedicated priorities and timers, the enhanced function of cell
reselection for UEs who have performed LTE-to-UMTS MLB-based handovers has been
enabled.
----End
Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH with the SIB19 check box under
the SIB Switch parameter cleared.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and set
FreqUsePolicyInd to Both.
----End

WCDMA RAN
Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging
out of the parameter setting interface.


//Deactivating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-0;
//Setting the use policy for the neighboring LTE frequencies
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
10.1.3 Performance Monitoring

After this feature is enabled, monitor network performance by observing the following
counters.
Counter Name Object Type Function Subset Counter

Description
VS.U2L.OutOfUT CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of Times

RAN.CellResel.PC PCH UEs Leave
H (BSC6900, UTRAN Through
BSC6910) Cell Reselection
VS.U2L.OutOfUT CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of Times

RAN.CellResel.FA FACH UEs Leave
CH (BSC6900, UTRAN Through
BSC6910) Cell Reselections
The following table lists the counter can be used to observe the performance of the function of
cell reselection based on MLB-based dedicated priorities.
VS.UMI.DedicatedPri.UMTS.High This counter provides the numbers of times

(BSC6900, BSC6910) that UMTS is configured as the highest-
priority frequencies in the SPID-based or
the MLB-based dedicated priority
information in a cell.

WCDMA RAN

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the feature WRFD-140226 Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side,
see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.
After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This feature is applicable to the areas that are covered by both LTE networks (not supporting
CS services) and UMTS networks. In these areas, UEs on LTE networks fall back to UMTS
networks through CSFB to process CS services.
l If the LTE network does not provide continuous coverage, it is recommended that the
LTE measurement-based fast return function be enabled. If the LTE network provides
continuous coverage, the blind fast return function is recommended.
– Measurement-based fast return: If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function must be enabled. If LTE neighboring
cells have been configured, either the neighboring-cell-based redirection or non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function can be enabled.
– Blind fast return: This type of fast return is implemented through non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection irrespective of whether the non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection switch has been turned on.
l It is recommended that the RSCP measurement-based fast return function be enabled in
LTE and UMTS co-site scenarios.
l The applicable scenarios and gains of the virtual grid-based fast return function are as
follows:
– The virtual grid-based fast return function is recommended in scenarios where the
following conditions are met:
n The blind redirection-based U2L fast return function has been enabled.
n The U2L blind redirection failure rate is higher than 5%.
n The number of U2L fast returns per day in each cell is greater than 1000 in
average.
– The virtual grid-based fast return function is recommended in scenarios where the
n The LTE measurement-based U2L fast return function has been enabled.
n The number of U2L fast returns per day in each cell is greater than 1000 in
average.
– The gains of this function are not obvious when the U2L blind redirection failure
rate is lower than 5%. The virtual grid-based U2L fast return function learns
information from historical data. If there are fewer than 1000 U2L fast returns per
day in a cell, the gains of this function decrease.
UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection failure rate = VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.FailOutNum/
(VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind +

WCDMA RAN
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind)
NOTE
1. This function requires the intra-frequency periodical measurement report and the
measurement results are reported every 2s. If a UE moves a long distance in an intra-
frequency measurement report period, the virtual grid decision may be inaccurate. Therefore,
it is recommended that this function be disabled in a fast-moving scenario.
2. The success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections is not specific for
LTE frequency bands and operators. Each virtual grid stores one number of UMTS-to-LTE
handover and redirection attempts and one number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers
and redirections. If there are multiple LTE frequency bands or different LTE coverage
provided by multiple operators, the accuracy of virtual grids may be affected and it is
recommended that virtual grid-based fast return be not enabled.
10.2.2 Required Information

Collect the following information before deploying this feature:
l Information about areas where UMTS and LTE coexist and areas where UMTS and LTE
coverage overlap
l Whether the LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN is activated on the LTE
side
l Duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts when the UE
receives an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message from the UTRAN and ends when
the UE initiates an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the EUTRAN. The
duration is in the UE logs.
l Virtual grid-based fast return evaluates scenarios and benefits based on the values of
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.PingPongNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.FailOutNum (BSC6900, BSC6910), which are obtained by
selecting REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command.
10.2.3 Planning
None
10.2.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other Features
The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN has been activated on the LTE
side. For details about how to activate this feature, see LTE document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter Description.
l Requirements for other NEs as well as for network equipment and transmission devices
from other vendors
– UE
The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the UE needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handover.

WCDMA RAN
– Other NEs
If CS fallback based on a PS handover needs to be supported, the cause value in the
handover request message must be "CS Fallback triggered" on the LTE side or the
handover request message contains the "CSFB Information" IE and the IE's value is
"CSFB" or "CSFB High Priority."
– CN
The IU release command message sent by the MSC includes a CSFB indication.
If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the SGSN needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handover.
l License
Description.
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
Feature Feature License License NE Licens Sales
ID Name Control Control e Unit
Item Item Allocat
Name ion for
Multip
le
Operat
ors
WRFD-14 Fast LQW1FR Fast BSC6900 Method per Erl

0226 Return ULRESE Return and 1
from from BSC6910
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Erl)
WRFD-14 Fast LQW1FR Fast BSC6900 Method per

0226 Return ULRESM Return and 2 Mbps
from from BSC6910
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)

consistent with that of the license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". The licensed values can
be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
HandOver Switch HoSwitch Select Default value/

(BSC6900, HO_UMTS_TO_L Recommended value
BSC6910) TE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the UMTS-
to-LTE Fast Return
function at the RNC
level.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch Select Default value/

Enhancement 3 (BSC6900, PERFENH_PS_FA Recommended value
Switch 3 BSC6910) ST_RETURN_LTE
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return function at
the RNC level.
Fast Return To LTE FastReturnToLTES Select Default value/

Switch witch (BSC6900, HO_UMTS_TO_L Recommended value
BSC6910) TE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under
this parameter to
activate the feature
at the cell level.
Select
PERFENH_PS_FA
ST_RETURN_LTE
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the
enhancement to this
feature at the cell
level.

WCDMA RAN
Fast Return from U2LFastReturnErl In RAN sharing or Radio network plan

UMTS to LTE- MOCN scenarios, (internal)
Erlang the sum of Erlangs
of all operators,
including the
primary and
secondary operators,
cannot be greater
than the allocated
value in the license
file.
In other scenarios,
no special
configurations are
required.
Fast Return from U2LFastReturnKb In RAN sharing or Radio network plan

UMTS to LTE-kbps ps MOCN scenarios, (internal)
the sum of PS traffic
of all operators,
including the
primary and
secondary operators,
cannot be greater
than the allocated
value in the license
file.
In other scenarios,
no special
configurations are
required.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 l If the LTE Radio network plan

(BSC6900, system supports (internal)
BSC6910) extended
frequency bands
(26 to 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_
LTE_BAND_S
WITCH under
this parameter to
support UMTS-
to-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequency bands.
l Select
HO_U2L_BASE
_UE_LTE_ME
AS_CAP_SWIT
CH under this
parameter to
support filtering
of frequencies
according to UE
capabilities
during fast
return.
LTE Measurement U2LTESigMeasTim The default value is Radio network plan

Duration with Only e (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
Signaling BSC6910)
U2L RSRP SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network plan

Threshold with Only RP (BSC6900, applicable to single- (internal)
Signaling BSC6910) signaling scenarios
and the default value
is recommended.
U2L RSRQ SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network plan

Threshold with Only RQ (BSC6900, applicable to single- (internal)
Signaling BSC6910) signaling scenarios
and the default value
is recommended.

WCDMA RAN
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To enable the Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 7 7 (BSC6900, measurement-based (internal)
BSC6910) fast return to LTE
after the completion
of a single CS
service, select
PERFENH_CS_O
NLY_MEAS_FAST
_RETURN_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To enable the Engineering design

(BSC6900, handover-based fast
BSC6910) return to LTE after a
CSFB UE finishes
its voice service,
select
HO_HANDOVER_
FAST_RETURN_T
O_LTE_SWITCH
Optimization OptimizationSwitch To enable the Radio network plan

Switch6 6 (BSC6900, optimized fast return (internal)
BSC6910) procedure of a
CSFB UE to LTE,
select
U2L_CSFB_FAST
_RETURN_PROC
_OPTI_SWITCH
Fast Return To LTE FastReturnToLTES To turn on the cell- Radio network plan
Switch witch (BSC6900, level switch for (internal)
BSC6910) measurement-based
fast return to LTE
after the release of a
CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_MEAS_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To turn on the RNC- Radio network plan

(BSC6900, level switch for (internal)
BSC6910) measurement-based
fast return to LTE
after the release of a
CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_MEAS_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To turn on the RNC- Radio network plan

(BSC6900, level switch for (internal)
BSC6910) RSCP measurement-
based fast return to
LTE after the release
of a CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_RSCP_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
Fast Return To LTE FastReturnToLTES To turn on the cell- Radio network plan
Switch witch (BSC6900, level switch for (internal)
BSC6910) RSCP measurement-
based fast return to
LTE after the release
of a CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_RSCP_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN
U2L Algorithm U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell Radio network plan

Switch (BSC6900, enabled with the (internal)
BSC6910) MOCN feature,
PERFENH_CS_O
NLY_MEAS_FAST
_RETURN_SWIT
CH under this
parameter can be
cleared for an
operator who does
not need to use the
function of
measurement-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast
return after a CS
only service is
released.
In a UMTS cell
enabled with the
MOCN feature,
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_MEAS_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
under this parameter
can be cleared for an
operator who does
not need to use the
function of LTE-
measurement-based
fast return after a
CSFB UE finishes
its voice service.
In a UMTS cell
enabled with the
MOCN feature,
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_RSCP_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
can be cleared for an
operator who does
not need to use the
function of RSCP
measurement-based
fast return after a
CSFB UE finishes
its voice service.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 Select Radio network plan

(BSC6900, HO_IUR_U2L_HO (internal)
BSC6910) _SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the function
of cross-Iur UMTS-
to-LTE handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_
FILTER_SWITCH
to enable the SRNC
to filter the LTE
frequencies or
neighboring cells
under the DRNC
based on the PLMN
information during a
cross-Iur UMTS-to-
LTE redirection or
handover.
Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellInfoS- Set this parameter to Radio network plan
Information Switch witch (BSC6900, ON to enable the (internal)
BSC6910) function of cross-Iur
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch Select Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 7 7 (BSC6900, PERFENH_FAST_ (internal)
BSC6910) RETURN_OPT_S
WITCH under this
parameter to enable
the function of
measurement-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast
return.
RSCP Measure U2LNCovRscpPrdT This parameter is Radio network plan

Timer for Non- imer (BSC6900, required for (internal)
coverage-based U2L BSC6910) enabling RSCP-
based UMTS-to-
LTE fast return or
virtual grid-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast
return. The default
value is
recommended.

WCDMA RAN
RSCP Threshold for Cell-level This parameter is Radio network plan

Non-coverage-based parameter: required for (internal)
U2L U2LNCovRscpThd enabling RSCP-
(BSC6900, based UMTS-to-
BSC6910) LTE fast return or
RNC-level virtual grid-based
parameter: UMTS-to-LTE fast
U2LNCovRscpThd return. The default
(BSC6900, value is
BSC6910) recommended.
Virtual Grid Filter VirtualGridFilter- To enable RNC- Radio network plan

and Backup Switch BackupSw level virtual grid- (internal)
based fast return, set
this parameter to
ON.
Virtual Grid-Based HoSwitch2 To enable RNC- Radio network plan

Fast Return level virtual grid- (internal)
based fast return,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_GRID_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH.
FastReturnToLTES To enable cell-level Radio network plan

witch virtual grid-based (internal)
fast return, select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_GRID_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH.
U2L Virtual Grid U2LGridInfoLowT This parameter is Radio network plan

Information Low hd required for (internal)
Threshold enabling virtual
grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE fast return.
The default value is
recommended.
U2L Virtual Grid U2LGridInfoHighT This parameter is Radio network plan

Information High hd required for (internal)
Threshold enabling virtual
grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE fast return.
recommended.

WCDMA RAN
Probability of U2L ProbaofU2LforClas This parameter is Radio network plan

for Class II Grid sIIGrid required for (internal)
enabling virtual
grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE fast return.
recommended.

Policy Indicator (BSC6900, planned. Use this (internal)
configure the
neighboring LTE
frequency that can
only be used in
connected mode.
Optimization OptimizationSwitch After Radio network plan

Switch10 10 (BSC6900, U2L_CSFB_FAST (internal)
BSC6910) _RETURN_PROC
_OPTI_SWITCH
is enabled, it is
recommended that
RRC_REL_REDI
R_OPT_SWITCH
under
OptimizationSwitc
h10 be selected to
ensure the accurate
measurement of
VS.U2LTEHO.RR
CRelease.FastRetu
rn.Blind.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 l When UMTS-to- Radio network plan

(BSC6900, LTE fast return is (internal)
BSC6910) enabled and
target
frequencies are
sorted based on
the LTE
frequency
priorities in
connected mode,
select
HO_U2L_CON
N_PRIO_SWIT
CH under the
HoSwitch1
parameter. When
this switch is
selected, the
values of
UCELLNFREQ
PRIOINFO:
NPriorityConne
ct of all
configured
neighboring LTE
frequencies
cannot be 0.
l If the operator
has not
configured
neighboring LTE
cells, select
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_ABS
OLUTE_FREQ
_SWITCH
under the
parameter list.

WCDMA RAN
Optimization OptimizationSwitch It is recommended Radio network plan

Switch10 10 (BSC6900, that (internal)
BSC6910) HO_SS_USER_ID
ENTIFY_SWITCH
under Optimization
Switch10 be
selected for UMTS-
to-LTE fast return
after CSFB
supplementary
services (such as
USSD and LCS) are
completed. When
this switch is
selected, the RNC
can identify the
LTE-to-UMTS
CSFB
supplementary
service UEs and
perform fast return
after supplementary
services are
completed.
Optimization OptimizationSwitc To allow triggering Radio network plan

Switch12 h12 (BSC6900, of the fast return for (internal)
BSC6910) a CSFB UE even
when the CS RAB
fails to be
established for the
CSFB UE, select the
CSFB_FAST_RET
URN_EHN_OPT_
SWITCH option
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To enable Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 10 10 (BSC6900, measurement-based (internal)
BSC6910) CSFB fast return
during an RB
reconfiguration for
CSFB UEs, select
PERFENH_CSFB_
FR_OVERLAP_R
B_RECONFIG_S
W.

WCDMA RAN
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch PERFENH_UL_G Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 10 10 (BSC6900, RID_USER_INTR (internal)
BSC6910) A_MEAS_OPT_S
W controls whether
to optimize the intra-
frequency
measurement for
constructing virtual
grids for UMTS-to-
LTE return.
Precautions
None

To activate UMTS-to-LTE fast return, perform the following steps:
Step 1 (Optional) In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and secondary operators.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL. In
this step, set Absolute priority level of the serving cell to an appropriate value.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, set E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency to appropriate
values.
NOTE
The value of Absolute priority level of the serving cell must be less than that of Absolute Priority
Level of the E-UTRA Frequency.
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on the
network plan.
Step 5 (Optional) To turn on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH
under HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and specify the connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
Step 6 If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under the HandOver Switch2 parameter selected.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2 to enable
the function of filtering frequencies based on the UE capability during fast return.
----End

WCDMA RAN
To activate the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions,
perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the cell- or RNC-level command to activate the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions.
l Run the cell-level command to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions as follows:
a. To enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the cell level, run the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under Fast Return
To LTE Switch.
b. To enable the enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the cell level, run the
RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH selected under Fast
Return To LTE Switch.
l Run the RNC-level command to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions as follows:
a. To enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the RNC level, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch.
b. To enable the enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the RNC level, run
the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH selected under Performance
Enhancement Switch 3.
NOTE
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return are configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with

U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH selected under Optimization
Switch6 to shorten the time taken by UMTS-to-LTE fast return of CSFB UEs.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with the
CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH option under Optimization Switch12
parameter selected. In this manner, a fast return can be triggered for a CSBF UE even when a
CS RAB fails to be established for the CSFB UE.
----End
To activate LTE measurement-based fast return, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Repeat the preceding steps to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
Step 2 Enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-level
command as follows:
l Run the cell-level command to enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected from Fast
l Run the RNC-level command to enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function.

WCDMA RAN
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with

HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch1.
NOTE
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to LTE measurement-based fast return are
configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.
Step 3 (Optional) If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, you must enable the non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection function by selecting
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 4 (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not require
the function of measurement-based fast return to LTE, run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm Switch
cleared for the corresponding operator.
Step 5 (Optional) To enable the fast return function of CSFB UEs with only signaling connections,
run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under Performance
Enhance Switch 7.
the function of measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return after CS only service releases,
run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch cleared for the corresponding operator.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE Measurement
Duration with Only Signaling and U2L RSRP Threshold with Only Signaling or U2L
RSRQ Threshold with Only Signaling set to appropriate values.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter to enable the handover-based fast return to LTE cells.
Step 9 (Optional) Enable the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH on the source RNC
with HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH and HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH
selected under HandOver Switch2.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC on the target RNC with Iur LTE Cell
Information Switch set to ON.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under the Performance Enhance Switch 7
parameter to enable the optimized function of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the SET UCORRMPARA command with

PERFENH_CSFB_FR_OVERLAP_RB_RECONFIG_SW under the Performance
Enhance Switch 10 parameter selected to enable measurement-based CSFB fast return
during an RB reconfiguration for CSFB UEs.
----End

WCDMA RAN
(Optional) To activate the RSCP measurement-based fast return function, perform the
following steps:
Step 2 Enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-level
command as follows:
l Run the cell-level command to enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return function.
with HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected from Fast
l Run the RNC-level command to enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function.
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch1.
Step 3 Run the cell-level MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD

UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with
the RSCP Threshold for Non-coverage-based U2L parameter set to an appropriate value.
This parameter specifies the RSCP threshold for the function of RSCP measurement-based
fast return. The default value -90 is recommended.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with the RSCP Measure Timer for
Non-coverage-based U2L parameter set to an appropriate value. This parameter specifies the
RSCP measurement period for the function of RSCP measurement-based fast return. The
default value D2000 is recommended.
the function of RSCP measurement-based fast return to LTE, run the RNC MML command
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm Switch
----End
NOTE
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to RSCP measurement-based fast return are
To activate the virtual grid-based fast return function, perform the following steps:
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UVIRTUALGRID and set Virtual Grid Filter and
Backup Switch to ON.
Step 3 Enable the virtual grid-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-level command
as follows:
l Cell level
with HO_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_BASED_GRID_SWITCH selected under the Fast
Return To LTE Switch parameter.
l RNC level

WCDMA RAN

HO_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_BASED_GRID_SWITCH selected under the
HandOver Switch2 parameter.
Step 4 Run the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command
and configure the high threshold and low threshold for successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers
and redirections based on virtual grids by specifying U2L Virtual Grid Information High
Threshold and U2L Virtual Grid Information Low Threshold. The default values 99%
and 1% are recommended.
Step 5 Run the RNC-level SET UVIRTUALGRID command and configure the probability of
virtual grid-based fast return for Class II grids by specifying Probability of U2L for Class II
Grid. The default value 5% is recommended.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select or
deselect ERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW to configure whether to
optimize the intra-frequency measurement for constructing virtual grids for UMTS-to-LTE
return.
----End
(Optional) To enable fast return for CSFB supplementary services, perform the
following steps:
After enabling UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return, perform
the following operations:
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch10 parameter
selected.

//Activating UMTS-to-LTE fast return
//Setting the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang of all operators and
the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps of all operators in RAN sharing
or MOCN scenarios
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=PRIM,
FEATURERESASSIGNMODE=ManualAssign, U2LFastReturnErl=1000,
U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=SEC, FEATURERESASSIGNMODE=ManualAssign,
U2LFastReturnErl=1000, U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
//Configuring the absolute priority for a cell
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, SPriority=4;
//Configuring E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number and Absolute
Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency for the cell
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=7, ThdToHigh=2,
ThdToLow=2, EMeasBW=D6, EQrxlevmin=-70, EDetectInd=TRUE, BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
//Configuring the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequencies
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=7, FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//(Optional) Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands 26 to 31 when the LTE system supports these extended frequency
bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of filtering LTE frequencies based on the UE capability
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return
functions
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the cell level

WCDMA RAN
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,FastReturnToLTESwitch=

HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for optimized fast return of CSFB UEs to LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:OptimizationSwitch6=U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Allowing the fast return to be triggered for a CSFB UE even when the
CS RAB fails to be established for the CSFB UE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch12= CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the LTE measurement-based fast return function

//Performing the following configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE fast
return function
//Turning on the cell-level switch for LTE measurement-based fast return
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the RNC-level switch for LTE measurement-based fast return
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling non-neighboring-cell-based redirection if no neighboring
LTE cell is configured
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//Performing the following configurations for an operator that does not require
the LTE measurement-based fast return function in a UMTS cell enabled with MOCN
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Turning on the switch for measurement-based fast return to LTE after a CS
service is released
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Performing the following configurations for an operator that does not require
the measurement-based fast return function for CSFB UEs with only signaling
connections in a UMTS cell enabled with MOCN
U2LAlgoSwitch=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Setting the time and RSRP/RSRQ thresholds for LTE measurement when the UE has
only signaling connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LTESigMeasTime=3, SigTargetRatThdRSRP=36,
SigTargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//(Optional) Selecting HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling measurement-based CSFB fast return during an RB reconfiguration for
CSFB UEs
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_CSFB_FR_OVERLAP_RB_RECONFIG_SW-1;
//Enabling the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Setting the following parameter on the source RNC
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch2=HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the following parameter on the target RNC
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1, HHOTRIG=ON, IurLTECellInfoSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function switch
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Activating the RSCP measurement-based fast return function
//Performing the following optional configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE
fast return function
//Turning on the cell-level switch for RSCP measurement-based fast return
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the RNC-level switch for RSCP measurement-based fast return
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Perform the following settings for an operator that does not require the RSCP
measurement-based fast return to LTE function in a UMTS cell enabled with the
MOCN feature
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Configuring RSCP measurement reporting period
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer=D2000;
//Configuring the RSCP threshold for the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function at the cell level
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;

WCDMA RAN
//Configuring the RSCP threshold for the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function at the RNC level
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
//Configuration of the virtual grid-based fast return function
//Performing the following configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE fast
return function
//Turning on Virtual Grid Filter and Backup Switch
SET UVIRTUALGRID: VirtualGridFilterBackupSw=ON;
//Enabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the cell level
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2= HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//If the non-coverage-based U2L handover or redirection function is enabled,
configure the U2L virtual grid information high and low thresholds for cell-level
virtual grid-based fast return as follows:
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=99, U2LGridInfoLowThd=1;
//If the non-coverage-based U2L handover or redirection function is not enabled,
configure the U2L virtual grid information high and low thresholds for cell-level
virtual grid-based fast return as follows:
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=99, U2LGridInfoLowThd=1;
//Configuring Probability of U2L for Class II Grid using RNC-level virtual grid-
based fast return
SET UVIRTUALGRID: ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid=5;
//Configuring whether to optimize the intra-frequency measurement for
constructing virtual grids for UMTS-to-LTE return
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW-1;
//(Optional) Configuring the supplementary service UE identification switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch10=HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH-1;

NOTE

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-1. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
NOTE
In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, licenses cannot be operated on the CME. Therefore, you
need to run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return
from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and
secondary operators.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-1 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configura
Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCELLSEL RNC Absolute SPriority Yes

RESEL priority level (BSC6900,
of the BSC6910)
serving cell
2 UCELLNFR RNC E-UTRA EARFCN No

EQPRIOINF Absolute (BSC6900,
O Radio BSC6910)
Frequency
Channel
Number
Absolute NPriority
Priority (BSC6900,
Level of the BSC6910)
E-UTRA
Frequency
3 UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch Yes

LGOSWITC Switch (BSC6900,
H BSC6910)
4 UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch1 Yes

LGOSWITC Switch1 (BSC6900,
H BSC6910)
5 UCORRMP RNC Performance PerfEnhanc Yes

ARA Enhancemen eSwitch3
t Switch 3 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
6 UCELLHO RNC Fast Return FastReturn Yes

COMM To LTE ToLTESwitc
Switch h
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
8 URRCTRLS RNC Optimizatio Optimizatio Yes

WITCH n Switch6 nSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
9 UCELLOPE RNC U2L U2LAlgoSw Yes

RALGOSW Algorithm itch
ITCH Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H BSC6910)
11 UNRNC RNC Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellI Yes

(Optional) Information nfoSwitch
Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

(Optional) ARA Enhance eSwitch7
Switch 7 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
13 UU2LTEHO RNC RSCP U2LNCovRs Yes

(Optional) NCOV Threshold cpThd
for Non- (BSC6900,
coverage- BSC6910)
based U2L
14 UCELLU2L RNC RSCP U2LNCovRs Yes

(Optional) TEHONCO Threshold cpThd
V for Non- (BSC6900,
coverage- BSC6910)
based U2L
15 UU2LTEHO RNC RSCP U2LNCovRs Yes

(Optional) NCOV Measure cpPrdTimer
Timer for (BSC6900,
Non- BSC6910)
coverage-
based U2L
16 UVIRTUAL RNC Virtual Grid VirtualGridF Yes

(Optional) GRID Filter and ilterBackupS
Backup w
Switch
17 UCELLU2L RNC U2L Virtual U2LGridInf Yes

(Optional) TEHONCO Grid oHighThd
V Information (BSC6900,
High BSC6910)
Threshold
18 UCELLU2L RNC U2L Virtual U2LGridInf Yes

(Optional) TEHONCO Grid oLowThd
V Information (BSC6900,
Low BSC6910)
Threshold

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
19 UVIRTUAL RNC Probability ProbaofU2L Yes

(Optional) GRID of U2L for forClassIIG
Class II Grid rid
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
20 UCELLNFR RNC Frequency FreqUsePoli Yes

(Optional) EQPRIOINF Use Policy cyInd
O Indicator (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
With this feature activated, if a UE that has fallen back to UMTS from LTE has released the
CS service in the UMTS cell, the RNC sends the UE an RRC Connection Release message.
The Redirection info IE in this message carries the information about the frequency used by
the neighboring LTE cell, as shown in Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 RRC Connection Release message tracing
Perform the following operations to observe whether virtual grid-based fast return takes
effect:
l Run the EXP UVIRTUALGRIDINFO command to export virtual grid data. If the
exported .xls files have at least one row of grid data, and the value of U2L Attempt
Number (Current) or U2L Attempt Number (History) is not 0, this function takes
effect.
l Observe the blind redirection-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs triggered by virtual
grids specified by VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.GridBlind (BSC6900,
BSC6910). If the value of this counter is not 0, this function takes effect.

Deactivate the feature at the cell and RNC levels as follows:
l At the cell level:

WCDMA RAN
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the Fast Return To
LTE Switch parameter.
l At the RNC level:
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the HandOver
Switch parameter.
In the preceding configurations, cell-level configurations take precedence over RNC-level

configurations.
Deactivate virtual grid-based fast return at the cell and RNC levels as follows:
l Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear the
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under Fast Return To LTE
Switch.
l Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear the
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2.
NOTE
l When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to virtual grid-based fast return are
l When deactivating virtual grid-based fast return, you are advised to turn on Virtual Grid Filter and
Backup Switch so that the RNC can continue to filter, back up, and restore existing virtual grid data.

//Deactivating the feature at the cell level
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the feature at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the cell level
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
NOTE
When deactivating virtual grid-based fast return, you are advised to turn on Virtual Grid Filter and

NOTE
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

WCDMA RAN
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
----End

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H BSC6910)
2 UCELLHO RNC Fast Return FastReturn Yes

COMM To LTE ToLTESwitc
Switch h
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

H BSC6910)

In the UE logs, check the duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts
when the UE transmits or receives a Disconnect message after processing a CS service and
ends when the UE initiates an RRC Connection Request message in the E-UTRAN.
If the duration shortens after the feature is activated, the feature has brought positive gains.
The following table lists counters indicating performance of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
Counter Name Measureme Function Counter Description

nt Object Subset
VS.U2L.FastReturn.R CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L Redirections

edirect.CSFBUE .Cell Triggered by Fast Return of
(BSC6900, BSC6910) CSFB UEs for Cell
VS.U2L.FastReturn.R IUR SRNC.IUR Number of UMTS-to-LTE

edirect.CSFBUE.Iur Redirections Triggered by Fast
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Return of CSFB Users Over the
Iur Interface at the SRNC

WCDMA RAN

nt Object Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCR CELL U2LTE.HO Number of UMTS to LTE Blind

elease.FastReturn.Blin .Cell Redirections Through Fast
d (BSC6900, Return for Cell
BSC6910)
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Preparation Attempts

n.AttRelocPrepOutPS. .Cell for U2L PS Handovers Triggered
CSFBUE (BSC6900, by Fast Return of CSFB UEs for
BSC6910) Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful

n.SuccRelocPrepOutP .Cell Preparations for U2L PS
S.CSFBUE (BSC6900, Handovers Triggered by Fast
BSC6910) Return of CSFB UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L PS Handover

n.AttOutPS.CSFBUE .Cell Attempts Triggered by Fast
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Return of CSFB UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful U2L PS

n.SuccOutPS.CSFBU .Cell Handovers Triggered by Fast
E (BSC6900, Return of CSFB UEs for Cell
BSC6910)
After measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return is enabled, the RNC also starts LTE
measurement after receiving a Disconnect message. LTE measurement in this case risks a call
drop because it requires delivery of the RB reconfiguration and measurement control
messages. When the coverage is normal, a UE has proactively ended the voice services, not
resulting in an actual call drop and therefore not affecting user experience. The number of call
drops of UEs in disconnected mode can be measured using the following counter.

nt Object Subset
VS.RAB.AbnormRel. UCELL RAB.RelA Number of CS RABs Abnormally

CS.Disconnect bnormal.Ce Released by the RNC After the
(BSC6900, BSC6910) ll RNC Receives the
DISCONNECT Message for Cell
CSFB fast return handover preparation success rate =

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)
CSFB fast return handover success rate = VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.CSFBUE
(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)
The virtual grid-based fast return function is learned and the learning results are inaccurate
within three days after this function is enabled. Therefore, it is recommended that data

WCDMA RAN
recorded within at least three days be excluded for benefit evaluation using the counters
below.
l The U2L blind redirection failures decrease after the blind redirection-based fast return
function takes effect on the live network. UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection failure rate =
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.FailOutNum/(VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind)
l If LTE measurement-based fast return takes effect on the live network, the following
counter values will change:
– The number of LTE measurements (VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num) decreases.
– The number of timed-out LTE measurements (VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num)
decreases.
– In scenarios with a large number of LTE measurements and high-throughput UEs,
decreasing LTE measurements can increase cell throughput and reduce call drop
rates.
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization

After the Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return function is enabled, if it is found that there are only
a small number of Class I and Class II grids, which causes the feature gains fail to reach the
expectation, the following command can be used to modify related parameters. This method
improves system performance and the Internet access experience of most UEs at the expense
of experience of some UEs.
//Adjusting the upper and lower thresholds for cell-level U2L virtual grid
information
10.2.7 Troubleshooting
N/A

UMTS to LTE
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to

LTE
This feature is recommended in scenarios where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and
UMTS coverage is weaker than LTE coverage. For example, you can deploy this feature in
areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed at one site and share sectors and the LTE band is
lower than the UMTS band.
You are advised to determine whether to enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover
based on whether the CN supports this feature and proportion of UEs supporting this feature
when deploying this feature.

WCDMA RAN
If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover:
l If few UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
l If most UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable both the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover. In this case, the UEs supporting handovers
will use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting handovers will use
the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
l If operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells, you are advised to enable the
NOTE
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.

Before activating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l Information about areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and areas where
UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps
l Information about UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs
l The CN supports UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
l Parameter settings of events 2D and 2F. For details about events 2D and 2F, see "Event
2D/2F" in section 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
10.3.3 Planning
None
10.3.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other features
None
l Hardware
None
l License

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-3 BSC6900&BSC6910
Feature Feature License License Supporte License Sal

ID Name Control Item in d NE Allocatio es
Item ID the DSP Type n for Un
LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Coverage LQW1CP Coverage BSC6900 Method 2 per

0219 Based PS RULRES based PS and Mb
Redirectio Redirectio BSC6910 ps
n from n from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in
Requirements of 10.1.2 Deployment.
l Other requirements
– The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
– The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
– The SGSN is able to obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If
the UE does not subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must use the E-UTRAN
Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message to inform the RNC
that the UE cannot be redirected to the LTE network the SGSN. This information is
sent through the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request
message. If the SGSN cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the
operator must enable UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for all UMTS/LTE multi-mode
UEs in the network.
Data Preparation
Table 10-4 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-4 Data preparation
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Name
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFla Set this parameter to Radio network

Supporting PS g (BSC6900, NotSupport. plan (internal)
HO Indicator BSC6910)
Blind HO BlindFlag Neighboring-cell-based blind Default value/

Neighboring (BSC6900, redirection takes effect only when Recommended
Cell Flag BSC6910) this parameter is set to TRUE. value

WCDMA RAN

Name
E-UTRA EARFCN Radio network plan Radio network

Absolute Radio (BSC6900, plan (internal)
Frequency BSC6910)
Channel
Number
Absolute NPriority Radio network plan Radio network

Priority Level of (BSC6900, plan (internal)
the E-UTRA BSC6910)
Frequency
LTE Report LTEReportMod Set this parameter to the default Default value/
Mode e (BSC6900, value. Recommended
BSC6910) value
RSCP UsedFreqThdR Set this parameter only when Default value/

Threshold for SCP (BSC6900, LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, Recommended
Used Frequency BSC6910) BSC6910) is set to RSRP. value
Ec/No UsedFreqThdE Set this parameter only when Default value/

Threshold for cNo (BSC6900, LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, Recommended
Used Frequency BSC6910) BSC6910) is set to RSRQ. value
Measurement LTEMeasQuan Set this parameter to the default N/A

Quantity for Of3A value.
Event 3A in (BSC6900,
LTE BSC6910)
3A Event Hystfor3A Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Hysteresis (BSC6900, value. Recommended
BSC6910) value
3A Event TrigTime3A Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Trigger Delay (BSC6900, value. Recommended
Time BSC6910) value
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCo Set this parameter to the default Default value/
Coefficient for ef (BSC6900, value. Recommended
LTE BSC6910) value
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTi Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Measurement me (BSC6900, value. Recommended
Timer Length BSC6910) value
RSRP TargetRatThdR Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Threshold SRP (BSC6900, value. Recommended
During PS BSC6910) value
Handover to
LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name
RSRQ TargetRatThdR Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Threshold SRQ value. Recommended
During PS (BSC6900, value
Handover to BSC6910)
LTE
LTE Period LTEPeriodRep Set this parameter only when Default value/
Reporting ortInterval LTEReportMode (BSC6900, Recommended
Interval (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to value
BSC6910) PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
Do not set this parameter to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
because UE behaviors are
unpredictable when this
parameter is set to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT. If
the value of this parameter is too
small, the measurement results
are reported too frequently,
increasing the signaling burden
on the RNC. If this parameter
value is too large, the UTRAN
cannot detect changes in the LTE
cell signal quality in time,
delaying UMTS-to-LTE
redirection and resulting in call
drops.
recommended.
LTE Period HystforPeriodL Set this parameter only when Default value/
Reporting HO TE (BSC6900, LTEReportMode (BSC6900, Recommended
Hysteresis BSC6910) BSC6910) is set to value
PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
recommended.
Service-Based EUTRANSHIN To enable UMTS-to-LTE Radio network

Handover to D (BSC6900, redirection of certain PS services, plan (internal)
LTE Allowed BSC6910) set this parameter to
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_
BE_PERFORM.
HandOver HoSwitch When activating this feature, Default value/

Switch (BSC6900, select Recommended
BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH value

WCDMA RAN

Name
HandOver HoSwitch1 When activating this feature, Engineering

Switch1 (BSC6900, select design
BSC6910) HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH under this
parameter.
U2L Blind U2LBlindRedir Turn on this switch if UMTS and Default value/
Redirect Switch Switch LTE are deployed at one site and Recommended
(BSC6900, share sectors and the LTE band is value
BSC6910) lower than the UMTS band.
Anti-Pingpong U2LBlindRedir Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Timer for U2L PingpongTimer value. Recommended
Blind (BSC6900, value
Redirection BSC6910)
HandOver HoSwitch1 To enable non-neighboring-LTE- Engineering

Switch1 (BSC6900, cell-based redirection, select design
BSC6910) HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
MC-HSDPA McHsdpaLteC Set this parameter to the default Radio network

and LTE CM MPermissionIn value. plan (internal)
Coexist d (BSC6900,
Indicator BSC6910)
PS Rate PsSwitch You are advised to select the Radio network

Negotiation (BSC6900, PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_O plan (internal)
Switch BSC6910) PT_SWITCH check box under
this parameter when
EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd
is set to FALSE. After this switch
is turned on, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user experience of
PS services deteriorates.
HandOver HoSwitch2 If the LTE system supports Radio network

Switch2 (BSC6900, extended frequency bands (26 to plan (internal)
BSC6910) 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_S
WITCH under this parameter to
support interoperations from
UMTS to these extended LTE
frequency bands.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Performance PerfEnhanceS To prevent non-LTE subscribers Radio network

Enhancement witch6 from performing coverage-based plan (internal)
Switch 6 (BSC6900, UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
BSC6910) handovers, which may result in
redirection or handover failures,
select
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SU
B_COV_U2L_SWITCH under
this parameter to allow coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers only on LTE
subscribers.
Frequency Use FreqUsePolicyI Set this parameter as planned. Radio network

Policy Indicator nd (BSC6900, Use this parameter to configure plan (internal)
BSC6910) the neighboring LTE frequency
that can only be used in
connected mode.
Precautions
After the Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature is enabled and event 2D
is triggered, a UE not supporting LTE measurements in connected mode does not perform
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this case:
l If a GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE measures the
signal quality of the neighboring GSM cells or inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells.
l If no GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE is not
redirected to the LTE network until event 1F is triggered.
Event 1F indicates that the UMTS signals are weak and call drops may occur. Therefore,
the UE is shifted to the LTE network through a blind redirection when event 1F is
triggered. It is recommended that the trigger threshold for event 1F be set to the same
value as that for event 2D in areas where no GSM and inter-frequency UMTS networks
are deployed.

Step 1 Configure neighboring LTE cells or LTE frequencies based on the network plan.
l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, configure
LTE cells as the neighboring cells of the UMTS cell. The procedure is as follows:
1. If an LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set to
NotSupport(NotSupport).

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
– You can run the MOD ULTECELL command instead of the ADD ULTECELL command in
sub-step 1 if LTE cells have been configured.
– Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells,
UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.
2. If a neighboring LTE cell or blind neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure neighboring LTE cells. When
configuring a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to
TRUE.
NOTE
If a neighboring LTE cell has been configured, you can run the MOD ULTENCELL command to
reconfigure the neighboring LTE cell in sub-step 2.
l If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need
to configure LTE frequencies. The procedure is as follows: Run the RNC MML
command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add information about the priorities of
frequencies for neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
network plan.
Step 3 Based on Table 10-4, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm. The
RNC sends these parameters to the UE through a measurement control message.
Step 4 (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm need to be independently set
for a cell, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-level
parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-4.
NOTE
If related parameters have been configured for a cell, you can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV
command to modify them.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level parameters are unavailable, the cell uses the
RNC-level parameters.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic information
about a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE Allowed to
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or
blind redirections.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
Step 7 (Optional) To enable non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with

WCDMA RAN

parameter selected.
NOTE
To implement neighboring-cell-based redirection, ensure that the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-

based redirection is turned off. If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function needs to be enabled,
select HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (switch for cross-Iur U2L redirection) under HandOver
Switch1 in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 8 (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable the blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell. In this
step, U2L Blind Redirect Switch is set to ON.
Step 9 (Optional) To avoid ping-pong redirections, run the RNC MML command SET UHOCOMM
with U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to an appropriate value to so
that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS network again within
30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind redirections.
Step 10 (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET UCMCF
with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
Step 11 (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), HsdpaCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910), or McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
FALSE, run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box under PS Rate Negotiation
Switch selected.
Step 13 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box under
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
Step 14 (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE with the Coverage based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter
specified for the primary and secondary operators.
Step 15 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.
Step 16 (Optional) In the event of LTE subscriber deregistration, run the RNC MML command CLR
ULTESUBSCRIBER with the target IMSIs specified to clear automatically learned
information about LTE subscribers.
Step 17 (Optional) If LTE subscriber information needs to be manually added, run the RNC MML
command ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER with the target IMSIs specified.
NOTE
The ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER command is a physical command. In the RNC in Pool scenario,
the ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER command must be separately configured on both the master RNC
and overflow RNC.
Step 18 (Optional) If LTE subscriber information is required by the DRNC after an inter-RNC
relocation, run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC with SRNSwithLTESubIndSw set

WCDMA RAN
to ON on the SRNC and run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
Performance Enhance Switch 10 parameter on the DRNC.
----End

//Adding an LTE cell
ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1, MCC="460",
MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10, LTEArfcn=4150,
SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Adding a blind neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=2, LTECellIndex=2, BlindFlag=TRUE;
//Setting the information about the priorities of LTE frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7;
//Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5, FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36, TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: CellId=1, LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP,
UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and switch for
coverage based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection
//Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network are
prevented
SET UHOCOMM: U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer=60;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they are
performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//When the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31)
//Turning on the switch for LTE subscriber information learning and the switch
for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform coverage-based U2L handover or
redirection when the RNC cannot obtain LTE subscriber information from the CN
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Clearing automatically learned IMSI information about LTE subscribers
CLR ULTESUBSCRIBER: ClrType=SPEC_IMSI, LTESubIMSI="460071104001000";
//(Optional) Manually adding LTE subscriber information
ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER: VIPLTESubIMSI="460071104001000";
//(Optional) Allowing the DRNC to use LTE subscriber information sent by the SRNC
after an inter-RNC relocation
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1,
SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-0&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0, HHOTRIG=OFF,
ServiceInd=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS, IurExistInd=TRUE, Dpx=1, RncProtclVer=R5,
StateIndTMR=20, TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS,SRNSwithLTESubIndSw=ON;
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN

NOTE

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configura

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECELL RN LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex Yes

NOTE C (BSC6900,
This MO is BSC6910)
required if
neighboring-LTE- LTE Cell Name LTECellName
cell-based (BSC6900,
redirection or BSC6910)
blind redirection is
allowed. LTE Cell Identity EUTRANCELLI
D (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile Country MCC (BSC6900,

Code BSC6910)
Mobile Network MNC (BSC6900,

Code BSC6910)
Tracking Area TAC (BSC6900,

Code BSC6910)
Operator Group CnOpGrpIndex

Index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Physical Cell CellPHYID

Identity (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
LTE Cell LTEBand

Frequency Band (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn

Downlink (BSC6900,
Frequency BSC6910)
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag

Supporting PS (BSC6900,
HO Indicator BSC6910)
ULTENCELL RN RNC ID RNCId No

NOTE C (BSC6900,
This MO is BSC6910)
required if
neighboring-LTE- Cell ID CellId (BSC6900,
cell-based BSC6910)
redirection or
blind redirection is LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex
allowed. (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Blind HO BlindFlag
Neighboring Cell (BSC6900,
Flag BSC6910)
UCELLNFREQP RN Absolute Priority NPriority No

RIOINFO C Level of the E- (BSC6900,
NOTE UTRA Frequency BSC6910)
This MO is
required if non- E-UTRA EARFCN
neighboring-LTE- Absolute Radio (BSC6900,
cell-based Frequency BSC6910)
redirection or Channel Number
allowed.
2 UU2LTEHOCOV RN LTE Report Mode LTEReportMode Yes

C (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSCP Threshold UsedFreqThdRS

for Used CP (BSC6900,
Frequency BSC6910)
Ec/No Threshold UsedFreqThdEc

for Used No (BSC6900,
Frequency BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Measurement LTEMeasQuanO
Quantity for f3A (BSC6900,
Event 3A in LTE BSC6910)
3A Event Hystfor3A
Hysteresis (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3A Event Trigger TrigTime3A

Delay Time (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoef

Coefficient for (BSC6900,
LTE BSC6910)
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTim
Measurement e (BSC6900,
Timer Length BSC6910)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRS

During PS RP (BSC6900,
Handover to LTE BSC6910)
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRS

During PS RQ (BSC6900,
Handover to LTE BSC6910)
LTE Period LTEPeriodReport

Reporting Interval Interval
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Period HystforPeriodLT

Reporting HO E (BSC6900,
Hysteresis BSC6910)
3 UCELLU2LTEH RN Parameters to be configured are the Yes

(Opti OCOV C same as those in the
onal) NOTE UU2LTEHOCOV MO.
This MO is
required if the
measurement-
related parameters
need to be
configured for a
specific cell.

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
4 UTYPRABBASI RN Service-Based EUTRANSHIND No

C C Handover to LTE (BSC6900,
Allowed BSC6910)
5 UCORRMALGO RN HandOver Switch HoSwitch Yes

SWITCH C (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
HandOver HoSwitch1
Switch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
6 UCORRMALGO RN HandOver HoSwitch1 Yes

(Opti SWITCH C Switch1 (BSC6900,
onal) NOTE BSC6910)
This MO is
required if non-
neighboring-LTE-
cell-based
redirection or
allowed.
7 UCELLHOCOM RN U2L Blind U2LBlindRedirS Yes

(Opti M C Redirect Switch witch (BSC6900,
onal) NOTE BSC6910)
This MO is
required if UMTS-
to-LTE blind
redirection is to be
enabled for a
specific cell.
8 UCORRMALGO RN PS Rate PsSwitch Yes

(Opti SWITCH C Negotiation (BSC6900,
onal) Switch BSC6910)
(PS_CMACTIV
E_PROCESS_O
PT_SWITCH
selected under
this parameter)
9 UCMCF RN MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCM Yes

(Opti C LTE CM Coexist PermissionInd
onal) Indicator

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
10 UHOCOMM RN Anti-Pingpong U2LBlindRedirPi Yes

(Opti C Timer for U2L ngpongTimer
onal) Blind Redirection (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
11 UCELLNFREQP RN Frequency Use FreqUsePolicyIn Yes

(optio RIOINFO C Policy Indicator d (BSC6900,
nal) BSC6910)
For details about activation observation, see section 10.3.5 Performance Monitoring.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this step, clear
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
----End

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the


WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H BSC6910)

The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.
Counter Name Measurement Measurement Description

Object Unit
VS.U2LTEHO.RR CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of

CRelease.Coverage Coverage-based
(BSC6900, UMTS to LTE PS
BSC6910) Redirections for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.RR CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of

CRelease.Coverage Coverage-based
.EmergBlind UMTS to LTE PS
(BSC6900, Emergency Blind
BSC6910) Redirections for Cell
After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)

If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-2D-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection takes effect.
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-1F-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS blind redirection takes effect.

N/A
N/A

WCDMA RAN

UMTS to LTE
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
See section 10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

See 10.3.2 Required Information. The eNodeB, MME, and SGSN must support UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover.
10.4.3 Planning
None
10.4.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other features
None
l Hardware
None
l License

WCDMA RAN

Feature Feature License License NE License Sal
ID Name Control Item in Allocatio es
Item the DSP n for Un
LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Coverage LQW1CP Coverage BSC6900 Method 2 per

0220 Based PS HULRES Based PS and Mb
Handover Handover BSC6910 ps
from from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
– The eNodeB, MME, SGSN, and UE support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or later. It also supports LTE measurements.
– The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. It
can obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If the UE does not
subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must be able to inform the RNC that the UE
cannot be handed over to the LTE network. This information is sent through the E-
UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message. If the
SGSN cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the operator must enable
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for all UMTS/LTE multimode UEs in the network.
– The neighboring LTE cell has been configured. For details about how to configure a
neighboring LTE cell, see BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide or BSC6910
UMTS Initial Configuration Guide.
Data Preparation
Table 10-8 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-8 Data to prepare before activating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to
LTE
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to Radio network

Supporting PS HO (BSC6900, Support. plan (internal)
Indicator BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
LTE Report Mode LTEReportMode Set this parameter to the Default value/
(BSC6900, default value. Recommended
BSC6910) value
RSCP Threshold UsedFreqThdRSCP Set this parameter only Default value/

for Used (BSC6900, when LTEMeasQuanOf3A Recommended
Frequency BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value
set to RSRP.
Ec/No Threshold UsedFreqThdEcNo Set this parameter only Default value/

for Used (BSC6900, when LTEMeasQuanOf3A Recommended
Frequency BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value
set to RSRQ.
Measurement LTEMeasQuanOf3 Set this parameter to the Default value/

Quantity for Event A (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
3A in LTE BSC6910) value
3A Event Hystfor3A Set this parameter to the Default value/

Hysteresis (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
BSC6910) value
3A Event Trigger TrigTime3A Set this parameter to the Default value/

Delay Time (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
BSC6910) value
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the Default value/

Coefficient for (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
LTE Measurement BSC6910) value
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the Default value/

Timer Length (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
BSC6910) value
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRSRP Set this parameter to the Default value/

During PS (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
Handover to LTE BSC6910) value
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRSRQ Set this parameter to the Default value/

During PS (BSC6900, default value. Recommended
Handover to LTE BSC6910) value

WCDMA RAN
LTE Period LTEPeriodReportIn Set this parameter only Default value/

Reporting Interval terval (BSC6900, when LTEReportMode Recommended
BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value
set to
PERIODICAL_REPORT
ING.
Do not set this parameter to
NON_PERIODIC_REPO
RT, upon which the UE
behavior is not defined. If
this parameter value is too
small, the measurement
results are reported too
frequently, increasing the
signaling burden on the
RNC. If this parameter
value is too large, the
UTRAN cannot detect
changes in the LTE cell
signal quality in time,
delaying UMTS-to-LTE
handover and resulting in
call drops.
recommended.
LTE Period HystforPeriodLTE Set this parameter only Default value/

Reporting HO (BSC6900, when LTEReportMode Recommended
Hysteresis BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value
set to
PERIODICAL_REPORT
ING.
recommended.
Service-Based EUTRANSHIND Set this parameter to Radio network

Handover to LTE (BSC6900, HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHO plan (internal)
Allowed BSC6910) ULD_BE_PERFORM if
UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers are allowed for
certain PS services.

(BSC6900, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWI Recommended
BSC6910) TCH under this parameter value
to activate the feature.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 Select Engineering

(BSC6900, HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_ design
BSC6910) SWITCH under this
parameter to activate the
feature.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 Deselect Engineering

(BSC6900, HO_U2L_REDIR_BASE design
BSC6910) D_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH under this
parameter when you
activate the feature.
MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCMPer Set this parameter to the Radio network

LTE CM Coexist missionInd default value. plan (internal)
Indicator (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
PS Rate PsSwitch You are advised to select Radio network

Negotiation Switch (BSC6900, the plan (internal)
BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROC
ESS_OPT_SWITCH
check box under this
parameter when
EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd,
or McHsdpaLteCMPermis-
sionInd is set to FALSE.
After this switch is turned
on, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user
experience of PS services
deteriorates.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 If the LTE system supports Radio network

(BSC6900, extended frequency bands plan (internal)
BSC6910) (26 to 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BA
ND_SWITCH under this
parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on the
extended frequency bands.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 Select Radio network

(BSC6900, HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWI plan (internal)
BSC6910) TCH under this parameter
to enable the function of
cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTE
R_SWITCH under this
parameter to enable the
SRNC to filter the LTE
frequencies or neighboring
cells under the DRNC
based on the PLMN
information during a cross-
Iur UMTS-to-LTE
Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellInfoS- To enable the function of Radio network

Information Switch witch (BSC6900, cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE plan (internal)
BSC6910) handovers, set this
parameter to ON.
Optimization OptimizationSwitch Select Radio network

Switch 5 5 (BSC6900, U2L_RELOC_MSG_TA plan (internal)
BSC6910) KE_ERAB_SWITCH
under this parameter to
enable the function of data
forwarding during UMTS-
to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the U2L PS
service user-plane
interruption time, you need
to select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_
DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch Select Radio network

Enhancement 6 (BSC6900, PERFENH_PERMIT_LT plan (internal)
Switch 6 BSC6910) E_SUB_COV_U2L_SWI
TCH under this parameter
to allow coverage-based
subscribers. In this way,
non-LTE subscribers are
prevented from performing
coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or
handovers.

WCDMA RAN
Thd for Cov U2L U2LPhyChFailNu To enable the function of Default value/
HO Fail by Phy m (BSC6900, preventing frequent retries Recommended
CH Fail BSC6910) after a UMTS-to-LTE PS value
handover failure, set this
parameter to a non-zero
value.
Inter-RAT HO PenaltyTimeForPhy This parameter specifies Default value/

Physical Channel ChFail (BSC6900, the length of a penalty Recommended
Failure Penalty BSC6910) timer for inter-RAT value
Timer handover failures due to
physical channel failures.
The default setting is
recommended.
Frequency Use FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as Radio network

Policy Indicator (BSC6900, planned. Use this parameter plan (internal)
BSC6910) to configure the
neighboring LTE frequency
connected mode.
Process Control PROCESSSWITCH To make the function of Radio network

Switch (BSC6900, data forwarding from the plan (internal)
BSC6910) RNC to the eNodeB be
independent from the
lossless SRNS relocation
capability of the UE, select
U2L_DATA_FORWARDI
NG_PROC_SWITCH
Precautions
None

Step 1 Run the RNC MML ADD ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting
PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has been
configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-
to-LTE handovers will fail.
Step 2 If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.

WCDMA RAN
network plan.
Step 4 Based on Table 10-8, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm. The
RNC sends the parameter settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
Step 5 (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based
on Table 10-8.
NOTE
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command in step 4 if the related parameters have been configured for the cell.
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC with Service-Based Handover to
LTE Allowed set to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to
LTE PS handover.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-based
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with

parameter deselected to turn off the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to enable the function of
preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In this step, set Thd
for Cov U2L HO Fail by Phy CH Fail and Inter-RAT HO Physical Channel Failure
Penalty Timer to appropriate values.

Switch selected.
Step 13 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with

PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING under Performance
Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.

WCDMA RAN
LICENSE to set the Coverage based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter
for the primary and secondary operators.
with HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH and HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch2 selected.
Step 16 Enable the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
1. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under Optimization Switch 5 selected
to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to carry the E-RAB IE.
2. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch 5
parameter selected to turn on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction
switch.
3. When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations must
also be performed:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD ADJNODE to configure the adjacent node
LTE S-GW for the RNC.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between the RNC
and the LTE S-GW.
c. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
BSC6910 to configure a UP data channel between the RNC and LTE S-GW: ADD
IPPATH and ADD IPPOOL.
NOTE
When the direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC, only the routes and UP data channels
between the LTE S-GW and SGSN need to be configured on the CN side.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH with
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch
parameter selected so that the lossless SRNS relocation capability of the UE does not
need to be considered during data forwarding.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 selected parameter to allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
NOTE
and overflow RNC.

WCDMA RAN
----End

SuppPSHOFlag=Support;
//Configuring the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequencies
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: CellId=1, LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP,
UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperability and coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections
//Enabling the function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover failure
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
bands
//Enabling the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH-1;
SET UUPCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH-1;
//When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations
must also be performed:
//Adding an adjacent node (LTE S-GW) for the RNC
ADD ADJNODE: ANI=1, NAME="SGW", NODET=IUPS, SGSNFLG=NO, TRANST=IP;
//Configuring a route between the RNC and the LTE S-GW
ADD
IPRT:SRN=0,SN=16,DSTIP="10.161.0.1",DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",NEXTHOPTYPE=Gateway,
NEXTHOP="162.0.43.254",PRIORITY=HIGH;
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6900 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPATH: ANI=1118, PATHID=3, ITFT=IUPS, PATHT=QoS, IPADDR="53.100.61.1",
PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000,
VLANFLAG=DISABLE, PATHCHK=ENABLED, ECHOIP="10.161.0.1";
ADD IPPOOL: IPPOOLINDEX=0, MODE=ETHL3, IPPOOLNAME="IPPOOLNAME";
//(Optional) Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction

WCDMA RAN
switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the following parameters on the source RNC side, with the address
specified based on the actual plan
//Setting the following parameters on the destination RNC side, with the address
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1, HHOTRIG=ON, ServiceInd=SUPPORT_PS,
IurLTECellInfoSwitch=ON;
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform coverage-
based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription
information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH-1;
CLR ULTESUBSCRIBER: ClrType=SPEC_IMSI, LTESubIMSI="460071104001000";
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH-1;

NOTE

Check the value of the VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910).
This counter provides the number of attempts for outgoing coverage-triggered UMTS-to-LTE
PS handovers for a cell. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. In this step, clear HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under
the HandOver Switch1 parameter.

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN

NOTE


The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.
Counter Name Measureme Measurem Description

nt Object ent Unit
VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS. CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Measurement-based

Coverage (BSC6900, Cell U2L PS Handover Attempts
BSC6910) Triggered by Poor Coverage for
Cell
VS.U2LHO.SuccOutP CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Successful

S.Coverage (BSC6900, Cell Measurement-based U2L PS
BSC6910) Handovers Triggered by Poor
Coverage in a Cell
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocP CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Preparation Attempts

repOutPS.Coverage Cell for Outgoing Coverage-triggered
(BSC6900, BSC6910) U2L PS Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LHO.SuccReloc CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Successful

PrepOutPS.Coverage Cell Preparations for Outgoing
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Coverage-triggered U2L PS
Handovers for Cell
The following table lists performance counters related to cell-level handover failures.
Counter Name Measur Measurement Description

ement Unit
Object
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Failed UMTS-to-

S.NoReply (BSC6900, LL LTE PS Handovers Due to Iu
BSC6910) Release Command Timeout for
Cell

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name Measur Measurement Description

ement Unit
Object

S.CfgUnSupp (BSC6900, LL LTE PS Handovers for Cell
BSC6910) (Configuration Unsupported)

S.PhyChFail (BSC6900, LL LTE PS Handovers for Cell
BSC6910) (Physical Channel Failure)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Abnormally

S.Abort (BSC6900, LL Terminated Outgoing UMTS-
BSC6910) to-LTE PS Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Abnormally

PrepOutPS.NoResAvail LL Terminated Outgoing UMTS-
(BSC6900, BSC6910) to-LTE PS Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Failed Preparations

PrepOutPS.TgtFail LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
(BSC6900, BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell
(Relocation Failure in Target
CN/RNC or Target System)

PrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
(Relocation not supported in
Target RNC or Target system)

PrepOutPS.TgtHighLoa LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
d (BSC6900, BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell (Traffic
Load In The Target Cell Higher
Than In The Source Cell)

PrepOutPS.TAlExp LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
(TRELOCalloc expiry)

PrepOutPS.UnKnowRN LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
C (BSC6900, BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell
(Unknown Target RNC)
The following table lists counters related to neighboring cells of coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS handovers.

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name Measureme Measure Description

nt Object ment Unit
VS.IRATHO.AttReloc NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Attempts for U2L PS

PrepOutPS.LCELL cell Handovers per LTE Cell
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.IRATHO.SuccRelo NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Successful

cPrepOutPS.LCELL cell Preparations for U2L PS
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Handovers per LTE Cell
VS.IRATHO.AttOutP NCELL IRATHO.L Number of U2L PS Handover

S.LCELL (BSC6900, cell Attempts per LTE Cell
BSC6910)
VS.IRATHO.SuccOut NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Successful U2L PS

PS.LCELL (BSC6900, cell Handover per LTE Cell
BSC6910)
The following table lists counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures.

nt Object ment Unit
VS.IRATHO.FailRelo NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Failed Preparations

cPrepOutPS.NoResAv cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
ail.LCELL (BSC6900, Cell (No Resource Available)
BSC6910)

cPrepOutPS.TgtFail.L cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
CELL (BSC6900, Cell (Relocation Failure in Target
BSC6910) CN/RNC or Target System)

cPrepOutPS.ReloUnS cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
upp.LCELL Cell (Relocation not supported in
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Target RNC or Target system)

cPrepOutPS.TgtHigh cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
Load.LCELL Cell (Traffic Load In The Target
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Cell Higher Than In The Source
Cell)

cPrepOutPS.UnKnow cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
RNC.LCELL Cell (Unknown Target RNC)
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

nt Object ment Unit

cPrepOutPS.TAlExp. cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
LCELL (BSC6900, Cell (TRELOCalloc expiry
BSC6910)
VS.IRATHO.FailOutP NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Failed U2L PS

S.CfgUnSupp.LCELL cell Handovers per LTE Cell
(BSC6900, BSC6910) (Configuration Unsupported)

S.PhyChFail.LCELL cell Handovers per LTE Cell
(BSC6900, BSC6910) (Physical Channel Failure)
VS.IRATHO.FailOutP NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Abnormally

S.Abort.LCELL cell Terminated U2L PS Handovers
(BSC6900, BSC6910) per LTE Cell

S.NoReply.LCELL cell Handovers due to Iu Release
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Command Timeout per LTE Cell
Preparation success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =

VS.U2LHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =

VS.U2LHO.SuccOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS.Coverage
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the handover preparation success rate and the handover success rate increase, this feature
has brought positive gains.

N/A
N/A

from UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
This feature is recommended in the scenario where UMTS and LTE are deployed together. In
different scenarios, you are advised to use this feature in different manners, which are as
follows:
l Scenario with continuous LTE coverage: A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover can be performed blindly or according to the measurement result.
l LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenario: It is recommended that this feature be used
together with both the following functions: Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection
or Handover Based on Periodic RSCP Measurement Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection or Handover Based on LTE Measurement or Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE
Blind PS Redirection or Handover
l Scenario where the LTE coverage is not continuous and LTE and UMTS do not provide
the same coverage: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover requiring
LTE measurement is recommended.
l It is recommended that the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function be
enabled in cells with a high proportion of failed UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections or cells
with a high proportion of LTE measurements and LTE measurement expiry times to
UMTS-to-LTE redirections. A higher proportion indicates greater benefits of this
function.
NOTE
l This function requires the intra-frequency periodical measurement report and the measurement
results are reported every 2s. If a UE moves a long distance in an intra-frequency measurement
report period, the virtual grid decision may be inaccurate. Therefore, this function is not
recommended in a fast-moving scenario.
l The grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection success rates do not differentiate LTE
frequency bands and operators. Each virtual grid has only one record of the UMTS-to-LTE
handover and redirection attempts and successful attempts. This function is not recommended
if the LTE coverage areas served by multiple LTE bands or owned by multiple telecom
operators do not completely overlap, because the virtual grid accuracy may be affected in this
scenario.
Before activating this feature, query the UE penetration rate and check whether the CN
supports this feature. If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are
advised to enable only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the UEs do not support
measurement of LTE cells, you are advised to enable the blind redirection. The UMTS-to-LTE
handover function is recommended only if the CN supports UMTS-to-LTE handovers and
UEs support measurement of LTE cells.
When the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover:
l It is recommended that only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection be enabled if few UEs
support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
l It is recommended that both the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover if most UEs
support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. In this case, the UEs supporting handovers will
use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting handovers will use the
l The UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection if operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells.
NOTE
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.

WCDMA RAN
If UEs preferentially camp on the UMTS network, the feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based
PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE or WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE is recommended. Otherwise, UEs can only be shifted to the LTE network
using the following methods, which leads to an idle LTE network:
l Cell reselection or coverage based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE in
weak UMTS coverage areas.
l Load based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE when the UMTS cell is with
high load.
It is recommended that this feature be used together with the LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection feature, which helps select lightly loaded LTE cells during redirections
or handovers.

Before activating Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE, ensure that the
l UMTS and LTE are deployed together and UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps.
l There are UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs on the network.
l PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks.
l When the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function is enabled, with the
measurement mode adopted, the scenario can be predicted and the gains be evaluated
using the VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) (number of times the
LTE inter-RAT measurement control command is delivered in a cell) and
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) (number of times the inter-
RAT LTE measurement expires in a cell) counters.
10.5.3 Planning
None
10.5.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other features
The function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
l Hardware
None
l License

WCDMA RAN

Item ID the DSP n for Un
LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-02 Service- LQW1PS Service- BSC6900 Method 2 per

0129 Based PS RUL01RE Based PS and Mb
Service S Service BSC6910 ps
Redirectio Redirectio
n from n from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
– The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
– To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, when RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM procedure,
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted. When RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed, and the
eNodeB and RNC must be connected to the same eCoordinator so that the eNodeB,
RNC, and eCoordinator support the RIM procedure, through which LTE cell load
information is transmitted.
– The SGSN must be able to send information about whether a UE has subscribed to
LTE services in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC. If the
SGSN does not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE services
will be handed over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.
Data Preparation
Table 10-10 lists the data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Service
Redirection from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-10 Data to be prepared
LTE Cell Supporting PS HO SuppPSHOFlag Set this Radio network plan

Indicator (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
BSC6910) NotSupport.

WCDMA RAN
Blind HO Neighboring Cell BlindFlag Neighboring- Default value/

Flag (BSC6900, cell-based blind Recommended
BSC6910) redirection value
takes effect
only when this
parameter is set
to TRUE.
E-UTRA Absolute Radio EARFCN Set this Radio network plan

Frequency Channel Number (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
BSC6910) the default
value.
Absolute Priority Level of NPriority Set this Radio network plan

the E-UTRA Frequency (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.
Report Type of LTE LTEMeasTypOf3 Set this Radio network plan

Measurement C (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.
Layer 3 Filter Coefficient U2LTEFilterCoef Set this Radio network plan

for LTE Measurement (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.
LTE Measurement Timer U2LTEMeasTime Set this Radio network plan

Length (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.
Measurement Quantity for LTEMeasQuanOf Set this Radio network plan

Event 3C Measurement of 3C (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
LTE BSC6910) the default
value.
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C In a high-speed Radio network plan

(BSC6900, cell, set this (internal)
1.5 dB. In a
low-speed cell,
set this
parameter to
3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger Event 3C TrigTime3C Set this Radio network plan

(BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.

WCDMA RAN
RSRP Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRS Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE RP (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.
RSRQ Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRS Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE RQ (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.
U2L Punish Switch U2LPunishSwitch Set this Default value/

(BSC6900, parameter to Recommended
BSC6910) ON. value
U2L Penalty Timer U2LPunishTimer Set this Default value/

(BSC6900, parameter to Recommended
BSC6910) 20. value
Service-Based Handover to EUTRANSHIND To allow Radio network plan

LTE Allowed (BSC6900, handover of (internal)
BSC6910) certain PS
services to
LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUT
RAN_SHOUL
D_BE_PERF
ORM.

(BSC6900, HO_LTE_PS_ Recommended
BSC6910) OUT_SWITC value
H and
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
activate the
feature.

WCDMA RAN
Service-based U2L U2LServAlgoSwit For cells with Default value/

Algorithm Switch ch (BSC6900, LTE coverage, Recommended
BSC6910) select value
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
For LTE and
UMTS co-
coverage
scenarios,
select
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_NEED_
RSCP_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
For scenarios
with continuous
LTE coverage,
select
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_BLIND
_FIRST_SWI
TCH under this
parameter.
If the cell-level
virtual grid-
based UMTS-
to-LTE PS
redirection
function needs
to be enabled,
select
HO_GRID_B
ASED_LTE_S
ERVICE_PS_
OUT_SWITC
H under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
U2L Algorithm Switch U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell Radio network plan

(BSC6900, enabled with (internal)
BSC6910) the MOCN
feature, if an
operator does
not require
periodic RSCP
measurement-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers,
deselect
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_NEED_
RSCP_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
Trigger Source for Service- U2LServTrigSour Set this Default value/

based U2L HO/Redir ce (BSC6900, parameter to Recommended
BSC6910) the default value
value.
Thld for Non-coverage- U2LNCovPSCmU The value 20 is Default value/

based U2L serNumThd recommended. Recommended
(BSC6900, value
BSC6910)
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit To activate this Default value/

Switch 5 ch5 (BSC6900, feature, select Recommended
BSC6910) PERFENH_U value
2L_SERV_NO
T_TRIG_WH
EN_CSPAGIN
G under this
parameter.
U2L Blind Redirect Switch U2LBlindRedirSw When UMTS Default value/

itch (BSC6900, and LTE Recommended
BSC6910) networks are value
deployed on
one site and
share sectors,
and the LTE
frequency band
is lower than
the UMTS
frequency band,
turn on this
switch.

WCDMA RAN
U2L Blind Redir Anti- U2LBlindRedirPi Set this Default value/

Pingpong Timer ngpongTimer parameter to Recommended
(BSC6900, the default value
BSC6910) value.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 If a handover is Engineering design

(BSC6900, to be
BSC6910) performed,
select the
following
option under
this parameter:
HO_U2L_RE
DIR_BASED_
ABSOLUTE_
FREQ_SWIT
CH.
Best Cell Change Triggered BestCellTrigLTE- Set this Default value/

LTE Measure Switch MeasSwitch parameter to Recommended
(BSC6900, OFF. value
BSC6910)

BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit l To prevent Radio network plan

Switch 2 ch2 (BSC6900, frequent (internal)
BSC6910) entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode,
which may
be caused
by service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirections
or
handovers
triggered by
RB
reconfigurat
ion, deselect
PERFENH
_RB_REC
FG_TRIG_
SERVICE_
U2L_SWIT
CH under
this
parameter.
l To prevent
frequent
entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode,
which may
be caused
by service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirection
triggered by
a PS PCH-
to-DCH
channel
switchover
when a CS
service is
set up, clear

WCDMA RAN
PERFENH
_CS_P2D_
TRIG_SER
VICE_U2L
_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
Penalty Time for Service- U2LServMcTime Set this Radio network plan
based U2L Meas Expiry OutPunishTime parameter to 90 (internal)
(BSC6900, seconds to
BSC6910) prevent
frequent
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
service/load/
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers if no
suitable LTE
cell is found
after LTE
signal quality
measurement is
complete.
MC-HSDPA and LTE CM McHsdpaLteCMP Set this Radio network plan

Coexist Indicator ermissionInd parameter to (internal)
(BSC6900, the default
BSC6910) value.

WCDMA RAN
PS Rate Negotiation Switch PsSwitch You are advised Radio network plan
(BSC6900, to select the (internal)
BSC6910) PS_CMACTI
VE_PROCES
S_OPT_SWIT
CH option
under this
parameter when
any of the
following
conditions is
met:
l HsdpaCMP
ermissionIn
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
is set to
FALSE.
l EHSPACM
PermissionI
nd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
is set to
FALSE.
l McHsdpaLt
eCMPermis
sionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
is set to
FALSE.
After this
parameter is set
to ON, the call
drop rate is
reduced, but
user experience
of PS services
is affected.

WCDMA RAN
Process Control Switch 5 ProcessSwitch5 Select Default value/

(BSC6900, INTERRAT_L Recommended
BSC6910) OAD_REPOR value
T_FROM_LT
E_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
obtain LTE cell
load
information.
SW Consider LTE Load in U2LLTELoadSwit Select Default value/

U2L Interoperation ch (BSC6900, SERVICE_BA Recommended
BSC6910) SE_U2L_LTE value
_LOAD_SWI
TCH under this
parameter so
that LTE cell
load is
considered in
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections.
CN Operator Index for U2LRimCNOpera This parameter Engineering design

Routing in U2L RIM torRTIndex must be set if
(BSC6900, the RNC needs
BSC6910) to obtain LTE
cell load
through the
RIM procedure
and the UMTS
PLMN differs
from the LTE
PLMN.

(BSC6900, RIM_ON_EC Recommended
BSC6910) O_SWITCH value
under this
parameter if
RIM messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinator.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 If the LTE Radio network plan

BSC6910) extended
frequency
bands (26 to
31), select
HO_MC_EXT
_LTE_BAND_
SWITCH
under this
parameter to
support UMTS-
to-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequency
bands.
If the RNC-
level virtual
grid-based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection
function needs
to be enabled,
select
HO_GRID_B
ASED_LTE_S
ERVICE_PS_
OUT_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
RSCP Threshold for Non- U2LNCovRscpTh When the Default value/

coverage-based U2L d (BSC6900, UMTS-to-LTE Recommended
BSC6910) PS redirection value
based on
periodic RSCP
measurement is
enabled or the
virtual grid-
based UMTS-
to-LTE PS
redirection
function is
enabled, this
parameter must
be set. The
default value is
recommended.

WCDMA RAN
RSCP Measure Timer for U2LNCovRscpPr When the Default value/

Non-coverage-based U2L dTimer UMTS-to-LTE Recommended
(BSC6900, PS redirection value
BSC6910) based on
periodic RSCP
measurement is
enabled or the
virtual grid-
based UMTS-
to-LTE PS
redirection
function is
enabled, this
parameter must
be set. The
default value is
recommended.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To turn on the Default value/

(BSC6900, U2L connected Recommended
BSC6910) mode priority value
switch, select
HO_U2L_CO
NN_PRIO_S
WITCH under
this parameter.
Connected Mode E-UTRA NPriorityConnect Set this Radio network plan

Frequency Priority (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
value.

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit Select Radio network plan

Switch 6 ch6 (BSC6900, PERFENH_P (internal)
BSC6910) ERMIT_LTE_
SUB_SERV_U
2L_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
allow service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only
on LTE
subscribers. In
this way, non-
LTE
subscribers are
prevented from
performing
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers.
Frequency Use Policy FreqUsePolicyInd Set this Radio network plan

Indicator (BSC6900, parameter as (internal)
BSC6910) planned. Use
this parameter
to configure the
neighboring
LTE frequency
that can only be
used in
connected
mode.
Virtual Grid Filter and VirtualGridFilter- If the RNC- Radio network plan
Backup Switch BackupSw level virtual (internal)
(BSC6900, grid-based
BSC6910) UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection
function needs
to be enabled,
set this
parameter to
ON.

WCDMA RAN
U2L Virtual Grid U2LGridInfoLow When the Radio network plan

Information Low Threshold Thd (BSC6900, virtual grid- (internal)
BSC6910) based UMTS-
to-LTE PS
redirection
function is
enabled, this
parameter must
be set and the
default value is
recommended.
U2L Virtual Grid U2LGridInfoHigh When the Radio network plan

Information High Threshold Thd (BSC6900, virtual grid- (internal)
BSC6910) based UMTS-
to-LTE PS
redirection
function is
enabled, this
parameter must
be set and the
default value is
recommended.
Probability of U2L for Class ProbaofU2LforCl When the Radio network plan
II Grid assIIGrid virtual grid- (internal)
(BSC6900, based UMTS-
BSC6910) to-LTE PS
redirection
function is
enabled, this
parameter must
be set and the
default value is
recommended.
Optimization Switch2 HoSwitch2 The Radio network plan

(BSC6900, HO_PRIO_LT (internal)
BSC6910) E_SERVICE_
SWITCH
option under
this parameter
is used to
control whether
to preferentially
perform the
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handover or
redirection for
LTE UEs.

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhance PerfEnhanceSwit PERFENH_U Radio network plan

Switch 10 ch10 (BSC6900, L_GRID_USE (internal)
BSC6910) R_INTRA_M
EAS_OPT_S
W controls
whether to
optimize the
intra-frequency
measurement
for constructing
virtual grids for
UMTS-to-LTE
return.
Table 10-11 lists the data to be prepared before activating exchange of RIM messages through
the eCoordinator.

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select Default value/

Switch RIM_SWITCH Recommended value
if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, do not set Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch
(PSServiceHOSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON after this feature is enabled. Otherwise,
the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to the UE first. As a result,
the UE will be redirected or handed over to GSM.
If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description of eRAN feature documentation.
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is
recommended that this feature be enabled together with the function of selecting LTE cells
based on load.
To select LTE cells based on LTE cell load, the RNC needs to obtain LTE cell load
information from the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. The eNodeB is the receiving party
of the first RIM message. Therefore, the related feature on the LTE side must be enabled first.
Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell load information, and the

WCDMA RAN
RIM procedure will be terminated before it is complete. For the related feature on the LTE
side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description
for eRAN.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch (BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON.

l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, the LTE cell needs to be
configured as the neighboring LTE cell of the UMTS cell. The specific operations are as
follows:
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set
to NotSupport(NotSupport).
NOTE
– You can run the MOD ULTECELL command in sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been
configured.
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is not selected, the RNC uses neighboring-LTE-cell-
based redirection. The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover features share the HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
switch.
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell. To
configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to TRUE.
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command instead of the ADD ULTENCELL command in sub-
step 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been configured.
l If non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is required, add frequency priority information
of neighboring LTE cells for the UMTS cells by running the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO.
NOTE
Among the preceding two modes, the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is preferred. When
neighboring cells are not planned or no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-neighboring-
LTE-cell-based redirection is recommended, which can reduce the workload in deploying the
network.
Step 2 (Optional) To turn on the U2L connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML command
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch1. In addition, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to reconfigure the connected mode priorities of LTE
frequencies.

WCDMA RAN
network plan.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, set the RNC-level
parameters related to measurements for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections. These
parameters are listed in Table 10-10. The RNC sends the parameter settings to the UE through
a measurement control message.
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set cell-
level parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-10.
NOTE
If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
blind redirections.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable service-based
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 8 For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection by running the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected under the Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch parameter. For UMTS cells in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do
not enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER
selected and other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based U2L HO/
Redir parameter.
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER selected and
other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based U2L HO/Redir
parameter.
Step 11 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM with PS CM User No. Thld
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to 20.
Step 12 (Optional) To enable the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
To implement neighboring-cell-based redirection, ensure that the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-

based redirection is turned off. The reason is as follows: When
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, neighboring-cell-based U2L
redirection does not take effect even if neighboring LTE cells are configured.
If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function is required, select
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (switch for cross-Iur U2L redirection) under HandOver Switch1
in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 13 (Optional) It is recommended that the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection function be enabled
when LTE and UMTS cells provide overlapped coverage.
l If none of the terminals in the cell supports the measurement, run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLHOCOMM with U2L Blind Redirect Switch set to ON to
turn on the blind redirection switch.
l If some terminals in the cell support the measurement, after turning on the blind
redirection switch, you also need to run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
selected under Service-based U2L Algorithm Switch so that the blind redirection
function is implemented preferentially.
l (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not
require a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a service-based
redirection, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm Switch
with U2L Blind Redir Anti-Pingpong Timer set to an appropriate value to so that a penalty
timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS network again within 30 seconds
after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind redirections.
Step 15 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure
Switch set to OFF.
Step 16 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV and set the U2L Penalty Timer
parameter to 20 and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs from initiating
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately after finishing LTE-to-
UMTS redirections or handovers.
Step 17 (Optional) Set the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with U2L Penalty
Timer set to 20.
Step 18 (Optional) Deselect PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the

Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC command SET
UCORRMPARA to prevent continual entering and exiting of the compressed mode during
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to frequent RB reconfiguration.
Step 19 (Optional) Set the Penalty Time for Service-based U2L Meas Expiry parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to 90 seconds to prevent continual entering and
exiting of the compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality
measurement is complete.

WCDMA RAN
Step 20 (Optional) Set the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement expiry.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with Penalty Time for
Service-based U2L Meas Expiry set to 90.
Step 21 Clear PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance

Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command to prevent ping-
pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers that occur in PS-specific P2D state transitions
triggered by CS services.
Step 22 Run the MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the

PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box selected under
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers of
UEs when the UEs are performing CS paging procedures.

PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box selected under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter.
Step 25 (Optional) To enable the load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged through the CN and the UMTS and LTE
cells belong to different PLMNs, run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR
to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a CN route for the UMTS-to-
LTE RIM procedure according to the query result. Then run the RNC MML command
MOD ULTECELL, with CN Operator Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the
queried index of the local operator.
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch 5 parameter.
3. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator:
– Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by eCoordinator Switch) under the
Process Control Switch 5 parameter.
– Run the MML command SET ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In this
step, select RIM_SWITCH(RIM Switch) under the Process Control Switch
parameter.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM. In this step, select
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter.
Step 26 (Optional) If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter selected.
----End

WCDMA RAN
Step 1 (Optional) In LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenarios, you can enable periodic RSCP
measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover by performing the following
operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH selected under Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Threshold
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to -90.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Measure Timer
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to D20000.
4. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not
require periodic RSCP measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers, run
the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm Switch cleared
for the corresponding operator.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only for LTE subscribers.
NOTE
and overflow RNC.
Step 6 (Optional) To enable the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function, the
following configurations are also required:
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UVIRTUALGRID and set Virtual Grid Filter and
Backup Switch to ON.
2. Enable the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function by running the cell-
or RNC-level command as follows:
– Cell level
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected under
Service-based U2L Algorithm Switch.
– RNC level

WCDMA RAN

HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected under the
HandOver Switch2 parameter.
3. Run the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV
command and configure the high threshold and low threshold for successful UMTS-to-
LTE handovers and redirections based on virtual grids by specifying U2L Virtual Grid
Information High Threshold and U2L Virtual Grid Information Low Threshold.
The default values 99% and 1% are recommended.
4. Run the RNC-level SET UVIRTUALGRID command and configure the probability for
attempts in Class II grids by specifying Probability of U2L for Class II Grid. The
default value 5% is recommended.
5. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select or
deselect ERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW to configure whether
to optimize the intra-frequency measurement for constructing virtual grids for UMTS-to-
LTE return.
Step 7 (Optional) To preferentially perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover

for an LTE UE that needs to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover
on the UMTS side and meanwhile has already met the conditions for a service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirection or handover, run the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH, with HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH selected under
the HandOver Switch2 parameter.
----End

SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Setting the information about priorities of LTE frequencies
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and switch for
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN
//Setting the triggering causes

SET
UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServTrigSource=U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRI
GGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGG
ER-0&U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER-0;
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in compressed
mode simultaneously
ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM: CellId=1, U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd=20;
//Turning on the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch
//(Optional) Turning on the blind redirection switch
//(Optional) Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network
are prevented
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by
the changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;U2LPunishTimer=20;
//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13

SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the anti-pingpong function of the compressed mode and setting the
penalty time to 90s
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by a PCH-

to-DCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
SET UCMCF: McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM messages are
exchanged through the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1,U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH-1;
exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LLTELoadSwitch=SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the RIM procedure on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are exchanged
through the eCoordinator
SET ECOMMONCTRL: ProcessSwitch=RIM_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) When the extended LTE frequency bands (26 to 31) are supported
//(Optional) Setting parameters for the algorithm of service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers based on RSCP measurement
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-0;
//(Optional) Enabling a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Disabling the preferential service-based U2L blind redirection

WCDMA RAN
function for an operator in the operator group of a UMTS cell enabled with MOCN
when the operator does not require the function
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-0;
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform
service-based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE
subscription information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH-1;
CLR ULTESUBSCRIBER: ClrType=SPEC_IMSI,LTESubIMSI="460071104001000";
// (Optional) Manually adding LTE subscriber information
//(Optional) Enabling the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of preferentially performing a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2= HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH -1;

Method 1:
NOTE
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a
batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification.
Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1. Configure a single object on the CME.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for a

cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm takes effect.
After Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure Switch is set to ON, the value of this
counter increases. It indicates that the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm triggered by the changed best cell takes effect.
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind redirections
for a cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind
redirection algorithm takes effect.
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function can be observed by the

following means:
l Run the EXP UVIRTUALGRIDINFO command to export virtual grid data. If the
exported .xls files have at least one row of grid data, and the value of U2L Attempt
Number (Current) or U2L Attempt Number (History) is not 0, this function takes
effect.
l Observe the number of virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE blind PS redirections by
checking the value of VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.GridBlind (BSC6900,
BSC6910). If the value of this counter is not 0, this function takes effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-level
switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to turn off the cell-level
switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the Service-based U2L Algorithm
Switch parameter.
----End

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for Service-Based PS Service Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=2, U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE


WCDMA RAN

Cell-level counters related to the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
These two counters specify whether the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to
LTE feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in
section Activation Observation.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, RNC-level counters related to the load-
based LTE cell selection function are as follows.
Counter Name Object Function Counter Description
Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Requests from

eq (BSC6900, BSC6910) the RNC to the eNodeB (Load
Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Responses

esp (BSC6900, BSC6910) from the eNodeB to the RNC
(Load Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.U RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Update

pdate (BSC6900, Messages from the eNodeB to
BSC6910) the RNC (Load Information)
for Cell
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, RNC-level counters related to
the load-based LTE cell selection function are as follows.

Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Requests from

eq (BSC6900, BSC6910) the RNC to the eNodeB (Load
Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Responses

esp (BSC6900, BSC6910) from the eNodeB to the RNC
(Load Information) for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.U RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Update

pdate (BSC6900, Messages from the eNodeB to
BSC6910) the RNC (Load Information)
for Cell
These counters specify the number of requests sent by the RNC to obtain LTE load
information through RIM procedures, the number of successful procedures for obtaining load
information, and the number of LTE cell load updates.
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function is mainly used in the LTE weak
coverage areas, where many ineffective compressed-mode measurements may occur, and
therefore its gains can be evaluated using the following counters:
l In the scenario where UEs preferentially camp on LTE cells, the UMTS-to-LTE fallbacks
are mostly caused by the poor LTE coverage. Therefore, the measurement-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections are recommended. In this scenario, the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection function will reduce the number of LTE measurements.
The percentage of LTE measurements to UMTS-to-LTE redirections decreases.
Percentage of LTE measurements to UMTS-to-LTE redirections =
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num/(VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE +
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load +
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS)
l Many ineffective measurements may occur due to poor LTE coverage. The virtual grid-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function will reduce the number of LTE
measurements.
The percentage of LTE measurement expiry times to UMTS-to-LTE redirections
decreases. Percentage of LTE measurement expiry times to UMTS-to-LTE redirections =
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num/(VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE +
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load +
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS)
NOTE
This function uses the self-learning mode and is not converged within three days after being enabled.
Therefore, it is recommended that data recorded in at least three days be excluded for benefit evaluation
using the preceding counters.

If the number of ping-pong redirections or handovers (VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service
(BSC6900, BSC6910) and VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910)
on the UMTS side) increases after service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is enabled,
you can select PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to enable the RNC to carry congested
cell blacklist in the RRC connection release messages so that UEs will not be redirected to
congested LTE cells.
After the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function is enabled, if it is found
that there are only a small number of Class I and Class II grids, which causes a failure to

WCDMA RAN
reach the expected feature gains, the following command can be used to modify related
parameters. This method improves system performance and the Internet access experience of
most UEs at the expense of experience of some UEs.
//Adjusting the upper and lower thresholds for cell-level U2L virtual grid
information
N/A
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
For details about when to use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, see section
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l Information about UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs
l Information about whether PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks
10.6.3 Planning
None
10.6.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
Description.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-12 BSC6900 and BSC6910

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-14 Service- LQW1SB Service- BSC6900 Method 2 per

0218 Based PS PSHO01R Based PS and Mb
Handover ES Service BSC6910 ps
from Handover
UMTS to from
LTE UMTS to
LTE (per
Mbps)
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
l Other NEs as well as network equipment and transmission devices from other vendors
– The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM messages are
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted. When RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed and the
– The SGSN must be able to send information about whether a UE has subscribed to
LTE services in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC. If the
SGSN does not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE services
will be handed over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.
l Other Features
l Hardware
None

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
Table 10-13 lists the data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-13 Data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE
LTE Cell Supporting PS HO SuppPSHOFlag Set this Radio network plan

Indicator (BSC6900, parameter to (internal)
BSC6910) Support.
Report Type of LTE LTEMeasTypOf3 Set this Radio network plan

Measurement C (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
BSC6910) default value.
Layer 3 Filter Coefficient U2LTEFilterCoef Set this Radio network plan

for LTE Measurement (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
LTE Measurement Timer U2LTEMeasTime Set this Radio network plan

Length (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
Measurement Quantity for LTEMeasQuanO Set this Radio network plan

Event 3C Measurement of f3C (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
LTE BSC6910) default value.
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C In a high-speed Radio network plan

(BSC6900, cell, set this (internal)
BSC6910) parameter to 1.5
dB. In a low-
speed cell, set
this parameter
to 3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger Event 3C TrigTime3C Set this Radio network plan

(BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
RSRP Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRS Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE RP (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
RSRQ Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRS Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE RQ (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
U2L Punish Switch U2LPunishSwitc Set this Default value/

h (BSC6900, parameter to Recommended
BSC6910) ON. value

WCDMA RAN
U2L Penalty Timer U2LPunishTimer Set this Default value/

(BSC6900, parameter to 20. Recommended
BSC6910) value
Service-Based Handover to EUTRANSHIND To allow Radio network plan

LTE Allowed (BSC6900, handover of (internal)
BSC6910) certain PS
services to LTE,
set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUT
RAN_SHOUL
D_BE_PERFO
RM.

(BSC6900, HO_LTE_PS_ Recommended
BSC6910) OUT_SWITC value
H and
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITC
H under this
parameter
before you
activate the
feature.

WCDMA RAN
Service-based U2L U2LServAlgoSwit For cells with Default value/

Algorithm Switch ch (BSC6900, LTE coverage, Recommended
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITC
H.
For LTE and
UMTS co-
coverage
scenarios, select
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_NEED_
RSCP_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
For scenarios
with continuous
LTE coverage,
you are advised
to select
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_BLIND_
FIRST_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
U2L Algorithm Switch U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell Radio network plan

(BSC6900, enabled with the (internal)
BSC6910) MOCN feature,
if an operator
does not require
periodic RSCP
measurement-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers,
deselect
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_NEED_
RSCP_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
Trigger Source for Service- U2LServTrigSour Set this Default value/

based U2L HO/Redir ce (BSC6900, parameter to the Recommended
BSC6910) default value. value

WCDMA RAN
Thld for Non-coverage- U2LNCovPSCm The value 20 is Default value/

based U2L UserNumThd recommended. Recommended
(BSC6900, value
BSC6910)
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit To activate this Default value/

Switch 5 ch5 (BSC6900, feature, Recommended
PERFENH_U2
L_SERV_NOT
_TRIG_WHE
N_CSPAGING
under this
parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 If a handover is Engineering design

(BSC6900, to be performed,
BSC6910) deselect the
following
option under
this parameter:
HO_U2L_RED
IR_BASED_A
BSOLUTE_FR
EQ_SWITCH.

BSC6910)

BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit l To prevent Radio network plan

Switch 2 ch2 (BSC6900, frequent (internal)
BSC6910) entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode, which
may be
caused by
service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirections
or handovers
triggered by
RB
reconfigurati
on, deselect
PERFENH_
RB_RECF
G_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U
2L_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
l To prevent
frequent
entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode, which
may be
caused by
service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirection
or handover
triggered by
a PS PCH-
to-DCH
channel
switch when
a CS service
is set up, you
are advised
to deselect

WCDMA RAN
PERFENH_
CS_P2D_T
RIG_SERV
ICE_U2L_S
WITCH
under this
parameter.
Penalty Time for Service- U2lServMcTime Set this Radio network plan
based U2L Meas Expiry OutPunishTime parameter to 90 (internal)
(BSC6900, seconds to
BSC6910) prevent
continual
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
service/load/
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers if no
suitable LTE
cell is found
after LTE signal
quality
measurement is
complete.
MC-HSDPA and LTE CM McHsdpaLteCM Set this Radio network plan

Coexist Indicator PermissionInd parameter to the (internal)
(BSC6900, default value.
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
PS Rate Negotiation Switch PsSwitch You are advised Radio network plan
(BSC6900, to select the (internal)
BSC6910) PS_CMACTIV
E_PROCESS_
OPT_SWITCH
check box under
this parameter
when
EHSPACMPer
missionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPerm
issionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteC
MPermissionIn
d (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set
to FALSE.
After this switch
is turned on, the
call drop rate is
reduced, but
user experience
of PS services
deteriorates.

(BSC6900, INTERRAT_L Recommended
BSC6910) OAD_REPOR value
T_FROM_LTE
_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
obtain LTE cell
load
information.
SW Consider LTE Load in U2LLTELoadSwi If LTE load is Default value/

U2L Interoperation tch (BSC6900, considered Recommended
BSC6910) during a UMTS- value
to-LTE
redirection or
handover, select
SERVICE_BA
SE_U2L_LTE_
LOAD_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
CN Operator Index for U2LRimCNOper This parameter Engineering design

Routing in U2L RIM atorRTIndex must be set if
(BSC6900, the RNC needs
BSC6910) to obtain LTE
cell load
through the
RIM procedure
and the UMTS
PLMN differs
from the LTE
PLMN.

(BSC6900, RIM_ON_EC Recommended
BSC6910) O_SWITCH value
under this
parameter if
RIM messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinator.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 If the LTE Radio network plan

BSC6910) extended
frequency bands
(26 to 31),
select
HO_MC_EXT
_LTE_BAND_
SWITCH under
this parameter
to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequency
bands.
RSCP Threshold for Non- U2LNCovRscpTh The value -90 is Default value/
coverage-based U2L d (BSC6900, recommended. Recommended
BSC6910) value
RSCP Measure Timer for U2LNCovRscpPr The value Default value/

Non-coverage-based U2L dTimer D20000 is Recommended
(BSC6900, recommended. value
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To turn on the Default value/

(BSC6900, U2L connected Recommended
BSC6910) mode priority value
switch, select Default value/
HO_U2L_CON Recommended
N_PRIO_SWI value
TCH under this
parameter. To
turn on the U2L
connected mode
priority switch,
select
HO_U2L_CON
N_PRIO_SWI
TCH under this
parameter.
Connected Mode E-UTRA NPriorityConnect Set this Radio network plan

Frequency Priority (BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 Select Radio network plan

(BSC6900, HO_IUR_U2L (internal)
BSC6910) _HO_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
enable the
function of
cross-Iur
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLM
N_FILTER_S
WITCH under
this parameter
to enable the
SRNC to filter
the LTE
frequencies or
neighboring
cells under the
DRNC based on
the PLMN
information
during a cross-
Iur UMTS-to-
LTE redirection
or handover.

WCDMA RAN
Iur LTE Cell Information IurLTECellInfoS To enable the Radio network plan
Switch witch (BSC6900, function of (internal)
BSC6910) cross-Iur
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers, set
this parameter
to ON.
Optimization Switch 5 OptimizationSwit Select Radio network plan

ch5 (BSC6900, U2L_RELOC_ (internal)
BSC6910) MSG_TAKE_
ERAB_SWITC
H under this
parameter to
enable the
function of data
forwarding
during UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers.
To reduce the
PS service user-
plane
interruption
time during
UMTS to LTE
handovers,
select
PS_U2L_USE
R_PLANE_DE
LAY_OPT_SW
ITCH under
this parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Reserved Switch 11 RsvSwitch11 Select Radio network plan

(BSC6900, RESERVED_S (internal)
BSC6910) WITCH_11_BI
T27 under this
parameter to
allow service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only
for LTE
subscribers. In
this way, non-
LTE subscribers
are prevented
from
performing
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers.
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit Select Radio network plan

Switch 6 ch6 (BSC6900, PERFENH_PE (internal)
BSC6910) RMIT_LTE_S
UB_SERV_U2
L_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
allow service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only
on LTE
subscribers. In
this way, non-
LTE subscribers
are prevented
from
performing
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers.

WCDMA RAN
Thd for No-Cov U2L HO U2LPhyChFailN To enable the Default value/

Fail by Phy CH Fail um (BSC6900, function of Recommended
BSC6910) preventing value
frequent retries
after a UMTS-
to-LTE PS
handover
failure, set this
parameter to a
non-zero value.
Inter-RAT HO Physical PenaltyTimeForP This parameter Default value/

Channel Failure Penalty hyChFail specifies the Recommended
Timer (BSC6900, length of a value
BSC6910) penalty timer
for inter-RAT
handover
failures due to
physical
channel failures.
The default
setting is
recommended.
Frequency Use Policy FreqUsePolicyIn Set this Radio network plan

Indicator d (BSC6900, parameter as (internal)
BSC6910) planned. Use
this parameter
to configure the
neighboring
LTE frequency
that can only be
used in
connected
mode.
the eCoordinator.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-14 Parameter to be set on the eCoordinator


if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, do not set Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch
(PSServiceHOSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON after this feature is enabled. Otherwise,
the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to the UE first. As a result,
the UE will be redirected or handed over to GSM.
Description of eRAN feature documentation.
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is
recommended that this feature be enabled together with the function of selecting LTE cells
based on load.
for eRAN.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch (BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML ADD ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting
PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has been
configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-
to-LTE handovers will fail.

WCDMA RAN
frequencies.
network plan.
parameters related to measurements for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
level parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-13.
NOTE
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC with Service-Based Handover to
LTE Allowed set to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to
LTE PS handover.

HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch selected to enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
Step 9 Turn on the blind redirection switch. For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution and
4.3.4.5.2 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection.
Step 10 For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection by running the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH selected under the Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch parameter. For UMTS cells in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do
not enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER
selected and other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based U2L HO/
Redir parameter.
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER selected
under the Trigger Source for Service-based U2L HO/Redir parameter to set the trigger
cause of service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection.
Step 13 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM with PS CM User No. Thld
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to 20.

WCDMA RAN
Step 14 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection. In this step, clear
parameter.
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure
Switch set to OFF.
Step 16 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV and set the U2L Penalty Timer
parameter to 20 and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs from initiating
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately after finishing LTE-to-
UMTS redirections or handovers.
Step 17 (Optional) Set the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with U2L Penalty
Timer set to 20.
Step 18 (Optional) Deselect PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA to prevent continual entering and exiting of the compressed mode during
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to frequent RB reconfiguration.
Step 19 (Optional) Set the Penalty Time for Service-based U2L Meas Expiry parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to 90 seconds to prevent continual entering and
exiting of the compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality
measurement is complete.
Step 20 (Optional) Set the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement expiry.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with Penalty Time for
Service-based U2L Meas Expiry set to 90.
Step 21 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to enable the function of
preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In this step, set Thd
for No-Cov U2L HO Fail by Phy CH Fail and Inter-RAT HO Physical Channel Failure
Penalty Timer to appropriate values.
Step 22 Deselect PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA to
prevent ping-pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers that occur in PS-specific P2D
state transitions triggered by CS service setup.
Step 23 Run the MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers of
UEs when the UEs are performing CS paging procedures.

WCDMA RAN
operations:
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged through the CN and the UMTS and LTE
Switch 5 parameter.
parameter.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM. In this step, select
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter.
----End
Step 1 (Optional) In LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenarios, you can enable periodic RSCP
measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover by performing the following
operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH selected under Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Threshold
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to -90.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Measure Timer
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to D20000.
4. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not
require periodic RSCP measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers, run
the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm Switch for the
corresponding operator deselected.

WCDMA RAN

to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the E-RAB IE.
switch.
3. When the forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled on the CN, the following
operations must also be performed:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between the RNC
and the LTE S-GW.
b. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
NOTE
When the forcible indirect data forwarding function is not enabled on the CN, only the routes and
UP data channels between the eNodeB and the RNC need to be configured on the RNC.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE
NOTE
and overflow RNC.
----End

SuppPSHOFlag=Support;

WCDMA RAN

//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and configuring the
connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-
to-LTE handovers
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based handover
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the triggering causes
SET
UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServTrigSource=U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRI
GGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGG
ER-0&U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER-0;
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in compressed
mode simultaneously
ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM: CellId=1, U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd=20;
//Disabling non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by
the changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=2, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Setting the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;U2LPunishTimer=20;
//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13

SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
handover failure
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
//Enabling the anti-pingpong function of the compressed mode and setting the
penalty time to 90s
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//(Optional) Setting the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-
to-LTE measurement expiry
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by a PCH-

to-DCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LLTELoadSwitch=SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
frequency bands (26 to 31) when the LTE system supports these extended frequency
bands
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-0;
//Setting parameters for the algorithm of service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers based on RSCP measurement
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;

//When the forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled on the CN, the
following operations must also be performed:
ADD
//Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction switch
//Setting the following parameters on the destination RNC side (it is recommended
that the address be specified based on the actual plan)
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform service-
based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN

Method 1:
NOTE


Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECELL RNC LTE Cell LTECellInd Yes

NOTE Index ex
This MO is (BSC6900,
required if BSC6910)
neighboring
-LTE-cell- LTE Cell LTECellNa
based Name me
redirection
(BSC6900,
or blind
redirection BSC6910)
is allowed.
LTE Cell EUTRANC
Identity ELLID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile MCC
Country (BSC6900,
Code BSC6910)
Mobile MNC
Network (BSC6900,
Code BSC6910)
Tracking TAC
Area Code (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Operator CnOpGrpIn
Group Index dex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE CellPHYID
Physical (BSC6900,
Cell Identity BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEBand

Frequency (BSC6900,
Band BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn

Downlink (BSC6900,
Frequency BSC6910)
LTE Cell SuppPSHO

Supporting Flag
PS HO (BSC6900,
Indicator BSC6910)
ULTENCEL RNC RNC ID RNCId No

L (BSC6900,
NOTE BSC6910)
This MO is
required if Cell ID CellId
neighboring (BSC6900,
-LTE-cell- BSC6910)
based
redirection LTE Cell LTECellInd
or blind Index ex
redirection
(BSC6900,
is allowed.
BSC6910)
Blind HO BlindFlag
Neighboring (BSC6900,
Cell Flag BSC6910)
UCELLNFR RNC Absolute NPriority No

EQPRIOIN Priority (BSC6900,
FO Level of the BSC6910)
E-UTRA
Frequency

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
NOTE E-UTRA EARFCN
This MO is Absolute (BSC6900,
required if
non-
Radio BSC6910)
neighboring Frequency
-LTE-cell- Channel
based Number
redirection
or blind
redirection
is allowed.
2 UU2LTEHO RNC Report Type LTEMeasTy Yes

NCOV of LTE pOf3C
Measuremen (BSC6900,
t BSC6910)
Layer 3 U2LTEFilte
Filter rCoef
Coefficient (BSC6900,
for LTE BSC6910)
Measuremen
t
LTE U2LTEMea
Measuremen sTime
t Timer (BSC6900,
Length BSC6910)
Measuremen LTEMeasQ
t Quantity uanOf3C
for Event 3C (BSC6900,
Measuremen BSC6910)
t of LTE
3C Hystfor3C
Hysteresis (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Time to TrigTime3C
Trigger (BSC6900,
Event 3C BSC6910)
RSRP TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRP
During PS (BSC6900,
LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
RSRQ TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRQ
During PS (BSC6900,
LTE
U2L Punish U2LPunish

Switch Switch
Set this (BSC6900,
parameter to BSC6910)
ON.
U2L Penalty U2LPunish

Timer Timer
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 UU2LTEHO RNC Thd for No- U2LPhyCh Yes

NCOV Cov U2L FailNum
HO Fail by (BSC6900,
Phy CH Fail BSC6910)
Inter-RAT PenaltyTime
HO Physical ForPhyChF
Channel ail
Failure (BSC6900,
Penalty BSC6910)
Timer
3 (Optional) UCELLU2L RNC Parameters to be configured Yes

TEHONCO are the same as those in the
V UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
NOTE
This MO is
required if
the
measuremen
t-related
parameters
need to be
configured
for a
specific cell.
4 UTYPRAB RNC Service- EUTRANS No

BASIC Based HIND
Handover to (BSC6900,
LTE BSC6910)
Allowed

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H BSC6910)
6 (Optional) UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch1 Yes

H BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
non-
neighboring
-LTE-cell-
based
redirection
or blind
redirection
is allowed.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
7 (Optional) UU2LTEHO RNC Best Cell BestCellTrig Yes

NCOV/ Change LTEMeasS
UCELLU2L Triggered witch
TEHONCO LTE (BSC6900,
V Measure BSC6910)
NOTE Switch
This MO is
required if
the Service-
Based PS
Handover
from UMTS
to LTE
feature is
triggered by
the changed
best cell.
To allow
this feature
to be
triggered
only when a
specific best
cell is
changed,
configure
the
UCELLU2
LTEHONC
OV MO. To
allow this
feature to be
triggered
when any
best cell
under an
RNC is
changed,
configure
the
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
MO.
8 (Optional) UCORRMP RNC Performance PerfEnhanc Yes

t Switch 2

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
9 (Optional) UU2LTEHO RNC Penalty U2lServMc Yes

NCOV Time for TimeOutPu
Service- nishTime
based U2L (BSC6900,
Meas Expiry BSC6910)

t Switch 2
11 UCORRMA RNC PS Rate PsSwitch Yes

LGOSWITC Negotiation (BSC6900,
H Switch BSC6910)
(PS_CMAC
TIVE_PRO
CESS_OPT
_SWITCH
selected
under this
parameter)
12 UCMCF RNC MC-HSDPA McHsdpaLt Yes

and LTE CM eCMPermis
Coexist sionInd
Indicator
13 URRCTRLS RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

(Optional) WITCH Control ch5
NOTE Switch 5 (BSC6900,
This MO is BSC6910)
required if
the RNC
needs to
obtain LTE
cell load
through the
RIM
procedure.
14 (optional) UCELLHO RNC SW U2LLTELo Yes

COMM Consider adSwitch
NOTE LTE Load in (BSC6900,
This MO is U2L BSC6910)
required if Interoperatio
LTE cells n
are selected
based on
LTE cell
load.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
15 URRCTRLS RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

(Optional) WITCH Control ch5
NOTE Switch 5 (BSC6900,
Description BSC6910)
This MO is
required if
RIM
messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinato
r.
16 ECOMMO eCoordinator Process PROCESSS No

NCTRL Control WITCH
Switch

H BSC6910)
18 UNRNC RNC Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellI Yes

Information nfoSwitch
Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
19 UCELLOPE RNC U2L U2LAlgoSw Yes

RALGOSW Algorithm itch
ITCH Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
20 UCELLNFR RNC Frequency FreqUsePoli Yes

(Optional) EQPRIOIN Use Policy cyInd
FO Indicator (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Method 2:
This feature can be activated in batches on the CME. For detailed operations, see the
following section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME >
CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and
Maintenance.
After enabling this feature, observe the value of the
VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Service counter. This counter provides the number of

WCDMA RAN
attempts for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell. If the counter value is not
0, the feature has taken effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE handover. In this step, deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to turn off the cell-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE handover. In this step, deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the Service-based U2L Algorithm
Switch parameter.
----End

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE


The following cell-level counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Service-Based

.Service (BSC6900, LL UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover
BSC6910) Attempts for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful Service-

S.Service (BSC6900, LL Based UMTS-to-LTE PS
BSC6910) Handovers for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Preparation

PrepOutPS.Service LL Attempts for PS Outgoing U2L
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Service-Based Handovers for
Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelo CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful

cPrepOutPS.Service LL Preparations for PS Outgoing
(BSC6900, BSC6910) U2L Service-Based Handovers
for Cell
The following performance counters are the same as those for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover, which are described in 10.4.5 Performance Monitoring:
l Performance counters related to cell-level handover failures
l Performance counters related to neighboring cells of coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers
l Performance counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures
The following performance counters are the same as those for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection, which are described in 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring:
l Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the CN
using the eCoordinator
Success rate of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers =
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910). When this success rate is lower
than expected, related parameters need to be optimized.

Analyze the causes of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failures and modify parameter values
accordingly.
l If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.CfgUnSupp (BSC6900, BSC6910),
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.PhyChFail (BSC6900, BSC6910), and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp (BSC6900, BSC6910) have large
values, there is a possibility that some types of UEs do not support UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers.
l When this happens, modify the parameter settings to enable more UEs to perform
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections in this cell. If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.NoReply
(BSC6900, BSC6910) has a large value, raise the value of TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) or TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900, BSC6910).
l If VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResAvail (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) have large
values, the LTE network traffic load is high. When this happens, enable the cell load-
based LTE cell selection function to avoid unnecessary handover preparations, which

WCDMA RAN
helps ensure a high success rate for UMTS-to-LTE PS handover preparations. Or you
can take measures to lower the LTE network traffic load so that a high UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover preparation success rate is ensured.
N/A
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to

LTE
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when: The
network serves UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs. UMTS cells are heavily loaded.
It is recommended that this feature be used together with the LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection feature, which helps select lightly loaded LTE cells during redirections
or handovers.
NOTE
If the LDR switch (UL_UU_LDR/DL_UU_LDR) is turned on, a UMTS cell is regarded as heavily
loaded when the UMTS cell load still exceeds the LDR triggering threshold (UlLdrTrigThd (BSC6900,
BSC6910)/DlLdrTrigThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)) after LDR actions such as BE service rate reduction
and inter-frequency load-based handovers are performed.

Before activating Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
l Proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to the total UEs
NOTE
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the Load
Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature. The feature provides significant gains in inter-RAT
load balancing when the proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to
quantify a proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs for deploying the feature, which depends on the
specific network conditions and the operator's policy.
10.7.3 Planning
None

WCDMA RAN
10.7.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other features
l Hardware
None
l License

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Load LQW1LP Load BSC6900 Method 2 per

0216 Based PS RULRES based PS and Mb
Redirectio Redirectio BSC6910 ps
n from n from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
l Other NEs as well as network equipment and transmission devices from other vendors
– The CN supports 3GPP Release 8.
– To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, when RIM messages are
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted; when RIM messages are
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.
Data Preparation
Table 10-17 lists the data to be prepared before activating Load-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE.

WCDMA RAN

Name
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Supporting PS HO (BSC6900, BSC6910) NotSupport. (internal)
Indicator
Blind HO BlindFlag (BSC6900, Neighboring-cell- Default value/

Neighboring Cell BSC6910) based blind Recommended value
Flag redirection takes
effect only when this
parameter is set to
TRUE.
E-UTRA Absolute EARFCN (BSC6900, The default value is Radio network plan
Radio Frequency BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Channel Number
Absolute Priority NPriority (BSC6900, The default value is Radio network plan
Level of the E- BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
UTRA Frequency
Report Type of LTEMeasTypOf3C The default value is Radio network plan

LTE Measurement (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoef The default value is Radio network plan

Coefficient for (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
LTE Measurement
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime The default value is Radio network plan

Timer Length (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Measurement LTEMeasQuanOf3C The default value is Radio network plan

Quantity for Event (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
3C Measurement
of LTE
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C (BSC6900, In a high-speed cell, Radio network plan

BSC6910) set this parameter to (internal)
1.5 dB. In a low-
speed cell, set this
parameter to 3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger TrigTime3C The default value is Radio network plan

Event 3C (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRSRP The default value is Radio network plan

During PS (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Handover to LTE
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRSRQ The default value is Radio network plan

During PS (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Handover to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name
Service-Based EUTRANSHIND To allow handover Radio network plan

Handover to LTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) of certain PS (internal)
Allowed services to LTE, set
this parameter to
HO_TO_EUTRAN
_SHOULD_BE_PE
RFORM.
HandOver Switch HoSwitch (BSC6900, Select Default value/

BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_OUT Recommended value
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
UL LDR-BE rate UlLdrBERateReduc- The default value is Radio network plan

reduction RAB tionRabNum recommended. (internal)
number (BSC6900, BSC6910)
UL LDR un-ctrl UlLdrPsRTQosRene- The default value is Radio network plan

RT Qos re-nego gRabNum (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
RAB num BSC6910)
UL CS should be UlCSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

HO user number BeHOUeNum recommended. (internal)
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
UL PS should be UlPSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
UL LDR-AMR UlLdrAMRRateReduc The default value is Radio network plan

rate reduction tionRabNum recommended. (internal)
RAB number (BSC6900, BSC6910)
UL CS should not UlCSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

be HO user NotHOUeNum recommended. (internal)
UL PS should not UlPSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

UL Inter-freq cell UlInterFreqHoCell- The default value is Radio network plan

load handover LoadSpaceThd recommended. (internal)
load space (BSC6900, BSC6910)
threshold
DL Inter-freq cell DlInterFreqHoCell- The default value is Radio network plan

load handover LoadSpaceThd recommended. (internal)
load space (BSC6900, BSC6910)
threshold

WCDMA RAN

Name
UL Inter-freq cell UlInterFreqHoBWTh The default value is Radio network plan

load handover d (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
maximum BSC6910)
bandwidth
DL Inter-freq cell DlInterFreqHoBWTh The default value is Radio network plan

load handover d (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
maximum BSC6910)
bandwidth
MBMS descend MbmsDecPowerRabT The default value is Radio network plan

power rab hd (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
threshold BSC6910)
Cell LDR SF CellLdrSfResThd The default value is Radio network plan

reserved threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
LDR code priority LdrCodePriUseInd The default value is Radio network plan
indicator (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Max user number MaxUserNumCodeAd The default value is Radio network plan
of code adjust j (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
BSC6910)
Ul LDR credit SF UlLdrCreditSfResThd The default value is Radio network plan

Dl LDR credit SF DlLdrCreditSfResThd The default value is Radio network plan

InterFreq HO code LdrCodeUsedSpaceTh The default value is Radio network plan

used ratio space d (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
threshold BSC6910)
Code congestion CodeCongSelInter- The default value is Radio network plan

select inter-freq FreqHoInd recommended. (internal)
indication (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Gold user load GoldUserLoadCon- The default value is Radio network plan
control switch trolSwitch (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
BSC6910)
Forbidden Traffic InterFreqLdHoForbi- The default value is Radio network plan

Class for inter- denTC (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
freq HO BSC6910)
Ul TTI HO Credit UlTtiCreditSfResThd The default value is Radio network plan

SF reserved (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
threshold
InterFreq Load InterFreqLDHOMe- The default value is Radio network plan

Handover Method thodSelection recommended. (internal)
Selection (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name
Code Congest CodeCongHoEnhan- The default value is Default value/

Neighbor Select ceInd (BSC6900, recommended. Recommended value
Enhance Switch BSC6910)
DL LDR-BE rate DlLdrBERateReduc- The default value is Radio network plan

reduction RAB tionRabNum recommended. (internal)
DL LDR un-ctrl DlLdrPsRTQosRene- The default value is Radio network plan

RT Qos re-nego gRabNum (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
RAB num BSC6910)
DL CS should be DlCSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
DL PS should be DlPSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
DL LDR-AMR DlLdrAMRRateReduc The default value is Radio network plan

rate reduction tionRabNum recommended. (internal)
RAB number (BSC6900, BSC6910)
DL CS should not DlCSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

DL PS should not DlPSInterRatShould- The default value is Radio network plan

DL LDR first DlLdrFirstAction When the Load Radio network plan

action (BSC6900, BSC6910) Based PS (internal)
Redirection from
DL LDR second DlLdrSecondAction UMTS to LTE Radio network plan
action (BSC6900, BSC6910) feature is enabled, (internal)
DL LDR third DlLdrThirdAction LDR actions must Radio network plan

action (BSC6900, BSC6910) be configured (internal)
according to
DL LDR forth DlLdrFourthAction 4.3.5.4.1 Radio network plan
action (BSC6900, BSC6910) Suggestions for (internal)
LDR Action
DL LDR fifth DlLdrFifthAction Configurations. Radio network plan
action (BSC6900, BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR sixth DlLdrSixthAction Radio network plan

DL LDR seventh DlLdrSeventhAction Radio network plan


WCDMA RAN

Name
DL LDR eighth DlLdrEighthAction Radio network plan

DL LDR ninth DlLdrNinthAction Radio network plan

DL LDR tenth DlLdrTenthAction Radio network plan

DL LDR eleventh DlLdrEleventhAction Default value/

Action (BSC6900, BSC6910) Recommended value
UL LDR first UlLdrFirstAction Radio network plan

UL LDR second UlLdrSecondAction Radio network plan

UL LDR third UlLdrThirdAction Radio network plan

UL LDR forth UlLdrFourthAction Radio network plan

UL LDR fifth UlLdrFifthAction Radio network plan

UL LDR sixth UlLdrSixthAction Radio network plan

UL LDR seventh UlLdrSeventhAction Radio network plan

UL LDR eighth UlLdrEighthAction Radio network plan

UL LDR ninth UlLdrNinthAction Default value/

Action (BSC6900, BSC6910) Recommended value
UL LDR UL PS UlPSU2LHOUeNum Set this parameter to Default value/

Domain Load HO (BSC6900, BSC6910) 1. Recommended value
User No.
DL LDR UL PS DlPSU2LHOUeNum Set this parameter to Default value/

Domain Load HO (BSC6900, BSC6910) 1. Recommended value
User No.

WCDMA RAN

Name
HandOver HoSwitch1 To enable non- Engineering design

Switch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) neighboring-cell-
based redirection,
select
HO_U2L_REDIR_
BASED_ABSOLU
TE_FREQ_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
To turn on the load-
based UMTS-to-
LTE redirection
switch, select
HO_U2L_LOAD_
PS_REDIRECT_S
WITCH under this
parameter.
U2L Blind U2LBlindRedirSwitch Turn on this switch Default value/

Redirect Switch (BSC6900, BSC6910) if UMTS and LTE Recommended value
are deployed at one
site and share
sectors and the LTE
band is lower than
the UMTS band.
U2L Blind Redir U2LBlindRedirPing- The default value is Default value/

Anti-Pingpong pongTimer (BSC6900, recommended. Recommended value
Timer BSC6910)
MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCMPer- The default value is Radio network plan

LTE CM Coexist missionInd recommended. (internal)
Indicator (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name
PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to Radio network plan

Negotiation BSC6910) select the (internal)
Switch PS_CMACTIVE_P
ROCESS_OPT_S
WITCH check box
when
EHSPACMPermissi
onInd,
HsdpaCMPermissio
nInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPer
missionInd is set to
FALSE. After this
switch is turned on,
the call drop rate is
reduced, but user
experience of PS
services deteriorates.
Process Control ProcessSwitch5 Select Default value/

Switch 5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) INTERRAT_LOA Recommended value
D_REPORT_FRO
M_LTE_SWITCH
to obtain LTE cell
load information.
Load-Based U2LLTELoadSwitch Select Default value/

Handover (BSC6900, BSC6910) LOAD_BASE_U2L Recommended value
SW Consider LTE _LTE_LOAD_SWI
Load in U2L TCH under this
Interoperation parameter so that
LTE cell load is
considered in
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections.
CN Operator U2LRimCNOperator This parameter must Engineering design

Index for Routing RTIndex (BSC6900, be set if the RNC
in U2L RIM BSC6910) needs to obtain LTE
cell load through the
RIM procedure and
the UMTS PLMN
differs from the LTE
PLMN.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Process Control ProcessSwitch5 Select Default value/

Switch 5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) RIM_ON_ECO_S Recommended value
WITCH under this
parameter if RIM
messages need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
HandOver HoSwitch2 If the LTE system Radio network plan

Switch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) supports extended (internal)
frequency bands (26
to 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_LT
E_BAND_SWITC
H under this
parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on
the extended
frequency bands.
HandOver HoSwitch1 To turn on the U2L Default value/

Switch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) connected mode Recommended value
priority switch,
select
HO_U2L_CONN_
PRIO_SWITCH
Connected Mode NPriorityConnect The default value is Radio network plan

E-UTRA (BSC6900, BSC6910) recommended. (internal)
Frequency Priority
U2L Algorithm U2LAlgoSwitch If a blind redirection Radio network plan

Switch (BSC6900, BSC6910) needs to be (internal)
preferentially
performed during a
load-based
redirection, select
HO_LTE_LOAD_
BLIND_FIRST_S
WITCH under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch6 Select Radio network plan

Enhancement (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_PERM (internal)
Switch 6 IT_LTE_SUB_LO
AD_U2L_SWITC
H under this
parameter to allow
load-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections
or handovers only
on LTE subscribers.
In this way, non-
LTE subscribers are
prevented from
performing load-
based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or
handovers.

Policy Indicator (BSC6900, BSC6910) planned. Use this (internal)
parameter to
configure the
neighboring LTE
frequency that can
only be used in
connected mode.
the eCoordinator.


if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions

WCDMA RAN
Description of eRAN feature documentation. To prevent ping-pong handovers and

redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is recommended that this feature be enabled together
with the function of selecting LTE cells based on load.
The eNodeB is the receiving party of the first RIM message, so the related feature on the LTE
side must be enabled first. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell
load information, and the RIM procedure cannot be completed. For the related feature on the
LTE side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN.

Step 1 If the LDR switch is turned off, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select the UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_CLB check box
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
l If neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need to
configure LTE cells as the neighboring cells of the UMTS cell. The specific operations
are as follows:
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set
to NotSupport(NotSupport).
NOTE
– You can run the MOD ULTECELL command in sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been
configured.
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell. To
configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to TRUE.
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command in sub-step 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been
configured.
l If non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is required, add frequency priority information
of neighboring LTE cells for the UMTS cells by running the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO.
network plan.

WCDMA RAN

frequencies.
Step 5 In this step, set the RNC-level parameters related to measurements for load-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers. These parameters are listed in Table 10-17. The RNC sends the parameter
settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
level parameters related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-17.
NOTE
blind redirections.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable UMTS-to-
LTE interoperations for PS services.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section 4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.

HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH selected under HandOver Switch1 to enable
load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
Step 11 (Optional) If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection function is required, run the RNC
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH and
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1 selected.
Step 12 (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell. In this step,
set U2L Blind Redirect Switch to ON.
with U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to an appropriate value to so
that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS network again within
30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind redirections.


WCDMA RAN

operations:
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS and LTE
Switch 5 parameter.
parameter.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM/MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter selected to enable the function of selecting LTE cells
based on LTE cell load.
Step 18 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
Step 19 (Optional) If an operator requires a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a
load-based redirection, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH
with HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm Switch selected.
Step 20 (Optional) In RAN Sharing and MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE with Load based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps set to an appropriate
value to configure the PS traffic volumes that can be separately carried by the primary and
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers only on LTE subscribers.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
and overflow RNC.
----End

//Setting LDR switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=1, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=Support, BlackFlag=False;
//Configuring the adjacent LTE frequency and the absolute priority of the
adjacent LTE frequency for the cell
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7, ThdToHigh=2, ThdToLow=2,
EMeasBW=D6, EQrxlevmin=-70, EDetectInd=TRUE, BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services
//Turning on the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling load-based inter-RAT PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdrEleventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1,
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1, DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed, UlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrNinthAction=NoAct, UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,

WCDMA RAN
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE,
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch
//Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network are
prevented
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LLTELoadSwitch=LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
frequency bands (26 to 31) when the LTE system supports these extended frequency
bands
//Enabling the preferential service-based U2L blind redirection function for an
operator in the operator group of a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature when
the operator requires the function
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform load-based
U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH-1;

NOTE


WCDMA RAN
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following cell-level counters. If
any of counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the number
of UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS redirections for cells
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the
number of UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS blind redirections for cells

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, with
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH deselected under HandOver Switch1.
----End

//Turning off the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
These two counters can be observed to see whether the Load-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE feature has been activated. For details, see the description about
activation observation in section Activation Observation.

WCDMA RAN
The following performance counters are the same as those used for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection, which are described in 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring:
using the CN

If the number of ping-pong redirections or handovers (VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) increases after load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is enabled,
you can optimize related parameters as follows:
l Select PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to enable the RNC to carry
congested cell blacklists in the RRC connection release messages so that UEs cannot be
redirected to congested LTE cells.
l Set the U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to specify a penalty timer for UEs that have
been redirected from LTE to UMTS so that they cannot perform load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirection in a short period, which may cause ping-pong redirections.
N/A
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

See section 10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
l Proportion of UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs to total UEs
NOTE
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the feature.
That is, the feature brings significant effect of inter-RAT load balancing when the proportion of
UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to quantify a proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-
mode UEs for deploying the feature, which depends on the specific network conditions and the
operator's policy.

WCDMA RAN
10.8.3 Planning
None
10.8.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other features
l Hardware
None
l License

Item the DSP n for Un
LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Load LQW1LP Load BSC6900 Method 2 per

0217 Based PS HULRES based PS and Mb
Handover Handover BSC6910 ps
from from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
– The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.
– The eNodeB supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Data Preparation
Table 10-20 lists the data to prepare before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-20 Data to prepare before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data
Name Source
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to Support. Radio

Supporting PS (BSC6900, network plan
HO Indicator BSC6910) (internal)
Report Type of LTEMeasTypOf3 Set this parameter to the default Radio

LTE C (BSC6900, value. network plan
Measurement BSC6910) (internal)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the default Radio

Coefficient for (BSC6900, value. network plan
LTE BSC6910) (internal)
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the default Radio

Measurement (BSC6900, value. network plan
Timer Length BSC6910) (internal)
Measurement LTEMeasQuanOf Set this parameter to the default Radio

Quantity for 3C (BSC6900, value. network plan
Event 3C BSC6910) (internal)
Measurement of
LTE
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C In a high-speed cell, set this Radio

(BSC6900, parameter to 1.5 dB. In a low- network plan
BSC6910) speed cell, set this parameter to (internal)
3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger TrigTime3C Set this parameter to the default Radio

Event 3C (BSC6900, value. network plan
BSC6910) (internal)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRSR Set this parameter to the default Radio

During PS P (BSC6900, value. network plan
Handover to LTE BSC6910) (internal)
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRSR Set this parameter to the default Radio

During PS Q (BSC6900, value. network plan
Handover to LTE BSC6910) (internal)
Service-Based EUTRANSHIND Set this parameter to Radio

Handover to LTE (BSC6900, HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_ network plan
Allowed BSC6910) BE_PERFORM if UMTS-to- (internal)
LTE PS handovers are allowed
for certain PS services.
HandOver HoSwitch Select Default

Switch (BSC6900, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH value/
BSC6910) under this parameter to activate Recommend
the feature. ed value

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
UL LDR-BE rate UlLdrBERateRed Set this parameter to the default Radio

reduction RAB uctionRabNum value. network plan
number (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
UL LDR un-ctrl UlLdrPsRTQosRe Set this parameter to the default Radio

RT Qos re-nego negRabNum value. network plan
RAB num (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
UL CS should be UlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

HO user number uldBeHOUeNum value. network plan
(BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
UL PS should be UlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

BSC6910)
UL LDR-AMR UlLdrAMRRateR Set this parameter to the default Radio

rate reduction eductionRabNum value. network plan
RAB number (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
UL CS should UlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

not be HO user uldNotHOUeNum value. network plan
BSC6910)
UL PS should UlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

BSC6910)
UL HO load UlInterFreqHoCe Set this parameter to the default Radio

space threshold llLoadSpaceThd value. network plan
BSC6910)
DL HO load DlInterFreqHoCe Set this parameter to the default Radio

space threshold llLoadSpaceThd value. network plan
BSC6910)
UL HO UlInterFreqHoB Set this parameter to the default Radio

maximum WThd (BSC6900, value. network plan
bandwidth BSC6910) (internal)
DL HO DlInterFreqHoB Set this parameter to the default Radio

maximum WThd (BSC6900, value. network plan
bandwidth BSC6910) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
MBMS descend MbmsDecPowerR Set this parameter to the default Radio

power rab abThd (BSC6900, value. network plan
threshold BSC6910) (internal)
Cell LDR SF CellLdrSfResThd Set this parameter to the default Radio

reserved (BSC6900, value. network plan
LDR code LdrCodePriUseIn Set this parameter to the default Radio

priority indicator d (BSC6900, value. network plan
BSC6910) (internal)
Max user MaxUserNumCod Set this parameter to the default Radio

number of code eAdj (BSC6900, value. network plan
adjust BSC6910) (internal)
Ul LDR credit UlLdrCreditSfRes Set this parameter to the default Radio

SF reserved Thd (BSC6900, value. network plan
Dl LDR credit DlLdrCreditSfRes Set this parameter to the default Radio

SF reserved Thd (BSC6900, value. network plan
InterFreq HO LdrCodeUsedSpa Set this parameter to the default Radio

code used ratio ceThd (BSC6900, value. network plan
space threshold BSC6910) (internal)
Code congestion CodeCongSelInte Set this parameter to the default Radio

select inter-freq rFreqHoInd value. network plan
indication (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
Gold user load GoldUserLoadCo Set this parameter to the default Radio
control switch ntrolSwitch value. network plan
BSC6910)
Forbidden InterFreqLdHoFo Set this parameter to the default Radio

Traffic Class for rbidenTC value. network plan
inter-freq HO (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
Ul TTI HO UlTtiCreditSfRes Set this parameter to the default Radio

Credit SF Thd (BSC6900, value. network plan
reserved BSC6910) (internal)
threshold
InterFreq Load InterFreqLDHO Set this parameter to the default Radio

Handover MethodSelection value. network plan
Method (BSC6900, (internal)
Selection BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Code Congest CodeCongHoEnh Set this parameter to the default Default

Neighbor Select anceInd value. value/
Enhance Switch (BSC6900, Recommend
BSC6910) ed value
DL LDR-BE rate DlLdrBERateRed Set this parameter to the default Radio

reduction RAB uctionRabNum value. network plan
BSC6910)
DL LDR un-ctrl DlLdrPsRTQosRe Set this parameter to the default Radio

RT Qos re-nego negRabNum value. network plan
RAB num (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
DL CS should be DlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

BSC6910)
DL PS should be DlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

BSC6910)
DL LDR-AMR DlLdrAMRRateR Set this parameter to the default Radio

rate reduction eductionRabNum value. network plan
RAB number (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
DL CS should DlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

BSC6910)
DL PS should DlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

BSC6910)
Switch for Cell NBMLdcAlgoSwit Radio network plan Radio

Load Control ch (BSC6900, network plan
BSC6910): (internal)
UL_UU_LDR
Switch for Cell NBMLdcAlgoSwit Radio network plan Radio

Load Control ch (BSC6900, network plan
BSC6910): (internal)
DL_UU_LDR

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
DL LDR first DlLdrFirstAction Configure LDR actions according Radio

action (BSC6900, to instructions in 4.3.5.4.1 network plan
BSC6910) Suggestions for LDR Action (internal)
Configurations when activating
DL LDR second DlLdrSecondActi the feature. Radio
action on (BSC6900, network plan
BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR third DlLdrThirdAction Radio

action (BSC6900, network plan
BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR forth DlLdrFourthActio Radio

action n (BSC6900, network plan
BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR fifth DlLdrFifthAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR Sixth DlLdrSixthAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR seventh DlLdrSeventhActi Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR eighth DlLdrEighthActio Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR ninth DlLdrNinthAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR tenth DlLdrTenthAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR DlLdrEleventhAc- Default

Eleventh Action tion (BSC6900, value/
BSC6910) Recommend
ed value
UL LDR first UlLdrFirstAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR second UlLdrSecondActi Radio

BSC6910) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
UL LDR third UlLdrThirdAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR forth UlLdrFourthActio Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR fifth UlLdrFifthAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR Sixth UlLdrSixthAction Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR seventh UlLdrSeventhActi Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR eighth UlLdrEighthActio Radio

BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR Ninth UlLdrNinthAction Default

Action (BSC6900, value/
BSC6910) Recommend
ed value
UL LDR UL PS UlPSU2LHOUeN Set this parameter to 1. Default

Domain Load um (BSC6900, value/
HO User No. BSC6910) Recommend
ed value
DL LDR UL PS DlPSU2LHOUeN Set this parameter to 1. Default

Domain Load um (BSC6900, value/
HO User No. BSC6910) Recommend
ed value
HandOver HoSwitch1 Select Default

Switch1 (BSC6900, HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWI value/
BSC6910) TCH under this parameter to Recommend
activate the Load Based PS ed value
Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature.
HandOver HoSwitch1 Deselect Engineering

Switch1 (BSC6900, HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_AB design
BSC6910) SOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under this parameter when you

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCMP Set this parameter to the default Radio

LTE CM Coexist ermissionInd value. network plan
Indicator (BSC6900, (internal)
BSC6910)
PS Rate PsSwitch You are advised to select the Radio

Negotiation (BSC6900, PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_O network plan
Switch BSC6910) PT_SWITCH check box under (internal)
this parameter when
HsdpaCMPermissionInd,
EHSPACMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd
is set to FALSE. After this switch
is turned on, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user experience of
PS services deteriorates.
Process Control ProcessSwitch5 Select Default

Switch 5 (BSC6900, INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT value/
BSC6910) _FROM_LTE_SWITCH under Recommend
this parameter to obtain LTE cell ed value
load information.
SW Consider U2LLTELoadSwit Select Default

LTE Load in ch (BSC6900, LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOA value/
U2L BSC6910) D_SWITCH under this Recommend
Interoperation parameter so that LTE cell load is ed value
considered in UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
CN Operator U2LRimCNOpera This parameter must be set if the Engineering

Index for torRTIndex LTE cell load is obtained through design
Routing in U2L (BSC6900, the RIM procedure and the
RIM BSC6910) UMTS PLMN differs from the
LTE PLMN.
Process Control ProcessSwitch5 Select Default

Switch 5 (BSC6900, RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH value/
BSC6910) under this parameter if RIM Recommend
messages need to be exchanged ed value
using the eCoordinator.
HandOver HoSwitch2 If the LTE system supports Radio

Switch2 (BSC6900, extended frequency bands (26 to network plan
BSC6910) 31), select (internal)
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_S
WITCH under this parameter to
support UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on the extended
frequency bands.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
HandOver HoSwitch1 To turn on the U2L connected Default

Switch1 (BSC6900, mode priority switch, select value/
BSC6910) HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWIT Recommend
CH under this parameter. ed value
Connected Mode NPriorityConnect Set this parameter to the default Radio

E-UTRA (BSC6900, value. network plan
Frequency BSC6910) (internal)
Priority
HandOver HoSwitch2 Select Radio

Switch2 (BSC6900, HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH network plan
BSC6910) under this parameter to enable the (internal)
function of cross-Iur UMTS-to-
LTE handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SW
ITCH under this parameter to
enable the SRNC to filter the LTE
frequencies or neighboring cells
under the DRNC based on the
PLMN information during a
Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellInfoS- To enable the function of cross- Radio

Information witch (BSC6900, Iur UMTS-to-LTE handovers, set network plan
Switch BSC6910) this parameter to ON. (internal)
Optimization OptimizationSwitc Select Radio

Switch 5 h5 (BSC6900, U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_E network plan
BSC6910) RAB_SWITCH under this (internal)
parameter to enable the function
of data forwarding during
UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the PS service user-
plane interruption time during
UMTS to LTE handovers, select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DEL
AY_OPT_SWITCH under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Performance PerfEnhanceSwit Select Radio

Enhancement ch6 (BSC6900, PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SU network plan
Switch 6 BSC6910) B_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under (internal)
this parameter to allow load-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
subscribers. In this way, non-LTE
subscribers are prevented from
performing load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers.
Thd for No-Cov U2LPhyChFailN To enable the function of Default

U2L HO Fail by um (BSC6900, preventing frequent retries after a value/
Phy CH Fail BSC6910) UMTS-to-LTE PS handover Recommend
failure, set this parameter to a ed value
non-zero value.
Inter-RAT HO PenaltyTimeForP This parameter specifies the Default

Physical Channel hyChFail length of a penalty timer for inter- value/
Failure Penalty (BSC6900, RAT handover failures due to Recommend
Timer BSC6910) physical channel failures. The ed value
default setting is recommended.
Frequency Use FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Radio

Policy Indicator (BSC6900, Use this parameter to configure network plan
BSC6910) the neighboring LTE frequency (internal)
connected mode.
Process Control PROCESSSWITC To make the function of data Radio

Switch H (BSC6900, forwarding from the RNC to the network plan
BSC6910) eNodeB be independent from the (internal)
lossless SRNS relocation
capability of the UE, select
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_
PROC_SWITCH under this
parameter.
Table 10-21 lists the parameter to be set to enable exchange of RIM messages through the
eCoordinator.

WCDMA RAN

if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
Description for eRAN. To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and
LTE, it is recommended that this feature as well as the function of selecting LTE cells based
on LTE cell load be enabled.
for eRAN.

Step 1 If the LDR switch has not been turned on, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH with UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_CLB selected under the Switch
for Cell Load Control parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL. In this step, set LTE Cell Supporting PS
HO Indicator to Support(Support). and BlackCell List Flag to False(False).
NOTE
You can run the ADD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has not been
configured.
Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a group that
includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-to-LTE
handovers will fail.
HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and
set the connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.

WCDMA RAN
network plan.
parameters related to measurements for load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
level parameters related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-20.
NOTE
If a cell has been configured with parameters related to the measurement algorithm, run the MOD
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable UMTS-to-
LTE interoperations for PS services.
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under HandOver Switch1 selected to turn on the
load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover switch.
Step 11 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the non-
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch. In this step, deselect the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1.
Step 12 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section 4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.
Switch selected.
Step 15 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to enable the function of
preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In this step, set
BSC6910) to appropriate values.
Step 16 (Optional) To enable the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:

WCDMA RAN
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS PLMN
differs from the LTE PLMN, run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR to
query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE
RIM procedure according to the query result. Then run the RNC MML command MOD
ULTECELL with CN Operator Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried
index of the local operator.
Switch 5 parameter.
– Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter to ON.
step, set RIM_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch parameter to ON.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM/MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter selected to enable the function of selecting LTE cells
based on LTE cell load.
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING under Performance
Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
LICENSE to set the Load based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter for the
primary and secondary operators.
to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the E-RAB IE.
switch.
3. When the forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled on the CN, the following
operations must also be performed:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between the RNC
and the LTE S-GW.

WCDMA RAN
b. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
NOTE
When the forcible indirect data forwarding function is not enabled on the CN, only the routes and
UP data channels between the eNodeB and the RNC need to be configured on the RNC.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers only on LTE subscribers.
NOTE
and overflow RNC.
----End

//Setting LDR switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=1, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Modifying an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=Support, BlackFlag=False;
//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and configuring the
connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
ADD/MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections

WCDMA RAN

//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services
//Enabling the load-based inter-RAT PS handovers
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling non-neighboring-cell-based redirections
//Enabling load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdrEleventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1,
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1, DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed, UlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrNinthAction=NoAct, UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE,
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF, UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1;
handover failure
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
exchanged using the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
exchanged using the eCoordinator
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LLTELoadSwitch=LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
bands
//When the forcible indirect data forwarding function is enabled on the CN, the
following operations must also be performed:
ADD

WCDMA RAN
//Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction switch
//Setting the following parameters on the destination RNC side, with the address
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform load-based
U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH-1;

NOTE

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the cell-level counters or the
interface messages.
l Checking the cell-level counters
If either of the following counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
– VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the
number of load-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts
– VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the
number of successful load-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
– VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides
the number of outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS handover preparation
attempts for cells

WCDMA RAN
– VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which

provides the number of successful preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-
based PS handovers for cells
l Checking the interface messages
Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT. If the cause IE in the relocation request
message contains the Reduce Load in Serving Cell IE, the feature has taken effect.

HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter deselected.
----End

//Disabling the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

NOTE


Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature are listed in the following table.

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of LDR-triggered

.Load (BSC6900, LL UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover
BSC6910) Attempts for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful LDR-

S.Load (BSC6900, LL triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS
BSC6910) Handovers for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Preparation

PrepOutPS.Load LL Attempts for PS Outgoing U2L
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Load-Based Handovers for
Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelo CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful

cPrepOutPS.Load LL Preparations for PS Outgoing
(BSC6900, BSC6910) U2L Load-Based Handovers
for Cell
These counters specify whether the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in section
Activation Observation.
The following performance counters are the same as those used for coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover, which are described in 10.4.5 Performance Monitoring:
l Performance counters related to cell-level handover failures
l Performance counters related to neighboring cells of load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers
l Performance counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures
The following performance counters are the same as those used for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection, which are described in 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring:
using the CN

If the number of ping-pong redirections or handovers (VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) increases after load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is enabled, set
the U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to specify a penalty
timer for UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to UMTS so that they
cannot perform load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection in a short period, which may cause
ping-pong redirections or handovers.
N/A
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE

Emergency Calls

WCDMA RAN
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency

Calls
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
10.9.2 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-140102
CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls. For details about how to configure this
feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.
Requirements
l Other features
None
l Hardware
None
l License
This feature is not under license control.
– UEs of Release 8 or later support PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB
from LTE to UMTS. In addition, the message sent to the MME carries an
emergency call indicator.
– The eNodeB supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to
UMTS. In addition, the handover request sent to the RNC carries CSFB High
Priority.
– The CN supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to UMTS.
In addition, the INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST message sent from the
MME to the eNodeB carries CS Fallback High Priority.

Step 1 Configure the data on the LTE side.
For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If the LTE equipment is provided by Huawei, see CS
Fallback Parameter Description for eRAN.
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to enable this feature.
----End

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-1;

Step 1 Configure the data on the LTE side.

WCDMA RAN
Step 2 Configure the data on the UMTS side.

Method 1:
NOTE
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of
the parameter setting interface.
Set the parameters described in Table 10-22 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform
the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Table 10-22 Parameter to be set on the CME

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

LGOSWITC Switch (set (BSC6900,
H to BSC6910)
HO_L2U_E
MGCALL_
SWITCH-1
)
----End
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Check the value of the VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910)
counter. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect. This counter provides the
number of successful LTE-to-UMTS PS handover preparations caused by CSFB of LTE
emergency calls for the RNC.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, clear
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to disable this feature.

WCDMA RAN

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls on the CME,
----End

After feature deployment, the PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE emergency
calls increases.
Success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls =
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910).
l VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910): Number of incoming

LTE-to-UMTS PS handover attempts caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC level.
When receiving the Relocation Request message which carries Source RNC To Target
RNC Transparent Container containing CSFB High Priority, the RNC increases the
counter value by 1 and stamps the identity of CSFB High Priority on the UE. This
identity is erased after the emergency call is released.
l VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910): Number of successful
incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC
level. When the RNC sends the SGSN a Relocation Complete message, the incoming
LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is successful and the RNC increases the counter value by 1.
In ideal cases, the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE
emergency calls can reach 100%. Perform troubleshooting if it does not reach 100%.

Handover

WCDMA RAN
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when the
LTE network and the CN support IMS-based VoIP.

Before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover, collect the following
information:
l Information about the LTE network and the CN that support IMS-based VoIP
l Information about areas where the UMTS network is available on edge of the LTE
network
l Information about UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs that support SRVCC
10.10.3 Planning
None
10.10.4 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover. For details about how to
configure this feature on the LTE side, see SRVCC Feature Parameter Description provided
by the LTE equipment vendor.
Requirements
l Other features
None
l Hardware
None
l License

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 SRVCC LQW1SL SRVCC BSC6900 Method 1 per

0215 from LTE URESE from LTE and Erl
to UMTS to UMTS BSC6910
with PS with PS
Handover Handover
(per Erl)

WCDMA RAN

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 SRVCC LQW1SL SRVCC BSC6900 Method 2 per

0215 from LTE URESM from LTE and Mb
to UMTS to UMTS BSC6910 ps
with PS with PS
Handover Handover
(per Mbps)
For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in 10.2.4
Deployment.
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or a later version. It also supports LTE-to-UMTS
PS handovers and the SRVCC function.
– The CN supports LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers and the SRVCC function.
– To support SRVCC for emergency calls, the MSC must be able to assign special
ARPs to emergency calls.
Data Preparation
Table 10-24 lists the data to be prepared before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with
PS Handover.
Table 10-24 Data to be prepared before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover

Switch 2 2 (BSC6900, L2U_SRVCC_WI Recommended value
BSC6910) TH_PS_HO_SWIT
CH under this
parameter to
Initial Rate Type for NRTInitRateforL2 Set this parameter to Radio network plan
Income L2U HO of U (BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
NRT Service BSC6910)
ARP for Emergency L2USRVCCEmerC Configure ARPs for Radio network plan
Call During L2U allARP (BSC6900, emergency calls. (internal)
SRVCC BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch When the SRVCC Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 7 7 (BSC6900, from LTE to UMTS (internal)
BSC6910) with PS Handover
feature is activated,
select
PERFENH_CSPS_
IRAT_HO_FAIL_
RETRY_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
Process Control PROCESSSWITCH When the SRVCC Radio network plan

Switch 5 5 (BSC6900, from LTE to UMTS (internal)
BSC6910) with PS Handover
feature is activated,
select
L2U_SRVCC_PS_
TIMEOUT_CS_R
ELOC_IN_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
Inter-RAT HO PS IRatHoWaitPSRelo The default value is Radio network plan

Relocation Request cReqTmr recommended. (internal)
Wait Timer (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Inter-RAT HO CS IRatHoWaitCSRelo The default value is Radio network plan

Relocation Request cReqTmr recommended. (internal)
Wait Timer (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
CS RB Reconfig ActTimeOffValForS The default value is Radio network plan

Activation Time RVCC (BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
Offset BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Optimization OptimizationSwitch During an incoming Radio network plan

Switch8 8 (BSC6900, handover for (internal)
BSC6910) combined services,
select
CSPS_SYS_HO_I
N_SMC_SWITCH
and
SYS_HO_RELOC
_CMP_OPT_SWI
TCH under this
parameter to
implement integrity
protection on both
CS and PS domains.
To use an encryption
algorithm supported
by the CN, PS,
RNC, and UEs for
combined service
handovers, select
SRVCC_RELOC_
IN_CIPHER_OPT
_SWITCH under
this parameter.
Optimization OptimizationSwitch To ensure that the Radio network plan

Switch4 4 (BSC6900, CS encryption key (internal)
BSC6910) specified by the
related protocol is
used during
handovers of
combined services,
select
SRVCC_RELOC_
IN_USE_CS_KEY
_SWITCH under
this parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Optimization OptimizationSwitc Select Radio network plan

Switch12 h12 (BSC6900, L2U_HO_CMP_O (internal)
BSC6910) PT_SWITCH
under the
OptimizationSwitc
h12 parameter.
The RNC sends the
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the CN
immediately after it
receives the
HANDOVER TO
UTRAN
COMPLETE
message.
Meanwhile, it
buffers the TMSI
reassignment
messages from the
CN. After receiving
the SECURITY
MODE
COMMAND
COMPLETE
message from the
UE, the RNC
forwards the TMSI
reassignment
messages to the UE.
In this manner, the
handover success
rate of SRVCC UEs
is improved.
Precautions
l The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature depends on the feature
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN, which must be activated before you can use the
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.
l In a CS+PS SRVCC handover, LTE signaling messages whose QoS class identifier
(QCI) is 5 are mapped onto the IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) on the UMTS side.
When the data rates configured for these signaling messages on the LTE side are high,
the UMTS side will respond to the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the LTE
side with a relocation failure message, resulting in a low LTE-to-UMTS handover
preparation success rate. The reasons for these handover preparation failures are as
follows:
– When the ImsChlType (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH on the
UMTS side, the maximum data rate for the previously mentioned signaling

WCDMA RAN
messages is 384 kbit/s in the uplink and downlink. This data rate is lower than the
data rates required by these signaling messages.
– When the ImsChlType (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to HSPA on the
UMTS side, the maximum data rates for the previously mentioned signaling
messages are 84.2 Mbit/s in the downlink and 23 Mbit/s in the uplink. Such data
rates may also be lower than the data rates required by these signaling messages. If
these signaling messages require that the downlink data rate be 84.2 Mbit/s, the
WRFD-010693 64QAM+MIMO and WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO features
must be both activated on the UMTS side.
To prevent a low LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate, perform the
following operation:
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select the
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH check box under the
CmpSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter so that IMS services are considered as
BE services.
l The maximum rate of streaming services on the UMTS network is 384 kbit/s. To prevent
handover preparation failures of streaming services, ensure that the rate of streaming
services on the LTE side does not exceed 384 kbit/s.

l Procedure for activating the CS+PS SRVCC feature
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to activate the feature. In this step,
select L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 2.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET USTATETIMER with Inter-RAT HO PS Relocation
Request Wait Timer and Inter-RAT HO CS Relocation Request Wait Timer set to
appropriate values.
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH selected under the Optimization Switch4
parameter so that the CS-domain key can be used during the SRVCC combined service
relocation.
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch8 so
that the encryption algorithm is supported by the CS, PS, RNC, and UEs.
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch8 so that the
RNC delivers the security mode commands of the CS domain and the PS domain to
implement integrity protection.
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch8 so that
the RNC delivers the Relocation Complete message after receiving the Handover to UTRAN
Complete message and finishing integrity protection. This mechanism further increases the
handover success rate.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under Performance Enhance
Switch 7 so that the RNC can reattempt the admission with a reduced rate when the PS
service in combined services fails to be admitted by the UMTS network during an SRVCC
handover.

WCDMA RAN
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH and select
L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under Process Control Switch
5 so that the RNC allows an incoming CS handover when it only receives a RELOCATION
REQUEST message from the CS domain but does not receive the RELOCATION REQUEST
message within a specific timer for an SRVCC UE who performs combined services.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with ARP for Emergency Call
During L2U SRVCC set to an appropriate value.
LICENSE to set the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover-Erlang and SRVCC
from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover-kbps parameters for the primary and secondary
operators.
Step 11 (Optional) When the activation time of the RB reconfiguration in the CS domain expires for
the SRVCC UEs that have been handed over to the UMTS network, configure the CS RB
reconfiguration activation time offset by running the RNC MML command SET
URNCTIMEPARA with the ActTimeOffValForSRVCC (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
specified.
Step 12 (Optional) Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command and set the
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH option under the IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to specify the pilot power offset that the RNC configures on
the NodeB during an SRVCC procedure implemented through LTE-to-UMTS handover.
When this option is selected, the RNC sets the pO3-ForPilotBits IE value to 0 dB.
----End
Procedure for activating the CS only SRVCC feature
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with the
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH(Switch for Permit Incoming CS Inter-RAT
Handovers) option selected under the RsvdPara1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to enable
the LTE-to-UMTS CS only SRVCC feature.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URNCTIMEPARA with the
ActTimeOffValForSRVCC (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specified to configure the CS
RB reconfiguration activation timer offset for the UEs that have performed LTE-to-UMTS
SRVCC.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command and set the
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH option under the IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to specify the pilot power offset that the RNC configures on
the NodeB during an SRVCC procedure implemented through LTE-to-UMTS handover.
When this option is selected, the RNC sets the pO3-ForPilotBits IE value to 0 dB.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with

L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch12 parameter selected. The
RNC sends the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN immediately after it receives
the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message. Meanwhile, it buffers the TMSI
reassignment messages from the CN. After receiving the SECURITY MODE COMMAND
COMPLETE message from the UE, the RNC forwards the TMSI reassignment messages to
the UE. In this manner, the handover success rate of SRVCC UEs is improved.
----End

WCDMA RAN

l Example for activating the CS+PS SRVCC feature
//Activating the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the timer for another relocation request in the CS and PS domains
SET USTATETIMER: IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr=3000,IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr=5000;
//Enabling the CS-domain key to be used during the combined service relocation
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch4=SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the encryption key supported by the CS, PS, RNC, and UEs for combined
service relocations
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch8= SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the method of delivering the security mode command for combined services
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch8=
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH-1&SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the SRVCC for emergency calls

SET UFRC: L2USRVCCEmerCallARP=1;
//Enabling the PS admission reattempt with a reduced rate upon the failure of a
PS service in combined services
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the CS only handover for combined services upon expiry of the timer
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH5=L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the CS only service admission in case of admission failures
of combined services
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ROCESSSWITCH5=L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Configuring the CS RB reconfiguration activation time offset (1.6s
as an example)
SET URNCTIMEPARA: ActTimeOffValForSRVCC=160;
//Configuring the rate at which the non-real-time PS service is admitted during a
combined service handover
SET UFRC: NRTInitRateforL2U=DCH8K;
l Example for activating the CS Only SRVCC feature

//Enabling the LTE-to-UMTS CS only SRVCC feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Configuring the CS RB reconfiguration activation time offset (1.6s
as an example)
//(Optional) Setting the inter-RAT handover pre-configuration parameter
optimization switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: IRatHoCfgSwitch=IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the LTE-to-UMTS handover enhancement switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch12:L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH-1;

NOTE
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.
----End

WCDMA RAN
Check the value of the VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910)
counter. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect. This counter provides the
number of successful preparations for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered
by SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.
After the feature is activated, query the value of the
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter, which
indicates the number of times that the LTE-to-UMTS CS handover preparation triggered by
SRVCC for CS+PS combined services succeeds while the PS handover preparation times out.
If the value of this counter is not 0, the function of CS only handover during SRVCC of CS
+PS combined services has been enabled.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deactivate the feature. In this
step, deselect L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch
2 parameter.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with ARP for Emergency Call
During L2U SRVCC set to 0.
----End

//Deactivating the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the SRVCC for emergency calls
SET UFRC: L2USRVCCEmerCallARP=0;

NOTE
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.

----End

The preparation success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers
for VoIP services can be obtained using the following formula:
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) +

WCDMA RAN
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSPrepFail (BSC6900, BSC6910)/

(VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910))
The variables are described as follows:
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number
of successful preparation attempts for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers
triggered by SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number of
preparation attempts for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered by
SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the
number of failed preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers due to timeout in
the LTE CS domain for cell.
l VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the
number of failed preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers due to timeout in
the LTE PS domain for Cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the
number of successful CS handover preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers
with timeout in the LTE PS domain for cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSPrepFail (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the
with the handover preparations failed in the LTE PS domain for cell.
The success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers for VoIP
services can be obtained using the following formula: (VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccInCSPS
(BSC6900, BSC6910) + VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900,
BSC6910) + VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS.PSPrepFail (BSC6900, BSC6910))/
(VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSPrepFail (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910))
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number of
successful incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered by SRVCC for VoIP
services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number
of successful preparation attempts for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers
triggered by SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the
with timeout in the LTE PS domain for cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS.PSPrepFail (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the
number of successful CS handovers during CS+PS SRVCC handovers with preparation
failures in the LTE PS domain for cell.
The success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS handovers for VoIP
services can be obtained using the following formula: VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS
(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCS (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number of

successful preparation attempts for SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are
performing only CS services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number of
preparation attempts for SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are performing only
CS services in a cell.
The success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS handovers for VoIP

services can be obtained using the following formula: VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS
(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number of

successful LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are performing only
CS services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS (BSC6900, BSC6910) provides the number of
successful preparation attempts for SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are
performing only CS services in a cell.
If any of the preceding success rates is lower than expected, modify parameter settings. For
details, see section 10.10.6 Parameter Optimization.
The RNC admits the LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with PS handover of a UE that is performing CS
and PS combined services only when it receives the RELOCATION REQUEST messages
from both the CS and PS domains. When receiving a RELOCATION REQUEST message
from one domain, the RNC starts a timer. If the RNC does not receive a RELOCATION
REQUEST message from the other domain when the timer expires, the RNC rejects this
handover request. This type of failed handovers is measured by the
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters.
A handover may also fail when the RNC receives the RELOCATION REQUEST message
from both CS and PS domains. For the counter measuring the number of such handover
failures, see 10.9.3 Performance Monitoring.
If the timer on the RNC side is longer than the timer on the CN side, the CN sends an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message to release the IU interface. In this circumstance, the
preceding counters are not measured even when a handover fails.

Analyze the causes for admission failures and take measures accordingly.
l If UTRAN resources are insufficient, consult Huawei engineers to reduce the network
load.
l If the RNC does not receive incoming CS+PS handover requests during the validity
period of the timer, run the RNC MML command SET USTATETIMER to raise the
values of IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910).
N/A

WCDMA RAN

Selection for LTE
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.

Before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE, collect the following
information:
l Deployment of related features on the LTE network

One or more of the following features have been activated:
– LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN
– LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN
l LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network
LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network =
L.IRATHO.E2W.ExecAttOut/ L.IRATHO.E2W.PrepAttOut
The lower the LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network, the
more likely the feature brings positive gains after feature deployment. The LTE-to-
UMTS handover preparation success rate cannot be quantified because it depends on
network traffic and transmission quality.
10.11.3 Planning
RF Planning
None
Network Planning
There is an overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
Hardware Planning
None
10.11.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other features
– The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN or LOFD-001044 Inter-
RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN has been activated.

WCDMA RAN
For details on how to activate the LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to

UTRAN, see the eRAN document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description. For
the LTE feature LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN, see the eRAN
document MLB Feature Parameter Description.
– The UMTS feature WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature has been activated.
For details on how to activate the feature WRFD-020106, see Load Control Feature
Parameter Description for RAN.
– The UMTS feature WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature has been activated.
For details on how to activate the feature WRFD-020107, see Overload Control
Feature Parameter Description for RAN.
l License

Feature ID Feature License License NE License
Name Control Item in Allocation
Item the DSP for
LICUSAG Multiple
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-150 RIM Based LQW1RUT RIM Based BSC6900 License

231 UMTS CSLRES UMTS BSC6910 control
Target Cell Target Cell items that
Selection Selection cannot be
for LTE for LTE configured
(per Cell) based on
operators
Description.
l Other Requirements
The MME, Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN), and eNodeB supports sending
requests for and receiving UMTS cell load information from the RNC. In addition: When
RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM
procedure specified in 3GPP Release 9 and later versions. When RIM messages are
information is transmitted, which is defined in 3GPP Release 9 or a later version,
between the UMTS and LTE networks.
When this feature is activated, perform the following operators on the LTE network if
Huawei devices are deployed on the LTE network:
– Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH command with the Choose UMTS Cell
Load Info Trans Channel parameter set to BASED_ON_RIM.
– If RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator in the RIM procedure, run
the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch parameter set to ON.

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
Table 10-26 lists the data to be prepared before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell
Selection for LTE.
Table 10-26 Data to be prepared before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE
Process switch PROCESSSWITCH Select Default/

(BSC6900, INTERRAT_LOA Recommended value
BSC6910) D_REPORT_FOR
_LTE_SWITCH
to activate the
feature.
Function Switch1 FuncSwitch1 To activate the Default/

(BSC6900, feature, you also Recommended value
BSC6910) need to select
CELLLOAD_SHA
RED_BASEDON_
RIM under this
parameter.
LoadLevelForLTE LoadLevelForLTE The default value is Default/

(BSC6900, D3. If the eNodeB is Recommended value
BSC6910) of eRAN7.0 or a
later version and
LTE-to-UMTS MLB
for UEs in idle mode
is enabled, set this
parameter to D4.
Process Control ProcessSwitch5 Select Default/

Switch 5 (BSC6900, RIM_ON_ECO_S Recommended value
BSC6910) WITCH under this
parameter if RIM
messages need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Table 10-27 lists the parameter to be set on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are
exchanged using the eCoordinator.

WCDMA RAN

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select Default/

if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
None

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to activate the feature. In this step,
select INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the Process switch
parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE to activate the cell-level license for
the feature. In this step, select CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM under the
Function Switch1 parameter.
Step 3 (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator: Run the RNC MML
command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the
Process Control Switch 5 parameter to ON. Run the MML command SET
ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In this step, set RIM_SWITCH under the Process
Control Switch parameter to ON.
Step 4 (Optional) If eRAN7.0 or a later version is used on the LTE side, run the RNC MML
command SET ULDM with UMTS Cell Load Level Reported to LTE set to D4 to enable
reporting of four UMTS load states.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET ULDM with Cell Load Update Period
Synchronized to LTE set to 3.
----End

//Activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the cell-level license for RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE
ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=0, FuncSwitch1=CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator
//Enabling the reporting of four load states for UMTS cells
SET ULDM: LoadLevelForLTE=D4;
//(Optional) Setting the LTE cell load update period
SET ULDM: LoadUptForLTETimerLen=3;
//(Optional) Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM

WCDMA RAN
messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator


NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE on the CME,
----End
NOTE
Parameters on the eCoordinator cannot be configured using the CME.
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the interface message or the event-
based counter (EBC) on the LTE side.
l Checking the interface messages

When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, check interface messages by
performing the following operations:
1. Start S1 interface message tracing on the eNodeB LMT.
If an eNB Direct Information Transfer message containing RAN-INFORMAION-
REQUEST is sent over the S1 interface, the eNodeB can initiate an RIM request.
2. Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT.
If the RNC sends the LTE network a Direct Information Transfer message containing
RAN-INFORMAION upon receiving the Direct Information Transfer message
containing RAN-INFORMAION-REQUEST over Iu, the RNC can respond to the RIM
request.
3. Change the UMTS cell load status by adjusting the cell traffic volume.
If the RNC sends the SGSN a Direct Information Transfer message containing RAN-
INFORMAION over Iu, the RNC can notify the eNodeB of the change in the UMTS cell
load status by means of the RIM procedure.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, check interface messages
by performing the following operations:
1. Start Se interface message tracing on the eNodeB LMT.

WCDMA RAN
If an ENB DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message containing RAN-

INFORMAION-REQUEST is sent over the Se interface, the eNodeB can initiate an RIM
request.
2. Start Sr interface message tracing on the RNC LMT.
If the RNC sends the eCoordinator an RNC DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message containing RAN-INFORMAION upon receiving the ECO DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message containing RAN-INFORMAION-REQUEST
over the Sr interface, the RNC can respond to the RIM request.
3. Change the UMTS cell load status by adjusting the cell traffic volume.
If the RNC sends the eCoordinator an RNC DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message containing RAN-INFORMAION over Sr, the RNC can notify the eNodeB of
the change in the UMTS cell load status by means of the RIM procedure.
l Checking the EBC on the LTE network
– In case of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers, if the value of the E-UTRAN-to-
UMTS MLB Enhanced Attempts counter is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
– In case of CSFB, if the value of the E-UTRAN-to-UMTS CSFB Enhanced
Attempts counter is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deactivate the feature. In this
step, clear INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the Process switch
parameter.

//Deactivating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE on the CME,
----End

WCDMA RAN

LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network =
L.IRATHO.E2W.ExecAttOut/L.IRATHO.E2W.PrepAttOut
If the LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate increases, this feature has brought
positive gains.
The RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature is used by the RNC to transfer
the UMTS cell load information to the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. Counters related
to the RIM procedure are as follows.

Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.L2U.Load.F RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of Times the RNC Fail

ail (BSC6900, BSC6910) to Process the RIM Requests
from the eNodeB (Load
Information)
VS.ECO.RIM.L2U.Load RNC ECO.RIM.RNC Number of Times the RNC Fail

.Fail (BSC6900, to Process the RIM Requests
BSC6910) from the eNodeB Through the
eCoordinator (Load
Information)

N/A
N/A
10.12.1 When to Use Ultra-Flash CSFB

This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE where the
IMS is not deployed and all the following equipment is provided by Huawei: eNodeB, RNC,
MME, and MSC.

Before activating Ultra-Flash CSFB, collect the following information:
l Information about the eNodeB, RNC, MME, and MSC
These devices must meet the following requirements:

WCDMA RAN
-The devices are Huawei devices and support Ultra-Flash CSFB.

-The MSC must be of the CS11.0 version or later.
-The MME must be of the PS12.1 version or later.
l Information about UEs supporting LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with handover
10.12.3 Planning
N/A
10.12.4 Deployment
10.12.4.1 Requirements
Other features
This feature depends on the following features and functions:
l Huawei LTE feature LOFD-070202 Ultra-Flash CSFB or TDLOFD-070202 Ultra-Flash

CSFB
l Ultra-Flash CSFB supported by Huawei MME
l Ultra-Flash CSFB function supported by Huawei MSC
Dependencies on Hardware
None
License

ID Name Control Item in d NE Allocation es
Item ID the DSP Type for Uni
LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-160 Ultra-Flash LQW1UFC Ultra-Flash BSC6900 Method 1 per

271 CSFB SFBRESE CSFB (per BSC6910 Erl
Erl)
WRFD-160 Ultra-Flash LQW1UFC Ultra-Flash BSC6900 Method 2 Mb

271 CSFB SFBRESM CSFB (per BSC6910 ps
Mbps)
For more information about the license, see the license descriptions in 10.2.4 Deployment.

WCDMA RAN
Other Requirements
l The eNodeB, RNC, MME, and MSC are Huawei devices and support Ultra-Flash CSFB.
The MSC must be of the CS11.0 version or later. The MME must be of the PS12.1
version or later.
l UEs support LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with handover.
10.12.4.2 Data Preparation

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select Default/

Switch 2 2 (BSC6900, ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_ Recommended
BSC6910) SWITCH under this value
parameter.
SRB Data Rate for UltraFlashCSFBSR You are advised to set this Engineering
Ultra-Flash CS BRate (BSC6900, parameter to SRB_13.6K. design
Fallback BSC6910)
CS RB Reconfig ActTimeOffValForS The default value is Radio network

Activation Time RVCC (BSC6900, recommended. plan (internal)
Offset BSC6910)
10.12.4.3 Precautions
Ultra-Flash CSFB is a proprietary procedure and its algorithm is triggered by the eNodeB. To
ensure normal implementation of this algorithm, enable this function on the RNC, MSC, and
MME before you enable this function on the eNodeB.
10.12.4.4 Activation
10.12.4.4.1 Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2 parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC. In this step, set SRB Data Rate for Ultra-Flash
CS Fallback to SRB_13.6K.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch 8 so that the
RNC delivers security mode commands in CS and PS domains to implement integrity
protection.
Step 4 (Optional) If the activation of CS RB reconfiguration times out after a Ultra-Flash CSFB UE
falls back to the UMTS network, you can specify the time offset for activating the CS RB
reconfiguration by running the RNC MML command SET URNCTIMEPARA with the CS
RB Reconfig Activation Time Offset parameter set to an appropriate value.
Step 5 (Optional) If the activation of CS RB reconfiguration times out after a Ultra-Flash CSFB UE
falls back to the UMTS network, you can specify the CS RB reconfiguration activation time

WCDMA RAN
offset by running the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with bits 0 to 7 of the
RsvU32Para33 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter set to appropriate values.
----End
10.12.4.4.2 MML Command Examples

//Activating this feature on the RNC
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2= ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the SRB data rate for Ultra-Flash CS Fallback
SET UFRC: UltraFlashCSFBSRBRate= SRB_13.6K;
//Enabling the RNC to deliver the security mode command in the CS or PS domain
and perform integrity protection
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch8= CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Configuring the CS RB reconfiguration activation time offset (1.6
seconds as an example)
10.12.4.4.3 Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Ultra-Flash CSFB feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch
modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
10.12.4.5 Activation Observation

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following counters:
l VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the
number of incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handover preparation attempts triggered by
Ultra-Flash CSFB in a cell.
l VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides
the number of successful incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handover preparation
attempts triggered by Ultra-Flash CSFB in a cell.
l VS.L2U.SuccRelocIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the
number of successful incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handover attempts triggered by
Ultra-Flash CSFB in a cell.
This feature has taken effect when any of the preceding counters' values is not 0.
10.12.4.6 Deactivation

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this operation, clear
ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2 parameter.

WCDMA RAN

//Deactivating Ultra-Flash CSFB
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2= ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH-0;
NOTE


The following table lists counters related to Ultra-Flash CSFB.

nt Object ment Unit
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrep CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Incoming L2U CS

In.UltraFlashCSFB .Cell +PS Handover Preparation
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Attempts Triggered by Ultra-
Flash CSFB for Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPre CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful Incoming

pIn.UltraFlashCSFB .Cell L2U CS+PS Handover
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Preparations Triggered by Ultra-
Flash CSFB for Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocIn. CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful Incoming

UltraFlashCSFB .Cell L2U CS+PS Handovers
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Triggered by Ultra-Flash CSFB
for Cell
Success rate of incoming LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation attempts triggered by Ultra-

Flash CSFB = VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Success rate of incoming LTE-to-UMTS handovers triggered by Ultra-Flash CSFB =

VS.L2U.SuccRelocIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

N/A
N/A

10.13.1 When to Use Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

This feature is recommended in the scenario where UMTS and LTE networks are deployed
together and SRVCC is enabled on the LTE network. This feature helps reduce the time for
SRVCC UEs to return to the LTE network after the voice services are completed on the
UMTS network, improving user experience.
The virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC function is recommended for cells where
the average number of daily UMTS-to-LTE fast returns is more than 1000. If the ratio of users
performing SRVCC, there may be no SRVCC users in the grid, and the gains of reduced delay
cannot be produced.
UMTS-to-LTE fast returns include fast returns based on coverage-based redirections and
handovers, service-based redirections and handovers, load-based redirections and handovers,
CSFB redirections and handovers, and SRVCC redirections and handovers.
Number of UMTS-to-LTE fast returns = VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE (BSC6900,
BSC6910) + VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910) + VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS
(BSC6900, BSC6910) + VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900,
BSC6910) + VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)
NOTE
l This function requires intra-frequency periodic measurement reports and measurement results are
reported every 2s. If a UE moves a long distance in an intra-frequency measurement report period,
the virtual grid decision may be inaccurate. Therefore, this function is not recommended in a fast-
moving scenario.
l The success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections is not specific for LTE
frequency bands and operators. Each virtual grid stores one record of UMTS-to-LTE handover and
redirection attempts and one record of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections. If there
are multiple LTE frequency bands or different LTE coverage provided by multiple operators, the
accuracy of virtual grids may be affected and it is recommended that virtual grid-based fast return be
not enabled.

Before activating this feature, ensure that UMTS and LTE are deployed together and UMTS
and LTE coverage overlaps.

WCDMA RAN
Counters listed in the following table are required for evaluating gains provided by the virtual
grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC function.
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num.SRV Number of Time Expirations for LTE

CCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) Measurement Triggered by Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num.SRVCCU Number of Times That Measurement

E (BSC6900, BSC6910) Control Messages Are Delivered for LTE
Measurement Triggered by Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2L.FastReturn.SRVCCUE.Delay.M Average Delay of Measurement-based Fast

easurement (BSC6900, BSC6910) Return of SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2L.FastReturn.SRVCCUE.Delay.Bli Average Delay of Blind Fast Return of

nd (BSC6900, BSC6910) SRVCC UEs for Cell
10.13.3 Deployment
Other Features
See 8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Hardware
None
License

LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-171 Fast Return LQW1FRL Fast Return BSC6900 Method 1 per

223 to LTE for SRESE to LTE for BSC6910 Erl
SRVCC SRVCC
User User (per
Erl)

WCDMA RAN

LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-171 Fast Return LQW1FRL Fast Return BSC6900 Method 2 per

223 to LTE for SRESM to LTE for BSC6910 Mb
SRVCC SRVCC ps
User User (per
Mbps)
For more information about the license, see the license descriptions in 10.2.4 Deployment.
Other Requirements
l UE
– The UE must support both UMTS and LTE.
– If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the UE needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
l CN
– To activate this feature, the MSC must carry the "UE history information" IE in the
Relocation Request message.
– If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the SGSN needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
10.13.3.2 Data Preparation

HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To turn on the RNC-level Engineering

(BSC6900, switch of the Fast Return to design
BSC6910) LTE for SRVCC User
feature, select
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RET
URN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
Fast Return To FastReturnToLTES- To turn on the cell-level Default value/

LTE Switch witch (BSC6900, switch of the Fast Return to Recommended
BSC6910) LTE for SRVCC User value
feature, select
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RET
URN_TO_LTE_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime This parameter needs to be Radio network

Duration with (BSC6900, specified if there are plan (internal)
Only Signaling BSC6910) ongoing PS services after
CS services are released.
recommended.
LTE Measurement U2LTESigMeasTim This parameter is Radio network

Duration with e (BSC6900, applicable to single- plan (internal)
Only Signaling BSC6910) signaling scenarios and the
default value is
recommended.
U2L RSRP SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network

Threshold with RP (BSC6900, applicable to single- plan (internal)
default value is
recommended.
U2L RSRQ SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network

Threshold with RQ (BSC6900, applicable to single- plan (internal)
default value is
recommended.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To enable the Radio network

Enhance Switch 7 7 (BSC6900, measurement-based fast plan (internal)
BSC6910) return to LTE after the
release of a single CS
service, select
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_
MEAS_FAST_RETURN_
SWITCH under this
parameter.
U2L Algorithm U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell enabled Radio network

Switch (BSC6900, with the MOCN feature, plan (internal)
BSC6910) PERFENH_CS_ONLY_
MEAS_FAST_RETURN_
SWITCH under this
parameter can be
deselected for an operator
who does not need to use
the function of
measurement-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast return
to LTE after a CS only
service is released.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To enable the handover- Engineering

(BSC6900, based fast return to LTE design
BSC6910) after an SRVCC UE
finishes the voice service,
select
HO_HANDOVER_FAST
_RETURN_TO_LTE_SW
ITCH under this
parameter.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 Select Radio network

(BSC6900, HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWI plan (internal)
BSC6910) TCH under this parameter
to enable the function of
handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTE
R_SWITCH under this
parameter to enable the
SRNC to filter the LTE
frequencies or neighboring
cells under the DRNC
based on the PLMN
information during a cross-
Iur UMTS-to-LTE
Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellInfoS- To enable the function of Radio network

Information witch (BSC6900, cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE plan (internal)
Switch BSC6910) handovers, set this
parameter to ON.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To trigger fast return to Radio network

Enhance Switch 7 7 (BSC6900, LTE upon AMR release for plan (internal)
BSC6910) the first time, select
PERFENH_FAST_RETU
RN_OPT_SWITCH under
this parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To enable the redirection- Radio network

(BSC6910, based fast return to LTE plan (internal)
BSC6900) after an SRVCC UE
select
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASE
D_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 To perform measurement Radio network

(BSC6910, control and target plan (internal)
BSC6900) frequency selection based
on the connected-mode E-
UTRA frequency priorities
after an SRVCC UE
select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_
SWITCH under this
parameter.
Frequency Use FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as Radio network

Policy Indicator (BSC6900, planned. Use this parameter plan (internal)
BSC6910) to configure the
neighboring LTE frequency
connected mode.
RSCP Measure U2LNCovRscpPrdTi This parameter is required Radio network

Timer for Non- mer (BSC6900, for enabling virtual grid- plan (internal)
coverage-based BSC6910)( based fast return to LTE for
U2L SRVCC. The default value
is recommended.
Virtual Grid Filter VirtualGridFilter- To enable RNC-level Radio network

and Backup BackupSw virtual grid-based fast plan (internal)
Switch (BSC6900, return, set this parameter to
BSC6910) ON.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 To enable RNC-level Radio network

(BSC6900, virtual grid-based fast plan (internal)
BSC6910) return to LTE for SRVCC,
select
HO_SRVCC_BASED_G
RID_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH.
Fast Return To FastReturnToLTES- To enable cell-level virtual Radio network

LTE Switch witch (BSC6900, grid-based fast return to plan (internal)
BSC6910) LTE for SRVCC, select
HO_SRVCC_BASED_G
RID_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH.
U2L Virtual Grid U2LGridInfoLowTh This parameter is required Radio network

Information Low d (BSC6900, for enabling virtual grid- plan (internal)
Threshold BSC6910) based UMTS-to-LTE fast
return. The default value is
recommended.

WCDMA RAN
U2L Virtual Grid U2LGridInfoHighT This parameter is required Radio network

Information High hd (BSC6900, for enabling virtual grid- plan (internal)
Threshold BSC6910) based UMTS-to-LTE fast
recommended.
Probability of U2L ProbaofU2LforClas This parameter is required Radio network

for Class II Grid sIIGrid (BSC6900, for enabling virtual grid- plan (internal)
BSC6910) based UMTS-to-LTE fast
recommended.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch PERFENH_UL_GRID_U Radio network

Enhance Switch 10 10 (BSC6900, SER_INTRA_MEAS_OP plan (internal)
BSC6910) T_SW controls whether to
optimize the intra-
frequency measurement for
constructing virtual grids
for UMTS-to-LTE return.
10.13.3.3 Activation

HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter selected to turn on the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM with
parameter selected to turn on the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.

PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhance Switch 7 parameter selected to enable the function of fast return of UEs with only
signaling connections through SRVCC.
the function of fast return to LTE for SRVCC UEs after CS only service releases, run the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch deselected for the corresponding operator.
Step 5 Set measurement-related parameters in single-signaling scenarios.

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE Measurement
Duration with Only Signaling set to an appropriate value.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with U2L RSRP Threshold
with Only Signaling or U2L RSRQ Threshold with Only Signaling set to an
appropriate value.

WCDMA RAN
Step 6 If there are ongoing PS services after CS services are released, run the RNC MML command
SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE Measurement Timer Length set to an appropriate
value.
Step 7 (Optional) Turn on the switch for handover- or redirection-based fast return to LTE.
l If fast return to LTE is based on PS handovers, run the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1
selected.
l If fast return to LTE is based on redirections, run the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HandOver
Switch1 selected.

Information Switch set to YES.
Step 9 (Optional) To trigger fast return to LTE upon AMR release for the first time, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under Performance Enhance Switch 7
selected.
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch1 selected. In addition, run the RNC MML command MOD
frequencies.
network plan.
----End
To activate the virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC function, perform the
following steps:
Step 1 Repeat the preceding steps to enable Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UVIRTUALGRID with Virtual Grid Filter and
Backup Switch set to ON.
Step 3 Enable virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC by specifying the cell- or RNC-level
parameter as follows:
l Cell level
with HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under Fast
l RNC level

WCDMA RAN

HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch2.
NOTE
The cell-level switch prevails if both the cell-level and RNC-level switches are turned on.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD

UCELLU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, configure U2L Virtual Grid Information High
Threshold and U2L Virtual Grid Information Low Threshold. It is recommended that you
set the two parameters to 95% and 5%, respectively.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UVIRTUALGRID. In this step, configure Probability
of U2L for Class II Grid. The default value 5% is recommended.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select or
deselect ERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW to configure whether to
optimize the intra-frequency measurement for constructing virtual grids for UMTS-to-LTE
return.
----End

//Turning on the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:HoSwitch1=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
ADD/MOD UCELLHOCOMM:CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of fast return for UEs with only signaling connections
through SRVCC
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Running the following command if an operator does not require the
function of fast return to LTE for SRVCC UEs after CS only service releases in a
UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature
U2LAlgoSwitch=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Setting the inter-RAT measurement duration of LTE cells for UEs with only
signaling connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LTESigMeasTime=3;
//Setting the inter-RAT RSRP and RSRQ thresholds for UEs with only signaling
connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:SigTargetRatThdRSRP=36,SigTargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting the inter-RAT measurement duration of LTE cells for UEs
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LTEMeasTime=5;
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for handover- or redirection-based fast return
to LTE
//Turning on the switch for fast return to LTE based on PS handovers
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:HoSwitch1=HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for fast return to LTE based on redirections
//(Optional) Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
//(Optional) Enabling the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers
//Setting the following parameter on the source RNC
//Setting the following parameters on the target RNC
//(Optional) Triggering fast return to LTE upon AMR release for the first time
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the U2L connected-mode priority switch

WCDMA RAN
//(Optional) Configuring the priority of the connected-mode E-UTRA frequency (for

example, 5)
//Configuring virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC
//Performing the following configurations after enabling Fast Return to LTE for
SRVCC User
//Turning on the virtual grid filter and backup switch
//Enabling virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC at the cell level
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Configuring UMTS-to-LTE virtual grid high and low thresholds for
cell-level virtual grid-based fast return if the non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection function is enabled
//(Optional) Configuring UMTS-to-LTE virtual grid high and low thresholds for
cell-level virtual grid-based fast return if the non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection function is not enabled
//Configuring Probability of U2L for Class II Grid using RNC-level virtual grid-
based fast return
//Configuring whether to optimize the intra-frequency measurement for
constructing virtual grids for UMTS-to-LTE return
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT_SW-1;
NOTE
When configuring the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a
single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.


To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following counters:
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910): number of UMTS-

to-LTE redirections-based fast return attempts of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910): number of
UMTS-to-LTE redirection-based fast return attempts of SRVCC UEs served by the
SRNC
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910):
number of UMTS-to-LTE outgoing PS handover preparation attempts triggered by fast
return of SRVCC UEs in a cell

WCDMA RAN
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910):

number of successful UMTS-to-LTE outgoing PS handover preparation attempts
triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910): number of
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910): number of
successful UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs
in a cell
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.GridBlind.SRVCCUE (BSC6900,
BSC6910): number of allowed blind fast returns to LTE after the virtual grid-based
decision following the CS service release for SRVCC UEs. If the counter value is greater
than 0, the virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC function takes effect.
If the value of any of the preceding counters is not 0, this feature has taken effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear
parameter to turn off the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
parameter to turn off the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and clear
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhance Switch 7 parameter to disable the function of fast return of UEs with only signaling
connections through SRVCC.
----End
Deactivate virtual grid-based fast return to LTE for SRVCC at the cell and RNC levels as
follows:
l Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under Fast Return To LTE
Switch.
l Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2.
NOTE
l When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to virtual grid-based fast return are
configured, the cell-level parameters take precedence.
l When deactivating virtual grid-based fast return, you are advised to turn on Virtual Grid Filter and

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

WCDMA RAN
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the function of fast return for UEs with only signaling connections
through SRVCC
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the cell level
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//(Recommended) Turning on Virtual Grid Filter and Backup Switch so that the RNC
can continue to filter, back up, and restore existing virtual grid data
NOTE


In the UE logs, check the duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts
when the UE transmits or receives a Disconnect message after processing a CS service and
ends when the UE initiates an RRC Connection Request message in the E-UTRAN.
If the duration shortens after the feature is activated, the feature has brought positive gains.
After this feature is enabled, monitor network performance by observing the following
counters.

nt Object Subset
VS.U2L.FastReturn.R CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L Redirections

edirect.SRVCCUE .Cell Triggered by Fast Return of
(BSC6900, BSC6910) SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2L.FastReturn.R IUR SRNC.IUR Number of UMTS-to-LTE

edirect.SRVCCUE.Iur Redirections Triggered by Fast
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Return of SRVCC Users Over the
Iur Interface at the SRNC
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Preparation Attempts

n.AttRelocPrepOutPS. .Cell for PS Outgoing U2L Handovers
SRVCCUE (BSC6900, Triggered by Fast Return After
BSC6910) SRVCC for Cell

WCDMA RAN

nt Object Subset
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful

n.SuccRelocPrepOutP .Cell Preparations for U2L PS
S.SRVCCUE Handovers Triggered by Fast
(BSC6900, BSC6910) Return of SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L PS Handover

n.AttOutPS.SRVCCU .Cell Attempts Triggered by Fast
E (BSC6900, Return of SRVCC UEs for Cell
BSC6910)
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful U2L PS

n.SuccOutPS.SRVCC .Cell Handovers Triggered by Fast
UE (BSC6900, Return After SRVCC for Cell
BSC6910)
VS.RAB.AbnormRel. UCELL RAB.RelA Number of CS RABs Abnormally

CS.Disconnect bnormal.Ce Released by the RNC After the
(BSC6900, BSC6910) ll RNC Receives the
DISCONNECT Message for Cell
The SRVCC fast return handover preparation success rate and SRVCC fast return handover
success rate are calculated using the following formulas: SRVCC fast return handover
preparation success rate = VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE
(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
SRVCC fast return handover success rate =

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)
This feature starts the LTE measurement after an SRVCC UE ends its voice service and the
RNC receives a Disconnect message from the UE or the MSC. The CS RAB has not been
released at this moment but may be abnormally released during the measurement. Therefore,
the value of the counter indicating the number of abnormal CS RAB releases may increase.
However, this type of CS RAB releases cannot be counted as call drops, because the UE has
ended the voice service when the coverage is normal. To assess the impact of this type of CS
RAB releases on the counter indicating the number of abnormal call drops, the
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Disconnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is introduced.
The virtual grid-based SRVCC fast return function is learned and the learning results are
inaccurate within three days after this function is enabled. Therefore, it is recommended that
data recorded within at least three days be excluded for benefit evaluation using the counters
below. After the function takes effect:
l The number of times measurement control messages are delivered for LTE measurement
triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs for a cell, indicated by
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910), decreases.
l The number of times LTE measurement triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs for a cell
expires, indicated by VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num.SRVCCUE (BSC6900,
BSC6910), decreases.

WCDMA RAN
l After the feature is activated, SRVCC UEs of class I grids have reduced delay of fast
return, indicated by VS.U2L.FastReturn.SRVCCUE.Delay.Blind (BSC6900,
BSC6910). Specifically, the value of this counter is smaller than the delay of
measurement-based fast return after the feature is activated.

N/A
N/A
10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability

This function includes MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection and MFBI-based UMTS-
to-LTE reselections or handovers for UEs in connected mode. This function is a supplement
to the following features and can be enabled after the following features are enabled:
l MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection is a supplement to the following feature:

WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
l MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE cell redirections or handovers for UEs in connected mode is
a supplement to the following features:
– WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-020129 PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
– WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
10.14.1 When to Use MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability

This feature is recommended in the scenario where LBFD-070103 Multi-Band Compatibility
Enhancement is enabled in an LTE cell and the penetration rate of UEs supporting MBFI in
the UMTS network is high.
It is recommended that MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability be enabled when the

multi-band feature is enabled throughout the entire LTE network. In addition, the RNC
configuration must be consistent with the LTE network configuration. Otherwise, the
following problem may occur. The RNC configures the LTE cell to a multi-band cell, but the
multi-band feature is not enabled in this cell. As a result, a UE supporting the slave frequency
band fails to be reselected to this cell.

None

WCDMA RAN
10.14.3 Deployment
Other Features
This function requires the following features. The LTE features and at least one UMTS
feature must be activated.
UL Prerequisite Feature Working

Interoperability Mode
Function
UMTS-to-LTE cell LBFD-070103 Multi-Band Compatibility LTE

reselection Enhancement
WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE UMTS

Phase 1
UMTS-to-LTE LBFD-070103 Multi-Band Compatibility LTE

redirections or Enhancement
handovers for UEs
in connected mode WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE UMTS
WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection

from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover

from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service

Redirection from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC

User
License
None
Other Requirements
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 10 or later.

WCDMA RAN
10.14.3.2 Data Preparation and Feature Activation
Data Preparation
Perform the following configurations to enable the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, To enable Radio network plan

BSC6910) MFBI-based (internal)
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperability,
select
HO_U2L_SUP
PORT_MULTI
_BAND_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
Logical RNC ID LogicRncId Set this Radio network plan

parameter to the (internal)
default value.
E-UTRA Downlink EARFCN (BSC6900, Set this Radio network plan

ARFCN BSC6910) parameter to the (internal)
default value.
Slave Band SlaveBandSN (BSC6900, This parameter Radio network plan

Sequence Number BSC6910) is configured (internal)
based on the
slave frequency
band priority in
the network
plan. A smaller
SN indicates a
higher priority.
Slave Band SlaveBand (BSC6900, This parameter Radio network plan

BSC6910) is configured (internal)
based on the
slave frequency
band for an LTE
cell.
Result List Format LstFormat Set this Radio network plan

default value.
Slave Band URATFREQPRIOGROUP This parameter Radio network plan

Indicator : SlaveBandIndicator is configured (internal)
(BSC6900, BSC6910) based on the
multi-band for
an LTE cell.

WCDMA RAN
Slave Band UCELLNFREQPRIOIN- This parameter Radio network plan

Indicator FO: SlaveBandIndicator is configured (internal)
(BSC6900, BSC6910) based on the
multi-band for
an LTE cell.
Perform the following configurations to enable the UMTS-to-LTE cell redirections or

handovers for UEs in connected mode.
Logical RNC ID LogicRncId Set this Radio network plan

default value.
E-UTRA Downlink ARFCN EARFCN Set this Radio network plan

(BSC6900, parameter to the (internal)
Slave Band Sequence SlaveBandSN This parameter Radio network plan

Number (BSC6900, is configured (internal)
BSC6910) based on the
network plan. A
smaller SN
indicates a
higher priority.
Slave Band SlaveBand This parameter Radio network plan

(BSC6900, is configured (internal)
BSC6910) based on the
slave frequency
band for an LTE
cell.
Result List Format LstFormat Set this Radio network plan

default value.
Slave Band Indicator URATFREQPRI This parameter Radio network plan

OGROUP: is configured (internal)
SlaveBandIndicat based on the
or (BSC6900, multi-band for
BSC6910) an LTE cell.
Slave Band Indicator UCELLNFREQP This parameter Radio network plan

RIOINFO: is configured (internal)
SlaveBandIndicat based on the
or (BSC6900, multi-band for
BSC6910) an LTE cell.

WCDMA RAN
Slave Band Indicator ULTECELL: This parameter Radio network plan

SlaveBandIndicat is configured (internal)
or (BSC6900, based on the
BSC6910) multi-band for
an LTE cell.

l Perform the following steps to enable UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection:
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter.
Step 2 To configure the slave band indicator of the neighboring LTE frequency in the SIB19
message, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and configure the
Slave Band Indicator parameter.
Step 3 To configure the slave band indicator of the LTE frequency of SPID/IMSI-specific priorities
in the Utran Mobility Information message, run the RNC MML command ADD
URATFREQPRIOGROUP and configure the Slave Band Indicator parameter.
NOTE
When Slave Band Indicator has a different value from the number of slave frequency bands configured
by the RNC, the smaller value is used. For example, if the value of Slave Band Indicator is 2, but the
RNC configures only one slave frequency band with its Slave Band Sequence Number set to 1, only
one slave frequency band is considered to be configured. If the value of Slave Band Indicator is 1, but
the RNC configures two slave frequency bands, only one slave frequency band is considered to be
configured with its Slave Band Sequence Number set to 1.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEUTRANSLAVEBAND and configure E-UTRA
Downlink ARFCN, Slave Band Sequence Number, and Slave Band.
NOTE
It is recommended that the slave frequency band configuration policy be consistent throughout the entire
LTE network and the master and slave frequency bands of a multi-band LTE cell configured by the RNC
be consistent with the operating master and slave frequency bands of an LTE cell. For details about the
configuration of LTE master and slave frequency bands, see Multi-Band Indicator in LTE
documentation.
----End
l Perform the following steps to enable UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers for UEs
in connected mode:
Step 1 Enable the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select

HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
To enable the cross-Iur MFBI-based function, select
HO_IUR_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910).
Step 2 Configure the slave band indicator of a neighboring LTE frequency or cell.

WCDMA RAN
If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the slave band indicator of the LTE frequency must
be configured by running the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and
configuring SlaveBandIndicator(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS BSC6910).
If the neighboring LTE cell is configured, the slave band indicator of the LTE cell must be
configured by running the RNC MML command ADD ULTECELL and configuring
SlaveBandIndicator(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS BSC6910).
Step 3 Configure the LTE slave band indicator in SPID/IMSI-specific priorities.
Run the RNC MML command ADD URATFREQPRIOGROUP and configure

SlaveBandIndicator (BSC6900, BSC6910).
NOTE
When Slave Band Indicator has a different value from the number of slave frequency bands configured
by the RNC, the smaller value is used. For example, if the value of Slave Band Indicator is 2, but the
RNC configures only one slave frequency band with its Slave Band Sequence Number set to 1, only
one slave frequency band is considered to be configured. If the value of Slave Band Indicator is 1, but
the RNC configures two slave frequency bands, only one slave frequency band is considered to be
configured with its Slave Band Sequence Number set to 1.
Step 4 Configure the slave frequency band of multi-band LTE cell on the RNC.
Run the RNC MML ADD UEUTRANSLAVEBAND and configure EARFCN (BSC6900,
BSC6910), SlaveBandSN (BSC6900, BSC6910), and SlaveBand (BSC6900, BSC6910).
NOTE
It is recommended that the slave frequency band configuration policy be consistent throughout the entire
LTE network and the master and slave frequency bands of a multi-band LTE cell configured by the RNC
be consistent with the operating master and slave frequency bands of an LTE cell. For details about the
configuration of LTE master and slave frequency bands, see Multi-Band Indicator in LTE
documentation.
----End

//Activating UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection
//Enabling the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Configuring the slave band indicator of the neighboring LTE frequency in the
SIB19 message and in MLB-specific priorities
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=4150, SlaveBandIndicator=D1, NPriority=5;
//Configuring the LTE slave band indicator in SPID/IMSI-specific priorities
MOD URATFREQPRIOGROUP: RatFreqPriorityGroupId=5, RatType=EUTRAN, DLARFCN=4150,
SlaveBandIndicator=D1,DediPriority=1;
//Configuring the slave frequency band of multi-band LTE cell
ADD UEUTRANSLAVEBAND: EARFCN=4150, SlaveBandSN=1, SlaveBand=17;
//Enabling UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers for UEs in connected mode
//Enabling the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability function
//Configuring the slave band indicator of a neighboring LTE frequency
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=4150, SlaveBandIndicator=D1;
//Configuring the slave band indicator of an external LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SlaveBandIndicator=D1;
//Configuring the LTE slave band indicator in SPID/IMSI-specific priorities
MOD URATFREQPRIOGROUP: RatFreqPriorityGroupId=5, RatType=EUTRAN, DLARFCN=4150,
SlaveBandIndicator=D1, DediPriority=1;
//Configuring the slave frequency band of multi-band LTE cell
ADD UEUTRANSLAVEBAND: EARFCN=4150, SlaveBandSN=1, SlaveBand=17;

WCDMA RAN

NOTE
When configuring the MBFI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability, perform a single configuration first,
and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a
batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME

NOTE
In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, licenses cannot be operated on the CME. Therefore, you
need to run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return
from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and

l UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check whether the SIB19 message
traced over the Uu interface contains the slave band information, as shown in Figure
10-4.
Figure 10-4 Slave frequency band list delivered in the SIB19 message
l UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers for UEs in connected mode

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the
VS.U2LTEHO.SlavebandFreq.Num counter. This feature has taken effect if the
preceding counter value is not 0.

WCDMA RAN
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Deactivate the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and deselect
HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
----End

//Deactivating the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the MBFI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability, perform a single configuration first,
and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a
batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME

----End

After UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers for UEs in connected mode is enabled, the
values of the following counters may be increased:
l VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover attempts)
l VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of successful UMTS-to-
LTE PS handovers)
l VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of preparation
attempts for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers)
l VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of successful
preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of UMTS-to-
LTE redirections through the RRCConnection Release message)
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of
UMTS-to-LTE fast returns triggered by redirections of SRVCC UEs)

WCDMA RAN
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) and

VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE.Iur (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of
UMTS-to-LTE fast returns triggered by redirections of CSFB UEs)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of
UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections triggered by fast returns)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of UMTS-to-
LTE blind redirections through the RRCConnection Release message)
l VS.U2LTEHO.SlavebandFreq.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) (Number of slave
frequencies for redirections or handovers from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell)

N/A
N/A

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 11 Parameters
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
SRNSwi BSC690 ADD None None Meaning:

thLTES 0 UNRNC Whether the SRNC sends the LTE subscriber
ubIndS MOD information to the DRNC if the LTE subscriber
w UNRNC performs intra-RAT UMTS SRNS relocation.
ON: This switch is turned on. The SRNC sends the
LTE subscriber information to the DRNC.
OFF: This switch is turned off. The SRNC does not
send the LTE subscriber information to the DRNC.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
SRNSwi BSC691 ADD None None Meaning:

thLTES 0 UNRNC Whether the SRNC sends the LTE subscriber
ubIndS MOD information to the DRNC if the LTE subscriber
w UNRNC performs intra-RAT UMTS SRNS relocation.
ON: This switch is turned on. The SRNC sends the
LTE subscriber information to the DRNC.
OFF: This switch is turned off. The SRNC does not
send the LTE subscriber information to the DRNC.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
FastRetu BSC690 ADD WRFD- DB- Meaning:

rnToLT 0 UCELL 150209 HSDPA 1. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
ESwitch HOCO WRFD- Fast Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
MM 140226 Return a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
MOD WRFD- from terminating the CS service.
UCELL 171223 UMTS When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases the
HOCO to LTE RRC connection by sending to a UE an RRC
MM Fast CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries the
Return information about UE-supported LTE frequencies if
to LTE the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
for CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
SRVCC does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
User UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
2. HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether the information about frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message the RNC sends
to a CS fallback UE in a UMTS cell for RRC
connection release. This parameter is configured at the
cell. When this switch is turned on, the information
about UE-supported frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message. When this switch is turned off, the
information about UE-supported frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is not carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message.
3.
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
fast return for an SRVCC UE whose CS service has
been released in the UMTS network. SRVCC is short
for single radio voice call continuity.When this switch
is set to ON, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
return can be triggered for an SRVCC UE whose CS
service has been released in the UMTS network.
When this switch is set to OFF, measurement-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast return cannot be triggered for an
SRVCC UE whose CS service has been released in the
UMTS network.
4.
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC triggers the measurement-
based UMTS-to-LTE fast return for CSFB UEs after
their voice services are released in a cell on the UMTS
network. When this switch is turned on and the UE
supports LTE measurement, the UE triggers an LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement after its voice service is complete. After

the RNC receives the measurement report, the RNC
decides whether to trigger a U2L fast return based on
the measurement result. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC can perform only a blind fast return for
the UE.
5.
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC triggers the UMTS-to-LTE fast
return for CSFB UEs based on the RSCP of the best
cell after their voice services are released in a cell on
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC sends a periodic intra-frequency measurement
control message to the UE, instructing the UE to
measure the RSCP of the best cell. If the RSCP of the
best cell reported by the UE is equal to or greater than
the value of U2LNCovRscpThd, the RNC will trigger
a blind fast return. Otherwise, the RNC will not
trigger the blind fast return. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not send the UE the periodic
intra-frequency measurement control message
instructing the UE to measure the RSCP of the best
cell.
6.
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH: Whether virtual grid-based CSFB fast return
takes effect.
When this switch is turned on, virtual grid-based
CSFB fast return takes effect.
When this switch is turned off, virtual grid-based
CSFB fast return does not take effect.
7.
HO_SRVCC_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:Whether the virtual-grid-based SRVCC fast
return takes effect.1: This switch is turned on. The
virtual-grid-based SRVCC fast return takes effect. In
class I virtual grids, the RNC allows UEs to perform
the blind SRVCC fast return. In class II virtual grids,
the RNC forbids SRVCC fast return for UEs. In class
III virtual grids, the RNC keep the SRVCC fast return
procedure unchanged for the UE.0: This switch is
turned off. The virtual-grid-based SRVCC fast return
does not take effect.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:0,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:0,
0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
TCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FastRetu BSC691 ADD WRFD- DB- Meaning:

rnToLT 0 UCELL 150209 HSDPA 1. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
ESwitch HOCO WRFD- Fast Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
MM 140226 Return a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
MOD WRFD- from terminating the CS service.
UCELL 171223 UMTS When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases the
HOCO to LTE RRC connection by sending to a UE an RRC
MM Fast CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries the
Return information about UE-supported LTE frequencies if
to LTE the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
for CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
SRVCC does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
User UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
2. HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether the information about frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message the RNC sends
to a CS fallback UE in a UMTS cell for RRC
connection release. This parameter is configured at the
cell. When this switch is turned on, the information
about UE-supported frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message. When this switch is turned off, the
information about UE-supported frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is not carried in the RRC
3.
UMTS network.
4.
their voice services are released in a cell on the UMTS

WCDMA RAN

nd

the UE.
5.
cell after their voice services are released in a cell on
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the
cell.
6.
takes effect.
7.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:0,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:0,
0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
TCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020304 Frequen 1.
tch10 MPARA WRFD- cy Hard PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SWITCH:Whether
020302 Handov the RNC can automatically identify the registration
er Based information of UEs on the LTE network for
WRFD- on DL
140226 determining the operator-based UMTS-to-LTE
QoS redirection.
WRFD- Inter
020503 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC checks whether
Frequen the UE is a subscriber of the LTE network based on
WRFD- cy Hard the information about the LTE-to-UMTS redirection
150204 Handov or LTE-to-UMTS handover. The operator-based
er Based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered for only
on subscribers of the LTE network.
Coverag
e 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not check
whether the UE is a subscriber of the LTE network
Fast based on the information about the LTE-to-UMTS
Return redirection or LTE-to-UMTS handover. The operator-
from based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered for all
UMTS UEs, no matter whether UEs are subscribed to the
to LTE LTE network or not.
Outer 2.
Loop PERFENH_CONNECTED_AMR_DL_PC_OPT_SW
Power ITCH:Whether downlink AMR power control
Control optimization takes effect for UEs in connected mode.
Platinu 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
m User downlink AMR power control optimization for UEs in
Prioritizi connected mode by generating special data packets.
ng
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
perform downlink AMR power control optimization
for UEs in connected mode, and no special packets are
generated.
3.
PERFENH_DF2P_LIMIT_WITH_SAS_SWITCH:W
hether the RNC forbids D2P/F2P state transitions for
UEs when performing positioning in SAS-centri
mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC forbids
D2P/F2P state transitions for UEs when performing
positioning in SAS-centri mode.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allows
4.
PERFENH_U900_UE_CAP_OBTAIN_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether the RNC can obtain the access and

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement capability of the UE at the U900 band

from the inter-RAT relocation request message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC can obtain the
access and measurement capability of the UE at the
U900 band from the inter-RAT relocation request
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
the access and measurement capability of the UE at
the U900 band from the inter-RAT relocation request
message.
5.
PERFENH_IUCS_PAKING_USER_REL_OPT_SWI
TCH:Whether to optimize the release of RB Parking
UEs that have Iu-CS connections.
1: This switch is turned on. For an RB parking UE
that has Iu-CS connections, the RNC releases only PS
RABs for the UE if the RNC determines that the UE
needs to be released.
0: This switch is turned off. In the preceding scenario,
the RNC releases the UE.
6.
PERFENH_TTICHG_NOT_SUPP_CONTI_CFG_S
W:Whether the RNC reconfigures 2 ms TTI to 10 ms
TTI for HSUPA services if the current procedure does
not support such configuration.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
reconfigure 2 ms TTI to 10 ms TTI for HSUPA
services if the current procedure does not support such
reconfiguration. However, other reconfigurations of
HSUPA services are not affected.
0: This switch is turned off. All reconfigurations of
HSUPA services fail if the current procedure does not
support the reconfiguration from 2 ms TTI to 10 ms
TTI for HSUPA services.
7.
PERFENH_PTUSER_HSDPA_SCHEDULE_OPT_S
WITCH:Whether to enable scheduling optimization
for platinum users.
1: This switch is turned on. HSDPA scheduling
optimization is enabled for platinum users. Platinum
users can send downlink BE service data in the
following two scenarios: a. The uplink signal quality
for platinum users is not good. b. Only the ACK/
NACK domain of the uplink feedback channel for the
platinum user is in the compressed mode gap.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. HSDPA scheduling

optimization is disabled for platinum users.
8.
PERFENH_CSFB_FR_OVERLAP_RB_RECONFIG
_SW:Whether to allow measurement-based CSFB fast
return during an RB reconfiguration for CSFB UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. Measurement-based CSFB
fast return is allowed during an RB reconfiguration for
CSFB UEs. When the CSFB UE initiates the first CS
service, the DCCC rate increase or decrease procedure
is forbidden. If the fast return is not triggered after the
CS service release, the UE can perform the DCCC
rate increase or decrease procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not allow
measurement-based CSFB fast return during an RB
reconfiguration for CSFB UEs.
9.
PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_S
WITCH:Whether the DRNC uses the LTE subscriber
information sent by the SRNC if the LTE subscriber
performs intra-RAT UMTS SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC uses the LTE
subscriber information sent by the SRNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC does not use
the LTE subscriber information sent by the SRNC.
10.
PERFENH_PTUSER_GBR_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:W
hether to enable GBR configuration optimization for
platinum users.
1: This switch is turned on. GBR configuration
optimization is enabled for platinum users. The GBR
can be configured separately for platinum users.
0: This switch is turned off. GBR configuration
11. PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH:
Whether to RNC sends the CGI information carrying
GSM cell information to the NodeB through the
NBAP_RNC_PRIVATE message.
1: This switch is turned on. he RNC sends the CGI
information to the NodeB. Then, the NodeB
determines the GSM cells on the GU@5 MHz
network based on the CGI information, and chooses
the method of Downlink Adaptive Band-Pass Filter
(dynamic filtering or static filtering) based on the
GSM cell synchronization state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. the RNC does not send

the CGI information to the NodeB. Then the NodeB
does not change the method of implementing
Downlink Adaptive Band-Pass Filter.
12.PERFENH_RB_RECFG_SRB_RLC_PARA_OPT
_SWITCH:Whether the RLC parameters of SRBs can
be reconfigured during RB reconfiguration for UEs
complying with 3GPP Release 5 or earlier.
1: This switch is turned on. RLC parameters of SRBs
can be reconfigured during RB reconfiguration for
UEs complying with 3GPP Release 5 or earlier.
0: This switch is turned off. RLC parameters of SRBs
cannot be reconfigured during RB reconfiguration for
13.
PERFENH_SHO_CM_ACT_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe
r the compressed mode sequences corresponding to
the values of
[UINTERRATHOCOV:CsBSICVerifyIndication] or
[UINTERRATHOCOV:PsBSICVerifyIndication] are
activated for new links of the soft handover during
inter-RAT measurements.
1: This switch is turned on. The compressed mode
sequences corresponding to the values of
0: This switch is turned off. All compressed mode
sequences are always activated for new links in the
soft handover procedure.
14.
PERFENH_RCV_SAS_IN_RB_RECFG_OPT_SWIT
CH:Whether the RNC caches the positioning request
during the RB reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. Upon receiving a
positioning request during the RB reconfiguration, the
RNC caches the message first and then initiates the
positioning procedure after RB reconfiguration is
complete.
0: This switch is turned off. Upon receiving a
RNC initiates the positioning procedure.
15.
PERFENH_DRNC_INTER_FREQ_NCELL_OPT_S
WITCH:Whether to optimize the sequence of inter-

WCDMA RAN

nd
frequency neighboring cells sent from the DRNC to

the SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC serves as a
DRNC, the sequence of inter-frequency neighboring
cells sent to the SRNC is optimized. That is, these
cells are sequenced in a descending order based on
their coverage-based handover priority, without those
on which coverage-based handovers are banned.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC serves as
a DRNC, the sequence of inter-frequency neighboring
cells sent to the SRNC is not optimized.
16.
PERFENH_LCS_FORBID_STATE_TRANS_OPT_S
W:Whether the optimization function of forbidding
UE state transition during a positioning procedure
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. During a positioning
procedure, the RNC forbids the following state
transitions: D2P/D2F/F2P state transitions triggered
by the enhanced fast dormancy function, D2F/D2P
state transitions triggered by the smart fast state
transition function, D2P state transitions triggered
based on the throughput of BE services, and D2F state
transitions triggered by a UE due to cell overload
0: This switch is turned off. This optimization
function does not take effect.
17.
PERFENH_DRNC_U2G_CELLLOAD_QUERY_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC functioning as the SRNC
queries the load of the best cell in a UMTS-to-GSM
handover in the CS domain when the best cell is
served by the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not query
the cell load.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC queries the cell
load.
18.
PERFENH_LCS_CELLID_RTT_PROC_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether to optimize the positioning procedure
when the CELL ID+RTT positioning procedure
overlaps with the RB reconfiguration or handover
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC optimizes the
CELL ID+RTT positioning procedure as follows:

WCDMA RAN

nd
(1) If the RNC receives a CELL ID+RTT positioning

request for a UE in an ongoing RB reconfiguration or
handover, the RNC buffers the request.
(2) If a CELL ID+RTT positioning request for a UE
has been initiated but fails because an RB
reconfiguration or handover procedure is triggered
before the RNC obtains the positioning measurement
results, the RNC attempts CELL ID+RTT positioning
again.
0: This switch is turned off. The original processing
applies.
19.
PERFENH_HRETRY_DPG_SPG_OPT_SWITCH:W
hether to enable the DPG- or SPG-based channel retry
optimization algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. The DPG- or SPG-based
channel retry optimization algorithm takes effect.
Specifically, DPG- or SPG-based channel retry can be
initiated when PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH
is selected under the PerfEnhanceSwitch1 parameter
in the UCORRMPARA MO and the DPG or SPG
priority of the cell is 0.
0: This switch is turned off. The DPG- or SPG-based
channel retry optimization algorithm does not take
effect.
20.
PERFENH_UL_GRID_USER_INTRA_MEAS_OPT
_SW:Whether to optimize the intra-frequency
measurement for constructing virtual grids for UMTS-
to-LTE return.
1: This switch is turned on. Among served UEs
sourcing from the LTE network, the RNC selects
those capable of CSFB fast return, SRVCC fast return,
or UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection to
perform intra-frequency measurement for constructing
virtual grids.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC selects all
served UEs sourcing from the LTE network to
virtual grids.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CONNECTED_AMR_DL_PC_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_DF2P_LIMIT_WITH_SAS_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
W,
H,
WITCH,
_SW,
WITCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_DPG_SPG_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH, PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_SRB_RLC_PARA_OPT_S
WITCH,
CH,
_SW,
PERFENH_PTUSER_GBR_CFG_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SHO_CM_ACT_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
W
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
TCH,
W,
H,
WITCH,
_SW,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH,
CH,
_SW,
WITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
W
Default Value:
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_DF2P_LIMIT_WITH_SAS_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
W:0,
H:0,
WITCH:0,
_SW:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_HRETRY_DPG_SPG_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_PTUSER_GBR_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
_SW:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_SHO_CM_ACT_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH:0,
W:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020304 Frequen 1.
tch10 MPARA WRFD- cy Hard PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SWITCH:Whether
020302 Handov the RNC can automatically identify the registration
er Based information of UEs on the LTE network for
WRFD- on DL
140226 determining the operator-based UMTS-to-LTE
QoS redirection.
WRFD- Inter
020503 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC checks whether
Frequen the UE is a subscriber of the LTE network based on
WRFD- cy Hard the information about the LTE-to-UMTS redirection
150204 Handov or LTE-to-UMTS handover. The operator-based
er Based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered for only
on subscribers of the LTE network.
Coverag
e 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not check
whether the UE is a subscriber of the LTE network
Fast based on the information about the LTE-to-UMTS
Return redirection or LTE-to-UMTS handover. The operator-
from based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered for all
UMTS UEs, no matter whether UEs are subscribed to the
to LTE LTE network or not.
Outer 2.
Loop PERFENH_CONNECTED_AMR_DL_PC_OPT_SW
Power ITCH:Whether downlink AMR power control
Control optimization takes effect for UEs in connected mode.
Platinu 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
m User downlink AMR power control optimization for UEs in
Prioritizi connected mode by generating special data packets.
ng
perform downlink AMR power control optimization
for UEs in connected mode, and no special packets are
generated.
3.
PERFENH_DF2P_LIMIT_WITH_SAS_SWITCH:W
hether the RNC forbids D2P/F2P state transitions for
UEs when performing positioning in SAS-centri
mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC forbids
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allows
4.
H:Whether the RNC can obtain the access and

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement capability of the UE at the U900 band

from the inter-RAT relocation request message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC can obtain the
access and measurement capability of the UE at the
U900 band from the inter-RAT relocation request
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
the access and measurement capability of the UE at
the U900 band from the inter-RAT relocation request
message.
5.
TCH:Whether to optimize the release of RB Parking
UEs that have Iu-CS connections.
1: This switch is turned on. For an RB parking UE
that has Iu-CS connections, the RNC releases only PS
RABs for the UE if the RNC determines that the UE
needs to be released.
0: This switch is turned off. In the preceding scenario,
the RNC releases the UE.
6.
W:Whether the RNC reconfigures 2 ms TTI to 10 ms
TTI for HSUPA services if the current procedure does
not support such configuration.
reconfigure 2 ms TTI to 10 ms TTI for HSUPA
services if the current procedure does not support such
reconfiguration. However, other reconfigurations of
HSUPA services are not affected.
0: This switch is turned off. All reconfigurations of
HSUPA services fail if the current procedure does not
support the reconfiguration from 2 ms TTI to 10 ms
TTI for HSUPA services.
7.
WITCH:Whether to enable scheduling optimization
for platinum users.
1: This switch is turned on. HSDPA scheduling
optimization is enabled for platinum users. Platinum
users can send downlink BE service data in the
following two scenarios: a. The uplink signal quality
for platinum users is not good. b. Only the ACK/
NACK domain of the uplink feedback channel for the
platinum user is in the compressed mode gap.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. HSDPA scheduling

8.
_SW:Whether to allow measurement-based CSFB fast
return during an RB reconfiguration for CSFB UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. Measurement-based CSFB
fast return is allowed during an RB reconfiguration for
CSFB UEs. When the CSFB UE initiates the first CS
service, the DCCC rate increase or decrease procedure
is forbidden. If the fast return is not triggered after the
CS service release, the UE can perform the DCCC
rate increase or decrease procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not allow
measurement-based CSFB fast return during an RB
reconfiguration for CSFB UEs.
9.
WITCH:Whether the DRNC uses the LTE subscriber
information sent by the SRNC if the LTE subscriber
performs intra-RAT UMTS SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC uses the LTE
subscriber information sent by the SRNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC does not use
the LTE subscriber information sent by the SRNC.
10.
PERFENH_PTUSER_GBR_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:W
hether to enable GBR configuration optimization for
platinum users.
1: This switch is turned on. GBR configuration
optimization is enabled for platinum users. The GBR
can be configured separately for platinum users.
0: This switch is turned off. GBR configuration
11. PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH:
Whether to RNC sends the CGI information carrying
GSM cell information to the NodeB through the
NBAP_RNC_PRIVATE message.
1: This switch is turned on. he RNC sends the CGI
information to the NodeB. Then, the NodeB
determines the GSM cells on the GU@5 MHz
network based on the CGI information, and chooses
the method of Downlink Adaptive Band-Pass Filter
(dynamic filtering or static filtering) based on the
GSM cell synchronization state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. the RNC does not send

the CGI information to the NodeB. Then the NodeB
does not change the method of implementing
Downlink Adaptive Band-Pass Filter.
12.PERFENH_RB_RECFG_SRB_RLC_PARA_OPT
_SWITCH:Whether the RLC parameters of SRBs can
be reconfigured during RB reconfiguration for UEs
complying with 3GPP Release 5 or earlier.
1: This switch is turned on. RLC parameters of SRBs
can be reconfigured during RB reconfiguration for
0: This switch is turned off. RLC parameters of SRBs
cannot be reconfigured during RB reconfiguration for
13.
PERFENH_SHO_CM_ACT_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe
r the compressed mode sequences corresponding to
the values of
1: This switch is turned on. The compressed mode
sequences corresponding to the values of
0: This switch is turned off. All compressed mode
sequences are always activated for new links in the
soft handover procedure.
14.
CH:Whether the RNC caches the positioning request
during the RB reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. Upon receiving a
RNC caches the message first and then initiates the
positioning procedure after RB reconfiguration is
complete.
0: This switch is turned off. Upon receiving a
RNC initiates the positioning procedure.
15.
WITCH:Whether to optimize the sequence of inter-

WCDMA RAN

nd
frequency neighboring cells sent from the DRNC to

the SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC serves as a
DRNC, the sequence of inter-frequency neighboring
cells sent to the SRNC is optimized. That is, these
cells are sequenced in a descending order based on
their coverage-based handover priority, without those
on which coverage-based handovers are banned.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC serves as
a DRNC, the sequence of inter-frequency neighboring
cells sent to the SRNC is not optimized.
16.
W:Whether the optimization function of forbidding
UE state transition during a positioning procedure
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. During a positioning
procedure, the RNC forbids the following state
transitions: D2P/D2F/F2P state transitions triggered
by the enhanced fast dormancy function, D2F/D2P
state transitions triggered by the smart fast state
transition function, D2P state transitions triggered
based on the throughput of BE services, and D2F state
transitions triggered by a UE due to cell overload
0: This switch is turned off. This optimization
function does not take effect.
17.
ITCH: Whether the RNC functioning as the SRNC
queries the load of the best cell in a UMTS-to-GSM
handover in the CS domain when the best cell is
served by the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not query
the cell load.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC queries the cell
load.
18.
CH: Whether to optimize the positioning procedure
when the CELL ID+RTT positioning procedure
overlaps with the RB reconfiguration or handover
procedure.
CELL ID+RTT positioning procedure as follows:

WCDMA RAN

nd
(1) If the RNC receives a CELL ID+RTT positioning

request for a UE in an ongoing RB reconfiguration or
handover, the RNC buffers the request.
(2) If a CELL ID+RTT positioning request for a UE
has been initiated but fails because an RB
reconfiguration or handover procedure is triggered
before the RNC obtains the positioning measurement
results, the RNC attempts CELL ID+RTT positioning
again.
0: This switch is turned off. The original processing
applies.
19.
PERFENH_HRETRY_DPG_SPG_OPT_SWITCH:W
hether to enable the DPG- or SPG-based channel retry
optimization algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. The DPG- or SPG-based
channel retry optimization algorithm takes effect.
Specifically, DPG- or SPG-based channel retry can be
initiated when PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH
is selected under the PerfEnhanceSwitch1 parameter
in the UCORRMPARA MO and the DPG or SPG
priority of the cell is 0.
0: This switch is turned off. The DPG- or SPG-based
channel retry optimization algorithm does not take
effect.
20.
_SW:Whether to optimize the intra-frequency
measurement for constructing virtual grids for UMTS-
to-LTE return.
1: This switch is turned on. Among served UEs
sourcing from the LTE network, the RNC selects
those capable of CSFB fast return, SRVCC fast return,
or UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection to
virtual grids.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC selects all
served UEs sourcing from the LTE network to
virtual grids.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
W,
H,
WITCH,
_SW,
WITCH,
ITCH, PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
_SW,
CH,
WITCH,
W
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
TCH,
W,
H,
WITCH,
_SW,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH,
CH,
_SW,
WITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
W
Default Value:
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_DF2P_LIMIT_WITH_SAS_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
W:0,
H:0,
WITCH:0,
_SW:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_HRETRY_DPG_SPG_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_PTUSER_GBR_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_CGI_FOR_GU5M_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
_SW:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_SHO_CM_ACT_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH:0,
W:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

vTrigSo 0 UCELL 020129 Based 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce U2LTE WRFD- PS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
HONCO 140218 Service redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
V Redirect being set up. When this switch is set to ON, a service-
MOD ion from based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
UCELL UMTS be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
U2LTE to LTE switch is set to OFF, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
HONCO Service- PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
V Based preceding scenario.
PS 2. U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER: Whether a
Handov service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
er from redirection can be triggered during the CELL_DCH-
UMTS to-CELL_FACH state transition or CELL_DCH-to-
to LTE CELL_PCH or CELL_DCH-to-URA_PCH state
transition when the PS service is in the low-rate
transmission state. When this switch is set to ON, a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
redirection can be triggered in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to OFF, a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection cannot be
triggered in the preceding scenario.
3. U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER: Whether
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers or
redirections can be triggered periodically according to
the duration specified by the "U2LServPrdTrigTimer-
Len" parameter. When this switch is set to ON, a
4. U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER: Whether a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
can be triggered when the service is being released.
When this switch is set to ON, a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection can be
triggered in the preceding scenario. When this switch
is set to OFF, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover
or redirection cannot be triggered in the preceding
scenario.
5. U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER: Whether a
can be triggered when the Iu-CS connection of the
service is being released. When this switch is set to
ON, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or

WCDMA RAN

nd

UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection cannot be
6. U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER: Whether service-
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections can be
triggered by other service change processes such as
intra-RAT migration or upon expiry of the timer
specified by the "U2LPunishSwitch" parameter. When
this switch is set to ON, a service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection can be triggered in the
preceding scenario. When this switch is set to OFF, a
cannot be triggered in the preceding scenario.
7.
U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_ENHANCE_TRIGGER:
Whether to allow the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
blind redirection during the CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH-to-URA_PCH state
transition or CELL_FACH-to-idle state transition
when the transmission data rate of PS services
becomes low. When this switch is turned on, this
redirection is allowed. When this switch is turned off,
this redirection is not allowed.
8. U2L_SERV_IUPS_REL_TRIGGER:Whether to
allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection
when the IU-PS connection is released. When this
switch is turned on, this redirection is allowed. When
this switch is turned off, this redirection is not
allowed.
GUI Value Range:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_ENHANCE_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_IUPS_REL_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SER
V_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIO
D_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0
&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SER
V_OTHER_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIV
E_ENHANCE_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUPS_RE
L_TRIGGER-0

WCDMA RAN

nd

vTrigSo 0 UCELL 020129 Based 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce U2LTE WRFD- PS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
HONCO 140218 Service redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
V Redirect being set up. When this switch is set to ON, a service-
MOD ion from based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
UCELL UMTS be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
U2LTE to LTE switch is set to OFF, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
HONCO Service- PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
V Based preceding scenario.
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd

7.
allowed.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SER
V_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIO
D_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0
&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SER
V_OTHER_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIV
E_ENHANCE_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUPS_RE
L_TRIGGER-0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

h2 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1. HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
MALG WRFD- PS periodically reports the Uu interface load state of a
OSWIT 150217 Redirect cell to the eCoordinator and enables the UL unified
CH ion from overload control feature. When this switch is set to
WRFD- UMTS
171224 ON, the RNC periodically reports the Uu interface
to LTE load state of a cell to the eCoordinator and enables the
WRFD- Load UL unified overload control feature. When this switch
171223 Based is set to OFF, the RNC does not report the Uu
WRFD- PS interface load state of a cell to the eCoordinator and
150208 Handov disables the UL unified overload control feature.
WRFD- er from 2. HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:
140226 UMTS Whether the DC-HSUPA independent active set
to LTE algorithm is enabled.
WRFD-
150219 Mobility 3. HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH: Whether
Manage the RNC supports LTE frequency bands 26 to 31.
WRFD- ment
191102 Based When this switch is turned on, the RNC supports LTE
WRFD- on IMSI frequency bands 26 to 31.
200102 for When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
MRFD- Multiple support LTE frequency bands 26 to 31.
101402 Operator 4.
s HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Fast Whether the RNC selects EARFCNs based on the
020126
Return LTE frequency bands that a UE can measure when the
WRFD- to LTE UE is attempting to access an E-UTRAN cell through
160270 for the blind redirections or fast return.
WRFD- SRVCC This switch is turned on. The RNC selects EARFCNs
020129 User based on the LTE frequency bands that a UE can
WRFD- Flexible measure when the UE is attempting to access an E-
140218 Dual UTRAN cell through the blind redirections or fast
WRFD- Carrier return.
150220 HSDPA This switch is turned off. The RNC does not select
Fast EARFCNs based on the LTE frequency bands that a
Return UE can measure, and considers that the UE supports
from all LTE frequency bands when the UE is attempting to
UMTS access an E-UTRAN cell through the blind
to LTE redirections or fast return.
Coverag 5. HO_REPORT_SWITCH: Whether the HO Report
e Based function takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
PS the HO Report function takes effect. When this switch
Redirect is turned off, the HO Report function does not take
ion from effect. The HO Report function is used to assist the
UMTS LTE inter-RAT mobile robust optimization (MRO)
to LTE function in determining unnecessary handovers.
KPI 6. HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
Improve IMSI-based mobility management function. The

WCDMA RAN

nd
ment for IMSI-based mobility management function classifies

High- subscribers of different operators into groups by IMSI
Speed number segment, and customizes differentiated
Users UMTS-to-GSM/LTE mobility management policies
Virtual for subscriber groups of different operators. These
Grid- policies include UMTS-to-GSM/LTE camping policy
based in idle mode and UMTS-to-LTE mobility policy in
Inter- connected mode, which enable subscribers of different
frequenc operators to preferentially return to the homing
y and GSM/LTE network. When this switch is turned on, the
IRAT IMSI-based mobility management function takes
Handov effect. When this switch is turned off, the IMSI-based
er mobility management function does not take effect.
optimiza 7. HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
tion can initiate a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover.
UL When this switch is turned on, the RNC can initiate a
Unified cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover. When this switch
Overloa is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate a cross-Iur
d UMTS-to-LTE handover.
Control 8. HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH: Whether the
Mobility SRNC filters the LTE frequencies or neighboring cells
Between under the DRNC based on the PLMN information
UMTS carried in the RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE or
and LTE RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message over
Phase 1 the Iur interface during a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover. When this switch is turned
Camp &
on, the SRNC filters the LTE frequencies or
Handov
neighboring cells under the DRNC based on the
er Based
PLMN information. When this switch is turned off,
on SPID
the SRNC does not filter the LTE frequencies or
Service- neighboring cells under the DRNC based on the
Based PLMN information.
PS
9. L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH:
Service
Whether the RNC sends the MLB-based dedicated
Redirect
priority information and timer for storing this
ion from
information to UEs which experience incoming MLB-
UMTS
based LTE-to-UMTS handovers. When this switch is
to LTE
turned on, the RNC sends the MLB-based dedicated
Service- priority information and timer for storing this
Based information to UEs which experience incoming MLB-
PS based LTE-to-UMTS handovers. In scenarios where
Handov the SPID- or IMSI-based dedicated priorities take
er from effect, the SPID- or IMSI-based dedicated priorities
UMTS are higher than the MLB-based dedicated priorities.
to LTE When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not send
Coverag the MLB-based dedicated priority information and
e Based timer for storing this information to UEs which
PS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov experience incoming MLB-based LTE-to-UMTS

er from handovers.
UMTS 10. HO_DL_SEC_FREQ_HO_SWITCH: Whether to
to LTE enable secondary carrier handovers in the downlink.
When this switch is turned on, secondary carrier
handovers can be triggered in the downlink. When this
switch is turned off, secondary carrier handovers
cannot be triggered in the downlink.
11.
takes effect.
12. HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH:
Whether the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE reselection,
redirection, or handover takes effect in multiband E-
UTRA cells. When this switch is turned on, UEs
supporting both the master band and slave band can
shift to multiband E-UTRA cells through a
reselection, redirection, or handover. When this switch
is turned off, only UEs supporting the master band can
reselection, redirection, or handover.
13.
HO_IUR_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITC
H: Whether the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE
reselection, redirection, or handover is supported in
cross-Iur scenarios. When this switch is turned on, the
MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE reselection, redirection,
or handover is supported in cross-Iur scenarios. When
this switch is turned off, the MFBI-based UMTS-to-
LTE reselection, redirection, or handover is not
supported in cross-Iur scenarios. It is good practice to
turn on this switch when the multiband configuration
policies of the LTE network are consistent in the area
enabled with the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE
14.
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_CMB_OPT_SWIT
CH :Whether to optimize the inter-frequency
neighboring cell combination function based on the
setting of HOCovPrio when this function is enabled.
When this switch is turned on, this function takes
effect. If HOCovPrio of the best cell is set to 0 for its

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring cell, the neighboring cell cannot be added

to the coverage-based inter-frequency measurement
control list.
When this switch is turned off, this function does not
take effect. If HOCovPrio of a cell in the active set is
not set to 0 for its neighboring cell, the neighboring
cell can be added to the coverage-based inter-
frequency measurement control list.
15. HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH:
Whether the SRNC forbids UEs to perform coverage-
based inter-frequency hard handovers originating from
a specific downlink frequency of a specific DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, the SRNC forbids UEs
to perform coverage-based inter-frequency hard
handovers originating from a specific downlink
frequency of a specific DRNC.
When this switch is turned off, the SRNC allows UEs
16.
HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWI
TCH:Whether virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
service redirection takes effect. When this switch is
turned on, virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
turned off, this function does not take effect.
17. HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH:Intra-
frequency handover optimization switch for high-
speed UEs.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC enables intra-
frequency handover optimization for high-speed UEs
and delivers intra-frequency handover parameters for
events 1A, 1B, and 1D to high-speed UEs.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC disables
intra-frequency handover optimization for high-speed
UEs.
18. HO_HSM_UE_STATIS_SWITCH:Whether the
RNC measures the VS.CellDCH.HSMUEs counter.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC measures the
VS.CellDCH.HSMUEs counter.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
measure the VS.CellDCH.HSMUEs counter.
19. HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:Whether to
preferentially enable the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection function for LTE UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If LTE UEs need to

perform coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers on UMTS networks and these UEs meet
conditions for performing service-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers, the RNC preferentially
performs service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers.
preferentially perform service-based UMTS-to-LTE
20.
HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:Whe
ther to preferentially perform service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection for platinum UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. If the platinum UEs need
to perform coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-
RAT handovers on UMTS networks and these UEs
meet conditions for performing service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers, the RNC
preferentially performs service-based UMTS-to-LTE
21.
GUI Value Range: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET,
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH, HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH,
L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH,
HO_DL_SEC_FREQ_HO_SWITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH,
H,
CH, HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH,
TCH, HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH,
HO_HSM_UE_STATIS_SWITCH,
HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH,
HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH,
CH,
H,
CH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH,
TCH,
HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH:0,
HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH:0,
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
0, HO_REPORT_SWITCH:0,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH:0,
HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH:0,
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH:0,
L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH:0,
HO_DL_SEC_FREQ_HO_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH :0, HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0, HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH:
0, HO_HSM_UE_STATIS_SWITCH:0,
HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:0,
HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

h2 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1. HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
MALG WRFD- PS periodically reports the Uu interface load state of a
OSWIT 150217 Redirect cell to the eCoordinator and enables the UL unified
CH ion from overload control feature. When this switch is set to
WRFD- UMTS
171224 ON, the RNC periodically reports the Uu interface
to LTE load state of a cell to the eCoordinator and enables the
WRFD- Load UL unified overload control feature. When this switch
171223 Based is set to OFF, the RNC does not report the Uu
WRFD- PS interface load state of a cell to the eCoordinator and
150208 Handov disables the UL unified overload control feature.
WRFD- er from 2. HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:
140226 UMTS Whether the DC-HSUPA independent active set
to LTE algorithm is enabled.
WRFD-
150219 Mobility 3. HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH: Whether
Manage the RNC supports LTE frequency bands 26 to 31.
WRFD- ment
191102 Based When this switch is turned on, the RNC supports LTE
WRFD- on IMSI frequency bands 26 to 31.
200102 for When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
MRFD- Multiple support LTE frequency bands 26 to 31.
101402 Operator 4.
s HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Fast Whether the RNC selects EARFCNs based on the
020126
Return LTE frequency bands that a UE can measure when the
WRFD- to LTE UE is attempting to access an E-UTRAN cell through
160270 for the blind redirections or fast return.
WRFD- SRVCC This switch is turned on. The RNC selects EARFCNs
020129 User based on the LTE frequency bands that a UE can
WRFD- Flexible measure when the UE is attempting to access an E-
140218 Dual UTRAN cell through the blind redirections or fast
WRFD- Carrier return.
150220 HSDPA This switch is turned off. The RNC does not select
Fast EARFCNs based on the LTE frequency bands that a
Return UE can measure, and considers that the UE supports
from all LTE frequency bands when the UE is attempting to
UMTS access an E-UTRAN cell through the blind
to LTE redirections or fast return.
Coverag 5. HO_REPORT_SWITCH: Whether the HO Report
e Based function takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
PS the HO Report function takes effect. When this switch
Redirect is turned off, the HO Report function does not take
ion from effect. The HO Report function is used to assist the
UMTS LTE inter-RAT mobile robust optimization (MRO)
to LTE function in determining unnecessary handovers.
KPI 6. HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
Improve IMSI-based mobility management function. The

WCDMA RAN

nd
ment for IMSI-based mobility management function classifies

High- subscribers of different operators into groups by IMSI
Speed number segment, and customizes differentiated
Users UMTS-to-GSM/LTE mobility management policies
Virtual for subscriber groups of different operators. These
Grid- policies include UMTS-to-GSM/LTE camping policy
based in idle mode and UMTS-to-LTE mobility policy in
Inter- connected mode, which enable subscribers of different
frequenc operators to preferentially return to the homing
y and GSM/LTE network. When this switch is turned on, the
IRAT IMSI-based mobility management function takes
Handov effect. When this switch is turned off, the IMSI-based
er mobility management function does not take effect.
optimiza 7. HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
tion can initiate a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover.
UL When this switch is turned on, the RNC can initiate a
Unified cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover. When this switch
Overloa is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate a cross-Iur
d UMTS-to-LTE handover.
Control 8. HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH: Whether the
Mobility SRNC filters the LTE frequencies or neighboring cells
Between under the DRNC based on the PLMN information
UMTS carried in the RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE or
and LTE RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message over
Phase 1 the Iur interface during a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover. When this switch is turned
Camp &
on, the SRNC filters the LTE frequencies or
Handov
neighboring cells under the DRNC based on the
er Based
PLMN information. When this switch is turned off,
on SPID
the SRNC does not filter the LTE frequencies or
Service- neighboring cells under the DRNC based on the
Based PLMN information.
PS
9. L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH:
Service
Whether the RNC sends the MLB-based dedicated
Redirect
priority information and timer for storing this
ion from
information to UEs which experience incoming MLB-
UMTS
based LTE-to-UMTS handovers. When this switch is
to LTE
turned on, the RNC sends the MLB-based dedicated
Service- priority information and timer for storing this
Based information to UEs which experience incoming MLB-
PS based LTE-to-UMTS handovers. In scenarios where
Handov the SPID- or IMSI-based dedicated priorities take
er from effect, the SPID- or IMSI-based dedicated priorities
UMTS are higher than the MLB-based dedicated priorities.
to LTE When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not send
Coverag the MLB-based dedicated priority information and
e Based timer for storing this information to UEs which
PS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov experience incoming MLB-based LTE-to-UMTS

er from handovers.
UMTS 10. HO_DL_SEC_FREQ_HO_SWITCH: Whether to
to LTE enable secondary carrier handovers in the downlink.
When this switch is turned on, secondary carrier
handovers can be triggered in the downlink. When this
switch is turned off, secondary carrier handovers
cannot be triggered in the downlink.
11.
takes effect.
12. HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH:
Whether the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE reselection,
redirection, or handover takes effect in multiband E-
UTRA cells. When this switch is turned on, UEs
supporting both the master band and slave band can
reselection, redirection, or handover. When this switch
is turned off, only UEs supporting the master band can
13.
H: Whether the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE
reselection, redirection, or handover is supported in
cross-Iur scenarios. When this switch is turned on, the
MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE reselection, redirection,
or handover is supported in cross-Iur scenarios. When
this switch is turned off, the MFBI-based UMTS-to-
LTE reselection, redirection, or handover is not
supported in cross-Iur scenarios. It is good practice to
turn on this switch when the multiband configuration
policies of the LTE network are consistent in the area
enabled with the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE
14.
CH :Whether to optimize the inter-frequency
neighboring cell combination function based on the
setting of HOCovPrio when this function is enabled.
When this switch is turned on, this function takes
effect. If HOCovPrio of the best cell is set to 0 for its

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring cell, the neighboring cell cannot be added

to the coverage-based inter-frequency measurement
control list.
When this switch is turned off, this function does not
take effect. If HOCovPrio of a cell in the active set is
not set to 0 for its neighboring cell, the neighboring
cell can be added to the coverage-based inter-
frequency measurement control list.
15. HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH:
Whether the SRNC forbids UEs to perform coverage-
based inter-frequency hard handovers originating from
a specific downlink frequency of a specific DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, the SRNC forbids UEs
When this switch is turned off, the SRNC allows UEs
16.
17. HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH:Intra-
frequency handover optimization switch for high-
speed UEs.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC enables intra-
frequency handover optimization for high-speed UEs
and delivers intra-frequency handover parameters for
events 1A, 1B, and 1D to high-speed UEs.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC disables
intra-frequency handover optimization for high-speed
UEs.
18. HO_HSM_UE_STATIS_SWITCH:Whether the
RNC measures the VS.CellDCH.HSMUEs counter.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC measures the
VS.CellDCH.HSMUEs counter.
measure the VS.CellDCH.HSMUEs counter.
19. HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:Whether to
preferentially enable the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection function for LTE UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If LTE UEs need to

perform coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers on UMTS networks and these UEs meet
conditions for performing service-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers, the RNC preferentially
performs service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers.
20.
HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:Whe
ther to preferentially perform service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection for platinum UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. If the platinum UEs need
to perform coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-
RAT handovers on UMTS networks and these UEs
meet conditions for performing service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers, the RNC
preferentially performs service-based UMTS-to-LTE
21.
GUI Value Range: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH, HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
CH, HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH,
TCH, HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH,
CH,
H,
CH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH,
TCH,
HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH:0,
HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH:0,
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
0, HO_REPORT_SWITCH:0,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH:0,
HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH:0,
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH:0,
L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH:0,
HO_DL_SEC_FREQ_HO_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH :0, HO_INTER_FREQ_IUR_CTRL_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0, HO_HSM_UE_INTRAHO_OPT_SWITCH:
0, HO_HSM_UE_STATIS_SWITCH:0,
HO_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:0,
HO_PTUSER_PRIO_LTE_SERVICE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ch6 0 UCELL RRM algorithm reserved U32 switch parameter 6. The
ALGOR 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change request
SVPAR use.
A
Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT2:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch6 0 UCELL RRM algorithm reserved U32 switch parameter 6. The
ALGOR 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change request
SVPAR use.
A
Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT32:0
FachRS BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

RPBase 0 UCELL 020126 Between Whether to use the RSRP as the measured value for
dReselS NFREQ UMTS determining UL reselection during the UL reselection
witch PRIOIN and LTE of UEs in the CELL_FACH state function.
FO Phase 1
1: This switch is turned on. When RSRQSwitch is set
MOD to FALSE in the command and this switch is turned
UCELL on, the RSRP is used as the measured value for
NFREQ determining UL reselection.
PRIOIN
FO 0: This switch is turned off. The RSRP is not used as
measured value for determining UL reselection.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: False
FachRS BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

RPBase 0 UCELL 020126 Between Whether to use the RSRP as the measured value for
dReselS NFREQ UMTS determining UL reselection during the UL reselection
witch PRIOIN and LTE of UEs in the CELL_FACH state function.
FO Phase 1
1: This switch is turned on. When RSRQSwitch is set
MOD to FALSE in the command and this switch is turned
UCELL on, the RSRP is used as the measured value for
NFREQ determining UL reselection.
PRIOIN
FO 0: This switch is turned off. The RSRP is not used as
measured value for determining UL reselection.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
IurAlgo BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

Switch 0 UNRNC 010635 over Iur Iur algorithm switch.
MOD 1. IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW: Whether the
UNRNC local RNC supports cells on the expanded LTE
frequency band in the Iur messages.
1: This switch is turned on. The local RNC supports
cells on the expanded LTE frequency band in the Iur
messages.
0: This switch is turned off. The local RNC does not
support cells on the expanded LTE frequency band in
the Iur messages.
2. EDCH_SF_LIMIT_SWITCH:Whether to enable
the SF capability limitation function on the uplink E-
DCH in the cross Iur scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The SF capability
limitation function on the uplink E-DCH takes effect
in the cross Iur scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The SF capability
limitation function on the uplink E-DCH does not take
effect in the cross Iur scenario.
3. IUR_NRNC_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
DRNC configured with the common operator uses the
PLMN information of this common operator to
complete the NRNC PLMN information sent to the
SRNC over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is turned on. In this scenario, the
DRNC uses the PLMN information of the operator
serving the NRNC cell to complete the NRNC PLMN
information sent to the SRNC over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is turned off. In this scenario, the
DRNC uses the PLMN information of the configured
common operator to complete the NRNC PLMN
GUI Value Range:
IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW,
EDCH_SF_LIMIT_SWITCH,
IUR_NRNC_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW:0,

EDCH_SF_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
IUR_NRNC_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
IurAlgo BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

Switch 0 UNRNC 010635 over Iur Iur algorithm switch.
MOD 1. IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW: Whether the
UNRNC local RNC supports cells on the expanded LTE
frequency band in the Iur messages.
1: This switch is turned on. The local RNC supports
cells on the expanded LTE frequency band in the Iur
messages.
0: This switch is turned off. The local RNC does not
support cells on the expanded LTE frequency band in
the Iur messages.
2. EDCH_SF_LIMIT_SWITCH:Whether to enable
the SF capability limitation function on the uplink E-
DCH in the cross Iur scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The SF capability
limitation function on the uplink E-DCH takes effect
in the cross Iur scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The SF capability
limitation function on the uplink E-DCH does not take
effect in the cross Iur scenario.
3. IUR_NRNC_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
DRNC configured with the common operator uses the
PLMN information of this common operator to
complete the NRNC PLMN information sent to the
SRNC over the Iur interface.
DRNC uses the PLMN information of the operator
serving the NRNC cell to complete the NRNC PLMN
DRNC uses the PLMN information of the configured
common operator to complete the NRNC PLMN
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW:0,

EDCH_SF_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
IUR_NRNC_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH:0
SibCfgB BSC690 ADD WRFD- System Meaning: Whether certain system information blocks
itMap 0 UCELL 010401 Informat are broadcast in a cell. If a system information block
SIBSWI WRFD- ion is selected, this block is broadcast in the cell.
TCH 020126 Broadca GUI Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18, SIB19,
MOD sting SIB11BIS
UCELL Mobility Unit: None
SIBSWI Between
TCH UMTS Actual Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18,
and LTE SIB19, SIB11BIS
Phase 1 Default Value:
SIB2:0,SIB4:0,SIB12:0,SIB18:0,SIB19:0,SIB11BIS:0
SibCfgB BSC691 ADD WRFD- System Meaning: Whether certain system information blocks
itMap 0 UCELL 010401 Informat are broadcast in a cell. If a system information block
SIBSWI WRFD- ion is selected, this block is broadcast in the cell.
TCH 020126 Broadca GUI Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18, SIB19,
MOD sting SIB11BIS
UCELL Mobility Unit: None
SIBSWI Between
TCH UMTS Actual Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18,
and LTE SIB19, SIB11BIS
Phase 1 Default Value:
SIB2:0,SIB4:0,SIB12:0,SIB18:0,SIB19:0,SIB11BIS:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FreqUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: EARFCN policy indicator. When this
PolicyIn 0 UCELL 150216 Based parameter is set to Connected_Only, the EARFCN can
d NFREQ WRFD- PS be used only for UEs in the connected state during the
PRIOIN 150217 Redirect handover or redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
FO ion from this parameter is set to Idle_Only, the EARFCN can
WRFD- UMTS be used only for UEs in the idle state during the
MOD 171223
UCELL to LTE reselection. When this parameter is set to Both, the
NFREQ WRFD- Load EARFCN can be used for UEs in both the connected
PRIOIN 140226 Based state and idle state.
FO WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: Connected_Only, Idle_Only, Both
020126 Handov Unit: None
WRFD- er from
UMTS Actual Value Range: Connected_Only, Idle_Only,
020129 Both
to LTE
WRFD- Default Value: Both
140218 Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
FreqUse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: EARFCN policy indicator. When this
PolicyIn 0 UCELL 150216 Based parameter is set to Connected_Only, the EARFCN can
d NFREQ WRFD- PS be used only for UEs in the connected state during the
PRIOIN 150217 Redirect handover or redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
FO ion from this parameter is set to Idle_Only, the EARFCN can
WRFD- UMTS be used only for UEs in the idle state during the
MOD 171223
UCELL to LTE reselection. When this parameter is set to Both, the
NFREQ WRFD- Load EARFCN can be used for UEs in both the connected
PRIOIN 140226 Based state and idle state.
FO WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: Connected_Only, Idle_Only, Both
020126 Handov Unit: None
WRFD- er from
UMTS Actual Value Range: Connected_Only, Idle_Only,
020129 Both
to LTE
WRFD- Default Value: Both
140218 Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellFac BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to support absolute priority-based
hPrioRe 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement and reselection in the CELL_FACH
selSwitc SELRE UMTS state. When this switch is set to ON, the UTRAN
h SEL and LTE carries the CELL_FACH measurement indication in
MOD Phase 1 system information block 19 (SIB19) designated for a
UCELL cell, instructing UEs in this cell to perform absolute
SELRE priority-based cell reselection. When this switch is set
SEL to OFF, the UTRAN does not carry the CELL_FACH
measurement indication in SIB19 designated for a
cell. For details about SIB19, see section 10.2.48.8.22
"System Information Block type 19" in 3GPP TS
25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CellFac BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to support absolute priority-based
hPrioRe 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement and reselection in the CELL_FACH
selSwitc SELRE UMTS state. When this switch is set to ON, the UTRAN
h SEL and LTE carries the CELL_FACH measurement indication in
MOD Phase 1 system information block 19 (SIB19) designated for a
UCELL cell, instructing UEs in this cell to perform absolute
SELRE priority-based cell reselection. When this switch is set
SEL to OFF, the UTRAN does not carry the CELL_FACH
measurement indication in SIB19 designated for a
cell. For details about SIB19, see section 10.2.48.8.22
"System Information Block type 19" in 3GPP TS
25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC discards the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
Scenario 1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends
a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC during its
RRC connection release, the RNC decreases the value
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
Scenario 2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC
determines that the SRNC is from another vendor.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
INFORMATION message sent by the RNC to UEs in
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Pre-allocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Optimization Switch)
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell Re-
selections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on, it is
recommended that
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE
under the OptimizationSwitch9 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command be also set to ON.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing for
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON.
Scenario 1: The pre-configuration of the compressed
mode is timed out when a UE has connections over
the Iur interface. The UE subsequently initiates a
softer handover to a cell under the DRNC. During the
softer handover, the DRNC does not send a
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
Scenario 2: During a hard handover, the NodeB
notifies the RNC of an RL failure by RL set ID. On
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
on which the notification is received and starts a timer

to wait for the RL to recover.
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL
links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
Scenario 6: When a UE still has multiple RLs over the
Iur interface after the first RL is removed by the
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
Scenario 7: The RNSAP_RL_RECFG_READY
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) The
UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is carried
on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink Enhanced
L2 feature; (2) An RB reconfiguration procedure is
initiated to reconfigure the PS service to HSDPA
channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature.
The RB reconfiguration procedure is accompanied by
a serving cell change. Note: This solution takes effect
only when the same switch is set to on for the DRNC.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource

insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure
again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd

when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.
Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter

WCDMA RAN

nd
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's

connection is abnormally released.
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between
the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure in this scenario.
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNC after finishing a combined cell update and
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The DRNC
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The DRNC
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to

WCDMA RAN

nd
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset
message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition prior to the CS RAB
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RL
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RL
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Re-locations)
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
relocations of CS voice services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
AMRC function is enabled in either of the following
scenarios: A UE's response to the Cell Update
Confirm message does not contain the CFN. The RB
SETUP CMP message sent by a UE performing
combined services during a DRD procedure does not
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services)
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch)
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs compatibility processing
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Re-locations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Re-selections
During RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
reconfiguration procedure.
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH,
CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,
CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITCH,
UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_SW
ITCH,
CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH,
IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CHG,
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH,
U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET,
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,
DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH,
CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH,
NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH,
FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH,
SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SWI
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC discards the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Pre-allocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell Re-
selections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
the CN. When this switch is turned on, it is
recommended that
URRCTRLSWITCH command be also set to ON.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing for
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
on which the notification is received and starts a timer

to wait for the RL to recover.
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL
links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) The
UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is carried
on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink Enhanced
L2 feature; (2) An RB reconfiguration procedure is
initiated to reconfigure the PS service to HSDPA
channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature.
The RB reconfiguration procedure is accompanied by
a serving cell change. Note: This solution takes effect
only when the same switch is set to on for the DRNC.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource

insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure
again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd

when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.
Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter

WCDMA RAN

nd
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's

connection is abnormally released.
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between
the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to

WCDMA RAN

nd
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset
message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RL
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RL
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Re-locations)
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services)
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch)
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Re-locations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Re-selections
During RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
reconfiguration procedure.
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1
T322For BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Timer for storing the mobility load
LoadBal 0 UHOCO balancing-based (MLB) dedicated priority information
ance MM carried in the mobility information message sent by
the UTRAN. After this timer expires, the UE clears
the stored MLB-based dedicated priority information.
GUI Value Range: D5, D10, D20, D30, D60, D120,
D180
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: D5, D10, D20, D30, D60, D120,
D180
Default Value: D10
T322For BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Timer for storing the mobility load
LoadBal 0 UHOCO balancing-based (MLB) dedicated priority information
ance MM carried in the mobility information message sent by
the UTRAN. After this timer expires, the UE clears
the stored MLB-based dedicated priority information.
GUI Value Range: D5, D10, D20, D30, D60, D120,
D180
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: D5, D10, D20, D30, D60, D120,
D180
Default Value: D10

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPriorit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Absolute priority level of the serving cell when a UE
SELRE WRFD- Cell performs cell reselection.
SEL 140226 Update
The UE compares the absolute priority level of the
MOD WRFD- Fast serving cell with that of neighboring frequencies, and
UCELL 020126 Return specifies the target frequency based on the comparison
SELRE from result. That is,
SEL UMTS
to LTE when the priority level of the serving cell is smaller
than that of the neighboring frequency, the UE
Mobility measures the neighboring frequency. If the signal of
Between cells on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
UMTS requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
and LTE
Phase 1 When the priority level of the serving cell is larger
measures the neighboring frequency only when the
signal of the serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells
on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
The value of this parameter is set during network
planning.
For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range: 0~7
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~7
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPriorit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Absolute priority level of the serving cell when a UE
SELRE WRFD- Cell performs cell reselection.
SEL 140226 Update
The UE compares the absolute priority level of the
MOD WRFD- Fast serving cell with that of neighboring frequencies, and
UCELL 020126 Return specifies the target frequency based on the comparison
SELRE from result. That is,
SEL UMTS
to LTE when the priority level of the serving cell is smaller
Mobility measures the neighboring frequency. If the signal of
Between cells on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
UMTS requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
and LTE
Phase 1 When the priority level of the serving cell is larger
measures the neighboring frequency only when the
signal of the serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells
on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
planning.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 020201 Node B This parameter specifies the absolute priority level of
NFREQ WRFD- Softer the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 020203 Handov
FO er The UE compares the value of this parameter with the
WRFD- absolute priority level of the serving cell, and specifies
MOD Inter the target frequency based on the comparison result.
020202
UCELL RNC
NFREQ WRFD- Soft That is,
PRIOIN 0106140 Handov when the value of this parameter is greater than the
FO 4 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
WRFD- neighboring frequency. If the signal of cells on the
Intra
0203080 neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
RNC
2 the UE initiates the cell reselection.
Soft
WRFD- Handov When the value of this parameter is smaller than the
021200 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency only when the signal of the
WRFD- HSUPA
serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells on the
140226 2ms/
neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
10ms
WRFD- the UE initiates the cell reselection.
TTI
020310 Handov The value of this parameter is set during network
WRFD- er planning.
150219 PS The greater the value of this parameter is, the easier
WRFD- Handov the UE reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller
020308 er the value of this parameter is, the harder the UE
Between reselects a cell on this frequency.
WRFD-
UMTS For details on this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
0106120
and GUI Value Range: 0~7
4
GPRS
WRFD- Unit: None
HCS
020309 Actual Value Range: 0~7
(Hierarc
WRFD- hical Default Value: None
020126 Cell
WRFD- Structur
020301 e)
WRFD- Fast
020129 Return
from
WRFD- UMTS
020302 to LTE
WRFD- 3G/2G
020303 Commo
WRFD- n Load
020304 Manage
ment
WRFD-
020305 Coverag
e Based

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PS
020306 Redirect
WRFD- ion from
0203080 UMTS
1 to LTE
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Phase
2
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
NACC(
Network
Assisted
Cell
Change)

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 020201 Node B This parameter specifies the absolute priority level of
NFREQ WRFD- Softer the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 020203 Handov
FO er The UE compares the value of this parameter with the
WRFD- absolute priority level of the serving cell, and specifies
MOD Inter the target frequency based on the comparison result.
020202
UCELL RNC
NFREQ WRFD- Soft That is,
PRIOIN 0106140 Handov when the value of this parameter is greater than the
FO 4 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
WRFD- neighboring frequency. If the signal of cells on the
Intra
0203080 neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
RNC
2 the UE initiates the cell reselection.
Soft
WRFD- Handov When the value of this parameter is smaller than the
021200 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency only when the signal of the
WRFD- HSUPA
serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells on the
140226 2ms/
neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
10ms
WRFD- the UE initiates the cell reselection.
TTI
020310 Handov The value of this parameter is set during network
WRFD- er planning.
150219 PS The greater the value of this parameter is, the easier
WRFD- Handov the UE reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller
020308 er the value of this parameter is, the harder the UE
Between reselects a cell on this frequency.
WRFD-
UMTS For details on this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
0106120
and GUI Value Range: 0~7
4
GPRS
WRFD- Unit: None
HCS
020309 Actual Value Range: 0~7
(Hierarc
WRFD- hical Default Value: None
020126 Cell
WRFD- Structur
020301 e)
WRFD- Fast
020129 Return
from
WRFD- UMTS
020302 to LTE
WRFD- 3G/2G
020303 Commo
WRFD- n Load
020304 Manage
ment
WRFD-
020305 Coverag
e Based

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PS
020306 Redirect
WRFD- ion from
0203080 UMTS
1 to LTE
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Phase
2
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
NACC(
Network
Assisted
Cell
Change)

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdPrio BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP threshold for determining whether a UE
ch1 SELRE WRFD- Cell performs measurements of low-priority frequencies
SEL 020126 Update and how often a UE performs measurements of high-
MOD Mobility priority frequencies. CPICH stands for Common Pilot
UCELL Between Channel and RSCP stands for received signal code
SELRE UMTS power. A UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL and LTE and high-priority frequencies under either of the
Phase 1 following conditions:
SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
SqualServingCell <= Sprioritysearch2
where,
SrxlevServingCell equals RSCP measured in the
serving cell minus the minimum access level.
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of this parameter.
SqualServingCell equals Ec/No measured in the
serving cell minus the minimum signal quality.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of
ThdPrioritySearch2. A UE performs measurements of
higher-priority frequencies at a minimum interval of
Thigher_priority_search when the following
conditions are met:
SrxlevServingCell > Sprioritysearch1
SqualServingCell > Sprioritysearch2
As defined in 3GPP TS 25.133,
Thigher_priority_search equals (60 x Nlayers)
seconds. Nlayers is the total number of configured
higher-priority E-UTRA, UTRA FDD and UTRA
TDD carrier frequencies and is increased by one if one
or more groups of GSM frequencies are configured
with a higher priority. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP threshold for determining whether a UE
ch1 SELRE WRFD- Cell performs measurements of low-priority frequencies
SEL 020126 Update and how often a UE performs measurements of high-
MOD Mobility priority frequencies. CPICH stands for Common Pilot
UCELL Between Channel and RSCP stands for received signal code
SELRE UMTS power. A UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL and LTE and high-priority frequencies under either of the
Phase 1 following conditions:
SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
where,
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of this parameter.
ThdPrioritySearch2. A UE performs measurements of
higher-priority frequencies at a minimum interval of
conditions are met:
As defined in 3GPP TS 25.133,
Thigher_priority_search equals (60 x Nlayers)
seconds. Nlayers is the total number of configured
higher-priority E-UTRA, UTRA FDD and UTRA
TDD carrier frequencies and is increased by one if one
or more groups of GSM frequencies are configured
with a higher priority. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qrxlevm BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
in 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH RSCP. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH RSCP is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of RX level for
MOD Inter cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides whether
UCELL RNC the UE can camp on the cell according to the cell
SELRE Cell selection/reselection criteria. The setting of Qrxlevmin
SEL Update should be related to Qqualmin. For details about this
parameter, see section 10.3.2.3 in 3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range: -58~-13
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25(Actual Value = (GUI
Value x 2 + 1))
Default Value: -58
Qrxlevm BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
in 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH RSCP. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH RSCP is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of RX level for
MOD Inter cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides whether
UCELL RNC the UE can camp on the cell according to the cell
SELRE Cell selection/reselection criteria. The setting of Qrxlevmin
SEL Update should be related to Qqualmin. For details about this
parameter, see section 10.3.2.3 in 3GPP TS 25.331.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25(Actual Value = (GUI
Value x 2 + 1))
Default Value: -58

WCDMA RAN

nd

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH Ec/No threshold for determining whether a
ch2 SELRE WRFD- Cell UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL 020126 Update frequencies and how often a UE performs
MOD Mobility measurements of high-priority frequencies. A UE
UCELL Between performs measurements of low-priority and high-
SELRE UMTS priority frequencies under either of the following
SEL and LTE conditions:
Phase 1 SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
where,
ThdPrioritySearch1.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of this parameter. A
UE performs measurements of higher-priority
frequencies at a minimum interval of
conditions are met:
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH Ec/No threshold for determining whether a
ch2 SELRE WRFD- Cell UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL 020126 Update frequencies and how often a UE performs
MOD Mobility measurements of high-priority frequencies. A UE
UCELL Between performs measurements of low-priority and high-
SELRE UMTS priority frequencies under either of the following
SEL and LTE conditions:
Phase 1 SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
where,
ThdPrioritySearch1.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of this parameter. A
UE performs measurements of higher-priority
frequencies at a minimum interval of
conditions are met:
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
Qqualmi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
n 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH Ec/No. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH Ec/No is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of quality level
MOD Inter for cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides
UCELL RNC whether the UE can camp on the cell according to the
SELRE Cell cell selection/reselection criteria. For details about this
SEL Update parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range: -24~0
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -24~0
Default Value: -18

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qqualmi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
n 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH Ec/No. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH Ec/No is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of quality level
MOD Inter for cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides
UCELL RNC whether the UE can camp on the cell according to the
SELRE Cell cell selection/reselection criteria. For details about this
SEL Update parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -18
CellFac BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to perform absolute priority-based
hMeasL 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement in the CELL_FACH state. The
ayer SELRE UMTS measurement layers are classified into high-priority
SEL and LTE layers and all layers. When this parameter is set to
MOD Phase 1 HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs in the CELL_FACH
UCELL state can only reselect to high-priority frequencies.
SELRE When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs in
SEL the CELL_FACH state can reselect to all frequencies.
GUI Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Default Value: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS
CellFac BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to perform absolute priority-based
hMeasL 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement in the CELL_FACH state. The
ayer SELRE UMTS measurement layers are classified into high-priority
SEL and LTE layers and all layers. When this parameter is set to
MOD Phase 1 HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs in the CELL_FACH
UCELL state can only reselect to high-priority frequencies.
SELRE When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs in
SEL the CELL_FACH state can reselect to all frequencies.
GUI Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Default Value: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS

WCDMA RAN

nd
RSRQS BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether SIB19 contains the RSRQ-related
witch 0 UCELL 020126 Between "ThdToHighRSRQ", "ThdToLowRSRQ",
NFREQ UMTS "EQqualmin" and "ThdServingLow2"(See "ADD
PRIOIN and LTE UCELLSELRESEL") parameters. When this
FO Phase 1 parameter is set to True, SIB19 contains these
MOD parameters. When this parameter is set to False,
UCELL SIB19 does not contain these parameters. For details
NFREQ about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
PRIOIN GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
FO Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
RSRQS BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether SIB19 contains the RSRQ-related
witch 0 UCELL 020126 Between "ThdToHighRSRQ", "ThdToLowRSRQ",
NFREQ UMTS "EQqualmin" and "ThdServingLow2"(See "ADD
PRIOIN and LTE UCELLSELRESEL") parameters. When this
FO Phase 1 parameter is set to True, SIB19 contains these
MOD parameters. When this parameter is set to False,
UCELL SIB19 does not contain these parameters. For details
FO Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
EQrxlev BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: This parameter indicates the minimum
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between required RSRP of the cell on the target frequency.
NFREQ UMTS During cell reselection decision, the Srxlev is obtained
PRIOIN and LTE by the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
FO Phase 1 measured by the UE minus the value of this
MOD parameter. If the Srxlev is greater than the parameter
UCELL of the target cell during the interval defined by
NFREQ Treselections, the UE performs cell reselection to the
PRIOIN target cell. The value of this parameter is set during
FO network planning. The greater the value of this
parameter is, the harder the UE reselects a cell on this
frequency, the smaller the value of this parameter is,
the easier the UE reselects a cell on this frequency.
For details on this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -140~-44
Default Value: -70

WCDMA RAN

nd
EQrxlev BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: This parameter indicates the minimum
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between required RSRP of the cell on the target frequency.
NFREQ UMTS During cell reselection decision, the Srxlev is obtained
PRIOIN and LTE by the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
FO Phase 1 measured by the UE minus the value of this
MOD parameter. If the Srxlev is greater than the parameter
UCELL of the target cell during the interval defined by
NFREQ Treselections, the UE performs cell reselection to the
PRIOIN target cell. The value of this parameter is set during
FO network planning. The greater the value of this
parameter is, the harder the UE reselects a cell on this
frequency, the smaller the value of this parameter is,
the easier the UE reselects a cell on this frequency.
Unit: 2dBm
Default Value: -70
Qrxlevm BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Minimum CPICH RSCP for the
in 0 UINTE 010802 RNC neighboring cell on cell reselection. The neighboring
RFREQ Cell cell can be involved in cell sorting for reselection only
NCELL Update when its CPICH RSCP is above this threshold. If this
MOD parameter is set to the same value as Qrxlevmin for
UINTE the serving cell, Qrxlevmin is not contained in SIB11
RFREQ or SIB12. In this case, the UE extracts the Qrxlevmin
NCELL from SIB3. For details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331.
Qrxlevmin should be set to a proper value, to match
Qqualmin.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25( Actual value = -115
+ (58 + GUI value) x 2)
Default Value: -58

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qrxlevm BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Minimum CPICH RSCP for the
in 0 UINTE 010802 RNC neighboring cell on cell reselection. The neighboring
RFREQ Cell cell can be involved in cell sorting for reselection only
NCELL Update when its CPICH RSCP is above this threshold. If this
MOD parameter is set to the same value as Qrxlevmin for
UINTE the serving cell, Qrxlevmin is not contained in SIB11
RFREQ or SIB12. In this case, the UE extracts the Qrxlevmin
NCELL from SIB3. For details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331.
Qrxlevmin should be set to a proper value, to match
Qqualmin.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25( Actual value = -115
+ (58 + GUI value) x 2)
Default Value: -58
ThdToH BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

igh 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
NFREQ UMTS UE performs cell reselection from the serving cell to a
PRIOIN and LTE cell on the target frequency when the absolute priority
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is greater than that of the
MOD serving cell.
UCELL The UE measures cells on the target frequency for cell
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
FO Within the interval defined by Treselections, if the
RSRP of the cell on the target frequency is greater
than the value of this parameter, the UE performs cell
reselection.
planning.
The greater the value of this parameter is, the harder
the UE reselects a cell on the target frequency, the
smaller the value of this parameter is, the easier the
UE reselects a cell on the target frequency.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToH BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

igh 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is greater than that of the
MOD serving cell.
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
RSRP of the cell on the target frequency is greater
than the value of this parameter, the UE performs cell
reselection.
planning.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10
Treselec BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

tions 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Cell reselection delay time. If the signal quality of a
SELRE WRFD- Cell neighboring cell is better than that of the serving cell
SEL 010802 Update during the specified time of this parameter, the UE
MOD WRFD- Inter reselects the neighboring cell. This parameter is used
UCELL 021200 RNC to avoid ping-pong reselection between different cells.
SELRE Cell The value 0 corresponds to the default value 1s
SEL WRFD- Update defined in the protocol.
020126
HCS For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
(Hierarc GUI Value Range: 0~31
hical
Cell Unit: s
Structur Actual Value Range: 0~31
e) Default Value: 1
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Treselec BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

tions 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Cell reselection delay time. If the signal quality of a
SELRE WRFD- Cell neighboring cell is better than that of the serving cell
SEL 010802 Update during the specified time of this parameter, the UE
MOD WRFD- Inter reselects the neighboring cell. This parameter is used
UCELL 021200 RNC to avoid ping-pong reselection between different cells.
SELRE Cell The value 0 corresponds to the default value 1s
SEL WRFD- Update defined in the protocol.
020126
HCS For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
(Hierarc GUI Value Range: 0~31
hical
Cell Unit: s
Structur Actual Value Range: 0~31
e) Default Value: 1
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
InterRat BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: Inter-RAT reselection delay scaling factor.
TreselSc 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Multiply this parameter by its reselection delay to
alingFac SELRE Cell increase the inter-RAT reselection time. This
tor SEL Update parameter is not configured when its value is 255. For
MOD details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
UCELL GUI Value Range: 4~19;255
SELRE Unit: None
SEL
Actual Value Range: 1~4.75, 255, step:0.25
Default Value: 255
InterRat BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: Inter-RAT reselection delay scaling factor.
TreselSc 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Multiply this parameter by its reselection delay to
alingFac SELRE Cell increase the inter-RAT reselection time. This
tor SEL Update parameter is not configured when its value is 255. For
MOD details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
UCELL GUI Value Range: 4~19;255
SELRE Unit: None
SEL
Actual Value Range: 1~4.75, 255, step:0.25
Default Value: 255

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToL BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

ow 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is smaller than that of the
MOD serving cell.
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
RSRP of the serving cell is smaller than the parameter
of RSRP threshold of low-prio-freq reselection,
whereas the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
is greater than the value of this parameter, the UE
performs cell reselection.
planning.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToL BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

ow 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is smaller than that of the
MOD serving cell.
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
RSRP of the serving cell is smaller than the parameter
of RSRP threshold of low-prio-freq reselection,
whereas the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
is greater than the value of this parameter, the UE
performs cell reselection.
planning.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10
ThdServ BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ingLow 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP value of the serving cell below which
SELRE WRFD- Cell the UE initiates cell reselection to a cell on the
SEL 020126 Update frequency with lower priority level.
MOD Mobility The UE measures cells on the target frequency for cell
UCELL Between reselection. Within the interval defined by
SELRE UMTS Treselections, if RSCP of the serving cell measured by
SEL and LTE the UE - Qrxlevmin is smaller than the value of this
Phase 1 parameter whereas the CPICH RSCP of the cell on the
low-priority frequency is high, the UE performs cell
reselection.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdServ BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ingLow 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP value of the serving cell below which
SELRE WRFD- Cell the UE initiates cell reselection to a cell on the
SEL 020126 Update frequency with lower priority level.
MOD Mobility The UE measures cells on the target frequency for cell
UCELL Between reselection. Within the interval defined by
SELRE UMTS Treselections, if RSCP of the serving cell measured by
SEL and LTE the UE - Qrxlevmin is smaller than the value of this
Phase 1 parameter whereas the CPICH RSCP of the cell on the
low-priority frequency is high, the UE performs cell
reselection.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 1
EQqual BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Minimum signal quality of a cell using the
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between target UARFCN. The Squal value is equal to the UE-
NFREQ UMTS measured RSRQ in the cell using the target UARFCN
PRIOIN and LTE minus this parameter value. If the Squal value keeps
FO Phase 1 higher than "ThdToLowRSRQ" or
MOD "ThdToHighRSRQ" during the cell reselection delay
UCELL time, the UE will reselect the target cell. For details
PRIOIN GUI Value Range: -34~-3
FO Unit: dB
Default Value: -22
EQqual BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Minimum signal quality of a cell using the
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between target UARFCN. The Squal value is equal to the UE-
NFREQ UMTS measured RSRQ in the cell using the target UARFCN
PRIOIN and LTE minus this parameter value. If the Squal value keeps
FO Phase 1 higher than "ThdToLowRSRQ" or
MOD "ThdToHighRSRQ" during the cell reselection delay
UCELL time, the UE will reselect the target cell. For details
PRIOIN GUI Value Range: -34~-3
FO Unit: dB
Default Value: -22

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qqualmi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning:

n 0 UINTE 010802 RNC Minimum CPICH Ec/No for the neighboring cell on
RFREQ WRFD- Cell cell reselection. The neighboring cell can be involved
NCELL 020126 Update in cell sorting for reselection only when its CPICH
MOD Mobility Ec/No is above this threshold. If this parameter is set
UINTE Between to the same value as Qqualmin for the serving cell,
RFREQ UMTS Qqualmin is not contained in SIB11 or SIB12. In this
NCELL and LTE case, the UE extracts the Qqualmin from SIB3. For
Phase 1 details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331. According to the
3GPP TS 25.304, S criterion for cell reselection is
defined as follows: Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0
Here,
Squal = Qqualmeas - Qqualmin
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation
"Qqualmeas" refers to the measured CPICH Ec/No.
"Qrxlevmeas" refers to the CPICH RSCP.
"Qrxlevmin" refers to the minimum CPICH receive
power in the current cell.
Pcompensation = max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH -
P_MAX, 0)
"UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH", also named as
"MaxAllowedULTxPower", refers to the maximum
uplink transmit power when the UE accesses a cell.
"P_MAX" refers to the maximum RF output power of
the UE.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qqualmi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning:

n 0 UINTE 010802 RNC Minimum CPICH Ec/No for the neighboring cell on
RFREQ WRFD- Cell cell reselection. The neighboring cell can be involved
NCELL 020126 Update in cell sorting for reselection only when its CPICH
MOD Mobility Ec/No is above this threshold. If this parameter is set
UINTE Between to the same value as Qqualmin for the serving cell,
RFREQ UMTS Qqualmin is not contained in SIB11 or SIB12. In this
NCELL and LTE case, the UE extracts the Qqualmin from SIB3. For
Phase 1 details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331. According to the
3GPP TS 25.304, S criterion for cell reselection is
defined as follows: Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0
Here,
Squal = Qqualmeas - Qqualmin
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation
"Qqualmeas" refers to the measured CPICH Ec/No.
"Qrxlevmeas" refers to the CPICH RSCP.
"Qrxlevmin" refers to the minimum CPICH receive
power in the current cell.
Pcompensation = max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH -
P_MAX, 0)
"UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH", also named as
"MaxAllowedULTxPower", refers to the maximum
uplink transmit power when the UE accesses a cell.
"P_MAX" refers to the maximum RF output power of
the UE.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToH BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
ighRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is higher than that of the serving cell and
PRIOIN and LTE cell reselection from the serving cell to a cell using the
FO Phase 1 target UARFCN is to be implemented. After the cell
MOD reselection measurement starts, if the signal quality of
UCELL the target cell keeps higher than this threshold during
NFREQ the cell reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the
PRIOIN target cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
FO TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
ThdToH BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
ighRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is higher than that of the serving cell and
UCELL the target cell keeps higher than this threshold during
NFREQ the cell reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the
PRIOIN target cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
FO TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToL BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
owRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is lower than that of the serving cell and
UCELL the serving cell keeps lower than the Ec/N0 threshold
NFREQ for cell reselection towards a lower-priority cell and
PRIOIN the signal quality of the target cell keeps higher than
FO this threshold during the cell reselection delay time,
the UE will reselect the target cell. For details about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
ThdToL BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
owRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is lower than that of the serving cell and
UCELL the serving cell keeps lower than the Ec/N0 threshold
NFREQ for cell reselection towards a lower-priority cell and
PRIOIN the signal quality of the target cell keeps higher than
FO this threshold during the cell reselection delay time,
the UE will reselect the target cell. For details about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdServ BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold of the serving cell
ingLow 0 UCELL 020126 Between for cell reselection towards the target cell using a
2 SELRE UMTS lower-priority frequency. After the cell reselection
SEL and LTE measurement starts, if Ec/No of the serving cell
MOD Phase 1 measured by the UE - Qqualmin keeps lower than this
UCELL parameter value and the Ec/No of the target cell using
SELRE a lower-priority frequency keeps high during the cell
SEL reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the target
cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS
25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
ThdServ BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold of the serving cell
ingLow 0 UCELL 020126 Between for cell reselection towards the target cell using a
2 SELRE UMTS lower-priority frequency. After the cell reselection
SEL and LTE measurement starts, if Ec/No of the serving cell
MOD Phase 1 measured by the UE - Qqualmin keeps lower than this
UCELL parameter value and the Ec/No of the target cell using
SELRE a lower-priority frequency keeps high during the cell
SEL reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the target
cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS
25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd
EARFC BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

N 0 UCELL 020126 Between The relationship between the E-UTRA Absolute
NFREQ UMTS Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) and E-
PRIOIN and LTE UTRA downlink carrier frequency is given by the
FO Phase 1 following equation:
MOD FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL - NOffs-DL),
UCELL
NFREQ where, FDL is the downlink E-UTRA carrier
PRIOIN frequency. NDL is the downlink EARFCN. FDL_low
FO is the minimum downlink carrier frequency of the
frequency band to which the EARFCN belongs.
RMV NOffs-DL is the minimum downlink frequency
UCELL number of the frequency band to which the EARFCN
NFREQ belongs. For details about these parameters, see 3GPP
PRIOIN TS 36.101. In the 3GPP specifications, the usage of
FO the frequency 65535 is defined, and therefore this
special frequency is not recommended for this
parameter.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
EARFC BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

N 0 UCELL 020126 Between The relationship between the E-UTRA Absolute
NFREQ UMTS Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) and E-
PRIOIN and LTE UTRA downlink carrier frequency is given by the
FO Phase 1 following equation:
MOD FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL - NOffs-DL),
UCELL
NFREQ where, FDL is the downlink E-UTRA carrier
PRIOIN frequency. NDL is the downlink EARFCN. FDL_low
FO is the minimum downlink carrier frequency of the
frequency band to which the EARFCN belongs.
RMV NOffs-DL is the minimum downlink frequency
UCELL number of the frequency band to which the EARFCN
NFREQ belongs. For details about these parameters, see 3GPP
PRIOIN TS 36.101. In the 3GPP specifications, the usage of
FO the frequency 65535 is defined, and therefore this
special frequency is not recommended for this
parameter.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
SlaveBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Slave band indicator of the LTE cell. When
ndIndica 0 UCELL 150216 Based this parameter is set to D0, no slave band is
tor NFREQ WRFD- PS configured. When this parameter is set to D1, one
PRIOIN 171223 Redirect slave band is configured. When this parameter is set to
FO ion from D2, two slave bands are configured. The slave band is
WRFD- UMTS configured using the "ADD
MOD 140226
UCELL to LTE UEUTRANSLAVEBAND" command.
NFREQ WRFD- Fast GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2
PRIOIN 150219 Return Unit: None
FO WRFD- to LTE
020126 for Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2
WRFD- SRVCC Default Value: D0
020129 User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
ndIndica 0 UCELL 150216 Based this parameter is set to D0, no slave band is
tor NFREQ WRFD- PS configured. When this parameter is set to D1, one
PRIOIN 171223 Redirect slave band is configured. When this parameter is set to
FO ion from D2, two slave bands are configured. The slave band is
MOD 140226
UCELL to LTE UEUTRANSLAVEBAND" command.
NFREQ WRFD- Fast GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2
PRIOIN 150219 Return Unit: None
FO WRFD- to LTE
020126 for Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2
WRFD- SRVCC Default Value: D0
020129 User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
SlaveBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Slave band sequence number of an E-UTRA
ndSN 0 UEUTR 150216 Based cell.
ANSLA WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 1~2
VEBAN 150217 Redirect
D ion from Unit: None
WRFD- UMTS Actual Value Range: 1~2
MOD 171224
UEUTR to LTE Default Value: None
ANSLA WRFD- Load
VEBAN 171223 Based
D WRFD- PS
RMV 140226 Handov
UEUTR WRFD- er from
ANSLA 150219 UMTS
VEBAN to LTE
WRFD-
D 020126 Mobility
Manage
WRFD- ment
160270 Based
WRFD- on IMSI
020129 for
WRFD- Multiple
140218 Operator
s
WRFD-
150220 Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Camp &
Handov
er Based
on SPID
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
SlaveBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Slave band sequence number of an E-UTRA
ndSN 0 UEUTR 150216 Based cell.
ANSLA WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 1~2
VEBAN 150217 Redirect
D ion from Unit: None
WRFD- UMTS Actual Value Range: 1~2
MOD 171224
UEUTR to LTE Default Value: None
ANSLA WRFD- Load
VEBAN 171223 Based
D WRFD- PS
RMV 140226 Handov
UEUTR WRFD- er from
ANSLA 150219 UMTS
VEBAN to LTE
WRFD-
D 020126 Mobility
Manage
WRFD- ment
160270 Based
WRFD- on IMSI
020129 for
WRFD- Multiple
140218 Operator
s
WRFD-
150220 Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Camp &
Handov
er Based
on SPID
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
SlaveBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Slave band of an E-UTRA cell.
nd 0 UEUTR 150216 Based GUI Value Range: 1~14;17~43;66
ANSLA WRFD- PS
VEBAN Redirect Unit: None
150217
D ion from Actual Value Range: 1~14, 17~43, 66
WRFD- UMTS
MOD 171224 Default Value: None
UEUTR to LTE
ANSLA WRFD- Load
VEBAN 171223 Based
D WRFD- PS
140226 Handov
WRFD- er from
150219 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
020126 Mobility
Manage
WRFD- ment
160270 Based
WRFD- on IMSI
020129 for
WRFD- Multiple
140218 Operator
s
WRFD-
150220 Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Camp &
Handov
er Based
on SPID
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
SlaveBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Slave band of an E-UTRA cell.
nd 0 UEUTR 150216 Based GUI Value Range: 1~14;17~43;66
ANSLA WRFD- PS
VEBAN Redirect Unit: None
150217
D ion from Actual Value Range: 1~14, 17~43, 66
WRFD- UMTS
MOD 171224 Default Value: None
UEUTR to LTE
ANSLA WRFD- Load
VEBAN 171223 Based
D WRFD- PS
140226 Handov
WRFD- er from
150219 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
020126 Mobility
Manage
WRFD- ment
160270 Based
WRFD- on IMSI
020129 for
WRFD- Multiple
140218 Operator
s
WRFD-
150220 Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Camp &
Handov
er Based
on SPID
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
DLARF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Downlink frequency.For details about this
CN 0 URATF 160270 Handov parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. In the 3GPP
REQPRI er Based specifications, the usage of the frequency 65535 is
OGROU on SPID defined, and therefore this special frequency is not
P recommended for this parameter.
MOD GUI Value Range: 0~262143
URATF Unit: None
REQPRI
OGROU Actual Value Range: 0~262143
P Default Value: None
RMV
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P

WCDMA RAN

nd
DLARF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Downlink frequency.For details about this
CN 0 URATF 160270 Handov parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. In the 3GPP
REQPRI er Based specifications, the usage of the frequency 65535 is
OGROU on SPID defined, and therefore this special frequency is not
P recommended for this parameter.
MOD GUI Value Range: 0~262143
URATF Unit: None
REQPRI
OGROU Actual Value Range: 0~262143
P Default Value: None
RMV
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
SlaveBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Slave band indicator of the LTE cell. When
ndIndica 0 URATF 171224 Manage this parameter is set to D0, no slave band is
tor REQPRI WRFD- ment configured. When this parameter is set to D1, one
OGROU 160270 Based slave band is configured. When this parameter is set to
P on IMSI D2, two slave bands are configured. The slave band is
MOD for configured using the "ADD
URATF Multiple UEUTRANSLAVEBAND" command.
REQPRI Operator GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2
OGROU s
Unit: None
P Camp &
Handov Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2
er Based Default Value: D0
on SPID
SlaveBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Slave band indicator of the LTE cell. When
ndIndica 0 URATF 171224 Manage this parameter is set to D0, no slave band is
tor REQPRI WRFD- ment configured. When this parameter is set to D1, one
OGROU 160270 Based slave band is configured. When this parameter is set to
P on IMSI D2, two slave bands are configured. The slave band is
MOD for configured using the "ADD
URATF Multiple UEUTRANSLAVEBAND" command.
REQPRI Operator GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2
OGROU s
Unit: None
P Camp &
Handov Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2
er Based Default Value: D0
on SPID

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1) AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HHO
CH4 RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Rollback Switch for 12.2k AMR-NB Services)
TCH 0106090 RRC
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2 Connect
rollback caused by failed hard handovers of 12.2k
ion and
WRFD- AMR-NB speech services. It is recommended that the
Radio
010101 timer T312 be set to 1 second (SET
Access
UCONNMODETIMER: T312=1;) before turning on
WRFD- Bearer
this switch. If the timer T312 is not set to 1 second,
140226 Establis
AMR noise will occur on some UEs. If the AMRC
WRFD- hment
feature is enabled, the RNC supports the hard
140103 and
handover failure rollback of only for 12.2 kbit/s
Release
WRFD- narrowband AMR services.
0204000 Combin
2 ation of
support rollback caused by failed hard handovers of
One CS
WRFD- 12.2k AMR-NB speech services, leading to call drops.
Service
140205 and One 2) RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
020302 Service Switch)
WRFD- 3GPP Whether optimization of the RRC CONNECTION
020303 R9 SETUP message takes effect.
WRFD- Specific 1: This switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
020304 ations CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the
Fast IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
WRFD-
Return CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
020305
from information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
WRFD- UMTS IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same
020306 to LTE as RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message.
Call 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace
Reestabl the IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
ishment CONNECTION SETUP message.
Inter 3) PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
System (Switch for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and
Direct Cell Update Procedures)
Retry Whether the RNC proceeds with PS RAB setup in a
Voice state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if
Service the same UE reports a CELL UPDATE message with
Experie the cause value "cell reselection" during the PS RAB
nce setup.
Improve 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back the
ment for PS RAB setup procedure without sending a response
Weak message to the CN. The RNC proceeds with the RAB
Receptio assignment procedure after finishing the cell update
n Ues procedure.
Inter 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC rolls back the
Frequen PS RAB setup procedure and sends a RAB

WCDMA RAN

nd
cy Hard ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN,

Handov which indicates a RAB assignment failure. The PS
er Based service setup fails.
on 4) TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch
Coverag for Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous
e Uplink and Downlink Transmissions)
Inter-
This switch is turned on to increase the total
RAT
throughput in the uplink and downlink only when
Handov
uplink and downlink HSPA data is transmitted
er Based
simultaneously. In other scenarios, you are advised to
on
turn off the switch.
Coverag
e 1: This switch is turned on. The function of increasing
the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
Inter
and downlink transmissions takes effect.
Frequen
cy Hard 0: This switch is turned off. The function of increasing
Handov the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
er Based and downlink transmissions does not take effect.
on DL 5) PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
QoS Re-establishments During the Physical Channel
Inter- Reconfiguration)
RAT
1: This switch is turned on. When UE sends the RNC
Handov
a Cell Update message with the cause value "Radio
er Based
Link Failure", the RNC reestablishes the radio link for
on
the UE under the following conditions:
Service
The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Inter-
Reconfiguration message.
RAT
Handov The RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission
er Based on SRB2 or the NodeB reports that all radio links of
on Load the UE are out of synchronization.
reestablish the radio link for the UE under the
6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC deletes the
existing Iur radio links for the UE during the RNC
performing radio link reestablishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC
7) RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for
RL Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB
Setup)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting

for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure:
The RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if
the RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization upon expiration of the RL Restore
timer.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or
REENTERED SERVICE AREA.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during an RB setup D2D
procedure, the RNC does not perform an RL
reestablishment or cell update even if the trigger
conditions are met.
8)
RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset)
When the RNC receives a TRB reset request from a
UE in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC cannot
respond to the UE with a confirm message if the
FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from
the UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not move
from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
This function helps to reduce the number of call drops
caused by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset
requests during FACH congestion.
9) SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL
Message Switch)
Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL message to
the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking
between the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN
needs to verify the serial number of direct transfer
messages, turn on this switch.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The RNC rather than the CS CN sends an IDENTITY

REQUEST message to a UE to obtain its IMEI. Upon
receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE message from
the UE:
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an MM
NULL message to the CS CN.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send
an MM NULL message to the CS CN.
10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH
CS paging message processing switch for UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state that support fast
dormancy on the drift radio network controller
(DRNC) side.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these
UEs to move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish
CS services when these UEs receive a CS paging
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message.
11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315
timer in the cell update message received by the UE
expires.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally
releases the connection of the UE when the T314/
T315 timer in the cell update message expires.
12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services.
After receiving the message, the UE immediately
activates the configuration.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC puts the
activation time IE in the hard handover configuration
message for CS services. After receiving the message,
the UE activates the configuration at the specified
activation time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO)
handover configuration message for PS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates
the configuration.
message for PS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO)
handover configuration message across the Iur
interface. After receiving the message, the UE
immediately activates the configuration.
message across the Iur interface. After receiving the
message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time.
15) R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch for
Preferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs
That Comply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC preferentially
allocates DPUe resources in any subrack to UEs that
comply with 3GPP Release 8 or later.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC preferentially
allocates DPU resources in the subrack that the UEs
access to UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 8 or
later. The RNC allocates DPU resources in other
subracks only when the amount of consumed DPU
resources in this subrack exceeds a preset threshold
for inter-subrack resource sharing.
16)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch for
Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC queries the RLC state before and

after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B.
A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC
state before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. If the state query fails, the UE does not perform
the state transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE
continues with the state transition. The RNC queries
the RLC state again after the state transition is
complete and before the L2 link is deactivated. If
there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB data to be transmitted to
the UE on the RLC, the paging procedure is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. The original state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is used.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(S
witch for RL Re-establishments During the inter-RAT
Handover)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an
RL for the UE during a UMTS-to-GSM handover if
RNC detects an SRB reset or all RLs for the UE are
out of synchronization after the RNC sends the UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND or a
CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN message.
If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message after
sending either of the preceding messages to the UE
during a UMTS-to-GSM handover, the RNC supports
parallel handling of the UMTS-to-GSM handover and
cell update procedures.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC neither
reestablishes the RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario nor supports the parallel handling of the
UMTS-to-GSM handover and cell update procedures.
18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Re-establishments Triggered by TRB RESET)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a
radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic

WCDMA RAN

nd
radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the

UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in any
signaling procedure.
UE has only one PS RAB.
19)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Re-establishments During a PS RB Release)
RL for the UE processing CS+PS combined services
during a PS RB release procedure under the following
conditions:
The RNC detects an SRB reset, all uplink RLs for the
UE are out of synchronization upon expiration of the
RL recovery timer, or the RNC does not receive a
response from the UE after sending a RADIO
BEARER RELEASE message to the UE.
If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "RL Failure", "RLC unrecoverable
error", or "re-entering service area" from the UE
processing CS+PS combined services during a PS RB
release procedure, the RNC performs parallel handing
of the PS RB release and cell update procedures.
It is recommended that this switch be turned on
together with
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
under the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
reestablishes the RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario nor supports the parallel handing of the PS
RB release and cell update procedures.
20)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(
Switch for Enhanced RL Re-establishments During an
RB setup)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio bearer (RB)
setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure
under the following conditions:
The RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The UE has no response to the RNC after the RNC

sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP message.
The switch RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_S
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to
on.
21)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH
Whether to correct the methods for measuring the
counters related to RAB setup or reconfiguration
failures of UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB
setup or reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or
F2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement methods
of these counters are corrected based on the
measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement
methods of these counters remain unchanged.
22)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH
Whether to reestablish the call for the UE that sends a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes the
call for the UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
reestablish the call for the UE that sends a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state.
23)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell is

configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not perform
fast cell reselection.
24)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer
is specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
parameter in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command.
1: This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires.
25)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE with a cause value of "radio link
failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering
service area" when expecting a response from the UE
to the physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario,
processes the CELL UPDATE message.
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
This parameter takes effect only when the
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
26)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during RB reconfiguration takes effect.
message when RB reconfiguration is in progress. The
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with a cause value of "radio link failure", "RLC

WCDMA RAN

nd
unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service area"

when expecting a response from the UE to the RB
reconfiguration process. In this scenario,
processes the CELL UPDATE message. It is
recommended that this switch be used together with
the
in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
27)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH
Whether to stop RLC entities (except RLC entities
used by SRB2) for security-mode-enabled UEs whose
user signaling (except cell-related signaling) is
processed by their overflow RNCs due to load sharing
and that are in the security mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC stops RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for such
UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused by the
ciphering activation time inconsistency between the
UEs and RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC suspends RLC
UEs.
28)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SW
ITCH
Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAB RELEASE
REQUEST or IU RELEASE COMPLETE message
carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.413.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAB RELEASE
does not carry the IE GTP PDU SN.
29)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of

reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U DL
transmission uses the DL GTP PDU SN carried by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message as the first
SN for reordering.
30)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH
Whether not to immediately process a TRB RESET
message if the corresponding TRB resets when an
RRC-related process is in progress. Note that the
RRC-related process is a process that is initiated after
the UE in question has set up a service.
1: This switch is turned on, The RNC processes the
message after the RRC-related process is complete.
0: This switch is turned off, The RNC immediately
processes the message, releases the RAB of the UE,
and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release.
31)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition for a UE not performing any RRC-
related process if the RNC detects a TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly releases
the service of the UE and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release.
32)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reconfigures the
transport layer information and continues with data
transmission. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.413.
reconfigure the transport layer information and data
cannot be transmitted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Disuse
Statement:PROCESSSWITCH4:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE
_SWITCH(SET URRCTRLSWITCH) will be
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH
(SET URRCTRLPHYSWITCH) in later versions. The
configuration interface in this version supports
delivery of the settings of both
PROCESSSWITCH4:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITC
H(SET URRCTRLSWITCH) and
OptimizationSwitch:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH
(SET URRCTRLPHYSWITCH). Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,
H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH,
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITC
H, UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWIT
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWI
TCH,
RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
ROR_SWITCH,
CH,
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Process BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

Switch4 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1) AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HHO
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Rollback Switch for 12.2k AMR-NB Services)
TCH 0106090 RRC
Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2
ion and rollback caused by failed hard handovers of 12.2k
WRFD- Radio AMR speech services. It is recommended that the
010101 Access timer T312 be set to 1 second (SET
WRFD- Bearer UCONNMODETIMER: T312=1;) before turning on
140226 Establis this switch. If the timer T312 is not set to 1 second,
hment AMR noise will occur on some UEs. If the AMRC
WRFD-
and feature is enabled, the RNC supports the hard
140103
Release handover failure rollback of only for 12.2 kbit/s
WRFD- narrowband AMR services.
0204000 Combin
2 ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
One CS support rollback caused by failed hard handovers of
WRFD- Service 12.2k AMR speech services, leading to call drops.
140205 and One 2) RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
020302 Service Switch)
WRFD- 3GPP Whether optimization of the RRC CONNECTION
020303 R9 SETUP message takes effect.
WRFD- Specific
ations 1: This switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
020304
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the
WRFD- Fast
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020305 Return
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
from
WRFD- information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
UMTS
020306 IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same
to LTE
as RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message.
Call
Reestabl 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace
ishment the IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message.
Inter
System 3) PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Direct (Switch for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and
Retry Cell Update Procedures)
Voice During the PS service setup, the RNC undoes a
Service CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
Experie procedure when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
nce with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
Improve procedure.
ment for 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC temporarily
Weak does not send the
Receptio RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
n Ues CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
Inter the CELL UPDATE message is processed and the PS
Frequen service is set up successfully.

WCDMA RAN

nd
cy Hard 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly

Handov responds to the CN with a
er Based RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
on the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-
Coverag procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
e indicating that the PS service fails to be set up.
Inter- 4) TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch
RAT for Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous
Handov uplink and downlink Transmissions)
er Based This switch is turned on to increase the total
on throughput in the uplink and downlink only when
Coverag uplink and downlink HSPA data is transmitted
e simultaneously. In other scenarios, you are advised to
Inter turn off the switch.
Frequen 1: This switch is turned on. The function of increasing
cy Hard the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
Handov and downlink transmissions takes effect.
er Based
on DL 0: This switch is turned off. The function of increasing
QoS the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
and downlink transmissions does not take effect.
Inter-
RAT 5) PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Handov Re-establishments During the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration)
on 1: This switch is turned on. The UE sends the RNC a
Service Cell Update message with the cause value "Radio
Inter- Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes the radio link
RAT for the UE under the following conditions:
Handov The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration message.
on Load The RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission
on SRB2 or the NodeB reports that all radio links of
the UE are out of synchronization.
6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC deletes the
existing Iur radio links for the UE during the RNC
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
7) RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for

RL Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB
Setup)
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure:
The RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if
the RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
timer.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or
REENTERED SERVICE AREA.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during an RB setup D2D
procedure, the RNC does not perform an RL
reestablishment or cell update even if the trigger
conditions are met.
8)
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset)
When the RNC receives a TRB reset request from a
UE in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC cannot
respond to the UE with a confirm message if the
FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from
the UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not move
from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
This function helps to reduce the number of call drops
caused by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset
requests during FACH congestion.
9) SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL
Message Switch)
Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL message to
the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
command is turned on, testing the interworking

between the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN
needs to verify the serial number of direct transfer
messages, turn on this switch.
The RNC rather than the CS CN sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to a UE to obtain its IMEI. Upon
receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE message from
the UE:
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an MM
NULL message to the CS CN.
an MM NULL message to the CS CN.
10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH
CS paging message processing switch for UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state that support fast
dormancy on the drift radio network controller
(DRNC) side.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these
UEs to move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish
CS services when these UEs receive a CS paging
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message.
11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315
timer in the cell update message received by the UE
expires.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message expires.
releases the connection of the UE when the T314/
T315 timer in the cell update message expires.
12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO)
handover configuration message for CS services.
After receiving the message, the UE immediately
activates the configuration.

WCDMA RAN

nd

message for CS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO)
handover configuration message for PS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates
the configuration.
message for PS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO)
handover configuration message across the Iur
interface. After receiving the message, the UE
immediately activates the configuration.
message across the Iur interface. After receiving the
message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time.
15)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch for
Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)
Whether the RNC queries the RLC state before and
after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B.
A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC
state before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event

4B. If the state query fails, the UE does not perform
the state transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE
continues with the state transition. The RNC queries
the RLC state again after the state transition is
complete and before the L2 link is deactivated. If
there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB data to be transmitted to
the UE on the RLC, the paging procedure is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. The original state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is used.
16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(S
witch for RL Re-establishments During the inter-RAT
Handover)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-RAT
Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization upon
expiration of the RL Restore timer after the RNC
sends UE a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN
COMMAND message or a CELL CHANGE ORDER
FROM UTRAN message and UE fails to receive these
two messages.
17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Re-establishments Triggered by TRB RESET)
radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic
radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the
UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in any
signaling procedure.
UE has only one PS RAB.
18)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Re-establishments During a PS RB Release)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer

WCDMA RAN

nd
(RB) release procedure under the following

conditions:
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message.
The UE has both CS RAB and PS RAB.
The UE is in CELL_DCH state.
It is recommended that this switch be used together
with the
19)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(
Switch for Enhanced RL Re-establishments During an
RB setup)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio bearer (RB)
setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure
under the following conditions:
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
The UE has no response to the RNC after the RNC
sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP message.
The switch RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_S
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to
on.
20)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to correct the methods for measuring the

counters related to RAB setup or reconfiguration
failures of UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB
setup or reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or
F2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement methods
of these counters are corrected based on the
measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement
methods of these counters remain unchanged.
21)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH(RL Reestablishment Switch for PCH
UEs Experiencing RLC Unrecoverable Errors)
Whether the RNC reestablishes the radio link (RL) for
the UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state after
receiving a cell update message with the cause value
"RLC unrecoverable error" from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC does not reestablish the RL for the
UE.
22)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection.
1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell is
configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not perform
fast cell reselection.
23)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer
is specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
parameter in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE

transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires.
24)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE with a cause value of "radio link
failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering
service area" when expecting a response from the UE
to the physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
25)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during RB reconfiguration takes effect.
message when RB reconfiguration is in progress. The
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with a cause value of "radio link failure", "RLC
unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service area"
when expecting a response from the UE to the RB
reconfiguration process. In this scenario,
It is recommended that this switch be used together
with the
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message in

WCDMA RAN

nd

RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
26)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH
Whether to stop RLC entities (except RLC entities
used by SRB2) for security-mode-enabled UEs whose
user signaling (except cell-related signaling) is
processed by their overflow RNCs due to load sharing
and that are in the security mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC stops RLC
UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused by the
ciphering activation time inconsistency between the
UEs and RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC suspends RLC
UEs.
27)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SW
ITCH
Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAB RELEASE
carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.413.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAB RELEASE
does not carry the IE GTP PDU SN.
28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U DL
transmission uses the DL GTP PDU SN carried by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message as the first
SN for reordering.
29)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether not to immediately process a TRB RESET

message if the corresponding TRB resets when an
RRC-related process is in progress. Note that the
RRC-related process is a process that is initiated after
the UE in question has set up a service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC processes the
message after the RRC-related process is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately
processes the message, releases the RAB of the UE,
and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release.
30)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition for a UE not performing any RRC-
related process if the RNC detects a TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly releases
the service of the UE and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release.
31)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reconfigures the
transport layer information and continues with data
transmission. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.413.
reconfigure the transport layer information and data
cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
ROR_SWITCH,
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ROR_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1. HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When
MALG WRFD- Softer the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving
OSWIT 0106100 Handov speed in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow
CH 6 er inter-layer handover.
HSDPA 2. HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Mobility When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency
020203
Manage handover is allowed during soft handover.
WRFD- ment
020202 3. HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the
Inter
switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection
WRFD- RNC
strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.
020309 Soft
Handov 4. HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-
er switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility
020103
algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the
WRFD- Intra
switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not
020106 RNC
used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network
Soft
WRFD- covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS
Handov
0106120 and other new features. To satisfy new requirements
er
4 of operator and restrictions of present network,
Inter- overlay network realizes operation distribution and
WRFD- RAT load sharing between new network and present
020129 Handov network, also gives special handling for mobility
WRFD- er Based management of network verge.
070006 on DL
5. HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When
QoS
WRFD- the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-
070007 Inter frequency measure control or the load-based inter-
Frequen frequency hard handover upon the handover decision
WRFD- cy Load on inter-frequency load.
140102 Balance
6. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
WRFD- Load Whether to enable service-based PS handover from
070005 Reshuffl UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- ing RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL
150201 HSUPA message based on service and initiate service-based
WRFD- Mobility PS handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
0213110 Manage turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS
2 ment handover from UMTS to LTE.
WRFD- Service- 7. HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the

020304 Based switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
PS measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover
WRFD- Service from the 3G network to the 2G network.
021200 Redirect 8.
WRFD- ion from HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
020308 UMTS WITCH: When the switch is turned on, the Network
to LTE Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function is supported
WRFD-
010610 GSM during the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G
and network to the 2G network in the cell change order

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- UMTS process. When the switch is turned off, the NACC
010612 Load function is not supported. When
WRFD- Balancin HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
010616 g Based CH is ON, this switch is ineffective.When the NACC
on Iur-g function is supported, the UE skips the reading
WRFD- procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided
020301 GSM
and after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of
WRFD- handover is reduced.
UMTS
020302
Traffic 9.
WRFD- Steering HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
020303 Based CH: When the switch is turned on, the PS inter-RAT
WRFD- on Iur-g handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is
0203080 CS performed in the relocation process. When the switch
2 Fallback is turned off, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G
Guarant network to the 2G network is performed in the cell
WRFD-
ee for change order process.
020305
LTE 10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-
Emerge switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
020306
ncy measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover
WRFD- Calls from the 3G network to the 2G network.
0203080
1 NACC 11.
Procedu HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
re When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
Optimiz handover of the services are based on the
ation configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is
Based not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If
on Iur-g no information is provided by the CN, the attributes
Macro are then based on the RNC parameters.
& Micro 12.
Co- HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
carrier TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected
Uplink set from which the RNC receives their valid event
Interfere reports can be added to the active set. The cells
nce allowed to be added to the active set must be the
Control neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.
Dedicate 13. HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
d Node When the switch is on, the intra-frequency
B/Cell measurement reports of the detected set can be
for reported by the UE.
Operator 14. HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
s When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
Inter the intra-frequency hard handover.
Frequen 15. HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When
cy Hard the switch is on, event 1J is included in the delivery of
Handov intra-frequency measurement control if the UE
er Based version is R6 or later.

WCDMA RAN

nd
on DL 16. HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When

QoS this switch is turned on, the cells under the RNC
HCS support soft handovers. Upon receiving event 1A, 1B,
(Hierarc 1C, or 1D after delivering an intra-frequency
hical measurement control message to the UE, the RNC
Cell initiates addition, removal, or replacement of target
Structur cell of the soft handover.
e) 17. HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
Inter- When the switch is on, the inter-frequency, GSM, or
RAT LTE frequency in the frequency band beyond the UE's
Handov capabilities can also be delivered in the corresponding
er Phase measurement list.
2 18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
HSDPA the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
Introduc algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to
tion be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal
Package cell algorithm is used.
HSUPA 19. HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
Introduc When the switch is turned on, intra-frequency
tion handover is allowed over the Iur interface if the UE
Package has only signaling connections.
MBMS 20. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is
Introduc on, quality measurement on the active set is delivered
tion after signaling setup but before service setup. If the
Package UE is at the cell edge or receives weak signals after
Intra accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-
Frequen frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up
cy Hard the RRC.
Handov 21. HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When
er the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the
Inter connected state based on the configurations on the
Frequen CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized
cy Hard cells.
Handov 22. HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable
er Based handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
on turned on, the RNC can send the LTE
Coverag MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and initiate
e PS handover or redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
Inter- this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot perform the
RAT preceding procedures.
Handov 23. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
er Based Whether to enable service-based redirection from
on UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
Coverag RNC can send the LTE MEASUREMENT
e CONTROL message based on service and initiate
service-based PS redirection from UMTS to LTE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS initiate service-based PS redirection from UMTS to
Handov LTE.
er
24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a Single
Between
Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the
UMTS
VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN. SRVCC
and
ensures the continuity of voice services that are
GPRS
handed over between the CS domain and the IP
Inter- Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning of the bit
RAT is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it indicates that
Handov the VoIP service can be handed over to GERAN
er Based through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to "OFF", it
on indicates that the VoIP service cannot be handed over
Service to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.
Inter- 25.
RAT HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH:
Handov This switch controls which event to be preferentially
er Based processed when both an intra- frequency measurement
on Load report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed.
NACC( Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency
Network measurement report event to be preferentially
Assisted processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or
Cell 2F to be preferentially processed.
Change)
26. HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs
the UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO)
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is
selected, the RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is not
selected, the RNC does not instruct the UE to use the
CIO parameter when reporting event 1D. The call
drop rate will increase if the switch is opened when
the CIO is configured to a big value.
27. HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines the initial speed state of
a UE based on the enUeMobilityStateInd information
element (IE) sent by the UE. If this switch is turned
on, the initial UE speed state is determined by this IE
carried in the RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state
as before based on how frequently the UE sends an
event 1D measurement report.
28. HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Function switch
of the CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls feature. When this switch is turned on, this
feature is activated. When a UE is making an
emergency call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to
move to a UMTS cell and the UMTS cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
preferentially guarantees the successful access of the

UE. If the UE is processing non-real-time PS services,
the channel types and initial data rates for these
services are determined by the "NRTInitRateforL2U"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command during
service admission. If the UE is processing real-time
PS services, the original channel types and data rates
of these services are retained during service
admission. When this switch is turned off, this feature
is not activated. When a UE is making an emergency
call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to move to a
UMTS cell but the UMTS cell does not preferentially
guarantee the successful access of the UE. If the UE is
processing PS services, the original channel types and
data rates of these services are retained during service
admission.
29.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether a UE can fast return to the LTE network after
its RRC connection is released in the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC carries the
information about frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
during a call release of a UE capable of measuring the
LTE frequencies so that the UE in idle state can fast
move to the LTE network. The information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is set by the
"ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command. When
this switch is turned off, the information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is not carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends
periodical inter-frequency and intra-frequency
measurement control messages, and includes the
information element (IE) measurementIdentiy in the
inter-frequency measurement control message to
instruct a UE to report signal quality in an active set
cell in a periodical inter-frequency measurement
report. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends
only a periodical inter-frequency measurement control
message without this IE.
31.
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH
: Whether handover parameters dedicated to combined
services are set. When this switch is turned on, the
handover parameters dedicated to CS and PS

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined services are used when CS and PS

combined services are processed. The handover
parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services
are set by the "SET UMULTIRABHOCOV"
command. When this switch is turned off, in scenarios
running CS and PS combined services, the upper
threshold of the inter-frequency handover parameters
between the CS and PS services is used, and the
threshold of inter-RAT handover parameters for the
CS service is used.
Disuse Statement:The values
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH will be deleted
from later versions as MBMS series features do not
work for UMTS UEs. Therefore,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch parameter are not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
CH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
Default Value:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
1,HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_
SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWI
TCH:0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_S
WITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH
:0,HO_CIO_1D_USED:
0,HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
0,HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH:
0,HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
0,HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1. HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When
MALG WRFD- Softer the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving
OSWIT 0106100 Handov speed in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow
CH 6 er inter-layer handover.
HSDPA 2. HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Mobility When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency
020203
Manage handover is allowed during soft handover.
WRFD- ment
020202 3. HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the
Inter
switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection
WRFD- RNC
strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.
020309 Soft
Handov 4. HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-
er switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility
020103
algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the
WRFD- Intra
switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not
020106 RNC
used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network
Soft
WRFD- covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS
Handov
0106120 and other new features. To satisfy new requirements
er
4 of operator and restrictions of present network,
Inter- overlay network realizes operation distribution and
WRFD- RAT load sharing between new network and present
020129 Handov network, also gives special handling for mobility
WRFD- er Based management of network verge.
070006 on DL
5. HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When
QoS
WRFD- the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-
070007 Inter frequency measure control or the load-based inter-
Frequen frequency hard handover upon the handover decision
WRFD- cy Load on inter-frequency load.
140102 Balance
6. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
WRFD- Load Whether to enable service-based PS handover from
070005 Reshuffl UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- ing RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL
150201 HSUPA message based on service and initiate service-based
WRFD- Mobility PS handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
0213110 Manage turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS
2 ment handover from UMTS to LTE.
WRFD- Service- 7. HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the

020304 Based switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
PS measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover
WRFD- Service from the 3G network to the 2G network.
021200 Redirect 8.
WRFD- ion from HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
020308 UMTS WITCH: When the switch is turned on, the Network
to LTE Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function is supported
WRFD-
010610 GSM during the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G
and network to the 2G network in the cell change order

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- UMTS process. When the switch is turned off, the NACC
010612 Load function is not supported. When
WRFD- Balancin HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
010616 g Based CH is ON, this switch is ineffective.When the NACC
on Iur-g function is supported, the UE skips the reading
WRFD- procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided
020301 GSM
and after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of
WRFD- handover is reduced.
UMTS
020302
Traffic 9.
WRFD- Steering HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
020303 Based CH: When the switch is turned on, the PS inter-RAT
WRFD- on Iur-g handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is
0203080 CS performed in the relocation process. When the switch
2 Fallback is turned off, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G
Guarant network to the 2G network is performed in the cell
WRFD-
ee for change order process.
020305
LTE 10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-
Emerge switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
020306
ncy measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover
WRFD- Calls from the 3G network to the 2G network.
0203080
1 NACC 11.
Procedu HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
re When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
Optimiz handover of the services are based on the
ation configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is
Based not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If
on Iur-g no information is provided by the CN, the attributes
Macro are then based on the RNC parameters.
& Micro 12.
Co- HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
carrier TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected
Uplink set from which the RNC receives their valid event
Interfere reports can be added to the active set. The cells
nce allowed to be added to the active set must be the
Control neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.
Dedicate 13. HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
d Node When the switch is on, the intra-frequency
B/Cell measurement reports of the detected set can be
for reported by the UE.
Operator 14. HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
s When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
Inter the intra-frequency hard handover.
Frequen 15. HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When
cy Hard the switch is on, event 1J is included in the delivery of
Handov intra-frequency measurement control if the UE
er Based version is R6 or later.

WCDMA RAN

nd
on DL 16. HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When

QoS this switch is turned on, the cells under the RNC
HCS support soft handovers. Upon receiving event 1A, 1B,
(Hierarc 1C, or 1D after delivering an intra-frequency
hical measurement control message to the UE, the RNC
Cell initiates addition, removal, or replacement of target
Structur cell of the soft handover.
e) 17. HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
Inter- When the switch is on, the inter-frequency, GSM, or
RAT LTE frequency in the frequency band beyond the UE's
Handov capabilities can also be delivered in the corresponding
er Phase measurement list.
2 18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
HSDPA the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
Introduc algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to
tion be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal
Package cell algorithm is used.
HSUPA 19. HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
Introduc When the switch is turned on, intra-frequency
tion handover is allowed over the Iur interface if the UE
Package has only signaling connections.
MBMS 20. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is
Introduc on, quality measurement on the active set is delivered
tion after signaling setup but before service setup. If the
Package UE is at the cell edge or receives weak signals after
Intra accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-
Frequen frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up
cy Hard the RRC.
Handov 21. HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When
er the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the
Inter connected state based on the configurations on the
Frequen CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized
cy Hard cells.
Handov 22. HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable
er Based handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
on turned on, the RNC can send the LTE
Coverag MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and initiate
e PS handover or redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
Inter- this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot perform the
RAT preceding procedures.
Handov 23. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
er Based Whether to enable service-based redirection from
on UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
Coverag RNC can send the LTE MEASUREMENT
e CONTROL message based on service and initiate
service-based PS redirection from UMTS to LTE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS initiate service-based PS redirection from UMTS to
Handov LTE.
er
24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a Single
Between
Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the
UMTS
VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN. SRVCC
and
ensures the continuity of voice services that are
GPRS
handed over between the CS domain and the IP
Inter- Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning of the bit
RAT is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it indicates that
Handov the VoIP service can be handed over to GERAN
er Based through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to "OFF", it
on indicates that the VoIP service cannot be handed over
Service to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.
Inter- 25.
RAT HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH:
Handov This switch controls which event to be preferentially
er Based processed when both an intra- frequency measurement
on Load report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed.
NACC( Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency
Network measurement report event to be preferentially
Assisted processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or
Cell 2F to be preferentially processed.
Change)
26. HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs
the UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO)
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is
selected, the RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is not
selected, the RNC does not instruct the UE to use the
CIO parameter when reporting event 1D. The call
drop rate will increase if the switch is opened when
the CIO is configured to a big value.
27. HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines the initial speed state of
a UE based on the enUeMobilityStateInd information
element (IE) sent by the UE. If this switch is turned
on, the initial UE speed state is determined by this IE
carried in the RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state
as before based on how frequently the UE sends an
event 1D measurement report.
28. HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Function switch
of the CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls feature. When this switch is turned on, this
feature is activated. When a UE is making an
emergency call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to
move to a UMTS cell and the UMTS cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
preferentially guarantees the successful access of the

UE. If the UE is processing non-real-time PS services,
the channel types and initial data rates for these
services are determined by the "NRTInitRateforL2U"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command during
service admission. If the UE is processing real-time
PS services, the original channel types and data rates
of these services are retained during service
admission. When this switch is turned off, this feature
is not activated. When a UE is making an emergency
call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to move to a
UMTS cell but the UMTS cell does not preferentially
guarantee the successful access of the UE. If the UE is
processing PS services, the original channel types and
data rates of these services are retained during service
admission.
29.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether a UE can fast return to the LTE network after
its RRC connection is released in the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC carries the
information about frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
during a call release of a UE capable of measuring the
LTE frequencies so that the UE in idle state can fast
move to the LTE network. The information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is set by the
"ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command. When
this switch is turned off, the information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is not carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends
periodical inter-frequency and intra-frequency
measurement control messages, and includes the
information element (IE) measurementIdentiy in the
inter-frequency measurement control message to
instruct a UE to report signal quality in an active set
cell in a periodical inter-frequency measurement
report. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends
only a periodical inter-frequency measurement control
message without this IE.
31.
: Whether handover parameters dedicated to combined
services are set. When this switch is turned on, the
handover parameters dedicated to CS and PS

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined services are used when CS and PS

combined services are processed. The handover
parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services
are set by the "SET UMULTIRABHOCOV"
command. When this switch is turned off, in scenarios
running CS and PS combined services, the upper
threshold of the inter-frequency handover parameters
between the CS and PS services is used, and the
threshold of inter-RAT handover parameters for the
CS service is used.
Disuse Statement:The values
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH will be deleted
from later versions as MBMS series features do not
work for UMTS UEs. Therefore,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch parameter are not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
Default Value:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
1,HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_
SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWI
TCH:0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_S
WITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH
:0,HO_CIO_1D_USED:
0,HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
0,HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH:
0,HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
0,HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

h1 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
MALG WRFD- Co- HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
OSWIT 150217 carrier TCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro &
CH Uplink Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this
WRFD- Interfere
171224 switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this
nce switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This
WRFD- Control feature checks whether UEs are located in problem
140218 Load areas of intra-frequency networks with macro and
WRFD- Based micro cells. Then, the feature instructs these UEs to
171223 PS move to other cells through blind inter-frequency
WRFD- Handov handovers.
0106100 er from
2.
6 UMTS
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SW
to LTE
WRFD- ITCH: This switch specifies whether handover and
140226 Mobility redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When
Manage this switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to
WRFD- ment LTE is allowed but handover is prohibited. During the
1502010 Based redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured
2 on IMSI by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO"
WRFD- for command are used for the redirection, and the RNC
150220 Multiple does not consider whether the best cell is configured
WRFD- Operator with neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is
150219 s turned off, both redirection and handover from UMTS
WRFD- Service- to LTE are allowed. The LTE frequencies configured
0106120 Based by using the "ADD ULTENCELL" command are used
4 PS for the redirection and handover.
Handov 3. HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
er from Specifies whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-
021311
UMTS to-LTE PS redirection. When the switch is turned on,
WRFD- to LTE the RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
150216 redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off,
Fast
WRFD- Return the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
160270 to LTE to-LTE PS redirection procedure.
WRFD- for 4. HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies
020129 SRVCC whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
User handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC
WRFD-
020303 HSDPA allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Mobility handover procedure. When the switch is turned off,
WRFD-
Manage the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
020305
ment to-LTE PS handover procedure.
WRFD-
Fast 5.
020306
Return HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
from CH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover
UMTS failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in
to LTE a call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in
handover from the universal terrestrial radio access

WCDMA RAN

nd
Macro network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access

& Micro network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio
Joint access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of
Inter- configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the
frequenc handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in
y this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC
Handov allows another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or
er E-UTRAN in this call.
Coverag 6.
e Based HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
PS ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Handov measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
er from measurement control simultaneously to UEs
UMTS processing CS services. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Coverag control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
e Based control simultaneously to UEs processing CS services.
PS The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
Redirect periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
ion from UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
UMTS active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
to LTE perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
HSUPA
sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Mobility
control to UEs processing CS services and the Ec/N0
Manage
of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
ment
handovers.
MOCN
7.
Introduc
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
tion
ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Package
measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
Load measurement control simultaneously to UEs
Based processing PS services. When this switch is turned on,
PS the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Redirect control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
ion from control simultaneously to UEs processing PS services.
UMTS The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
to LTE periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
Camp & UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
Handov active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
er Based perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
on SPID the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Service- sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Based control to UEs processing PS services and the Ec/N0
PS of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
Service handovers.
Redirect 8.
ion from HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
UMTS CH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency

to LTE neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
Inter- turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency
RAT neighboring cell combination is used for intra-
Handov frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
er Based turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
on 9.
Coverag HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
e CH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency
Inter- neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
RAT turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency
Handov neighboring cell combination is used for inter-
er Based frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
on turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
Service 10. HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Inter- Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM
RAT cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the
Handov algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is
er Based used for GSM measurement objects. When this switch
on Load is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
11. HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
combination. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is
used for LTE measurement objects. When this switch
is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
12. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH: Whether a
load-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When this switch is turned on, an LDR-
triggered PS handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
13. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-based PS redirection from UMTS to
LTE is allowed. When this switch is turned on, an
LDR-triggered PS redirection from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When both
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH" and
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH" are turned on,
a PS handover from UMTS to LTE is preferred.
14.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_OPT
SWH:Switch controlling the enhanced algorithm of
adding intra-frequency neighboring cells in detected
sets to active sets. When this switch is turned on and
event 1A/C/D contains information about the best
cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells that are
included in the detected set (hereinafter referred to as
target cells), the RNC searches for the target cells in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the following scopes: (1)The best cell's intra-

frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
neighboring cells are in cell group A). (2)Intra-
frequency neighboring cells of cells in the active set
(assuming that these neighboring cells are in cell
group B). If the target cells are not found, the RNC
searches for them in intra-frequency neighboring cells
of cells in cell group A (assuming that these
neighboring cells are in cell group C). Upon locating
the target cells, the RNC updates the active set and
includes the target cells' information in the active set.
When this switch is turned off and event 1A/C/D
contains information about the best cell's intra-
frequency neighboring cells that are included in the
detected set (hereinafter referred to as target cells), the
RNC determines whether the target cells are Intra-
frequency neighboring cells of cells in the active set.
If so, the RNC updates the active set and includes the
target cells' information in the active set. If not, the
RNC does not include the target cells' information in
the active set.
15.
HO_INTRA_DETSET_DRNC_CELL_INTO_ACTS
ET:Switch controlling the algorithm of adding intra-
frequency neighboring DRNC cells in detected sets to
active sets. When event 1A/C/D contains information
about the best cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells
that are included in the detected set (hereinafter
referred to as target cells), the RNC searches for the
target cells in the following scopes: (1)The best cell's
intra-frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
checks whether this switch is turned on. If so, the
RNC searches for the target cells in intra-frequency
neighboring cells of cells in cell group A (assuming
that these neighboring cells are in cell group C). If a
DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell, the RNC
includes information about this cell in the active set. If
not, the RNC searches for the target cells in cell group
C. If a DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell,
the RNC does not include information about this cell
in the active set.
16.
HO_1A_OR_1C_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_SWITC
H:Whether to trigger an HSPA serving cell change

WCDMA RAN

nd
after a soft handover initiated due to the reporting of

event 1A or 1C is complete. When this switch is
turned on, an HSPA serving cell change is triggered
turned off, an HSPA serving cell change is not
triggered after a soft handover initiated due to the
reporting of event 1A or 1C is complete.
17.
HO_1D_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_JUDGE_SWITC
upon the false reporting of event 1D. The false
reporting of event 1D indicates that there is another
cell whose signal quality is better than the signal
quality of the best cell indicated in event 1D. When
this switch is turned on, an HSPA serving cell change
is triggered upon the false reporting of event 1D.
When this switch is turned off, an HSPA serving cell
change is not triggered upon the false reporting of
event 1D.
18. HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
SPID-based mobility management function. When
this switch is turned on, the SPID-based mobility
management function takes effect. When this switch is
turned off, the SPID-based mobility management
function does not take effect. Perform compatibility
tests with devices from different vendors to prevent
compatibility issues caused by interface mechanisms
of different vendors.
19. HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger a serving cell change upon the
reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this switch
is turned on, a serving cell change is triggered upon
the reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this
switch is turned off, a serving cell change is triggered
upon the reporting of Ec/No-based event 1D.
20. HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
21. HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether to allow UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return if the
best cell for a UE is controlled by the DRNC. When
this switch is turned on. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return is allowed and the SRNC adds

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring LTE cell EARFCNs of the best cell to the

RRC Connection Release message. When this switch
is turned off. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
is forbidden. This switch is effective only when the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
switch of the "HoSwitch" parameter is turned on in
the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command or
TCH is selected.
22. HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:
Whether the corresponding algorithm can be used to
judge signal quality of the LTE cell preliminarily
according to the RSCP of the best cell before service-
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections. When
this switch is set to ON, the algorithm takes effect and
the RNC sends an intra-frequency measurement
control message to the UE to measure RSCP of the
best cell. If RSCP reported by the UE is lower than
"U2LNCovRscpThd", the LTE coverage is regarded
poor and UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections are
prohibited. When this switch is set to OFF, the
algorithm does not take effect.
23.
HO_GSMNCELL_OPGRP_CARRY_OVER_IUR_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers information
about neighboring GSM cells indicated by proprietary
IEs carried in Iur interface messages when initiating
inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to ON,
the DRNC sends the information about GSM operator
groups and cell types to the SRNC through proprietary
IEs carried in the Radio Link Setup Response or
Radio Link Addition Response message. Upon
reception of this information, the SRNC selects
appropriate neighboring GSM cells as the target cells
for inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to
OFF, the DRNC does not send the information about
neighboring GSM cells to the SRNC and the SRNC
does not consider the preceding information when
initiating inter-RAT handovers.
24.
HO_INTER_RAT_DRNC_GSMNCELL_FILTER_S
WITCH: Whether the SRNC filters neighboring GSM
cells of DRNC cells in the active set based on UE's
HPLMN. When this switch is set to ON, the SRNC
compares the proprietary IE "PLMN Identity" of a
neighboring GSM cell in the Radio Link Setup
Response or Radio Link Addition Response message
with the HPLMN of the UE. If they are the same, the

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNC initiates an inter-RAT handover to the

neighboring GSM cell. If not, the inter-RAT handover
cannot be initiated. When this switch is set to OFF, the
SRNC does not perform the preceding filtering.
25.
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_1A_REPLACE_1C_SWITC
H: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC does not
send the 1C measurement control message to the UE.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the 1C
measurement control message to the UE. This switch
is set to off by default.
26. HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC considers connected-mode E-UTRA frequency
priorities specified by [UCELLNFREQPRIOIN-
FO:NPriorityConnect] during UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and redirections. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC performs measurement control
and target frequency selection based on the configured
connected-mode E-UTRA frequency priorities during
non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections, measurement-based CSFBs or SRVCC
fast returns, and blind CSFB or SRVCC fast returns.
consider connected-mode E-UTRA frequency
priorities in the preceding scenarios. In addition, this
switch controls whether the RNC performs target
frequency selection preferentially based on the
frequency priorities (including priorities of SPIDs,
IMSIs, and connected-mode E-UTRA frequencies)
after receiving an event 3C measurement report from
LTE during non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections and measurement-based
CSFB or SRVCC fast returns. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC selects a target frequency in
descending order of priorities. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC selects a target frequency in
descending order of signal quality.
27.
WITCH2: Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT
handovers based on the neighboring GSM cell
information carried in standard IEs in Iur-interface
messages. When this switch is set to ON, the DRNC
sends the operator group information of neighboring
GSM cells to the SRNC through standard IEs carried
in the Radio Link Setup Response or Radio Link
Addition Response message. Upon reception of this
information, the SRNC selects appropriate

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring GSM cells as the target cells of inter-RAT

handovers. When this switch is set to OFF, the DRNC
does not send the operator group information of
neighboring GSM cell information to the SRNC and
the SRNC does not consider this information when
28.
UMTS network.
29.
their voice services are released on the UMTS
the UE.
30.
cell after their voice services are released on the
UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the

WCDMA RAN

nd

cell.
31.
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWI
TCH: Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE processing
CS+PS combined services can fast return to the LTE
network through handovers after the CS service of the
UE is released. SRVCC is short for single radio voice
call continuity and CS FB is short for CS
fallback.When this switch is set to ON, the SRVCC or
CSFB UE can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE handover if the
UE detects the signal of an LTE cell and supports
UMTS-to-LTE handover when the
ITCH is set to off. When this switch is set to OFF, a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered in the
GUI Value Range:
HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
TCH,
ITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
CH,
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
ITCH,
ITCH,
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
CH,
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
CH, HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,
H, HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH,
HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
H, HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH,
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH,
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_O
PTSWH:
0,HO_INTRA_DETSET_DRNC_CELL_INTO_ACT
SET:
0,HO_1A_OR_1C_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_1D_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_JUDGE_SWI
TCH:0,HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
0,HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH:
1,HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:
0,HO_GSMNCELL_OPGRP_CARRY_OVER_IUR_
SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_DRNC_GSMNCELL_FILTER_
SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_1A_REPLACE_1C_SWIT
CH:0,HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH:
SWITCH2:0,HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LT
E_SWITCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

h1 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
MALG WRFD- Co- HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
OSWIT 150216 carrier TCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro &
CH Uplink Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this
WRFD- Interfere
171224 switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this
nce switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This
WRFD- Control feature checks whether UEs are located in problem
140218 Load areas of intra-frequency networks with macro and
WRFD- Based micro cells. Then, the feature instructs these UEs to
0106100 PS move to other cells through blind inter-frequency
6 Redirect handovers.
WRFD- ion from
2.
150217 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD- ITCH: This switch specifies whether handover and
140226 Mobility redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When
Manage this switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to
WRFD-
ment LTE is allowed but handover is prohibited. During the
1502010
Based redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured
2
on IMSI by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO"
WRFD- for command are used for the redirection, and the RNC
150220 Multiple does not consider whether the best cell is configured
WRFD- Operator with neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is
150219 s turned off, both redirection and handover from UMTS
WRFD- Service- to LTE are allowed. The LTE frequencies configured
0106120 Based by using the "ADD ULTENCELL" command are used
4 PS for the redirection and handover.
Handov 3. HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
er from Specifies whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-
021311
UMTS to-LTE PS redirection. When the switch is turned on,
WRFD- to LTE the RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
160270 redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off,
HSDPA
WRFD- Mobility the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
020129 Manage to-LTE PS redirection procedure.
WRFD- ment 4. HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies
020303 Load whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
WRFD- Based handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC
020305 PS allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Handov handover procedure. When the switch is turned off,
WRFD-
er from the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
020306
UMTS to-LTE PS handover procedure.
WRFD- to LTE 5.
171223
Fast HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
Return CH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover
from failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in
UMTS a call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in
to LTE handover from the universal terrestrial radio access

WCDMA RAN

nd
Macro network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access

& Micro network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio
Joint access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of
Inter- configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the
frequenc handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in
y this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC
Handov allows another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or
er E-UTRAN in this call.
Coverag 6.
e Based HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
PS ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Handov measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
er from measurement control simultaneously to UEs
UMTS processing CS services. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Coverag control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
e Based control simultaneously to UEs processing CS services.
PS The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
Redirect periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
ion from UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
UMTS active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
to LTE perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
HSUPA
sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Mobility
control to UEs processing CS services and the Ec/N0
Manage
of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
ment
handovers.
MOCN
7.
Introduc
tion
ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Package
measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
Camp & measurement control simultaneously to UEs
Handov processing PS services. When this switch is turned on,
er Based the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
on SPID control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
Service- control simultaneously to UEs processing PS services.
Based The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
PS periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
Service UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
Redirect active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
ion from perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
UMTS the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
to LTE sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Inter- control to UEs processing PS services and the Ec/N0
RAT of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
Handov handovers.
er Based 8.
on HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coverag CH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency

e neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
Inter- turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency
RAT neighboring cell combination is used for intra-
Handov frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
er Based turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
on 9.
Service HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
Inter- CH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency
RAT neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
Handov turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency
er Based neighboring cell combination is used for inter-
on Load frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
Fast
Return 10. HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
to LTE Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM
for cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the
SRVCC algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is
User used for GSM measurement objects. When this switch
11. HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
combination. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is
used for LTE measurement objects. When this switch
12. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH: Whether a
load-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When this switch is turned on, an LDR-
triggered PS handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
13. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-based PS redirection from UMTS to
LTE is allowed. When this switch is turned on, an
LDR-triggered PS redirection from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When both
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH" and
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH" are turned on,
a PS handover from UMTS to LTE is preferred.
14.
SWH:Switch controlling the enhanced algorithm of
adding intra-frequency neighboring cells in detected
sets to active sets. When this switch is turned on and
event 1A/C/D contains information about the best
cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells that are
included in the detected set (hereinafter referred to as
target cells), the RNC searches for the target cells in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the following scopes: (1)The best cell's intra-

frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
searches for them in intra-frequency neighboring cells
of cells in cell group A (assuming that these
neighboring cells are in cell group C). Upon locating
the target cells, the RNC updates the active set and
includes the target cells' information in the active set.
When this switch is turned off and event 1A/C/D
contains information about the best cell's intra-
frequency neighboring cells that are included in the
detected set (hereinafter referred to as target cells), the
RNC determines whether the target cells are Intra-
frequency neighboring cells of cells in the active set.
If so, the RNC updates the active set and includes the
target cells' information in the active set. If not, the
RNC does not include the target cells' information in
the active set.
15.
ET:Switch controlling the algorithm of adding intra-
frequency neighboring DRNC cells in detected sets to
active sets. When event 1A/C/D contains information
about the best cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells
that are included in the detected set (hereinafter
referred to as target cells), the RNC searches for the
target cells in the following scopes: (1)The best cell's
intra-frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
checks whether this switch is turned on. If so, the
RNC searches for the target cells in intra-frequency
neighboring cells of cells in cell group A (assuming
that these neighboring cells are in cell group C). If a
DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell, the RNC
includes information about this cell in the active set. If
not, the RNC searches for the target cells in cell group
C. If a DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell,
the RNC does not include information about this cell
in the active set.
16.

WCDMA RAN

nd

turned on, an HSPA serving cell change is triggered
turned off, an HSPA serving cell change is not
triggered after a soft handover initiated due to the
reporting of event 1A or 1C is complete.
17.
upon the false reporting of event 1D. The false
reporting of event 1D indicates that there is another
cell whose signal quality is better than the signal
quality of the best cell indicated in event 1D. When
this switch is turned on, an HSPA serving cell change
is triggered upon the false reporting of event 1D.
When this switch is turned off, an HSPA serving cell
change is not triggered upon the false reporting of
event 1D.
18. HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
SPID-based mobility management function. When
this switch is turned on, the SPID-based mobility
management function takes effect. When this switch is
turned off, the SPID-based mobility management
function does not take effect. Perform compatibility
tests with devices from different vendors to prevent
compatibility issues caused by interface mechanisms
of different vendors.
19. HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger a serving cell change upon the
reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this switch
is turned on, a serving cell change is triggered upon
the reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this
switch is turned off, a serving cell change is triggered
upon the reporting of Ec/No-based event 1D.
20. HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
21. HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether to allow UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return if the
best cell for a UE is controlled by the DRNC. When
this switch is turned on. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return is allowed and the SRNC adds

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring LTE cell EARFCNs of the best cell to the

RRC Connection Release message. When this switch
is turned off. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
is forbidden. This switch is effective only when the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
switch of the "HoSwitch" parameter is turned on in
the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command or
TCH is selected.
23.
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers information
about neighboring GSM cells indicated by proprietary
IEs carried in Iur interface messages when initiating
inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to ON,
the DRNC sends the information about GSM operator
groups and cell types to the SRNC through proprietary
IEs carried in the Radio Link Setup Response or
Radio Link Addition Response message. Upon
reception of this information, the SRNC selects
appropriate neighboring GSM cells as the target cells
for inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to
OFF, the DRNC does not send the information about
neighboring GSM cells to the SRNC and the SRNC
does not consider the preceding information when
24.
WITCH: Whether the SRNC filters neighboring GSM
cells of DRNC cells in the active set based on UE's
HPLMN. When this switch is set to ON, the SRNC
compares the proprietary IE "PLMN Identity" of a
neighboring GSM cell in the Radio Link Setup
Response or Radio Link Addition Response message
with the HPLMN of the UE. If they are the same, the

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNC initiates an inter-RAT handover to the

neighboring GSM cell. If not, the inter-RAT handover
cannot be initiated. When this switch is set to OFF, the
SRNC does not perform the preceding filtering.
25.
H: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC does not
send the 1C measurement control message to the UE.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the 1C
measurement control message to the UE. This switch
is set to off by default.
26. HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC considers connected-mode E-UTRA frequency
priorities specified by [UCELLNFREQPRIOIN-
FO:NPriorityConnect] during UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and redirections. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC performs measurement control
and target frequency selection based on the configured
connected-mode E-UTRA frequency priorities during
non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections, measurement-based CSFBs or SRVCC
fast returns, and blind CSFB or SRVCC fast returns.
consider connected-mode E-UTRA frequency
priorities in the preceding scenarios. In addition, this
switch controls whether the RNC performs target
frequency selection preferentially based on the
frequency priorities (including priorities of SPIDs,
IMSIs, and connected-mode E-UTRA frequencies)
after receiving an event 3C measurement report from
LTE during non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections and measurement-based
CSFB or SRVCC fast returns. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC selects a target frequency in
descending order of priorities. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC selects a target frequency in
descending order of signal quality.
27.
WITCH2: Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT
handovers based on the neighboring GSM cell
information carried in standard IEs in Iur-interface
messages. When this switch is set to ON, the DRNC
sends the operator group information of neighboring
GSM cells to the SRNC through standard IEs carried
in the Radio Link Setup Response or Radio Link
Addition Response message. Upon reception of this
information, the SRNC selects appropriate

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring GSM cells as the target cells of inter-RAT

handovers. When this switch is set to OFF, the DRNC
does not send the operator group information of
neighboring GSM cell information to the SRNC and
the SRNC does not consider this information when
28.
UMTS network.
29.
their voice services are released on the UMTS
the UE.
30.
cell after their voice services are released on the
UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the

WCDMA RAN

nd

cell.
31.
TCH: Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE processing
CS+PS combined services can fast return to the LTE
network through handovers after the CS service of the
UE is released. SRVCC is short for single radio voice
call continuity and CS FB is short for CS
fallback.When this switch is set to ON, the SRVCC or
CSFB UE can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE handover if the
UE detects the signal of an LTE cell and supports
UMTS-to-LTE handover when the
ITCH is set to off. When this switch is set to OFF, a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered in the
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH, HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH,
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_O
PTSWH:
0,HO_INTRA_DETSET_DRNC_CELL_INTO_ACT
SET:
0,HO_1A_OR_1C_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_1D_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_JUDGE_SWI
TCH:0,HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
0,HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH:
1,HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_DRNC_GSMNCELL_FILTER_
SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_1A_REPLACE_1C_SWIT
CH:0,HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH:
SWITCH2:0,HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LT
E_SWITCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1) PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
TCH 010510 Configu
network when no response is received after a paging
ration
WRFD- message is sent.
Control
010651 (DCCC) 1: This switch is turned on. The paging message is
WRFD- sent for a maximum of 5 times.
3.4/6.8/1
140103 3.6/27.2 0: This switch is turned off. The paging message is
WRFD- Kbps sent for a maximum of 10 times.
040100 RRC 2) ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- Connect Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
010507 ion and Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
Radio during a soft handover.
WRFD-
Access
140226 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
Bearer
WRFD- Establis UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
020500 hment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
and following conditions are met:
WRFD-
010301 Release -The RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the
HSDPA ACTIVE SET UPDATE message.
WRFD-
0106150 over Iur -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
2 signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Call
NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
WRFD- Reestabl
synchronization.
010801 ishment
WRFD- Flow
reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
010802 Control
conditions are met.
WRFD- Rate 3) MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
011402 Negotiat Reestablishment During Meas Control)
WRFD- ion at
Admissi Whether to trigger RL reestablishment during
0106150 measurement control.
4 on
Control 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
Fast
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
Return
from
UMTS -The RNC has sent a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
to LTE message to the UE.
Enhance -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
d Fast SRB2 is disconnected when the UE state is stable.
Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
cy reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
Paging conditions are met.
UE in 4)
Idle, FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CELL_P CH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC

URA_P connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
CH SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the
State UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
(Type 1) reentering a service area. When this switch is turned
Combin on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a
ation of UE in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem
One CS that a network becomes inaccessible when such a UE
Service reenters a service area.
and Two 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly releases
PS the RRC connection after receiving the CELL
Services UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Intra Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then reenters
RNC the service area.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Update CELL UPDATE message received from the Enhanced
Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then
Inter
reenters the service area.
RNC
Cell 5) UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
Update Whether the RNC normally releases connections
Encrypti when it detects failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
on on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages
Combin
received from HSDPA UEs.
ation of
One CS 1: This switch is turned on. If the TACs added through
Service the MML command ADD UIMEITAC contain the
and TAC of this UE, and the TAC_FUNC parameter is set
Three to HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, the RNC normally
PS releases the connections when it detects the failed
Services CRC. If either of the preceding conditions is not met,
the RNC abnormally releases the connections when it
detects the failed CRC.
releases the connections when it detects the failed
CRC.
6) RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC performs the directed retry decision
(DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs the
DRD in the preceding scenario.
perform the DRD in the preceding scenario.
7) P2D_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the

CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state when the following conditions are met:
The UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or
"paging response."
The number of UEs on the FACH reaches the upper
limit or the UE is to set up a CS service but the
common channel is congested.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
This parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" command prevails.
8) AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS RAB setup in a
state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if
the same UE reports a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "cell reselection" during the CS RAB
setup.
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC rolls back the
CS RAB setup procedure without sending a response
message to the CN. The RNC proceeds with the RAB
assignment procedure after finishing the cell update
procedure.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the CS
RAB setup procedure and sends a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN,
which indicates a RAB assignment failure. The CS
service setup fails.
9) SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL)
when it detects an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for
decreasing the number of UE call drops
RL when it detects the SRB reset.
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset.
10) RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether active link re-establishment is allowed after

the radio link fails
1: This switch is turned on. Active link re-
establishment is allowed after the RNC receives a
RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message and
the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires.
0: This switch is turned off. Active link re-
establishment is not allowed after the RNC receives a
11) CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs are out
of synchronization.
RL in the preceding scenario.
reestablish an RL in the preceding scenario.
12) PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether PS services can trigger active link re-
establishment
1: This switch is turned on. PS services can trigger
active link re-establishment.
0: This switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger
13) UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
when it receives a CELL UPDATE message carrying
SRB reset information.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release
the RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. Note:
After this switch is turned on, you are advised to
select RRC_CONN_CU_DSCR_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command to prevent the
RRC connect setup success rate from decrease.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the
RRC connection.
14) RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch for the radio link restoration timer

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services

and the last radio link fails, the RNC waits for the
radio link to restore before the timer T313 expires.
0: This switch is turned off. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the original timer expires.
15) RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
Whether to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state transition is
enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the
fast dormancy-capable UEs
16) RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
Whether the RB release due to SCRI during RB
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop
1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call
drop.
0: This switch is turned off. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is calculated as a call
drop.
17) RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits
the RRC connection setup request to access the same
cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection setup
requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed.
If you need to change the value of this parameter, ask
for assistance from Huawei technical support
personnel.
18) RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
Whether the RNC counts the number of retransmitted
RRC connection setup requests in the measurement of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and

RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
requests in the measurement of the two preceding
performance counters.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not count
the number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
19) F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a
UE if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its
three failed attempts at the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RRC connection is
released with the cause "User Inactive" after the UE
fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is
measured in the VS.RAB.Rel.PS.F2DNoRsp counter.
0: This switch is turned off. The RRC connection is
not released after the UE fails in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and
the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state.
20) CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before initiating a CS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first performs a
state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE first performs a
CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS service.
21) SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
Whether the relocation command sent from a UMTS
network to an unencrypted GSM network carries the
UEA0 encryption information element (IE) when a
UE complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed
over from the GSM network to the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation command
does not carry any encryption IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation command
carries the UEA0 encryption IE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22) P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
Whether to reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol
User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is not
reconfigured in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is
23) RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not adjust
the activation time for encryption parameters as long
as the difference between the activation times
specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE message and
in the corresponding RB SETUP message is smaller
than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs).
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC always adjusts
the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message, regardless of
the preceding difference.
24) CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC re-initiates CS services upon
receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
in which only the CS allocation/retention priority
(CARP) is changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not re-
initiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC re-initiates CS
services, which results in CS call drops.
25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the
TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the
message to a UE after the RAB setup.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not buffer
the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE.
26) IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether an UCP subsystem sends a PS service release

message to an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty
IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface
1: This switch is turned on. The UCP subsystem sends
the PS service release message to the Iu-PS interface
board.
0: This switch is turned off. The UCP subsystem does
not send any PS service release message to the Iu-PS
interface board.
27) RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates radio link (RL)
reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out
of synchronization
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates RL
reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not initiate
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
28) F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER
message received from the CN and sends a PAGING
message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a
UE moving from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH state
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends the
PAGING message to the UE.
the DIRECT TRANSFER message.
29) SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
upon receiving a Signalling Connection Release
Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS
combined services are performed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd

perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message.
30) GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection.
measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the
number of call drops when releasing PS services.
31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset
indicator information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
32) UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch)
Reserved switch for security mode compatibility
handling. The bit field value is not internally used in
this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH,
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1) PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
TCH 010510 Configu
network when no response is received after a paging
ration
WRFD- message is sent.
Control
010651 (DCCC) 1: This switch is turned on. The paging message is
WRFD- sent for a maximum of 5 times.
3.4/6.8/1
140103 3.6/27.2 0: This switch is turned off. The paging message is
WRFD- Kbps sent for a maximum of 10 times.
040100 RRC 2) ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- Connect Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
010507 ion and Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
Radio during a soft handover.
WRFD-
Access
140226 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
Bearer
WRFD- Establis UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
020500 hment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
and following conditions are met:
WRFD-
010301 Release -The RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the
HSDPA ACTIVE SET UPDATE message.
WRFD-
0106150 over Iur -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
2 signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Call
WRFD- Reestabl
synchronization.
010801 ishment
WRFD- Flow
reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
010802 Control
conditions are met.
WRFD- Rate 3) MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
011402 Negotiat Reestablishment During Meas Control)
WRFD- ion at
Admissi Whether to trigger RL reestablishment during
0106150 measurement control.
4 on
Control 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
Fast
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
Return
from
UMTS -The RNC has sent a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
to LTE message to the UE.
Enhance -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
d Fast SRB2 is disconnected when the UE state is stable.
Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
cy reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
Paging conditions are met.
UE in 4)
Idle, FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CELL_P CH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC

URA_P connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
CH SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the
State UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
(Type 1) reentering a service area. When this switch is turned
Combin on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a
ation of UE in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem
One CS that a network becomes inaccessible when such a UE
Service reenters a service area.
and Two 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly releases
PS the RRC connection after receiving the CELL
Services UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Intra Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then reenters
RNC the service area.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Update CELL UPDATE message received from the Enhanced
Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then
Inter
reenters the service area.
RNC
Cell 5) UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
Update Whether the RNC normally releases connections
Encrypti when it detects failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
on on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages
Combin
received from HSDPA UEs.
ation of
One CS 1: This switch is turned on. If the TACs added through
Service the MML command ADD UIMEITAC contain the
and TAC of this UE, and the TAC_FUNC parameter is set
Three to HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, the RNC normally
PS releases the connections when it detects the failed
Services CRC. If either of the preceding conditions is not met,
the RNC abnormally releases the connections when it
detects the failed CRC.
releases the connections when it detects the failed
CRC.
6) RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC performs the directed retry decision
(DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs the
DRD in the preceding scenario.
perform the DRD in the preceding scenario.
7) P2D_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the

CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state when the following conditions are met:
The UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or
"paging response."
The number of UEs on the FACH reaches the upper
limit or the UE is to set up a CS service but the
common channel is congested.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
This parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" command prevails.
8) AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS RAB setup in a
state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if
the same UE reports a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "cell reselection" during the CS RAB
setup.
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC rolls back the
CS RAB setup procedure without sending a response
message to the CN. The RNC proceeds with the RAB
assignment procedure after finishing the cell update
procedure.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the CS
RAB setup procedure and sends a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN,
which indicates a RAB assignment failure. The CS
service setup fails.
9) SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when it detects an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for
decreasing the number of UE call drops
RL when it detects the SRB reset.
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset.
10) RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether active link re-establishment is allowed after

the radio link fails
1: This switch is turned on. Active link re-
establishment is allowed after the RNC receives a
0: This switch is turned off. Active link re-
establishment is not allowed after the RNC receives a
11) CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs are out
of synchronization.
RL in the preceding scenario.
reestablish an RL in the preceding scenario.
12) PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether PS services can trigger active link re-
establishment
1: This switch is turned on. PS services can trigger
0: This switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger
13) UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
when it receives a CELL UPDATE message carrying
SRB reset information.
the RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. Note:
After this switch is turned on, you are advised to
select RRC_CONN_CU_DSCR_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command to prevent the
RRC connect setup success rate from decrease.
RRC connection.
14) RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch for the radio link restoration timer

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services

radio link to restore before the timer T313 expires.
0: This switch is turned off. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the original timer expires.
15) RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
Whether to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state transition is
enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the
fast dormancy-capable UEs
16) RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
Whether the RB release due to SCRI during RB
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop
1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call
drop.
0: This switch is turned off. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is calculated as a call
drop.
17) RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE.
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits
the RRC connection setup request to access the same
cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection setup
requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed.
If you need to change the value of this parameter, ask
for assistance from Huawei technical support
personnel.
18) RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
Whether the RNC counts the number of retransmitted
RRC connection setup requests in the measurement of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and

RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not count
the number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
19) F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a
UE if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its
three failed attempts at the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RRC connection is
released with the cause "User Inactive" after the UE
fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is
measured in the VS.RAB.Rel.PS.F2DNoRsp counter.
0: This switch is turned off. The RRC connection is
not released after the UE fails in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and
the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state.
20) CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before initiating a CS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first performs a
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE first performs a
CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS service.
21) SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
Whether the relocation command sent from a UMTS
network to an unencrypted GSM network carries the
UEA0 encryption information element (IE) when a
UE complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed
over from the GSM network to the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation command
does not carry any encryption IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation command
carries the UEA0 encryption IE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22) P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
Whether to reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol
User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is not
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is
23) RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not adjust
the activation time for encryption parameters as long
as the difference between the activation times
specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE message and
in the corresponding RB SETUP message is smaller
than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs).
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC always adjusts
the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message, regardless of
the preceding difference.
24) CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC re-initiates CS services upon
receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
in which only the CS allocation/retention priority
(CARP) is changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not re-
initiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC re-initiates CS
services, which results in CS call drops.
25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the
message to a UE after the RAB setup.
the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE.
26) IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether an UCP subsystem sends a PS service release

message to an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty
IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface
1: This switch is turned on. The UCP subsystem sends
the PS service release message to the Iu-PS interface
board.
0: This switch is turned off. The UCP subsystem does
not send any PS service release message to the Iu-PS
interface board.
27) RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates radio link (RL)
reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out
of synchronization
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates RL
reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
28) F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER
message received from the CN and sends a PAGING
message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a
UE moving from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH state
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends the
PAGING message to the UE.
29) SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
upon receiving a Signalling Connection Release
Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS
combined services are performed.
compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd

perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message.
30) GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection.
measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario.
number of call drops when releasing PS services.
31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset
indicator information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
32) UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch)
Reserved switch for security mode compatibility
handling. The bit field value is not internally used in
this version.
GUI Value Range:
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsInactT BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for FD-enabled UEs or LTE-enabled
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_FACH state. When UEs that
tDrmFac ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
(CELL- timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
WRFD- DCH, CELL_PCH state. When LTE-enabled UEs in the
020500 CELL- CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
PCH, timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
URA- CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this timer to a
PCH, value other than 0 if you want to check whether FD-
CELL- enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in the
FACH) CELL_FACH state.
Fast GUI Value Range: 0~64800
Return Unit: s
from
UMTS Actual Value Range: 0~64800
to LTE Default Value: 5
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_FACH state. When UEs that
tDrmFac ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
WRFD- DCH, CELL_PCH state. When LTE-enabled UEs in the
020500 CELL- CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
PCH, timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
URA- CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this timer to a
PCH, value other than 0 if you want to check whether FD-
CELL- enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in the
FACH) CELL_FACH state.
Return Unit: s
from
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

WCDMA RAN

nd
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_DCH state. When UEs that
tDrmDc ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_DCH state do not transmit any data after this
WRFD- DCH, CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. When LTE-
020500 CELL- enabled UEs in the CELL_DCH state do not transmit
PCH, any data after this timer expires, the RNC transits the
URA- UEs to the CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set
PCH, this timer to a value other than 0 if you want to check
CELL- whether FD-enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in
FACH) the CELL_DCH state.
Return Unit: s
from
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_DCH state. When UEs that
tDrmDc ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_DCH state do not transmit any data after this
WRFD- DCH, CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. When LTE-
020500 CELL- enabled UEs in the CELL_DCH state do not transmit
PCH, any data after this timer expires, the RNC transits the
URA- UEs to the CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set
PCH, this timer to a value other than 0 if you want to check
CELL- whether FD-enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in
FACH) the CELL_DCH state.
Return Unit: s
from
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

WCDMA RAN

nd
BeH2FS BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from HS-DSCH to
tateTran 0 UUEST 010202 State in FACH of BE services, used to check whether the UE
sTimer ATETR WRFD- Connect in the CELL_DCH(with HS-DSCH) state with BE
ANSTI 0106111 ed Mode services is in the stable low activity state.
MER 1 (CELL- GUI Value Range: 1~65535
DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
PCH, Actual Value Range: 1~65535
URA- Default Value: 5
PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
HSDPA
State
Transiti
on
BeH2FS BSC691 SET WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from HS-DSCH to
sTimer ATETR WRFD- Connect in the CELL_DCH(with HS-DSCH) state with BE
ANSTI 0106111 ed Mode services is in the stable low activity state.
MER 1 (CELL- GUI Value Range: 1~65535
DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
HSDPA
State
Transiti
on
BeH2FS BSC690 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from HS-DSCH to
tateTran 0 UCELL 010202 State in FACH of BE services, used to check whether the UE
sTimer UESTA Connect in the CELL_DCH(with HS-DSCH) state with BE
TETRA ed Mode services is in the stable low activity state.
NS (CELL- GUI Value Range: 1~65535
MOD DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
UCELL
UESTA PCH, Actual Value Range: 1~65535
TETRA URA- Default Value: 5
NS PCH,
CELL-
FACH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
BeH2FS BSC691 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from HS-DSCH to
sTimer UESTA Connect in the CELL_DCH(with HS-DSCH) state with BE
TETRA ed Mode services is in the stable low activity state.
MOD DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
UCELL
NS PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
BeD2FS BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from DCH to
sTimer ATETR Connect in the CELL_DCH state with BE services is in the
ANSTI ed Mode stable low activity state.
MER (CELL- GUI Value Range: 1~65535
DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
BeD2FS BSC691 SET WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from DCH to
sTimer ATETR Connect in the CELL_DCH state with BE services is in the
ANSTI ed Mode stable low activity state.
MER (CELL- GUI Value Range: 1~65535
DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
PCH,
CELL-
FACH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
BeD2FS BSC690 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from DCH to
sTimer UESTA Connect in the CELL_DCH state with BE services is in the
TETRA ed Mode stable low activity state.
MOD DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
UCELL
NS PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
BeD2FS BSC691 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for state transition from DCH to
sTimer UESTA Connect in the CELL_DCH state with BE services is in the
TETRA ed Mode stable low activity state.
MOD DCH,
CELL- Unit: s
UCELL
NS PCH,
CELL-
FACH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCon BSC690 ADD WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

nAlgoS 0 UCELL 020605 Relocati Switch controlling certain cell-level connection-
witch1 CONNA WRFD- on oriented algorithms.
LGOPA 0204000 Introduc
RA tion 1) RB_PARKING_SWITCH: When this switch is
1 turned on, the RB Parking feature is available. This
MOD Package
WRFD- feature works as follows: When a UE fails to set up a
UCELL 010510 Intra single PS BE service from the idle mode or fails to
CONNA System perform a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D) state
LGOPA WRFD- Direct
170204 transition for a single PS BE service, this feature: 1)
RA Retry Transits the UE to the RB Parking state (a special state
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 of the CELL_FACH state) to prevent the UE from
021101 3.6/27.2 repeatedly making RRC connection setup attempts. In
WRFD- Kbps this way, this feature reduces the UE's signaling
010202 RRC resource consumption. 2) Prohibits the UE from
WRFD- Connect reporting event 4A within a period of time specified
020309 ion and by the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT" parameter in the
Radio "SET UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way,
WRFD- Access this feature reduces the data transmission probability
160206 Bearer and user-plane resource consumption for the UE. 3)
WRFD- Establis Prohibits the UE from transmitting any data within a
200102 hment period of time specified by the
WRFD- and "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT" parameter in the "SET
020304 Release UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way, this
Radio feature reduces the data transmission probability and
WRFD-
Aware user-plane resource consumption for the UE. When
020701
Video this switch is turned off, the RB Parking feature is
Shaping unavailable. Refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 for details
about the "pending time after trigger" IE
Dynami (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT"
c parameter) and the "Tx interruption after trigger" IE
Channel (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT"
Configu parameter).
ration
Control 2) AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:
(DCCC) Whether the proactive rate reduction for AMR
services function takes effect.
UE
State in 1: This switch is turned on. The proactive rate
Connect reduction for AMR services function takes effect, and
ed Mode the RNC proactively reduces the rate of new AMR
(CELL- services to be lower than the maximum rate
DCH, configured for gold, silver, or copper users.
CELL- 0: This switch is turned off. The proactive rate
PCH, reduction for AMR services function does not take
URA- effect, and the AMR services maintains the initial
PCH, service rate until service rate adjustment is triggered
CELL- by other functions.
FACH) 3) PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether a UE processing only PS services is allowed

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter- to perform a channel fallback or rate reduction to

RAT attempt another incoming inter-RAT handover after
Handov the UE fails to perform an incoming inter-RAT
er Based handover procedure.When this switch is set to ON, a
on DL UE processing only PS services is allowed to perform
QoS a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
RB incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Parking perform an incoming inter-RAT handover
procedure.When this switch is set to OFF, a UE
Virtual processing only PS services is not allowed to perform
Grid- a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
based incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Inter- perform an incoming inter-RAT handover procedure.
frequenc
y and 4) PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:
IRAT Whether the RNC switches preempted UEs that
Handov process only PS BE services to the RB Parking state.
er When this switch and the RB_PARKING_SWITCH
optimiza under the "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter and the
tion "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command are all set to on, the
Inter RNC switches preempted UEs that process only PS
Frequen BE services to the RB Parking state. When this switch
cy Hard is set to OFF, the RNC applies the original processing
Handov mechanism to preempted UEs that process only PS
er Based BE services; for example, the RNC directly releases
on DL the RRC connections of these UEs. The RB Parking
QoS feature works as follows: The RNC switches a UE to
AMR/W the CELL_FACH state and stops user-plane data
B-AMR transmission for the UE. For details about RB
Speech Parking, see the meaning of the
Rates RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the
Control "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter.
5) VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
video shaping function for video services in a
cell.When this switch is set to ON, video shaping is
enabled for an HSDPA UE in the cell if the RNC
detects that the UE is processing video services.When
this switch is set to OFF, video shaping is disabled for
the cell.
6) IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
switch is turned on, the RNC proactively obtains the
RSCP of a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle
mode to establish new services when the RNC enables
the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and then
determines the UE coverage condition based on the
measured RSCP and target cell RTWP so as to filter
target cells with poor coverage. If this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not proactively obtain the RSCP of

WCDMA RAN

nd
a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle mode to

establish new services when the RNC enables the
blind-handover-based DRD algorithm.
7) C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which send a request in the
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state to reconfigure
services or establish new services when the RNC
enables the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and
then determines the UE coverage condition based on
the measured RSCP and target cell RTWP to filter
a UE, which sends a request in the CELL_PCH or
CELL_FACH state to reconfigure services or establish
new services when the RNC enables the blind-
handover-based DRD algorithm.
8) CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry scenarios
when the RNC enables the blind-handover-based
DRD algorithm, and then determines the UE coverage
condition based on the measured RSCP and target cell
RTWP so as to filter target cells with poor coverage. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not proactively
obtain the RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry
scenarios when the RNC enables the blind-handover-
based DRD algorithm.
9) MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND: Whether users
can perform PS services in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, users are not allowed to perform PS
services in this cell.When this switch is turned off,
users are allowed to perform PS services in this cell.
10)
CELL_CONG_RRC_SIG_CH_TYPE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to optimize the SRB channel type and rate
corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause
value in congestion scenarios.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC optimizes the
type of the channel established during the RRC
connection setup in congestion scenarios. If a template
having "RrcCauseSigChTypeId" in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" command set to 15
is configured on the RNC, the RNC sets up channels
for the RRC connection setup using the channel type
and rate configured in the template. Otherwise, the
RNC sets up channels whose RRC connection setup

WCDMA RAN

nd
cause values are "Registration" and "Inter-RAT cell

re-selection" on the FACH.
optimize the type of the channel established during the
RRC connection setup in congestion scenarios. The
RNC determines the type of the channel established
during the RRC connection setup based on the
channel type corresponding to the RRC connection
setup cause value configured in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" or "SET
URRCESTCAUSE" command. The parameter
settings of the "ADD URRCESTCAUSESIGCH-
TYPE" command can be located through the
"RrcCauseSigChTypeId" parameter configured in the
"ADD UCELLFRC" command.
Note:
A cell meeting either of the following conditions is
considered to be congested:
1. The downlink non-HSPA power congestion is in a
state specified by "RrcSigChTypeOptNonHLdState"
in the "SET UFRC" or "ADD UCELLFRC" command
or a lighter state.
2. The available spreading factor code resources are
equal to or less than those specified by
"DlHoCeCodeResvSf" in the "ADD UCELLCAC"
command.
11) HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:Whether to
guarantee the QoS of HSDPA PS BE services. When
this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is enabled.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is disabled.
GUI Value Range: RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND,
H, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RB_PARKING_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
H,
HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Default Value: RB_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH:0,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND:0,
H:0, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCon BSC691 ADD WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

nAlgoS 0 UCELL 020605 Relocati Switch controlling certain cell-level connection-
witch1 CONNA WRFD- on oriented algorithms.
LGOPA 0204000 Introduc
RA tion 1) RB_PARKING_SWITCH: When this switch is
1 turned on, the RB Parking feature is available. This
MOD Package
WRFD- feature works as follows: When a UE fails to set up a
UCELL 010510 Intra single PS BE service from the idle mode or fails to
CONNA System perform a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D) state
LGOPA WRFD- Direct
170204 transition for a single PS BE service, this feature: 1)
RA Retry Transits the UE to the RB Parking state (a special state
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 of the CELL_FACH state) to prevent the UE from
021101 3.6/27.2 repeatedly making RRC connection setup attempts. In
WRFD- Kbps this way, this feature reduces the UE's signaling
010202 RRC resource consumption. 2) Prohibits the UE from
WRFD- Connect reporting event 4A within a period of time specified
020309 ion and by the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT" parameter in the
Radio "SET UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way,
WRFD- Access this feature reduces the data transmission probability
160206 Bearer and user-plane resource consumption for the UE. 3)
WRFD- Establis Prohibits the UE from transmitting any data within a
200102 hment period of time specified by the
WRFD- and "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT" parameter in the "SET
020304 Release UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way, this
Radio feature reduces the data transmission probability and
WRFD-
Aware user-plane resource consumption for the UE. When
020701
Video this switch is turned off, the RB Parking feature is
Shaping unavailable. Refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 for details
about the "pending time after trigger" IE
Dynami (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT"
c parameter) and the "Tx interruption after trigger" IE
Channel (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT"
Configu parameter).
ration
Control 2) AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:
(DCCC) Whether the proactive rate reduction for AMR
services function takes effect.
UE
State in 1: This switch is turned on. The proactive rate
Connect reduction for AMR services function takes effect, and
ed Mode the RNC proactively reduces the rate of new AMR
(CELL- services to be lower than the maximum rate
DCH, configured for gold, silver, or copper users.
CELL- 0: This switch is turned off. The proactive rate
PCH, reduction for AMR services function does not take
URA- effect, and the AMR services maintains the initial
PCH, service rate until service rate adjustment is triggered
CELL- by other functions.
FACH) 3) PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether a UE processing only PS services is allowed

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter- to perform a channel fallback or rate reduction to

RAT attempt another incoming inter-RAT handover after
Handov the UE fails to perform an incoming inter-RAT
er Based handover procedure.When this switch is set to ON, a
on DL UE processing only PS services is allowed to perform
QoS a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
RB incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Parking perform an incoming inter-RAT handover
procedure.When this switch is set to OFF, a UE
Virtual processing only PS services is not allowed to perform
Grid- a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
based incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Inter- perform an incoming inter-RAT handover procedure.
frequenc
y and 4) PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:
IRAT Whether the RNC switches preempted UEs that
Handov process only PS BE services to the RB Parking state.
er When this switch and the RB_PARKING_SWITCH
optimiza under the "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter and the
tion "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command are all set to on, the
Inter RNC switches preempted UEs that process only PS
Frequen BE services to the RB Parking state. When this switch
cy Hard is set to OFF, the RNC applies the original processing
Handov mechanism to preempted UEs that process only PS
er Based BE services; for example, the RNC directly releases
on DL the RRC connections of these UEs. The RB Parking
QoS feature works as follows: The RNC switches a UE to
AMR/W the CELL_FACH state and stops user-plane data
B-AMR transmission for the UE. For details about RB
Speech Parking, see the meaning of the
Rates RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the
Control "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter.
5) VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
video shaping function for video services in a
cell.When this switch is set to ON, video shaping is
enabled for an HSDPA UE in the cell if the RNC
detects that the UE is processing video services.When
this switch is set to OFF, video shaping is disabled for
the cell.
6) IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle
mode to establish new services when the RNC enables
the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and then
determines the UE coverage condition based on the
measured RSCP and target cell RTWP so as to filter

WCDMA RAN

nd
a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle mode to

establish new services when the RNC enables the
blind-handover-based DRD algorithm.
7) C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which send a request in the
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state to reconfigure
services or establish new services when the RNC
enables the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and
then determines the UE coverage condition based on
the measured RSCP and target cell RTWP to filter
a UE, which sends a request in the CELL_PCH or
CELL_FACH state to reconfigure services or establish
new services when the RNC enables the blind-
handover-based DRD algorithm.
8) CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry scenarios
when the RNC enables the blind-handover-based
DRD algorithm, and then determines the UE coverage
condition based on the measured RSCP and target cell
RTWP so as to filter target cells with poor coverage. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not proactively
obtain the RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry
scenarios when the RNC enables the blind-handover-
based DRD algorithm.
9) MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND: Whether users
can perform PS services in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, users are not allowed to perform PS
services in this cell.When this switch is turned off,
users are allowed to perform PS services in this cell.
10)
H: Whether to optimize the SRB channel type and rate
corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause
value in congestion scenarios.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC optimizes the
type of the channel established during the RRC
connection setup in congestion scenarios. If a template
having "RrcCauseSigChTypeId" in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" command set to 15
is configured on the RNC, the RNC sets up channels
for the RRC connection setup using the channel type
and rate configured in the template. Otherwise, the
RNC sets up channels whose RRC connection setup

WCDMA RAN

nd
cause values are "Registration" and "Inter-RAT cell

re-selection" on the FACH.
optimize the type of the channel established during the
RRC connection setup in congestion scenarios. The
RNC determines the type of the channel established
during the RRC connection setup based on the
channel type corresponding to the RRC connection
setup cause value configured in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" or "SET
URRCESTCAUSE" command. The parameter
settings of the "ADD URRCESTCAUSESIGCH-
TYPE" command can be located through the
"RrcCauseSigChTypeId" parameter configured in the
"ADD UCELLFRC" command.
Note:
A cell meeting either of the following conditions is
considered to be congested:
1. The downlink non-HSPA power congestion is in a
state specified by "RrcSigChTypeOptNonHLdState"
in the "SET UFRC" or "ADD UCELLFRC" command
or a lighter state.
2. The available spreading factor code resources are
equal to or less than those specified by
"DlHoCeCodeResvSf" in the "ADD UCELLCAC"
command.
11) HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:Whether to
guarantee the QoS of HSDPA PS BE services. When
this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is enabled.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is disabled.
GUI Value Range: RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
H, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RB_PARKING_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
H,
HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Default Value: RB_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH:0,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND:0,
H:0, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CfgSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- DC- Meaning:

ch 0 UCORR 010699 HSDPA Channel configuration strategy switch group.
MALG WRFD- +MIMO
OSWIT 1. CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH: When
010698 HSPA+
CH the switch is on, the DL blind transport format
Uplink
WRFD- detection function is used for single SRB and AMR
11.5Mbi
010652 +SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to
t/s per
support the blind transport format stipulated in section
WRFD- User
4.3.1 of 3GPP 25.212.
010693 SRB
2. CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- over
switch is on, 64QAM can be configured for the
010694 HSDPA
HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin
3. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH: When the switch
010697 k
is on, MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
64QAM
WRFD- service.
+MIMO
010696 4. CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH: When the
UL
WRFD- 16QAM switch is on, DTX_DRX can be configured for the
151209 HSPA service.
E-
WRFD- DPCCH 5. CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
150250 Boostin When the switch is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can
g be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD-
010101 DC- 6. CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch
HSDPA is on and the IMS license is activated, the RNC
WRFD-
supports IMS signaling.
010510 Macro-
Micro 7.
WRFD-
DC- CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
011500
HSDPA H: Whether the UTRAN supports the function of
WRFD- lossless RLC PDU size change. When this switch is
3C-
010686 turned on, downlink channel reconfiguration between
HSDPA
WRFD- the DCH and HS-DSCH does not cause RLC PDU
3GPP size change which results in packet loss. This function
010687
R9 takes effect only on the UEs enabled with this
WRFD- Specific function. For details about this function, see 3GPP TS
010684 ations 25.331.
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 8. CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH: When
010683 3.6/27.2 the switch is on and the UE supports lossless
Kbps relocation, the RNC configures lossless relocation for
WRFD-
RRC PDCP parameters if the requirements of RLC mode,
0106150
Connect discard mode, and sequential submission are met.
2
ion and Then, lossless relocation is used for the UE.
WRFD- Radio
0106150 Access 9. CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH: When the switch is
3 Bearer on, the RNC supports multi-RABs combinations such
Establis as 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS, and 2PS.
WRFD-
0106150 hment 10.
1 and CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
Release When the switch is on and the PDCP Header

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PDCP compression license is activated, the PDCP header

0106150 Header compression algorithm for IPv6 is used at the RNC.
4 Compre 11. CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- ssion switch is on and the PDCP Header compression
170203 (RFC25 license is activated, the PDCP RFC2507 header
07) compression algorithm is used for the RNC.
WRFD-
150207 CPC - 12. CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH: When the
DTX / switch is on and the PDCP ROHC license is activated,
WRFD- DRX
150227 the PDCP RFC3095 header compression algorithm is
CPC - used for the RNC.
WRFD- HS-
0206050 13.
SCCH CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
4 less When the switch is on and the switches for 64QAM
WRFD- operatio and MIMO are on, 64QAM+MIMO can be configured
150223 n for the HSDPA service
WRFD- 2x2 14. CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH: When the switch is
150209 MIMO on, DC can be configured for the HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin 15. CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH: When the
010615 k switch is on, 16QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- 64QAM HSUPA service.
010617 Combin 16. CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
WRFD- ation of When this switch is turned on and if an RAB release is
020134 One CS performed, the RNC decides whether to fall back a
Service certain HSPA (HSPA+) feature based on the
and Two requirement of remaining traffic carried by the UE.
PS That is, if an HSPA+ feature is required by the
Services previously released RAB connection but is not
Combin required in the initial bearer policy of the remaining
ation of traffic, the RNC falls back the feature to save the
Three transmission resources. The HSPA+ features that
PS support the fallback are MIMO, 64QAM, MIMO
Services +64QAM, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA, UL TTI 2ms,
Combin DC-HSUPA, DC-HSDPA+MIMO, DB-HSDPA
ation of (including conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB
Two PS DB-HSDPA), DB-HSDPA+MIMO (including
Services conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB DB-
HSDPA), 4C-HSDPA, and 4C-HSDPA+MIMO.
Combin
ation of 17. CFG_PTT_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the
One CS RNC identifies the PTT user based on the QoS
Service attributes in the RAB assignment request message.
and Then, the PTT users are subject to special processing.
Three 18. CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH: When
PS the switch is on, Boosting can be configured for the
Services HSUPA service.
Uplink
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel 19. CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH: When this

OLPC switch is turned on, DC+MIMO can be configured for
4C- the HSDPA service.
HSDPA 20. CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH: When this switch
DB- is turned on, special handling for free access user is
HSDPA enabled.
+MIMO 21.
Lossless CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
SRNS When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines
Relocati whether to enable the DC-HSDPA or MIMO feature
on for a newly admitted user based on the cell load and
the number of HSDPA users.
MC-
HSDPA 22. CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH: When this switch is
+MIMO turned on, the DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for
HSUPA services.
DB-
HSDPA 23. CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
4C-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Multiple services. When this switch is turned on, the MC-
RAB HSDPA+MIMO (4C-HSDPA+MIMO and 3C-HSDPA
Packag +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
e(PS
RAB >= 24. CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH: Whether the 3C-
2) HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
services. When this switch is turned on, the 3C-
VoIP HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
over services.
HSPA/
HSPA+ 25. CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Push to services. When this switch is turned on, the DB-
Talk HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
services.This switch does not take effect for the inter-
NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
26. CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH: Whether the DB-
HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is
allowed for HSDPA services. This switch does not
take effect for the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
27. CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
enable the Rich Communication Suite enhanced
(RCS-e) service that supports voice services carried in
the CS domain and video services carried in the PS
domain. When this switch is turned off, the RCS-e
service is disabled. When this switch is turned on, the
RCS-e service is enabled.
28.
CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RETRANSMIT_PARA_SWI
TCH: Switch for configuring AM RLC retransmission

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. (1)

When this switch is turned on and the cell-level
parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are not set, the
parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT" in
the command "SET UFACHCFGPARA" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to PS
services and SRBs. (2) When this switch is turned on
and the cell-level parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are set, the parameters
"TimerPollForFachPsTRB" and
"TimerPollForFachSRB" in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are used as AM RLC
retransmission parameters specific to PS services and
SRBs, respectively. (3) When this switch is turned off,
the parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
in the command "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to SRBs,
and the parameters "TimerPoll" and
"NoDiscardMaxDAT" in the command "ADD
UTYPRABRLC" are used as AM RLC retransmission
parameters specific to PS services.
29.
CFG_DCH_SRB_AM_RLC_RETRANS_PARA_SW
ITCH: Switch controlling the configuration mode of
AM RLC SDU retransmission parameters for UEs in
the CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned on
and UEs in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side of an AM RLC entity uses the values
of the "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the "ADD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC"
or "MOD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC" command for
SDU retransmission. When this switch is turned off or
UEs not in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side uses the values of these parameters
in the "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" or "MOD
UTYPSRBRLC" command for SDU retransmission.
30. CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the SFDC HSDPA function for UEs processing
HSDPA services. When this switch is set to ON, the
SFDC HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
HSDPA services. This switch is reserved for the MF-
HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
used in the current version.
31. CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the DF3C HSDPA function for UEs processing
DF3C HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing

WCDMA RAN

nd

32. CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH: Whether to
validate the SRB bicasting function for SRBs carried
over HSDPA when the multiflow HSDPA function is
enabled. When this switch is set to ON in a cell
enabled with the inter-NodeB multiflow function,
SRB packet data units (PDU) in acknowledged mode
(AM) RLC mode are transmitted simultaneously in all
cells. When this switch is set to OFF, SRB PDUs in
AM RLC mode can only be transmitted in one cell.
SRB PDUs in unacknowledged mode (UM) or
transparent mode (TM) RLC mode can only be
transmitted in the primary sector. This switch is
reserved for the MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA)
function and cannot be used in the current version.
Disuse Statement:1. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH will
be deleted from later versions as PDCP RFC2507
header compression features do not work for UMTS
UEs. Therefore, this value are not recommended.
2. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_
SWITCH will be deleted from later versions as PDCP
RFC2507 header compression features do not work
for UMTS UEs. Therefore, this value are not
recommended.
3. The values
GUI Value Range:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
H, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH,
CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH,
CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:0,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH:1,
H:0, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:0,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH:1,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH:0,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH:0,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
0, CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CfgSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- DC- Meaning:

ch 0 UCORR 010699 HSDPA Channel configuration strategy switch group.
MALG WRFD- +MIMO
OSWIT 1. CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH: When
010698 HSPA+
CH the switch is on, the DL blind transport format
Uplink
WRFD- detection function is used for single SRB and AMR
11.5Mbi
010652 +SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to
t/s per
support the blind transport format stipulated in section
WRFD- User
4.3.1 of 3GPP 25.212.
010693 SRB
2. CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- over
switch is on, 64QAM can be configured for the
010694 HSDPA
HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin
3. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH: When the switch
010697 k
is on, MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
64QAM
WRFD- service.
+MIMO
010696 4. CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH: When the
UL
WRFD- 16QAM switch is on, DTX_DRX can be configured for the
151209 HSPA service.
E-
WRFD- DPCCH 5. CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
150250 Boostin When the switch is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can
g be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD-
010101 DC- 6. CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch
HSDPA is on and the IMS license is activated, the RNC
WRFD-
supports IMS signaling.
010510 Macro-
Micro 7.
WRFD-
DC- CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
011500
HSDPA H: Whether the UTRAN supports the function of
WRFD- lossless RLC PDU size change. When this switch is
3C-
010686 turned on, downlink channel reconfiguration between
HSDPA
WRFD- the DCH and HS-DSCH does not cause RLC PDU
3GPP size change which results in packet loss. This function
010687
R9 takes effect only on the UEs enabled with this
WRFD- Specific function. For details about this function, see 3GPP TS
010684 ations 25.331.
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 8. CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH: When
010683 3.6/27.2 the switch is on and the UE supports lossless
Kbps relocation, the RNC configures lossless relocation for
WRFD-
RRC PDCP parameters if the requirements of RLC mode,
0106150
Connect discard mode, and sequential submission are met.
2
ion and Then, lossless relocation is used for the UE.
WRFD- Radio
0106150 Access 9. CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH: When the switch is
3 Bearer on, the RNC supports multi-RABs combinations such
Establis as 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS, and 2PS.
WRFD-
0106150 hment 10.
1 and CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
Release When the switch is on and the PDCP Header

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PDCP compression license is activated, the PDCP header

0106150 Header compression algorithm for IPv6 is used at the RNC.
4 Compre 11. CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- ssion switch is on and the PDCP Header compression
170203 (RFC25 license is activated, the PDCP RFC2507 header
07) compression algorithm is used for the RNC.
WRFD-
150207 CPC - 12. CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH: When the
DTX / switch is on and the PDCP ROHC license is activated,
WRFD- DRX
150227 the PDCP RFC3095 header compression algorithm is
CPC - used for the RNC.
WRFD- HS-
0206050 13.
SCCH CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
4 less When the switch is on and the switches for 64QAM
WRFD- operatio and MIMO are on, 64QAM+MIMO can be configured
150223 n for the HSDPA service
WRFD- 2x2 14. CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH: When the switch is
150209 MIMO on, DC can be configured for the HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin 15. CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH: When the
010615 k switch is on, 16QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- 64QAM HSUPA service.
010617 Combin 16. CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
WRFD- ation of When this switch is turned on and if an RAB release is
020134 One CS performed, the RNC decides whether to fall back a
Service certain HSPA (HSPA+) feature based on the
and Two requirement of remaining traffic carried by the UE.
PS That is, if an HSPA+ feature is required by the
Services previously released RAB connection but is not
Combin required in the initial bearer policy of the remaining
ation of traffic, the RNC falls back the feature to save the
Three transmission resources. The HSPA+ features that
PS support the fallback are MIMO, 64QAM, MIMO
Services +64QAM, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA, UL TTI 2ms,
Combin DC-HSUPA, DC-HSDPA+MIMO, DB-HSDPA
ation of (including conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB
Two PS DB-HSDPA), DB-HSDPA+MIMO (including
Services conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB DB-
HSDPA), 4C-HSDPA, and 4C-HSDPA+MIMO.
Combin
ation of 17. CFG_PTT_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the
One CS RNC identifies the PTT user based on the QoS
Service attributes in the RAB assignment request message.
and Then, the PTT users are subject to special processing.
Three 18. CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH: When
PS the switch is on, Boosting can be configured for the
Services HSUPA service.
Uplink
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel 19. CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH: When this

OLPC switch is turned on, DC+MIMO can be configured for
4C- the HSDPA service.
HSDPA 20. CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH: When this switch
DB- is turned on, special handling for free access user is
HSDPA enabled.
+MIMO 21.
Lossless CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
SRNS When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines
Relocati whether to enable the DC-HSDPA or MIMO feature
on for a newly admitted user based on the cell load and
the number of HSDPA users.
MC-
HSDPA 22. CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH: When this switch is
+MIMO turned on, the DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for
HSUPA services.
DB-
HSDPA 23. CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
4C-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Multiple services. When this switch is turned on, the MC-
RAB HSDPA+MIMO (4C-HSDPA+MIMO and 3C-HSDPA
Packag +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
e(PS
RAB >= 24. CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH: Whether the 3C-
2) HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
services. When this switch is turned on, the 3C-
VoIP HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
over services.
HSPA/
HSPA+ 25. CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Push to services. When this switch is turned on, the DB-
Talk HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
services.This switch does not take effect for the inter-
NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
26. CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH: Whether the DB-
HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is
allowed for HSDPA services. This switch does not
take effect for the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
27. CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
enable the Rich Communication Suite enhanced
(RCS-e) service that supports voice services carried in
the CS domain and video services carried in the PS
domain. When this switch is turned off, the RCS-e
service is disabled. When this switch is turned on, the
RCS-e service is enabled.
28.
TCH: Switch for configuring AM RLC retransmission

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. (1)

When this switch is turned on and the cell-level
parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are not set, the
parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT" in
the command "SET UFACHCFGPARA" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to PS
services and SRBs. (2) When this switch is turned on
and the cell-level parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are set, the parameters
"TimerPollForFachPsTRB" and
"TimerPollForFachSRB" in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are used as AM RLC
retransmission parameters specific to PS services and
SRBs, respectively. (3) When this switch is turned off,
the parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
in the command "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to SRBs,
and the parameters "TimerPoll" and
"NoDiscardMaxDAT" in the command "ADD
UTYPRABRLC" are used as AM RLC retransmission
parameters specific to PS services.
29.
ITCH: Switch controlling the configuration mode of
AM RLC SDU retransmission parameters for UEs in
the CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned on
and UEs in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side of an AM RLC entity uses the values
of the "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the "ADD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC"
or "MOD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC" command for
SDU retransmission. When this switch is turned off or
UEs not in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side uses the values of these parameters
in the "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" or "MOD
UTYPSRBRLC" command for SDU retransmission.
30. CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the SFDC HSDPA function for UEs processing
SFDC HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
31. CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the DF3C HSDPA function for UEs processing
DF3C HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing

WCDMA RAN

nd

32. CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH: Whether to
validate the SRB bicasting function for SRBs carried
over HSDPA when the multiflow HSDPA function is
enabled. When this switch is set to ON in a cell
enabled with the inter-NodeB multiflow function,
SRB packet data units (PDU) in acknowledged mode
(AM) RLC mode are transmitted simultaneously in all
cells. When this switch is set to OFF, SRB PDUs in
AM RLC mode can only be transmitted in one cell.
SRB PDUs in unacknowledged mode (UM) or
transparent mode (TM) RLC mode can only be
transmitted in the primary sector. This switch is
reserved for the MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA)
function and cannot be used in the current version.
Disuse Statement:1. The values
2. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_
SWITCH will be deleted from later versions as PDCP
RFC2507 header compression features do not work
for UMTS UEs. Therefore, this value are not
recommended.
3. The values
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:0,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH:1,
H:0, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:0,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH:1,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH:0,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH:0,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
0, CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HspaPlu BSC690 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning:

sSwitch 0 UCELL 010699 HSDPA This parameter is used to select a feature related to
ALGOS WRFD- +MIMO HSPA+. If a feature is selected, it indicates that the
WITCH 010698 HSPA+ corresponding algorithm is enabled. If a feature is not
MOD WRFD- Uplink selected, it indicates that the corresponding algorithm
UCELL 010401 11.5Mbi is disabled. Note that other factors such as license and
ALGOS t/s per the physical capability of NodeB restrict whether a
WITCH WRFD- User feature can be used even if this feature is selected.
010652
System 1. 64QAM: When the switch is on, 64QAM can be
WRFD- Informat configured for the HSDPA service.
010504 ion 2. MIMO: When the switch is on, MIMO can be
WRFD- Broadca configured for the HSDPA service.The MIMO switch
010693 sting determines whether the cell supports the MIMO
WRFD- SRB feature but does not affect the establishment of the the
010695 over MIMO cell.
WRFD- HSDPA 3. E_FACH: When the switch is on, E_FACH can be
010694 Backgro configured for the HSDPA service.The E_FACH
und QoS switch determines whether the cell supports the
WRFD-
Class E_FACH feature but does not affect the establishment
010697
of the the E_FACH cell.
WRFD- Downlin
k 4. DTX_DRX: When the switch is on, DTX_DRX can
010696
64QAM be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD- +MIMO 5. HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION: When the switch
010501 is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can be configured for
UL
WRFD- Layer 2 the HSPA service.
180212 Improve 6. DL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- ment DL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
0106150 UL HSDPA service.
1 16QAM 7. 64QAM_MIMO: When the switch is on and the
WRFD- E- switches for 64QAM and MIMO are on, 64QAM
150250 DPCCH +MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA service
WRFD- Boostin 8. UL_16QAM: When the switch is on, 16QAM can
0106100 g be configured for the HSUPA service.
8 DC- 9. DC_HSDPA: When the switch is on, DC can be
WRFD- HSDPA configured for the HSDPA service.
0106120 Convers 10. UL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on, the
6 ational RLC PDU size of a UE using UL Layer 2
WRFD- QoS Improvement can be changed.
140204 Class 11. EDPCCH_BOOSTING: When the switch is on,
WRFD- Inter- Boosting can be configured for the HSUPA service.
0106090 NodeB 12. DCMIMO_HSDPA: When this switch is turned
1 DB- on, DC+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
WRFD- HSDPA service.
0106090 Combin 13. E_DRX: When the switch is on, E_DRX can be
3 ation of configured for the HSUPA service.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Two PS 14. DC_HSUPA: When this switch is turned on, the
0106090 Services DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for HSUPA
2 3C- services.
WRFD- HSDPA 15. HSDPA_4C_MIMO: Whether the MC-HSDPA
010702 Interacti +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD- ve and When this switch is turned on, the MC-HSDPA
010701 Backgro +MIMO (3C-HSDPA+MIMO and 4C-HSDPA
und +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD-
Traffic 16. HSDPA_4C: Whether the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
010609
Class on HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
WRFD- HSDPA this switch is turned on, the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
010510 HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
Interacti
WRFD- ve and 17. DBMIMO_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA
010688 Backgro +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD- und When this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA
010686 Traffic +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.This
Class on switch does not take effect for the inter-NodeB DB-
WRFD-
HSUPA HSDPA feature.
010687
DC- 18. DB_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA feature is
WRFD-
HSUPA allowed for HSDPA services. When this switch is
010684
Combin turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for
WRFD- ation of HSDPA services, This switch does not take effect for
010685 Two CS the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
WRFD- Services 19. HSDPA_SFDC(HSDPA_SFDC): Whether a cell
010683 (Except supports the SFDC HSDPA function. When this
WRFD- for Two switch is set to ON, the cell supports the SFDC
021000 AMR HSDPA function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
Speech HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
WRFD-
Services used in the current version.
010503
)
WRFD- 20. HSDPA_DF3C(HSDPA_DF3C): Whether a cell
Combin supports the DF3C HSDPA function. When this
0106150 ation of
2 switch is set to ON, the cell supports the DF3C
Two CS HSDPA function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
WRFD- Services HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
0106150 and One used in the current version.
3 PS
Service 21. INTERNBDB_HSDPA: Whether the Inter-NodeB
WRFD- DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010502 (Except
for Two When this switch is turned on, the Inter-NodeB DB-
WRFD- AMR HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
0106150 Speech 22. FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID: Whether to
4 Services disable the FDPCH capability for a cell. When this
WRFD- ) switch is turned on, the cell does not have FDPCH
0106150 Combin capability. When this switch is turned off, the cell has
5 ation of FDPCH capability if the cell supports the FDPCH.
WRFD- One CS GUI Value Range: 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function
170203 Service Switch), MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch),

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- and One E_FACH(Cell E_FACH Function Switch),

022000 PS DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch),
WRFD- Service HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION(Cell HS_SCCH
150207 Enhance LESS OPERATION Function Switch),
d DRX DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED
WRFD- Function Switch), 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM
150227 Uplink +MIMO Function Switch), UL_16QAM(Cell UL
WRFD- Enhance 16QAM Function Switch), DC_HSDPA(Cell DC-
150208 d HSDPA Function Switch), UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell
CELL_F UL L2ENHANCED Function Switch),
WRFD-
ACH EDPCCH_BOOSTING(Cell E-DPCCH Boosting
150223
Multiple Function Switch), DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-
WRFD- HSDPA Combined with MIMO Function Switch),
020900 RAB
Introduc E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinuous Reception Function
WRFD- tion Switch), DC_HSUPA(Cell DC-HSUPA Function
150209 Package Switch), HSDPA_4C_MIMO(4C-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD- (PS Function Switch), HSDPA_4C(4C-HSDPA Function
010615 RAB < Switch), DBMIMO_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA+MIMO
2) Function Switch), DB_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA Function
WRFD-
Switch), HSDPA_SFDC(Cell-Level SFDC-HSDPA
010632 3.4/6.8/1 Function Switch), HSDPA_DF3C(Cell-Level DF3C-
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 HSDPA Function Switch),
010630 Kbps INTERNBDB_HSDPA(Cell Inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA
RRC Function Switch),
Connect FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID(FDPCH
ion and Capability Invalid Switch)
Radio
Access Unit: None
Bearer Actual Value Range: 64QAM, MIMO, E_FACH,
Establis DTX_DRX, HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION,
hment DL_L2ENHANCED, 64QAM_MIMO, UL_16QAM,
and DC_HSDPA, UL_L2ENHANCED,
Release EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA, E_DRX,
Downlin DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
k DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA, HSDPA_SFDC,
Enhance HSDPA_DF3C, INTERNBDB_HSDPA,
d FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID
CELL_F Default Value: 64QAM:0,MIMO:0,E_FACH:
ACH 0,DTX_DRX:0,HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION:
0,DL_L2ENHANCED:0,64QAM_MIMO:
CPC -
0,UL_16QAM:0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L2ENHANCED:
DTX /
0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO_HSDPA:
DRX
0,E_DRX:0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_MIMO:
CPC - 0,HSDPA_4C:0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSDPA:
HS- 0,HSDPA_SFDC:0,HSDPA_DF3C:
SCCH 0,INTERNBDB_HSDPA:
less 0,FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID:0
operatio
n

WCDMA RAN

nd
2x2
MIMO
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
Transpo
rt
Channel
Manage
ment
Interacti
ve QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Three
PS
Services
Streami
ng QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Four PS
Services
Uplink
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel
OLPC
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
4C-
HSDPA
DB-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Flexible
Dual
Carrier
HSDPA
MC-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
DB-
HSDPA
Multiple
RAB
Packag
e(PS
RAB >=
2)
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
HspaPlu BSC691 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning:

sSwitch 0 UCELL 010699 HSDPA This parameter is used to select a feature related to
ALGOS WRFD- +MIMO HSPA+. If a feature is selected, it indicates that the
WITCH 010698 HSPA+ corresponding algorithm is enabled. If a feature is not
MOD WRFD- Uplink selected, it indicates that the corresponding algorithm
UCELL 010401 11.5Mbi is disabled. Note that other factors such as license and
ALGOS t/s per the physical capability of NodeB restrict whether a
WITCH WRFD- User feature can be used even if this feature is selected.
010652
System 1. 64QAM: When the switch is on, 64QAM can be
WRFD- Informat configured for the HSDPA service.
010504 ion 2. MIMO: When the switch is on, MIMO can be
WRFD- Broadca configured for the HSDPA service.The MIMO switch
010693 sting determines whether the cell supports the MIMO
WRFD- SRB feature but does not affect the establishment of the the
010695 over MIMO cell.
WRFD- HSDPA 3. E_FACH: When the switch is on, E_FACH can be
010694 Backgro configured for the HSDPA service.The E_FACH
und QoS switch determines whether the cell supports the
WRFD-
Class E_FACH feature but does not affect the establishment
010697
of the the E_FACH cell.
WRFD- Downlin
k 4. DTX_DRX: When the switch is on, DTX_DRX can
010696
64QAM be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD- +MIMO 5. HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION: When the switch
010501 is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can be configured for
UL
WRFD- Layer 2 the HSPA service.
180212 Improve 6. DL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- ment DL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
0106150 UL HSDPA service.
1 16QAM 7. 64QAM_MIMO: When the switch is on and the
WRFD- E- switches for 64QAM and MIMO are on, 64QAM
150250 DPCCH +MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA service
WRFD- Boostin 8. UL_16QAM: When the switch is on, 16QAM can
0106100 g be configured for the HSUPA service.
8 DC- 9. DC_HSDPA: When the switch is on, DC can be
WRFD- HSDPA configured for the HSDPA service.
0106120 Convers 10. UL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on, the
6 ational RLC PDU size of a UE using UL Layer 2
WRFD- QoS Improvement can be changed.
140204 Class 11. EDPCCH_BOOSTING: When the switch is on,
WRFD- Inter- Boosting can be configured for the HSUPA service.
0106090 NodeB 12. DCMIMO_HSDPA: When this switch is turned
1 DB- on, DC+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
WRFD- HSDPA service.
0106090 Combin 13. E_DRX: When the switch is on, E_DRX can be
3 ation of configured for the HSUPA service.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Two PS 14. DC_HSUPA: When this switch is turned on, the
0106090 Services DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for HSUPA
2 3C- services.
WRFD- HSDPA 15. HSDPA_4C_MIMO: Whether the MC-HSDPA
010702 Interacti +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD- ve and When this switch is turned on, the MC-HSDPA
010701 Backgro +MIMO (3C-HSDPA+MIMO and 4C-HSDPA
und +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD-
Traffic 16. HSDPA_4C: Whether the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
010609
Class on HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
WRFD- HSDPA this switch is turned on, the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
010510 HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
Interacti
WRFD- ve and 17. DBMIMO_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA
010688 Backgro +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD- und When this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA
010686 Traffic +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.This
Class on switch does not take effect for the inter-NodeB DB-
WRFD-
HSUPA HSDPA feature.
010687
DC- 18. DB_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA feature is
WRFD-
HSUPA allowed for HSDPA services. When this switch is
010684
Combin turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for
WRFD- ation of HSDPA services, This switch does not take effect for
010685 Two CS the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
WRFD- Services 19. HSDPA_SFDC(HSDPA_SFDC): Whether a cell
010683 (Except supports the SFDC HSDPA function. When this
WRFD- for Two switch is set to ON, the cell supports the SFDC
021000 AMR HSDPA function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
Speech HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
WRFD-
Services used in the current version.
010503
)
WRFD- 20. HSDPA_DF3C(HSDPA_DF3C): Whether a cell
Combin supports the DF3C HSDPA function. When this
0106150 ation of
2 switch is set to ON, the cell supports the DF3C
Two CS HSDPA function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
WRFD- Services HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
0106150 and One used in the current version.
3 PS
Service 21. INTERNBDB_HSDPA: Whether the Inter-NodeB
WRFD- DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010502 (Except
for Two When this switch is turned on, the Inter-NodeB DB-
WRFD- AMR HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
0106150 Speech 22. FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID: Whether to
4 Services disable the FDPCH capability for a cell. When this
WRFD- ) switch is turned on, the cell does not have FDPCH
0106150 Combin capability. When this switch is turned off, the cell has
5 ation of FDPCH capability if the cell supports the FDPCH.
WRFD- One CS GUI Value Range: 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function
170203 Service Switch), MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch),

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- and One E_FACH(Cell E_FACH Function Switch),

022000 PS DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch),
WRFD- Service HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION(Cell HS_SCCH
150207 Enhance LESS OPERATION Function Switch),
d DRX DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED
WRFD- Function Switch), 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM
150227 Uplink +MIMO Function Switch), UL_16QAM(Cell UL
WRFD- Enhance 16QAM Function Switch), DC_HSDPA(Cell DC-
150208 d HSDPA Function Switch), UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell
CELL_F UL L2ENHANCED Function Switch),
WRFD-
ACH EDPCCH_BOOSTING(Cell E-DPCCH Boosting
150223
Multiple Function Switch), DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-
WRFD- HSDPA Combined with MIMO Function Switch),
020900 RAB
Introduc E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinuous Reception Function
WRFD- tion Switch), DC_HSUPA(Cell DC-HSUPA Function
150209 Package Switch), HSDPA_4C_MIMO(4C-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD- (PS Function Switch), HSDPA_4C(4C-HSDPA Function
010615 RAB < Switch), DBMIMO_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA+MIMO
2) Function Switch), DB_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA Function
WRFD-
Switch), HSDPA_SFDC(Cell-Level SFDC-HSDPA
010632 3.4/6.8/1 Function Switch), HSDPA_DF3C(Cell-Level DF3C-
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 HSDPA Function Switch),
010630 Kbps INTERNBDB_HSDPA(Cell Inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA
RRC Function Switch),
Connect FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID(FDPCH
ion and Capability Invalid Switch)
Radio
Access Unit: None
Bearer Actual Value Range: 64QAM, MIMO, E_FACH,
Establis DTX_DRX, HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION,
hment DL_L2ENHANCED, 64QAM_MIMO, UL_16QAM,
and DC_HSDPA, UL_L2ENHANCED,
Release EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA, E_DRX,
Downlin DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
k DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA, HSDPA_SFDC,
Enhance HSDPA_DF3C, INTERNBDB_HSDPA,
d FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID
CELL_F Default Value: 64QAM:0,MIMO:0,E_FACH:
ACH 0,DTX_DRX:0,HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION:
0,DL_L2ENHANCED:0,64QAM_MIMO:
CPC -
0,UL_16QAM:0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L2ENHANCED:
DTX /
0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO_HSDPA:
DRX
0,E_DRX:0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_MIMO:
CPC - 0,HSDPA_4C:0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSDPA:
HS- 0,HSDPA_SFDC:0,HSDPA_DF3C:
SCCH 0,INTERNBDB_HSDPA:
less 0,FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID:0
operatio
n

WCDMA RAN

nd
2x2
MIMO
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
Transpo
rt
Channel
Manage
ment
Interacti
ve QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Three
PS
Services
Streami
ng QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Four PS
Services
Uplink
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel
OLPC
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
4C-
HSDPA
DB-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Flexible
Dual
Carrier
HSDPA
MC-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
DB-
HSDPA
Multiple
RAB
Packag
e(PS
RAB >=
2)
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
IRatHo BSC690 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

CfgSwit 0 UCORR 020126 Between IRatHoCfgSwitch.
ch MALG UMTS
OSWIT and LTE 1. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:
CH Phase 1 Whether the 64QAM feature can be configured for
HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover. When this switch is set to ON, the 64QAM
feature can be configured for HSDPA services during
an incoming inter-RAT handover. When this switch is
set to OFF, the 64QAM feature cannot be configured
for HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
2. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:
Whether the 16QAM feature can be configured for
HSUPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
feature can be configured for HSUPA services during
for HSUPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
3. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
Whether the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be
configured for HSUPA services during an incoming
inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set to ON,
the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be configured for
handover. When this switch is set to OFF, the HSUPA
2 ms TTI feature cannot be configured for HSUPA
services during an incoming inter-RAT handover.
4.
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:W
hether the parameter optimization function takes effect
when a UE uses the default configuration mode during
an incoming inter-RAT handover.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC configures the
value of the "pO3-ForPilotBits" IE as 0 dB.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC configures
the value of the "pO3-ForPilotBits" IE as the value of
the "PilotPo" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command.
5. L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:Whether to
allow DC-HSDPA for HSDPA services during an
incoming LTE-to-UMTS handover. When this switch
is turned on, DC-HSDPA is allowed for HSDPA
services. When this switch is turned off, DC-HSDPA
is not allowed for HSDPA services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:0,
L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
IRatHo BSC691 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

CfgSwit 0 UCORR 020126 Between IRatHoCfgSwitch.
ch MALG UMTS
OSWIT and LTE 1. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:
CH Phase 1 Whether the 64QAM feature can be configured for
HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
feature can be configured for HSDPA services during
for HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
2. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:
Whether the 16QAM feature can be configured for
feature can be configured for HSUPA services during
for HSUPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
3. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
Whether the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be
configured for HSUPA services during an incoming
inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set to ON,
the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be configured for
handover. When this switch is set to OFF, the HSUPA
2 ms TTI feature cannot be configured for HSUPA
services during an incoming inter-RAT handover.
4.
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:W
hether the parameter optimization function takes effect
when a UE uses the default configuration mode during
an incoming inter-RAT handover.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC configures the
value of the "pO3-ForPilotBits" IE as 0 dB.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC configures
the value of the "pO3-ForPilotBits" IE as the value of
the "PilotPo" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command.
5. L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:Whether to
allow DC-HSDPA for HSDPA services during an
incoming LTE-to-UMTS handover. When this switch
is turned on, DC-HSDPA is allowed for HSDPA
services. When this switch is turned off, DC-HSDPA
is not allowed for HSDPA services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:0,
L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
MapSwi BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

tch 0 UCORR 0106140 2ms TTI Service mapping strategy switch group.
MALG 3 HSPA+
OSWIT 1. MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Uplink switch is on, 2 ms TTI is supported for HSUPA.
CH 010698 11.5Mbi
t/s per 2.
WRFD- MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
010510 User
TCH: Whether to consistently allocate DCHs to
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 services diverted to the current network through
151209 3.6/27.2 incoming inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
Kbps turned on, the RNC consistently allocates DCHs to
WRFD-
RRC such services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
010688
Connect selects appropriate channels to such services based on
WRFD- ion and associated algorithm parameters.
010652 Radio
3. MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Access
switch is on, the PS BE services can be carried on the
010507 Bearer
E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for
Establis
WRFD- uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and E-RACH for
hment
0106600 uplink).
and
2 4. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
Release
WRFD- When the switch is on, the PS streaming services can
Macro-
010636 be transmitted on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink
Micro
WRFD- and RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and
DC-
0106090 E-RACH for uplink).
HSDPA
2 5. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
Downlin
WRFD- When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
k
010632 mapped on the HS-DSCH if the DL maximum rate of
Enhance
the service is greater than or equal to the HSDPA
WRFD- d
threshold for streaming services.
010630 CELL_F
ACH 6. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
SRB
mapped on the E-DCH if the UL maximum rate of the
over
service is greater than or equal to the HSUPA
HSDPA
Rate 7.
Negotiat MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
ion at TCH: When the switch is on, the signaling is
Admissi transmitted at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s if all the downlink
on traffic is on the HSDPA channel.
Control
8.
MBMS MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWIT
P2P CH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB for the
over UE in the CELL_DCH state cannot be established on
HSDPA HSUPA or HSDPA channels at the RRC connection
SRB setup phase. The RNC determines whether an RRC
over connection request is for a CS service based on the
HSUPA RRC connection setup cause and the value of Domain

WCDMA RAN

nd
Combin Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6,

ation of the RRC connection setup cause of CS services is
One CS Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
Service Conversational Call. For a UE of Release 6 or a later
and One version, the value of Domain Indicator must be CS
PS and the RRC connection setup cause must be
Service Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
Streami Conversational Call for a CS service.
ng 9. MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Traffic Whether CS and PS combined services can use
Class on HSUPA 2ms transmission time interval (TTI). When
HSUPA this switch is turned on, CS and PS combined services
Streami cannot use HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces CS call
ng drops caused by TTI switching. When this switch is
Traffic turned off, CS and PS combined services can use
Class on HSUPA 2ms TTI.
HSDPA 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether uplink PS services of CS and PS combined
services are carried on DCHs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the channel for
carrying uplink services of CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned on and CS and PS
combined services existing, the uplink PS services
must be carried on DCHs.
11. MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether downlink PS services of CS and PS
combined services are carried on DCHs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC determines the channel
carrying downlink PS services of CS and PS
combined services following the old algorithm
process. When this switch is turned on, there are CS
and PS combined services.
12. MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
allow UEs to perform CS+PS combined services using
MC HSPA.When this switch is turned on, UEs are not
allowed to perform CS+PS combined services using
MC HSPA (MC stands for multi-carrier.) This
prevents call drops that are caused by frequent
reconfigurations in areas bordered by MC and non-
MC cells.When this switch is turned off, UEs are
MC HSPA.
13. MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH to the PS service
of CS+PS combined services during link
reestablishment When this switch is turned on, a 0
kbit/s DCH is allocated to the PS service of CS+PS

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined services during link reestablishment and the

data rate of the CS service remains unchanged. This
prevents call drops in case of poor coverage.
14. MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the PS BE service setup process.
1: This switch is turned on. A new PS BE service is
carried on a 0 kbit/s DCH during the service setup
process and the data rate increases based on event 4A
measurement report.
0: This switch is turned off. PS BE services are set up
through the original process.
GUI Value Range:
MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
TCH, MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH,
MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
TCH,
MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWIT
CH, MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
0,MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SW
ITCH:0,MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_S
WITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWI
TCH:1,MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
1,MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
MapSwi BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

tch 0 UCORR 0106140 2ms TTI Service mapping strategy switch group.
MALG 3 HSPA+
OSWIT 1. MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Uplink switch is on, 2 ms TTI is supported for HSUPA.
CH 010698 11.5Mbi
t/s per 2.
WRFD- MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
010510 User
TCH: Whether to consistently allocate DCHs to
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 services diverted to the current network through
151209 3.6/27.2 incoming inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
Kbps turned on, the RNC consistently allocates DCHs to
WRFD-
RRC such services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
010688
Connect selects appropriate channels to such services based on
WRFD- ion and associated algorithm parameters.
010652 Radio
3. MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Access
switch is on, the PS BE services can be carried on the
010507 Bearer
E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for
Establis
WRFD- uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and E-RACH for
hment
0106600 uplink).
and
2 4. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
Release
WRFD- When the switch is on, the PS streaming services can
Macro-
010636 be transmitted on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink
Micro
WRFD- and RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and
DC-
0106090 E-RACH for uplink).
HSDPA
2 5. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
Downlin
WRFD- When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
k
010632 mapped on the HS-DSCH if the DL maximum rate of
Enhance
the service is greater than or equal to the HSDPA
WRFD- d
010630 CELL_F
ACH 6. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
SRB
mapped on the E-DCH if the UL maximum rate of the
over
service is greater than or equal to the HSUPA
HSDPA
Rate 7.
Negotiat MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
ion at TCH: When the switch is on, the signaling is
Admissi transmitted at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s if all the downlink
on traffic is on the HSDPA channel.
Control
8.
MBMS MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWIT
P2P CH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB for the
over UE in the CELL_DCH state cannot be established on
HSDPA HSUPA or HSDPA channels at the RRC connection
SRB setup phase. The RNC determines whether an RRC
over connection request is for a CS service based on the
HSUPA RRC connection setup cause and the value of Domain

WCDMA RAN

nd
Combin Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6,

ation of the RRC connection setup cause of CS services is
One CS Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
Service Conversational Call. For a UE of Release 6 or a later
and One version, the value of Domain Indicator must be CS
PS and the RRC connection setup cause must be
Service Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
Streami Conversational Call for a CS service.
ng 9. MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Traffic Whether CS and PS combined services can use
Class on HSUPA 2ms transmission time interval (TTI). When
HSUPA this switch is turned on, CS and PS combined services
Streami cannot use HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces CS call
ng drops caused by TTI switching. When this switch is
Traffic turned off, CS and PS combined services can use
Class on HSUPA 2ms TTI.
HSDPA 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether uplink PS services of CS and PS combined
services are carried on DCHs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the channel for
carrying uplink services of CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned on and CS and PS
combined services existing, the uplink PS services
must be carried on DCHs.
11. MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether downlink PS services of CS and PS
combined services are carried on DCHs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC determines the channel
carrying downlink PS services of CS and PS
combined services following the old algorithm
process. When this switch is turned on, there are CS
and PS combined services.
12. MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
allow UEs to perform CS+PS combined services using
MC HSPA.When this switch is turned on, UEs are not
MC HSPA (MC stands for multi-carrier.) This
prevents call drops that are caused by frequent
reconfigurations in areas bordered by MC and non-
MC cells.When this switch is turned off, UEs are
MC HSPA.
13. MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH to the PS service
of CS+PS combined services during link
reestablishment When this switch is turned on, a 0
kbit/s DCH is allocated to the PS service of CS+PS

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined services during link reestablishment and the

data rate of the CS service remains unchanged. This
prevents call drops in case of poor coverage.
14. MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the PS BE service setup process.
1: This switch is turned on. A new PS BE service is
carried on a 0 kbit/s DCH during the service setup
process and the data rate increases based on event 4A
measurement report.
0: This switch is turned off. PS BE services are set up
through the original process.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
0,MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SW
ITCH:0,MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_S
WITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWI
TCH:1,MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
1,MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- System Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat 1.
tch ARA WRFD- ion PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH(R99Cell
020101 Broadca BroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is
sting turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
WRFD-
150222 Admissi neighboring cells for inter-frequency blind handovers
on in a system information message.
WRFD- Control
020131 2.
HSUPA PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(O
WRFD- Time ptimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch):
010612 Division Whether to consider the percentage of HSDPA
WRFD- Scheduli guaranteed bit power (GBP) in downlink transmit
020402 ng power load calculation in a cell.
Optimiz 1: This switch is turned on. The percentage of HSDPA
ation of GBP is considered in downlink transmit power load
R99 and calculation in a cell. Besides, during neighboring cell
HSUPA selection for a measurement-based directed retry
Users (MBDR), handovers to a neighboring cell are
Fairness forbidden in either of the following situations:
HSUPA -The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
Introduc cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
tion multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold.
Package -The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
Measure cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
ment multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold.
Based 0: This switch is turned off. The percentage of
Direct HSDPA GBP is not considered in downlink transmit
Retry power load calculation in a cell. Besides, during
neighboring cell selection for an MBDR, handovers to
a neighboring cell are forbidden in either of the
following situations:
-The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold and less
than the uplink cell power threshold.
-The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold and
less than the downlink cell power threshold.
3.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results
of equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned
on, the optimized calculation results can accurately
reflect the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only
when the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater

WCDMA RAN

nd
than 750 kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or

equal to 750 kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the
algorithm for calculating the number of equivalent
HSUPA UEs will not be optimized.
4. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple
RLs occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell
groups consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy
more than one local cell group, no matter whether the
UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
5. PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the
idle mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter.
To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
6.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWIT
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5.
7. PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell
at a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned on,
the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is
not used.
8. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch
is turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell
are combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent
messages.
9.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel

codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established.
10.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose
both uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces
the BE service rate of only the users whose uplink and
downlink services are carried on R99 channels.
11.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITC
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the
HS-PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated.
When this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been
activated, no matter whether the last SF16 code is
vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF
spreading code usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails,
the RNC allocates the last vacant SF16 code to the
HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned off and
HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This
improves the HSDPA activation efficiency.
12. PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D
for short) when a cell is in the overload control (OLC)
state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC does not support the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition.
13. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH
state are served by the cell. When this switch is turned
off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not update the background noise value based on the

common measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load.
14. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
HS-DSCH Radio Network Temporary Identity
(HRNTI) optimization algorithm takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the hamming distance
between the HRNTI identifiers distributed by the
RNC is larger than or equal to 4, which effectively
avoids incorrect demodulation. When this switch is
turned off, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is larger than or
equal to 1.
15.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITC
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for
F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically
or when SF code resource allocation fails and releases
the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the
usage of F-DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-
DPCH codes.
16. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, the channel
codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel. That
is, the reestablished common channel uses the same
channel codes after cell setup. When this switch is
turned off, the channel codes released by a common
channel are not reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel. That is, the reestablished common
channel uses different channel codes after cell setup.
17.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission
decisions on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related
admission thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC makes admission decisions only

on CS service procedures. That is, the RNC always
admits PS service requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to
or larger than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF
reserved for a handover can be configured by the
UlHoCeResvSf and DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters
in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC[/CMD] command.
18.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only
when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the
"NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When this
switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission
for HSDPA users.
19. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned
off. Alignment using chip offset configurations for
HSUPA time division scheduling does not take effect
in the RRC connection setup phase.ON: This switch is
turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in
the RRC connection setup phase.
20. PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The
cell measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation.
1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the
cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is
measured by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter.
21.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR
status after incoming inter-RAT handovers.
23.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWIT
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on.
The cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB
user admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell
LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.
24. PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
use the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place
where the last allocated C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-RNTI
for a UE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
starts from the place where the first allocated C-RNTI
is located, sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the
first allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-
RNTI for the UE.
25.
PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWIT
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement
Switch): Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell
is limited by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification. When this switch is set to ON, the
number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited not only by
the FACH UE number specification but also by the
CELL_FACH UE number specification
(CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH UEs and
FACH UEs). That is, the total number of FACH UEs
and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed the
CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to OFF, the number of FACH UEs in a
cell is only limited by the FACH UE specification.
26.
PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and

WCDMA RAN

nd
preemption. When this switch is set to ON, the user

selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static
relocation UEs is used for LDR and preemption,
which makes the user priority recognition more
accurate. When this switch is turned off, default user
priority is used for LDR and preemption.
27. PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates
the consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to
OFF, the CE resources consumed on the link that is
deleted after a soft handover are not calculated. As a
result, the available CE resources increase and excess
users access the cell.
28. PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
LCG CE resource optimization switch for preempted
UEs. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC
correctly maintains the LCG CE resources used by a
UE after an RRC connection setup. If the UE is
preempted, these resources are provided to the
preempting UE. When this switch is set to OFF, the
RNC cannot update the LCG CE resources used by a
UE in time, which leads to incorrect resource
maintenance and affects the calculation of resources
for preemption.
29.
PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately calculates the resource
consumed by the users who stop queuing, ensuring
that the RNC correctly calculates cell resources. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
immediately calculate the resource consumed by the
users who stop queuing. As a result, the consumed cell
resources are more than the resources recorded on the
RNC, and excessive users access the cell.
30.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.
This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to OFF, the RNC uses the original DOFF
allocation algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE
whose SRBs are carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to

WCDMA RAN

nd
an F2D or P2D state transition). This cannot ensure

even DOFF distribution. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC uses the optimized DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA. This ensures even DOFF
distribution.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH,
CH, PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH,
TCH,
, PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT,
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- System Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat 1.
tch ARA WRFD- ion PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH(R99Cell
020101 Broadca BroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is
sting turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
WRFD-
150222 Admissi neighboring cells for inter-frequency blind handovers
on in a system information message.
WRFD- Control
020131 2.
HSUPA PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(O
WRFD- Time ptimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch):
010612 Division Whether to consider the percentage of HSDPA
WRFD- Scheduli guaranteed bit power (GBP) in downlink transmit
020402 ng power load calculation in a cell.
Optimiz 1: This switch is turned on. The percentage of HSDPA
ation of GBP is considered in downlink transmit power load
R99 and calculation in a cell. Besides, during neighboring cell
HSUPA selection for a measurement-based directed retry
Users (MBDR), handovers to a neighboring cell are
Fairness forbidden in either of the following situations:
HSUPA -The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
Introduc cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
tion multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold.
Package -The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
Measure cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
ment multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold.
Based 0: This switch is turned off. The percentage of
Direct HSDPA GBP is not considered in downlink transmit
Retry power load calculation in a cell. Besides, during
neighboring cell selection for an MBDR, handovers to
a neighboring cell are forbidden in either of the
following situations:
-The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold and less
than the uplink cell power threshold.
-The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold and
less than the downlink cell power threshold.
3.
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results
of equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned
on, the optimized calculation results can accurately
reflect the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only
when the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater

WCDMA RAN

nd
than 750 kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or

equal to 750 kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the
algorithm for calculating the number of equivalent
HSUPA UEs will not be optimized.
4. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple
RLs occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell
groups consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy
more than one local cell group, no matter whether the
UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
5. PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the
idle mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter.
To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
6.
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5.
7. PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell
at a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned on,
the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is
not used.
8. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch
is turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell
are combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent
messages.
9.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel

codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established.
10.
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose
both uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces
the BE service rate of only the users whose uplink and
downlink services are carried on R99 channels.
11.
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the
HS-PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated.
When this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been
activated, no matter whether the last SF16 code is
vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF
spreading code usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails,
the RNC allocates the last vacant SF16 code to the
HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned off and
HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This
improves the HSDPA activation efficiency.
12. PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D
for short) when a cell is in the overload control (OLC)
state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC does not support the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition.
13. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH
state are served by the cell. When this switch is turned
off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not update the background noise value based on the

common measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load.
14. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
HS-DSCH Radio Network Temporary Identity
(HRNTI) optimization algorithm takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the hamming distance
between the HRNTI identifiers distributed by the
RNC is larger than or equal to 4, which effectively
avoids incorrect demodulation. When this switch is
turned off, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is larger than or
equal to 1.
15.
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for
F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically
or when SF code resource allocation fails and releases
the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the
usage of F-DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-
DPCH codes.
16. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, the channel
codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel. That
is, the reestablished common channel uses the same
channel codes after cell setup. When this switch is
turned off, the channel codes released by a common
channel are not reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel. That is, the reestablished common
channel uses different channel codes after cell setup.
17.
TCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission
decisions on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related
admission thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC makes admission decisions only

on CS service procedures. That is, the RNC always
admits PS service requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to
or larger than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF
reserved for a handover can be configured by the
UlHoCeResvSf and DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters
in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC[/CMD] command.
18.
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only
when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the
"NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When this
switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission
for HSDPA users.
19. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned
off. Alignment using chip offset configurations for
HSUPA time division scheduling does not take effect
in the RRC connection setup phase.ON: This switch is
turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in
the RRC connection setup phase.
20. PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The
cell measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation.
1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the
cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is
measured by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. Disuse
Statements: This switch will be deleted from later
versions. Although the configuration interface in this
version supports delivery of the setting of this
parameter, the system does not use this parameter.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
21.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background

WCDMA RAN

nd
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates

background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy.
22.
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
turned on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR
status after incoming inter-RAT handovers.
23.
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on.
The cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB
user admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell
LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.
24. PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
use the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place
where the last allocated C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-RNTI
for a UE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
starts from the place where the first allocated C-RNTI
is located, sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the
first allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-
RNTI for the UE.
25.
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement
Switch): Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell
is limited by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification. When this switch is set to ON, the
number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited not only by
the FACH UE number specification but also by the
CELL_FACH UE number specification
(CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH UEs and
FACH UEs). That is, the total number of FACH UEs
and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed the
CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to OFF, the number of FACH UEs in a
cell is only limited by the FACH UE specification.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and
preemption. When this switch is set to ON, the user
selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static
relocation UEs is used for LDR and preemption,
which makes the user priority recognition more
accurate. When this switch is turned off, default user
priority is used for LDR and preemption.
27. PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates
the consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to
OFF, the CE resources consumed on the link that is
deleted after a soft handover are not calculated. As a
result, the available CE resources increase and excess
users access the cell.
28. PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
LCG CE resource optimization switch for preempted
UEs. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC
correctly maintains the LCG CE resources used by a
UE after an RRC connection setup. If the UE is
preempted, these resources are provided to the
preempting UE. When this switch is set to OFF, the
RNC cannot update the LCG CE resources used by a
UE in time, which leads to incorrect resource
maintenance and affects the calculation of resources
for preemption.
29.
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately calculates the resource
consumed by the users who stop queuing, ensuring
that the RNC correctly calculates cell resources. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
immediately calculate the resource consumed by the
users who stop queuing. As a result, the consumed cell
resources are more than the resources recorded on the
RNC, and excessive users access the cell.
30.
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset

WCDMA RAN

nd
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.

This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to OFF, the RNC uses the original DOFF
allocation algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE
whose SRBs are carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to
an F2D or P2D state transition). This cannot ensure
even DOFF distribution. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC uses the optimized DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA. This ensures even DOFF
distribution.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010901 RNC 1)SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
tch3 RLSWI WRFD- URA
Whether the RNC measures one successful handover
TCH 0106100 Update
or relocation when receiving an Iu release command
6 HSDPA message with the cause value "Network Optimization"
WRFD- Mobility from the CN during an outgoing relocation or
020203 Manage outgoing inter-RAT handover procedure.
ment
WRFD- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures one
010902 Inter successful handover or relocation.
RNC
WRFD- 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures one
Soft
010101 failed handover or relocation.
Handov
WRFD- er 2)RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH
010510 Inter Whether PS services are established on the FACH
WRFD- RNC upon call reestablishment.
020202 URA 1: This switch is turned on. PS services are established
WRFD- Update on the FACH upon a call reestablishment triggered by
010801 3GPP either of the following factors:
WRFD- R9 - All downlink radio links for a UE are out of
010802 Specific synchronization.
ations - The SRB over the Uu interface is reset.
3.4/6.8/1 0: This switch is turned off. PS services are
3.6/27.2 established on the DCH upon a call reestablishment
Kbps triggered by either of the preceding factors.
RRC
Connect 3)CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
ion and H
Radio Whether to optimize counter measurements involved
Access in different cell update scenarios.
Bearer 1: This switch is turned on. The following
Establis mechanisms apply:
hment
(1) The RNC measures only one cell update attempt
and
and only one P2F or P2D state transition attempt if the
Release
cell update concurs with a P2F or P2D state transition
Intra in the following scenario: A UE initiates a cell update
RNC in a cell. Before receiving a response from or sending
Soft a response to the RNC, the UE initiates a cell update
Handov in another cell and completes the cell update process.
er
(2) During the P2D state transition in the cell update,
Intra VS.CellUpdt.Confirm is measured when the CELL
RNC UPDATE CONFIRM message is sent on the CCCH.
Cell
(3) If the FACH is congested, VS.CellUpdt.Confirm is
Update
measured when the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
Inter message is sent on the CCCH.
RNC 0: This switch is turned off. The following
mechanisms apply:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Cell (1) The RNC measures two cell update attempts and
Update two P2F or P2D state transition attempts if the cell
update concurs with a P2F or P2D state transition in
the following scenario: A UE initiates a cell update in
a cell. Before receiving a response from or sending a
response to the RNC, the UE initiates a cell update in
another cell and completes the cell update process.
VS.CellUpdt.Confirm is not measured when the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message is sent on the
CCCH.
not measured when the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message is sent on the CCCH.
4)D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure
is considered as successful if either of the following
conditions is met:
- The RB reconfiguration message is sent in
unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs in the
active set receive an RL Fail indication.
- The RB reconfiguration message is sent in the
acknowledged mode (AM), and an ACK response is
received from the UE.
If neither of the preceding conditions is met, the D2F
procedure is considered as expired.
0: This switch is turned off. The optimized D2F
procedure does not take effect.
This switch is set to 0 by default.
5)F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure
is considered as successful if the RL status is normal.
If the RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure is
considered as expired.
0: This switch is turned off. The optimized F2D
6)FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
1: This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in
the CELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPU
subsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state are

WCDMA RAN

nd
periodically released on this SPU subsystem if the

- The CPU usage of the SPU subsystem exceeds a
specified threshold and exceeds the average CPU
usage of the SPU subsystems under the RNC.
- The number of online UEs in the CELL_PCH state
on this SPU subsystem exceeds the average number of
UEs in the CELL_PCH state on the SPU subsystems
under the RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. Load sharing of UEs in
the CELL_PCH state is triggered among SPU
subsystems if the following conditions are met:
under the RNC.
7)FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another
DSP to perform load sharing on the user plane when
always online users are activated.
perform load sharing on the user plane when always
online users are activated.
8)RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH
Whether the serving cell change procedure is allowed
during the release of all PS RABs.
1: This switch is turned on. The serving cell change
procedure is not allowed during the release of all PS
RABs.
0: This switch is turned off. The serving cell change
procedure is allowed during the release of all PS
RABs.
9)SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH
How the RNC will react if it receives an SCRI
message with the cause value "UE Requested PS Data
session end" in the middle of another procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC maintains the
original RRC state and does not release the connection
of the related UE if the RNC receives an SCRI
message with the preceding cause value in the middle
of another procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd

connection of the UE if both of the following
conditions are met:
The RNC receives an SCRI message with the
preceding cause value in the middle of another
procedure.
The TAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that
are enabled with fast dormancy.
10)P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC retransmits a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
to the CELL_FACH state.
retransmit a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
11)UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWIT
CH
Whether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL
release due to poor Uu interface quality.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC notifies the
NodeB of the abnormal RL release due to poor Uu
interface quality.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not notify
the NodeB of the abnormal RL release due to poor Uu
interface quality.
12)D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transition
as successful if the RNC does not receive a response
message from the UE within the specified period after
sending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTION
message to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM).
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the
D2F state transition as successful if the following
conditions are met:
The RNC does not receive a response from the UE
within the specified period after sending a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UE
in AM.

WCDMA RAN

nd
All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out of

synchronization.
The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM.
If any of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC
undoes the D2F state transition.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC undoes the D2F
state transition if the RNC does not receive a response
from the UE within the specified period after sending
a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message
to the UE in AM.
13)AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F
and F2D Procedures in AM)
Length policy for the timer set for the RNC to wait for
a response message from the UE after the RNC sends
to the UE in AM during the D2F and F2D state
transitions.
1: This switch is turned on. The length of the timer
equals its configured value (value of the
"RbRecfgRspTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command) plus four seconds.
0: This switch is turned off. The length of this timer
equals its configured value.
14)D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT Message
Buffer Switch During D2P)
Whether the RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFER
message sent by the CN during the D2P state
transition.
DIRECT TRANSFER message. The RNC sends a
paging message to the UE after the D2P state
transition is complete and then sends the buffered
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards the
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE
immediately after receiving it.
15)CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
Used to solve code resource conflicts in compressed
mode.
1: This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are solved.
0: This switch is turned off. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are not solved.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITC
H(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size
Reduction)
Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cell
change message.
1: This switch is turned on. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is reduced.
0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is not reduced.
17)FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITC
H (Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change Optimization
Switch)
Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cell change
optimization function.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC includes the IE
Delay restriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message. For details about the
IE Delay restriction flag, see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP
TS25.331.
include the IE Delay restriction flag in the
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
message.
18)RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_
SWITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL
Reestablish)
When the RL reestablishment function is enabled, a
soft handover procedure is considered as successful
even if the ASU CMP message is not received if RL
reestablishment is triggered during the soft handover.
This parameter specifies whether to correct the
counting of successful soft handovers when RL
1: This switch is turned on. Such a soft handover
procedure is considered as failed.
0: This switch is turned off. Such a soft handover
procedure is considered as successful.
19)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITC
H
Whether to enable certain state transition-related
counters to be measured on a PS RAB basis. These
counters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. These counters are

measured on a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are
measured on a UE basis.
20)RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(R
AB Setup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the statistics of counters
measuring RAB setup failures and abnormal RAB
releases.
1: This switch is turned on. Under this circumstance,
the statistics of counters measuring RAB setup
failures and abnormal RAB releases are optimized.
0: This switch is turned off. Under this circumstance,
failures and abnormal RAB releases are not
optimized.
21)CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
(Cell Update Procedure Optimization Switch)
Whether to enable the optimized processing for the
cell update procedure.
The RNC supports the overlapping of these two
procedures: cell update procedure caused by RL
failure and P2D/D2P/D2F state transition procedure.
For UEs in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC performs a
cell update procedure based on the retransmitted
CELL UPDATE message if the retransmitted message
carries an SRB or TRB reset indication.
For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, when
the number of CELL UPDATE messages with the
cause value paging response or UL data transmission
exceeds the value specified by N381, the RNC sends
an RRC connection release message to the UE in the
cell where the UE sends the last CELL UPDATE
message. For UEs in states other than CELL_DCH or
in the middle of state transitions other than P2D, if the
SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with
HRNTI from a UE through the DRNC while waiting
for the UE's response to the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers the message
as a retransmitted one.
0: This switch is set to off. The optimized processing
for the cell update procedure is not supported.
22)PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct
the Paging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to correct the retransmission period of paging

messages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uu
interface.
1: This switch is set to on, the retransmission period of
PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNC does not
receive a paging response within 320 ms after sending
a paging message, the RNC retransmits the paging
message.
0: This switch is set to off, the retransmission period
of PTT services is not corrected. That is, the RNC
retransmits a paging message only when it does not
a paging message.
23)RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWI
TCH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon
RRC Release)
Whether the RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in
the following scenario: After receiving a RAB
RELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC to
release the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return
an IU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC processes the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns
a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the
CN in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not process
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in the
preceding scenario.
24)L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP
Delay Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC sends a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN to start user-plane
data transmission immediately after receiving a
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message
during a LTE-to-UMTS handover when a PS service
is running.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC immediately
sends a RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the
0: This switch is set to off. After the RNC queries the
UE's capability and the security mode procedure is
complete, the RNC sends a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-
RAT Handover in Basic Congestion)
Whether the LDR algorithm on the RNC side updates
the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE
after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The LDR algorithm on the
RNC side updates the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT
handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state
transition procedure. In this way, the LDR algorithm
on the RNC side can select appropriate UEs for
outgoing inter-RAT handovers when the cell is in
basic congestion state.
0: This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the
RNC side does not update the attribute of outgoing
inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or
D2D state transition procedure.
26)
F2D_AFTER_P2F_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
H(F2D After P2F State Transation Meas Opt Switch)
Whether to optimize the measurement of the
VS.DCCC.Att.F2D.AfterP2F counter.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not include
the termination of the F2D procedure into the
measurement of the VS.DCCC.Att.F2D.AfterP2F
counter in the following scenarios:
Scenario 1: A UE that has data to transmit in the cell
initiates a P2F and then F2D state transition. The F2D
state transmission overlaps with the cell update
procedure and is therefore rolled back. The cell update
procedure arises from cell reselection, serving cell
reentry, periodic cell update, or RLC unrecoverable
error.
state transmission is terminated because it overlaps
with the inter-RAT reselection procedure (at the
reception of the SRNS_CONTEXT_REQUEST
message) or the CN/UE actively requests a release.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement of the
VS.DCCC.Att.F2D.AfterP2F counter is not optimized
in the preceding scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,
UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH
,
D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITC
H,
AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITC
H, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,
RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SW
ITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,
RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITC
H, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWI
TCH,
H
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
H
Default Value:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
:1,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:
0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H:
1,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:
0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
:
0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH:
0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,F2D_AFTER_P2F_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWIT
CH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010901 RNC 1)SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
tch3 RLSWI WRFD- URA
Whether the RNC measures one successful handover
TCH 0106100 Update
or relocation when receiving an Iu release command
6 HSDPA message with the cause value "Network Optimization"
WRFD- Mobility from the CN during an outgoing relocation or
020203 Manage outgoing inter-RAT handover procedure.
ment
WRFD- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures one
010902 Inter successful handover or relocation.
RNC
WRFD- 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures one
Soft
010101 failed handover or relocation.
Handov
WRFD- er 2)RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH
010510 Inter Whether PS services are established on the FACH
WRFD- RNC upon call reestablishment.
020202 URA 1: This switch is turned on. PS services are established
WRFD- Update on the FACH upon a call reestablishment triggered by
010801 3GPP either of the following factors:
WRFD- R9 - All downlink radio links for a UE are out of
010802 Specific synchronization.
ations - The SRB over the Uu interface is reset.
3.4/6.8/1 0: This switch is turned off. PS services are
3.6/27.2 established on the DCH upon a call reestablishment
Kbps triggered by either of the preceding factors.
RRC
Connect 3)CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
ion and H
Radio Whether to optimize counter measurements involved
Access in different cell update scenarios.
Bearer 1: This switch is turned on. The following
Establis mechanisms apply:
hment
(1) The RNC measures only one cell update attempt
and
and only one P2F or P2D state transition attempt if the
Release
cell update concurs with a P2F or P2D state transition
Intra in the following scenario: A UE initiates a cell update
RNC in a cell. Before receiving a response from or sending
Soft a response to the RNC, the UE initiates a cell update
Handov in another cell and completes the cell update process.
er
Intra VS.CellUpdt.Confirm is measured when the CELL
RNC UPDATE CONFIRM message is sent on the CCCH.
Cell
Update
measured when the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
Inter message is sent on the CCCH.
RNC 0: This switch is turned off. The following
mechanisms apply:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Cell (1) The RNC measures two cell update attempts and
Update two P2F or P2D state transition attempts if the cell
update concurs with a P2F or P2D state transition in
the following scenario: A UE initiates a cell update in
a cell. Before receiving a response from or sending a
response to the RNC, the UE initiates a cell update in
another cell and completes the cell update process.
VS.CellUpdt.Confirm is not measured when the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message is sent on the
CCCH.
not measured when the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message is sent on the CCCH.
4)D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure
is considered as successful if either of the following
conditions is met:
- The RB reconfiguration message is sent in
unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs in the
active set receive an RL Fail indication.
- The RB reconfiguration message is sent in the
acknowledged mode (AM), and an ACK response is
received from the UE.
If neither of the preceding conditions is met, the D2F
procedure is considered as expired.
0: This switch is turned off. The optimized D2F
5)F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure
is considered as successful if the RL status is normal.
If the RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure is
considered as expired.
0: This switch is turned off. The optimized F2D
6)FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
1: This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in
the CELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPU
subsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state are

WCDMA RAN

nd
periodically released on this SPU subsystem if the

under the RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. Load sharing of UEs in
the CELL_PCH state is triggered among SPU
subsystems if the following conditions are met:
under the RNC.
7)FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another
DSP to perform load sharing on the user plane when
always online users are activated.
perform load sharing on the user plane when always
online users are activated.
8)RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH
Whether the serving cell change procedure is allowed
during the release of all PS RABs.
1: This switch is turned on. The serving cell change
procedure is not allowed during the release of all PS
RABs.
0: This switch is turned off. The serving cell change
procedure is allowed during the release of all PS
RABs.
9)SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH
How the RNC will react if it receives an SCRI
message with the cause value "UE Requested PS Data
session end" in the middle of another procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC maintains the
original RRC state and does not release the connection
of the related UE if the RNC receives an SCRI
message with the preceding cause value in the middle
of another procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd

connection of the UE if both of the following
conditions are met:
The RNC receives an SCRI message with the
preceding cause value in the middle of another
procedure.
The TAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that
are enabled with fast dormancy.
10)P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC retransmits a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
to the CELL_FACH state.
retransmit a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
11)UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWIT
CH
Whether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL
release due to poor Uu interface quality.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC notifies the
NodeB of the abnormal RL release due to poor Uu
interface quality.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not notify
the NodeB of the abnormal RL release due to poor Uu
interface quality.
12)D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transition
as successful if the RNC does not receive a response
message from the UE within the specified period after
sending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTION
message to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM).
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the
D2F state transition as successful if the following
conditions are met:
The RNC does not receive a response from the UE
within the specified period after sending a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UE
in AM.

WCDMA RAN

nd
All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out of

synchronization.
The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM.
If any of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC
undoes the D2F state transition.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC undoes the D2F
state transition if the RNC does not receive a response
from the UE within the specified period after sending
to the UE in AM.
13)AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F
and F2D Procedures in AM)
Length policy for the timer set for the RNC to wait for
a response message from the UE after the RNC sends
to the UE in AM during the D2F and F2D state
transitions.
1: This switch is turned on. The length of the timer
equals its configured value (value of the
"RbRecfgRspTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command) plus four seconds.
0: This switch is turned off. The length of this timer
equals its configured value.
14)D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT Message
Buffer Switch During D2P)
Whether the RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFER
message sent by the CN during the D2P state
transition.
DIRECT TRANSFER message. The RNC sends a
paging message to the UE after the D2P state
transition is complete and then sends the buffered
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards the
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE
immediately after receiving it.
15)CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
Used to solve code resource conflicts in compressed
mode.
1: This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are solved.
0: This switch is turned off. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are not solved.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITC
H(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size
Reduction)
Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cell
change message.
1: This switch is turned on. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is reduced.
0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is not reduced.
17)FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITC
H (Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change Optimization
Switch)
Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cell change
optimization function.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC includes the IE
Delay restriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message. For details about the
IE Delay restriction flag, see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP
TS25.331.
include the IE Delay restriction flag in the
message.
18)RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_
SWITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL
Reestablish)
When the RL reestablishment function is enabled, a
soft handover procedure is considered as successful
even if the ASU CMP message is not received if RL
This parameter specifies whether to correct the
counting of successful soft handovers when RL
1: This switch is turned on. Such a soft handover
procedure is considered as failed.
0: This switch is turned off. Such a soft handover
procedure is considered as successful.
19)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITC
H
Whether to enable certain state transition-related
counters to be measured on a PS RAB basis. These
counters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. These counters are

measured on a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are
measured on a UE basis.
20)RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(R
AB Setup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the statistics of counters
measuring RAB setup failures and abnormal RAB
releases.
failures and abnormal RAB releases are optimized.
failures and abnormal RAB releases are not
optimized.
21)CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
(Cell Update Procedure Optimization Switch)
Whether to enable the optimized processing for the
The RNC supports the overlapping of these two
procedures: cell update procedure caused by RL
failure and P2D/D2P/D2F state transition procedure.
For UEs in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC performs a
cell update procedure based on the retransmitted
CELL UPDATE message if the retransmitted message
carries an SRB or TRB reset indication.
For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, when
the number of CELL UPDATE messages with the
cause value paging response or UL data transmission
exceeds the value specified by N381, the RNC sends
an RRC connection release message to the UE in the
cell where the UE sends the last CELL UPDATE
message. For UEs in states other than CELL_DCH or
in the middle of state transitions other than P2D, if the
SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with
HRNTI from a UE through the DRNC while waiting
for the UE's response to the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers the message
as a retransmitted one.
0: This switch is set to off. The optimized processing
for the cell update procedure is not supported.
22)PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct
the Paging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to correct the retransmission period of paging

messages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uu
interface.
1: This switch is set to on, the retransmission period of
PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNC does not
a paging message, the RNC retransmits the paging
message.
0: This switch is set to off, the retransmission period
of PTT services is not corrected. That is, the RNC
retransmits a paging message only when it does not
a paging message.
23)RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWI
TCH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon
RRC Release)
Whether the RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in
the following scenario: After receiving a RAB
RELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC to
release the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return
an IU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC processes the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns
a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not process
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in the
preceding scenario.
24)L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP
Delay Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC sends a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN to start user-plane
data transmission immediately after receiving a
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message
during a LTE-to-UMTS handover when a PS service
is running.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC immediately
sends a RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the
0: This switch is set to off. After the RNC queries the
UE's capability and the security mode procedure is
complete, the RNC sends a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-
RAT Handover in Basic Congestion)
Whether the LDR algorithm on the RNC side updates
the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE
after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The LDR algorithm on the
RNC side updates the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT
handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state
transition procedure. In this way, the LDR algorithm
on the RNC side can select appropriate UEs for
outgoing inter-RAT handovers when the cell is in
basic congestion state.
0: This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the
RNC side does not update the attribute of outgoing
inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or
D2D state transition procedure.
26)
H(F2D After P2F State Transation Meas Opt Switch)
Whether to optimize the measurement of the
VS.DCCC.Att.F2D.AfterP2F counter.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not include
the termination of the F2D procedure into the
measurement of the VS.DCCC.Att.F2D.AfterP2F
counter in the following scenarios:
state transmission overlaps with the cell update
procedure and is therefore rolled back. The cell update
procedure arises from cell reselection, serving cell
reentry, periodic cell update, or RLC unrecoverable
error.
state transmission is terminated because it overlaps
with the inter-RAT reselection procedure (at the
reception of the SRNS_CONTEXT_REQUEST
message) or the CN/UE actively requests a release.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement of the
VS.DCCC.Att.F2D.AfterP2F counter is not optimized
in the preceding scenarios.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
H,
H, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
H
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
H
Default Value:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
:1,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:
0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H:
1,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:
0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
:
0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH:
0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,F2D_AFTER_P2F_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWIT
CH:0
U2LBlin BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

dRedirS 0 UCELL 020129 Based Whether the RNC supports UMTS-to-LTE blind
witch HOCO PS redirection.
MM Service
Redirect When the switch is turned on and the UE does not
MOD support LTE cell measurements, the RNC directly
UCELL ion from
UMTS performs a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, without
HOCO measuring the LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
MM to LTE
redirection is configured for the neighboring LTE cell
or the LTE EARFCN configured in the SIB19.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC measures the
LTE cell and then accordingly selects the EARFCN
for a redirection to perform a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. If the UE does not support LTE cell
measurements, the RNC cannot perform a UMTS-to-
LTE redirection.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LBlin BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

dRedirS 0 UCELL 020129 Based Whether the RNC supports UMTS-to-LTE blind
witch HOCO PS redirection.
MM Service
Redirect When the switch is turned on and the UE does not
MOD support LTE cell measurements, the RNC directly
UCELL ion from
UMTS performs a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, without
HOCO measuring the LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
MM to LTE
redirection is configured for the neighboring LTE cell
or the LTE EARFCN configured in the SIB19.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC measures the
LTE cell and then accordingly selects the EARFCN
for a redirection to perform a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. If the UE does not support LTE cell
measurements, the RNC cannot perform a UMTS-to-
LTE redirection.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
LTEArf BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the downlink
cn 0 ULTEC 020129 Based frequency used by an LTE cell. For detailed
ELL WRFD- PS description of the parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104. In
MOD 020126 Service the 3GPP specifications, the usage of the frequency
ULTEC Redirect 65535 is defined, and therefore this special frequency
ELL ion from is not recommended for this parameter.
UMTS GUI Value Range: 0~262143
to LTE
Unit: None
Mobility
Between Actual Value Range: 0~262143
UMTS Default Value: None
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEArf BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the downlink
cn 0 ULTEC 020129 Based frequency used by an LTE cell. For detailed
ELL WRFD- PS description of the parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104. In
MOD 020126 Service the 3GPP specifications, the usage of the frequency
ULTEC Redirect 65535 is defined, and therefore this special frequency
ELL ion from is not recommended for this parameter.
to LTE
Unit: None
Mobility
Between Actual Value Range: 0~262143
and LTE
Phase 1
LTECell BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the index that
Index 0 ULTEN 020129 Based uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
CELL WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 0~65535
MOD 020126 Service
Redirect Unit: None
ULTEN
CELL ion from Actual Value Range: 0~65535
RMV to LTE
ULTEN
CELL Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
LTECell BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the index that
Index 0 ULTEN 020129 Based uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
CELL WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 0~65535
MOD 020126 Service
Redirect Unit: None
ULTEN
CELL ion from Actual Value Range: 0~65535
RMV to LTE
ULTEN
CELL Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
IurLTE BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether the RADIO LINK SETUP
CellInfo 0 UNRNC 150217 Based RESPONSE or RADIO LINK ADDITION
Switch MOD WRFD- PS RESPONSE message sent by the RNC over the Iur
UNRNC 140218 Handov interface carries the TAC, PCI, and PLMN List
er from information about the neighboring LTE cell.
WRFD- UMTS
140226 GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
to LTE
WRFD- Unit: None
Service-
171223 Based Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
WRFD- PS Default Value: OFF
150220 Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
IurLTE BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether the RADIO LINK SETUP
CellInfo 0 UNRNC 150217 Based RESPONSE or RADIO LINK ADDITION
Switch MOD WRFD- PS RESPONSE message sent by the RNC over the Iur
UNRNC 140218 Handov interface carries the TAC, PCI, and PLMN List
er from information about the neighboring LTE cell.
WRFD- UMTS
to LTE
WRFD- Unit: None
Service-
171223 Based Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
WRFD- PS Default Value: OFF
150220 Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
ndIndica 0 ULTEC 150216 Based this parameter is set to D0, no slave band is
tor ELL WRFD- PS configured. When this parameter is set to D1, one
MOD 150217 Redirect slave band is configured. When this parameter is set to
ULTEC ion from D2, two slave bands are configured.The slave band is
ELL 171223 to LTE UEUTRANSLAVEBAND" command.
WRFD- Load GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2
140226 Based Unit: None
WRFD- PS
150219 Handov Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2
WRFD- er from Default Value: D0
020129 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
140218 Fast
Return
WRFD-
to LTE
150220
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
ndIndica 0 ULTEC 150216 Based this parameter is set to D0, no slave band is
tor ELL WRFD- PS configured. When this parameter is set to D1, one
MOD 150217 Redirect slave band is configured. When this parameter is set to
ULTEC ion from D2, two slave bands are configured.The slave band is
ELL 171223 to LTE UEUTRANSLAVEBAND" command.
WRFD- Load GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2
140226 Based Unit: None
WRFD- PS
150219 Handov Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2
WRFD- er from Default Value: D0
020129 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
140218 Fast
Return
WRFD-
to LTE
150220
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1.
tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- Kbps only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
020103 RRC handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD- Establis
150232 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
Inter cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803
Frequen the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- cy Load not take effect.
020302 Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- Fast enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Return (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
WRFD- from is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
020701 UMTS before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
to LTE switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
Inter
performed.
RNC
Soft 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Handov configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
er message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
Multiba (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
nd on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Direct RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Retry rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Based maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
on UE off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Location RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
UE mode.
State in
Connect

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed Mode 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

(CELL- MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
DCH, When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
CELL- measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
PCH, "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
URA- switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
PCH, control message, the RNC defines the information
CELL- element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
FACH) "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
Logical 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Channel "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Manage measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
ment CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
Measure to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
ment unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
Based measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Direct turned on.
Retry
6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
A-GPS the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
Based the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
LCS switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
Inter does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Frequen core network. When this switch is turned on and
cy Hard AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends the core network a
Handov rate adjustment failure message after receiving rate
er Based adjustment requests from the core network. When
on AMRC is enabled, it is good practice to select
Coverag CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
e under the "CsSwitch" parameter in the "SET
Inter- UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to ensure that
RAT the RNC responds a rate adjustment failure message
Handov to the core network when the TrFO-based rate
er Based adjustment fails.
on 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
Coverag RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
e DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
AMR/W when the measurement-based DRD function is
B-AMR enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
Speech retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
Rates modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Control When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurement-

WCDMA RAN

nd
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC

filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out DRD cells using high
frequency bands when all the following conditions are
met: The location-based multi-band DRD algorithm,
the blind-handover-based DRD coverage decision
function, or the virtual grid-based multi-band DRD
algorithm takes effect; The current cell is in a low
frequency band; The RSCP value cannot be measured
or cannot be obtained through measurements or its
measurement reports expire. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD cells using
high frequency bands. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not filter out DRD cells in high
frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_SWI
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition

from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services
of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-

WCDMA RAN

nd
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-

MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the
RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_S
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the configured cell blacklist is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the configured cell blacklist is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is

WCDMA RAN

nd
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not

good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the
serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when

WCDMA RAN

nd
the time delay for triggering handovers based on

periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)
for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWI
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
during the RRC connection setup when the NodeB
sends to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
message indicating that a cell does not support
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on

the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in
the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource
insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH, PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd

tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
Kbps
020103 handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
RRC
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD-
Establis 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
150232
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803 Inter
the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- Frequen
not take effect.
020302 cy Load
Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Fast (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
Return is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
WRFD-
from before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
020701
UMTS switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
to LTE speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
Inter performed.
RNC 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Soft configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
Handov message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
er (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
Multiba on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
nd RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Direct rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Retry maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
Based off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
on UE RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
Location data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
mode.
UE
State in

WCDMA RAN

nd
Connect 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

ed Mode MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
(CELL- When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
DCH, measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
CELL- "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
PCH, switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
URA- control message, the RNC defines the information
PCH, element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
CELL- "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
FACH) 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Logical "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Channel measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
Manage CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
ment UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
Measure unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
ment measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Based turned on.
Direct
Retry 6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
A-GPS the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
Based switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
LCS does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Inter core network. When this switch is turned on and
Frequen AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends the core network a
cy Hard rate adjustment failure message after receiving rate
Handov adjustment requests from the core network. When
er Based AMRC is enabled, it is good practice to select
on CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
Coverag under the "CsSwitch" parameter in the "SET
e UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to ensure that
Inter- the RNC responds a rate adjustment failure message
RAT to the core network when the TrFO-based rate
Handov adjustment fails.
er Based 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
on RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
Coverag DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
e when the measurement-based DRD function is
AMR/W enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
B-AMR retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
Speech modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Rates When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
Control perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurement-

WCDMA RAN

nd
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC

filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out DRD cells using high
frequency bands when all the following conditions are
met: The location-based multi-band DRD algorithm,
the blind-handover-based DRD coverage decision
function, or the virtual grid-based multi-band DRD
algorithm takes effect; The current cell is in a low
frequency band; The RSCP value cannot be measured
or cannot be obtained through measurements or its
measurement reports expire. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD cells using
high frequency bands. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not filter out DRD cells in high
frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition

from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services
of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-

WCDMA RAN

nd
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-

MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the
RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the configured cell blacklist is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the configured cell blacklist is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is

WCDMA RAN

nd
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not

good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the
serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when

WCDMA RAN

nd
the time delay for triggering handovers based on

periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)
for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on

the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in
the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource
insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 0206050 Relocati 1)U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH
tch5 RLSWI 2 on with
TCH Hard Whether an RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED
WRFD- message contains the E-RAB IE during a U2L
0206050 Handov
er handover
1
SRNS If the RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message
Relocati does not contain the E-RAB IE, the CN does not send
on (UE a data forwarding request to the RNC. As a result, the
Not RNC does not forward the cache data to the CN.
Involved 1: This switch is set to on. The RANAP
) RELOCATION REQUIRED message contains the E-
RAB IE during a U2L handover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RANAP
RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not
contain the E-RAB IE during a U2L handover.
2)PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates RAB establishment over
the Uu interface when the RNC receives the IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN or the
Signalling Connection Release Indication message
from the UE, requesting the RNC to release the
corresponding domain
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC does not initiate
the RAB establishment over the Uu interface.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates the
RAB establishment over the Uu interface but the RAB
establishment fails.
3)PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH
Whether the PS traffic volume of a UE is measured
after a UE's state transition from CELL_PCH to
CELL_FACH
1: This switch is set to on. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is measured after a UE's state transition from
CELL_PCH to CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is set to off. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is not measured after a UE's state transition from
4)GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC initiates UE capability query when
the UE performing CS services in a GSM network is
handed over to a UMTS network or the UE
pserforming only CS services in an LTE service is
handed over to a UMTS network through an SRVCC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

UE capability query during CS service handover.
After CS services are released, if there are PS
services, the RNC initiates UE capability query.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates UE
capability query.
5) D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH (Two
Sided RLC Reestablishment Switch During D2P)
Whether the RNC triggers RLC reestablishment both
in the uplink and downlink during a state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH in the scenario
where the value of the "One sided RLC re-
establishment" IE in the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message is FALSE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers RLC
reestablishment both in the uplink and downlink. The
status of the RLC on the RNC side is consistent with
that on the UE side. The UE's PS rate is normal.
reestablish the RLC. After the UE transitions to the
CELL_FACH state, the TRB for the UE is reset, and
the UE's PS rate decreases.
6)D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC handles the received SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration procedure for the UE transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC immediately
handles the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not handle
the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message and waits
for a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from the UE.
7)DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH
How the DRNC processes a downlink signaling
transmission release request received from a UE under
the DRNC.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC checks whether
the signaling connection of the UE has been released.
If yes, the DRNC does not release the signaling
connection of the UE again.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC releases the
signaling connection of the UE without checking

WCDMA RAN

nd
whether the signaling connection has been released.

As a result, the DRNC may incorrectly release the
signaling connection of another UE.
8) DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH (DSP Capability
Judge Switch)
Which DSP capability prevails when the DSP
capability maintained by the SPU is greater than that
maintained by the MPU. This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The DSP capability
maintained by the MPU prevails.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSP capability
maintained by the SPU prevails.
9)RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delivers a radio resource control
(RRC) connection release request to the cell where a
UE initiates a cell update request when an RB
reconfiguration fails during the cell update process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC delivers an RRC
connection release request to the cell where a UE
initiates a cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC delivers an
RRC connection release request to the original cell
where the UE is located before initiating a cell update
request. In this case, the UE fails to receive paging
messages for a period of time if the UE has moved to
the new cell when the RNC delivers the RRC
connection release request.
10)RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends the UE the updated value of
the IE "Serving Grant Value" if the value of the IE
"Serving Grant Value" changes in the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION READY message that the
NodeB sends to the RNC during an RB
reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the UE
the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant Value."
the UE the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant
Value."
11)SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates the RRC connection
release procedure for the UE if the RLC entity to

WCDMA RAN

nd
which SRB3 or SRB4 is mapped experiences a reset

on the RNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates the
RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
the RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
12)WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_T
M_SWITCH
Whether to extend the activation time for CS services
in weak coverage areas. This parameter is set to 0 by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The activation time for CS
services will not be extended. In this manner, the CS
service setup duration is shortened if a CS service is
successfully set up in a weak coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off. The activation time for
CS services will be extended. This increases the
service setup delay and affects user experience.
13)PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH
Whether compatibility processing is performed when
the RNC does not carry the 0-rate PS service
information during a cross-RNC handover but carries
the 0-rate PS service information during subsequent
incoming relocation
This switch is set to off by default.
1: This switch is set to on. Compatibility processing is
performed and the incoming relocation succeeds.
0: This switch is set to off. Compatibility processing is
not performed and the attempt for the incoming
relocation fails.
This switch is valid only when the
NRNC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH check box is
selected under the ProcessSwitch parameter in the
ADD UNRNC/MOD UNRNC command.
14)ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH
Whether to increase the PS service rate from 0 to 8
kbit/s
1: This switch is set to on. If the PS service rate of a
UE is 0, the cell under the adjacent RNC with
compatibility issues is added to the active set and the
PS service rate is increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s, and
then the handover can be performed. If the active set
for the UE contains a cell under the adjacent RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
with compatibility issues, the PS service rate is

increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not perform
compatibility processing for 0-rate PS services. The
Iur-interface messages RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST and RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE sent from the RNC carry 0-rate PS service
information. If the neighboring RNC does not support
such information, link establishment or
reconfiguration with the neighboring RNC fails.
15)CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether a UE uses the new AL instance number to
request AL resources when a cell update procedure
overlaps with an inter-frequency hard handover
procedure.This switch helps solve the problem that the
RNC does not return a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message to a UE after receiving a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAIL" from the UE
during the process overlap.
1: This switch is set to on. The UE initiates an AL
SETUP procedure to request AL resources in the
preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The UE initiates an AL
MODIFY SETUP procedure to request AL resources.
16)DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH
Whether the radio network controller (RNC) includes
the correct transmission channel information in the
message sent to the NodeB during a serving cell
change accompanied by SRB fallback from HSPA to
DCH.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC includes the
correct transmission channel information in the
message sent to the NodeB in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC includes the
redundant transmission channel information in the
17)TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH
Whether the target radio network controller (TRNC)
automatically allocates TPC indexes when the
relocation request message does not contain the TPC
index.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The TRNC automatically

allocates TPC indexes in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RB reconfiguration
message fails to be encoded on the DRNC side in the
preceding scenario.
18)IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the transmission channel setup response
message contains the transmission node information
about the Iur interface when the RNC requests Iur
transmission resources during a relocation in ATM
networking.
When this switch is set to on, the transmission channel
setup response message contains the transmission
node information about the Iur interface, ensuring the
successful setup of the transmission channel.
When this switch is set to off, the transmission
channel setup response message does not contain the
transmission node information about the Iur interface.
19)RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH
Whether a Relocation Failure message is returned
during a relocation procedure when the "Source Rnc
to Target Rnc Container" information element (IE) in
the Relocation Request message indicates that
encryption is performed but the message does not
contain the "Encryption Information" IE.
1: This switch is set to on. A Relocation Failure
message is returned in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The relocation is
considered as successful in the preceding scenario.
20)STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWI
TCH
Whether the DRNC releases the related resources
during relocation rollback after the core network (CN)
sends a Relocation Failure message to the DRNC
during a UE-not-involved relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC releases the
related resources during relocation rollback in the
preceding scenario. In this way, if the SRNC initiates
a UE-not-involved relocation procedure again, the
DRNC can successfully perform the relocation
preparation.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not
release the related resources during relocation rollback
in the preceding scenario. If the SRNC initiates a UE-

WCDMA RAN

nd
not-involved relocation procedure again, the DRNC

fails to perform the relocation preparation.
21)RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RESET message to the CN
after a NodeB control switchover in the scenario
where the RNC in Pool Node Redundancy feature is
enabled. This switch is set to on by default.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends a RESET
message to the CN after a NodeB control switchover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send a
RESET message to the CN after a NodeB control
switchover.
22)USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC identifies non-blacklisted users as
fast dormancy users.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as fast dormancy users.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as non-fast-dormancy users.
23)RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_
SWITCH
Whether the GTPU is established and then removed in
the following scenario: The adjacent node of the IP
address in the transport layer information sent by the
CN has been changed during the PS RAB
modification procedure, and consequently an
admission failure occurs over the Iu interface on the
RNC side.
When this switch is set to on, the GTPU is established
and then removed in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, no special processing is
performed in the preceding scenario.
24)PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether interruption time of user-plane data
transmission is reduced during a U2L PS handover.
When this switch is set to on, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is reduced during a U2L
PS handover.
When this switch is set to off, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is not reduced during a
U2L PS handover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of the
CELL UPDATE message with a different cause that is
received while the RNC is expecting a response to the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from the UE
during a P2F cell update.
When this switch is set to on, The RNC buffers the
CELL UPDATE message; the RNC determines that
the last cell update procedure is successful and
performs the processing accordingly.
When this switch is set to off, The RNC retransmits
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to the UE in
the preceding scenario. The UE does not respond to
the message, and a call drop occurs.
26)P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
retransmitted by the UE reaches the value of N302
minus one during a direct P2F-triggered redirection.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection only if the number of CELL
UPDATE messages retransmitted by the UE reaches
the value of N302.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection if the number of CELL
the value of N302 minus one.
27)RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends an intra-frequency
measurement control message in advance after the
incoming UE-not-involved relocation procedure is
complete.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC compares
the NAS synchronization flag used by the UE with
that sent by the CN. Both these two NAS
synchronization flags are contained in the
RELOCATION REQUEST message. If they are
consistent, the RNC does not send a RB
reconfiguration message to the UE. If they are
inconsistent, the RNC sends the UE a RB
reconfiguration message without the activation time,
notifying the UE of the NAS synchronization flag on
the CN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to off, the original

mechanism applies.
28)CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the CELL UPDATE message over the Iur-p
interface is routed based on the SPUID of the
subsystem that manages the radio network temporary
identifier (RNTI) segment.
1: When this switch is set to on, the CELL UPDATE
message over the Iur-p interface is routed based on the
SPUID of the subsystem that manages the RNTI
segment.
mechanism applies.
29)RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC processes an Initial Direct Transfer
(IMSI detach indication) message received from the
CS domain of the CN during an RRC connection
release procedure.
processes the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI detach
indication) message received from the CS domain of
the CN during an RRC connection release procedure.
does not process the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI
detach indication) message received from the CS
domain of the CN during an RRC connection release
procedure.
GUI Value Range:
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH,
PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH,
PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH,
GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITCH,
D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,
D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH,
DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH,
DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH,
RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH,
RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH,
SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH,
WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_TM_
SWITCH,
PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH,
ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH,
CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH,
TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH,
STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWITC
H, RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,
USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITCH,
RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_SWI
TCH,
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH,
P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_SWI
TCH, RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SWITCH,
H,
RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH:
0,PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH:
0,GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITCH
:0,D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH:
1,DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH:
1,RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH:
0,SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH:
0,WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_TM
_SWITCH:
0,PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH:
0,CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH:
0,TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH:
1,IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH:
0,STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWIT
CH:1,RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH:
1,USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITCH
:
1,RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH:0,RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 0206050 Relocati 1)U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH
tch5 RLSWI 2 on with
TCH Hard Whether an RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED
WRFD- message contains the E-RAB IE during a U2L
0206050 Handov
er handover
1
SRNS If the RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message
Relocati does not contain the E-RAB IE, the CN does not send
on (UE a data forwarding request to the RNC. As a result, the
Not RNC does not forward the cache data to the CN.
Involved 1: This switch is set to on. The RANAP
) RELOCATION REQUIRED message contains the E-
RAB IE during a U2L handover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RANAP
RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not
contain the E-RAB IE during a U2L handover.
2)PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates RAB establishment over
the Uu interface when the RNC receives the IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN or the
Signalling Connection Release Indication message
from the UE, requesting the RNC to release the
corresponding domain
the RAB establishment over the Uu interface.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates the
RAB establishment over the Uu interface but the RAB
establishment fails.
3)PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH
Whether the PS traffic volume of a UE is measured
after a UE's state transition from CELL_PCH to
CELL_FACH
1: This switch is set to on. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is measured after a UE's state transition from
0: This switch is set to off. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is not measured after a UE's state transition from
4)GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC initiates UE capability query when
the UE performing CS services in a GSM network is
handed over to a UMTS network or the UE
pserforming only CS services in an LTE service is
handed over to a UMTS network through an SRVCC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

UE capability query during CS service handover.
After CS services are released, if there are PS
services, the RNC initiates UE capability query.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates UE
capability query.
5) D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH (Two
Sided RLC Reestablishment Switch During D2P)
Whether the RNC triggers RLC reestablishment both
in the uplink and downlink during a state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH in the scenario
where the value of the "One sided RLC re-
establishment" IE in the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message is FALSE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers RLC
reestablishment both in the uplink and downlink. The
status of the RLC on the RNC side is consistent with
that on the UE side. The UE's PS rate is normal.
reestablish the RLC. After the UE transitions to the
CELL_FACH state, the TRB for the UE is reset, and
the UE's PS rate decreases.
6)D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC handles the received SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration procedure for the UE transition from
handles the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message.
the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message and waits
for a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from the UE.
7)DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH
How the DRNC processes a downlink signaling
transmission release request received from a UE under
the DRNC.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC checks whether
the signaling connection of the UE has been released.
If yes, the DRNC does not release the signaling
connection of the UE again.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC releases the
signaling connection of the UE without checking

WCDMA RAN

nd
whether the signaling connection has been released.

As a result, the DRNC may incorrectly release the
signaling connection of another UE.
8) DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH (DSP Capability
Judge Switch)
Which DSP capability prevails when the DSP
capability maintained by the SPU is greater than that
maintained by the MPU. This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The DSP capability
maintained by the MPU prevails.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSP capability
maintained by the SPU prevails.
9)RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delivers a radio resource control
(RRC) connection release request to the cell where a
UE initiates a cell update request when an RB
reconfiguration fails during the cell update process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC delivers an RRC
connection release request to the cell where a UE
initiates a cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC delivers an
RRC connection release request to the original cell
where the UE is located before initiating a cell update
request. In this case, the UE fails to receive paging
messages for a period of time if the UE has moved to
the new cell when the RNC delivers the RRC
connection release request.
10)RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends the UE the updated value of
the IE "Serving Grant Value" if the value of the IE
"Serving Grant Value" changes in the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION READY message that the
NodeB sends to the RNC during an RB
reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the UE
the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant Value."
the UE the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant
Value."
11)SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates the RRC connection
release procedure for the UE if the RLC entity to

WCDMA RAN

nd
which SRB3 or SRB4 is mapped experiences a reset

on the RNC.
RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
the RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
12)WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_T
M_SWITCH
Whether to extend the activation time for CS services
in weak coverage areas. This parameter is set to 0 by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The activation time for CS
services will not be extended. In this manner, the CS
service setup duration is shortened if a CS service is
successfully set up in a weak coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off. The activation time for
CS services will be extended. This increases the
service setup delay and affects user experience.
13)PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH
Whether compatibility processing is performed when
the RNC does not carry the 0-rate PS service
information during a cross-RNC handover but carries
the 0-rate PS service information during subsequent
incoming relocation
This switch is set to off by default.
1: This switch is set to on. Compatibility processing is
performed and the incoming relocation succeeds.
0: This switch is set to off. Compatibility processing is
not performed and the attempt for the incoming
relocation fails.
14)ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH
Whether to increase the PS service rate from 0 to 8
kbit/s
1: This switch is set to on. If the PS service rate of a
UE is 0, the cell under the adjacent RNC with
compatibility issues is added to the active set and the
PS service rate is increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s, and
then the handover can be performed. If the active set
for the UE contains a cell under the adjacent RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
with compatibility issues, the PS service rate is

increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s.
compatibility processing for 0-rate PS services. The
Iur-interface messages RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST and RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE sent from the RNC carry 0-rate PS service
information. If the neighboring RNC does not support
such information, link establishment or
reconfiguration with the neighboring RNC fails.
15)CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether a UE uses the new AL instance number to
request AL resources when a cell update procedure
overlaps with an inter-frequency hard handover
procedure.This switch helps solve the problem that the
RNC does not return a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message to a UE after receiving a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAIL" from the UE
during the process overlap.
1: This switch is set to on. The UE initiates an AL
SETUP procedure to request AL resources in the
preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The UE initiates an AL
MODIFY SETUP procedure to request AL resources.
16)DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH
Whether the radio network controller (RNC) includes
the correct transmission channel information in the
message sent to the NodeB during a serving cell
change accompanied by SRB fallback from HSPA to
DCH.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC includes the
correct transmission channel information in the
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC includes the
redundant transmission channel information in the
17)TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH
Whether the target radio network controller (TRNC)
automatically allocates TPC indexes when the
relocation request message does not contain the TPC
index.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The TRNC automatically

allocates TPC indexes in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RB reconfiguration
message fails to be encoded on the DRNC side in the
preceding scenario.
18)IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the transmission channel setup response
message contains the transmission node information
about the Iur interface when the RNC requests Iur
transmission resources during a relocation in ATM
networking.
When this switch is set to on, the transmission channel
setup response message contains the transmission
node information about the Iur interface, ensuring the
successful setup of the transmission channel.
When this switch is set to off, the transmission
channel setup response message does not contain the
transmission node information about the Iur interface.
19)RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH
Whether a Relocation Failure message is returned
during a relocation procedure when the "Source Rnc
to Target Rnc Container" information element (IE) in
the Relocation Request message indicates that
encryption is performed but the message does not
contain the "Encryption Information" IE.
1: This switch is set to on. A Relocation Failure
message is returned in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The relocation is
considered as successful in the preceding scenario.
20)STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWI
TCH
Whether the DRNC releases the related resources
during relocation rollback after the core network (CN)
sends a Relocation Failure message to the DRNC
during a UE-not-involved relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC releases the
related resources during relocation rollback in the
preceding scenario. In this way, if the SRNC initiates
a UE-not-involved relocation procedure again, the
DRNC can successfully perform the relocation
preparation.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not
release the related resources during relocation rollback
in the preceding scenario. If the SRNC initiates a UE-

WCDMA RAN

nd
not-involved relocation procedure again, the DRNC

fails to perform the relocation preparation.
21)RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RESET message to the CN
after a NodeB control switchover in the scenario
where the RNC in Pool Node Redundancy feature is
enabled. This switch is set to on by default.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends a RESET
message to the CN after a NodeB control switchover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send a
RESET message to the CN after a NodeB control
switchover.
22)USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC identifies non-blacklisted users as
fast dormancy users.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as fast dormancy users.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as non-fast-dormancy users.
23)RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_
SWITCH
Whether the GTPU is established and then removed in
the following scenario: The adjacent node of the IP
address in the transport layer information sent by the
CN has been changed during the PS RAB
modification procedure, and consequently an
admission failure occurs over the Iu interface on the
RNC side.
When this switch is set to on, the GTPU is established
and then removed in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, no special processing is
performed in the preceding scenario.
24)PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether interruption time of user-plane data
transmission is reduced during a U2L PS handover.
When this switch is set to on, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is reduced during a U2L
PS handover.
When this switch is set to off, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is not reduced during a
U2L PS handover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH
CELL UPDATE message with a different cause that is
received while the RNC is expecting a response to the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from the UE
during a P2F cell update.
When this switch is set to on, The RNC buffers the
CELL UPDATE message; the RNC determines that
the last cell update procedure is successful and
performs the processing accordingly.
When this switch is set to off, The RNC retransmits
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to the UE in
the preceding scenario. The UE does not respond to
the message, and a call drop occurs.
26)P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH
when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
retransmitted by the UE reaches the value of N302
minus one during a direct P2F-triggered redirection.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection only if the number of CELL
the value of N302.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection if the number of CELL
the value of N302 minus one.
27)RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends an intra-frequency
measurement control message in advance after the
incoming UE-not-involved relocation procedure is
complete.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC compares
the NAS synchronization flag used by the UE with
that sent by the CN. Both these two NAS
synchronization flags are contained in the
RELOCATION REQUEST message. If they are
consistent, the RNC does not send a RB
reconfiguration message to the UE. If they are
inconsistent, the RNC sends the UE a RB
reconfiguration message without the activation time,
notifying the UE of the NAS synchronization flag on
the CN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd

mechanism applies.
28)CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the CELL UPDATE message over the Iur-p
interface is routed based on the SPUID of the
subsystem that manages the radio network temporary
identifier (RNTI) segment.
1: When this switch is set to on, the CELL UPDATE
message over the Iur-p interface is routed based on the
SPUID of the subsystem that manages the RNTI
segment.
mechanism applies.
29)RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC processes an Initial Direct Transfer
(IMSI detach indication) message received from the
CS domain of the CN during an RRC connection
release procedure.
processes the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI detach
indication) message received from the CS domain of
the CN during an RRC connection release procedure.
does not process the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI
detach indication) message received from the CS
domain of the CN during an RRC connection release
procedure.
GUI Value Range:
SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH, RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SWITCH,
H,
RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH:
0,PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH:
0,GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITCH
:0,D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH:
1,DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH:
1,RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH:
0,SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH:
0,WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_TM
_SWITCH:
0,PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH:
0,CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH:
0,TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH:
1,IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH:
0,STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWIT
CH:1,RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH:
1,USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITCH
:
1,RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH:0,RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 UUPCT 140218 Based 1)DSCP_MAP_SWITCH
CH RLSWI WRFD- PS
TCH Handov Whether the mapping from the DSCP of the
150220 application layer to the PHB function is enabled.
er from
WRFD- UMTS 1:When this switch is set to on, this function is
150217 to LTE enabled.
WRFD- Coverag 0:When this switch is set to off, this function is
190202 e Based disabled.
PS 2)ONLINE_VIDEO_UE_MEASURE_SWITCH
Handov
er from Whether to enable the measurement function for
UMTS online video users for the purpose of video service
to LTE evaluation and optimization.
Load 1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the

Based measurement function is enabled for online video
PS users.
Handov 0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the
er from measurement function is disabled for online video
UMTS users.
to LTE 3)U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH
Video Whether the RNC ignores the lossless SRNS
Accelera relocation capability of UEs when forwarding UMTS-
tor to-LTE (U2L) handover data.
Phase1
1:This switch is turned on. The RNC ignores the
lossless SRNS relocation capability of UEs when
forwarding U2L handover data. Specifically, the RNC
forwards U2L handover data without carrying PDCP
sequence numbers.
0:This switch is turned off. The RNC checks the
lossless SRNS relocation capability of UEs before
forwards U2L handover data carrying PDCP sequence
numbers only when involved UEs support lossless
SRNS relocation.
Note: For details about data forwarding, see 3GPP TS
23.401. For details about lossless SRNS relocation,
see 3GPP TS 25.323.
This parameter is valid only when
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH is
selected under the OptimizationSwitch5 parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
GUI Value Range: DSCP_MAP_SWITCH,
ONLINE_VIDEO_UE_MEASURE_SWITCH,
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DSCP_MAP_SWITCH,
Default Value: DSCP_MAP_SWITCH:0,
ONLINE_VIDEO_UE_MEASURE_SWITCH:0,
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 UUPCT 140218 Based 1)DSCP_MAP_SWITCH
CH RLSWI WRFD- PS
TCH Handov Whether the mapping from the DSCP of the
150220 application layer to the PHB function is enabled.
er from
WRFD- UMTS 1:When this switch is set to on, this function is
150217 to LTE enabled.
WRFD- Coverag 0:When this switch is set to off, this function is
190202 e Based disabled.
PS 2)ONLINE_VIDEO_UE_MEASURE_SWITCH
Handov
er from Whether to enable the measurement function for
UMTS online video users for the purpose of video service
to LTE evaluation and optimization.
Load 1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the

Based measurement function is enabled for online video
PS users.
Handov 0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the
er from measurement function is disabled for online video
UMTS users.
to LTE 3)U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH
Video Whether the RNC ignores the lossless SRNS
Accelera relocation capability of UEs when forwarding UMTS-
tor to-LTE (U2L) handover data.
Phase1
1:This switch is turned on. The RNC ignores the
lossless SRNS relocation capability of UEs when
forwards U2L handover data without carrying PDCP
sequence numbers.
0:This switch is turned off. The RNC checks the
lossless SRNS relocation capability of UEs before
forwards U2L handover data carrying PDCP sequence
numbers only when involved UEs support lossless
SRNS relocation.
Note: For details about data forwarding, see 3GPP TS
23.401. For details about lossless SRNS relocation,
see 3GPP TS 25.323.
This parameter is valid only when
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH is
selected under the OptimizationSwitch5 parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
GUI Value Range: DSCP_MAP_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DSCP_MAP_SWITCH,
Default Value: DSCP_MAP_SWITCH:0,
ONLINE_VIDEO_UE_MEASURE_SWITCH:0,
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH:0
McHsdp BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Whether the RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA
aLteCM 0 UCMCF services as HSDPA services for UEs during the LTE
Permissi cell measurement in CM. If this parameter is set to
onInd FALSE, The RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA services
as HSDPA services. If this parameter is set to TRUE,
The original algorithm applies.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
FALSE,
TRUE
Default Value: TRUE(Permit)
McHsdp BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Whether the RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA
aLteCM 0 UCMCF services as HSDPA services for UEs during the LTE
Permissi cell measurement in CM. If this parameter is set to
onInd FALSE, The RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA services
as HSDPA services. If this parameter is set to TRUE,
The original algorithm applies.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
FALSE,
TRUE

WCDMA RAN

nd
HsdpaC BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

MPermi 0 UCMCF 0106120 Mobility Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
ssionInd 4 Manage when an HSDPA service is in progress and whether an
WRFD- ment HSDPA service can be set up when the CM is active.
020306 Inter- If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
RAT enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA
Handov services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
er Based this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
on Load services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-
DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the
HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when
HSDPA is enabled.
Unit: None
HsdpaC BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

MPermi 0 UCMCF 0106120 Mobility Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
ssionInd 4 Manage when an HSDPA service is in progress and whether an
WRFD- ment HSDPA service can be set up when the CM is active.
020306 Inter- If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
RAT enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA
Handov services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
er Based this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
on Load services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-
DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the
HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when
HSDPA is enabled.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
EHSPA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

CMPer 0 UCMCF 020302 Frequen Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
missionI WRFD- cy Hard when an HSPA+ service is in progress and whether an
nd 020303 Handov HSPA+ service can be set up when the CM is active.
er Based If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
on enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+
Coverag services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
e this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+
Inter- services can be enabled only after the uplink E2D (E-
RAT DCH to DCH) and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to
Handov DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot
er Based be enabled when the CM is enabled.
on This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA
Coverag + UEs that do not support CM when HSPA+ is
e enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(Forbidden)
EHSPA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

CMPer 0 UCMCF 020302 Frequen Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
missionI WRFD- cy Hard when an HSPA+ service is in progress and whether an
nd 020303 Handov HSPA+ service can be set up when the CM is active.
er Based If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
on enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+
Coverag services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
e this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+
Inter- services can be enabled only after the uplink E2D (E-
RAT DCH to DCH) and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to
Handov DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot
er Based be enabled when the CM is enabled.
on This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA
Coverag + UEs that do not support CM when HSPA+ is
e enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(Forbidden)

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 021101 c PS rate negotiation switch group.
MALG WRFD- Channel
OSWIT Configu 1.
010690 PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
CH ration
WRFD- Control When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or
030004 (DCCC) on the FACH is determined according to the current
WRFD- connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission
TTI and the later preemption and queuing fail.
010504 Switch
for BE 2. PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
Services When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
Based should be dynamically configured according to the
on value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
Coverag service is established.
e 3. PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
Adaptiv switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
e applied to the PS BE service. The RNC selects the Iu
Configu max bit rate based on the UE capacity and the max bit
ration of rate and alternative RAB parameter values in the
Typical RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message if
HSPA the alternative RAB parameter values are present in
Rate the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message.
Backgro
und QoS 4. PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
Class switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is
activated, the initial speed is determined on the basis
of cell resources. Downsizing is implemented for BE
services.
5. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS streaming service. The RNC selects
the Iu max bit rate based on the UE capacity and the
max bit rate and alternative RAB parameter values in
the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message if the alternative RAB parameter values are
present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message.
6. PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate
and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST

WCDMA RAN

nd
or RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider

cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation
between different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON.
7. HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the
actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over
HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the
CN, if the license controlling the Adaptive
Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate feature is
activated.
8. PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH: Whether to
allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH in the uplink and downlink to
HSPA services after the corresponding UE enters the
compressed mode due to poor coverage.When this
switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is allocated to
HSPA services in the uplink and downlink after the
corresponding UE enters the compressed mode due to
poor coverage.
9. PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to allocate a high data rate to the PS
services of a UE in compressed mode when the UE
applies for a high data rate by moving to an inter-
frequency co-coverage cell using the directed retry
procedure.When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the data rate of the PS services of a
UE in compressed mode when the UE applies for a
high data rate by moving to an inter-frequency co-
coverage cell using the directed retry procedure.
10. PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to increase the PS data rate of a UE
that is in the weak coverage state. Conventionally, a
UE enters the weak coverage state after reporting the
event 2D and exits the state after reporting the event
2F. During the interval between the two events, the
UE is regarded as being in the weak coverage state.
Note that the UE can also exit the state through other
processes, such as a hard handover. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC refuses to increase the PS data
rate of such a UE.
11.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITCH
: Whether the Iu QoS negotiation enhancement
function of PS streaming services takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the Iu QoS negotiation
Enhancement function of PS streaming services takes
effect. The Iu QoS negotiation enhancement function

WCDMA RAN

nd
of PS streaming services includes the following:

1)The Iu QoS negotiation on alternative guarantee bit
rates of PS streaming services is now supported.
2)The Iu QoS negotiation function of PS services is
supported in the inter-RAT handover process. When
this switch is turned off, the Iu QoS negotiation
Enhancement function of PS streaming services does
not take effect.
12. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:
Whether Iu QoS re-negotiation is performed for PS
streaming services. When this switch is turned on, Iu
QoS re-negotiation is performed for streaming
services. That is, if the rate over the Uu interface
changes after the RAB establishment, the RNC sends
the RAB MOBIFY REQUEST message to instruct the
CN to modify the maximum bit rate and guarantee bit
rate. When this switch is turned off, Iu QoS re-
negotiation is not performed for streaming services.
13. PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH: Whether the
aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR) function takes
effect on the UTRAN side. When this switch is turned
on, the UTRAN uses the AMBR assigned by the CN
to restrict the total air interface rate of all non-GBR
services, and the air interface rate of these services are
no longer restricted by the maximum bit rate (MBR).
When this switch is turned off, the UTRAN does not
use the AMBR to restrict the total air interface rate of
all non-GBR services. For details about the AMBR,
see 3GPP TS 25.413, 3GPP TS 25.423, and 3GPP TS
25.433.
14. PS_VIDEO_RSCP_MEAS_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC measures video service traffic in different
RSCP ranges based on the RSCP value in the UE
measurement report. When this switch is turned on,
RSCP ranges based on the reported RSCP value.
measure video service traffic in different RSCP ranges
based on the reported RSCP value.
GUI Value Range:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH,
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH,
, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH,
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH,
PS_VIDEO_RSCP_MEAS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH,
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
0, PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
0, PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:0,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:1,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:0,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:0,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH:0,
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH:0,
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
:0, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:1,
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH:0,
PS_VIDEO_RSCP_MEAS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 021101 c PS rate negotiation switch group.
MALG WRFD- Channel
OSWIT Configu 1.
010690 PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
CH ration
WRFD- Control When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or
030004 (DCCC) on the FACH is determined according to the current
connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission
TTI and the later preemption and queuing fail.
Switch
for BE 2. PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
Services When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
Based should be dynamically configured according to the
on value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
Coverag service is established.
e 3. PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
Adaptiv switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
e applied to the PS BE service. The RNC selects the Iu
Configu max bit rate based on the UE capacity and the max bit
ration of rate and alternative RAB parameter values in the
Typical RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message if
HSPA the alternative RAB parameter values are present in
Rate the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message.
4. PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is
activated, the initial speed is determined on the basis
of cell resources. Downsizing is implemented for BE
services.
5. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS streaming service. The RNC selects
the Iu max bit rate based on the UE capacity and the
max bit rate and alternative RAB parameter values in
the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message if the alternative RAB parameter values are
present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message.
6. PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate
and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST

WCDMA RAN

nd
or RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider

cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation
between different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON.
7. HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the
actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over
HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the
CN, if the license controlling the Adaptive
Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate feature is
activated.
8. PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH: Whether to
allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH in the uplink and downlink to
HSPA services after the corresponding UE enters the
compressed mode due to poor coverage.When this
switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is allocated to
HSPA services in the uplink and downlink after the
corresponding UE enters the compressed mode due to
poor coverage.
9. PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to allocate a high data rate to the PS
services of a UE in compressed mode when the UE
applies for a high data rate by moving to an inter-
frequency co-coverage cell using the directed retry
procedure.When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the data rate of the PS services of a
UE in compressed mode when the UE applies for a
high data rate by moving to an inter-frequency co-
coverage cell using the directed retry procedure.
10. PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to increase the PS data rate of a UE
that is in the weak coverage state. Conventionally, a
UE enters the weak coverage state after reporting the
event 2D and exits the state after reporting the event
2F. During the interval between the two events, the
UE is regarded as being in the weak coverage state.
Note that the UE can also exit the state through other
processes, such as a hard handover. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC refuses to increase the PS data
rate of such a UE.
11.
: Whether the Iu QoS negotiation enhancement
function of PS streaming services takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the Iu QoS negotiation
Enhancement function of PS streaming services takes
effect. The Iu QoS negotiation enhancement function

WCDMA RAN

nd
of PS streaming services includes the following:

1)The Iu QoS negotiation on alternative guarantee bit
rates of PS streaming services is now supported.
2)The Iu QoS negotiation function of PS services is
supported in the inter-RAT handover process. When
this switch is turned off, the Iu QoS negotiation
Enhancement function of PS streaming services does
not take effect.
12. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:
Whether Iu QoS re-negotiation is performed for PS
streaming services. When this switch is turned on, Iu
QoS re-negotiation is performed for streaming
services. That is, if the rate over the Uu interface
changes after the RAB establishment, the RNC sends
the RAB MOBIFY REQUEST message to instruct the
CN to modify the maximum bit rate and guarantee bit
rate. When this switch is turned off, Iu QoS re-
negotiation is not performed for streaming services.
13. PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH: Whether the
aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR) function takes
effect on the UTRAN side. When this switch is turned
on, the UTRAN uses the AMBR assigned by the CN
to restrict the total air interface rate of all non-GBR
services, and the air interface rate of these services are
no longer restricted by the maximum bit rate (MBR).
When this switch is turned off, the UTRAN does not
use the AMBR to restrict the total air interface rate of
all non-GBR services. For details about the AMBR,
see 3GPP TS 25.413, 3GPP TS 25.423, and 3GPP TS
25.433.
14. PS_VIDEO_RSCP_MEAS_SWITCH: Whether
RSCP ranges based on the RSCP value in the UE
measurement report. When this switch is turned on,
RSCP ranges based on the reported RSCP value.
measure video service traffic in different RSCP ranges
based on the reported RSCP value.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH,
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
0, PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
0, PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:0,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:1,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:0,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:0,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH:0,
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH:0,
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
:0, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:1,
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH:0,
PS_VIDEO_RSCP_MEAS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LPhy BSC690 SET WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of non-coverage-based
um EHONC PS UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by physical
OV Handov channel failures. During a non-coverage-based
er from UMTS-to-LTE handover, if the UE sends a
UMTS HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
to LTE with a cause value of "physicalChannelFailure" to the
RNC, the RNC regards that the handover fails. When
the number of such failures is greater than or equal to
this parameter value, the RNC punishes the UE by
prohibiting the UE from initiating non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers within the period specified
by the "PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
When this parameter is set to 0, no punishment is
imposed on UEs that have experienced non-coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by
For details about physical channel failures, see 3GPP
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of non-coverage-based
um EHONC PS UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by physical
OV Handov channel failures. During a non-coverage-based
er from UMTS-to-LTE handover, if the UE sends a
UMTS HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
to LTE with a cause value of "physicalChannelFailure" to the
RNC, the RNC regards that the handover fails. When
the number of such failures is greater than or equal to
this parameter value, the RNC punishes the UE by
prohibiting the UE from initiating non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers within the period specified
by the "PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Penalty BSC690 SET WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced non-
PhyChF EHONC PS coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures
ail OV Handov caused by physical channel failures are punished.
er from Within the period specified by this parameter, the
UMTS RNC punishes these UEs by prohibiting them from
to LTE initiating non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30

WCDMA RAN

nd

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced non-
PhyChF EHONC PS coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures
ail OV Handov caused by physical channel failures are punished.
er from Within the period specified by this parameter, the
UMTS RNC punishes these UEs by prohibiting them from
to LTE initiating non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30
U2LTE BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UU2LT 020129 Based measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me EHONC PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
OV Service RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
Redirect set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
ion from GUI Value Range: 0~512
UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
Default Value: 5
U2LTE BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UU2LT 020129 Based measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me EHONC PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
OV Service RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
Redirect set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of coverage-based UMTS-
um EHOCO PS to-LTE handover failures caused by physical channel
V Handov failures. During a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
er from handover, if the UE sends a HANDOVER FROM
UMTS UTRAN FAILURE message with a cause value of
to LTE "physicalChannelFailure" to the RNC, the RNC
regards that the handover fails. When the number of
such failures is greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the RNC punishes the UE by prohibiting the
UE from initiating coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers within the period specified by the
"PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
imposed on UEs that have experienced coverage-
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of coverage-based UMTS-
um EHOCO PS to-LTE handover failures caused by physical channel
V Handov failures. During a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
er from handover, if the UE sends a HANDOVER FROM
UMTS UTRAN FAILURE message with a cause value of
to LTE "physicalChannelFailure" to the RNC, the RNC
regards that the handover fails. When the number of
such failures is greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the RNC punishes the UE by prohibiting the
UE from initiating coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers within the period specified by the
"PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced coverage-
PhyChF EHOCO PS based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by
ail V Handov physical channel failures are punished. Within the
er from period specified by this parameter, the RNC punishes
UMTS these UEs by prohibiting them from initiating
to LTE coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30

WCDMA RAN

nd

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced coverage-
PhyChF EHOCO PS based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by
ail V Handov physical channel failures are punished. Within the
er from period specified by this parameter, the RNC punishes
UMTS these UEs by prohibiting them from initiating
to LTE coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Seamles Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 170104 s Paging 1)MULTI_CSRAB_RBINVCFG_OPT_SWITCH
tch9 RLSWI WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1
TCH Whether the RNC releases the UE's connection in the
010510 3.6/27.2 following scenario: The UE that already has a PS
WRFD- Kbps RAB attempts to set up a CS RAB, but the CS RAB
140226 RRC setup fails due to invalid configuration.
Connect
WRFD- ion and 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
140104 Radio releases the UE's connection.
Access 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
Bearer does not release the UE's connection.
Establis 2)RNSAP_TRANS_ADDR_CHECK_SWITCH
hment
and Whether the RNC checks the validity of the transport
Release layer addresses contained in response messages over
the Iur interface.
Fast
Return 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
from checks the validity of the transport layer addresses
UMTS contained in response messages over the Iur interface.
to LTE 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
Enhance does not check the validity of the transport layer
d addresses contained in response messages over the Iur
Combin interface.
ed 3)NON_WAIT_UE_RESP_RNC_ABNORMAL_OPT
Services _SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of an
abnormal procedure when the RNC is not waiting for
a response from the UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the switch
controlling radio link (RL) reestablishment is turned
on and the RNC is not waiting for a response from the
UE, the RNC completes the current procedure and
then triggers RL reestablishment in either of the
The RNC receives an SRB reset message from L2.
The NodeB sends the RNC a message indicating that
all RLs fall out of synchronization. Then the timer set
to wait for the RL restoration expires.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If the RNC
is not waiting for a response from the UE, the RNC
releases the abnormal RLs in either of the following
conditions:

WCDMA RAN

nd

4)DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH
The function controlled by this parameter is
unavailable in the current version.
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of
counters for P2F state transitions.
optimizes the measurement of counters for P2F state
transitions. After the optimization, VS.DCCC.P2F.Att
+ VS.DCCC.URAP2F.Att =
VS.AttCellUpdt.ULDataTrans +
VS.AttCellUpdt.PageRsp.
does not optimize the measurement of counters for
P2F state transitions. VS.DCCC.P2F.Att +
VS.DCCC.URAP2F.Att <
5)CORRECT_CELL_RAB_REL_COUNTER_SWIT
CH
Whether to correct the measured values of related
performance counters when the RAB is abnormally
released during an HSDPA or HSUPA serving cell
change procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures the
performance counters of abnormal RAB releases in
the original serving cell for the serving cell change.
the target cell for the serving cell change.
6)CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC handles the service setup failure if a
cell update procedure occurs before the RNC sends a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message for a service setup
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC handles the
service setup failure, and services are set up
successfully.
0: This switch is turned off. The service setup failure
is not handled on the RNC, and services fails to be set
up.
7)ERGCH_EHICH_INFO_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of EDCH

information when the Huawei RNC interworks with a
non-Huawei RNC.
processing of EDCH information.
0: This switch is turned off. The original mechanism
applies without optimizing the processing of EDCH
information.
8)IUR_RL_REESTABLISHMENT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the RL re-establishment
when the Huawei RNC interworks with a non-Huawei
RNC.
RL re-establishment.
applies without optimizing the RL re-establishment.
9)CU_SRB_REEST_RLC_RECFG_OPT
Whether the RNC reconfigures the RLC encryption
parameters for the SRB after reestablishing the SRB
and reconfiguring the RLC during a cell update
procedure.
reconfigures the RLC encryption parameters for the
SRB.
does not reconfigure the RLC encryption parameters
for the SRB.
10)NON_UU_RLRSP_RL_RESET_SWTICH
Whether the active link re-establishment triggering
function takes effect before the RNC sends messages
over air interfaces in any of the following scenarios
requiring active link re-establishment:
UE ability query
Initial direct transfer
RAB assignment
Hard handovers
DCCC
Signaling link release
1: This switch is turned on. This function takes effect,
and the active link-re-establishment is triggered.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. This function does not

take effect, and the active link-re-establishment is not
triggered.
11)IUR_CMCH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether to resolve the inconsistency of common
channel information between the SRNC and DRNC.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The
inconsistency is resolved.
inconsistency is not resolved.
12)INTERRAT_HO_DATAFWD_TIMER_OPT_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC releases the UE's connection when
the RelocDataFwdTmr started upon the receipt of the
SRNS DATA FORWARD COMMAND message
expires.
releases the UE's connection when the
RelocDataFwdTmr started upon the receipt of the
expires.
does not release the UE's connection when the
expires.
13)DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLET
E
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO LINK DELETION
REQUEST message to the NodeB to remove the UE's
radio link when receiving an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE during
a Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) procedure.
sends a RADIO LINK DELETION REQUEST
message to the NodeB to remove the UE's radio link
when receiving an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
COMPLETE message from the UE during a DSCR
procedure.
when receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND
message from the CN during a DSCR procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
14)RNC_SUP_RELOC_CANCEL_WHEN_INTERR
UPT
Whether the RNC cancels a UE-not-involved
relocation procedure when any of the following occurs
before the RNC receives a RELOCATION
COMMAND message from the CN:
(1) The RNC receives from the CN a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, requesting the
establishment of a new RAB or the modification of an
existing RAB.
(2) The RNC receives from the UE an INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER message.
(3) The RNC receives from the CN a SECURITY
MODE COMMAND message.
cancels the UE-not-involved relocation procedure.
proceeds with the UE-not-involved relocation
procedure and waits for a RELOCATION
COMMAND message from the CN.
15)PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH(
Correct RL Reestablishment for PS RAB Modify)
Whether the RNC corrects the failure in RL
reestablishment triggering when the RNC does not
receive an ACK message from the UE during RB
reconfiguration for a PS RAB modification procedure.
corrects the failure in RL reestablishment triggering in
this scenario.
does not correct the failure in RL reestablishment
triggering in this scenario.
16)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_CNT_FIX_SWITCH(Correct
Meas when PS F2D Prior to CS Setup)
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of CS
service setup attempts and CS service setup delay for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state when
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH under the
"OptimizationSwitch6" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH is set to ON, the
number of CS service setup attempts and CS service

WCDMA RAN

nd
setup delay are measured starting from the time the

RNC receives an Initial Direct Transfer message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When
RNC sends an Initial Direct Transfer message to the
CN. The RNC sends an Initial Direct Transfer
message to the CN after the F2D state transition is
complete.
17)MAINTAIN_TWO_INTEGPROT_PARA_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC uses correct integrity protection
parameters to verify a message received from the UE
when a security mode procedure is initiated in both
the CS CN and PS CN and this procedure is
repeatedly initiated in at least one CN domain.
uses correct integrity protection parameters to verify a
message received from the UE.
uses the latest integrity protection parameters to verify
a message received from the UE.
18)RAB_ASSGINMENT_ATTEMPT_CORRECT_S
WITCH(Correct Measurement of RAB Assignment
Attempts)
Whether the RNC measures buffered RAB assignment
messages into RAB assignment attempts during
abnormal releases.
1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
measures buffered RAB assignment messages into
RAB assignment attempts during abnormal releases.
0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
does not measure buffered RAB assignment messages
into RAB assignment attempts during abnormal
releases.
19)IUB_HSDSCH_USER_PRIORITY_SEND_SWIT
CH
Whether the Iub interface message RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST contains the "USER-PRIORITY-
private" information element (IE) during a cell update
or DRD procedure initiated by an HSPA UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The Iub
interface message contains the "USER-PRIORITY-
private" IE during a cell update or DRD procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The Iub

interface message does not contain the "USER-
PRIORITY-private" IE during a cell update or DRD
procedure.
20)CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the CS service setup
delay for UEs that meet the following conditions: (1)
UEs are redirected from LTE to UMTS, and the RRC
connection request message sent by these UEs contain
the "Registration" IE. (2) UEs comply with versions
earlier than 3GPP Release 9.
optimizes the CS service setup delay for such UEs.
does not optimize the CS service setup delay for such
UEs.
This switch takes effect only when
CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH under the
"ImprovementSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
21)RAB_NORMREL_UEGEN_COUNTER_FIX_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of the
VS.RAB.NormRel.CS.UEGen and
VS.RAB.NormRel.PS.UEGen counters when the
following conditions are met: (1) The RRC connection
in a domain is released for a UE that is performing CS
+PS combined services. (2) The UE then initiates a
new service in the same domain and the service is
abnormally released.
corrects the measurement of the
VS.RAB.NormRel.PS.UEGen counters.
does not correct the measurement of the
22)REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_S
WITCH
Whether to enable CSFB UEs to support the anti-
pingpong function during U2L blind redirections.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The anti-
pingpong function is enabled for CSFB UEs during
U2L blind redirections. During a U2L blind

WCDMA RAN

nd
redirection on a CSFB UE, the RNC records the IMSI

of the UE as well as RRC connection release time
when sending an RRC connection release message to
the UE. If the UE sends a new RRC connection
request message to this RNC within 30 seconds, the
RNC determines that the UE has a ping-pong
problem.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The anti-
pingpong function is disabled for CSFB UEs during
redirection on a CSFB UE, the RNC records neither
the IMSI of the UE nor RRC release time when
sending an RRC connection release message to the
UE.
23)IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH(Iur
Seamless Paging Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC supports the Iur seamless paging
function when CS paging messages are forwarded by
the SGSN.
supports the Iur seamless paging function in this
scenario.
does not support the Iur seamless paging function in
this scenario.
24)PS_RB_PDP_PARALLEL_SWITCH (PS RB
Setup and PDP Activation Parallel Switch)
Whether to enable the parallel execution of RB setup
and PDP context activation for the first PS best effort
(BE) service initiated by the UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The parallel
execution of RB setup and PDP context activation is
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The parallel
disabled.
25) FIX_CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH
(Correct Meas of RAB Releases for CSFB UEs)
Whether to rectify the algorithm that the RNC
identifies a UE complying with 3GPP Release 8 as a
CSFB UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The identification
algorithm is rectified. The RNC identifies the UE that
meets the following conditions as a CSFB UE: (1) The
UE supports LTE. (2) The RRC CONNECTION

WCDMA RAN

nd
REQUEST message sent by the UE does not contain

the "PreRedirectionInfo" IE. (3) The first service
initiated by the UE is a CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The identification
algorithm is not rectified. The RNC identifies a UE
that meets the following conditions as a CSFB UE: (1)
The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message sent
by the UE does not contain the "PreRedirectionInfo"
IE. (2) The first service initiated by the UE is a CS
service.
26)WAITING_FOR_CN_REL_MSG_TIMER_OPT_
SWITCH(Waiting for CN Release Message Timer
Whether the RNC stops the timer for waiting for the
RAB release when receiving an RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message with "RABs To Be Released
List" from the CN during an RRC procedure.
stops the timer for waiting for the RAB release.
does not stop the timer for waiting for the RAB
release.
27)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_ENH_OPT_SWITCH(
Enhance Optimized CS Paging During Cell Update)
Whether the RNC optimizes its mechanism for
processing paging requests in the following scenarios.
Scenario 1: The UE does not respond to the CS paging
request but reports a CELL UPDATE message with a
cause value of paging response and an Establishment
cause IE whose value is not "Terminating
Conversational Call", or reports a CELL UPDATE
message with a cause value of cell reselection, re-
entered service area, or periodical cell update or a
URA UPDATE message. As a result, the CS paging
fails.
Scenario 2: If the PS paging request received by the
RNC is earlier than the CS paging request, the RNC
preferentially encodes the PS paging request. After
receiving the paging message, the UE responds only
to the first paging request. As a result, the UE does not
respond to the CS paging request that is later than the
PS paging request.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. In scenario 1,
the RNC immediately re-delivers the paging message
after processing the concurrent process of paging and

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell update. In scenario 2, the RNC preferentially

encodes the CS paging request.
maintains its original mechanism for processing
paging requests.
28)CS_RAB_REL_U2L_TRIG_ORDER_OPT_SWIT
CH(U2L Optimization Switch After IU CS Release)
Whether the RNC preferentially triggers the fast
return from UMTS to LTE procedure when the
conditions for triggering both the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover procedure
and the fast return from UMTS to LTE procedure are
met after CS service release.
preferentially triggers the fast return from UMTS to
LTE procedure.
preferentially triggers the service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection or handover procedure.
29)RB_FAST_SETUP_FAIL_COUNTER_OPT_SWI
TCH(Corret Measurement of RB Fast Setup Failures)
Whether the RNC measures
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.FastSetup,
VS.MultiRAB.AttEstabCS.FastSetup, or
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.FastSetup if cell update fails
during a fast radio bearer setup.
measures the related counter if cell update fails during
a fast radio bearer setup.
does not measure the related counter if cell update
fails during a fast radio bearer setup.
30)IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH(Iur
RL Response No Drnti Optimization Switch)
Whether the SRNC saves the DRNTI from the
UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION
message containing the DRNTI.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The SRNC
saves the DRNTI contained in the UPLINK
SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The SRNC
does not save the DRNTI contained in the UPLINK

WCDMA RAN

nd
31)MOCN_RIM_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH(MOCN_RI
M_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC compares the PLMNs contained in
the Reporting Cell Identifier IE in the DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message with the
PLMNs for the cell indicated by the cell ID in the
Reporting Cell Identifier IE,during the RIM
procedure, the PLMN contained in the "Reporting
Cell Identifier" IE in the DIRECT INFORMATION
TRANSFER message is the PLMN of a common
operator in RNC MOCN scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC compares the
PLMNs contained in the Reporting Cell Identifier IE
in the DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message with the PLMNs for the cell indicated by the
cell ID in the Reporting Cell Identifier IE, and
correctly parses the DIRECT INFORMATION
TRANSFER message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC compares the
message with the PLMN of the CN node that sends
the DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message,
and fails to correctly parse the DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message.
GUI Value Range:
MULTI_CSRAB_RBINVCFG_OPT_SWITCH,
RNSAP_TRANS_ADDR_CHECK_SWITCH,
NON_WAIT_UE_RESP_RNC_ABNORMAL_OPT_
SWITCH, DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
CORRECT_CELL_RAB_REL_COUNTER_SWITC
H, CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
ERGCH_EHICH_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
IUR_RL_REESTABLISHMENT_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_SRB_REEST_RLC_RECFG_OPT,
NON_UU_RLRSP_RL_RESET_SWTICH,
IUR_CMCH_OPT_SWITCH,
INTERRAT_HO_DATAFWD_TIMER_OPT_SWITC
H,
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE,
RNC_SUP_RELOC_CANCEL_WHEN_INTERRUP
T, PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH,
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
MAINTAIN_TWO_INTEGPROT_PARA_SWITCH,
RAB_ASSGINMENT_ATTEMPT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH,
IUB_HSDSCH_USER_PRIORITY_SEND_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
, CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH,
RAB_NORMREL_UEGEN_COUNTER_FIX_SWIT
CH,
REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_SWI
TCH, IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_RB_PDP_PARALLEL_SWITCH,
FIX_CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH,
WAITING_FOR_CN_REL_MSG_TIMER_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_ENH_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_RAB_REL_U2L_TRIG_ORDER_OPT_SWITC
H,
RB_FAST_SETUP_FAIL_COUNTER_OPT_SWITC
H, IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
MOCN_RIM_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SWITCH,
DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
T,
PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH,
TCH,
,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH,
CH,
TCH,
IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
H,
IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
MULTI_CSRAB_RBINVCFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNSAP_TRANS_ADDR_CHECK_SWITCH:
0,NON_WAIT_UE_RESP_RNC_ABNORMAL_OPT
_SWITCH:
0,DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CORRECT_CELL_RAB_REL_COUNTER_SWIT
CH:0,CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ERGCH_EHICH_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REESTABLISHMENT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_SRB_REEST_RLC_RECFG_OPT:
1,NON_UU_RLRSP_RL_RESET_SWTICH:
0,IUR_CMCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT_HO_DATAFWD_TIMER_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE:
0,RNC_SUP_RELOC_CANCEL_WHEN_INTERRU
PT:
1,PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH:
1,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,MAINTAIN_TWO_INTEGPROT_PARA_SWITC
H:
1,RAB_ASSGINMENT_ATTEMPT_CORRECT_SW
ITCH:
0,IUB_HSDSCH_USER_PRIORITY_SEND_SWITC
H:1,CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH:
0,RAB_NORMREL_UEGEN_COUNTER_FIX_SWI
TCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_S
WITCH:
0,IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_RB_PDP_PARALLEL_SWITCH:
0,FIX_CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:
0,WAITING_FOR_CN_REL_MSG_TIMER_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_RAB_REL_U2L_TRIG_ORDER_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,RB_FAST_SETUP_FAIL_COUNTER_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,MOCN_RIM_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Seamles Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 170104 s Paging 1)MULTI_CSRAB_RBINVCFG_OPT_SWITCH
tch9 RLSWI WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1
TCH Whether the RNC releases the UE's connection in the
010510 3.6/27.2 following scenario: The UE that already has a PS
WRFD- Kbps RAB attempts to set up a CS RAB, but the CS RAB
140226 RRC setup fails due to invalid configuration.
Connect
WRFD- ion and 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
140104 Radio releases the UE's connection.
Access 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
Bearer does not release the UE's connection.
Establis 2)RNSAP_TRANS_ADDR_CHECK_SWITCH
hment
and Whether the RNC checks the validity of the transport
Release layer addresses contained in response messages over
the Iur interface.
Fast
Return 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
from checks the validity of the transport layer addresses
UMTS contained in response messages over the Iur interface.
to LTE 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
Enhance does not check the validity of the transport layer
d addresses contained in response messages over the Iur
Combin interface.
ed 3)NON_WAIT_UE_RESP_RNC_ABNORMAL_OPT
Services _SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of an
abnormal procedure when the RNC is not waiting for
a response from the UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the switch
controlling radio link (RL) reestablishment is turned
on and the RNC is not waiting for a response from the
UE, the RNC completes the current procedure and
then triggers RL reestablishment in either of the
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If the RNC
is not waiting for a response from the UE, the RNC
releases the abnormal RLs in either of the following
conditions:

WCDMA RAN

nd

4)DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH
The function controlled by this parameter is
unavailable in the current version.
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of
counters for P2F state transitions.
optimizes the measurement of counters for P2F state
transitions. After the optimization, VS.DCCC.P2F.Att
+ VS.DCCC.URAP2F.Att =
does not optimize the measurement of counters for
P2F state transitions. VS.DCCC.P2F.Att +
VS.DCCC.URAP2F.Att <
5)CORRECT_CELL_RAB_REL_COUNTER_SWIT
CH
Whether to correct the measured values of related
performance counters when the RAB is abnormally
released during an HSDPA or HSUPA serving cell
change procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures the
the original serving cell for the serving cell change.
the target cell for the serving cell change.
6)CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC handles the service setup failure if a
cell update procedure occurs before the RNC sends a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message for a service setup
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC handles the
service setup failure, and services are set up
successfully.
0: This switch is turned off. The service setup failure
is not handled on the RNC, and services fails to be set
up.
7)ERGCH_EHICH_INFO_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of EDCH

information when the Huawei RNC interworks with a
non-Huawei RNC.
processing of EDCH information.
applies without optimizing the processing of EDCH
information.
8)IUR_RL_REESTABLISHMENT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the RL re-establishment
when the Huawei RNC interworks with a non-Huawei
RNC.
RL re-establishment.
applies without optimizing the RL re-establishment.
9)CU_SRB_REEST_RLC_RECFG_OPT
Whether the RNC reconfigures the RLC encryption
parameters for the SRB after reestablishing the SRB
and reconfiguring the RLC during a cell update
procedure.
reconfigures the RLC encryption parameters for the
SRB.
does not reconfigure the RLC encryption parameters
for the SRB.
10)NON_UU_RLRSP_RL_RESET_SWTICH
Whether the active link re-establishment triggering
function takes effect before the RNC sends messages
over air interfaces in any of the following scenarios
requiring active link re-establishment:
UE ability query
Initial direct transfer
RAB assignment
Hard handovers
DCCC
Signaling link release
1: This switch is turned on. This function takes effect,
and the active link-re-establishment is triggered.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. This function does not

take effect, and the active link-re-establishment is not
triggered.
11)IUR_CMCH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether to resolve the inconsistency of common
channel information between the SRNC and DRNC.
inconsistency is resolved.
inconsistency is not resolved.
12)INTERRAT_HO_DATAFWD_TIMER_OPT_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC releases the UE's connection when
the RelocDataFwdTmr started upon the receipt of the
expires.
releases the UE's connection when the
expires.
does not release the UE's connection when the
expires.
13)DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLET
E
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO LINK DELETION
REQUEST message to the NodeB to remove the UE's
radio link when receiving an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE during
a Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) procedure.
when receiving an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
COMPLETE message from the UE during a DSCR
procedure.
when receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND
message from the CN during a DSCR procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
14)RNC_SUP_RELOC_CANCEL_WHEN_INTERR
UPT
Whether the RNC cancels a UE-not-involved
relocation procedure when any of the following occurs
before the RNC receives a RELOCATION
COMMAND message from the CN:
(1) The RNC receives from the CN a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, requesting the
establishment of a new RAB or the modification of an
existing RAB.
(2) The RNC receives from the UE an INITIAL
(3) The RNC receives from the CN a SECURITY
MODE COMMAND message.
cancels the UE-not-involved relocation procedure.
proceeds with the UE-not-involved relocation
procedure and waits for a RELOCATION
COMMAND message from the CN.
15)PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH(
Correct RL Reestablishment for PS RAB Modify)
Whether the RNC corrects the failure in RL
reestablishment triggering when the RNC does not
receive an ACK message from the UE during RB
reconfiguration for a PS RAB modification procedure.
corrects the failure in RL reestablishment triggering in
this scenario.
does not correct the failure in RL reestablishment
triggering in this scenario.
16)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_CNT_FIX_SWITCH(Correct
Meas when PS F2D Prior to CS Setup)
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of CS
service setup attempts and CS service setup delay for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state when
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH under the

WCDMA RAN

nd

RNC receives an Initial Direct Transfer message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When
RNC sends an Initial Direct Transfer message to the
CN. The RNC sends an Initial Direct Transfer
message to the CN after the F2D state transition is
complete.
17)MAINTAIN_TWO_INTEGPROT_PARA_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC uses correct integrity protection
parameters to verify a message received from the UE
when a security mode procedure is initiated in both
the CS CN and PS CN and this procedure is
repeatedly initiated in at least one CN domain.
uses correct integrity protection parameters to verify a
message received from the UE.
uses the latest integrity protection parameters to verify
a message received from the UE.
18)RAB_ASSGINMENT_ATTEMPT_CORRECT_S
WITCH(Correct Measurement of RAB Assignment
Attempts)
Whether the RNC measures buffered RAB assignment
messages into RAB assignment attempts during
abnormal releases.
1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
measures buffered RAB assignment messages into
RAB assignment attempts during abnormal releases.
0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
does not measure buffered RAB assignment messages
into RAB assignment attempts during abnormal
releases.
19)IUB_HSDSCH_USER_PRIORITY_SEND_SWIT
CH
Whether the Iub interface message RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST contains the "USER-PRIORITY-
private" information element (IE) during a cell update
or DRD procedure initiated by an HSPA UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The Iub
interface message contains the "USER-PRIORITY-
private" IE during a cell update or DRD procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The Iub

interface message does not contain the "USER-
PRIORITY-private" IE during a cell update or DRD
procedure.
20)CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the CS service setup
delay for UEs that meet the following conditions: (1)
UEs are redirected from LTE to UMTS, and the RRC
connection request message sent by these UEs contain
the "Registration" IE. (2) UEs comply with versions
earlier than 3GPP Release 9.
optimizes the CS service setup delay for such UEs.
does not optimize the CS service setup delay for such
UEs.
This switch takes effect only when
CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH under the
"ImprovementSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
21)RAB_NORMREL_UEGEN_COUNTER_FIX_S
WITCH
VS.RAB.NormRel.PS.UEGen counters when the
following conditions are met: (1) The RRC connection
in a domain is released for a UE that is performing CS
+PS combined services. (2) The UE then initiates a
new service in the same domain and the service is
abnormally released.
corrects the measurement of the
does not correct the measurement of the
22)REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_S
WITCH
Whether to enable CSFB UEs to support the anti-
pingpong function during U2L blind redirections.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The anti-
pingpong function is enabled for CSFB UEs during

WCDMA RAN

nd
redirection on a CSFB UE, the RNC records the IMSI

of the UE as well as RRC connection release time
when sending an RRC connection release message to
the UE. If the UE sends a new RRC connection
request message to this RNC within 30 seconds, the
RNC determines that the UE has a ping-pong
problem.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The anti-
pingpong function is disabled for CSFB UEs during
redirection on a CSFB UE, the RNC records neither
the IMSI of the UE nor RRC release time when
sending an RRC connection release message to the
UE.
23)IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH(Iur
Seamless Paging Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC supports the Iur seamless paging
function when CS paging messages are forwarded by
the SGSN.
supports the Iur seamless paging function in this
scenario.
does not support the Iur seamless paging function in
this scenario.
24)PS_RB_PDP_PARALLEL_SWITCH (PS RB
Setup and PDP Activation Parallel Switch)
Whether to enable the parallel execution of RB setup
and PDP context activation for the first PS best effort
(BE) service initiated by the UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The parallel
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The parallel
disabled.
25) FIX_CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH
(Correct Meas of RAB Releases for CSFB UEs)
Whether to rectify the algorithm that the RNC
identifies a UE complying with 3GPP Release 8 as a
CSFB UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The identification
algorithm is rectified. The RNC identifies the UE that
meets the following conditions as a CSFB UE: (1) The
UE supports LTE. (2) The RRC CONNECTION

WCDMA RAN

nd
REQUEST message sent by the UE does not contain

the "PreRedirectionInfo" IE. (3) The first service
initiated by the UE is a CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The identification
algorithm is not rectified. The RNC identifies a UE
that meets the following conditions as a CSFB UE: (1)
The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message sent
by the UE does not contain the "PreRedirectionInfo"
IE. (2) The first service initiated by the UE is a CS
service.
26)WAITING_FOR_CN_REL_MSG_TIMER_OPT_
SWITCH(Waiting for CN Release Message Timer
Whether the RNC stops the timer for waiting for the
RAB release when receiving an RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message with "RABs To Be Released
List" from the CN during an RRC procedure.
stops the timer for waiting for the RAB release.
does not stop the timer for waiting for the RAB
release.
27)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_ENH_OPT_SWITCH(
Enhance Optimized CS Paging During Cell Update)
Whether the RNC optimizes its mechanism for
processing paging requests in the following scenarios.
Scenario 1: The UE does not respond to the CS paging
request but reports a CELL UPDATE message with a
cause value of paging response and an Establishment
cause IE whose value is not "Terminating
Conversational Call", or reports a CELL UPDATE
message with a cause value of cell reselection, re-
entered service area, or periodical cell update or a
URA UPDATE message. As a result, the CS paging
fails.
Scenario 2: If the PS paging request received by the
RNC is earlier than the CS paging request, the RNC
preferentially encodes the PS paging request. After
receiving the paging message, the UE responds only
to the first paging request. As a result, the UE does not
respond to the CS paging request that is later than the
PS paging request.
the RNC immediately re-delivers the paging message
after processing the concurrent process of paging and

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell update. In scenario 2, the RNC preferentially

encodes the CS paging request.
maintains its original mechanism for processing
paging requests.
28)CS_RAB_REL_U2L_TRIG_ORDER_OPT_SWIT
CH(U2L Optimization Switch After IU CS Release)
Whether the RNC preferentially triggers the fast
return from UMTS to LTE procedure when the
conditions for triggering both the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover procedure
and the fast return from UMTS to LTE procedure are
met after CS service release.
preferentially triggers the fast return from UMTS to
LTE procedure.
preferentially triggers the service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection or handover procedure.
29)RB_FAST_SETUP_FAIL_COUNTER_OPT_SWI
TCH(Corret Measurement of RB Fast Setup Failures)
Whether the RNC measures
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.FastSetup,
VS.MultiRAB.AttEstabCS.FastSetup, or
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.FastSetup if cell update fails
during a fast radio bearer setup.
measures the related counter if cell update fails during
a fast radio bearer setup.
does not measure the related counter if cell update
fails during a fast radio bearer setup.
30)IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH(Iur
RL Response No Drnti Optimization Switch)
Whether the SRNC saves the DRNTI from the
UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION
message containing the DRNTI.
saves the DRNTI contained in the UPLINK
does not save the DRNTI contained in the UPLINK

WCDMA RAN

nd
31)MOCN_RIM_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH(MOCN_RI
M_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC compares the PLMNs contained in
the Reporting Cell Identifier IE in the DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message with the
PLMNs for the cell indicated by the cell ID in the
Reporting Cell Identifier IE,during the RIM
procedure, the PLMN contained in the "Reporting
Cell Identifier" IE in the DIRECT INFORMATION
TRANSFER message is the PLMN of a common
operator in RNC MOCN scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC compares the
message with the PLMNs for the cell indicated by the
cell ID in the Reporting Cell Identifier IE, and
correctly parses the DIRECT INFORMATION
TRANSFER message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC compares the
message with the PLMN of the CN node that sends
the DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message,
and fails to correctly parse the DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message.
GUI Value Range:
SWITCH, DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
H, CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
T, PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
, CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH,
CH,
TCH, IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
H, IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SWITCH,
DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
T,
PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH,
TCH,
,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH,
CH,
TCH,
IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
H,
IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
MULTI_CSRAB_RBINVCFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNSAP_TRANS_ADDR_CHECK_SWITCH:
0,NON_WAIT_UE_RESP_RNC_ABNORMAL_OPT
_SWITCH:
0,DCCC_P2F_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CORRECT_CELL_RAB_REL_COUNTER_SWIT
CH:0,CU_RAB_NON_RB_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ERGCH_EHICH_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REESTABLISHMENT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_SRB_REEST_RLC_RECFG_OPT:
1,NON_UU_RLRSP_RL_RESET_SWTICH:
0,IUR_CMCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT_HO_DATAFWD_TIMER_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE:
0,RNC_SUP_RELOC_CANCEL_WHEN_INTERRU
PT:
1,PS_RAB_MODIFY_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH:
1,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,MAINTAIN_TWO_INTEGPROT_PARA_SWITC
H:
1,RAB_ASSGINMENT_ATTEMPT_CORRECT_SW
ITCH:
0,IUB_HSDSCH_USER_PRIORITY_SEND_SWITC
H:1,CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH:
0,RAB_NORMREL_UEGEN_COUNTER_FIX_SWI
TCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_S
WITCH:
0,IUR_SEAMLESS_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_RB_PDP_PARALLEL_SWITCH:
0,FIX_CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:
0,WAITING_FOR_CN_REL_MSG_TIMER_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_RAB_REL_U2L_TRIG_ORDER_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,RB_FAST_SETUP_FAIL_COUNTER_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,IUR_RL_RSP_NON_DRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,MOCN_RIM_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH:1
U2LBlin BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Timer during which blind redirections to an
dRedirPi 0 UHOCO LTE network are prevented. If a UE performed a blind
ngpong MM redirection to an LTE network within 30 seconds
Timer before its request to establish a PS service in the
UMTS network, the RNC penalizes the UE for a
period set by this parameter. Within the penalty
period, the UE is not allowed to shift to the LTE
network through a blind redirection.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
U2LBlin BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Timer during which blind redirections to an
dRedirPi 0 UHOCO LTE network are prevented. If a UE performed a blind
ngpong MM redirection to an LTE network within 30 seconds
Timer before its request to establish a PS service in the
UMTS network, the RNC penalizes the UE for a
period set by this parameter. Within the penalty
period, the UE is not allowed to shift to the LTE
network through a blind redirection.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60

WCDMA RAN

nd
EUTRA BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to allow
NSHIN 0 UTYPR 020129 Based the service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to
D ABBAS WRFD- PS LTE.
IC 020126 Service GUI Value Range:
MOD Redirect HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
UTYPR ion from HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
ABBAS UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
IC
Mobility Actual Value Range:
Between HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
UMTS HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
and LTE Default Value:
Phase 1 HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
EUTRA BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to allow
NSHIN 0 UTYPR 020129 Based the service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to
D ABBAS WRFD- PS LTE.
IC 020126 Service GUI Value Range:
MOD Redirect HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
UTYPR ion from HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
ABBAS UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
IC
Mobility Actual Value Range:
Between HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
UMTS HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
and LTE Default Value:
Phase 1 HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 140218 Based 1.
tch6 MPARA WRFD- PS PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
0204000 Handov CH: Whether to use the Cell ID+RTT positing method
1 er from for MR collection if the AGPS fails. RTT is short for
UMTS round trip time and AGPS is short for Assisted Global
WRFD- to LTE Positioning System. When this switch is set to ON, the
020202
Intra Cell ID+RTT positing method can be used for MR
WRFD- System collection if the AGPS fails. When this switch is set to
010652 Direct OFF, the Cell ID+RTT positing method cannot be
WRFD- Retry used for MR collection if the AGPS fails. This switch
150217 Intra is set to off by default.
WRFD- RNC 2.
010502 Soft PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
Handov TCH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- function identifies the RRC connection setup request
er
171201 whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
SRB
WRFD- Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
over
1502010 or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
HSDPA
1 connection setup request for PS services. When this
Load switch is set to ON, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- Based function identifies the RRC connection setup request
020120 PS whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
WRFD- Handov Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
150219 er from or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
WRFD- UMTS connection setup request for PS services. When this
0204000 to LTE switch is set to OFF, the service-based RRC
3 Streami redirection function does not identify the RRC
ng QoS connection setup request whose cause value is
WRFD- "Originating High Priority Signalling", "Terminating
010632 Class
High Priority Signalling", or "Originating Subscribed
Crystal
WRFD- Traffic Call" as an RRC connection setup request for
Voice in
0204000 PS services.
Deep
5 3.
Coverag
WRFD- e PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
020306 CH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
Macro function identifies PS services initiated by UEs
WRFD- & Micro complying with 3GPP Release 5. When this switch is
020400 Joint set to ON, the service-based RRC redirection function
WRFD- Inter- identifies PS services initiated by a UE complying
150216 frequenc with 3GPP Release 5 as HSPA PS services. When this
y switch is set to OFF, the service-based RRC
WRFD- Redirect
020129 redirection function does not identify PS services
ion initiated by a UE complying with 3GPP Release 5. As
WRFD- Service a result, PS services initiated by this type of UE will
020303 Steering not be redirected.
WRFD- and
020305 Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Sharing 4.
150220 in RRC PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
WRFD- Connect CH: Whether RRC redirection or directed retry
010630 ion decision (DRD) can be initiated to a cell operating in
Setup the U2100 frequency band. When this switch is set to
Coverag ON, RRC redirection or DRD can be initiated from a
e Based cell operating in other frequency bands to a cell
PS operating in the U2100 frequency band. When this
Redirect switch is set to OFF, RRC redirection or DRD can
ion from only be initiated to a cell operating in the same
UMTS frequency band as the source cell.
to LTE 5.
PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
Inter
H: Whether the RNC optimizes the delivery of
System
downlink DPCH channel code number during
Redirect
downlink DPCH reconfiguration. 1: When this switch
Streami is set to ON, if the number of downlink DPCH
ng channel codes before downlink DPCH reconfiguration
Traffic is different from that after downlink DPCH
Class on reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers the DPCH
HSUPA channel code number. 0: When this switch is set to
Inter- OFF, if the number of downlink DPCH channel codes
Frequen before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is different
cy from the number of downlink spreading factors after
Redirect downlink DPCH reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers
ion the DPCH channel code number.
Based 6.
on PERFENH_SRNSR_IUB_DM_TERMIN_OPT_SWI
Distance TCH: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) stops the
Inter- ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
RAT serving RNC (SRNC) after a static relocation. When
Handov this switch is set to ON, the DRNC does not stop the
er Based ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
on Load SRNC after a static relocation. When this switch is set
to OFF, the DRNC stops all the ongoing dedicated
DRD
measurement control started by the SRNC after a
Introduc
static relocation and the NodeB sends a dedicated
tion
measurement error message with a cause value of
Package
"semantic error" for the deleted radio links.
Load 7.
Based PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
PS TCH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on inter-
Redirect RAT handover failures. When this switch is set to ON,
ion from the RNC imposes penalty only on inter-RAT handover
UMTS failure messages returned through the Iu interface.
to LTE When this switch is turned off, if
Service- PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_UUFAIL_PENALTY_S
Based W under the PerfEnhanceSwitch8 parameter in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS SET UCORRMPARA command is selected, the

Service setting of
Redirect PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_UUFAIL_PENALTY_S
ion from W prevails. Otherwise, the RNC imposes penalty on
UMTS all types of inter-RAT handover failures.
to LTE 8. PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether
Inter- the enhanced differentiated QoS management function
RAT takes effect. When this switch is set to ON, the
Handov enhanced differentiated QoS management function
er Based takes effect. The "SET UUSERINTEGPRIO" or
on "ADD UOPERUSERINTEGPRIO" command is used
Coverag to set the integrated user priority and specify the
e sequence for queuing, preemption, load reshuffling
Inter- (LDR), and overload control (OLC). The "SET
RAT USCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" or "ADD
Handov UOPERSCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" command is used
er Based to set the mapping information of enhanced
on scheduling priorities. The "SET UUSERGBREX" or
Service "ADD UOPERUSERGBREX" command is used to
set the enhanced guaranteed bit rates (GBRs). When
Coverag this switch is set to OFF, the enhanced differentiated
e Based QoS management function does not take effect.
PS
Handov 9.
er from PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWI
UMTS TCH: Whether an SRB D2H channel switch can be
to LTE triggered only by using the coverage- and load-based
algorithm for dynamically reconfiguring the bearer
Streami channels for downlink SRBs after an SRB H2D
ng channel switch not by triggered by using this
Traffic algorithm. H2D is short for HS-DSCH to DCH.
Class on
HSDPA When this switch is set to ON, the SRB D2H channel
switch can only be triggered by using this algorithm in
the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to
OFF, the SRB D2H channel switch can be triggered
by using periodic retry or other reconfiguration
algorithms in the preceding scenario.
10.
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage- and load-based algorithm for
dynamically reconfiguring the bearer channels for
downlink SRBs considers code resource usage when
determining the load condition.
When this switch is set to ON, code resource usage is
considered during load condition decision. When this
switch is set to OFF, code resource usage is not
considered during load condition decision.

WCDMA RAN

nd
11.
PERFENH_HOPRIOMEASTIMER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC restarts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer before delivering an inter-
frequency measurement control message. When this
switch is set to ON for scenarios where inter-
frequency handovers are preferentially performed
compared with inter-RAT handovers, the RNC starts
the preferential inter-frequency handover timer during
compressed mode pre-configuration, and then restarts
this timer before delivering an inter-frequency
measurement control message. When this switch is set
to OFF for scenarios where inter-frequency handovers
are preferentially performed compared with inter-RAT
handovers, the RNC starts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer only during compressed
mode pre-configuration.
12.
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC deactivates the compressed mode
during the setup of measurement control for intra-
frequency events. When this switch is set to ON, the
RNC deactivates the activated compressed mode
frequency events only when the current procedure is
incoming relocation. When this switch is set to OFF,
the original processing applies, that is, the RNC
deactivates the activated compressed mode during the
setup of measurement control for intra-frequency
events in spite of the current procedure.
13.
PERFENH_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_ULRMA_OPT_
SWITCH: When this switch is set to ON, the uplink
RMA optimization function takes effect. Then the
RNC decreases the value of the RMA factor for
substream A, whereas increases the values of RMC
factors for substreams B and C when processing
transmission channel data. When this switch is set to
OFF, the uplink RMA optimization function does not
take effect.
14.
PERFENH_CSPS_CACFAIL_PSBE_DOWN_0K_S
WITCH: Whether the new CS service that has failed
to be admitted can perform another admission attempt
in CS+PS combined service scenarios after PS BE
services have been switched to DCH 0 kbit/s. When
this switch is turned on in CS+PS combined service
scenarios where PS services exist and new CS RABs

WCDMA RAN

nd
are to be established, the new CS service that has

failed to be admitted can perform another admission
attempt after PS BE services have been switched to
DCH 0 kbit/s. If the admission fails again and the
[UQUEUEPREEMPT:PreemptEnhSwitch]PREEMPT
_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SWITCH is
turned off, PS BE services will perform preemption at
a rate of 0 kbit/s on the DCH. When this switch is
turned off, PS BE services cannot have a rate
reduction to 0 kbit/s to allow the new CS service to
perform admission attempts.
Note:In scenarios where UEs with CS+PS combined
services perform soft handovers, if PS services are
initially carried on the HSUPA channel, the function is
supported only when the function of E2D after failed
soft handovers is enabled by setting the
[UINTRAFREQHO :SoftFailE2Dswitch] to ON.
15. PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the typical parameter configuration for high-
speed PS streaming services function takes effect.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC supports
high-speed PS streaming services. The RNC
configures Uu-interface bandwidth which is equal to
or close to the maximum bit rate (MBR) of streaming
services based on Radio Access Network (RAN) and
UE capabilities during the access of high-speed PS
streaming services, and Iu QoS negotiation/
renegotiation fails to take effect.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, streaming services
with a data rate higher than 384 kbit/s are unavailable
during the access of PS streaming services.
16.
PERFENH_CACFAIL_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_S
WITCH: Whether to use the anti-pingpong
mechanism for the RRC redirection triggered after an
admission failure. When this switch is set to OFF, the
RNC does not use the anti-pingpong mechanism for
the RRC redirection triggered after an admission
failure. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC uses
the anti-pingpong mechanism for the RRC redirection
triggered after an admission failure.
17.
PERFENH_RRCDRD_CELL_RANDOM_SEL_SWI
TCH: Whether a candidate cell in the RRC DRD
algorithm is randomly selected.
1: When this switch is turned on and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is

WCDMA RAN

nd
randomly selected for access if multiple candidate

DRD target cells exist.
0: When this switch is turned off and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is selected
for access based on the sequence of neighboring cells
for the current cell if multiple candidate DRD target
cells exist.
18.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC uses the rate limit for AMR
services (including wideband and narrowband AMR
services) as the maximum Uu-interface rate for AMR
services when IuUP V2 is used.
1: When this switch is set to ON and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the maximum rate assigned by the CN
as the downlink rate for AMR services during AMR
service setup. After the AMR service setup, a Uu-
interface AMR service reconfiguration procedure is
initiated in subsequent procedures,and the RNC uses
the rate configured for gold, silver, or copper users as
the maximum Uu-interface downlink rate for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to OFF and IuUP V2 is
used, the RNC uses the rate set assigned by the CN as
the downlink rate set for AMR services and does not
use the rate configured for gold, silver, or copper users
as the maximum Uu-interface downlink rate for AMR
services.
Note: 1.This function takes effect only when the AMR
Rate Control (AMRC) feature is activated.
2. Rate modes for gold, silver, and copper users can be
set using the following commands: SET UAMRC,
SET UAMRCWB, ADD UCELLAMRC/MOD
UCELLAMRC, and ADD UCELLAMRCWB/MOD
UCELLAMRCWB.
19.
PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITC
H: Whether to use symmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration for AMR services (including
both wideband and narrowband AMR services).
1: When this switch is set to ON, symmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration is used for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, asymmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration can be used for
AMR services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Note: 1. When this switch is set to ON, LDR-triggered

rate reduction cannot be performed during initial
AMR service access. 2. If the current user is in the
AMRC blacklist, asymmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration can be used even When this
switch is set to ON. Users in the AMRC blacklist can
be set according to the help document of the
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC command. 3. This function
takes effect only when the AMRC feature is activated.
When IuUP Version 2 is used, the AMRC rate set
extension function must also be enabled to ensure
symmetric rate sets. You can run the following
commands to set the AMRC rate set extension
function for WB-AMR and NB-AMR services,
respectively:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_R
ATESET_EXT_SWITCH-1;
20.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing when the available AMR rate set parsed by
the RNC is inconsistent with that assigned by the CN
during an incoming static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to ON and IUUP V2 is
used, the RNC performs an IUUP initialization based
on the rate set assigned by the CN during an incoming
static relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
0: When this switch is set to OFF and IUUP V2 is
on the available AMR rate set parsed by the RNC
during an incoming static relocation if any
inconsistency occurs.
21.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_SW
ITCH: Whether to allow UEs that have performed a
Uu-interface AMR rate mode reconfiguration
(including wideband and narrowband AMR services)
to perform an outgoing static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to ON, UEs that have
performed a Uu-interface AMR rate mode
reconfiguration (including wideband and narrowband
AMR services) can perform an outgoing static
relocation.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to OFF, UEs that have

AMR services) cannot perform an outgoing static
relocation.
22.
PERFENH_MR_RTT_MEAS_NON_SMLCCELL_S
WITCH: Whether the startup of round trip time (RTT)
measurement in the MR depends on the configuring of
the serving mobile location center (SMLC) cell for the
best cell of UEs (the SMLC cell can be added for the
best cell by running the "ADD USMLCCELL"
command). When this switch is turned on, startup of
the RTT measurement in the MR does not depend on
the configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of
UEs. When this switch is turned off, startup of the
RTT measurement in the MR depends on the
configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of UEs.
23.
PERFENH_SRBODCH_ERR_TB_RSCP_STAT_SW
ITCH: Switch determining whether the following
RSCP-related counters are measured when a block
error message is received in SRB over DCH
scenarios: VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MeanRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MinRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTbNum.RSCP.0/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTbNum.RSCP.6.
1: This switch is turned on and the preceding counters
are measured.
0: This switch is turned off and the preceding counters
are not measured.
24.
PERFENH_HSDPA_4AMEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITC
H: Whether the optimized measurement algorithm
takes effect for HSDPA event 4A.
1: This switch is turned on. L2 reports event 4A when
either the current HSDPA traffic volume or the
maximum HSDPA traffic volume in the current
measurement period is higher than the threshold for
triggering event 4A.
0: This switch is turned off. L2 reports event 4A only
when both the current HSDPA traffic volume and the

WCDMA RAN

nd

25.
PERFENH_EDCH_THROU_ULDL_RATE_UP_OP
T_SW: Whether the RNC increases the downlink data
rate to the downlink DCCC threshold during
bidirectional rate increase if the following conditions
are met: PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH in
[UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1] is set to on
and the downlink is in the low activity state; The RNC
first receives an event 4A measurement report during
E-DCH throughput measurement and then performs
bidirectional rate increase.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the downlink DCCC
threshold during bidirectional rate increase when the
downlink is in the low activity state.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the uplink DCCC threshold
during bidirectional rate increase when the downlink
is in the low activity state.
26.
PERFENH_SERV_DIFF_ZERO_PRIO_HSPA_OPT_
SW:Whether HSPA services can be released when the
HSPA service priority in the current cell is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, HSPA services can be
released (when the HSPA service priority in the
current cell is set to 0). When this switch is turned off,
HSPA services cannot be released (when the HSPA
service priority in the current cell is set to 0).
27.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC automatically identifies
terminals subscribed to an LTE network and allows
them to perform coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
(U2L) redirections or handovers.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC stores the
information about terminals redirected or handed over
from LTE to UMTS, for a long period. During this
period, the RNC identifies these terminals as
subscribed terminals and only allows subscribed
terminals to perform coverage-based U2L redirections
or handovers.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows all
or handovers.

WCDMA RAN

nd
28.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC automatically identifies
them to perform service-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
terminals to perform service-based U2L redirections
or handovers.
0: When this switch is turned off, if
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_S
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned on, the
RNC allows only terminals redirected or handed over
from LTE to UMTS to perform service-based U2L
redirections or handovers, if
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned off, the
RNC allows all terminals to perform service-based
U2L redirections or handovers.
29.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWIT
them to perform load-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
terminals to perform load-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
handovers.
30.
PERFENH_HO_TARG_3GCELL_AVAILABLE_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC checks the status of the
target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the
status of the target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
The RNC can perform an intra-RAT handover to the
target cell only if this cell is activated and not blocked.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not

check the status of the target cell during an intra-RAT
handover.
31.
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe
r messages involved in the D2F and F2D state
transition processes are optimized.
1: When this switch is turned on, the "RB MAPPING
info" IE under SRB in the RB RECFG and RB
SETUP messages involved in the D2F and F2D state
transition processes is optimized, and the two
messages do not carry the "utran-DRX-
CycleLengthCoeff", "maxAllowedUL-TX-Power",
and "cell-id" IEs.
0: When this switch is turned off, the IEs in the RB
RECFG and RB SETUP messages involved in the
D2F and F2D state transition processes are not
optimized.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
CH,
H,
PERFENH_SRNSR_IUB_DM_TERMIN_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HOPRIOMEASTIMER_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH, PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
CH:0,
TCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:0,
CH:0,
H:0,
TCH:0,
TCH:1, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:1,
0,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:1,
SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
T_SW:0,
SW:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

tch6 MPARA WRFD- PS PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
0204000 Redirect CH: Whether to use the Cell ID+RTT positing method
1 ion from for MR collection if the AGPS fails. RTT is short for
UMTS round trip time and AGPS is short for Assisted Global
WRFD- to LTE
020202 Positioning System. When this switch is set to ON, the
Intra Cell ID+RTT positing method can be used for MR
WRFD- System collection if the AGPS fails. When this switch is set to
150217 Direct OFF, the Cell ID+RTT positing method cannot be
WRFD- Retry used for MR collection if the AGPS fails. This switch
010202 Intra is set to off by default.
WRFD- RNC 2.
180201 Soft PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
WRFD- Handov TCH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
171201 er function identifies the RRC connection setup request
Load whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
WRFD- Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
1502010 Based
PS or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
1 connection setup request for PS services. When this
Handov
WRFD- er from switch is set to ON, the service-based RRC redirection
020120 UMTS function identifies the RRC connection setup request
WRFD- to LTE whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
150219 Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
UE or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
WRFD- State in connection setup request for PS services. When this
0204000 Connect switch is set to OFF, the service-based RRC
3 ed Mode redirection function does not identify the RRC
WRFD- (CELL- connection setup request whose cause value is
140218 DCH, "Originating High Priority Signalling", "Terminating
CELL- High Priority Signalling", or "Originating Subscribed
WRFD- PCH,
0204000 Traffic Call" as an RRC connection setup request for
URA- PS services.
5 PCH,
WRFD- CELL- 3.
020400 FACH) PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
CH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- Improve function identifies PS services initiated by UEs
020129 d Uplink complying with 3GPP Release 5. When this switch is
WRFD- Coverag set to ON, the service-based RRC redirection function
010502 e for identifies PS services initiated by a UE complying
SRB with 3GPP Release 5 as HSPA PS services. When this
WRFD- over
0106111 switch is set to OFF, the service-based RRC
DCH redirection function does not identify PS services
1
Crystal initiated by a UE complying with 3GPP Release 5. As
WRFD- Voice in a result, PS services initiated by this type of UE will
010632 Deep not be redirected.
WRFD- Coverag
150220 e

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Macro 4.
010630 & Micro PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
Joint CH: Whether RRC redirection or directed retry
Inter- decision (DRD) can be initiated to a cell operating in
frequenc the U2100 frequency band. When this switch is set to
y ON, RRC redirection or DRD can be initiated from a
Redirect cell operating in other frequency bands to a cell
ion operating in the U2100 frequency band. When this
Service switch is set to OFF, RRC redirection or DRD can
Steering only be initiated to a cell operating in the same
and frequency band as the source cell.
Load 5.
Sharing PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
in RRC H: Whether the RNC optimizes the delivery of
Connect downlink DPCH channel code number during
ion downlink DPCH reconfiguration. 1: When this switch
Setup is set to ON, if the number of downlink DPCH
Coverag channel codes before downlink DPCH reconfiguration
e Based is different from that after downlink DPCH
PS reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers the DPCH
Redirect channel code number. 0: When this switch is set to
ion from OFF, if the number of downlink DPCH channel codes
UMTS before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is different
to LTE from the number of downlink spreading factors after
downlink DPCH reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers
Inter the DPCH channel code number.
System
Redirect 6.
Service- TCH: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) stops the
Based ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
PS serving RNC (SRNC) after a static relocation. When
Handov this switch is set to ON, the DRNC does not stop the
er from ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
UMTS SRNC after a static relocation. When this switch is set
to LTE to OFF, the DRNC stops all the ongoing dedicated
Inter- measurement control started by the SRNC after a
Frequen static relocation and the NodeB sends a dedicated
cy measurement error message with a cause value of
Redirect "semantic error" for the deleted radio links.
ion 7.
Based PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
on TCH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on inter-
Distance RAT handover failures. When this switch is set to ON,
DRD the RNC imposes penalty only on inter-RAT handover
Introduc failure messages returned through the Iu interface.
tion When this switch is turned off, if
Package PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_UUFAIL_PENALTY_S
W under the PerfEnhanceSwitch8 parameter in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
Service- SET UCORRMPARA command is selected, the

Based setting of
PS PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_UUFAIL_PENALTY_S
Service W prevails. Otherwise, the RNC imposes penalty on
Redirect all types of inter-RAT handover failures.
ion from 8. PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether
UMTS the enhanced differentiated QoS management function
to LTE takes effect. When this switch is set to ON, the
Streami enhanced differentiated QoS management function
ng QoS takes effect. The "SET UUSERINTEGPRIO" or
Class "ADD UOPERUSERINTEGPRIO" command is used
HSDPA to set the integrated user priority and specify the
State sequence for queuing, preemption, load reshuffling
Transiti (LDR), and overload control (OLC). The "SET
on USCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" or "ADD
UOPERSCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" command is used
Streami to set the mapping information of enhanced
ng scheduling priorities. The "SET UUSERGBREX" or
Traffic "ADD UOPERUSERGBREX" command is used to
Class on set the enhanced guaranteed bit rates (GBRs). When
HSUPA this switch is set to OFF, the enhanced differentiated
Coverag QoS management function does not take effect.
e Based 9.
PS PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWI
Handov TCH: Whether an SRB D2H channel switch can be
er from triggered only by using the coverage- and load-based
UMTS algorithm for dynamically reconfiguring the bearer
to LTE channels for downlink SRBs after an SRB H2D
Streami channel switch not by triggered by using this
ng algorithm. H2D is short for HS-DSCH to DCH.
Traffic When this switch is set to ON, the SRB D2H channel
Class on switch can only be triggered by using this algorithm in
HSDPA the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to
OFF, the SRB D2H channel switch can be triggered
by using periodic retry or other reconfiguration
algorithms in the preceding scenario.
10.
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage- and load-based algorithm for
dynamically reconfiguring the bearer channels for
downlink SRBs considers code resource usage when
determining the load condition.
When this switch is set to ON, code resource usage is
considered during load condition decision. When this
switch is set to OFF, code resource usage is not
considered during load condition decision.

WCDMA RAN

nd
11.
Whether the RNC restarts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer before delivering an inter-
frequency measurement control message. When this
switch is set to ON for scenarios where inter-
frequency handovers are preferentially performed
compared with inter-RAT handovers, the RNC starts
the preferential inter-frequency handover timer during
compressed mode pre-configuration, and then restarts
this timer before delivering an inter-frequency
measurement control message. When this switch is set
to OFF for scenarios where inter-frequency handovers
are preferentially performed compared with inter-RAT
handovers, the RNC starts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer only during compressed
mode pre-configuration.
12.
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC deactivates the compressed mode
frequency events. When this switch is set to ON, the
RNC deactivates the activated compressed mode
frequency events only when the current procedure is
incoming relocation. When this switch is set to OFF,
the original processing applies, that is, the RNC
deactivates the activated compressed mode during the
setup of measurement control for intra-frequency
events in spite of the current procedure.
13.
SWITCH: When this switch is set to ON, the uplink
RMA optimization function takes effect. Then the
RNC decreases the value of the RMA factor for
substream A, whereas increases the values of RMC
factors for substreams B and C when processing
transmission channel data. When this switch is set to
OFF, the uplink RMA optimization function does not
take effect.
14.
WITCH: Whether the new CS service that has failed
to be admitted can perform another admission attempt
in CS+PS combined service scenarios after PS BE
services have been switched to DCH 0 kbit/s. When
this switch is turned on in CS+PS combined service
scenarios where PS services exist and new CS RABs

WCDMA RAN

nd
are to be established, the new CS service that has

failed to be admitted can perform another admission
attempt after PS BE services have been switched to
DCH 0 kbit/s. If the admission fails again and the
[UQUEUEPREEMPT:PreemptEnhSwitch]PREEMPT
_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SWITCH is
turned off, PS BE services will perform preemption at
a rate of 0 kbit/s on the DCH. When this switch is
turned off, PS BE services cannot have a rate
reduction to 0 kbit/s to allow the new CS service to
perform admission attempts.
Note:In scenarios where UEs with CS+PS combined
services perform soft handovers, if PS services are
initially carried on the HSUPA channel, the function is
supported only when the function of E2D after failed
soft handovers is enabled by setting the
[UINTRAFREQHO :SoftFailE2Dswitch] to ON.
15. PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the typical parameter configuration for high-
speed PS streaming services function takes effect.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC supports
high-speed PS streaming services. The RNC
configures Uu-interface bandwidth which is equal to
or close to the maximum bit rate (MBR) of streaming
services based on Radio Access Network (RAN) and
UE capabilities during the access of high-speed PS
streaming services, and Iu QoS negotiation/
renegotiation fails to take effect.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, streaming services
with a data rate higher than 384 kbit/s are unavailable
during the access of PS streaming services.
16.
WITCH: Whether to use the anti-pingpong
mechanism for the RRC redirection triggered after an
admission failure. When this switch is set to OFF, the
RNC does not use the anti-pingpong mechanism for
the RRC redirection triggered after an admission
failure. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC uses
the anti-pingpong mechanism for the RRC redirection
triggered after an admission failure.
17.
TCH: Whether a candidate cell in the RRC DRD
algorithm is randomly selected.
1: When this switch is turned on and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is

WCDMA RAN

nd
randomly selected for access if multiple candidate

DRD target cells exist.
0: When this switch is turned off and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is selected
for access based on the sequence of neighboring cells
for the current cell if multiple candidate DRD target
cells exist.
18.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC uses the rate limit for AMR
services (including wideband and narrowband AMR
services) as the maximum Uu-interface rate for AMR
services when IuUP V2 is used.
1: When this switch is set to ON and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the maximum rate assigned by the CN
as the downlink rate for AMR services during AMR
service setup. After the AMR service setup, a Uu-
interface AMR service reconfiguration procedure is
initiated in subsequent procedures,and the RNC uses
the rate configured for gold, silver, or copper users as
the maximum Uu-interface downlink rate for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to OFF and IuUP V2 is
used, the RNC uses the rate set assigned by the CN as
the downlink rate set for AMR services and does not
use the rate configured for gold, silver, or copper users
as the maximum Uu-interface downlink rate for AMR
services.
Note: 1.This function takes effect only when the AMR
Rate Control (AMRC) feature is activated.
2. Rate modes for gold, silver, and copper users can be
set using the following commands: SET UAMRC,
SET UAMRCWB, ADD UCELLAMRC/MOD
UCELLAMRC, and ADD UCELLAMRCWB/MOD
UCELLAMRCWB.
19.
H: Whether to use symmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration for AMR services (including
both wideband and narrowband AMR services).
1: When this switch is set to ON, symmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration is used for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, asymmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration can be used for
AMR services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Note: 1. When this switch is set to ON, LDR-triggered

rate reduction cannot be performed during initial
AMR service access. 2. If the current user is in the
AMRC blacklist, asymmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration can be used even When this
switch is set to ON. Users in the AMRC blacklist can
be set according to the help document of the
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC command. 3. This function
takes effect only when the AMRC feature is activated.
When IuUP Version 2 is used, the AMRC rate set
extension function must also be enabled to ensure
symmetric rate sets. You can run the following
commands to set the AMRC rate set extension
function for WB-AMR and NB-AMR services,
respectively:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_R
ATESET_EXT_SWITCH-1;
20.
CH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing when the available AMR rate set parsed by
the RNC is inconsistent with that assigned by the CN
during an incoming static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to ON and IUUP V2 is
on the rate set assigned by the CN during an incoming
static relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
0: When this switch is set to OFF and IUUP V2 is
on the available AMR rate set parsed by the RNC
during an incoming static relocation if any
inconsistency occurs.
21.
ITCH: Whether to allow UEs that have performed a
Uu-interface AMR rate mode reconfiguration
(including wideband and narrowband AMR services)
to perform an outgoing static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to ON, UEs that have
AMR services) can perform an outgoing static
relocation.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to OFF, UEs that have

AMR services) cannot perform an outgoing static
relocation.
22.
WITCH: Whether the startup of round trip time (RTT)
measurement in the MR depends on the configuring of
the serving mobile location center (SMLC) cell for the
best cell of UEs (the SMLC cell can be added for the
best cell by running the "ADD USMLCCELL"
command). When this switch is turned on, startup of
the RTT measurement in the MR does not depend on
the configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of
UEs. When this switch is turned off, startup of the
RTT measurement in the MR depends on the
configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of UEs.
23.
ITCH: Switch determining whether the following
RSCP-related counters are measured when a block
error message is received in SRB over DCH
scenarios: VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MeanRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MinRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTbNum.RSCP.6.
1: This switch is turned on and the preceding counters
are measured.
0: This switch is turned off and the preceding counters
are not measured.
24.
H: Whether the optimized measurement algorithm
takes effect for HSDPA event 4A.
1: This switch is turned on. L2 reports event 4A when
either the current HSDPA traffic volume or the
0: This switch is turned off. L2 reports event 4A only
when both the current HSDPA traffic volume and the

WCDMA RAN

nd

25.
T_SW: Whether the RNC increases the downlink data
rate to the downlink DCCC threshold during
bidirectional rate increase if the following conditions
are met: PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH in
[UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1] is set to on
and the downlink is in the low activity state; The RNC
first receives an event 4A measurement report during
E-DCH throughput measurement and then performs
bidirectional rate increase.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the downlink DCCC
threshold during bidirectional rate increase when the
downlink is in the low activity state.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the uplink DCCC threshold
during bidirectional rate increase when the downlink
is in the low activity state.
26.
SW:Whether HSPA services can be released when the
HSPA service priority in the current cell is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, HSPA services can be
released (when the HSPA service priority in the
current cell is set to 0). When this switch is turned off,
HSPA services cannot be released (when the HSPA
service priority in the current cell is set to 0).
27.
H: Whether the RNC automatically identifies
them to perform coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
(U2L) redirections or handovers.
or handovers.
or handovers.

WCDMA RAN

nd
28.
them to perform service-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
terminals to perform service-based U2L redirections
or handovers.
0: When this switch is turned off, if
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned on, the
RNC allows only terminals redirected or handed over
from LTE to UMTS to perform service-based U2L
redirections or handovers, if
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned off, the
RNC allows all terminals to perform service-based
U2L redirections or handovers.
29.
them to perform load-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
handovers.
handovers.
30.
ITCH: Whether the RNC checks the status of the
target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the
status of the target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
The RNC can perform an intra-RAT handover to the
target cell only if this cell is activated and not blocked.

WCDMA RAN

nd

check the status of the target cell during an intra-RAT
handover.
31.
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe
r messages involved in the D2F and F2D state
transition processes are optimized.
1: When this switch is turned on, the "RB MAPPING
info" IE under SRB in the RB RECFG and RB
SETUP messages involved in the D2F and F2D state
transition processes is optimized, and the two
messages do not carry the "utran-DRX-
CycleLengthCoeff", "maxAllowedUL-TX-Power",
and "cell-id" IEs.
0: When this switch is turned off, the IEs in the RB
RECFG and RB SETUP messages involved in the
D2F and F2D state transition processes are not
optimized.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH, PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
CH:0,
TCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:0,
CH:0,
H:0,
TCH:0,
TCH:1, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:1,
0,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:1,
SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
T_SW:0,
SW:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0
VIPLTE BSC690 ADD None None Meaning:

SubIMS 0 UVIPLT IMSI of a VIP subscriber that registers with the LTE
I ESUBS network.
CRIBE
R The RNC identifies the VIP subscriber that registers
with the LTE network based on the IMSI number
RMV which contains 6 to 15 characters that can be any
UVIPLT decimal digit 0-9, or any of the letters a-f or A-F.
ESUBS
CRIBE GUI Value Range: 6 to 15 characters
R Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 6 to 15 characters
Default Value: None
VIPLTE BSC691 ADD None None Meaning:

SubIMS 0 UVIPLT IMSI of a VIP subscriber that registers with the LTE
I ESUBS network.
CRIBE
R The RNC identifies the VIP subscriber that registers
with the LTE network based on the IMSI number
RMV which contains 6 to 15 characters that can be any
UVIPLT decimal digit 0-9, or any of the letters a-f or A-F.
ESUBS
CRIBE GUI Value Range: 6 to 15 characters
R Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 6 to 15 characters
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010202 State in 1)SECU_CU_CROSS_IP_OPT_SWITCH(Security
tch10 RLSWI WRFD- Connect Cross CU Optimization Switch)
TCH 140226 ed Mode
(CELL- Whether the RNC updates the integrity protection
WRFD- DCH, parameters for SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4 to that for
011402 CELL- SRB2 when receiving a CELL UPDATE message
WRFD- PCH, from the UE while handling the security mode
171202 URA- process.
WRFD- PCH, 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
010652 CELL- does not update the integrity protection parameters for
FACH) SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4 to that for SRB2.
Fast 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
Return updates the integrity protection parameters for SRB1,
from SRB3, and SRB4 to that for SRB2.
UMTS 2)RRC_REL_REDIR_OPT_SWITCH(RRC Release
to LTE Redirect Optimization Switch)
Encrypti Whether the RNC performs optimized processing in
on the following scenarios:
Ultrafast Scenario 1: The UE is redirected during RRC
CS Call connection setup, and the RRC connection is released.
Setup During the RRC connection release, an error occurs,
SRB and a rollback procedure is triggered.
over Scenario 2: A Direct Signaling Connection Re-
HSDPA establishment (DSCR) procedure occurs in parallel
with a cell update procedure.
Scenario 3: If the
H option is selected and the CSFB UE performs CS
+PS combined services, the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the PS domain
and then an IU RELEASE COMMAND message
from the CS domain in the event of a process
exception.
performs optimized processing in these scenarios.
In scenario 1, the RNC does not contain the
information about the former redirection in the
subsequent RRC release procedure.
In scenario 2, the RNC discards the CELL UPDATE
message and continues to process the DSCR
procedure.
In scenario 3, performance counters related to service
release are measured.

WCDMA RAN

nd

does not perform optimized processing in these
scenarios:
In scenario 1, the RNC contains the information about
the former redirection in the subsequent RRC release
procedure.
In scenario 2, the RNC buffers the CELL UPDATE
message and rolls back the DSCR procedure.
release are not measured.
3)RL_RESET_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Opti
mize the Overlap of RL Reestablish and CU)
Whether an RL reestablishment procedure cannot be
abruptly terminated.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. An RL
reestablishment procedure cannot be abruptly
terminated.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. An RL
reestablishment procedure is abruptly terminated if the
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message during this
procedure.
4)UNSTABLE_PREEMPTED_USER_REL_OPT_S
WITCH(Unstable Preempted User Optimization
Switch)
Whether the RNC initiates an Iu release procedure
when the resources occupied by a UE in the unstable
state are preempted.
initiates an Iu release procedure to release the
resources of the preempted UE.
initiates an RRC connection release procedure to
release the resources of the preempted UE.
5)IUFLEX_CS_IMSI_PAGING_UE_COMPAT_SW(I
u Flex CS IMSI Paging Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC sends the Initial UE Message sent
by a called party to the CN node that sends the paging
message to the UE when the following conditions are
met: (1) The paging is initiated by the CN in the CS
domain in Iu Flex networking and the paging message
contains the international mobile subscriber identity
(IMSI) of the called party. (2) The called party is in
idle mode, the RRC Connection Request message sent
by the called party contains a user identity other than
IMSI, the routing parameter type in the Initial Direct

WCDMA RAN

nd
Transfer message is set to the IMSI derived from the

paging message.
sends the Initial UE Message to the CN node that
sends the paging message to the UE.
sends the Initial UE Message to a random CN node.
6)PCH_DISABLED_USE_EFD_SWITCH(Enable
EFD Users Blacklisted by PCH to Use EFD)
Whether to enable EFD users who are blacklisted by
the PCH to use the EFD feature.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. EFD users
who are blacklisted by the PCH can use the EFD
feature.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. EFD users
who are blacklisted by the PCH cannot use the EFD
feature.
7)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_EST_SWITCH(C
S Paging Cross RRC Optimization Switch)
Whether the UE will be paged again when an IMSI-
based CS paging procedure occurs in parallel with an
RRC connection setup procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the IMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will be paged
again.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If the IMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will not be
paged again.
8)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH(CS
Paging Cross DSCR Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC continues with a CS paging
procedure when the CS paging procedure occurs in
parallel with a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
continues with the CS paging procedure.
discards the CS paging message.
9)FACH_CU_WITH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH(FACH
CU with CRNTI Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing in
the following scenarios:
Scenario 1: One of the following conditions is met:
(1)The F2P state transition overlaps with the cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
update procedure triggered by an RLC unrecoverable

error, periodic cell update, or UE re-entering service
area. (2) The F2D state transition overlaps with the
cell update procedure triggered by an RLC
unrecoverable error. (3) The UE triggers a cell update
procedure using the cause "RLC unrecoverable error"
in the CELL_FACH state.
Scenario 2: A security mode procedure overlaps with
a cell update procedure, and the integrity protection
fails.
Scenario 1:The CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC to the UE contains the new cell radio
network temporary identifier (C-RNTI).
Scenario 2:The RNC abnormally releases the UE's
connection by sending an RRC connection release
message to the UE in a cell other than the current cell.
scenarios.
Scenario 1: The CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
does not contain the new C-RNTI.
Scenario 2: The RNC abnormally releases the UE's
message to the UE in the current cell.
10)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH3(RL
Procedure Optimization Switch 3)
Scenario 1: The power control indexes for high speed
channels are congested.
Scenario 2: Multiple outgoing UE-not-involved
relocations are triggered for a UE during a service.
In scenario 1, the RNC reclaims allocated power
control indexes and reallocates them.
In scenario 2, all these outgoing UE-not-involved
relocations contain the "mac-d-FlowMaxRetrans" IE.
scenarios.

WCDMA RAN

nd
In scenario 1, an error code is returned.

In scenario 2, only the first outgoing UE-not-involved
relocation contains the "mac-d-FlowMaxRetrans" IE.
11)FACH_IUR_CU_CELL_RES_ALOC_SWITCH(C
ell Resource Application for FACH UE in Cross-Iur
CU)
Whether the SRNC does not trigger a cell resource
application procedure after receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink data
transmission" or "paging response" from a UE in the
CELL_FACH state in a cell under the DRNC.
does not trigger a cell resource application procedure.
triggers a cell resource application procedure, but the
resource application fails.
12)RAB_FAST_RB_SETUP_ACTCFG_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize CFG Activation for Fast RB Setup)
Whether the RNC detects private frames on all
transport channels during fast RB setup.
activates the new configuration as long as it receives
private frames from the NodeB, regardless of the
transport channel that carries private frames.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF The RNC
activates the new configuration only when it receives
private frames from the NodeB on newly established
transport channels.
13)EFD_D2P_SEND_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH(Send
Paging Messages to EFD Users After D2P)
Whether the RNC sends paging messages to EFD
users immediately after D2P state transitions are
complete when the RNC receives data packets to these
users during D2P state transitions.
sends paging messages to D2P users immediately after
D2P state transitions are complete.
does not send paging messages to D2P users after D2P
state transitions are complete.
14)SRB_OVER_HSPA_OPT_BASED_RLREEST_S
WITCH(CDR Opt Switch for SRB over HSPA Based
on RL Reest)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to optimize the call drop rate of SRB over

HSPA UEs during link reestablishment.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For SRB
over HSPA UEs performing only PS services, RL
reestablishment is triggered upon an SRB reset, TRB
reset, or RL out of synchronization in the following
scenarios, regardless of whether the corresponding RL
reestablishment function is enabled or not: Physical
channel reconfiguration, RB reconfiguration, active
set update, measurement control, cell update triggered
by an SRB reset or RL failure, and cross-Iur scenarios.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For SRB
scenarios only when the corresponding RL
reestablishment function is enabled: Physical channel
reconfiguration, RB reconfiguration, active set update,
measurement control, cell update triggered by an SRB
reset or RL failure, and cross-Iur scenarios.
15)HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH(HO
Supplementary Services Identify Switch)
Whether the RNC identifies UEs that perform non-
call-related supplementary services and shift to the
UMTS network through a CSFB.
identifies such UEs and instructs these UEs to re-
access the LTE network through the fast return after
the services are terminated.
does not identify such UEs.
16)RRC_REJ_TNLFAIL_CNT_SWITCH(RRC Conn
Rejections Including Those Caused by Iub Trans
Failures)
Whether the VS.RRC.Rej.TNL.Fail counter includes
the number of RRC connection rejections caused by
Iub transmission admission failures.
VS.RRC.Rej.TNL.Fail counter includes the number of
RRC connection rejections caused by Iub transmission
admission failures.
VS.RRC.Rej.TNL.Fail counter does not include the
number of RRC connection rejections caused by Iub
transmission admission failures.

WCDMA RAN

nd
17)FIX_PFM_SYSOUT_FAIL_SWITCH(Inter-RAT
HO FailOut Pfm Fix Switch)
Whether to correct the measurement of the
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.UEGen,
VS.IRATHO.FailOutCS.SCRI, and
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPSUTRAN.SCRI counters.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. These
counters are measured when radio link (RL)
reestablishment is triggered during an outgoing inter-
RAT handover.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. These
counters are not measured when RL reestablishment is
triggered during an outgoing inter-RAT handover.
18)RL_REEST_COUNTER_CORRECT_SWITCH(C
orrect Measurement of RL Reestablishment)
following RL reestablishment-related counters:
VS.AttRlReEst.CS,
VS.SuccRlReEst.CS,VS.AttRlReEst.PS, and
VS.SuccRlReEst.PS.
corrects the measurement of these counters.
does not correct the measurement of these counters.
19)RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H(RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
)
Whether to change the cells in which counters in the
measurement unit "Number of Retransmitted RRC
Connection Setup Requests for Cell" are measured
when the admission fails due to the resource
congestion and the DRD is configured and succeeds.
1: This switch is turned on. Counters in the
Connection Setup Requests for Cell" are measured in
the cell where the UE sends the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message.
0: This switch is turned off. Counters in the
the cell where the RRC connection is established.
20)RB_CU_OVERLAP_SRB_REEST_OPT_SWITC
H(Optimize for RB Overlap With CU)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to re-establish the SRB when the RB

reconfiguration or release procedure and cell update
overlaps.
1: This switch is turned on.
a. In scenarios where the F2P message in AM mode
overlaps with the cell update procedure, when
F2PU_RESELECT_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH is set
to 0 (turned off), the RNC switches the UE to the
CELL_FACH state and processes the cell update
procedure by sending a Cell Update Confirm message
to the UE, instructing the UE to re-establish the SRB.
b. In scenarios where the D2P message in AM mode
overlaps with the cell update message with the cause
value "RL fail", the RNC performs a fallback to
process the cell update, and the SRB is re-established.
c. When the RB release of a UE in the CELL_FACH
state in AM mode overlaps with the cell update
procedure, the RNC rolls back the cell update
to the UE, instructing the UE to reestablish the SRB.
0: This switch is turned off.
to 0 (turned off), the RNC switches the UE back to the
CELL_FACH state. The RNC sends a Cell Update
Confirm message to the UE to instruct the UE to re-
establish the SRB only when RL reestablishment
switch is turned off.
process the cell update, and the SRB is not re-
established.
state overlaps with the cell update procedure, the RNC
rolls back the cell update procedure. The RNC sends a
Cell Update Confirm message to the UE to instruct the
UE to reestablish the SRB only when the RL
reestablishment switch is turned off.
21)SIG_SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(SIG_SECU_
CU_CROSS_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC can process the cell update message
when a UE in the CELL_DCH state with no running
services reports the cell update message in safe mode.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. After processing the cell

update messages, the RNC processes the security
mode messages, and does not send safe mode
rejection messages to the CN.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the cell
update message, and the security mode procedure fail.
22)URA_PCH_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH(URA_PCH
Paging Opt Switch)
Whether the SRNC correctly sends paging messages if
the UE is in the URA_PCH state.
1: This switch is turned on. If the UE is in the
URA_PCH state, the SRNC sends the PAGING
REQUEST message to all neighboring RNCs with the
same URA ID over the Iur interface. In addition, the
SRNC sends paging messages to all NodeBs under
itself.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE is in the
REQUEST message only to the DRNC.
23)ULTRAFAST_CS_NAS_BUF_FAIL_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize Ultra Fast CS NAS Buffer Fail Switch)
Whether the RNC releases the UE if the NAS message
fails to be buffered in the scenario where Ultrafast CS
Call Setup is enabled and CS+PS combined services
are set up.
1: This switch is turned on. In this scenario, the RNC
releases the CS service if the NAS message fails to be
buffered.
0: This switch is turned off. In this scenario, the RNC
releases the UE if the NAS message fails to be
buffered.
24)UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH(UE
Capability Over Long Opt Switch)
overlong UE capability information or the UE for
which the EUTRA capability information is not
carried.
1: This switch is turned on. When the UE capability
information is overlong, the RNC can obtain the
correct UE capability from the IE "UE-
CapabilityContainer-IEs", and the corresponding
function takes effect. In addition, if the RNC cannot
obtain the ue-EUTRA-Capability information from
the IE "UE-CapabilityContainer-IEs", the RNC will
not initiate a handover to the LTE network. When the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE capability information is not overlong, the RNC

does not initiate handovers to LTE if the capability
reported by the UE does not carry ue-EUTRA-
Capability.
UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH can
be selected under the OptimizationSwitch11
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command
so that U2L handovers are triggered when the EUTRA
capability information is not carried or the overlong
EUTRA capability information is discarded.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE capability is
overlong, the RNC cannot obtain the correct UE
capability from the IE "UE-CapabilityContainer-IEs",
and the corresponding function cannot take effect.
When the UE capability information is not overlong,
the RNC can initiate handovers to LTE if the
capability reported by the UE does not carry ue-
EUTRA-Capability.
25)IRATHO_DISCONNECT_CS_SWITCH(Correct
Switch when Disconnect in IRATHO)
Whether the RNC optimizes the CS inter-RAT
handover mechanism upon receiving the UPLINK
DIRECT TRANSFER from the UE or the DIRECT
TRANSFER message from the CN indicating a
disconnection.
If receiving the UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER from
the UE or the DIRECT TRANSFER message from the
CN indicating a disconnection, the RNC does not
initiate the CS inter-RAT handover when the
requirements for the CS inter-RAT handover are met.
CN indicating a disconnection after sending the
RELOCATION REQUIRED message to the CN and
before receiving the RELOCATION COMMAND
message from the CN, the RNC sends the
RELOCATION CANCEL message to cancel the CS
inter-RAT handover. In this scenario, the value
returned by
VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.DISCONNECT
measuring the number of canceled handovers
increases by 1 each time the RNC receives the
RELOCATION COMMAND message.
0: This switch is turned off. If receiving the UPLINK

WCDMA RAN

nd
disconnection, the RNC continues to perform the

inter-RAT handover.
26)IRATHO_RRC_RELEASE_REDIRECTION_PS_
SWITCH(RRC Release Redirection Switch in
IRATHO)
Whether the RNC performs optimization in the
following scenario:
After the RNC initiates the PS inter-RAT handover,
the UE sends the SIGNALLING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION message to the RNC on the
UMTS network or sends the active release request on
other networks, and the RNC receives from the CN
the IU RELEASE COMMAND message carrying the
cause value "Release due to UE generated signaling
connection release".
1: This switch is turned on. The PS inter-RAT
handover succeeds in either of the following
scenarios:
The UE sends the SIGNALLING CONNECTION
UMTS network and the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message sent by the RNC carries the
frequency for redirection.
The UE sends the active release request on a non-
UMTS network.
0: This switch is turned off. The PS inter-RAT
handover fails.
27)IRATHO_RETURN_CNT_CORRECT_PS_SWIT
CH(Return Count Correct Switch in IRATHO)
following scenario:
When the RNC sends the PS inter-RAT handover
request to the UE and waits for the IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN, the UE re-
accesses the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines that
the PS inter-RAT handover succeeds in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines that
the PS inter-RAT handover fails in the preceding
scenario.
28)RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH(R
RC Release NAS Conflict Opt Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sends the RRC Release message to

the UE only after the NAS message is sent.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the RRC
Release message to the UE only after the NAS
message is sent.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not wait
until the NAS message is sent when sending the RRC
Release message to the UE.
29)URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITC
H(URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC initiates paging to a UE in the target
cell after the UE experiences an inter-operator-group
handover from the access cell to the target cell and
then transits to the URA_PCH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates paging
to the UE in the target cell in this scenario.
paging to the UE in the target cell in this scenario.
30)RAB_MODIFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH(RAB_MOD
IFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC processes the transmission
exception over the Iu interface during the RAB
assignment modification procedure.
transmission exception over the Iu interface during the
RAB assignment modification procedure.
process the transmission exception over the Iu
interface during the RAB assignment modification
procedure.
31)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWIT
CH(IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWIT
CH)
Whether to resolve the issue of call drop rate increase
when IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
is turned on.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The issue of
call drop rate increase is resolved when
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH is
turned on.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The issue of
call drop rate increase is not resolved when
turned on.

WCDMA RAN

nd
32)
INTER_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH(INTE
R_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the number of outgoing inter-RAT handover
attempts excludes the number of inter-RAT handover
retries.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of outgoing
inter-RAT handover attempts excludes the number of
inter-RAT handover retries.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of outgoing
inter-RAT handover attempts includes the number of
GUI Value Range:
SECU_CU_CROSS_IP_OPT_SWITCH,
RRC_REL_REDIR_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_RESET_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
UNSTABLE_PREEMPTED_USER_REL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
IUFLEX_CS_IMSI_PAGING_UE_COMPAT_SW,
PCH_DISABLED_USE_EFD_SWITCH,
CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_EST_SWITCH,
CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH,
FACH_CU_WITH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH3,
FACH_IUR_CU_CELL_RES_ALOC_SWITCH,
RAB_FAST_RB_SETUP_ACTCFG_OPT_SWITCH,
EFD_D2P_SEND_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH,
SRB_OVER_HSPA_OPT_BASED_RLREEST_SWI
TCH, HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH,
RRC_REJ_TNLFAIL_CNT_SWITCH,
FIX_PFM_SYSOUT_FAIL_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_COUNTER_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RB_CU_OVERLAP_SRB_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
SIG_SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
URA_PCH_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH,
ULTRAFAST_CS_NAS_BUF_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH,
IRATHO_DISCONNECT_CS_SWITCH,
IRATHO_RRC_RELEASE_REDIRECTION_PS_SW
ITCH,
IRATHO_RETURN_CNT_CORRECT_PS_SWITCH
, RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITCH,
RAB_MODIFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITCH,
INTER_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
TCH,
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH,
ITCH,
,
RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
SECU_CU_CROSS_IP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_REDIR_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_RESET_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UNSTABLE_PREEMPTED_USER_REL_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,IUFLEX_CS_IMSI_PAGING_UE_COMPAT_SW:
0,PCH_DISABLED_USE_EFD_SWITCH:
0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_EST_SWITCH:
0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_WITH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH3:0,FACH_IUR
_CU_CELL_RES_ALOC_SWITCH:
0,RAB_FAST_RB_SETUP_ACTCFG_OPT_SWITC
H:0,EFD_D2P_SEND_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_OVER_HSPA_OPT_BASED_RLREEST_SW
ITCH:0,HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REJ_TNLFAIL_CNT_SWITCH:
0,FIX_PFM_SYSOUT_FAIL_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_COUNTER_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_CU_OVERLAP_SRB_REEST_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SIG_SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,URA_PCH_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ULTRAFAST_CS_NAS_BUF_FAIL_OPT_SWITC
H:0,UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_DISCONNECT_CS_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_RRC_RELEASE_REDIRECTION_PS_S
WITCH:
0,IRATHO_RETURN_CNT_CORRECT_PS_SWITC
H:0,RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_MODIFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITC
H:1,INTER_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010202 State in 1)SECU_CU_CROSS_IP_OPT_SWITCH(Security
tch10 RLSWI WRFD- Connect Cross CU Optimization Switch)
TCH 140226 ed Mode
(CELL- Whether the RNC updates the integrity protection
WRFD- DCH, parameters for SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4 to that for
011402 CELL- SRB2 when receiving a CELL UPDATE message
WRFD- PCH, from the UE while handling the security mode
171202 URA- process.
WRFD- PCH, 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
010652 CELL- does not update the integrity protection parameters for
FACH) SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4 to that for SRB2.
Fast 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
Return updates the integrity protection parameters for SRB1,
from SRB3, and SRB4 to that for SRB2.
UMTS 2)RRC_REL_REDIR_OPT_SWITCH(RRC Release
to LTE Redirect Optimization Switch)
Encrypti Whether the RNC performs optimized processing in
on the following scenarios:
Ultrafast Scenario 1: The UE is redirected during RRC
CS Call connection setup, and the RRC connection is released.
Setup During the RRC connection release, an error occurs,
SRB and a rollback procedure is triggered.
over Scenario 2: A Direct Signaling Connection Re-
HSDPA establishment (DSCR) procedure occurs in parallel
with a cell update procedure.
Scenario 3: If the
H option is selected and the CSFB UE performs CS
+PS combined services, the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the PS domain
and then an IU RELEASE COMMAND message
from the CS domain in the event of a process
exception.
In scenario 1, the RNC does not contain the
information about the former redirection in the
subsequent RRC release procedure.
In scenario 2, the RNC discards the CELL UPDATE
message and continues to process the DSCR
procedure.
release are measured.

WCDMA RAN

nd

scenarios:
In scenario 1, the RNC contains the information about
the former redirection in the subsequent RRC release
procedure.
In scenario 2, the RNC buffers the CELL UPDATE
message and rolls back the DSCR procedure.
release are not measured.
3)RL_RESET_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Opti
mize the Overlap of RL Reestablish and CU)
Whether an RL reestablishment procedure cannot be
abruptly terminated.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. An RL
reestablishment procedure cannot be abruptly
terminated.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. An RL
reestablishment procedure is abruptly terminated if the
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message during this
procedure.
4)UNSTABLE_PREEMPTED_USER_REL_OPT_S
WITCH(Unstable Preempted User Optimization
Switch)
Whether the RNC initiates an Iu release procedure
when the resources occupied by a UE in the unstable
state are preempted.
initiates an Iu release procedure to release the
resources of the preempted UE.
initiates an RRC connection release procedure to
release the resources of the preempted UE.
5)IUFLEX_CS_IMSI_PAGING_UE_COMPAT_SW(I
u Flex CS IMSI Paging Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC sends the Initial UE Message sent
by a called party to the CN node that sends the paging
message to the UE when the following conditions are
met: (1) The paging is initiated by the CN in the CS
domain in Iu Flex networking and the paging message
contains the international mobile subscriber identity
(IMSI) of the called party. (2) The called party is in
idle mode, the RRC Connection Request message sent
by the called party contains a user identity other than
IMSI, the routing parameter type in the Initial Direct

WCDMA RAN

nd
Transfer message is set to the IMSI derived from the

paging message.
sends the Initial UE Message to the CN node that
sends the paging message to the UE.
sends the Initial UE Message to a random CN node.
6)PCH_DISABLED_USE_EFD_SWITCH(Enable
EFD Users Blacklisted by PCH to Use EFD)
Whether to enable EFD users who are blacklisted by
the PCH to use the EFD feature.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. EFD users
who are blacklisted by the PCH can use the EFD
feature.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. EFD users
who are blacklisted by the PCH cannot use the EFD
feature.
7)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_EST_SWITCH(C
S Paging Cross RRC Optimization Switch)
Whether the UE will be paged again when an IMSI-
based CS paging procedure occurs in parallel with an
RRC connection setup procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the IMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will be paged
again.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If the IMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will not be
paged again.
8)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH(CS
Paging Cross DSCR Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC continues with a CS paging
procedure when the CS paging procedure occurs in
parallel with a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
continues with the CS paging procedure.
discards the CS paging message.
9)FACH_CU_WITH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH(FACH
CU with CRNTI Optimization Switch)
Scenario 1: One of the following conditions is met:
(1)The F2P state transition overlaps with the cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
update procedure triggered by an RLC unrecoverable

error, periodic cell update, or UE re-entering service
area. (2) The F2D state transition overlaps with the
cell update procedure triggered by an RLC
unrecoverable error. (3) The UE triggers a cell update
procedure using the cause "RLC unrecoverable error"
in the CELL_FACH state.
Scenario 2: A security mode procedure overlaps with
a cell update procedure, and the integrity protection
fails.
Scenario 1:The CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC to the UE contains the new cell radio
network temporary identifier (C-RNTI).
Scenario 2:The RNC abnormally releases the UE's
message to the UE in a cell other than the current cell.
scenarios.
Scenario 1: The CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
does not contain the new C-RNTI.
Scenario 2: The RNC abnormally releases the UE's
message to the UE in the current cell.
10)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH3(RL
Procedure Optimization Switch 3)
Scenario 1: The power control indexes for high speed
channels are congested.
Scenario 2: Multiple outgoing UE-not-involved
relocations are triggered for a UE during a service.
In scenario 1, the RNC reclaims allocated power
control indexes and reallocates them.
In scenario 2, all these outgoing UE-not-involved
relocations contain the "mac-d-FlowMaxRetrans" IE.
scenarios.

WCDMA RAN

nd
In scenario 1, an error code is returned.

In scenario 2, only the first outgoing UE-not-involved
relocation contains the "mac-d-FlowMaxRetrans" IE.
11)FACH_IUR_CU_CELL_RES_ALOC_SWITCH(C
ell Resource Application for FACH UE in Cross-Iur
CU)
Whether the SRNC does not trigger a cell resource
application procedure after receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink data
transmission" or "paging response" from a UE in the
CELL_FACH state in a cell under the DRNC.
does not trigger a cell resource application procedure.
triggers a cell resource application procedure, but the
resource application fails.
12)RAB_FAST_RB_SETUP_ACTCFG_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize CFG Activation for Fast RB Setup)
Whether the RNC detects private frames on all
transport channels during fast RB setup.
activates the new configuration as long as it receives
private frames from the NodeB, regardless of the
transport channel that carries private frames.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF The RNC
activates the new configuration only when it receives
private frames from the NodeB on newly established
transport channels.
13)EFD_D2P_SEND_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH(Send
Paging Messages to EFD Users After D2P)
Whether the RNC sends paging messages to EFD
users immediately after D2P state transitions are
complete when the RNC receives data packets to these
users during D2P state transitions.
sends paging messages to D2P users immediately after
D2P state transitions are complete.
does not send paging messages to D2P users after D2P
state transitions are complete.
14)SRB_OVER_HSPA_OPT_BASED_RLREEST_S
WITCH(CDR Opt Switch for SRB over HSPA Based
on RL Reest)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to optimize the call drop rate of SRB over

HSPA UEs during link reestablishment.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For SRB
scenarios, regardless of whether the corresponding RL
reestablishment function is enabled or not: Physical
channel reconfiguration, RB reconfiguration, active
set update, measurement control, cell update triggered
by an SRB reset or RL failure, and cross-Iur scenarios.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For SRB
scenarios only when the corresponding RL
reestablishment function is enabled: Physical channel
reconfiguration, RB reconfiguration, active set update,
measurement control, cell update triggered by an SRB
reset or RL failure, and cross-Iur scenarios.
15)HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH(HO
Supplementary Services Identify Switch)
Whether the RNC identifies UEs that perform non-
call-related supplementary services and shift to the
UMTS network through a CSFB.
identifies such UEs and instructs these UEs to re-
access the LTE network through the fast return after
the services are terminated.
does not identify such UEs.
16)RRC_REJ_TNLFAIL_CNT_SWITCH(RRC Conn
Rejections Including Those Caused by Iub Trans
Failures)
Whether the VS.RRC.Rej.TNL.Fail counter includes
the number of RRC connection rejections caused by
Iub transmission admission failures.
VS.RRC.Rej.TNL.Fail counter includes the number of
RRC connection rejections caused by Iub transmission
admission failures.
VS.RRC.Rej.TNL.Fail counter does not include the
number of RRC connection rejections caused by Iub
transmission admission failures.

WCDMA RAN

nd
17)FIX_PFM_SYSOUT_FAIL_SWITCH(Inter-RAT
HO FailOut Pfm Fix Switch)
Whether to correct the measurement of the
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.UEGen,
VS.IRATHO.FailOutCS.SCRI, and
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPSUTRAN.SCRI counters.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. These
counters are measured when radio link (RL)
reestablishment is triggered during an outgoing inter-
RAT handover.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. These
counters are not measured when RL reestablishment is
triggered during an outgoing inter-RAT handover.
18)RL_REEST_COUNTER_CORRECT_SWITCH(C
orrect Measurement of RL Reestablishment)
following RL reestablishment-related counters:
VS.AttRlReEst.CS,
VS.SuccRlReEst.CS,VS.AttRlReEst.PS, and
VS.SuccRlReEst.PS.
corrects the measurement of these counters.
does not correct the measurement of these counters.
19)RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H(RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
)
Whether to change the cells in which counters in the
Connection Setup Requests for Cell" are measured
when the admission fails due to the resource
congestion and the DRD is configured and succeeds.
1: This switch is turned on. Counters in the
the cell where the UE sends the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message.
0: This switch is turned off. Counters in the
the cell where the RRC connection is established.
20)RB_CU_OVERLAP_SRB_REEST_OPT_SWITC
H(Optimize for RB Overlap With CU)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to re-establish the SRB when the RB

reconfiguration or release procedure and cell update
overlaps.
to 0 (turned off), the RNC switches the UE to the
CELL_FACH state and processes the cell update
to the UE, instructing the UE to re-establish the SRB.
process the cell update, and the SRB is re-established.
state in AM mode overlaps with the cell update
procedure, the RNC rolls back the cell update
to the UE, instructing the UE to reestablish the SRB.
to 0 (turned off), the RNC switches the UE back to the
CELL_FACH state. The RNC sends a Cell Update
Confirm message to the UE to instruct the UE to re-
establish the SRB only when RL reestablishment
process the cell update, and the SRB is not re-
established.
state overlaps with the cell update procedure, the RNC
rolls back the cell update procedure. The RNC sends a
Cell Update Confirm message to the UE to instruct the
UE to reestablish the SRB only when the RL
reestablishment switch is turned off.
21)SIG_SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(SIG_SECU_
CU_CROSS_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC can process the cell update message
when a UE in the CELL_DCH state with no running
services reports the cell update message in safe mode.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. After processing the cell

update messages, the RNC processes the security
mode messages, and does not send safe mode
rejection messages to the CN.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the cell
update message, and the security mode procedure fail.
22)URA_PCH_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH(URA_PCH
Paging Opt Switch)
Whether the SRNC correctly sends paging messages if
the UE is in the URA_PCH state.
1: This switch is turned on. If the UE is in the
REQUEST message to all neighboring RNCs with the
same URA ID over the Iur interface. In addition, the
SRNC sends paging messages to all NodeBs under
itself.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE is in the
REQUEST message only to the DRNC.
23)ULTRAFAST_CS_NAS_BUF_FAIL_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize Ultra Fast CS NAS Buffer Fail Switch)
Whether the RNC releases the UE if the NAS message
fails to be buffered in the scenario where Ultrafast CS
Call Setup is enabled and CS+PS combined services
are set up.
releases the CS service if the NAS message fails to be
buffered.
releases the UE if the NAS message fails to be
buffered.
24)UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH(UE
Capability Over Long Opt Switch)
overlong UE capability information or the UE for
which the EUTRA capability information is not
carried.
1: This switch is turned on. When the UE capability
information is overlong, the RNC can obtain the
correct UE capability from the IE "UE-
CapabilityContainer-IEs", and the corresponding
function takes effect. In addition, if the RNC cannot
obtain the ue-EUTRA-Capability information from
the IE "UE-CapabilityContainer-IEs", the RNC will
not initiate a handover to the LTE network. When the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE capability information is not overlong, the RNC

does not initiate handovers to LTE if the capability
reported by the UE does not carry ue-EUTRA-
Capability.
UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH can
be selected under the OptimizationSwitch11
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command
so that U2L handovers are triggered when the EUTRA
capability information is not carried or the overlong
EUTRA capability information is discarded.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE capability is
overlong, the RNC cannot obtain the correct UE
capability from the IE "UE-CapabilityContainer-IEs",
and the corresponding function cannot take effect.
When the UE capability information is not overlong,
the RNC can initiate handovers to LTE if the
capability reported by the UE does not carry ue-
EUTRA-Capability.
25)IRATHO_DISCONNECT_CS_SWITCH(Correct
Switch when Disconnect in IRATHO)
Whether the RNC optimizes the CS inter-RAT
handover mechanism upon receiving the UPLINK
disconnection.
CN indicating a disconnection, the RNC does not
initiate the CS inter-RAT handover when the
requirements for the CS inter-RAT handover are met.
CN indicating a disconnection after sending the
RELOCATION REQUIRED message to the CN and
before receiving the RELOCATION COMMAND
message from the CN, the RNC sends the
RELOCATION CANCEL message to cancel the CS
inter-RAT handover. In this scenario, the value
returned by
VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.DISCONNECT
measuring the number of canceled handovers
increases by 1 each time the RNC receives the
RELOCATION COMMAND message.
0: This switch is turned off. If receiving the UPLINK

WCDMA RAN

nd
disconnection, the RNC continues to perform the

inter-RAT handover.
26)IRATHO_RRC_RELEASE_REDIRECTION_PS_
SWITCH(RRC Release Redirection Switch in
IRATHO)
following scenario:
After the RNC initiates the PS inter-RAT handover,
the UE sends the SIGNALLING CONNECTION
UMTS network or sends the active release request on
other networks, and the RNC receives from the CN
the IU RELEASE COMMAND message carrying the
cause value "Release due to UE generated signaling
connection release".
1: This switch is turned on. The PS inter-RAT
handover succeeds in either of the following
scenarios:
The UE sends the SIGNALLING CONNECTION
UMTS network and the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message sent by the RNC carries the
frequency for redirection.
The UE sends the active release request on a non-
UMTS network.
0: This switch is turned off. The PS inter-RAT
handover fails.
27)IRATHO_RETURN_CNT_CORRECT_PS_SWIT
CH(Return Count Correct Switch in IRATHO)
following scenario:
When the RNC sends the PS inter-RAT handover
request to the UE and waits for the IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN, the UE re-
accesses the UMTS network.
the PS inter-RAT handover succeeds in the preceding
scenario.
the PS inter-RAT handover fails in the preceding
scenario.
28)RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH(R
RC Release NAS Conflict Opt Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sends the RRC Release message to

the UE only after the NAS message is sent.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the RRC
Release message to the UE only after the NAS
message is sent.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not wait
until the NAS message is sent when sending the RRC
Release message to the UE.
29)URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITC
H(URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC initiates paging to a UE in the target
cell after the UE experiences an inter-operator-group
handover from the access cell to the target cell and
then transits to the URA_PCH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates paging
to the UE in the target cell in this scenario.
paging to the UE in the target cell in this scenario.
30)RAB_MODIFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH(RAB_MOD
IFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC processes the transmission
exception over the Iu interface during the RAB
assignment modification procedure.
transmission exception over the Iu interface during the
RAB assignment modification procedure.
process the transmission exception over the Iu
interface during the RAB assignment modification
procedure.
31)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWIT
CH(IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWIT
CH)
Whether to resolve the issue of call drop rate increase
when IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
is turned on.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The issue of
call drop rate increase is resolved when
turned on.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The issue of
call drop rate increase is not resolved when
turned on.

WCDMA RAN

nd
32)
INTER_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH(INTE
R_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the number of outgoing inter-RAT handover
attempts excludes the number of inter-RAT handover
retries.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of outgoing
inter-RAT handover attempts excludes the number of
0: This switch is turned off. The number of outgoing
inter-RAT handover attempts includes the number of
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
TCH, HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH,
ITCH,
, RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
TCH,
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH,
ITCH,
,
RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
SECU_CU_CROSS_IP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_REDIR_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_RESET_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UNSTABLE_PREEMPTED_USER_REL_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,IUFLEX_CS_IMSI_PAGING_UE_COMPAT_SW:
0,PCH_DISABLED_USE_EFD_SWITCH:
0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_EST_SWITCH:
0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_WITH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH3:0,FACH_IUR
_CU_CELL_RES_ALOC_SWITCH:
0,RAB_FAST_RB_SETUP_ACTCFG_OPT_SWITC
H:0,EFD_D2P_SEND_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_OVER_HSPA_OPT_BASED_RLREEST_SW
ITCH:0,HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REJ_TNLFAIL_CNT_SWITCH:
0,FIX_PFM_SYSOUT_FAIL_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_COUNTER_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_CU_OVERLAP_SRB_REEST_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SIG_SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,URA_PCH_PAGING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ULTRAFAST_CS_NAS_BUF_FAIL_OPT_SWITC
H:0,UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_DISCONNECT_CS_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_RRC_RELEASE_REDIRECTION_PS_S
WITCH:
0,IRATHO_RETURN_CNT_CORRECT_PS_SWITC
H:0,RRC_REL_NAS_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,URA_PCH_PAGING_OPINDEX_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_MODIFY_AL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_FIX_SWITC
H:1,INTER_RAT_HO_ATTEMPT_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Call Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 140103 Reestabl 1)HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITC
tch11 RLSWI WRFD- ishment H(RRC Transaction Identifier Compatible Switch)
TCH 160102 Garble Whether the RNC performs the validity verification
WRFD- Noise on the IE "RRC Transaction Identifier" in the
020400 Detectio HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
n and during a UMTS-to-GSM handover.
Correcti
on of 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
AMR perform the validity verification on the IE "RRC
Voice Transaction Identifier" in the HANDOVER FROM
UTRAN FAILURE message.
DRD
Introduc 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC performs the
tion validity verification on the IE "RRC Transaction
Package Identifier" in the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN
FAILURE message.
2)IRATHO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(Ou
tgoing Inter-RAT HO Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the outgoing inter-RAT
relocations for combined services.
In scenario 1: In outgoing inter-RAT relocations to the
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC directly
releases the UE's connection if it receives a CELL
UPDATE message while waiting for an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the PS domain of the CN.
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC does not
attempt to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment if an
SRB or TRB reset occurs while the RNC is waiting
for an IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the
PS domain of the CN.
In scenario 3: The RNC directly releases the UE's
connection after an inter-RAT handover failure in the
case of the parallel handling of an RL reestablishment
procedure and inter-RAT handover.
Scenario 1: In outgoing inter-RAT relocations to the
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC performs a
rollback if it receives a CELL UPDATE message
while waiting for an IU RELEASE COMMAND
message from the PS domain of the CN.
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC attempts to
trigger RL reestablishment if an SRB or TRB reset

WCDMA RAN

nd
occurs while the RNC is waiting for an IU RELEASE

Scenario 3: The RNC triggers a RAB setup procedure
again after an inter-RAT handover failure in the case
of the parallel handling of an RL reestablishment
3)CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITC
H(CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITC
H)
Whether the RNC properly forwards data when the
following conditions are met: DSCR is triggered in
CS single signaling and PS service scenarios; the UE
receives an Iu release message in the CS domain
during the DSCR and initiates access under another
RNC or system; the CN initiates data forwarding.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC properly
forwards data when the UE initiates access under
another RNC or system and the CN initiates data
forwarding in this scenario.
properly forward data and releases the UE when the
UE initiates access under another RNC or system and
the CN initiates data forwarding.
4)RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWIT
CH(RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWI
TCH)
Whether the value of the C-RNTI IE in the
RELOCATION REQUIRED message sent by the
SRNC is the same as that in the UPLINK
SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION message
when the following conditions are met: a Huawei
RNC serves as the SRNC and interconnects with an
RNC from another vendor; when the UE is in the
CELL_FACH state, the RNC from another vendor
sends a UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER
INDICATION message to the SRNC; after receiving
this message, the SRNC initiates the cell update
procedure accompanied by relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The value of the C-RNTI
IE in the RELOCATION REQUIRED message sent
by the SRNC is the same as that in the UPLINK
in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The value of the C-RNTI
by the SRNC is not the same as that in the UPLINK

WCDMA RAN

nd

in this scenario.
5)IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH(IUR Cell
Update Fail Optimize Switch)
Whether the DRNC immediately releases the UE's
connection upon downspeeding or channel fallback
caused by resource insufficiency. The downspeeding
or channel fallback occurs after the UE in a cell under
the DRNC sends a CELL UPDATE message to the
SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC does not
release the UE's connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC immediately
releases the UE's connection, which causes the
subsequent RL reestablishment to fail.
6)D2F_OVERLAP_FACH_CU_OPT_SWITCH(RB
Recfg D2F Overlap FACH Cell Update Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC, upon receiving the Cell Update
Complete and RB Reconfiguration Complete
messages from the UE, sends the UE an ACK
message in the following scenario: The cell update for
the UE in the CELL_FACH state is initiated during
the D2F procedure in the RB reconfiguration process,
and the RNC processes cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. After the cell update is
complete, the RNC sends the UE an ACK message.
0: This switch is turned off. After the cell update is
complete, the RNC does not send the UE an ACK
message. In this situation, the UE sends the Cell
Update Complete and RB Reconfiguration Complete
messages again, and the RNC releases the UE
exceptionally.
7)CS_CIPHER_BASE_TIME_PARA_FIX_SWITC
H(Fix CS Cipher Base Time Para Switch)
The function provided by this parameter is unavailable
in the current version.
Whether the RNC uses the procedure activation time
as the cipher reference time in synchronous CS RAB
setup procedure if the SRB is reconfigured from
HSDPA to DCH.
uses the procedure activation time as the cipher
reference time.

WCDMA RAN

nd

uses the time when it receives an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message as the cipher reference time.
8)
DSCR_DELAY_RLDEL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SW for Delayed RL Del in DSCR)
Whether to optimize the process of early radio link
removal during a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
1: This switch is turned on. Upon receiving an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE message
during a DSCR procedure, the RNC starts a timer with
the length of (N308 x T308 + 80) ms. After the timer
expires, the RNC initiates the radio link removal
procedure. N308 and T308 are set in the SET
UCONNMODETIMER command.
0: This switch is turned off. Upon receiving an RRC
during a DSCR procedure, the RNC keeps the original
mechanism unchanged. That is: If
URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected, the RNC
immediately removes the radio link. If
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE is
deselected, the RNC removes the radio link upon
receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND message
from the CN.
9)L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(L2
Enhance Reconfig Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature in the
following scenario: The UE has established a service
and the service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE
initiates a second service and the second service
experiences a cell update failure during its setup and is
rolled back.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC correctly
configures the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature and correctly processes the service setup and
cell update rollback in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot correctly
configure the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature, and consequently call drops occur.

WCDMA RAN

nd
10)
CS_AND_PS_REG_CO_REDIR_ATT_FLAG_SWIT
CH(Include Redir Try Flag upon CS/PS Reg)
Whether the INITIAL UE MESSAGE message sent
by a non-supporting UE for registering with the
second domain carries the IE "Redirect Attempt Flag"
when CS and PS domain registration coordination in
MOCN scenarios.
INITIAL UE MESSAGE message carries the IE
"Redirect Attempt Flag".
INITIAL UE MESSAGE message does not carry the
IE "Redirect Attempt Flag".
11)CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_CORRECT_
SWITCH(CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_COR
RECT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC updates the activation time based
on the situation that SRB over HSDPA or SRB over
HSPA is enabled. If the RNC updates the activation
time, new HS-DSCH-related parameter settings can be
more quickly activated when the RNC sends the UE
an RB establishment or reconfiguration message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC updates the
activation time based on the situation that SRB over
HSDPA or SRB over HSPA is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC updates the
activation time not based on the situation that SRB
over HSDPA or SRB over HSPA is enabled.
12)CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_S
WITCH(CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRE
CT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC obtains the connection frame
number (CFN) of the HS-DSCH carrying the SRB
during a hard handover with TRB reconfiguration or a
DRD with RB establishment.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the CFN
of the HS-DSCH carrying the SRB in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not obtain
the CFN of the HS-DSCH carrying the SRB in this
scenario.
13)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH
(Enhance Delayed RAU for CSFB UEs)
Whether the RNC delays the transmission of the
routing area update request message to the CN when

WCDMA RAN

nd
the following conditions are met: (1) A CS service on

an LTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by
CS fallback (CSFB). (2) The UE sends a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message with the routing area update request to the
CN before the CN receives a CONNECT NAS
message.
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH is turned on, the
RNC sends a routing area update request message to
the CN if one of the following conditions is met: (1)
The RNC receives a CONNECT NAS message. (2)
The timer set for delayed routing area update expires.
(3) The RNC receives a RELEASE NAS message
from the UE or CN.
processes the routing area update request message
based on the setting of
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH.
14)D2F_CROSS_RLCFAIL_CU_OPT_SWITCH(D2
F cross RLC_fail CELL UPDATE opt switch)
Whether the RNC considers a D2F state transition as
successful when the D2F state transition is triggered
in parallel with a cell update procedure caused by
RLC unrecoverable error and the Cell Update message
contains the "Reconfiguration Status Indicator" IE.
considers the D2F state transition as successful and
proceeds to process the Cell Update message.
incorrectly determines that the UE still stays in the
CELL_DCH state and undoes the D2F state transition,
and then processes the Cell Update message.
15)UE_REL_BELOW_R5_P2D_DISABLE_SWITC
H(Disable P2D for Pre-R5 UEs)
Whether to forbid the CELL_PCH- or URA_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition for UEs complying with
3GPP protocols earlier than Release 5.
1: This switch is turned on. A UE complying with
3GPP protocols earlier than Release 5 in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state cannot switch to the
CELL_DCH state, but the CELL_FACH state.
0: This switch is turned off. A UE complying with

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state can switch to the

CELL_DCH state.
16)DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC Rl Optimize
Switch)
Whether the DRNC carries the IE "Priority Queue
Information" in the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message sent to a
NodeB when a Huawei RNC serving as a DRNC
connects with a non-Huawei SRNC and the SRNC
sends a RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message with the IEs "Priority Queue
Information" and "Flexible MAC-d PDU Size" but
without the IE "HS-DSCH MAC-d Flow Specific
Information".
1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC sends the
NodeB the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message with the IE "Priority Queue
Information", and the NodeB returns a RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION READY message.
0: This switch is turned off. When the DRNC sends
the NodeB a RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message without the IE "Priority Queue
RECONFIGURATION FAILURE message.
17)FP_FAILURE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(FP_FAILU
RE_RL_REEST_SWITCH)
Whether RL re-establishment is triggered if FP
failures occur.
1: This switch is turned on. RL re-establishment is
triggered. Note: For CS+PS combined services, RL re-
establishment is not triggered if PS synchronization
fails while CS synchronization succeeds. This is
because the PS services are released while the CS
services are not. For multiple PS services, RL re-
establishment is not triggered. In other scenarios, RL
re-establishment is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. RL re-establishment is not
triggered.
18)CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H(CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H)
Whether a rollback is performed if a PS RB
reconfiguration DRD fails in combined services.
1: This switch is turned on. A rollback is performed.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. A rollback is not

performed.
19)RAB_SETUP_OVERLAP_IU_REL_STAT_OPT_
SW(Optimize Meas upon RAB Setup and Iu REL)
Whether the RNC measures RAB setup-related
performance counters of the CS or PS domain if all
the following conditions are met: A UE performs CS
+PS combined services; During RAB setup in one
domain, the other domain initiates an Iu release
procedure and then RAB setup fails.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures RAB
setup-related performance counters of the involved
domain in the preceding scenario.
measure RAB setup-related performance counters of
the involved domain in the preceding scenario.
20)IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH (Delete
Buffered Messages During Iu Release)
Whether the RNC clears the buffered RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and SECURITY
MODE COMMAND message in a domain after
from the CN in the same domain.
clears the buffered RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message and SECURITY MODE COMMAND
message in a domain after receiving an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN in the same
domain.
forwards the buffered RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and SECURITY MODE
COMMAND message in a domain to the UE after
from the CN in the same domain. As a result, the UE
experiences a call drop.
21)GSM_SYSOUT_RELOC_CANCEL_OPT_SWIT
CH(GSM Outgoing Inter-RAT HO Cancel Opt SW)
Whether the RNC sends the RELOCATION
CANCEL message only to the MSC in the following
scenario:
A UE has established the CS service link and PS
signaling link and performs a UMTS-to-GSM
handover. The RNC sends a RELOCATION
REQUIRED message only to the MSC during the

WCDMA RAN

nd
handover, causing an exception in the UMTS-to-GSM

handover. Then the relocation is canceled.
sends the RELOCATION CANCEL message only to
the MSC.
sends the RELOCATION CANCEL message to both
the MSC and SGSN.
22)ICR_CELL_IUR_CU_OPT_SWITCH(ICR PLMN
Cell Cross Iur Cell Update Switch)
Whether the cell update is optimized when ICR
operators are included in the operator group to which
the cell served by a DRNC belongs.
1: This switch is turned on. When a cell update is
triggered, the operator list carried in the UPLINK
sent by the RNC does not contain the ICR operator
information, and the CELL UPDATE message is sent
to the SRNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The mechanism remains
unchanged and the CELL UPDATE message cannot
be sent to the SRNC.
23)RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWI
TCH(RAB Established Statistics without IRAT DR
SW)
Whether to measure the number of service setup
attempts and service setup failures when the RAB
setup fails due to the blind redirection to LTE or inter-
RAT direct retry triggered by the RNC.
measure the number of service setup attempts and
service setup failures.
number of service setup attempts and service setup
failures.
24)IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_SWI
TCH(IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_S
WITCH)
Whether the RNC sends the buffered DIRECT
TRANSFER message to the UE, and then processes
the IU RELEASE COMMAND message sent by the
CN.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the
buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE,

WCDMA RAN

nd
and then processes the IU RELEASE COMMAND

message sent by the CN.
unchanged. The RNC processes the IU RELEASE
COMMAND message sent by the CN and does not
send the buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to
the UE.
25)DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH(DS
CR RRC REL Resend Optimization switch)
Whether to optimize RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message processing in the Direct Signaling
Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. In the DSCR procedure, if
a UE fails to receive the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message from the RNC, the RNC sends
this message again every 600 ms (total another twice
allowed). If the RNC receives an INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message from the UE in the CS domain
before the UE receives the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message from the RNC, the RNC
terminates DSCR and processes the INITIAL
0: This switch is turned off. In the DSCR procedure,
the RNC sends the UE three RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE messages at a time.
26)RELOCATION_PROCESS_PLMN_OPT_SWITC
H(Relocation Process Plmn Optimization Switch)
Whether to correct the relocation-related PLMN
settings controlled by the
CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH option under
the [UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CmpSwitch2]
parameter in the following scenarios:
Scenario 1: The
MOCN_SUPP_UE_ACT_AS_NOSUPP_SWITCH
option under the [UOPERATORSHARING-
MODE:MocnControlSwitch2] parameter is selected.
Scenario 2: No common operator is configured in the
cell operator group.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation-related
PLMN settings are corrected in these scenarios. If a
UE supports the MOCN feature, the DRNC
preferentially uses the PLMN ID for the home
operator of the UE when setting the LOCATION
REPORT message and the DIRECT TRANSFER
message during the relocation.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation-related

PLMN settings are not corrected in these scenarios. If
a UE supports the MOCN feature, the DRNC
preferentially uses the PLMN ID for the common
operator when setting the LOCATION REPORT
message and the DIRECT TRANSFER message
during the relocation.
27)UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH(P
SHO Opt SW for Oversized UE Ability Bitstream)
Whether to optimize the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
triggered by overly long UE capability stream for UEs
carrying no E-UTRA capability stream or carrying an
overly long E-UTRA capability stream which is
consequently discarded.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC checks the UE
capability before a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, and
then performs the handover.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not check
the UE capability during a UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover.
28)RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_S
W(RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_S
W)
Whether the RNC continues the CS service relocation
upon receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND
message from the PS domain during inter-RAT
handover preparation.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues the
CS service relocation preparation in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cancels both CS
and PS service relocation preparations in the
preceding scenario.
29)CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITC
H(CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC performs the optimization on the
UE access delay of voice calls during circuit switched
fallback (CSFB).
In scenario 1: A UE sets up supplementary services
through the LTE-to-UMTS redirection-based CSFB.
The RNC does not release the RRC connection after
supplementary services are released, and then the UE
re-initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC does not
measure the UE access delay during CSFB.Note: The

WCDMA RAN

nd
determination of supplementary services in scenario 1

is not controlled by
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under the
In scenario 2: When a UE initiates a voice call in the
LTE network, the UE falls back to the UMTS network
The RNC releases the call before it receives an
Alerting message and the CS RAB is set up. The UE
stays in the RRC connected mode, and then re-
initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC does not
measure the UE access delay during CSFB.
In scenario 3: A UE successfully initiates a CS voice
call and receives an Alerting message in the best cell
controlled by the DRNC. If the UE receives the
Alerting message again in the cell controlled by the
SRNC, the RNC does not measure the UE access
delay during CSFB.
In scenario 4: A UE initiates RRC connection setup
requests or LTE-to-UMTS handover requests with
CSFB indication carried. 10 seconds later, the UE sets
up CS services. In this case, the RNC does not
re-initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC
measures the UE access delay during CSFB.
initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC measures
the UE access delay during CSFB.
SRNC, the RNC measures the UE access delay during
CSFB.

WCDMA RAN

nd

up CS services. In this case, the RNC measures the
UE access delay during CSFB.
30)PS_PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(PS
Paging Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC records the IMSI of the UE if all
the following conditions are met: Paging a PS UE in
the idle state times out; The paging cause is
Call, or Terminating High Priority Signalling.
1: The switch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI
of the UE in the preceding scenario.
0: The switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
the IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
31)GARBLED_VOICE_CFN_ACTIVETIME_OPT_
SWITCH(Optimization Switch for Garbled Voice in
SRBoH)
Whether to eliminate garbled voices in SRB over
HSDPA scenarios and during synchronization
procedures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RTT delay for Iub
transmission is prolonged to optimize the base
encryption activation time during synchronization
procedures and to optimize the calculation of the
initial CFN in SRB over HSDPA scenarios.
0: This switch is turned off. The base encryption
activation time adopts the RFN activated during the
synchronization procedure, and the initial CFN in
SRB over HSDPA scenarios remains unchanged.
32)
SHO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW(S
HO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW)
Whether the RNC optimizes the soft handover
processing after receiving an FP synchronization
failure indication:
Scenario 1: Whether the RNC considers the PS RAB
as faulty when such failure indication for PS services
is received during the RL deletion for a soft handover
in CS+PS combined services and only one valid RL
remains.
Scenario 2: Whether the RNC considers an RL as
available when the RL is faulty because of the FP
synchronization failure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Scenario 1: The RNC considers the PS RAB as faulty

and releases the RAB.
Scenario 2: The RNC considers the faulty RL as
unavailable. If no RL is available after an RL deletion
for a soft handover, the RNC does not continue the
soft handover.
Scenario 1: The RNC abnormally releases the RRC
connection.
available. If no RL is available after an RL deletion
soft handover.
GUI Value Range:
HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITCH,
IRATHO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITCH,
RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWITCH
, IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
D2F_OVERLAP_FACH_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_CIPHER_BASE_TIME_PARA_FIX_SWITCH,
DSCR_DELAY_RLDEL_OPT_SWITCH,
L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_CORRECT_SW
ITCH,
CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWI
TCH,
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
D2F_CROSS_RLCFAIL_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
UE_REL_BELOW_R5_P2D_DISABLE_SWITCH,
DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH,
FP_FAILURE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_OVERLAP_IU_REL_STAT_OPT_SW
, IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH,
GSM_SYSOUT_RELOC_CANCEL_OPT_SWITCH,
ICR_CELL_IUR_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWITC
H,
IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_SWITC
H, DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOCATION_PROCESS_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH,
UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH,
RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_SW,
CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS_PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
GARBLED_VOICE_CFN_ACTIVETIME_OPT_SW
ITCH,
SHO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITCH
,
IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH,
,
IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH,
H,
H,
DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
Default Value:
HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITC
H:
0,RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWITC
H:0,IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,D2F_OVERLAP_FACH_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_CIPHER_BASE_TIME_PARA_FIX_SWITCH:
0,DSCR_DELAY_RLDEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_AND_PS_REG_CO_REDIR_ATT_FLAG_SWI
TCH:
0,CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
1,CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,D2F_CROSS_RLCFAIL_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_REL_BELOW_R5_P2D_DISABLE_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FP_FAILURE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H:
0,RAB_SETUP_OVERLAP_IU_REL_STAT_OPT_S
W:0,IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH:
0,GSM_SYSOUT_RELOC_CANCEL_OPT_SWITC
H:0,ICR_CELL_IUR_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWIT
CH:
0,IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOCATION_PROCESS_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH
:0,UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH:
0,RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_SW
:0,CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,GARBLED_VOICE_CFN_ACTIVETIME_OPT_S
WITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
1,SHO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Call Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 140103 Reestabl 1)HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITC
tch11 RLSWI WRFD- ishment H(RRC Transaction Identifier Compatible Switch)
TCH 160102 Garble Whether the RNC performs the validity verification
WRFD- Noise on the IE "RRC Transaction Identifier" in the
020400 Detectio HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
n and during a UMTS-to-GSM handover.
Correcti
on of 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
AMR perform the validity verification on the IE "RRC
Voice Transaction Identifier" in the HANDOVER FROM
UTRAN FAILURE message.
DRD
Introduc 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC performs the
tion validity verification on the IE "RRC Transaction
Package Identifier" in the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN
FAILURE message.
2)IRATHO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(Ou
tgoing Inter-RAT HO Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the outgoing inter-RAT
relocations for combined services.
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC directly
releases the UE's connection if it receives a CELL
UPDATE message while waiting for an IU RELEASE
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC does not
attempt to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment if an
SRB or TRB reset occurs while the RNC is waiting
for an IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the
PS domain of the CN.
In scenario 3: The RNC directly releases the UE's
connection after an inter-RAT handover failure in the
case of the parallel handling of an RL reestablishment
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC performs a
rollback if it receives a CELL UPDATE message
while waiting for an IU RELEASE COMMAND
message from the PS domain of the CN.
CS domain of GSM networks, the RNC attempts to
trigger RL reestablishment if an SRB or TRB reset

WCDMA RAN

nd
occurs while the RNC is waiting for an IU RELEASE

Scenario 3: The RNC triggers a RAB setup procedure
again after an inter-RAT handover failure in the case
of the parallel handling of an RL reestablishment
3)CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITC
H(CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITC
H)
Whether the RNC properly forwards data when the
following conditions are met: DSCR is triggered in
CS single signaling and PS service scenarios; the UE
receives an Iu release message in the CS domain
during the DSCR and initiates access under another
RNC or system; the CN initiates data forwarding.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC properly
forwards data when the UE initiates access under
another RNC or system and the CN initiates data
forwarding in this scenario.
properly forward data and releases the UE when the
UE initiates access under another RNC or system and
the CN initiates data forwarding.
4)RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWIT
CH(RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWI
TCH)
Whether the value of the C-RNTI IE in the
RELOCATION REQUIRED message sent by the
SRNC is the same as that in the UPLINK
when the following conditions are met: a Huawei
RNC serves as the SRNC and interconnects with an
RNC from another vendor; when the UE is in the
CELL_FACH state, the RNC from another vendor
sends a UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER
INDICATION message to the SRNC; after receiving
this message, the SRNC initiates the cell update
procedure accompanied by relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The value of the C-RNTI
by the SRNC is the same as that in the UPLINK
in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The value of the C-RNTI
by the SRNC is not the same as that in the UPLINK

WCDMA RAN

nd

in this scenario.
5)IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH(IUR Cell
Update Fail Optimize Switch)
Whether the DRNC immediately releases the UE's
connection upon downspeeding or channel fallback
caused by resource insufficiency. The downspeeding
or channel fallback occurs after the UE in a cell under
the DRNC sends a CELL UPDATE message to the
SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC does not
release the UE's connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC immediately
releases the UE's connection, which causes the
subsequent RL reestablishment to fail.
6)D2F_OVERLAP_FACH_CU_OPT_SWITCH(RB
Recfg D2F Overlap FACH Cell Update Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC, upon receiving the Cell Update
Complete and RB Reconfiguration Complete
messages from the UE, sends the UE an ACK
message in the following scenario: The cell update for
the UE in the CELL_FACH state is initiated during
the D2F procedure in the RB reconfiguration process,
and the RNC processes cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. After the cell update is
complete, the RNC sends the UE an ACK message.
0: This switch is turned off. After the cell update is
complete, the RNC does not send the UE an ACK
message. In this situation, the UE sends the Cell
Update Complete and RB Reconfiguration Complete
messages again, and the RNC releases the UE
exceptionally.
7)CS_CIPHER_BASE_TIME_PARA_FIX_SWITC
H(Fix CS Cipher Base Time Para Switch)
The function provided by this parameter is unavailable
in the current version.
Whether the RNC uses the procedure activation time
as the cipher reference time in synchronous CS RAB
setup procedure if the SRB is reconfigured from
HSDPA to DCH.
uses the procedure activation time as the cipher
reference time.

WCDMA RAN

nd

uses the time when it receives an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message as the cipher reference time.
8)
DSCR_DELAY_RLDEL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SW for Delayed RL Del in DSCR)
Whether to optimize the process of early radio link
removal during a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
1: This switch is turned on. Upon receiving an RRC
during a DSCR procedure, the RNC starts a timer with
the length of (N308 x T308 + 80) ms. After the timer
expires, the RNC initiates the radio link removal
procedure. N308 and T308 are set in the SET
UCONNMODETIMER command.
0: This switch is turned off. Upon receiving an RRC
during a DSCR procedure, the RNC keeps the original
mechanism unchanged. That is: If
URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected, the RNC
immediately removes the radio link. If
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE is
deselected, the RNC removes the radio link upon
from the CN.
9)L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(L2
Enhance Reconfig Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature in the
following scenario: The UE has established a service
and the service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE
initiates a second service and the second service
experiences a cell update failure during its setup and is
rolled back.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC correctly
configures the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature and correctly processes the service setup and
cell update rollback in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot correctly
configure the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature, and consequently call drops occur.

WCDMA RAN

nd
10)
CH(Include Redir Try Flag upon CS/PS Reg)
Whether the INITIAL UE MESSAGE message sent
by a non-supporting UE for registering with the
second domain carries the IE "Redirect Attempt Flag"
when CS and PS domain registration coordination in
MOCN scenarios.
INITIAL UE MESSAGE message carries the IE
"Redirect Attempt Flag".
INITIAL UE MESSAGE message does not carry the
IE "Redirect Attempt Flag".
11)CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_CORRECT_
SWITCH(CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_COR
RECT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC updates the activation time based
on the situation that SRB over HSDPA or SRB over
HSPA is enabled. If the RNC updates the activation
time, new HS-DSCH-related parameter settings can be
more quickly activated when the RNC sends the UE
an RB establishment or reconfiguration message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC updates the
activation time based on the situation that SRB over
HSDPA or SRB over HSPA is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC updates the
activation time not based on the situation that SRB
over HSDPA or SRB over HSPA is enabled.
12)CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_S
WITCH(CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRE
CT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC obtains the connection frame
number (CFN) of the HS-DSCH carrying the SRB
during a hard handover with TRB reconfiguration or a
DRD with RB establishment.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the CFN
of the HS-DSCH carrying the SRB in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not obtain
the CFN of the HS-DSCH carrying the SRB in this
scenario.
13)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH
(Enhance Delayed RAU for CSFB UEs)
Whether the RNC delays the transmission of the
routing area update request message to the CN when

WCDMA RAN

nd
the following conditions are met: (1) A CS service on

an LTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by
CS fallback (CSFB). (2) The UE sends a DIRECT
message with the routing area update request to the
CN before the CN receives a CONNECT NAS
message.
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH is turned on, the
RNC sends a routing area update request message to
the CN if one of the following conditions is met: (1)
The RNC receives a CONNECT NAS message. (2)
The timer set for delayed routing area update expires.
(3) The RNC receives a RELEASE NAS message
from the UE or CN.
processes the routing area update request message
based on the setting of
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH.
14)D2F_CROSS_RLCFAIL_CU_OPT_SWITCH(D2
F cross RLC_fail CELL UPDATE opt switch)
Whether the RNC considers a D2F state transition as
successful when the D2F state transition is triggered
in parallel with a cell update procedure caused by
RLC unrecoverable error and the Cell Update message
contains the "Reconfiguration Status Indicator" IE.
considers the D2F state transition as successful and
proceeds to process the Cell Update message.
incorrectly determines that the UE still stays in the
CELL_DCH state and undoes the D2F state transition,
and then processes the Cell Update message.
15)UE_REL_BELOW_R5_P2D_DISABLE_SWITC
H(Disable P2D for Pre-R5 UEs)
Whether to forbid the CELL_PCH- or URA_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition for UEs complying with
3GPP protocols earlier than Release 5.
1: This switch is turned on. A UE complying with
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state cannot switch to the
CELL_DCH state, but the CELL_FACH state.
0: This switch is turned off. A UE complying with

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state can switch to the

CELL_DCH state.
16)DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC Rl Optimize
Switch)
Whether the DRNC carries the IE "Priority Queue
Information" in the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message sent to a
NodeB when a Huawei RNC serving as a DRNC
connects with a non-Huawei SRNC and the SRNC
sends a RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message with the IEs "Priority Queue
Information" and "Flexible MAC-d PDU Size" but
without the IE "HS-DSCH MAC-d Flow Specific
Information".
1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC sends the
NodeB the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message with the IE "Priority Queue
RECONFIGURATION READY message.
0: This switch is turned off. When the DRNC sends
the NodeB a RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message without the IE "Priority Queue
RECONFIGURATION FAILURE message.
17)FP_FAILURE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(FP_FAILU
RE_RL_REEST_SWITCH)
Whether RL re-establishment is triggered if FP
failures occur.
1: This switch is turned on. RL re-establishment is
triggered. Note: For CS+PS combined services, RL re-
establishment is not triggered if PS synchronization
fails while CS synchronization succeeds. This is
because the PS services are released while the CS
services are not. For multiple PS services, RL re-
establishment is not triggered. In other scenarios, RL
re-establishment is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. RL re-establishment is not
triggered.
18)CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H(CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H)
Whether a rollback is performed if a PS RB
reconfiguration DRD fails in combined services.
1: This switch is turned on. A rollback is performed.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. A rollback is not

performed.
19)RAB_SETUP_OVERLAP_IU_REL_STAT_OPT_
SW(Optimize Meas upon RAB Setup and Iu REL)
Whether the RNC measures RAB setup-related
performance counters of the CS or PS domain if all
the following conditions are met: A UE performs CS
+PS combined services; During RAB setup in one
domain, the other domain initiates an Iu release
procedure and then RAB setup fails.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures RAB
setup-related performance counters of the involved
domain in the preceding scenario.
measure RAB setup-related performance counters of
the involved domain in the preceding scenario.
20)IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH (Delete
Buffered Messages During Iu Release)
Whether the RNC clears the buffered RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and SECURITY
MODE COMMAND message in a domain after
from the CN in the same domain.
clears the buffered RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message and SECURITY MODE COMMAND
message in a domain after receiving an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN in the same
domain.
forwards the buffered RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and SECURITY MODE
COMMAND message in a domain to the UE after
from the CN in the same domain. As a result, the UE
experiences a call drop.
21)GSM_SYSOUT_RELOC_CANCEL_OPT_SWIT
CH(GSM Outgoing Inter-RAT HO Cancel Opt SW)
CANCEL message only to the MSC in the following
scenario:
A UE has established the CS service link and PS
signaling link and performs a UMTS-to-GSM
handover. The RNC sends a RELOCATION
REQUIRED message only to the MSC during the

WCDMA RAN

nd
handover, causing an exception in the UMTS-to-GSM

handover. Then the relocation is canceled.
sends the RELOCATION CANCEL message only to
the MSC.
sends the RELOCATION CANCEL message to both
the MSC and SGSN.
22)ICR_CELL_IUR_CU_OPT_SWITCH(ICR PLMN
Cell Cross Iur Cell Update Switch)
Whether the cell update is optimized when ICR
operators are included in the operator group to which
the cell served by a DRNC belongs.
1: This switch is turned on. When a cell update is
triggered, the operator list carried in the UPLINK
sent by the RNC does not contain the ICR operator
information, and the CELL UPDATE message is sent
to the SRNC.
unchanged and the CELL UPDATE message cannot
be sent to the SRNC.
23)RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWI
TCH(RAB Established Statistics without IRAT DR
SW)
Whether to measure the number of service setup
attempts and service setup failures when the RAB
setup fails due to the blind redirection to LTE or inter-
RAT direct retry triggered by the RNC.
measure the number of service setup attempts and
service setup failures.
number of service setup attempts and service setup
failures.
24)IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_SWI
TCH(IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_S
WITCH)
Whether the RNC sends the buffered DIRECT
TRANSFER message to the UE, and then processes
the IU RELEASE COMMAND message sent by the
CN.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the
buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE,

WCDMA RAN

nd
and then processes the IU RELEASE COMMAND

message sent by the CN.
unchanged. The RNC processes the IU RELEASE
COMMAND message sent by the CN and does not
send the buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to
the UE.
25)DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH(DS
CR RRC REL Resend Optimization switch)
Whether to optimize RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message processing in the Direct Signaling
Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. In the DSCR procedure, if
a UE fails to receive the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message from the RNC, the RNC sends
this message again every 600 ms (total another twice
allowed). If the RNC receives an INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message from the UE in the CS domain
before the UE receives the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message from the RNC, the RNC
terminates DSCR and processes the INITIAL
0: This switch is turned off. In the DSCR procedure,
the RNC sends the UE three RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE messages at a time.
26)RELOCATION_PROCESS_PLMN_OPT_SWITC
H(Relocation Process Plmn Optimization Switch)
Whether to correct the relocation-related PLMN
settings controlled by the
CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH option under
the [UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CmpSwitch2]
parameter in the following scenarios:
Scenario 1: The
MOCN_SUPP_UE_ACT_AS_NOSUPP_SWITCH
option under the [UOPERATORSHARING-
MODE:MocnControlSwitch2] parameter is selected.
Scenario 2: No common operator is configured in the
cell operator group.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation-related
PLMN settings are corrected in these scenarios. If a
UE supports the MOCN feature, the DRNC
preferentially uses the PLMN ID for the home
operator of the UE when setting the LOCATION
REPORT message and the DIRECT TRANSFER
message during the relocation.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation-related

PLMN settings are not corrected in these scenarios. If
a UE supports the MOCN feature, the DRNC
preferentially uses the PLMN ID for the common
operator when setting the LOCATION REPORT
message and the DIRECT TRANSFER message
during the relocation.
27)UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH(P
SHO Opt SW for Oversized UE Ability Bitstream)
Whether to optimize the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
triggered by overly long UE capability stream for UEs
carrying no E-UTRA capability stream or carrying an
overly long E-UTRA capability stream which is
consequently discarded.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC checks the UE
capability before a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, and
then performs the handover.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not check
the UE capability during a UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover.
28)RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_S
W(RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_S
W)
Whether the RNC continues the CS service relocation
upon receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND
message from the PS domain during inter-RAT
handover preparation.
CS service relocation preparation in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cancels both CS
and PS service relocation preparations in the
preceding scenario.
29)CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITC
H(CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether the RNC performs the optimization on the
UE access delay of voice calls during circuit switched
fallback (CSFB).
re-initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC does not
measure the UE access delay during CSFB.Note: The

WCDMA RAN

nd
determination of supplementary services in scenario 1

is not controlled by
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under the
initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC does not
SRNC, the RNC does not measure the UE access
delay during CSFB.
up CS services. In this case, the RNC does not
re-initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC
measures the UE access delay during CSFB.
initiates CS services. In this case, the RNC measures
the UE access delay during CSFB.
SRNC, the RNC measures the UE access delay during
CSFB.

WCDMA RAN

nd

up CS services. In this case, the RNC measures the
UE access delay during CSFB.
30)PS_PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(PS
Paging Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC records the IMSI of the UE if all
the following conditions are met: Paging a PS UE in
the idle state times out; The paging cause is
Call, or Terminating High Priority Signalling.
1: The switch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI
of the UE in the preceding scenario.
0: The switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
31)GARBLED_VOICE_CFN_ACTIVETIME_OPT_
SWITCH(Optimization Switch for Garbled Voice in
SRBoH)
Whether to eliminate garbled voices in SRB over
HSDPA scenarios and during synchronization
procedures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RTT delay for Iub
transmission is prolonged to optimize the base
encryption activation time during synchronization
procedures and to optimize the calculation of the
initial CFN in SRB over HSDPA scenarios.
0: This switch is turned off. The base encryption
activation time adopts the RFN activated during the
synchronization procedure, and the initial CFN in
SRB over HSDPA scenarios remains unchanged.
32)
SHO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW(S
HO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW)
Whether the RNC optimizes the soft handover
processing after receiving an FP synchronization
failure indication:
Scenario 1: Whether the RNC considers the PS RAB
as faulty when such failure indication for PS services
is received during the RL deletion for a soft handover
in CS+PS combined services and only one valid RL
remains.
Scenario 2: Whether the RNC considers an RL as
available when the RL is faulty because of the FP

WCDMA RAN

nd
Scenario 1: The RNC considers the PS RAB as faulty

and releases the RAB.
unavailable. If no RL is available after an RL deletion
soft handover.
Scenario 1: The RNC abnormally releases the RRC
connection.
available. If no RL is available after an RL deletion
soft handover.
GUI Value Range:
HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITCH,
, IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH,
, IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH,
H,
H, DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITCH
,
IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH,
,
IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH,
H,
H,
DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
Default Value:
HO_FROM_U_FAILURE_TID_NOCHK_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_DSCR_DATA_FORWARD_SUCC_SWITC
H:
0,RELOC_REQ_WITH_CORRECT_CRNTI_SWITC
H:0,IUR_CU_FAIL_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,D2F_OVERLAP_FACH_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_CIPHER_BASE_TIME_PARA_FIX_SWITCH:
0,DSCR_DELAY_RLDEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_AND_PS_REG_CO_REDIR_ATT_FLAG_SWI
TCH:
0,CSPS_SRB_OVER_H_ACT_TIME_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
1,CSPS_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,D2F_CROSS_RLCFAIL_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_REL_BELOW_R5_P2D_DISABLE_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_RL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FP_FAILURE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_PS_RB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H:
0,RAB_SETUP_OVERLAP_IU_REL_STAT_OPT_S
W:0,IU_REL_DEL_BUFFER_MSG_SWITCH:
0,GSM_SYSOUT_RELOC_CANCEL_OPT_SWITC
H:0,ICR_CELL_IUR_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWIT
CH:
0,IU_REL_COMMAND_MSG_DELAY_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,DSCR_RRC_REL_RESEND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOCATION_PROCESS_PLMN_OPT_SWITCH
:0,UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH:
0,RELOC_PREP_CROSS_IU_REL_CMD_OPT_SW
:0,CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,GARBLED_VOICE_CFN_ACTIVETIME_OPT_S
WITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
1,SHO_DEL_RL_CROSS_FP_FAIL_IND_OPT_SW:
0
U2LTE BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UCELL 140218 Based measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me U2LTE WRFD- PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HOCOV 150220 Handov RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
MOD er from set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 150219 GUI Value Range: 0~512
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: s
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0~512
PS Default Value: 30
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
me U2LTE WRFD- PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HOCOV 150220 Handov RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
MOD er from set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 150219 GUI Value Range: 0~512
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: s
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0~512
PS Default Value: 30
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTERep BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ortMode 0 UCELL 140218 Based Mode for a UE to report LTE cell measurement
U2LTE WRFD- PS results.
HOCOV 020129 Handov
er from When the parameter is set to
MOD WRFD- PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the UE reports
UCELL UMTS
150220 to LTE measurement results periodically. When the parameter
U2LTE is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, the UE reports
HOCOV WRFD- Service-
150219 measurement results by triggering an event. For
Based details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
PS
Service GUI Value Range:
Redirect PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting),
ion from EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)
UMTS Unit: None
to LTE Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
Coverag EVENT_TRIGGER
e Based Default Value:
PS PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting)
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTERep BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ortMode 0 UCELL 140218 Based Mode for a UE to report LTE cell measurement
U2LTE WRFD- PS results.
HOCOV 020129 Handov
er from When the parameter is set to
MOD WRFD- PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the UE reports
UCELL UMTS
150220 to LTE measurement results periodically. When the parameter
U2LTE is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, the UE reports
HOCOV WRFD- Service-
150219 measurement results by triggering an event. For
Based details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
PS
Service GUI Value Range:
Redirect PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting),
ion from EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)
UMTS Unit: None
to LTE Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
Coverag EVENT_TRIGGER
e Based Default Value:
PS PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting)
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEPeri BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Interval at which a UE periodically reports
odRepor 0 UCELL 150220 e Based LTE cell measurements to the RNC. If
tInterval U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEPeriodReportInterval" is set to
HOCOV 150219 Handov NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE cannot
MOD er from periodically report LTE cell measurements, which is
UCELL UMTS not recommended. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
U2LTE to LTE GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non
HOCOV Coverag periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500),
e Based D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
PS D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
Redirect D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000),
ion from D20000(D20000), D24000(D24000),
UMTS D28000(D28000), D32000(D32000),
to LTE D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D1000(D1000)
LTEPeri BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Interval at which a UE periodically reports
odRepor 0 UCELL 150220 e Based LTE cell measurements to the RNC. If
tInterval U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEPeriodReportInterval" is set to
HOCOV 150219 Handov NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE cannot
MOD er from periodically report LTE cell measurements, which is
UCELL UMTS not recommended. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
U2LTE to LTE GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non
HOCOV Coverag periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500),
e Based D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
PS D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
Redirect D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000),
ion from D20000(D20000), D24000(D24000),
UMTS D28000(D28000), D32000(D32000),
to LTE D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D1000(D1000)

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Measurement quantity of the target LTE network
f3A U2LTE WRFD- PS reported in event 3A for a coverage-based handover.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from RSRP indicates the average signal power received at
MOD all REs carrying reference signals in a symbol.
UCELL UMTS
U2LTE to LTE RSRQ is equal to RSRP divided by RSSI. A factor
HOCOV Coverag (N) is used to adjust the ratio if the bandwidths used
e Based for measuring RSRP and RSSI are different. That is,
PS RSRQ = N x RSRP/RSSI.
Redirect For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
ion from GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
Default Value: RSRP
LTEMea BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Measurement quantity of the target LTE network
f3A U2LTE WRFD- PS reported in event 3A for a coverage-based handover.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from RSRP indicates the average signal power received at
MOD all REs carrying reference signals in a symbol.
UCELL UMTS
U2LTE to LTE RSRQ is equal to RSRP divided by RSSI. A factor
HOCOV Coverag (N) is used to adjust the ratio if the bandwidths used
e Based for measuring RSRP and RSSI are different. That is,
PS RSRQ = N x RSRP/RSSI.
Redirect For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
ion from GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning:

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black 1)SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Specia
nSwitch AC WRFD- List l UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
4 MOD 160102 Garble Whether to forbid the 4C-HSDPA function for special
UIMEIT WRFD- Noise UEs.
AC 191208 Detectio
n and 1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
WRFD- Correcti the 4C-HSDPA function.
171202 on of 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs can use
AMR the 4C-HSDPA function.
Voice 2)SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Specia
Always l UE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
HD- Whether to forbid the 3C-HSDPA function for special
Voice UEs.
Ultrafast 1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
CS Call the 3C-HSDPA function.
Setup
0: This switch is turned off and special UEs can use
the 3C-HSDPA function.
3)SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
the DC-HSDPA function.
4)SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB
DB-HSDPA features for special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on and special UEs can use
neither the DB-HSDPA nor inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA
feature.
the DB-HSDPA or inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
5)SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSUPA function for special
UEs.
the DC-HSUPA function.

WCDMA RAN

nd
6)SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITC
H(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable
Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs.
the RB SETUP message size reduction function.
7)SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(R
L Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special
UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their
radio links (RLs) on the FACH when RL
reestablishment is forbidden for common UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and special UEs cannot
reestablish their RLs on the FACH.
0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
8)SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWI
TCH(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch)
Whether to perform the RB RECFG procedure for
special UEs processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB
services.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC does not
perform the RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing
AMR-WB or AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC performs the
RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB
or AMR-NB services.
9)SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH(
Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on and the asynchronous
configuration mode is not used for a specified UE in
hard handover scenarios.
0: This switch is turned off and the asynchronous
configuration mode can be used for a specified UE in
10)SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWIT
CH(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction
Inhibition Switch for Special UEs)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to forbid UL garbled noise detection and

correction on special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and the RNC does not
perform UL garbled noise detection and correction on
specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs
UL static detection and correction on specified UEs.
11)SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA
and Compressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch)
Whether special UEs processing HSDPA services fall
back to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressed
mode.
1: This switch is turned on and special UEs processing
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
enter the compressed mode.
0: This switch is turned off and special UEs
processing HSDPA services do not fall back to the
DCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode.
12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH(HSUPA
and Compressed Mode Permission Disable Switch)
Whether special UEs processing HSUPA services fall
mode.
HSUPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSUPA services do not fall back to the
13)SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+
Whether special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall
mode.
HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSPA+ services do not fall back to the
14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH(Simult
aneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE compressed

modes simultaneously for special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then
LTE measurements.
0: This switch is turned off, and GSM, UMTS, and
LTE compressed modes are started simultaneously for
special UEs.
15)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_S
WITCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users)
When SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the
RNC preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE
message and then processes the security mode
message. However, some special UEs in the
CELL_FACH state experience call drops. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC performs optimized
processing for these special UEs. That is, the RNC
sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM message to these
UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC does not reset
SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC performs
optimized processing for these special UEs.
16)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH(Security Mode and CU Compatibility Switch
for Special UEs)
when a UE initiates a cell update procedure during a
security mode control procedure.1: This switch is set
to on. When a UE initiates a cell update procedure
during a security mode control procedure, the RNC
normally releases the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE initiates a cell
update procedure during a security mode control
procedure, the RNC rolls back the security mode
control procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure.
17)SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC calibrates the maximum downlink
transmit power of UEs of specified TACs, that is,
whether the RNC increments the original maximum

WCDMA RAN

nd
downlink transmit power by a power offset for UEs of

specified TACs.
calibrates the maximum downlink transmit power for
UEs of specified TACs.
does not calibrate the maximum downlink transmit
power for UEs of specified TACs.
18)SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH
Whether to forbid the use of the optimized downlink
SRB transport format for special UEs when these UEs
use HSDPA channels for data transmission and use
R99 signaling channels.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. After a
special UE has established a RAB, if only the 3.4
kbit/s SRB for the special UE is carried on R99
channels, the special UE is not allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format. The
downlink SRB transport format for special UEs are set
by running the "ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF" command.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. After a
channels, the special UE is allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format [1*0,
1*148].
19)
SPECUSER_ALWAYS_HDVOICE_FORBID_SWIT
CH
Whether to disable Always HD-Voice for specified
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. Always HD-Voice is
disabled for the specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. Always HD-Voice can be
enabled for the specified UEs.
20)
SPECUSER_ALR_IU_UU_PARALLEL_DISABLED
_SW(Special UE ALR IuUu Parallel Disable Switch)
Whether to disallow parallel alerting over the Iu and
Uu interfaces for special UEs.
1. This switch is turned on. Parallel alerting over the
Iu and Uu interfaces is disallowed for special UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. Parallel alerting over the
Iu and Uu interfaces is allowed for special UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,
SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITC
H,
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH
, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWI
TCH,
SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_SWI
TCH,
SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH,
CH,
_SW
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
,
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
_SW
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ALWAYS_HDVOICE_FORBID_SWI
TCH:
0,SPECUSER_ALR_IU_UU_PARALLEL_DISABL
ED_SW:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black 1)SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Specia
nSwitch AC WRFD- List l UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
4 MOD 160102 Garble Whether to forbid the 4C-HSDPA function for special
UIMEIT WRFD- Noise UEs.
AC 191208 Detectio
n and 1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
WRFD- Correcti the 4C-HSDPA function.
171202 on of 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs can use
AMR the 4C-HSDPA function.
Voice 2)SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Specia
Always l UE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
HD- Whether to forbid the 3C-HSDPA function for special
Voice UEs.
Ultrafast 1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
CS Call the 3C-HSDPA function.
Setup
the 3C-HSDPA function.
3)SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
4)SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB
DB-HSDPA features for special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on and special UEs can use
neither the DB-HSDPA nor inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA
feature.
the DB-HSDPA or inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
5)SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSUPA function for special
UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
6)SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITC
H(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable
Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs.
7)SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(R
L Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special
UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their
radio links (RLs) on the FACH when RL
reestablishment is forbidden for common UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and special UEs cannot
0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
8)SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWI
TCH(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch)
Whether to perform the RB RECFG procedure for
special UEs processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB
services.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC does not
perform the RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing
AMR-WB or AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC performs the
RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB
or AMR-NB services.
9)SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH(
Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on and the asynchronous
configuration mode is not used for a specified UE in
0: This switch is turned off and the asynchronous
configuration mode can be used for a specified UE in
10)SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWIT
CH(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction
Inhibition Switch for Special UEs)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to forbid UL garbled noise detection and

correction on special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and the RNC does not
perform UL garbled noise detection and correction on
specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs
UL static detection and correction on specified UEs.
11)SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA
Whether special UEs processing HSDPA services fall
mode.
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSDPA services do not fall back to the
12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH(HSUPA
and Compressed Mode Permission Disable Switch)
Whether special UEs processing HSUPA services fall
mode.
HSUPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSUPA services do not fall back to the
13)SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+
Whether special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall
mode.
HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSPA+ services do not fall back to the
14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH(Simult
aneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE compressed

modes simultaneously for special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then
LTE measurements.
0: This switch is turned off, and GSM, UMTS, and
LTE compressed modes are started simultaneously for
special UEs.
15)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_S
WITCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users)
When SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the
RNC preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE
message and then processes the security mode
message. However, some special UEs in the
CELL_FACH state experience call drops. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC performs optimized
processing for these special UEs. That is, the RNC
sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM message to these
UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC does not reset
SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC performs
16)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH(Security Mode and CU Compatibility Switch
for Special UEs)
when a UE initiates a cell update procedure during a
security mode control procedure.1: This switch is set
to on. When a UE initiates a cell update procedure
during a security mode control procedure, the RNC
normally releases the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE initiates a cell
update procedure during a security mode control
procedure, the RNC rolls back the security mode
control procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure.
17)SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC calibrates the maximum downlink
transmit power of UEs of specified TACs, that is,
whether the RNC increments the original maximum

WCDMA RAN

nd
downlink transmit power by a power offset for UEs of

specified TACs.
calibrates the maximum downlink transmit power for
UEs of specified TACs.
does not calibrate the maximum downlink transmit
power for UEs of specified TACs.
18)SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH
Whether to forbid the use of the optimized downlink
SRB transport format for special UEs when these UEs
use HSDPA channels for data transmission and use
R99 signaling channels.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. After a
channels, the special UE is not allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format. The
downlink SRB transport format for special UEs are set
by running the "ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF" command.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. After a
channels, the special UE is allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format [1*0,
1*148].
19)
CH
Whether to disable Always HD-Voice for specified
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. Always HD-Voice is
disabled for the specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. Always HD-Voice can be
enabled for the specified UEs.
20)
_SW(Special UE ALR IuUu Parallel Disable Switch)
Whether to disallow parallel alerting over the Iu and
Uu interfaces for special UEs.
1. This switch is turned on. Parallel alerting over the
Iu and Uu interfaces is disallowed for special UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. Parallel alerting over the
Iu and Uu interfaces is allowed for special UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

H,
, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
_SW
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
,
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
_SW
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ALWAYS_HDVOICE_FORBID_SWI
TCH:
0,SPECUSER_ALR_IU_UU_PARALLEL_DISABL
ED_SW:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black 1)SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITC
nSwitch AC WRFD- List H
2 MOD 160106 Fast Whether to limit the DL peak rate to 8 kbit/s on the
UIMEIT Radio DCH for the PS service in CS+PS combined services
AC Bearer of a special UE.
Setup
1: This switch is turned on, the DL peak rate on the
DCH is limited to 8 kbit/s.
0: This switch is turned off, there is no limit on the DL
peak rate on the DCH.
2)SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to adjust the data rate of special CS
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, the RNC does not adjust
the uplink data rate of special CS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, the RNC adjusts the
uplink data rate of special CS UEs when required.
3)SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH
1: This switch is turned on, Special UEs are not
allowed to perform UE-not-involved relocation.
0: This switch is turned off, There is no limitation on
special UEs.
4)SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH
Whether to enable the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature
for UEs using a certain type approval code (TAC).
1: This switch is turned on, and special users do not
support the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
0: This switch is turned off, and special users support
the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
5)SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITC
H
Whether special UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services support the combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. Special UEs that are
processing CS+PS combined services do not support
the combined hard handover and SRNS relocation. If
the PS service included in the CS+PS combined
services is a BE service, the RNC releases the special
UE's PS connection and then triggers a combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation for CS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. Special UEs that are

processing CS+PS combined services support the
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation.
6)SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH
Whether special UEs are forbidden from measuring
LTE cells.
1: This switch is turned on. The special UEs are not
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will not
send LTE cell measurement control messages to them.
0: This switch is turned off. The special UEs are
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will send
LTE cell measurement control messages to them when
necessary.
7)SPECUSER_RELOC_ANTI_DISABLED_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC adds the estimated number of direct
transfer messages to the RRC SNs of SRB3 and SRB4
for special UEs during relocations. The estimated
number of direct transfer messages is specified by
RelocAnticipateDlDtNum.
does not add the estimated number of direct transfer
messages to the RRC SNs of SRB3 and SRB4 for
special UEs during relocations.
adds the estimated number of direct transfer messages
to the RRC SNs of SRB3 and SRB4 for special UEs
during relocations.
8)SPECUSER_ASYN_RABMOD_AMR_RBRECFG
_SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous AMR RAB
reconfiguration for special UEs.
Asynchronous AMR RAB reconfiguration is
disallowed for special UEs.
Asynchronous AMR RAB reconfiguration is allowed
for special UEs.
9)SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOD_SERV_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous serving cell change
procedures for special UEs whose SRBs are carried on
the DCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Special UEs

whose SRBs are carried on the DCH are not allowed
to perform asynchronous serving cell change
procedures.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Special UEs
whose SRBs are carried on the DCH are allowed to
perform asynchronous serving cell change procedures.
10)SPECUSER_ASYN_DCCC_RECFG_SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous DCCC procedures
for special UEs.
Asynchronous DCCC procedures are disallowed for
special UEs.
Asynchronous DCCC procedures are allowed for
special UEs.
11)SPECUSER_ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous CM for special
UEs.
are not allowed to start the CM in asynchronous
mode.
are allowed to start the CM in asynchronous mode.
12)SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOH_SERV_CELL_CHG
_SWITCH
HSDPA channels.
whose SRBs are carried on HSDPA channels are not
allowed to perform asynchronous serving cell change
procedures.
whose SRBs are carried on HSDPA channels are
procedures.
GUI Value Range:
SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWITC
H, SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
SPECUSER_RELOC_ANTI_DISABLED_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_ASYN_RABMOD_AMR_RBRECFG_
SWITCH,
SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOD_SERV_CELL_CHG_S
WITCH,
SPECUSER_ASYN_DCCC_RECFG_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOH_SERV_CELL_CHG_S
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH:0,SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITCH
:
0,SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH:
0,SPECUSER_RELOC_ANTI_DISABLED_SWITC
H:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_RABMOD_AMR_RBRECFG
_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOD_SERV_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_DCCC_RECFG_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOH_SERV_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black 1)SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITC
nSwitch AC WRFD- List H
2 MOD 160106 Fast Whether to limit the DL peak rate to 8 kbit/s on the
UIMEIT Radio DCH for the PS service in CS+PS combined services
AC Bearer of a special UE.
Setup
1: This switch is turned on, the DL peak rate on the
DCH is limited to 8 kbit/s.
0: This switch is turned off, there is no limit on the DL
peak rate on the DCH.
2)SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to adjust the data rate of special CS
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, the RNC does not adjust
the uplink data rate of special CS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, the RNC adjusts the
uplink data rate of special CS UEs when required.
3)SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH
1: This switch is turned on, Special UEs are not
allowed to perform UE-not-involved relocation.
0: This switch is turned off, There is no limitation on
special UEs.
4)SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH
Whether to enable the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature
for UEs using a certain type approval code (TAC).
1: This switch is turned on, and special users do not
support the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
0: This switch is turned off, and special users support
the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
5)SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITC
H
Whether special UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services support the combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. Special UEs that are
processing CS+PS combined services do not support
the combined hard handover and SRNS relocation. If
the PS service included in the CS+PS combined
services is a BE service, the RNC releases the special
UE's PS connection and then triggers a combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation for CS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. Special UEs that are

processing CS+PS combined services support the
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation.
6)SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH
Whether special UEs are forbidden from measuring
LTE cells.
1: This switch is turned on. The special UEs are not
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will not
send LTE cell measurement control messages to them.
0: This switch is turned off. The special UEs are
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will send
LTE cell measurement control messages to them when
necessary.
7)SPECUSER_RELOC_ANTI_DISABLED_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC adds the estimated number of direct
transfer messages to the RRC SNs of SRB3 and SRB4
for special UEs during relocations. The estimated
number of direct transfer messages is specified by
RelocAnticipateDlDtNum.
does not add the estimated number of direct transfer
messages to the RRC SNs of SRB3 and SRB4 for
special UEs during relocations.
adds the estimated number of direct transfer messages
to the RRC SNs of SRB3 and SRB4 for special UEs
during relocations.
8)SPECUSER_ASYN_RABMOD_AMR_RBRECFG
_SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous AMR RAB
reconfiguration for special UEs.
Asynchronous AMR RAB reconfiguration is
disallowed for special UEs.
Asynchronous AMR RAB reconfiguration is allowed
for special UEs.
9)SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOD_SERV_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH
the DCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd

whose SRBs are carried on the DCH are not allowed
to perform asynchronous serving cell change
procedures.
whose SRBs are carried on the DCH are allowed to
perform asynchronous serving cell change procedures.
10)SPECUSER_ASYN_DCCC_RECFG_SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous DCCC procedures
for special UEs.
Asynchronous DCCC procedures are disallowed for
special UEs.
Asynchronous DCCC procedures are allowed for
special UEs.
11)SPECUSER_ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH
Whether to disallow asynchronous CM for special
UEs.
are not allowed to start the CM in asynchronous
mode.
are allowed to start the CM in asynchronous mode.
12)SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOH_SERV_CELL_CHG
_SWITCH
HSDPA channels.
whose SRBs are carried on HSDPA channels are not
procedures.
whose SRBs are carried on HSDPA channels are
procedures.
GUI Value Range:
H, SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH:0,SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITCH
:
0,SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH:
0,SPECUSER_RELOC_ANTI_DISABLED_SWITC
H:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_RABMOD_AMR_RBRECFG
_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOD_SERV_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_DCCC_RECFG_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_ASYN_SRBOH_SERV_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH:0
Coexist BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

MeasTh 0 UHOCO 020302 Frequen event 2D/2F measurement threshold of which
dChoice MM WRFD- cy Hard measurement type (inter-frequency or inter-RAT
020303 Handov measurements) will be used, when inter-frequency and
er Based inter-RAT measurements coexist.
on
Coverag When
e COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is
selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
Inter- oriented towards inter-frequency configuration are
RAT selected. When
Handov COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is
er Based selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
on oriented towards inter-RAT configuration are selected.
Coverag
e GUI Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Ch
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Cho
osing the inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Default Value:
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coexist BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

MeasTh 0 UHOCO 020302 Frequen event 2D/2F measurement threshold of which
dChoice MM WRFD- cy Hard measurement type (inter-frequency or inter-RAT
020303 Handov measurements) will be used, when inter-frequency and
er Based inter-RAT measurements coexist.
on
Coverag When
e COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is
selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
Inter- oriented towards inter-frequency configuration are
RAT selected. When
Handov COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is
er Based selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
on oriented towards inter-RAT configuration are selected.
Coverag
e GUI Value Range:
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Cho
osing the inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Default Value:
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters)

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterPlm BSC690 SET WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Whether inter-RAT inter-PLMN handovers
nHoAllo 0 UOPER 0213040 d are allowed.
wedInter ATORS 1 Carrier GUI Value Range: NO, YES
Rat HARIN WRFD- for Each
GMOD Operator Unit: None
021311
E MOCN Actual Value Range: NO, YES
WRFD-
0213040 Introduc Default Value: NO
3 tion
Package
WRFD-
0213110 Mobility
3 Control
and
WRFD- Service
021304 Differen
tiation
MOCN
Mobility
Manage
ment
RAN
Sharing
Introduc
tion
Package

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterPlm BSC691 SET WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Whether inter-RAT inter-PLMN handovers
nHoAllo 0 UOPER 0213040 d are allowed.
wedInter ATORS 1 Carrier GUI Value Range: NO, YES
Rat HARIN WRFD- for Each
GMOD Operator Unit: None
021311
E MOCN Actual Value Range: NO, YES
WRFD-
0213040 Introduc Default Value: NO
3 tion
Package
WRFD-
0213110 Mobility
3 Control
and
WRFD- Service
021304 Differen
tiation
MOCN
Mobility
Manage
ment
RAN
Sharing
Introduc
tion
Package
SupCnO BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the CN operator group index is
pGrpInd 0 UCELL 020129 Based used. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the CN
ex NFREQ PS Operator Group Index parameter must be configured,
PRIOIN Service and the frequency information in a measurement
FO Redirect control message sent to UEs is filtered based on
MOD ion from operator information. If this parameter is set to
UCELL UMTS FALSE, the frequency information in the
NFREQ to LTE measurement control message is not filtered.
FO Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
SupCnO BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the CN operator group index is
pGrpInd 0 UCELL 020129 Based used. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the CN
ex NFREQ PS Operator Group Index parameter must be configured,
PRIOIN Service and the frequency information in a measurement
FO Redirect control message sent to UEs is filtered based on
MOD ion from operator information. If this parameter is set to
UCELL UMTS FALSE, the frequency information in the
NFREQ to LTE measurement control message is not filtered.
FO Unit: None
CnOpGr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Index of an operator group.

pIndex 0 UCELL 020129 Based GUI Value Range: 0~31
NFREQ PS
PRIOIN Service Unit: None
FO Redirect Actual Value Range: 0~31
MOD ion from Default Value: None
UCELL UMTS
NFREQ to LTE
PRIOIN
FO
CnOpGr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Index of an operator group.

pIndex 0 UCELL 020129 Based GUI Value Range: 0~31
NFREQ PS
PRIOIN Service Unit: None
FO Redirect Actual Value Range: 0~31
MOD ion from Default Value: None
UCELL UMTS
NFREQ to LTE
PRIOIN
FO

WCDMA RAN

nd
CnOpGr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Index of the operator group that serves an
pIndex 0 ULTEC 020129 Based LTE cell.
ELL WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 0~31
MOD 020126 Service
Redirect Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL ion from Actual Value Range: 0~31
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
CnOpGr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Index of the operator group that serves an
pIndex 0 ULTEC 020129 Based LTE cell.
ELL WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 0~31
MOD 020126 Service
Redirect Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL ion from Actual Value Range: 0~31
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPIDBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Policy of using the LTE frequency in the
sedU2L 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID to filter the target
PSHoM FG er Based frequencies when UEs perform SPID-based UMTS-
ode MOD on SPID to-LTE PS handovers or redirections. When this
USPIDC parameter is set to NOT_FILTERED, the target
FG frequency is not filtered using the LTE frequency in
the RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID. When this
parameter is set to
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the
LTE frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered. When this parameter is
set to LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the LTE
frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered, and the LTE
frequencies that are in the RAT/Frequency Priority
Group ID and with a lower priority than UMTS cells
are filtered.
GUI Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED,
LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
Default Value: NOT_FILTERED

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPIDBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Policy of using the LTE frequency in the
sedU2L 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID to filter the target
PSHoM FG er Based frequencies when UEs perform SPID-based UMTS-
ode MOD on SPID to-LTE PS handovers or redirections. When this
USPIDC parameter is set to NOT_FILTERED, the target
FG frequency is not filtered using the LTE frequency in
the RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID. When this
parameter is set to
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the
LTE frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered. When this parameter is
set to LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the LTE
frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered, and the LTE
frequencies that are in the RAT/Frequency Priority
Group ID and with a lower priority than UMTS cells
are filtered.
GUI Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
Default Value: NOT_FILTERED
RatFreq BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: ID of a RAT/frequency priority group.
Priority 0 URATF 160270 Handov GUI Value Range: 0~255
GroupId REQPRI er Based
OGROU on SPID Unit: None
P Actual Value Range: 0~255
MOD Default Value: None
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
RMV
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P

WCDMA RAN

nd
RatFreq BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: ID of a RAT/frequency priority group.
Priority 0 URATF 160270 Handov GUI Value Range: 0~255
GroupId REQPRI er Based
OGROU on SPID Unit: None
P Actual Value Range: 0~255
MOD Default Value: None
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
RMV
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
SPIDBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Whether the UE can be handed over or
sedHand 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov redirected from a UMTS cell to an LTE cell.
overInd FG er Based GUI Value Range: NO, YES
MOD on SPID
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: YES
SPIDBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Whether the UE can be handed over or
sedHand 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov redirected from a UMTS cell to an LTE cell.
overInd FG er Based GUI Value Range: NO, YES
MOD on SPID
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: YES
RatFreq BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov frequency priorities.
GroupId FG er Based GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD on SPID
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None
RatFreq BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov frequency priorities.
GroupId FG er Based GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD on SPID
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
DediPri BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Priority of a RAT or frequency. The value 0
ority 0 URATF 160270 Handov indicates the lowest priority. For details about this
REQPRI er Based parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
OGROU on SPID GUI Value Range: 0~7
P
Unit: None
MOD
URATF Actual Value Range: 0~7
REQPRI Default Value: None
OGROU
P
DediPri BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Priority of a RAT or frequency. The value 0
ority 0 URATF 160270 Handov indicates the lowest priority. For details about this
REQPRI er Based parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
OGROU on SPID GUI Value Range: 0~7
P
Unit: None
MOD
URATF Actual Value Range: 0~7
REQPRI Default Value: None
OGROU
P
ImsiGrp BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Index of an IMSI number segment.
Index 0 UIMSI 171224 Manage GUI Value Range: 0~1023
MM ment
Based Unit: None
MOD
UIMSI on IMSI Actual Value Range: 0~1023
MM for Default Value: None
Multiple
RMV Operator
UIMSI s
MM
ImsiGrp BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Index of an IMSI number segment.
Index 0 UIMSI 171224 Manage GUI Value Range: 0~1023
MM ment
Based Unit: None
MOD
UIMSI on IMSI Actual Value Range: 0~1023
MM for Default Value: None
Multiple
RMV Operator
UIMSI s
MM

WCDMA RAN

nd
RatFreq BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 UIMSI 171224 Manage frequency priorities.
GroupId MM ment GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD Based
on IMSI Unit: None
UIMSI
MM for Actual Value Range: 0~255
Multiple Default Value: None
Operator
s
RatFreq BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 UIMSI 171224 Manage frequency priorities.
GroupId MM ment GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD Based
on IMSI Unit: None
UIMSI
MM for Actual Value Range: 0~255
Multiple Default Value: None
Operator
s
U2LCon BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

nTarget 0 URATF 171224 Manage Whether the currently configured EUTRAN
FreqInd REQPRI ment "DLARFCN" is used as the target frequency for IMSI-
OGROU Based based U2L mobility in connected mode.
P on IMSI
MOD for When this parameter is set to TRUE, the function of
URATF Multiple IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode can use
REQPRI Operator "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
OGROU s When this parameter is set to FALSE, the function of
P IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode cannot
use "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
The function of U2L mobility in connected mode
includes fast return, redirection, and handover.
Unit: None
Default Value: True

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LCon BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

nTarget 0 URATF 171224 Manage Whether the currently configured EUTRAN
FreqInd REQPRI ment "DLARFCN" is used as the target frequency for IMSI-
OGROU Based based U2L mobility in connected mode.
P on IMSI
MOD for When this parameter is set to TRUE, the function of
URATF Multiple IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode can use
REQPRI Operator "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
OGROU s When this parameter is set to FALSE, the function of
P IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode cannot
use "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
The function of U2L mobility in connected mode
includes fast return, redirection, and handover.
Unit: None
Default Value: True
UsedFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSCP threshold of the used frequency.
qThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
CP U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV 150219 Handov of the target cell is higher than the corresponding
MOD er from decision threshold as indicated by
UCELL UMTS "TargetRatThdRSRP" or "TargetRatThdRSRQ".For
U2LTE to LTE details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -115~-25
e Based Unit: dBm
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -115~-25
ion from Default Value: -107
UMTS
to LTE
UsedFre BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSCP threshold of the used frequency.
qThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
CP U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -115~-25
e Based Unit: dBm
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -115~-25
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
UsedFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Ec/No threshold of the used frequency.
qThdEc 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
No U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -24~0
e Based Unit: dB
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -24~0
UMTS
to LTE
UsedFre BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Ec/No threshold of the used frequency.
qThdEc 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
No U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -24~0
e Based Unit: dB
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -24~0
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor3 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for reporting event 3A. For details, see
U2LTE WRFD- PS 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from According to simulation results, the shadow fading
MOD variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
UCELL UMTS
to LTE small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
U2LTE decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB. The shadow
HOCOV Coverag fading variance of low-speed cells covering many
e Based high buildings is large. Therefore, increase the
PS parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Redirect
UMTS Unit: 0.5dB
to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hystfor3 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for reporting event 3A. For details, see
U2LTE WRFD- PS 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from According to simulation results, the shadow fading
MOD variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
UCELL UMTS
to LTE small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
U2LTE decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB. The shadow
HOCOV Coverag fading variance of low-speed cells covering many
e Based high buildings is large. Therefore, increase the
PS parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Redirect
UMTS Unit: 0.5dB
to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4
U2LTEF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Layer 3 filtering coefficient for LTE cell
U2LTE WRFD- PS measurements.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from The RNC delivers the layer 3 filtering coefficient to a
MOD UE to smooth measurement results based on the
UCELL UMTS
to LTE following formula:
U2LTE
HOCOV Coverag Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x Mn
e Based where
PS a = 1/(2^(k/2))
Redirect
ion from k indicates the layer 3 filtering coefficient.
UMTS Fn-1 indicates the measurement result after the
to LTE filtering of the preceding time.
Mn indicates the latest measurement result.
Fn indicates the measurement result after filtering for
this time.
For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LTEF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Layer 3 filtering coefficient for LTE cell
U2LTE WRFD- PS measurements.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from The RNC delivers the layer 3 filtering coefficient to a
MOD UE to smooth measurement results based on the
UCELL UMTS
to LTE following formula:
U2LTE
HOCOV Coverag Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x Mn
e Based where
PS a = 1/(2^(k/2))
Redirect
ion from k indicates the layer 3 filtering coefficient.
UMTS Fn-1 indicates the measurement result after the
to LTE filtering of the preceding time.
Mn indicates the latest measurement result.
Fn indicates the measurement result after filtering for
this time.
GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based threshold for LTE cell measurements. If
RP U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEReportMode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER,
HOCOV 150219 Handov event 3A is triggered when the UE detects the quality
MOD er from of the target cell is higher than the threshold and the
UCELL UMTS quality of the used frequency is lower than the
U2LTE to LTE corresponding threshold. If "LTEReportMode" is set
HOCOV Coverag to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is
e Based triggered when the RNC detects that the quality of the
PS target cell is higher than the threshold. For details
Redirect about this parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
ion from measurement reporting criteria" in 3GPP TS 25.331.
UMTS The RNC carries the Threshold other system IE in the
to LTE measurement control message sent to the UE. This IE
is used to calculate the actual value of the inter-RAT
measurement threshold. Actual value = Threshold
other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold other system =
GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -140~-44(Actual value meets the
condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 141)
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based threshold for LTE cell measurements. If
RP U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEReportMode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER,
HOCOV 150219 Handov event 3A is triggered when the UE detects the quality
MOD er from of the target cell is higher than the threshold and the
UCELL UMTS quality of the used frequency is lower than the
U2LTE to LTE corresponding threshold. If "LTEReportMode" is set
HOCOV Coverag to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is
e Based triggered when the RNC detects that the quality of the
PS target cell is higher than the threshold. For details
Redirect about this parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold other system =
GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSRQ threshold for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based measurements. If "LTEReportMode" is set to
RQ U2LTE WRFD- PS EVENT_TRIGGER, event 3A is triggered when the
HOCOV 150219 Handov UE detects the quality of the target cell is higher than
MOD er from the threshold and the quality of the used frequency is
UCELL UMTS lower than the corresponding threshold. If
U2LTE to LTE "LTEReportMode" is set to
HOCOV Coverag PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is triggered
e Based when the RNC detects that the quality of the target
PS cell is higher than the threshold. For details about this
Redirect parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
other system/2 [dB], Threshold other system = GUI
value - 40.
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual value meets the
condition: Actual Value = GUI Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSRQ threshold for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based measurements. If "LTEReportMode" is set to
RQ U2LTE WRFD- PS EVENT_TRIGGER, event 3A is triggered when the
HOCOV 150219 Handov UE detects the quality of the target cell is higher than
MOD er from the threshold and the quality of the used frequency is
UCELL UMTS lower than the corresponding threshold. If
U2LTE to LTE "LTEReportMode" is set to
HOCOV Coverag PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is triggered
e Based when the RNC detects that the quality of the target
PS cell is higher than the threshold. For details about this
Redirect parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
other system/2 [dB], Threshold other system = GUI
value - 40.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
TrigTim BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Time-to-trigger for reporting event 3A. The
e3A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based value of this parameter is related to slow fading. For
U2LTE WRFD- PS details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
MOD er from D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
UCELL UMTS D1280, D2560, D5000
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: ms
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
PS 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Redirect Default Value: D0
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
TrigTim BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Time-to-trigger for reporting event 3A. The
e3A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based value of this parameter is related to slow fading. For
U2LTE WRFD- PS details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
MOD er from D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
UCELL UMTS D1280, D2560, D5000
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: ms
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
PS 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Redirect Default Value: D0
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

PeriodL 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for periodically reporting LTE signal
TE U2LTE WRFD- PS quality. When LTE cell measurements are periodically
HOCOV 150219 Handov reported and the target frequency quality meets the
MOD er from following requirement, the UE performs handovers or
UCELL UMTS redirections:
U2LTE to LTE
Mother_RAT is greater than or equal to Tother_RAT
HOCOV Coverag plus HystforPeriodLTE/2, where
e Based
PS Mother_RAT refers to the LTE cell measurement
Redirect result. Tother_RAT refers to the threshold for RSRP or
ion from RSRQ decision of the LTE system for PS services.
UMTS Setting this parameter reduces the error decision rate
to LTE caused by signal jitter.
According to simulation results, the shadow fading
variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB.
The shadow fading variance of low-speed cells
covering many high buildings is large. Therefore,
increase the parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hystfor BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

PeriodL 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for periodically reporting LTE signal
TE U2LTE WRFD- PS quality. When LTE cell measurements are periodically
HOCOV 150219 Handov reported and the target frequency quality meets the
MOD er from following requirement, the UE performs handovers or
UCELL UMTS redirections:
U2LTE to LTE
Mother_RAT is greater than or equal to Tother_RAT
HOCOV Coverag plus HystforPeriodLTE/2, where
e Based
PS Mother_RAT refers to the LTE cell measurement
Redirect result. Tother_RAT refers to the threshold for RSRP or
ion from RSRQ decision of the LTE system for PS services.
UMTS Setting this parameter reduces the error decision rate
to LTE caused by signal jitter.
According to simulation results, the shadow fading
variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB.
The shadow fading variance of low-speed cells
covering many high buildings is large. Therefore,
increase the parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UHOCO 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail MM WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
WRFD- QoS measurement (inter-RAT or UMTS-to-LTE) during the
020303 period specified by this timer.
Inter
WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
020304 cy Hard Unit: s
Handov
er Based Actual Value Range: 0~65535
on Default Value: 10
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UHOCO 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail MM WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
020303 period specified by this timer.
Inter
WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Handov
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UCELL 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail HOCO WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov MM 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
MOD on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
UCELL 020303
HOCO Inter period specified by this timer.
MM WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Handov
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UCELL 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail HOCO WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov MM 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
MOD on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
UCELL 020303
HOCO Inter period specified by this timer.
MM WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Handov
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
SuppPS BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

HOFlag 0 ULTEC 020129 Based This parameter specifies whether an LTE cell supports
ELL WRFD- PS PS handover.
MOD 020126 Service
Redirect When this parameter is set to SUPPORT, the RNC
ULTEC support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE. Before
ELL ion from
UMTS selection, it must be confirmed that CN NEs, and the
to LTE LTE cell both support the handover flow.
Mobility When this parameter is set to NOT SUPPORT, not all

Between of the RNC, CN NEs, and the LTE cell support the PS
UMTS handover from UMTS to LTE.
and LTE GUI Value Range: NotSupport(NotSupport),
Phase 1 Support(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Default Value: NotSupport(NotSupport)

WCDMA RAN

nd
SuppPS BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

HOFlag 0 ULTEC 020129 Based This parameter specifies whether an LTE cell supports
ELL WRFD- PS PS handover.
MOD 020126 Service
Redirect When this parameter is set to SUPPORT, the RNC
ULTEC support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE. Before
ELL ion from
UMTS selection, it must be confirmed that CN NEs, and the
to LTE LTE cell both support the handover flow.
Mobility When this parameter is set to NOT SUPPORT, not all

Between of the RNC, CN NEs, and the LTE cell support the PS
UMTS handover from UMTS to LTE.
and LTE GUI Value Range: NotSupport(NotSupport),
Phase 1 Support(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Default Value: NotSupport(NotSupport)
BlindFla BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: ID of the neighboring LTE cell for blind
g 0 ULTEN 150216 Based handovers. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
CELL WRFD- PS neighboring LTE cell serves as the cell for UMTS-to-
MOD 020129 Redirect LTE blind redirections. If this parameter is set to
ULTEN ion from FALSE, the neighboring LTE cell does not serve as
WRFD- UMTS the cell for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections.
CELL 150219 to LTE GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Service- Unit: None
Based
PS Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Service Default Value: False
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
BlindFla BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: ID of the neighboring LTE cell for blind
g 0 ULTEN 150216 Based handovers. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
CELL WRFD- PS neighboring LTE cell serves as the cell for UMTS-to-
MOD 020129 Redirect LTE blind redirections. If this parameter is set to
ULTEN ion from FALSE, the neighboring LTE cell does not serve as
WRFD- UMTS the cell for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections.
CELL 150219 to LTE GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Service- Unit: None
Based
PS Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Service Default Value: False
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1. PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
tch2 MPARA WRFD- Channel Whether the PS service in the RCS-e service is carried
0106140 Configu on the DCH in the downlink. When this switch is
3 ration turned off, the channel bearer and downlink rate of the
Control PS service in the RCS-e service in the downlink are
WRFD- (DCCC) unlimited. When this switch is turned on, the PS
020203
HSUPA service in the RCS-e service can only be carried on
WRFD- 2ms TTI the DCH in the downlink and the downlink rate
020303 cannot exceed the maximum downlink rate of the PS
Inter
WRFD- RNC service in the RCS-e service. For the maximum
140218 Soft downlink rate of the PS service in the RCS-e service,
Handov see "PsRcsDlDchRate" in the "SET UFRC"
WRFD- command.
150217 er
2.
WRFD- Inter-
PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_S
020400 RAT
WITCH: Whether the RNC prevents HSPA retry
Handov
WRFD- when the NodeB reports that a cell does not support
er Based
020503 HSUPA due to high CPU load on the DSP. This
on
switch is turned off by default. OFF: This switch is
WRFD- Coverag
turned off. When the NodeB reports that the cell does
020605 e
not support HSUPA services, the RNC does not
WRFD- Service- trigger retry to the HSPA channel in the following
150220 Based scenarios:The current cell support the channel retry
WRFD- PS from the DCH to the E-DCH.The current cell support
010610 Handov channel retries from DCH to the E-DCH and the
er from HSDSCH. ON: This switch is turned on. When the
WRFD- UMTS NodeB reports that the cell does not support HSUPA
0204000 to LTE services, the RNC does not trigger retry to the HSPA
3 channel during the DCH to E-DCH channel retry.
Load
WRFD- Based 3.
010612 PS PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WRFD- Handov WITCH: Policy used when the RNC receives a
0106120 er from request for changing the target number of
3 UMTS retransmissions during an E-DCH-to-DCH (E2D)
to LTE channel migration. ON: This switch is turned on.
WRFD-
DRD Upon receiving the request for changing the target
020134
Introduc number of retransmissions, the RNC continues the
WRFD- channel migration procedure and then updates
tion
010619 measurement control. OFF: This switch is turned off.
Package
WRFD- Upon receiving the request for changing the target
Outer number of retransmissions, the RNC instantly updates
020129 Loop measurement control and then performs the channel
WRFD- Power migration. However, this increases the call drop rate.
0106090 Control
2 4.
SRNS PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
WRFD- Relocati : Whether the RNC changes the radio bearer identity
021400 on

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Introduc when CS services are handed over from E-DCHs or

020306 tion HS-DSCHs to DCHs. This switch is turned off by
Package default. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Coverag changes the radio bearer identity. When this switch is
e Based turned off, the RNC does not change the radio bearer
PS identity. For details, see section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP TS
Handov 25.331 V8.4.0.
er from 5.
UMTS PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
to LTE CH: Whether the RNC carries the information about
HSDPA the configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Introduc CONNECTION REJECT message when neighboring
tion GSM cells are configured during an RRC inter-RAT
Package redirection based on admission failures. For UEs of
3GPP Release 6 or a later version, when this switch is
Inter turned on, the RNC carries the information about the
System configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Redirect CONNECTION REJECT message. When this switch
HSUPA is turned off, the RNC does not carry the information
Introduc about the configured neighboring GSM cells in the
tion RRC CONNECTION REJECT message.
Package 6.
HSUPA PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
Power H: Whether high-priority neighboring cells or
Control frequencies are preferred during coverage-based inter-
Push to RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, high-
Talk priority neighboring cells or frequencies are preferred.
If neighboring cells or frequencies have the same
CS priority, those with better signal quality are preferred.
voice If their signal quality is the same, the first selected
over neighboring cell or frequency is the target cell or
HSPA/ frequency. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
HSPA+ neighboring cell with a smaller value of the "HOPrio"
Service- parameter in the "ADD U2GNCELL" command is
Based preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-
PS to-LTE redirections, the frequency with a greater
Service value of the "NPriority" parameter in the "ADD
Redirect UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command is
ion from preferentially selected as the target frequency. When
UMTS this switch is turned off, only signal quality is
to LTE considered. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
Combin neighboring cell with better signal quality is
ation of preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-
One CS to-LTE redirections, the frequency with better quality
Service is preferentially selected as the target frequency.
and One 7. PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
PS Whether to optimize the list for measured neighboring
Service LTE cells in the measurement control message. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
Direct this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the list for
Signalin measured neighboring LTE cells according to the
g RNC-level parameters, cell capability, and UE
Connect capabilities in handovers and redirections to the LTE
ion Re- network. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
establish does not filter out the list for measured neighboring
ment LTE cells.
(DSCR) 8. PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Inter- Scope for matching the neighboring cells in
RAT measurement reports during handovers to GSM cells
Handov when there are multiple cells in the active set and the
er Based HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH switch is
on Load turned on. In case of neighboring combination, when
this switch is turned on, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports with
neighboring cells of all cells in the current active set.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports only with
the best cell's neighboring cells.
9.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to select the best target frequency
during a frequency-based redirection from UMTS to
LTE. When this switch is turned on, the selected target
frequency is used as the best frequency if the
measurement report contains multiple neighboring
cells that work at the same frequency.
10.
PERFENH_ICMP_ACCELERATOR_OPT_SWITCH
: Switch for the enhanced algorithm of accelerating
the rate for responding to control messages. This
parameter is a professional parameter and therefore
you must configure this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.For
RTT(round-trip time) tests, the recommended value is
ON. In other scenarios, the recommended value is
OFF.
11. PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI to the services that are
not reconfigured during the reconfiguration procedure
and have a data rate higher than 2048 kbit/s. The 2048
kbit/s is the maximum data rate supported by the 10
ms TTI. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
allocates such services the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC does not allocate such services

these parameters.
12.
PERFENH_CHL_CHG_FAIL_MC_OLPC_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether to use invalid measurement control
parameters and power control parameters on the
MAC-d entity again if a UE in the CELL_DCH state
fails to switch channels and then experiences a
channel fallback. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC uses these parameters again for such a UE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not use
these parameters again for such a UE.
13.
PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether to allow CELL-DCH-to-CELL_FACH state
transitions when the PS BE services of a UE fail to be
reconfigured with an MBR and the UE periodically
requests the MBR. When this switch is turned on, the
UE is allowed to perform CELL-DCH-to-
CELL_FACH state transitions in the preceding
scenario. When this switch is turned off, the UE is not
allowed to perform these state transitions.
14.
PERFENH_RAB_REL_WITH_PS_D2F_OPT_SWIT
CH: Processing option for a low-rate PS service when
the cell update procedure overlaps the service release
procedure of a CS or PS service in combined services
that also include the low-rate PS service.When this
switch is turned on, the parameter specifying the
status of the low-rate PS service is correctly
configured in the proceeding scenario to prevent a call
drop.When this switch is turned off, the previously
mentioned parameter is incorrectly configured in the
proceeding scenario. This will result in a call drop.For
this parameter, please note the following:
A low-rate PS service is a service whose maximum
data rate is less than the values of the
"UlBeTraffDecThs" and "DlBeTraffDecThs"
parameters.
When a service in combined services that include a
low-rate PS service is being released, the UE is
instructed to perform a state transition from
15.
PERFENH_DRNC_CU_WITHOUT_EXTCELL_SW
ITCH: This switch applies to the following two
scenarios: Scenario 1: A UE sends a CELL UPDATE

WCDMA RAN

nd
message with a cause value of "radio link failure" or

"RLC unrecoverable error" in a drift RNC (DRNC)
cell that is not configured as a neighboring cell of the
UE's SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command. This switch controls whether the serving
RNC (SRNC) reestablishes a radio link for the UE in
this scenario. When this switch is set to ON, the
SRNC uses the DSCR procedure to reestablish a radio
link for UEs processing PS BE only services; the
SRNC reestablishes a radio link for UEs processing
services other than PS BE only through the cell update
procedure. When this switch is set to OFF, the SRNC
directly releases the RRC connection of the UE.
Scenario 2: A UE in the CELL_DCH state sends a cell
update request in a DRNC cell after the SRNC
triggers a call reestablishment. The DRNC cell has
been configured as a neighboring cell of the UE's
SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command, UE's services are carried over HSPA
channels in the DRNC cell but the SRNC is not
configured with the HSPA capability of the DRNC
cell. This switch controls whether the SRNC can
correctly process the cell update request in this
scenario. When this switch is set to ON, the SRNC
can correctly process the cell update request. When
this switch is set to OFF, the SRNC cannot correctly
process the cell update request and as a result, call
drops occur.
16.
PERFENH_HO_NODEB_UP_RES_LIMIT_E2D_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC re-attempts to apply for
DCH resources when the NodeB sends to the RNC
cause value not-enough-user-plane-processing-
resources during the request of E-DCH or HS-DSCH
resources for an intra-RAT handover. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC re-attempts to apply for
the DCH resources in the preceding scenario. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC stops applying for
any channel resources.
17.
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out neighboring LTE cells
based on the principle of preferentially selecting a
maximum of four LTE FDD EARFCNs and four LTE
TDD EARFCNs when the following conditions are
met: 1. The active set contains more than one cell. 2.
Each cell is configured with multiple neighboring LTE
cells. 3. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the "HoSwitch" parameter in the "SET

UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command and
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of the
"HoSwitch1" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command are turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the
neighboring LTE cells based on the principle of
preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs,
preferentially selects the neighboring LTE cells with
the largest number of times the LTE cells are
configured as the neighboring cells for different cells
in the active set until the number of the selected
neighboring LTE cells meets the specifications, and
then filters out the excessive neighboring LTE cells to
obtain the candidate neighboring cell list. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC selects the neighboring
LTE cells with the largest number of times the LTE
cells are configured as the neighboring cells for
different cells in the active set until the number of the
selected neighboring LTE cells meets the
specifications, filters out the excessive neighboring
LTE cells, and then selects the neighboring LTE cells
on the selected EARFCNS according to the principle
of preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE
FDD EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs.
18.
PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_BASED_ABS_FREQ_S
WITCH: Whether a UE is allowed to perform a non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection after a
redirection from UMTS to LTE when
ITCH of the HoSwitch1 parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the UE is not allowed
to be redirected back to LTE. When this switch is
turned off, the UE is allowed to be redirected back to
LTE.
19.
PERFENH_HE_BIT_OPT_AFTER_RELOC_IN_SW
ITCH: Value of the HE bit IE during the RB
reconfiguration. The HE bit IE indicates whether the
AMD PDU contains the length indicator (LI). For
details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.321.
When this switch is turned on, during the RB
reconfiguration, the value of the HE bit IE for other
operators' RNCs is unchanged. When this switch is
turned off, during the RB reconfiguration, the HE bit

WCDMA RAN

nd
IE for other operators' RNCs is forcibly changed to

the value of the HE bit IE for Huawei RNC, which
results in call drops.
20.
PERFENH_HHO_RELOC_OUT_WITH_MR_SWIT
CH: Whether compatibility processing is performed
on the RELOCATION REQUIRED message during a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation. When
this switch is turned on, compatibility processing is
performed so that the RELOCATION REQUIRED
carries the RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement results of
the target cell. When this switch is turned off,
compatibility processing is not performed so that the
RELOCATION REQUIRED does not carry the RSCP
and Ec/N0 measurement results of the target cell.
21.
PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITC
H: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections after a P2D procedure is
triggered for CS users. After this switch is turned on,
service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections are allowed, causing the CS service
establishment to fail. After the switch is turned off,
redirections are not allowed.
22.
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SW
ITCH: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers or redirections after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user. After this switch is turned
on, service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections are allowed after RBs are reconfigured for
a PS user. In this case, the user is always in the
compressed mode if "ChannelRetryHoTimerLen" is
set to a value other than 0 in the "SET
UCOIFTIMER" command and "HsdpaCMPermissio-
nInd" is set to FALSE, "HsupaCMPermissionInd" is
set to Limited, or "EHSPACMPermissionInd" is set to
FALSE in the "SET UCMCF" command. After this
switch is turned off, service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections are forbidden after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user.
23.
WITCH: Whether to check whether the UE requesting
for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections is an LTE UE or not. After this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned on, the RNC allows service-based UMTS-to-

LTE handovers or redirections for LTE UEs only.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows such
handovers or redirections for all requested UEs.
24.
PERFENH_DTXDRX_ENABLEDELAY_CFGOPT_
SWITCH: Method for the RNC to set the delay time
for DTX/DRX to take effect during the D2E channel
switching procedure or the link addition procedure of
a soft handover for a UE enabled with the DTX/DRX
function. When this switch is turned on, For the D2E
channel switching procedure, the RNC sets the value
of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay parameter in the SET
UFRC command to the delay time for DTX/DRX to
take effect. For the link addition procedure of a soft
handover, the RNC permanently sets the field
Enabling Delay in the RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message to 0. When this switch is turned
off, for the D2E channel switching procedure, the
RNC permanently sets the delay time for DTX/DRX
to take effect to 0. For the link addition procedure of a
soft handover, the RNC sets the field Enabling Delay
in the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST message
based on the value of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay
parameter in the SET UFRC command.
25.
PERFENH_MCDRD_FAIL_PENALTY_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC continues to apply a penalty to
a UE that has switched to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state after experiencing a
measurement-based DRD failure. When this switch is
turned on. The RNC continues to apply penalty to the
UE after the UE switches to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state from the
CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned off. The
RNC stops the penalty on the UE after the UE
switches to the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state from the CELL_DCH state.
26.
PERFENH_HSDPA_SPI_WEIGHT_UPDATE_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC includes the new scheduling
priority indicator (SPI) weight adjustment factor in the
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare message when
the SPI is changed because the CN adjusts the traffic
handle priority (THP) value for an HSDPA service.
When this switch is turned on. The RNC includes the
new SPI weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The RNC does not include the new SPI
weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
H, PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
, PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICMP_ACCELERATOR_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CHL_CHG_FAIL_MC_OLPC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_RAB_REL_WITH_PS_D2F_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_DRNC_CU_WITHOUT_EXTCELL_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HO_NODEB_UP_RES_LIMIT_E2D_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_BASED_ABS_FREQ_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HE_BIT_OPT_AFTER_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HHO_RELOC_OUT_WITH_MR_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTXDRX_ENABLEDELAY_CFGOP
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_MCDRD_FAIL_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_SPI_WEIGHT_UPDATE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1. PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
tch2 MPARA WRFD- Channel Whether the PS service in the RCS-e service is carried
0106140 Configu on the DCH in the downlink. When this switch is
3 ration turned off, the channel bearer and downlink rate of the
Control PS service in the RCS-e service in the downlink are
WRFD- (DCCC) unlimited. When this switch is turned on, the PS
020203
HSUPA service in the RCS-e service can only be carried on
WRFD- 2ms TTI the DCH in the downlink and the downlink rate
020303 cannot exceed the maximum downlink rate of the PS
Inter
WRFD- RNC service in the RCS-e service. For the maximum
140218 Soft downlink rate of the PS service in the RCS-e service,
Handov see "PsRcsDlDchRate" in the "SET UFRC"
WRFD- command.
150217 er
2.
WRFD- Inter-
020400 RAT
WITCH: Whether the RNC prevents HSPA retry
Handov
WRFD- when the NodeB reports that a cell does not support
er Based
020503 HSUPA due to high CPU load on the DSP. This
on
switch is turned off by default. OFF: This switch is
WRFD- Coverag
turned off. When the NodeB reports that the cell does
020605 e
not support HSUPA services, the RNC does not
WRFD- Service- trigger retry to the HSPA channel in the following
150220 Based scenarios:The current cell support the channel retry
WRFD- PS from the DCH to the E-DCH.The current cell support
010610 Handov channel retries from DCH to the E-DCH and the
er from HSDSCH. ON: This switch is turned on. When the
WRFD- UMTS NodeB reports that the cell does not support HSUPA
0204000 to LTE services, the RNC does not trigger retry to the HSPA
3 channel during the DCH to E-DCH channel retry.
Load
WRFD- Based 3.
010612 PS PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WRFD- Handov WITCH: Policy used when the RNC receives a
0106120 er from request for changing the target number of
3 UMTS retransmissions during an E-DCH-to-DCH (E2D)
to LTE channel migration. ON: This switch is turned on.
WRFD-
DRD Upon receiving the request for changing the target
020134
Introduc number of retransmissions, the RNC continues the
WRFD- channel migration procedure and then updates
tion
010619 measurement control. OFF: This switch is turned off.
Package
WRFD- Upon receiving the request for changing the target
Outer number of retransmissions, the RNC instantly updates
020129 Loop measurement control and then performs the channel
WRFD- Power migration. However, this increases the call drop rate.
0106090 Control
2 4.
SRNS PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
WRFD- Relocati : Whether the RNC changes the radio bearer identity
021400 on

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Introduc when CS services are handed over from E-DCHs or

020306 tion HS-DSCHs to DCHs. This switch is turned off by
Package default. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Coverag changes the radio bearer identity. When this switch is
e Based turned off, the RNC does not change the radio bearer
PS identity. For details, see section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP TS
Handov 25.331 V8.4.0.
er from 5.
UMTS PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
to LTE CH: Whether the RNC carries the information about
HSDPA the configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Introduc CONNECTION REJECT message when neighboring
tion GSM cells are configured during an RRC inter-RAT
Package redirection based on admission failures. For UEs of
3GPP Release 6 or a later version, when this switch is
Inter turned on, the RNC carries the information about the
System configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Redirect CONNECTION REJECT message. When this switch
HSUPA is turned off, the RNC does not carry the information
Introduc about the configured neighboring GSM cells in the
tion RRC CONNECTION REJECT message.
Package 6.
HSUPA PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
Power H: Whether high-priority neighboring cells or
Control frequencies are preferred during coverage-based inter-
Push to RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, high-
Talk priority neighboring cells or frequencies are preferred.
If neighboring cells or frequencies have the same
CS priority, those with better signal quality are preferred.
voice If their signal quality is the same, the first selected
over neighboring cell or frequency is the target cell or
HSPA/ frequency. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
HSPA+ neighboring cell with a smaller value of the "HOPrio"
Service- parameter in the "ADD U2GNCELL" command is
Based preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-
PS to-LTE redirections, the frequency with a greater
Service value of the "NPriority" parameter in the "ADD
Redirect UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command is
ion from preferentially selected as the target frequency. When
UMTS this switch is turned off, only signal quality is
to LTE considered. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
Combin neighboring cell with better signal quality is
ation of preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-
One CS to-LTE redirections, the frequency with better quality
Service is preferentially selected as the target frequency.
and One 7. PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
PS Whether to optimize the list for measured neighboring
Service LTE cells in the measurement control message. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
Direct this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the list for
Signalin measured neighboring LTE cells according to the
g RNC-level parameters, cell capability, and UE
Connect capabilities in handovers and redirections to the LTE
ion Re- network. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
establish does not filter out the list for measured neighboring
ment LTE cells.
(DSCR) 8. PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Inter- Scope for matching the neighboring cells in
RAT measurement reports during handovers to GSM cells
Handov when there are multiple cells in the active set and the
er Based HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH switch is
on Load turned on. In case of neighboring combination, when
this switch is turned on, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports with
neighboring cells of all cells in the current active set.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports only with
the best cell's neighboring cells.
9.
TCH: Whether to select the best target frequency
during a frequency-based redirection from UMTS to
LTE. When this switch is turned on, the selected target
frequency is used as the best frequency if the
measurement report contains multiple neighboring
cells that work at the same frequency.
10.
: Switch for the enhanced algorithm of accelerating
the rate for responding to control messages. This
parameter is a professional parameter and therefore
you must configure this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.For
RTT(round-trip time) tests, the recommended value is
ON. In other scenarios, the recommended value is
OFF.
11. PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI to the services that are
not reconfigured during the reconfiguration procedure
and have a data rate higher than 2048 kbit/s. The 2048
kbit/s is the maximum data rate supported by the 10
ms TTI. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
allocates such services the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC does not allocate such services

these parameters.
12.
ITCH: Whether to use invalid measurement control
parameters and power control parameters on the
MAC-d entity again if a UE in the CELL_DCH state
fails to switch channels and then experiences a
channel fallback. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC uses these parameters again for such a UE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not use
these parameters again for such a UE.
13.
PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether to allow CELL-DCH-to-CELL_FACH state
transitions when the PS BE services of a UE fail to be
reconfigured with an MBR and the UE periodically
requests the MBR. When this switch is turned on, the
UE is allowed to perform CELL-DCH-to-
CELL_FACH state transitions in the preceding
scenario. When this switch is turned off, the UE is not
allowed to perform these state transitions.
14.
CH: Processing option for a low-rate PS service when
the cell update procedure overlaps the service release
procedure of a CS or PS service in combined services
that also include the low-rate PS service.When this
switch is turned on, the parameter specifying the
status of the low-rate PS service is correctly
configured in the proceeding scenario to prevent a call
drop.When this switch is turned off, the previously
mentioned parameter is incorrectly configured in the
proceeding scenario. This will result in a call drop.For
this parameter, please note the following:
A low-rate PS service is a service whose maximum
data rate is less than the values of the
"UlBeTraffDecThs" and "DlBeTraffDecThs"
parameters.
When a service in combined services that include a
low-rate PS service is being released, the UE is
instructed to perform a state transition from
15.
ITCH: This switch applies to the following two
scenarios: Scenario 1: A UE sends a CELL UPDATE

WCDMA RAN

nd
message with a cause value of "radio link failure" or

"RLC unrecoverable error" in a drift RNC (DRNC)
cell that is not configured as a neighboring cell of the
UE's SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command. This switch controls whether the serving
RNC (SRNC) reestablishes a radio link for the UE in
this scenario. When this switch is set to ON, the
SRNC uses the DSCR procedure to reestablish a radio
link for UEs processing PS BE only services; the
SRNC reestablishes a radio link for UEs processing
services other than PS BE only through the cell update
procedure. When this switch is set to OFF, the SRNC
directly releases the RRC connection of the UE.
Scenario 2: A UE in the CELL_DCH state sends a cell
update request in a DRNC cell after the SRNC
triggers a call reestablishment. The DRNC cell has
been configured as a neighboring cell of the UE's
SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command, UE's services are carried over HSPA
channels in the DRNC cell but the SRNC is not
configured with the HSPA capability of the DRNC
cell. This switch controls whether the SRNC can
correctly process the cell update request in this
scenario. When this switch is set to ON, the SRNC
can correctly process the cell update request. When
this switch is set to OFF, the SRNC cannot correctly
process the cell update request and as a result, call
drops occur.
16.
WITCH: Whether the RNC re-attempts to apply for
DCH resources when the NodeB sends to the RNC
cause value not-enough-user-plane-processing-
resources during the request of E-DCH or HS-DSCH
resources for an intra-RAT handover. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC re-attempts to apply for
the DCH resources in the preceding scenario. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC stops applying for
any channel resources.
17.
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out neighboring LTE cells
based on the principle of preferentially selecting a
maximum of four LTE FDD EARFCNs and four LTE
TDD EARFCNs when the following conditions are
met: 1. The active set contains more than one cell. 2.
Each cell is configured with multiple neighboring LTE
cells. 3. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the "HoSwitch" parameter in the "SET

UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command and
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of the
"HoSwitch1" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command are turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the
neighboring LTE cells based on the principle of
preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs,
preferentially selects the neighboring LTE cells with
the largest number of times the LTE cells are
configured as the neighboring cells for different cells
in the active set until the number of the selected
neighboring LTE cells meets the specifications, and
then filters out the excessive neighboring LTE cells to
obtain the candidate neighboring cell list. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC selects the neighboring
LTE cells with the largest number of times the LTE
cells are configured as the neighboring cells for
different cells in the active set until the number of the
selected neighboring LTE cells meets the
specifications, filters out the excessive neighboring
LTE cells, and then selects the neighboring LTE cells
on the selected EARFCNS according to the principle
of preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE
FDD EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs.
18.
WITCH: Whether a UE is allowed to perform a non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection after a
redirection from UMTS to LTE when
ITCH of the HoSwitch1 parameter in the SET
When this switch is turned on, the UE is not allowed
to be redirected back to LTE. When this switch is
turned off, the UE is allowed to be redirected back to
LTE.
19.
ITCH: Value of the HE bit IE during the RB
reconfiguration. The HE bit IE indicates whether the
AMD PDU contains the length indicator (LI). For
details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.321.
When this switch is turned on, during the RB
reconfiguration, the value of the HE bit IE for other
operators' RNCs is unchanged. When this switch is
turned off, during the RB reconfiguration, the HE bit

WCDMA RAN

nd
IE for other operators' RNCs is forcibly changed to

the value of the HE bit IE for Huawei RNC, which
results in call drops.
20.
CH: Whether compatibility processing is performed
on the RELOCATION REQUIRED message during a
this switch is turned on, compatibility processing is
performed so that the RELOCATION REQUIRED
carries the RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement results of
compatibility processing is not performed so that the
RELOCATION REQUIRED does not carry the RSCP
and Ec/N0 measurement results of the target cell.
21.
H: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections after a P2D procedure is
triggered for CS users. After this switch is turned on,
redirections are allowed, causing the CS service
establishment to fail. After the switch is turned off,
redirections are not allowed.
22.
ITCH: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers or redirections after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user. After this switch is turned
on, service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections are allowed after RBs are reconfigured for
a PS user. In this case, the user is always in the
compressed mode if "ChannelRetryHoTimerLen" is
set to a value other than 0 in the "SET
UCOIFTIMER" command and "HsdpaCMPermissio-
nInd" is set to FALSE, "HsupaCMPermissionInd" is
set to Limited, or "EHSPACMPermissionInd" is set to
FALSE in the "SET UCMCF" command. After this
switch is turned off, service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections are forbidden after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user.
23.
WITCH: Whether to check whether the UE requesting
for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections is an LTE UE or not. After this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned on, the RNC allows service-based UMTS-to-

LTE handovers or redirections for LTE UEs only.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows such
handovers or redirections for all requested UEs.
24.
SWITCH: Method for the RNC to set the delay time
for DTX/DRX to take effect during the D2E channel
switching procedure or the link addition procedure of
a soft handover for a UE enabled with the DTX/DRX
function. When this switch is turned on, For the D2E
channel switching procedure, the RNC sets the value
of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay parameter in the SET
UFRC command to the delay time for DTX/DRX to
take effect. For the link addition procedure of a soft
handover, the RNC permanently sets the field
Enabling Delay in the RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message to 0. When this switch is turned
off, for the D2E channel switching procedure, the
RNC permanently sets the delay time for DTX/DRX
to take effect to 0. For the link addition procedure of a
soft handover, the RNC sets the field Enabling Delay
in the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST message
based on the value of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay
parameter in the SET UFRC command.
25.
CH: Whether the RNC continues to apply a penalty to
a UE that has switched to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state after experiencing a
measurement-based DRD failure. When this switch is
turned on. The RNC continues to apply penalty to the
UE after the UE switches to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state from the
CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned off. The
RNC stops the penalty on the UE after the UE
switches to the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state from the CELL_DCH state.
26.
CH: Whether the RNC includes the new scheduling
priority indicator (SPI) weight adjustment factor in the
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare message when
the SPI is changed because the CN adjusts the traffic
handle priority (THP) value for an HSDPA service.
When this switch is turned on. The RNC includes the
new SPI weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The RNC does not include the new SPI
weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICMP_ACCELERATOR_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CHL_CHG_FAIL_MC_OLPC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_RAB_REL_WITH_PS_D2F_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_DRNC_CU_WITHOUT_EXTCELL_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HO_NODEB_UP_RES_LIMIT_E2D_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_BASED_ABS_FREQ_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HE_BIT_OPT_AFTER_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HHO_RELOC_OUT_WITH_MR_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTXDRX_ENABLEDELAY_CFGOP
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_MCDRD_FAIL_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_SPI_WEIGHT_UPDATE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HOPrio BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Priority of the neighboring cell as a target
0 U2GNC 020303 RAT cell for a handover. Value 0 indicates the highest
ELL Handov priority and value 7 indicates the lowest priority.
MOD er Based When this parameter takes effect, the RNC
U2GNC on preferentially selects the cell with the highest priority
ELL Coverag as the target cell. If two or more cells have the same
e priority, the RNC selects a target cell with the best
signal quality.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
HOPrio BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Priority of the neighboring cell as a target
0 U2GNC 020303 RAT cell for a handover. Value 0 indicates the highest
ELL Handov priority and value 7 indicates the lowest priority.
MOD er Based When this parameter takes effect, the RNC
U2GNC on preferentially selects the cell with the highest priority
ELL Coverag as the target cell. If two or more cells have the same
e priority, the RNC selects a target cell with the best
signal quality.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd

vAlgoS 0 UCELL 020129 Based 1. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
witch U2LTE WRFD- PS Whether to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HONCO 140218 Service handovers. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC is
V Redirect allowed to deliver service-based LTE cell
MOD ion from measurement control messages and initiate service-
UCELL UMTS based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. When this switch
U2LTE to LTE is set to OFF, the RNC is prohibited from initiating
HONCO Service- service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
V Based 2. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether
PS to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
Handov When this switch is set to ON, the RNC is allowed to
er from deliver service-based LTE cell measurement control
UMTS messages and initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
to LTE redirections. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
is prohibited from initiating service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirections.
Note: This algorithm applies to scenarios where the
best UTRAN cell and the neighboring E-UTRAN cell
share the same site.
4. HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
Whether a blind redirection can be preferentially
performed to switch a UE to an LTE network if the
UE meets conditions for a service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection and there is a blind
handover neighboring cell or a blind handover
adjacent frequency. When this switch is set to ON, a
blind redirection is preferentially performed. When
this switch is set to OFF, LTE measurement is
preferentially performed and then a handover or
redirection is performed based on the measurement
report from the UE.
5.

WCDMA RAN

nd

GUI Value Range:
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH
Default Value:
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

vAlgoS 0 UCELL 020129 Based 1. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
witch U2LTE WRFD- PS Whether to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HONCO 140218 Service handovers. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC is
V Redirect allowed to deliver service-based LTE cell
MOD ion from measurement control messages and initiate service-
UCELL UMTS based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. When this switch
U2LTE to LTE is set to OFF, the RNC is prohibited from initiating
HONCO Service- service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
V Based 2. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether
PS to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
Handov When this switch is set to ON, the RNC is allowed to
er from deliver service-based LTE cell measurement control
UMTS messages and initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
to LTE redirections. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
is prohibited from initiating service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirections.
Note: This algorithm applies to scenarios where the
best UTRAN cell and the neighboring E-UTRAN cell
share the same site.
4. HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
Whether a blind redirection can be preferentially
performed to switch a UE to an LTE network if the
UE meets conditions for a service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection and there is a blind
handover neighboring cell or a blind handover
adjacent frequency. When this switch is set to ON, a
blind redirection is preferentially performed. When
this switch is set to OFF, LTE measurement is
preferentially performed and then a handover or
redirection is performed based on the measurement
report from the UE.
5.

WCDMA RAN

nd

GUI Value Range:
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH
Default Value:
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

vTrigSo 0 UU2LT 020129 Based 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce EHONC WRFD- PS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
OV 140218 Service redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
Redirect being set up. When this switch is set to ON, a service-
ion from based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
UMTS be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
to LTE switch is set to OFF, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
Service- PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
Based preceding scenario.
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd

7.
allowed.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER:
1,U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_ENHANCE_TRIGGE
R:0,U2L_SERV_IUPS_REL_TRIGGER:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

vTrigSo 0 UU2LT 020129 Based 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce EHONC WRFD- PS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
OV 140218 Service redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
Redirect being set up. When this switch is set to ON, a service-
ion from based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
UMTS be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
to LTE switch is set to OFF, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
Service- PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
Based preceding scenario.
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd

7.
allowed.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER:
1,U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_ENHANCE_TRIGGE
R:0,U2L_SERV_IUPS_REL_TRIGGER:0
U2LSer BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Timer for periodically triggering service-
vPrdTri 0 UU2LT 020129 Based based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection. The
gTimerL EHONC WRFD- PS value 0 indicates that this timer is disabled.
en OV 140218 Service GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Redirect
ion from Unit: s
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LSer BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Timer for periodically triggering service-
vPrdTri 0 UU2LT 020129 Based based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection. The
gTimerL EHONC WRFD- PS value 0 indicates that this timer is disabled.
en OV 140218 Service GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Redirect
ion from Unit: s
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
BestCell BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UCELL 020129 Based LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw U2LTE WRFD- PS that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch HONCO 020504 Service intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
V Redirect switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
WRFD- ion from LTE cell handovers or redirections after the best cell
MOD 140218
UCELL UMTS changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
U2LTE to LTE not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
HONCO Inner redirections after the best cell changes.
V Loop GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Power Unit: None
Control
Service-
Based Default Value: OFF
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
BestCell BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UCELL 020129 Based LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw U2LTE WRFD- PS that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch HONCO 020504 Service intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
V Redirect switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
MOD 140218
UCELL UMTS changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
U2LTE to LTE not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
HONCO Inner redirections after the best cell changes.
V Loop GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Power Unit: None
Control
Service-
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
BestCell BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UU2LT 020129 Based LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw EHONC WRFD- PS that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch OV 020504 Service intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
Redirect switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
140218 UMTS changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
to LTE not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
Inner redirections after the best cell changes.
Loop GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Power Unit: None
Control
Service-
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
BestCell BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UU2LT 020129 Based LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw EHONC WRFD- PS that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch OV 020504 Service intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
Redirect switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
140218 UMTS changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
to LTE not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
Inner redirections after the best cell changes.
Loop GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Power Unit: None
Control
Service-
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Threshold for the number of UEs in
ovPSCm 0 UCELL 020129 Based compressed mode for triggering the service-based
UserNu CMUSE WRFD- PS UMTS-to-LTE measurement or measurement-based
mThd RNUM 140218 Service UMTS-to-LTE fast return for SRVCC/CSFB UEs.
MOD Redirect When this parameter is set to a value greater than 0,
WRFD- ion from the RNC allows UEs to enter the compressed mode
UCELL 140226
CMUSE UMTS and perform the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
RNUM to LTE measurement or measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
Service- fast return for SRVCC/CSFB UEs if the number of
Based UEs in compressed mode in each cell of the active set
PS is less than this threshold. When this parameter is set
Handov to 0, this restriction is not applied.
er from GUI Value Range: 0~255
UMTS Unit: None
to LTE
Fast
Return Default Value: 0
from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LNC BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Threshold for the number of UEs in
ovPSCm 0 UCELL 020129 Based compressed mode for triggering the service-based
UserNu CMUSE WRFD- PS UMTS-to-LTE measurement or measurement-based
mThd RNUM 140218 Service UMTS-to-LTE fast return for SRVCC/CSFB UEs.
MOD Redirect When this parameter is set to a value greater than 0,
WRFD- ion from the RNC allows UEs to enter the compressed mode
UCELL 140226
CMUSE UMTS and perform the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
RNUM to LTE measurement or measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
Service- fast return for SRVCC/CSFB UEs if the number of
Based UEs in compressed mode in each cell of the active set
PS is less than this threshold. When this parameter is set
Handov to 0, this restriction is not applied.
er from GUI Value Range: 0~255
UMTS Unit: None
to LTE
Fast
Return Default Value: 0
from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of
sTypOf3 0 UCELL 020129 Based measurement result that a UE needs to carry in an
C U2LTE PS event-triggered or periodical measurement report.
HONCO Service When this parameter is set to Measurementquantity,
V Redirect the parameter value is the same as that of
MOD ion from "Measurement Quantity for Event 3C Measurement of
UCELL UMTS LTE". When this parameter is set to Both, the UE
U2LTE to LTE needs to report measurement results of both the types:
HONCO Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and
V Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ).
GUI Value Range: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity), Both(Both)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MeasurementQuantity, Both
Default Value: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity)
LTEMea BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of
sTypOf3 0 UCELL 020129 Based measurement result that a UE needs to carry in an
C U2LTE PS event-triggered or periodical measurement report.
HONCO Service When this parameter is set to Measurementquantity,
V Redirect the parameter value is the same as that of
MOD ion from "Measurement Quantity for Event 3C Measurement of
UCELL UMTS LTE". When this parameter is set to Both, the UE
U2LTE to LTE needs to report measurement results of both the types:
HONCO Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and
V Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ).
GUI Value Range: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity), Both(Both)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MeasurementQuantity, Both
Default Value: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity)

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 020129 Based This parameter specifies the measurement quantity of
f3C U2LTE WRFD- PS a handover target LTE system in an event 3C
HONCO 140218 Service measurement report sent by a UE during a handover
V Redirect that is not based on coverage. This parameter can be
MOD ion from set to RSRP or RSRQ. Note that what specific
UCELL UMTS measurement results are reported depends on the
U2LTE to LTE setting of "Report Type of LTE Measurement", as is
HONCO Service- specified in 3GPP TS 25.331.
V Based RSRP is the average power of signals received on all
PS resource elements (REs) that carry reference signals
Handov within a certain symbol.
er from
UMTS RSRQ is defined as the ratio of RSRP to RSSI (RSRQ
to LTE = N x RSRP/RSSI). The coefficient N is introduced to
adjust possible bandwidth difference in both types of
measurement.
GUI Value Range: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power), RSRQ(Reference Signal Receiving Quality)
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power)

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 020129 Based This parameter specifies the measurement quantity of
f3C U2LTE WRFD- PS a handover target LTE system in an event 3C
HONCO 140218 Service measurement report sent by a UE during a handover
V Redirect that is not based on coverage. This parameter can be
MOD ion from set to RSRP or RSRQ. Note that what specific
UCELL UMTS measurement results are reported depends on the
U2LTE to LTE setting of "Report Type of LTE Measurement", as is
HONCO Service- specified in 3GPP TS 25.331.
V Based RSRP is the average power of signals received on all
PS resource elements (REs) that carry reference signals
Handov within a certain symbol.
er from
UMTS RSRQ is defined as the ratio of RSRP to RSSI (RSRQ
to LTE = N x RSRP/RSSI). The coefficient N is introduced to
adjust possible bandwidth difference in both types of
measurement.
GUI Value Range: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power), RSRQ(Reference Signal Receiving Quality)
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power)
me U2LTE PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HONCO Service RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
V Redirect set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
MOD ion from GUI Value Range: 0~512
UCELL UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
U2LTE
HONCO Actual Value Range: 0~512
V Default Value: 5
me U2LTE PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HONCO Service RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
V Redirect set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
MOD ion from GUI Value Range: 0~512
UCELL UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
U2LTE
HONCO Actual Value Range: 0~512
V Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Video Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 150253 Adaptio Information Sharing Switch)
n
WRFD- Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150254 VoIP LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
Applicat load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
WRFD- ion
150255 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Manage
RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- ment
UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
171202 Differen after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- tiated from the LTE cell.
020126 Service
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Based
support the RIM-based load information sharing
180201 on
function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
Applicat
WRFD- information sharing request from an LTE cell.
ion
180202 Resourc 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
e CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
Reservat Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
ion LTE cells through the RAN information management
Differen (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
tiated procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
Based information about LTE cells through the RIM
on procedure.
Termina 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
l the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Ultrafast procedure.
CS Call 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Setup
Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
Mobility
1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Between
uplink.
UMTS
and LTE 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Phase 1 uplink.
Improve 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
d Uplink Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
Coverag 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
e for downlink.
SRB
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
over
downlink.
DCH
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Uplink
Service Rate Adaption Switch)
Data
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Accelera 1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate

tion Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS users who
are processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can be either VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. The VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through

the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
Whether to use the RB fast setup function for RB
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
1: This switch is turned on. The RB fast setup function
is used for RB setups accompanied by DRDs with
changing SRBs.
0: This switch is turned off. The simultaneous setup
procedure is used for RB setups accompanied by
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP
proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function

14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
UE's RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not release
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command.
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters
can be queried by running the RNC MML command
"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".

WCDMA RAN

nd

triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
This switch is set to OFF by default.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and

reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
25)IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_
SWITCH(Improved UL Coverage for SRB over DCH
Switch)
Whether to enable the Improved Uplink Coverage for
SRB over DCH feature at the RNC level.
Improved Uplink Coverage for SRB over DCH
feature is enabled at the RNC level.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. This feature
is not enabled.
26)UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH
Controls the PLMN in the SAI information element
(IE) in an Initial UE Message over the Iu interface.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The PLMN
of the best cell is filled in the SAI IE.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The PLMN
of the cell where the UE initiates an RRC connection
request is filled in the SAI IE.
27)RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the enhancement of RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message optimization is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message does not contain the
"rb-identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent to UEs complying with 3GPP
Release 5 or later does not contain the "cell-id" IE if
the RRC connections are set up on dedicated channels.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the "rb-

WCDMA RAN

nd
identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION

Release 5 or later contains the "cell-id" IE if the RRC
connections are set up on dedicated channels.
28)UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the function of querying UEs'
uplink data acceleration capability. Data acceleration
is implemented in the uplink by compressing the PS
data.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The function
of querying UEs' uplink data acceleration capability is
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The function
disabled.
29)UDA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the uplink data acceleration
function.
and the UE negotiate to enable the uplink data
acceleration function. After the negotiation is
successful, the UE compresses the uplink PS data
before sending it to the RNC, which then
decompresses the received PS data.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The uplink
data acceleration function is disabled.
GUI Value Range:
INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH,
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITCH
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITCH
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH,
CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH,
PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH,
D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_SW
ITCH, UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH, UDA_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH,
UDA_SWITCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_S
WITCH:0,UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH:
0,UDA_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Video Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 150253 Adaptio Information Sharing Switch)
n
WRFD- Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150254 VoIP LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
Applicat load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
WRFD- ion
150255 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Manage
RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- ment
UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
171202 Differen after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- tiated from the LTE cell.
020126 Service
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Based
support the RIM-based load information sharing
180201 on
function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
Applicat
WRFD- information sharing request from an LTE cell.
ion
180202 Resourc 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
e CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
Reservat Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
ion LTE cells through the RAN information management
Differen (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
tiated procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
Based information about LTE cells through the RIM
on procedure.
Termina 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
l the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Ultrafast procedure.
CS Call 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Setup
Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
Mobility
1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Between
uplink.
UMTS
and LTE 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Phase 1 uplink.
Improve 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
d Uplink Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
Coverag 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
e for downlink.
SRB
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
over
downlink.
DCH
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Uplink
Service Rate Adaption Switch)
Data
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Accelera 1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate

tion Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS users who
are processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can be either VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. The VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through

the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
changing SRBs.
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP
proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function

14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
UE's RRC connection.
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters
can be queried by running the RNC MML command
"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".

WCDMA RAN

nd

triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and

reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
25)IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_
SWITCH(Improved UL Coverage for SRB over DCH
Switch)
Whether to enable the Improved Uplink Coverage for
SRB over DCH feature at the RNC level.
Improved Uplink Coverage for SRB over DCH
feature is enabled at the RNC level.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. This feature
is not enabled.
26)UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH
Controls the PLMN in the SAI information element
(IE) in an Initial UE Message over the Iu interface.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The PLMN
of the best cell is filled in the SAI IE.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The PLMN
of the cell where the UE initiates an RRC connection
request is filled in the SAI IE.
27)RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the enhancement of RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message optimization is enabled.
CONNECTION SETUP message does not contain the
"rb-identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION
Release 5 or later does not contain the "cell-id" IE if
the RRC connections are set up on dedicated channels.
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the "rb-

WCDMA RAN

nd
identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION

Release 5 or later contains the "cell-id" IE if the RRC
connections are set up on dedicated channels.
28)UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the function of querying UEs'
uplink data acceleration capability. Data acceleration
is implemented in the uplink by compressing the PS
data.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The function
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The function
disabled.
29)UDA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the uplink data acceleration
function.
and the UE negotiate to enable the uplink data
acceleration function. After the negotiation is
successful, the UE compresses the uplink PS data
before sending it to the RNC, which then
decompresses the received PS data.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The uplink
data acceleration function is disabled.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
ITCH, UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH, UDA_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH,
UDA_SWITCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_S
WITCH:0,UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH:
0,UDA_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LLT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

ELoadS 0 UCELL 150216 Based 1. LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
witch HOCO WRFD- PS Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
MM 020129 Redirect based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MOD ion from LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 140218 turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
HOCO to LTE based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MM WRFD- Service- LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
150217 Based turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
PS cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
Service load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
Redirect 2. SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
ion from Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
UMTS based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
to LTE to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
Service- turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
Based based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
PS to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
Handov turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
er from cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
UMTS service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
to LTE redirections.
Load GUI Value Range:
Based LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
PS SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
Handov Unit: None
er from
UMTS Actual Value Range:
to LTE LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
Default Value:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
0,SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LLT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

ELoadS 0 UCELL 150216 Based 1. LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
witch HOCO WRFD- PS Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
MM 020129 Redirect based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MOD ion from LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 140218 turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
HOCO to LTE based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MM WRFD- Service- LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
150217 Based turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
PS cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
Service load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
Redirect 2. SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
ion from Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
UMTS based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
to LTE to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
Service- turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
Based based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
PS to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
Handov turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
er from cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
UMTS service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
to LTE redirections.
Load GUI Value Range:
Based LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
PS SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
Handov Unit: None
er from
UMTS Actual Value Range:
to LTE LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
Default Value:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
0,SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Priority of an E-UTRA frequency in

yConnec 0 UCELL 150216 Based connected mode. The greater the parameter value, the
t NFREQ WRFD- PS higher the priority of the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~7
FO ion from
WRFD- UMTS Unit: None
MOD 171223
UCELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7
NFREQ WRFD- Load Default Value: 0
PRIOIN 140226 Based
FO WRFD- PS
020129 Handov
WRFD- er from
140218 UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Priority of an E-UTRA frequency in

yConnec 0 UCELL 150216 Based connected mode. The greater the parameter value, the
t NFREQ WRFD- PS higher the priority of the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~7
FO ion from
WRFD- UMTS Unit: None
MOD 171223
UCELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7
NFREQ WRFD- Load Default Value: 0
PRIOIN 140226 Based
FO WRFD- PS
020129 Handov
WRFD- er from
140218 UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LTEF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 020129 Based This parameter specifies the layer 3 filter coefficient
U2LTE WRFD- PS for the LTE measurement. Layer 3 filter coefficient is
HONCO 140218 Service sent to the UE and the UE performs filtering of the
V Redirect measurements according to the following formula:
MOD ion from Fn=(1-a)*Fn-1 + a*Mn
UCELL UMTS
to LTE The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
U2LTE a=1/(2^(k/2)), where k is this parameter. Fn-1 is the
HONCO Service- old filtered measurement result. Mn is the latest
V Based received measurement result from physical layer
PS measurements. Fn is the updated filtered measurement
Handov result. For detailed description of the parameter, see
er from 3GPP TS 25.331.
UMTS
to LTE GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3
U2LTEF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 020129 Based This parameter specifies the layer 3 filter coefficient
U2LTE WRFD- PS for the LTE measurement. Layer 3 filter coefficient is
HONCO 140218 Service sent to the UE and the UE performs filtering of the
V Redirect measurements according to the following formula:
MOD ion from Fn=(1-a)*Fn-1 + a*Mn
UCELL UMTS
to LTE The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
U2LTE a=1/(2^(k/2)), where k is this parameter. Fn-1 is the
HONCO Service- old filtered measurement result. Mn is the latest
V Based received measurement result from physical layer
PS measurements. Fn is the updated filtered measurement
Handov result. For detailed description of the parameter, see
er from 3GPP TS 25.331.
UMTS
to LTE GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UCELL 020129 Based measurements during a non-coverage-based handover.
RP U2LTE WRFD- PS If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
HONCO 140218 Service 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
V Redirect quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD ion from threshold.For details about this parameter, see section
UCELL UMTS 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT measurement reporting criteria"
U2LTE to LTE in 3GPP TS 25.331. The RNC carries the Threshold
HONCO Service- other system IE in the measurement control message
V Based sent to the UE. This IE is used to calculate the actual
PS value of the inter-RAT measurement threshold. Actual
Handov value = Threshold other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold
er from other system = GUI value - 116.
to LTE Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RP U2LTE WRFD- PS If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
HONCO 140218 Service 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
V Redirect quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD ion from threshold.For details about this parameter, see section
Handov value = Threshold other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold
to LTE Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RQ U2LTE WRFD- PS If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for
HONCO 140218 Service event 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the
V Redirect signal quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD ion from threshold. For details about this parameter, see section
Handov value = Threshold other system/2 [dB], Threshold
to LTE Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RQ U2LTE WRFD- PS If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for
HONCO 140218 Service event 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the
V Redirect signal quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD ion from threshold. For details about this parameter, see section
Handov value = Threshold other system/2 [dB], Threshold
to LTE Unit: dB
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hystfor3 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the hysteresis for a
C 0 UCELL 020129 Based UE to report event 3C. For detailed description of the
U2LTE WRFD- PS parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HONCO 140218 Service GUI Value Range: 0~15
V Redirect
ion from Unit: 0.5dB
MOD
UCELL UMTS Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
U2LTE to LTE Default Value: 4
HONCO Service-
V Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor3 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the hysteresis for a
C 0 UCELL 020129 Based UE to report event 3C. For detailed description of the
U2LTE WRFD- PS parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HONCO 140218 Service GUI Value Range: 0~15
V Redirect
ion from Unit: 0.5dB
MOD
UCELL UMTS Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
U2LTE to LTE Default Value: 4
HONCO Service-
V Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TrigTim BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the interval time
e3C 0 UCELL 020129 Based between detection of event 3C and sending of the
U2LTE WRFD- PS measurement report. How to set this parameter is
HONCO 140218 Service related to slow fading. For detailed description of the
V Redirect parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
MOD ion from GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
UCELL UMTS D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
U2LTE to LTE D1280, D2560, D5000
HONCO Service- Unit: ms
V Based
PS Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
Handov 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
er from Default Value: D0
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
TrigTim BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: This parameter specifies the interval time
e3C 0 UCELL 020129 Based between detection of event 3C and sending of the
U2LTE WRFD- PS measurement report. How to set this parameter is
HONCO 140218 Service related to slow fading. For detailed description of the
V Redirect parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
MOD ion from GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
UCELL UMTS D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
U2LTE to LTE D1280, D2560, D5000
HONCO Service- Unit: ms
V Based
PS Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
Handov 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
er from Default Value: D0
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

tch7 MPARA WRFD- PS PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
181105 Redirect WITCH:Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
ion from single-CS voice service has been released can trigger
WRFD- UMTS
150215 a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
to LTE only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- Adaptiv radio voice call continuity and CSFB is short for CS
171223 e Soft fallback. When this switch is set to ON, an SRVCC or
WRFD- Handov CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been
010652 er released can trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-
WRFD- Optimiz LTE fast return with only signaling connections.
150250 ation in When this switch is set to OFF, an SRVCC or CSFB
Multi- UE whose single-CS voice service has been released
WRFD- Sector cannot trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
140226 fast return with only signaling connections.
SRVCC
WRFD- from 2.
021101 LTE to PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
WRFD- UMTS CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
020701 with PS rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
WRFD- Handov services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
0106120 er handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
4 Fast performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
Return services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
WRFD-
to LTE admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS services
020402
for can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a minimum level.
WRFD- SRVCC When this switch is turned off, the inter-RAT
020129 User handover admission fails if CS+PS combined services
WRFD- SRB fail to be admitted during an SRVCC handover.
020801 over 3.
WRFD- HSDPA PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
020310 3C- :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
HSDPA the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
WRFD-
020806 Fast Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Return uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
from satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
UMTS 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
to LTE report use satellite transmission.
Dynami Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
c does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
Channel satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
Configu 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
ration report do not use satellite transmission.
Control When this switch is set to ON, cells carried in the
(DCCC) event 1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active
AMR/W set in the preceding scenario. When this switch is set
B-AMR

WCDMA RAN

nd
Speech to OFF, cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can

Rates be added to the active set in the preceding scenario.
Control 4.
HSUPA PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
Mobility w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
Manage This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
ment GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the "Inter-
Measure System Information Transparent Container" IE
ment contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
Based message.
Direct This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
Retry GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Service- Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
Based Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
PS the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
Service 5.
Redirect PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
ion from _SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
UMTS carries the complete UE historical information in
to LTE UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
Cell ID on, the Relocation Required message carries the
+ RTT complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
Function handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
Based Relocation Required message carriers only the last
LCS serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
3G/2G 6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Commo Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-
n Load to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
Manage released for the first time. When this switch is turned
ment on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-to-
Differen LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
tiated released for the first time. When this switch is turned
Service off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC connection
Based state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast return at any
on SPI time when the UE's AMR service is released, and a
Weight CSFB UE can even trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return when its RRC connection is released.
7.
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of

incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
8.
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not supporting
the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature, falls back to
use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the

CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
same time.
12.
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIE
VE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /
Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
message from the CN.
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following
situations:

WCDMA RAN

nd
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS

BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH: Whether the RRC release message carries
information of blacklisted cells with load congestion
during a service- or load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RRC
release message carries information of blacklisted
cells with load congestion during a service- or load-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection. When this switch is
turned off, the RRC release message does not carry
redirection.
18.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether a coverage-based E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state after a D2F or D2P state
transition. D2F refers to a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. D2P refers to a state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on and the E2D UE exits the

E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
scenario. After a state transition to CELL_DCH, the
uplink PS BE services of the UE can be carried over
the E-DCH if the signal quality is satisfying.
0: This switch is turned off and the E2D UE remains
in the E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
uplink PS BE services of the UE are carried over the
DCH.
The following UEs are identified as coverage-based
E2D UEs:
1. HSUPA-capable UEs whose uplink services are
carried over the DCH due to limited coverage during
PS BE service setup.
2. UEs whose uplink services fall back from the E-
DCH to the DCH due to limited coverage after PS BE
service setup.
The state where these UEs stay is called E2D
coverage limitation state.
19.
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC clears the records of
measured frequencies after releasing the inter-
frequency measurement control when the function of
inter-frequency measurements in batches takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the
records of measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control, and the
measured frequencies are still included when the RNC
delivers another inter-frequency measurement control
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the records of measured frequencies after releasing the
measured frequencies are not included when the RNC
message.
20.
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH:Whether the optimization algorithm takes effect
when a single-signaling link is reestablished in SRB
E2E scenarios. An SRB E2E scenario means that the
uplink SRB remains on the E-DCH after a link is
established. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not check the number of E-DCH active sets prior

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the cell update when a single-signaling link is

reestablished in SRB E2E scenarios during a cell
update, and the link is successfully reestablished.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks the
number of E-DCH active sets prior to the cell update
E2E scenarios during a cell update. If the number of
E-DCH active sets reaches the maximum before the
cell update, the single-signaling link will fail to be
reestablished.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW: Whether the following cell-level parameters take
effect in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The cell-level parameters
UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DlBeTraffInitBitrate in the
ADD UCELLFRC command both take effect when
the RNC configures the uplink and downlink initial
access rates for a UE in either of the following cases:
The UE processing a single BE service performs an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction.
A rate increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K
services.
The cell-level parameters BeTTI2msRscpThd in the
ADD UCELLCHLQUALITY command and
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms in the ADD UCELLFRC
command take effect when the RNC configures the
transmission time interval (TTI) for a UE and a rate
increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K services.
0: This switch is turned off. The cell-level parameters
described above are not used in these scenarios and
the corresponding RNC-level parameters are used
instead.
Note:
The UE processing a single BE service can perform an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction
when
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_BE_RATE_DOWN_SWITC
H under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter in the
SET UCORRMPARA command is turned on. Rate
increase for a UE with PS 0K services refers to the
scenario where
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH under the
MapSwitch parameter in the SET
22. PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the RTT-dedicated

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement initialization request over the Iub or Iur

interface immediately after the link reconfiguration is
complete.
1: This switch is turned on. The buffered RTT-
dedicated measurement initialization request is sent
over the Iub or Iur interface immediately after the link
reconfiguration is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request is buffered for 4s
and then sent over the Iub or Iur interface.
23.
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the positioning method for UEs in
the best cell under the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The positioning method is
selected based on the parameters CellidRttActivate-
Flag and AgpsActivateFlag in the "ADD
USMLCEXT3GCELL" .
0: This switch is turned off. The AGPS-based
positioning method is preferentially selected.
24.
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H: Whether to perform loose admission control on all
links when a UE with multiple links enters the RB
Parking state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
performs loose admission control on all links. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC performs loose
admission control only on the serving link.
25.
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:
Whether the enhanced function takes effect when the
RNC considers the first PS service of a CSFB UE as a
combined service. If this switch is turned on, the
enhanced function takes effect and the RNC checks
the cause value of the RRC establishment when
identifying a CSFB UE. If this switch is turned off,
the enhanced function does not take effect.
26. PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
Whether event 1D is allowed in the detected set and is
reported. When this switch is turned on, event 1D is
allowed in the detected set and is reported. When this
switch is turned off, event 1D is not allowed in the
detected set and is not reported.
27.
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the load-based SRB over HSDPA

optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function takes effect. SRB
Over HSDPA is activated only when the cell is
heavily loaded and the UE is in the strong coverage
area. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated in any of the
following scenarios:
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the strong
coverage area.
-The cell is heavily loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function does not take
effect. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated only when
the cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage.
28.
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG:Whether to stop the inter-frequency or inter-
RAT measurement for the MBDR after the best cell
changes.
29.
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to optimize the function of forbidding
handovers to AP cells.
1: This switch is turned on. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC cannot use the function
of adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
soft handovers to AP cells. When the local RNC
serves as the DRNC, neighboring cell information
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC does not carry AP
cells during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC can use the function of
adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC carries AP cells
during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
30.
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to handle event 4A reports in the unsteady
state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers event

4A reports and handles them in the steady state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the
reports.
31.
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the measurement control
message, which can be sent to only UEs in the
CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the CELL_DCH state
in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
the measurement control message, which can be sent
only to UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in
the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
measurement control message, which can be sent to
only UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the
CELL_DCH state in specific scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH,
H,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VE,
_OPT,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
H,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,
ITCH:0,
0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0,
GHT:1,
VE:0,
_OPT:0,
TCH:0,
0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
SW:0,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:0,
0,
H:0,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:0,
0,
L_CHG:0,
H:0,
H:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd

anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- Channel PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
150215 Configu WITCH:Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
ration single-CS voice service has been released can trigger
WRFD- Control
171223 a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
(DCCC) only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- SRVCC radio voice call continuity and CSFB is short for CS
010652 from fallback. When this switch is set to ON, an SRVCC or
WRFD- LTE to CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been
150250 UMTS released can trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-
WRFD- with PS LTE fast return with only signaling connections.
140226 Handov When this switch is set to OFF, an SRVCC or CSFB
er UE whose single-CS voice service has been released
WRFD- cannot trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
020701 Fast
Return fast return with only signaling connections.
WRFD- 2.
to LTE
0106120 PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
for
4 CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
SRVCC
WRFD- User rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
020402 services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
SRB
WRFD- over handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
181105 HSDPA performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
WRFD- 3C- admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS services
020801 HSDPA can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a minimum level.
WRFD- Fast When this switch is turned off, the inter-RAT
020310 Return handover admission fails if CS+PS combined services
WRFD- from fail to be admitted during an SRVCC handover.
020806 UMTS 3.
to LTE PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
AMR/W :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
B-AMR the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
Speech Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Rates uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
Control satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
HSUPA 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
Mobility report use satellite transmission.
Manage Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
ment does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
Measure satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
ment 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
Based report do not use satellite transmission.
Direct When this switch is set to ON, cells carried in the
Retry event 1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active
Adaptiv set in the preceding scenario. When this switch is set
e Soft

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov to OFF, cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can

er be added to the active set in the preceding scenario.
Optimiz 4.
ation in PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
Multi- w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
Sector
This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
Cell ID GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the "Inter-
+ RTT System Information Transparent Container" IE
Function contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
Based message.
LCS
This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
3G/2G GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Commo Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
n Load Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
Manage the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
ment
5.
Differen PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
tiated _SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
Service carries the complete UE historical information in
Based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
on SPI on, the Relocation Required message carries the
Weight complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
Relocation Required message carriers only the last
serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-
to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
released for the first time. When this switch is turned
on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-to-
LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
released for the first time. When this switch is turned
off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC connection
state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast return at any
time when the UE's AMR service is released, and a
CSFB UE can even trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return when its RRC connection is released.
7.
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).

WCDMA RAN

nd

incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
8.
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not supporting
the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature, falls back to
use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the

same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
same time.
12.
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
VE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /
Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following
situations:

WCDMA RAN

nd
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS

BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
17.
TCH: Whether the RRC release message carries
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RRC
release message carries information of blacklisted
cells with load congestion during a service- or load-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection. When this switch is
turned off, the RRC release message does not carry
redirection.
18.
WITCH: Whether a coverage-based E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state after a D2F or D2P state
transition. D2F refers to a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. D2P refers to a state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on and the E2D UE exits the

E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
uplink PS BE services of the UE can be carried over
the E-DCH if the signal quality is satisfying.
0: This switch is turned off and the E2D UE remains
in the E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
uplink PS BE services of the UE are carried over the
DCH.
The following UEs are identified as coverage-based
E2D UEs:
1. HSUPA-capable UEs whose uplink services are
carried over the DCH due to limited coverage during
PS BE service setup.
2. UEs whose uplink services fall back from the E-
DCH to the DCH due to limited coverage after PS BE
service setup.
The state where these UEs stay is called E2D
coverage limitation state.
19.
WITCH:Whether the RNC clears the records of
measured frequencies after releasing the inter-
frequency measurement control when the function of
inter-frequency measurements in batches takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the
records of measured frequencies after releasing the
measured frequencies are still included when the RNC
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the records of measured frequencies after releasing the
measured frequencies are not included when the RNC
message.
20.
TCH:Whether the optimization algorithm takes effect
E2E scenarios. An SRB E2E scenario means that the
uplink SRB remains on the E-DCH after a link is
established. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not check the number of E-DCH active sets prior

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the cell update when a single-signaling link is

reestablished in SRB E2E scenarios during a cell
update, and the link is successfully reestablished.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks the
number of E-DCH active sets prior to the cell update
E2E scenarios during a cell update. If the number of
E-DCH active sets reaches the maximum before the
cell update, the single-signaling link will fail to be
reestablished.
21.
SW: Whether the following cell-level parameters take
effect in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The cell-level parameters
UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DlBeTraffInitBitrate in the
ADD UCELLFRC command both take effect when
the RNC configures the uplink and downlink initial
access rates for a UE in either of the following cases:
The UE processing a single BE service performs an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction.
A rate increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K
services.
The cell-level parameters BeTTI2msRscpThd in the
ADD UCELLCHLQUALITY command and
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms in the ADD UCELLFRC
command take effect when the RNC configures the
transmission time interval (TTI) for a UE and a rate
increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K services.
0: This switch is turned off. The cell-level parameters
described above are not used in these scenarios and
the corresponding RNC-level parameters are used
instead.
Note:
The UE processing a single BE service can perform an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction
when
H under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter in the
SET UCORRMPARA command is turned on. Rate
increase for a UE with PS 0K services refers to the
scenario where
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH under the
MapSwitch parameter in the SET
22. PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the RTT-dedicated

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement initialization request over the Iub or Iur

interface immediately after the link reconfiguration is
complete.
1: This switch is turned on. The buffered RTT-
dedicated measurement initialization request is sent
over the Iub or Iur interface immediately after the link
reconfiguration is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request is buffered for 4s
and then sent over the Iub or Iur interface.
23.
Switch controlling the positioning method for UEs in
the best cell under the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The positioning method is
selected based on the parameters CellidRttActivate-
Flag and AgpsActivateFlag in the "ADD
USMLCEXT3GCELL" .
0: This switch is turned off. The AGPS-based
positioning method is preferentially selected.
24.
H: Whether to perform loose admission control on all
links when a UE with multiple links enters the RB
Parking state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
performs loose admission control on all links. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC performs loose
admission control only on the serving link.
25.
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:
Whether the enhanced function takes effect when the
RNC considers the first PS service of a CSFB UE as a
combined service. If this switch is turned on, the
enhanced function takes effect and the RNC checks
the cause value of the RRC establishment when
identifying a CSFB UE. If this switch is turned off,
the enhanced function does not take effect.
26. PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
Whether event 1D is allowed in the detected set and is
reported. When this switch is turned on, event 1D is
allowed in the detected set and is reported. When this
switch is turned off, event 1D is not allowed in the
detected set and is not reported.
27.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the load-based SRB over HSDPA

optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function takes effect. SRB
Over HSDPA is activated only when the cell is
heavily loaded and the UE is in the strong coverage
area. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated in any of the
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the strong
coverage area.
-The cell is heavily loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function does not take
effect. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated only when
the cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage.
28.
L_CHG:Whether to stop the inter-frequency or inter-
RAT measurement for the MBDR after the best cell
changes.
29.
H:Whether to optimize the function of forbidding
handovers to AP cells.
1: This switch is turned on. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC cannot use the function
of adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC does not carry AP
cells during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC can use the function of
adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC carries AP cells
during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
30.
H:Whether to handle event 4A reports in the unsteady
state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers event

4A reports and handles them in the steady state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the
reports.
31.
Whether the RNC sends the measurement control
message, which can be sent to only UEs in the
CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the CELL_DCH state
in specific scenarios.
the measurement control message, which can be sent
only to UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in
the CELL_DCH state.
measurement control message, which can be sent to
only UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the
CELL_DCH state in specific scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
H,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VE,
_OPT,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
H,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,
ITCH:0,
0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0,
GHT:1,
VE:0,
_OPT:0,
TCH:0,
0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
SW:0,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:0,
0,
H:0,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:0,
0,
L_CHG:0,
H:0,
H:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LAlg BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

oSwitch 0 UCELL 150216 Based 1. HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH: After
OPERA WRFD- PS this switch is turned on, the number of UEs in
LGOSW 020129 Redirect compressed mode (CM) decreases and the UE
ITCH ion from throughput improves when the LTE coverage is good.
WRFD- UMTS
MOD 140226 However, the number of times that UEs perform cell
UCELL to LTE reselections increases when the LTE coverage is weak.
OPERA WRFD- Service-
171223 2. HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
LGOSW Based After this switch is turned on, the number of CM UEs
ITCH PS decreases and the UE throughput improves when the
Service LTE coverage is good. However, the number of times
Redirect that UEs perform cell reselections increases when the
ion from LTE coverage is weak.
UMTS
to LTE 3. HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:
After this switch is turned on, the cell uplink load as
Fast well as UE power consumption increases. When the
Return LTE coverage is weak, the number of CM UEs
from decreases and UE throughput improves.
UMTS
to LTE 4.
Fast CH: When this switch is turned on, a CSFB UE must
Return first perform LTE measurement. The RNC will trigger
to LTE the U2L fast return only when the LTE coverage
for meets the handover or redirection decision threshold,
SRVCC which effectively reduces occurrences of the UE's
User disconnections from the network in LTE weak
coverage scenarios caused by blind redirections.
However, the measurement of LTE cells may initiate
CM, which causes interference to and affects capacity
of the UMTS system.
5.
CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
periodic measurement of the serving cell RSCP after a
CSFB UE falls back to the UMTS network. After the
voice service of the CSFB UE is complete, the RNC
will trigger a U2L fast return only when the measured
serving cell RSCP meets the U2L handover or
redirection decision threshold, which effectively
reduces occurrences of the UE's disconnections from
the network caused by blind redirections in LTE weak
coverage area of UL concentric cells. However,
periodic measurements of a serving cell RSCP cause
the UE power consumption to increase slightly.
6.
WITCH: When this switch is turned on, if an SRVCC

WCDMA RAN

nd
or CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been

released does not have PS service, the RNC can
trigger an LTE measurement to enable the UE to
perform a U2L fast return.
GUI Value Range:
HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH
Default Value:
HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:0,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:1,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:1,
CH:1,
CH:1,
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LAlg BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

oSwitch 0 UCELL 150216 Based 1. HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH: After
OPERA WRFD- PS this switch is turned on, the number of UEs in
LGOSW 020129 Redirect compressed mode (CM) decreases and the UE
ITCH ion from throughput improves when the LTE coverage is good.
WRFD- UMTS
MOD 140226 However, the number of times that UEs perform cell
UCELL to LTE reselections increases when the LTE coverage is weak.
OPERA WRFD- Service-
171223 2. HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
LGOSW Based After this switch is turned on, the number of CM UEs
ITCH PS decreases and the UE throughput improves when the
Service LTE coverage is good. However, the number of times
Redirect that UEs perform cell reselections increases when the
ion from LTE coverage is weak.
UMTS
to LTE 3. HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:
After this switch is turned on, the cell uplink load as
Fast well as UE power consumption increases. When the
Return LTE coverage is weak, the number of CM UEs
from decreases and UE throughput improves.
UMTS
to LTE 4.
Fast CH: When this switch is turned on, a CSFB UE must
Return first perform LTE measurement. The RNC will trigger
to LTE the U2L fast return only when the LTE coverage
for meets the handover or redirection decision threshold,
SRVCC which effectively reduces occurrences of the UE's
User disconnections from the network in LTE weak
coverage scenarios caused by blind redirections.
However, the measurement of LTE cells may initiate
CM, which causes interference to and affects capacity
of the UMTS system.
5.
CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
periodic measurement of the serving cell RSCP after a
CSFB UE falls back to the UMTS network. After the
voice service of the CSFB UE is complete, the RNC
will trigger a U2L fast return only when the measured
serving cell RSCP meets the U2L handover or
redirection decision threshold, which effectively
reduces occurrences of the UE's disconnections from
the network caused by blind redirections in LTE weak
coverage area of UL concentric cells. However,
periodic measurements of a serving cell RSCP cause
the UE power consumption to increase slightly.
6.
WITCH: When this switch is turned on, if an SRVCC

WCDMA RAN

nd
or CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been

released does not have PS service, the RNC can
trigger an LTE measurement to enable the UE to
perform a U2L fast return.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH
Default Value:
HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:0,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:1,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:1,
CH:1,
CH:1,
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
CnOpIn BSC690 ADD WRFD- MOCN Meaning: Index of an operator.

dex 0 UCELL 021311 Introduc GUI Value Range: 0~3
OPERA WRFD- tion
LGOSW Package Unit: None
021304
ITCH RAN Actual Value Range: 0~3
MOD Sharing Default Value: None
UCELL Introduc
OPERA tion
LGOSW Package
ITCH
RMV
UCELL
OPERA
LGOSW
ITCH
CnOpIn BSC691 ADD WRFD- MOCN Meaning: Index of an operator.

dex 0 UCELL 021311 Introduc GUI Value Range: 0~3
OPERA WRFD- tion
LGOSW Package Unit: None
021304
ITCH RAN Actual Value Range: 0~3
MOD Sharing Default Value: None
UCELL Introduc
OPERA tion
LGOSW Package
ITCH
RMV
UCELL
OPERA
LGOSW
ITCH
U2LNC BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Period for reporting the non-coverage-based
ovRscpP 0 UU2LT 020129 Based UMTS-to-LTE RSCP intra-frequency measurement
rdTimer EHONC WRFD- PS report. Note: The value D36000 supports
OV 140218 Service configuration synchronization and delivery. However,
Redirect if the GUI value is D36000, the value D64000 is used.
ion from In later versions, the value D36000 will be disused.
UMTS Do not use the value D36000.
to LTE GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000,
Service- D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000,
Based D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D36000, D64000
PS Unit: ms
Handov
er from Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
UMTS 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
to LTE 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D2000

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Period for reporting the non-coverage-based
ovRscpP 0 UU2LT 020129 Based UMTS-to-LTE RSCP intra-frequency measurement
rdTimer EHONC WRFD- PS report. Note: The value D36000 supports
OV 140218 Service configuration synchronization and delivery. However,
Redirect if the GUI value is D36000, the value D64000 is used.
ion from In later versions, the value D36000 will be disused.
UMTS Do not use the value D36000.
to LTE GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000,
Service- D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000,
Based D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D36000, D64000
PS Unit: ms
Handov
er from Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
UMTS 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
to LTE 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D2000

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UCELL 020129 Based Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd U2LTE WRFD- PS
HONCO 140218 Service When the
V Redirect "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
MOD ion from the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
UCELL UMTS to on, there are the following cases:
U2LTE to LTE If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
HONCO Service- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
V Based and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
PS redirection cannot be triggered.
Handov If the RSCP of the best cell is higher than this
er from threshold, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
UMTS redirection will be triggered.
to LTE
When the
"HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH" in the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH"
command is set to on, there are the following cases:
If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
and a UMTS-to-LTE blind fast return cannot be
triggered.
If the RSCP of the best cell is higher than this
threshold, a UMTS-to-LTE blind fast return will be
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UCELL 020129 Based Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd U2LTE WRFD- PS
HONCO 140218 Service When the
V Redirect "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
MOD ion from the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
UCELL UMTS to on, there are the following cases:
U2LTE to LTE If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
HONCO Service- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
V Based and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
to LTE
When the
triggered.
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UU2LT 020129 Based Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd EHONC WRFD- PS
OV 140218 Service When the
Redirect "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
ion from the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
UMTS to on, there are the following cases:
to LTE If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
Service- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
Based and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
to LTE
When the
triggered.
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UU2LT 020129 Based Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd EHONC WRFD- PS
OV 140218 Service When the
Redirect "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
ion from the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
UMTS to on, there are the following cases:
to LTE If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
Service- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
Based and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
to LTE
When the
triggered.
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LPun BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the function of preventing service-
ishSwitc 0 UU2LT 020129 Based based ping-pong handovers or redirections between
h EHONC WRFD- PS UMTS cells and LTE cells takes effect. When this
OV 020504 Service switch is turned on, the function takes effect.
Redirect Otherwise, the function does not take effect.
WRFD- ion from
UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
Inner Actual Value Range: OFF, ON

Loop Default Value: OFF
Power
Control
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LPun BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Whether the function of preventing service-
ishSwitc 0 UU2LT 020129 Based based ping-pong handovers or redirections between
h EHONC WRFD- PS UMTS cells and LTE cells takes effect. When this
OV 020504 Service switch is turned on, the function takes effect.
Redirect Otherwise, the function does not take effect.
WRFD- ion from
UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
Inner Actual Value Range: OFF, ON

Loop Default Value: OFF
Power
Control
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LPun BSC690 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Timer during which service-based ping-
ishTime 0 UU2LT 020129 Based pong handovers or redirections between UMTS cells
r EHONC WRFD- PS and LTE cells are prevented. When this parameter is
OV 140218 Service set to 0, no penalty is imposed on the service-based
Redirect UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
Service- Actual Value Range: 0~65535

Based Default Value: 20
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LPun BSC691 SET WRFD- Service- Meaning: Timer during which service-based ping-
ishTime 0 UU2LT 020129 Based pong handovers or redirections between UMTS cells
r EHONC WRFD- PS and LTE cells are prevented. When this parameter is
OV 140218 Service set to 0, no penalty is imposed on the service-based
Redirect UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
Service- Actual Value Range: 0~65535

Based Default Value: 20
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
RsvU32 BSC690 ADD None None Meaning:

Para6 0 UCELL RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 6. The 32-bit
COALG parameter is reserved for further change request use.
OENHP
ARA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily
MOD parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
UCELL reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
COALG parameter is not recommended for the configuration
OENHP interface.
ARA
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvU32 BSC691 ADD None None Meaning:

Para6 0 UCELL RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 6. The 32-bit
COALG parameter is reserved for further change request use.
OENHP
ARA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily
MOD parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
UCELL reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
COALG parameter is not recommended for the configuration
OENHP interface.
ARA
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd

tch4 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_MAX_NUM_S
010510 Handov WITCH: Whether to delimit the number of intra-
er frequency neighboring cells configured for a cell.
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 When this switch is turned on, A cell can be
3.6/27.2 configured with 31 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Kbps at most. When this switch is turned off, A cell can be
140218 RRC configured with 63 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Connect at most.
020103 ion and 2.
WRFD- Radio PERFENH_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
140226 Access WITCH: Whether the RNC supports HSDPA UE
Bearer camping prohibition in case of overloaded WBBPs. If
WRFD- Establis
020203 the WBBP board is overloaded, the NodeB sends the
hment RNC an RTWP measurement report indicating
WRFD- and whether HSDPA UEs can be admitted. When this
150232 Release switch is turned on. If the NodeB informs the RNC
WRFD- Intra that HSDPA UEs cannot be admitted, the RNC
010202 RNC prohibits access of UEs to HSDPA and R99
WRFD- Soft reconfiguration to HSDPA. When this switch is turned
020900 Handov off. The RNC does not provide the preceding
er restrictions.
WRFD-
020402 Service- 3.
Based PERFENH_PTT_COMB_RAB_TTI_CTRL_SWITC
WRFD- PS H: Whether E-DCH TTI for PTT combined services
020401 Handov (combined services with a PTT service) is under the
WRFD- er from control of the EDCH TTI policies for a PTT-only
140102 UMTS service. When this switch is turned on. If
WRFD- to LTE "PTTHSUPATTI" in the "SET UFRC" command is set
020803 Inter to EDCH_TTI_10ms, E-DCH TTI 2ms is not allowed
Frequen to be selected for PTT combined services. When this
WRFD-
cy Load switch is turned off. E-DCH TTI for PTT combined
020129
Balance services is not restricted by the "PTTHSUPATTI"
WRFD- parameter.
020302 Fast
Return 4. PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- from Whether the algorithm for optimizing the SRB rate of
020303 UMTS CSFB UEs takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
WRFD- to LTE the SRB rate uses the value of the "CSFBSRBRate"
020701 Inter parameter if either of the following is true: 1. The
RNC "CSFB Indication" IE is contained in the RRC
WRFD-
Soft Connection Setup Request message during a
010614
Handov redirection. 2. The cause value "CS Fallback
er triggered" is contained in the Relocation Request
message during a relocation in the CSFB procedure.
Multiba When this switch is turned off. If cause value "CS
nd Fallback triggered" is contained in the Relocation
Direct

WCDMA RAN

nd
Retry Request message during a relocation in the CSFB

Based procedure, the SRB rate is 3.4 kbit/s. If the "CSFB
on UE Indication" IE is contained in the RRC Connection
Location Setup Request message during a redirection in the
UE CSFB procedure, the SRB rate is configured by
State in running the "SET URRCESTCAUSE" command.
Connect 5. PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
ed Mode optimization for the QoS guarantee algorithm takes
(CELL- effect. When this switch is turned on. The
DCH, optimization takes effect. 1) If the absolute threshold
CELL- for uplink power measurement changes after a channel
PCH, reconfiguration or handover, the RNC resends an
URA- uplink power measurement control message to the
PCH, UE. 2) If only one BE service exists after the first
CELL- established PS service is released, the QoS guarantee
FACH) algorithm takes effect on the basis of a single BE
Logical service. When this switch is turned off. The
Channel optimization does not take effect. 1) If the relative
Manage threshold for uplink power measurement changes after
ment a channel reconfiguration or handover, the RNC
resends an uplink power measurement control
Measure
message to the UE. 2) If only one BE service exists
ment
after the first established PS service is released, the
Based
QoS guarantee algorithm does not take effect on the
Direct
basis of a single BE service.
Retry
6.
Inter-
PERFENH_DRL_SHO_SCRAMBLE_SEL_SWITC
RAT
H: Whether to carry the scrambling code configured
Redirect
by the SRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
ion
when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
Based
When this switch is set to OFF, the SRNC carries the
on
scrambling code configured by the SRNC in the
Distance
ACTIVE SET UPDATE message when adding a
CS DRNC cell to the UE's active set. When this switch is
Fallback set to ON, the SRNC carries the scrambling code
Guarant included in the intra-frequency cell information sent
ee for by the DRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
LTE when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
Emerge
7.
ncy
PERFENH_LOW_PRIO_MC_BUFFPROC_SWITC
Calls
H: Whether a low-priority measurement control
A-GPS message that has been buffered can be delivered
Based again. When this switch is set to OFF, the low-priority
LCS measurement control message that has been buffered
Service- will not be delivered again. When this switch is set to
Based ON, the low-priority measurement control message
PS that has been buffered will be delivered again.
Service

WCDMA RAN

nd
Redirect 8. PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH: Whether

ion from to classify measurement reports (MRs). When this
UMTS switch is set to ON, the RNC classifies MRs based on
to LTE the thresholds set by the "ADD UCELLMR" or
Inter "MOD UCELLMR" command, which improves the
Frequen efficiency of data analyzing for the SAU. When this
cy Hard switch is set to OFF, the RNC does not classify MRs.
Handov 9.
er Based PERFENH_BESTCELLCHG_MC_TRIG_H2D_SWI
on TCH: Whether to trigger measurement control for
Coverag service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
e after a best cell change when HSPA services cannot
Inter- coexist with the compressed mode. When this switch
RAT is set to ON, measurement control for service-based
Handov UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection can be
er Based triggered after a best cell change when HSPA services
on cannot coexist with the compressed mode. When this
Coverag switch is set to OFF, measurement control for service-
e based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection cannot
be triggered after a best cell change when HSPA
AMR/W
services cannot coexist with the compressed mode.
B-AMR
Speech 10.
Rates PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
Control Whether the optimized solution for selecting the target
cell takes effect during a channel rate increase. When
HSUPA
this switch is turned on. The optimized solution for
Phase 2
selecting the target cell takes effect during the channel
rate increase. The RNC uses the following rules in
sequence when selecting the target cell: 1) If a channel
fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH or from the HS-
DSCH to the DCH occurs in a cell, the RNC does not
select the cell as the target cell. 2) If a channel
fallback from the DCH to the E-DCH in the uplink or
from the DCH to the HS-DSCH in the downlink
occurs in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as the target
cell. 3) If HSPA+ fallback occurs in a cell, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. 4) If rate
decrease occurs on the uplink or downlink channel in
a cell, the RNC does not select the cell as the target
cell. 5) If rate increase occurs on the uplink or
downlink channel in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as
the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC does not select the
cell as the target cell. When this switch is turned off.
The optimized solution for selecting the DRD target
cell does not take effect during the channel rate
increase. The RNC uses the following rules in

WCDMA RAN

nd

select the cell as the target cell. 2) If the uplink or
downlink channel rate changes in a cell, the RNC
selects the cell as the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. Note: 1) D2H
refers to a service reconfiguration from the DCH to
the High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-
DSCH) in the downlink. 2) D2E refers to a service
reconfiguration from the DCH to the enhanced
dedicated channel (E-DCH) in the uplink.
11.
PERFENH_ONLYSRBONDCH_SRB_TFOPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the transport format set (TFS) of the
dedicated channel (DCH) is set to [1*0, 1*148] if only
a PS service is established over HSDPA and the
downlink SRB of the PS service is carried over the
DCH at a rate of 3.4 kbit/s. When this switch is turned
off, the TFS of the DCH is configured based on
typical parameter settings. When this switch is turned
on, the TFS of the DCH is set to [1*0, 1*148].
12.
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TIMEOUT_DRD_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback or a
DRD procedure towards another cell if the Uu-
interface response times out during the RB
reconfiguration procedure. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
procedure towards another cell if the Uu-interface
response times out. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not perform channel fallback or a DRD
response times out.
13.
H: Whether a UE processing a single BE service can
access a UMTS cell through rate reduction after an
incoming inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set
to ON, the uplink or downlink rate of the UE can be
reduced to DCH 8K for UE access if cell resources are
congested. If cell resources are not congested but the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is insufficient,
the uplink or downlink rate of an HSPA UE is reduced
to the initial access rate and the UE falls back to the
DCH. If cell resources are not congested and the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is sufficient,
rate reduction is not used for UE access. When this
switch is set to OFF, rate reduction is not used for UE
access after an incoming inter-RAT handover.When

WCDMA RAN

nd
the service rate is limited to 8 kbit/s, check whether

the typical RAB configuration for the parameters with
the service rate being 8 kbit/s has been activated or
not. Specifically, check the settings of validation
indication under the corresponding service parameter
index in the "LST UTYPRABBASIC" command. If
not, run the "ACT UTYPRAB" command to activate
the typical RAB configuration for such parameter.
14.
PERFENH_CLB_HO_FAIL_PUNISH_MODE_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC applies a penalty to the target
cell after an inter-frequency CLB handover between
cells under different RNCs fails. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
whenever it receives a RELOCATION
PREPARATION FAILURE or RNSAP RADIO LINK
SETUP FAILURE message. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
only when it receives a failure indication message
with cause value "Resource Unavailable".
The RNC applies a penalty to the target cell in the
1) After the relocation with an inter-frequency CLB
hard handover fails, the RNC receives a
RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE with one
the following cause values:
No Radio Resources Available in Target Cell
Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The
Source Cell.
2) After an inter-frequency CLB hard handover fails,
the RNC receives an RNSAP RADIO LINK SETUP
FAILURE message with one the following cause
values:
DL Radio Resources not Available
UL Radio Resources not Available
Source Cell.
15. PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the LTE measurement control
release procedure. This switch specifies scenarios
where the RNC can trigger LTE measurement control
release when the switch for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection is set to off. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC triggers LTE
measurement control release only when the CN
domain or service bearer channel type changes. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is set to ON, the RNC triggers LTE

measurement control release also in scenarios such as
service rate change, service setup, or service release,
in addition to the preceding scenarios. .
16.
PERFENH_HSPA_CM_COEXIST_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs an H2D channel fallback
for HSPA UEs that do not need to start measurement
by entering the compressed mode. When this switch is
set to ON, the RNC does not perform an H2D channel
fallback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to OFF, the RNC performs an H2D channel
fallback in the preceding scenario. .
17. PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
channel fallback, or rate reduction upon an F2D
failure an F2D procedure. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
failure an F2D procedure, and enables any of the
following algorithms: When the
"H2dAccBasCovSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFRC" command is set to on, the coverage-
based PS NRT H2D switch during access takes effect;
When the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set to on, the
algorithm for switching a PS BE UE with weak
coverage from HSUPA to R99 channels takes effect;
When
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
weak coverage-based SRB H2D fallback algorithm
takes effect.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC does not
consider the HSPA+ feature disabling, channel
fallback, or rate reduction upon an F2D failure an F2D
procedure, and the preceding algorithms do not take
effect.
18.
PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC processes the first PS BE
service set up by a CSFB UE in the same way as it
processes a PS BE service in the CS+PS combined
service. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
processes the first PS BE service set up by a CSFB

UE in the same way as it processes a PS BE service in
the CS+PS combined service. The bearer channel type
and initial data rate for the PS BE service are set by
the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter in the "SET
UFRC" command. DRD for service steering
(specified by the "ServiceDiffDrdSwitch" parameter
in the "SET UDRD" command) takes the CS service
as the highest priority service for selecting a cell.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC processes the
first PS BE service set up by a CSFB UE in the same
way as it processes a single PS service.
19.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_BE_DOWNRATE_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC decreases the access rate
for PS BE services during combined hard handover
and SRNS relocation. When this switch is turned off.
The RNC does not change the access rate of PS BE
services during combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. When this switch is turned on. The RNC
decreases the access rate of PS BE services to the
values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command.
20.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_LDR_DOWNRATE_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers the cell load
when reducing access rate of PS BE services during
this switch is turned off. The RNC does not consider
the cell load, but directly decreases the access rate of
PS BE services to the values of the
"CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command. When this switch is turned
on. The RNC considers the cell load. The RNC
decreases the uplink or downlink access rate of PS BE
services to the values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDown-
wardRate" parameter in the "SET UFRC" command
only when the cell is in the load congestion state in the
uplink or downlink.
21.
PERFENH_TTI_10MS_TO_2MS_RECFG_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the transmission time interval (TTI)
for best effort (BE) services can be changed from 10
ms to 2 ms by using the TTI switch algorithm or the
periodic retry algorithm if BE services that meet the
requirements for HUSPA 2 ms TTI do not use 2 ms
TTI and the "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs" parameter in
the "SET UFRC" command is set to a value greater

WCDMA RAN

nd
than D2048. When this switch is set to ON, the TTI

for BE services can be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
When this switch is set to OFF, the TTI for BE
services cannot be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
22.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_DIST_INTRA_PROT_SW
ITCH: Whether to enable the anti-pingpong function
for location-based inter-RAT RRC redirection. When
this switch is turned on, the anti-pingpong function is
enabled for location-based inter-RAT RRC
redirection.When this switch is turned off, the anti-
pingpong function is not enabled for location-based
inter-RAT RRC redirection.
23.
SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_SRB_MOD_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether to optimize the channel transition with
serving cell change procedure during RRC connection
setup. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
incorrectly performs channel transition and serving
cell change in the same procedure in the following
scenario: The SRB is carried over HSPA channels; the
RNC simultaneously processes two 1D measurement
reports from one UE during RRC connection setup;
The target cell included in one 1D measurement report
is in the active set, whereas that in the other 1D
measurement report is not; the target cell not in the
active set does not support HSPA. Consequently, the
radio link (RL) reconfiguration fails. When this switch
is set to ON, the RNC performs channel transition
before the radio link is added in the preceding
scenario.
24.
PERFENH_DRD2STEP_AND_SHO_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers a two-step DRD
for AMR services if the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the processing of a soft handover.
When this switch is set to ON, the RNC triggers a
two-step DRD for AMR services in the preceding
scenario. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
does not trigger a two-step DRD for AMR services in
25.
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the E-UTRA absolute radio frequency
channel numbers (EARFCNs) filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on the operators for

WCDMA RAN

nd
UEs carried on the DCH. When this switch is set to

ON, the EARFCNs filled out in the blind fast return
procedure are filtered based on operators. That is, only
the EARFCNs belonging to the UE's access operator
are filled out. When this switch is set to OFF, the
EARFCNs filled out in the blind fast return procedure
are not filtered based on operators.
26.
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the EARFCNs filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on operators for
UEs carried on the CCH. When this switch is set to
27.
PERFENH_DCCH_CONG_F2D_FAIL_END_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC terminates failed F2D state
transition procedures caused by DCCH congestion.
When the RNC terminates failed F2D state transition
procedures, the RNC does not perform channel
fallback or a DRD procedure. F2D state transition
refers to the transition of the state from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. When the switch is turned on, the
RNC terminates failed F2D state transition procedures
caused by DCCH congestion. When the switch is set
to off, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
procedure if the state transition failure is caused by
DCCH congestion.
28.
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:
Whether the measurement report (MR) is reported to
the OMU after a state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH (D2P). When this switch is
set to ON, the MR is reported to the OMU after a D2P
state transition. When this switch is set to OFF, the
MR is not reported to the OMU after a D2P state
transition.
29.
PERFENH_IUUP_RC_ACK_COMPATIBLE_SWIT
CH: Switch for handling the incorrect RAB Subflow
Combination Indicator (RFCI) included in the IUUP
rate control ACK message sent by the CN. When this
switch is set to ON: 1. When the

WCDMA RAN

nd
Switch3GPP25415CR0125 parameter is set to on, the

maximum rate for the reverse direction is included in
the IUUP rate control ACK message for AMR
services (the maximum rate in the ACK message is
the maximum uplink rate supported by the local end).
If the maximum rate in the ACK message exceeds the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC does not
increase the uplink rate of the local end (Data
transmitted at a low rate can be received by the peer
end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message is
lower than the current uplink rate of the local end, the
RNC reduces the uplink rate of the local end to the
maximum rate in the ACK message to prevent the
occurrence of one-way audio. 2. When the
Switch3GPP25415CR0125 parameter is set to off, the
maximum rate for the current direction is included in
the maximum downlink rate supported by the local
end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message
exceeds the current downlink rate of the local end and
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink, the
RNC does not increase the downlink rate of the local
end.
When this switch is set to ON: 1. When the
RNC increases the uplink rate of the local end if the
maximum rate included in the ACK message exceeds
the current uplink rate of the local end. If the
maximum rate in the ACK message is lower than the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC reduces
the uplink rate of the local end to the maximum rate
included in the ACK message. 2. When the
RNC increases the downlink rate of the local end if
the maximum rate included in the ACK message
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink.
30.
PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines that a UE, which
accesses the UMTS network again, has been
redirected from the LTE network to the UMTS
network when the following conditions apply:
1. The UE is redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.

WCDMA RAN

nd
2. After updating its location area or routing area, the

UE promptly releases the RRC connection.
the UE has been redirected from the LTE network to
the UMTS network.
the UE is not redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_MAX_NUM_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_COMB_RAB_TTI_CTRL_SWITC
H, PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
H, PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BESTCELLCHG_MC_TRIG_H2D_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH, PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CM_COEXIST_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
CH,
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
CH,
CH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
WITCH:1,
WITCH:0,
H:0, PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
1, PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH:1,
H:1,
H:1, PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
TCH:0,
H:1,
H:0,
TCH:0, PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
0, PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:1,
TCH:0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
ITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:1,
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
CH:1,
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
1

WCDMA RAN

nd

tch4 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_MAX_NUM_S
010510 Handov WITCH: Whether to delimit the number of intra-
er frequency neighboring cells configured for a cell.
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 When this switch is turned on, A cell can be
3.6/27.2 configured with 31 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Kbps at most. When this switch is turned off, A cell can be
140218 RRC configured with 63 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Connect at most.
020103 ion and 2.
WRFD- Radio PERFENH_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
140226 Access WITCH: Whether the RNC supports HSDPA UE
Bearer camping prohibition in case of overloaded WBBPs. If
WRFD- Establis
020203 the WBBP board is overloaded, the NodeB sends the
hment RNC an RTWP measurement report indicating
WRFD- and whether HSDPA UEs can be admitted. When this
150232 Release switch is turned on. If the NodeB informs the RNC
WRFD- Intra that HSDPA UEs cannot be admitted, the RNC
010202 RNC prohibits access of UEs to HSDPA and R99
WRFD- Soft reconfiguration to HSDPA. When this switch is turned
020900 Handov off. The RNC does not provide the preceding
er restrictions.
WRFD-
020402 Service- 3.
Based PERFENH_PTT_COMB_RAB_TTI_CTRL_SWITC
WRFD- PS H: Whether E-DCH TTI for PTT combined services
020401 Handov (combined services with a PTT service) is under the
WRFD- er from control of the EDCH TTI policies for a PTT-only
140102 UMTS service. When this switch is turned on. If
WRFD- to LTE "PTTHSUPATTI" in the "SET UFRC" command is set
020803 Inter to EDCH_TTI_10ms, E-DCH TTI 2ms is not allowed
Frequen to be selected for PTT combined services. When this
WRFD-
cy Load switch is turned off. E-DCH TTI for PTT combined
020129
Balance services is not restricted by the "PTTHSUPATTI"
WRFD- parameter.
020302 Fast
Return 4. PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- from Whether the algorithm for optimizing the SRB rate of
020303 UMTS CSFB UEs takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
WRFD- to LTE the SRB rate uses the value of the "CSFBSRBRate"
020701 Inter parameter if either of the following is true: 1. The
RNC "CSFB Indication" IE is contained in the RRC
WRFD-
Soft Connection Setup Request message during a
010614
Handov redirection. 2. The cause value "CS Fallback
er triggered" is contained in the Relocation Request
message during a relocation in the CSFB procedure.
Multiba When this switch is turned off. If cause value "CS
nd Fallback triggered" is contained in the Relocation
Direct

WCDMA RAN

nd
Retry Request message during a relocation in the CSFB

Based procedure, the SRB rate is 3.4 kbit/s. If the "CSFB
on UE Indication" IE is contained in the RRC Connection
Location Setup Request message during a redirection in the
UE CSFB procedure, the SRB rate is configured by
State in running the "SET URRCESTCAUSE" command.
Connect 5. PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
ed Mode optimization for the QoS guarantee algorithm takes
(CELL- effect. When this switch is turned on. The
DCH, optimization takes effect. 1) If the absolute threshold
CELL- for uplink power measurement changes after a channel
PCH, reconfiguration or handover, the RNC resends an
URA- uplink power measurement control message to the
PCH, UE. 2) If only one BE service exists after the first
CELL- established PS service is released, the QoS guarantee
FACH) algorithm takes effect on the basis of a single BE
Logical service. When this switch is turned off. The
Channel optimization does not take effect. 1) If the relative
Manage threshold for uplink power measurement changes after
ment a channel reconfiguration or handover, the RNC
resends an uplink power measurement control
Measure
message to the UE. 2) If only one BE service exists
ment
after the first established PS service is released, the
Based
QoS guarantee algorithm does not take effect on the
Direct
basis of a single BE service.
Retry
6.
Inter-
RAT
H: Whether to carry the scrambling code configured
Redirect
by the SRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
ion
when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
Based
When this switch is set to OFF, the SRNC carries the
on
scrambling code configured by the SRNC in the
Distance
ACTIVE SET UPDATE message when adding a
CS DRNC cell to the UE's active set. When this switch is
Fallback set to ON, the SRNC carries the scrambling code
Guarant included in the intra-frequency cell information sent
ee for by the DRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
LTE when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
Emerge
7.
ncy
Calls
H: Whether a low-priority measurement control
A-GPS message that has been buffered can be delivered
Based again. When this switch is set to OFF, the low-priority
LCS measurement control message that has been buffered
Service- will not be delivered again. When this switch is set to
Based ON, the low-priority measurement control message
PS that has been buffered will be delivered again.
Service

WCDMA RAN

nd
Redirect 8. PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH: Whether

ion from to classify measurement reports (MRs). When this
UMTS switch is set to ON, the RNC classifies MRs based on
to LTE the thresholds set by the "ADD UCELLMR" or
Inter "MOD UCELLMR" command, which improves the
Frequen efficiency of data analyzing for the SAU. When this
cy Hard switch is set to OFF, the RNC does not classify MRs.
Handov 9.
er Based PERFENH_BESTCELLCHG_MC_TRIG_H2D_SWI
on TCH: Whether to trigger measurement control for
Coverag service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
e after a best cell change when HSPA services cannot
Inter- coexist with the compressed mode. When this switch
RAT is set to ON, measurement control for service-based
Handov UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection can be
er Based triggered after a best cell change when HSPA services
on cannot coexist with the compressed mode. When this
Coverag switch is set to OFF, measurement control for service-
e based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection cannot
be triggered after a best cell change when HSPA
AMR/W
services cannot coexist with the compressed mode.
B-AMR
Speech 10.
Rates PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
Control Whether the optimized solution for selecting the target
cell takes effect during a channel rate increase. When
HSUPA
this switch is turned on. The optimized solution for
Phase 2
selecting the target cell takes effect during the channel
rate increase. The RNC uses the following rules in
select the cell as the target cell. 2) If a channel
fallback from the DCH to the E-DCH in the uplink or
from the DCH to the HS-DSCH in the downlink
occurs in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as the target
cell. 3) If HSPA+ fallback occurs in a cell, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. 4) If rate
decrease occurs on the uplink or downlink channel in
a cell, the RNC does not select the cell as the target
cell. 5) If rate increase occurs on the uplink or
downlink channel in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as
the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC does not select the
cell as the target cell. When this switch is turned off.
The optimized solution for selecting the DRD target
cell does not take effect during the channel rate
increase. The RNC uses the following rules in

WCDMA RAN

nd

select the cell as the target cell. 2) If the uplink or
downlink channel rate changes in a cell, the RNC
selects the cell as the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. Note: 1) D2H
refers to a service reconfiguration from the DCH to
the High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-
DSCH) in the downlink. 2) D2E refers to a service
reconfiguration from the DCH to the enhanced
dedicated channel (E-DCH) in the uplink.
11.
TCH: Whether the transport format set (TFS) of the
dedicated channel (DCH) is set to [1*0, 1*148] if only
a PS service is established over HSDPA and the
downlink SRB of the PS service is carried over the
DCH at a rate of 3.4 kbit/s. When this switch is turned
off, the TFS of the DCH is configured based on
typical parameter settings. When this switch is turned
on, the TFS of the DCH is set to [1*0, 1*148].
12.
H: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback or a
DRD procedure towards another cell if the Uu-
interface response times out during the RB
reconfiguration procedure. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
response times out. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not perform channel fallback or a DRD
response times out.
13.
H: Whether a UE processing a single BE service can
access a UMTS cell through rate reduction after an
incoming inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set
to ON, the uplink or downlink rate of the UE can be
reduced to DCH 8K for UE access if cell resources are
congested. If cell resources are not congested but the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is insufficient,
the uplink or downlink rate of an HSPA UE is reduced
to the initial access rate and the UE falls back to the
DCH. If cell resources are not congested and the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is sufficient,
rate reduction is not used for UE access. When this
switch is set to OFF, rate reduction is not used for UE
access after an incoming inter-RAT handover.When

WCDMA RAN

nd
the service rate is limited to 8 kbit/s, check whether

the typical RAB configuration for the parameters with
the service rate being 8 kbit/s has been activated or
not. Specifically, check the settings of validation
indication under the corresponding service parameter
index in the "LST UTYPRABBASIC" command. If
not, run the "ACT UTYPRAB" command to activate
the typical RAB configuration for such parameter.
14.
TCH: Whether the RNC applies a penalty to the target
cell after an inter-frequency CLB handover between
cells under different RNCs fails. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
whenever it receives a RELOCATION
PREPARATION FAILURE or RNSAP RADIO LINK
SETUP FAILURE message. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
only when it receives a failure indication message
with cause value "Resource Unavailable".
The RNC applies a penalty to the target cell in the
1) After the relocation with an inter-frequency CLB
hard handover fails, the RNC receives a
RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE with one
the following cause values:
No Radio Resources Available in Target Cell
Source Cell.
2) After an inter-frequency CLB hard handover fails,
the RNC receives an RNSAP RADIO LINK SETUP
FAILURE message with one the following cause
values:
DL Radio Resources not Available
UL Radio Resources not Available
Source Cell.
15. PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the LTE measurement control
release procedure. This switch specifies scenarios
where the RNC can trigger LTE measurement control
release when the switch for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection is set to off. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC triggers LTE
measurement control release only when the CN
domain or service bearer channel type changes. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is set to ON, the RNC triggers LTE

measurement control release also in scenarios such as
service rate change, service setup, or service release,
in addition to the preceding scenarios. .
16.
Whether the RNC performs an H2D channel fallback
for HSPA UEs that do not need to start measurement
by entering the compressed mode. When this switch is
set to ON, the RNC does not perform an H2D channel
fallback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to OFF, the RNC performs an H2D channel
fallback in the preceding scenario. .
17. PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
failure an F2D procedure. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
failure an F2D procedure, and enables any of the
following algorithms: When the
"H2dAccBasCovSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFRC" command is set to on, the coverage-
based PS NRT H2D switch during access takes effect;
When the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
algorithm for switching a PS BE UE with weak
coverage from HSUPA to R99 channels takes effect;
When
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
weak coverage-based SRB H2D fallback algorithm
takes effect.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC does not
consider the HSPA+ feature disabling, channel
fallback, or rate reduction upon an F2D failure an F2D
procedure, and the preceding algorithms do not take
effect.
18.
TCH: Whether the RNC processes the first PS BE
service set up by a CSFB UE in the same way as it
processes a PS BE service in the CS+PS combined
service. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
processes the first PS BE service set up by a CSFB

UE in the same way as it processes a PS BE service in
the CS+PS combined service. The bearer channel type
and initial data rate for the PS BE service are set by
the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter in the "SET
UFRC" command. DRD for service steering
(specified by the "ServiceDiffDrdSwitch" parameter
in the "SET UDRD" command) takes the CS service
as the highest priority service for selecting a cell.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC processes the
first PS BE service set up by a CSFB UE in the same
way as it processes a single PS service.
19.
WITCH: Whether the RNC decreases the access rate
for PS BE services during combined hard handover
and SRNS relocation. When this switch is turned off.
The RNC does not change the access rate of PS BE
services during combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. When this switch is turned on. The RNC
decreases the access rate of PS BE services to the
values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command.
20.
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers the cell load
when reducing access rate of PS BE services during
this switch is turned off. The RNC does not consider
the cell load, but directly decreases the access rate of
PS BE services to the values of the
"CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command. When this switch is turned
on. The RNC considers the cell load. The RNC
decreases the uplink or downlink access rate of PS BE
services to the values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDown-
wardRate" parameter in the "SET UFRC" command
only when the cell is in the load congestion state in the
uplink or downlink.
21.
ITCH: Whether the transmission time interval (TTI)
for best effort (BE) services can be changed from 10
ms to 2 ms by using the TTI switch algorithm or the
periodic retry algorithm if BE services that meet the
requirements for HUSPA 2 ms TTI do not use 2 ms
TTI and the "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs" parameter in
the "SET UFRC" command is set to a value greater

WCDMA RAN

nd
than D2048. When this switch is set to ON, the TTI

for BE services can be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
When this switch is set to OFF, the TTI for BE
services cannot be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
22.
ITCH: Whether to enable the anti-pingpong function
for location-based inter-RAT RRC redirection. When
this switch is turned on, the anti-pingpong function is
enabled for location-based inter-RAT RRC
redirection.When this switch is turned off, the anti-
pingpong function is not enabled for location-based
inter-RAT RRC redirection.
23.
CH: Whether to optimize the channel transition with
serving cell change procedure during RRC connection
setup. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
incorrectly performs channel transition and serving
cell change in the same procedure in the following
scenario: The SRB is carried over HSPA channels; the
RNC simultaneously processes two 1D measurement
reports from one UE during RRC connection setup;
The target cell included in one 1D measurement report
is in the active set, whereas that in the other 1D
measurement report is not; the target cell not in the
active set does not support HSPA. Consequently, the
radio link (RL) reconfiguration fails. When this switch
is set to ON, the RNC performs channel transition
before the radio link is added in the preceding
scenario.
24.
WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers a two-step DRD
for AMR services if the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the processing of a soft handover.
When this switch is set to ON, the RNC triggers a
two-step DRD for AMR services in the preceding
scenario. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
does not trigger a two-step DRD for AMR services in
25.
CH: Whether the E-UTRA absolute radio frequency
channel numbers (EARFCNs) filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on the operators for

WCDMA RAN

nd
UEs carried on the DCH. When this switch is set to

26.
CH: Whether the EARFCNs filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on operators for
UEs carried on the CCH. When this switch is set to
27.
CH: Whether the RNC terminates failed F2D state
transition procedures caused by DCCH congestion.
When the RNC terminates failed F2D state transition
procedures, the RNC does not perform channel
fallback or a DRD procedure. F2D state transition
refers to the transition of the state from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. When the switch is turned on, the
RNC terminates failed F2D state transition procedures
caused by DCCH congestion. When the switch is set
to off, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
procedure if the state transition failure is caused by
DCCH congestion.
28.
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:
Whether the measurement report (MR) is reported to
the OMU after a state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH (D2P). When this switch is
set to ON, the MR is reported to the OMU after a D2P
state transition. When this switch is set to OFF, the
MR is not reported to the OMU after a D2P state
transition.
29.
CH: Switch for handling the incorrect RAB Subflow
Combination Indicator (RFCI) included in the IUUP
rate control ACK message sent by the CN. When this
switch is set to ON: 1. When the

WCDMA RAN

nd

maximum rate for the reverse direction is included in
the maximum uplink rate supported by the local end).
If the maximum rate in the ACK message exceeds the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC does not
increase the uplink rate of the local end (Data
transmitted at a low rate can be received by the peer
end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message is
lower than the current uplink rate of the local end, the
RNC reduces the uplink rate of the local end to the
maximum rate in the ACK message to prevent the
occurrence of one-way audio. 2. When the
maximum rate for the current direction is included in
the maximum downlink rate supported by the local
end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink, the
RNC does not increase the downlink rate of the local
end.
When this switch is set to ON: 1. When the
RNC increases the uplink rate of the local end if the
maximum rate included in the ACK message exceeds
the current uplink rate of the local end. If the
maximum rate in the ACK message is lower than the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC reduces
the uplink rate of the local end to the maximum rate
included in the ACK message. 2. When the
RNC increases the downlink rate of the local end if
the maximum rate included in the ACK message
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink.
30.
Whether the RNC determines that a UE, which
accesses the UMTS network again, has been
redirected from the LTE network to the UMTS
network when the following conditions apply:
1. The UE is redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.

WCDMA RAN

nd
2. After updating its location area or routing area, the

UE promptly releases the RRC connection.
the UE has been redirected from the LTE network to
the UMTS network.
the UE is not redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
CH,
CH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
WITCH:1,
WITCH:0,
H:0, PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
1, PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH:1,
H:1,
H:1, PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
TCH:0,
H:1,
H:0,
TCH:0, PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
0, PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:1,
TCH:0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
ITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:1,
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
CH:1,
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
1
U2LSer BSC691 SET None None Meaning: The penalty duration during which UEs
vMcTim 0 UU2LT cannot start service-based LTE measurement again
eOutPun EHONC after the previous service-based LTE measurement
ishTime OV control or measurement-based fast return
measurement control is released. The type of service-
based LTE measurement control release to be
punished is specified by the
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWITC
H option under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch5" parameter
in the "SET UCORRMPARA" command.
Unit: s
Default Value: 90
U2LSer BSC690 SET None None Meaning: The penalty duration during which UEs
vMcTim 0 UU2LT cannot start service-based LTE measurement again
eOutPun EHONC after the previous service-based LTE measurement
ishTime OV control or measurement-based fast return
measurement control is released. The type of service-
based LTE measurement control release to be
punished is specified by the
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWITC
H option under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch5" parameter
in the "SET UCORRMPARA" command.
Unit: s
Default Value: 90

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlPSU2 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing uplink
LHOUe 0 UCELL 150216 Based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Num LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 1~10
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
LDR UMTS Actual Value Range: 1~10
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
UlPSU2 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing uplink
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
DlPSU2 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing downlink
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlPSU2 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing downlink
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
AntiPin BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether a UE that is redirected from the
panLteF 0 UU2LT 150217 Based LTE network to the UMTS network can be redirected
ddRedrS EHONC WRFD- PS back to an LTE FDD frequency. When this switch is
witch OV 140218 Handov turned on, the UE cannot initiate the redirection to an
er from LTE FDD frequency, which prevents ping-pong
UMTS redirections between the UMTS network and the LTE
to LTE network. When this switch is turned off, the UE can
Service- be redirected to an LTE FDD frequency.
Based GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
PS Unit: None
Handov
er from Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
UMTS Default Value: OFF
to LTE
AntiPin BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether a UE that is redirected from the
panLteF 0 UU2LT 150217 Based LTE network to the UMTS network can be redirected
ddRedrS EHONC WRFD- PS back to an LTE FDD frequency. When this switch is
witch OV 140218 Handov turned on, the UE cannot initiate the redirection to an
er from LTE FDD frequency, which prevents ping-pong
UMTS redirections between the UMTS network and the LTE
to LTE network. When this switch is turned off, the UE can
Service- be redirected to an LTE FDD frequency.
Based GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
PS Unit: None
Handov
er from Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
UMTS Default Value: OFF
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LPun BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Penalty timer for preventing load-based
ishTime 0 UU2LT 150216 Based ping-pong handovers or redirections between UMTS
rLenFor EHONC WRFD- PS and LTE cells. When the value of this parameter is set
Load OV 150217 Redirect to 0, the penalty on load-based UMTS-to-LTE
ion from handovers or redirections does not take effect.
to LTE
Unit: s
Load
Based Actual Value Range: 0~65535
PS Default Value: 0
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LPun BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Penalty timer for preventing load-based
ishTime 0 UU2LT 150216 Based ping-pong handovers or redirections between UMTS
rLenFor EHONC WRFD- PS and LTE cells. When the value of this parameter is set
Load OV 150217 Redirect to 0, the penalty on load-based UMTS-to-LTE
ion from handovers or redirections does not take effect.
to LTE
Unit: s
Load
Based Actual Value Range: 0~65535
PS Default Value: 0
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
VirtualG BSC690 SET WRFD- Multi Meaning: Whether to perform filtering and backup
ridFilter 0 UVIRT 020110 Frequen operations for the virtual grid. When this switch is
Backup UALGR cy Band turned on, the smooth filtering, redundant grid
Sw ID Network deletion, and grid backup operations are performed
ing every 5 o'clock in the morning. If the SPU subsystem
Manage is faulty, the grid is recovered. When this switch is
ment turned off, this operation is not performed. If any
virtual grid-related functions are enabled on the RNC,
this function cannot be disabled. It is good practice to
enable this switch when disabling virtual grid-related
functions, so that the RNC can perform filtering,
backup, and recovery operations for existing virtual
grids.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
VirtualG BSC691 SET WRFD- Multi Meaning: Whether to perform filtering and backup
ridFilter 0 UVIRT 020110 Frequen operations for the virtual grid. When this switch is
Backup UALGR cy Band turned on, the smooth filtering, redundant grid
Sw ID Network deletion, and grid backup operations are performed
ing every 5 o'clock in the morning. If the UCP subsystem
Manage is faulty, the grid is recovered. When this switch is
ment turned off, this operation is not performed. If any
virtual grid-related functions are enabled on the RNC,
this function cannot be disabled. It is good practice to
enable this switch when disabling virtual grid-related
functions, so that the RNC can perform filtering,
backup, and recovery operations for existing virtual
grids.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
U2LGri BSC690 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning: Upper threshold for the UMTS-to-LTE
dInfoHi 0 UCELL 140226 Return virtual grid information. If the success rate of UMTS-
ghThd U2LTE from to-LTE handovers or redirections is higher than this
HONCO UMTS threshold in a grid, the RNC marks this grid as a class
V to LTE I virtual grid. In class I virtual grids, the RNC allows
MOD UEs to perform blind redirection-based CSFB or
UCELL SRVCC fast return or service-based UMT-to-LTE PS
U2LTE redirection.
HONCO GUI Value Range: 0~100
V Unit: %
Default Value: 99
U2LGri BSC691 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning: Upper threshold for the UMTS-to-LTE
dInfoHi 0 UCELL 140226 Return virtual grid information. If the success rate of UMTS-
ghThd U2LTE from to-LTE handovers or redirections is higher than this
V to LTE I virtual grid. In class I virtual grids, the RNC allows
MOD UEs to perform blind redirection-based CSFB or
UCELL SRVCC fast return or service-based UMT-to-LTE PS
U2LTE redirection.
HONCO GUI Value Range: 0~100
V Unit: %
Default Value: 99

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LGri BSC690 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning: Lower threshold for the UMTS-to-LTE
dInfoLo 0 UCELL 140226 Return virtual grid information. If the success rate of UMTS-
wThd U2LTE from to-LTE handovers or redirections is lower than this
V to LTE II virtual grid. The RNC enables some UEs in class II
MOD virtual grids to perform LTE measurement-based
UCELL CSFB or SRVCC fast return or service-based UMT-to-
U2LTE LTE handover or redirection based on the value of
HONCO "ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid" in the "SET
V UVIRTUALGRID" command, so that the RNC learns
the success rate of the UMTS-to-LTE handover and
redirection in class II virtual grids. In this situation,
the RNC prohibits other UEs from performing CSFB
or SRVCC fast return or service-based UMT-to-LTE
handover or redirection in class II virtual grids.
Unit: %
Default Value: 1
U2LGri BSC691 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning: Lower threshold for the UMTS-to-LTE
dInfoLo 0 UCELL 140226 Return virtual grid information. If the success rate of UMTS-
wThd U2LTE from to-LTE handovers or redirections is lower than this
V to LTE II virtual grid. The RNC enables some UEs in class II
MOD virtual grids to perform LTE measurement-based
UCELL CSFB or SRVCC fast return or service-based UMT-to-
U2LTE LTE handover or redirection based on the value of
HONCO "ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid" in the "SET
V UVIRTUALGRID" command, so that the RNC learns
the success rate of the UMTS-to-LTE handover and
redirection in class II virtual grids. In this situation,
the RNC prohibits other UEs from performing CSFB
or SRVCC fast return or service-based UMT-to-LTE
handover or redirection in class II virtual grids.
Unit: %
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Probaof BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Probability that the LTE measurement-
U2Lfor 0 UVIRT 140226 Return based CSFB or SRVCC fast return or service-based
ClassIIG UALGR from UMT-to-LTE PS handover or redirection function is
rid ID UMTS allowed in class II virtual grids. If the success rate of
to LTE the UMT-to-LTE handover and redirection is lower
than the value of "U2LGridInfoLowThd" in the "ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV" command in a grid, the
grid is considered to be a class II virtual grid. In class
II virtual grids, the RNC enables some UEs to perform
the LTE measurement-based CSFB or SRVCC fast
return or service-based UMT-to-LTE PS handover or
redirection based on the value of this parameter, so
that the RNC learns the success rate of the UMTS-to-
LTE handover and redirection in class II virtual grids.
In this situation, the RNC prohibits other UEs from
performing CSFB or SRVCC fast return or service-
based UMT-to-LTE PS handover or redirection in
class II virtual grids.
Unit: %
Default Value: 5
Probaof BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Probability that the LTE measurement-
U2Lfor 0 UVIRT 140226 Return based CSFB or SRVCC fast return or service-based
ClassIIG UALGR from UMT-to-LTE PS handover or redirection function is
rid ID UMTS allowed in class II virtual grids. If the success rate of
to LTE the UMT-to-LTE handover and redirection is lower
than the value of "U2LGridInfoLowThd" in the "ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV" command in a grid, the
grid is considered to be a class II virtual grid. In class
II virtual grids, the RNC enables some UEs to perform
the LTE measurement-based CSFB or SRVCC fast
return or service-based UMT-to-LTE PS handover or
redirection based on the value of this parameter, so
that the RNC learns the success rate of the UMTS-to-
LTE handover and redirection in class II virtual grids.
In this situation, the RNC prohibits other UEs from
performing CSFB or SRVCC fast return or service-
based UMT-to-LTE PS handover or redirection in
class II virtual grids.
Unit: %
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCCCT BSC690 SET WRFD- Flow Meaning: Threshold for triggering flow control in the
HD 0 FCCPU 040100 Control Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)
THD procedure. When the CPU usage in an SPU subsystem
exceeds this threshold, the RNC prevents UEs from
initiating a DCCC procedure that aims to increase the
rate.
Unit: %
Default Value: 85
DCCCT BSC691 SET WRFD- Flow Meaning: Threshold for triggering flow control in the
HD 0 FCCPU 040100 Control Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)
THD procedure. When the CPU usage in an CP subsystem
exceeds this threshold, the RNC prevents UEs from
initiating a DCCC procedure that aims to increase the
rate.
Unit: %
Default Value: 85
DCCCR BSC690 SET WRFD- Flow Meaning: Threshold for canceling flow control on
STTHD 0 FCCPU 040100 Control DCCC. When the CPU usage in an SPU subsystem
THD falls below this threshold, the RNC allows UEs
processing PS BE services in the CELL_DCH state to
initiate a DCCC procedure that aims to increase the
rate.
Unit: %
Default Value: 75
DCCCR BSC691 SET WRFD- Flow Meaning: Threshold for canceling flow control on
STTHD 0 FCCPU 040100 Control DCCC. When the CPU usage in an CP subsystem falls
THD below this threshold, the RNC allows UEs processing
PS BE services in the CELL_DCH state to initiate a
DCCC procedure that aims to increase the rate.
Unit: %
Default Value: 75

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNSwi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning:

thCSFBI 0 UNRNC 140226 Return Whether the source RNC includes the CSFB
ndSw MOD from Information IE (value: CSFB) in the RELOCATION
UNRNC UMTS REQUIRED message during an intra-RAT SRNS
to LTE relocation on a CSFB UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The source
RNC includes the CSFB Information IE (value:
CSFB) in the RELOCATION REQUIRED message in
this scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The source
RNC does not include the CSFB Information IE
(value: CSFB) in the RELOCATION REQUIRED
message in this scenario.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
SRNSwi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning:

thCSFBI 0 UNRNC 140226 Return Whether the source RNC includes the CSFB
ndSw MOD from Information IE (value: CSFB) in the RELOCATION
UNRNC UMTS REQUIRED message during an intra-RAT SRNS
to LTE relocation on a CSFB UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The source
RNC includes the CSFB Information IE (value:
CSFB) in the RELOCATION REQUIRED message in
this scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The source
RNC does not include the CSFB Information IE
(value: CSFB) in the RELOCATION REQUIRED
message in this scenario.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd

Switch6 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1)RLCBUF_PDU_CALCU_IN_ACTIVE_TIME_SW
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps ITCH
TCH 150215 RRC
Connect Whether the RNC calculates the PDU buffering delay
WRFD- ion and at the RLC into the activation time.
010688 Radio 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
WRFD- Access calculates the PDU buffering delay at the RLC into
150253 Bearer the activation time.
WRFD- Establis 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
140226 hment does not calculate the PDU buffering delay at the RLC
and into the activation time.
WRFD- Release
020500 2)STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PROCEDURE_SWIT
SRVCC CH
WRFD- from
010701 LTE to Whether the RNC buffers a measurement control
UMTS message during Uu configuration procedures and does
with PS not send this message until the Uu configuration
Handov procedure is complete. The Uu configuration
er procedures refer to RAB setup, RAB reconfiguration,
DCCC, and hard handovers.
Downlin
k 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
Enhance buffers the measurement control message and does not
d send this message until the Uu configuration is
CELL_F complete.
ACH 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
VoIP does not delay sending the measurement control
Applicat message.
ion 3)PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH
Manage Whether activation time information is recorded in the
ment PCHR.
Fast 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Activation
Return time information is recorded in the PCHR.
from
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Activation
UMTS
time information is not recorded in the PCHR.
to LTE
4)SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH
Enhance
d Fast Whether the target RNC considers a UE as a CSFB
Dorman UE when the target RNC receives a RELOCATION
cy REQUEST message with the "CSFB Information" IE
from the source RNC during an intra-RAT SRNS
Uplink
relocation.
Enhance
d 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The target
CELL_F RNC considers the UE as a CSFB UE.
ACH 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The target
RNC does not consider the UE as a CSFB UE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
5)PAGING_CROSS_RELPROC_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC waits for an Initial Direct Transfer
message when a paging procedure overlaps with a
release procedure.
starts a timer to wait for the Initial Direct Transfer
message when the paging procedure overlaps with a
release procedure. If the RNC does not receive the
message before the timer expires, the RNC proceeds
with the release procedure.
proceeds with the release procedure without waiting
for the Initial Direct Transfer message.
6)ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH
Whether to support asynchronous compressed mode
(CM).
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. CM
procedures are started in asynchronous mode. A
message does not contain the activation time, and the
UE activates the new configuration data immediately
after receiving the message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. CM
procedures are started in synchronous mode. The
message contains the activation time, and the UE
activates the new configuration data when the
activation time arrives.
7)R8FD_IMEITAC_ENABLE_SWITCH
Whether fast dormancy UEs complying with 3GPP
Release 8 can be blacklisted. Fast dormancy UEs are
blacklisted by setting "TAC_FUNC" in the "ADD
UIMEITAC" command to Fast_Dormancy and
"FastDormancy" in the same command to OFF. If a
UE complies with 3GPP Release 8 and sends an SCRI
message to the RNC after finishing data transmission
and if the SCRI message contains the "Signaling
Connection Release Indication Cause" IE, which is set
to "UE Requested PS Data session end", this UE is
considered as a fast dormancy-capable UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Fast
dormancy UEs complying with 3GPP Release 8 can
be blacklisted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Fast

dormancy UEs complying with 3GPP Release 8
cannot be blacklisted.
8)ABNORM_D2EFACH_OPT_SWITCH (Optimize
D2EFACH in Abnormal Scenarios)
Scenario 1: D2EFACH reconfiguration and
reestablishment
Scenario 2: Forced successful D2EFACH state
transitions
Scenario 3: A cell update procedure is triggered
during a D2F (including D2EFACH) state transition
and the cell capability changes.
the RNC triggers a D2EFACH reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for UEs in the stable state
when all its RLs fail and cannot recover within the
period of time specified by a restoration timer or when
the TRB is reset. In scenario 2, the RNC forcibly
considers a D2EFACH state transition as successful
when the D2EFACH state transition times out, no
response is received from the UE within the period of
time after an SRB reset, or the TRB is reset during the
D2EFACH state transition. In scenario 3, the RNC
performs a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure to quickly
reestablish the UE's signaling connection.
scenarios.
9)EFACH_RBSETUP_F2D_CU_OVERLAP_SWITC
H (Support Overlap of F2D Triggered by RB Setup
for EFACH UEs and CU)
Whether the RNC supports the overlap of a F2D state
transition triggered by an RB setup and a cell update
procedure for EFACH UEs. This switch also applies
to ERACH UEs.
processes the cell update procedure first and then
continues to process the RB setup procedure.
RB setup procedure fails.

WCDMA RAN

nd
10)HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_SW
ITCH(HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_
SWITCH)
Whether the reconfigured information is activated on
the RNC side when the following conditions are met:
(1) The RB reconfiguration times out in an
asynchronous hard handover. (2) The RNC forcibly
considers the RL reestablishment procedure as
successful.
reconfigured information is activated on the RNC
side.
reconfigured information is not activated on the RNC
side.
11)EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH(Switch for
EFACH User CS Setup Trig PS F2D)
Whether the UE using Downlink Enhanced
CELL_FACH transits to the CELL_DCH state
through a reconfiguration and then establishes the CS
RAB when attempting the CS call.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE using Downlink
Enhanced CELL_FACH transits to the CELL_DCH
state through a reconfiguration and then establishes
the CS RAB.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE establishes the
CS RAB without the reconfiguration.
12)L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH(L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_
IN_SWITCH)
Whether to perform only the CS service handover if
the number of PS RABs to be established carried in
the PS relocation request message exceeds the upper
limit (four RABs) of the RNC during an SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS with the PS handover.
performs the CS service handover only.
does not perform the CS service handover only.
13)DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH(DR
NC ASU with Service Link Change Optimization
Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNSAP RL RECFG READY message

carries only serving link information during the
HSUPA link reconfiguration on the DRNC.
This switch needs to be turned on only when
PERFENH_DRL_HSUPA_SERVCELLCHG_OPT_S
WITCH under
[UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch8] is selected.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNSAP RL RECFG
READY message carries only serving link
information.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNSAP RL RECFG
READY message carries information about the
serving links and non-serving links.
14)EFACH_RRC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH(RRC Setup
Compatibility Optimization Switch for EFACH Cells)
Whether the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message to special UEs over the FACH and
EFACH in EFACH cells.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If special
UEs do not respond for a long time to the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message sent over the FACH
or EFACH, the RNC sends the last RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message on both the FACH
and EFACH to special UEs.
performs no special processing for special UEs.
15)EFACH_RRC_MSG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H(RRC Con. Setup Msg with MAC-hs Reset
Instruction for EFACH UEs)
Whether the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message
sent from the RNC to EFACH UEs contains the
MAC-hs reset instruction when SRB over HSPA takes
effect at the RRC connection setup phase.
CONNECTION SETUP message sent from the RNC
to EFACH UEs contains the MAC-hs reset instruction
when SRB over HSPA takes effect at the RRC
connection setup phase. Special UEs can process the
received message and return an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE message to the RNC.
to EFACH UEs does not contain the MAC-hs reset
instruction when SRB over HSPA takes effect at the
RRC connection setup phase. After receiving this

WCDMA RAN

nd
message, special UEs consider the configurations in

this message as inappropriate and do not send an RRC
CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message to the
RNC.
16)EFACH_PCH2PCH_CU_TIMEOUT_DSCR_SWI
TCH(Support DSCR upon P2P Cell Update
Expiration for EFACH UEs)
Whether the RNC triggers a DSCR procedure in case
of the expiration of cell updates triggered by EFACH
or ERACH UEs in the CELL_PCH state. This switch
applies to EFACH UEs initiating cell updates between
EFACH and FACH cells, and to ERACH UEs
initiating cell updates between ERACH and EFACH
cells and between ERACH cells.
sends an RRC Connection Release message with the
cause value "directed signaling connection re-
establishment" to the UE in this scenario, which
enables the UE to reestablish an RRC connection at
the earliest time possible.
sends an RRC Connection Release message with a
cause value indicating abnormal release to the UE in
this scenario.
17) VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH(QoS Enh
Switch for VOIP User Based on IP and Port)
Whether the enhanced QoS function takes effect on
VoIP services identified by the specified IP address
and port support.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies VoIP
services based on the specified IP address and port,
and provides the enhanced QoS function for these
services accordingly.
identify VoIP services based on the specified IP
address and port and the enhanced QoS function does
not take effect on these services.
18)
RB_SETUP_ROLLBACK_FAIL_PFM_OPT_SWIT
CH(Counter Opt SW for RB Setup Rollback Failure)
Whether to measure counters related to RAB setup
failures when there are over six concurrent RB setup
and cell update procedures.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC measures

counters related to RAB setup failures in the
preceding scenario.
measure counters related to RAB setup failures in the
preceding scenario.
19)STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PRO_ENH_SWITC
H(Store MC Enhancement Switch)
Whether to enable the enhancement function that the
buffered measurement control message for the Uu
interface configuration procedure is sent after the
procedure is complete. The Uu interface configuration
procedure includes the serving cell change, outgoing
inter-RAT handover, and outgoing intra-RAT
relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement control
message is sent after the procedure is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement control
message is sent before the procedure is complete.
20)
VIP_FULL_MOSINFO_AUTOTRACE_SWITCH(VI
P UE Complete MOS Auto Tracing Switch)
Whether the VIP UE automatic tracing function takes
effect.
automatic UE tracing for the VIP UE and its peer end,
and generates MOS files on the OMU board of the
RNC.
perform automatic UE tracing for the VIP UE and its
peer end or generate MOS files on the OMU board of
the RNC.
GUI Value Range:
RLCBUF_PDU_CALCU_IN_ACTIVE_TIME_SWIT
CH,
STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PROCEDURE_SWITC
H, PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH,
SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH,
PAGING_CROSS_RELPROC_OPT_SWITCH,
ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH,
R8FD_IMEITAC_ENABLE_SWITCH,
ABNORM_D2EFACH_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RBSETUP_F2D_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH
,
HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWIT
CH, EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWI
TCH, DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RRC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RRC_MSG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH,
EFACH_PCH2PCH_CU_TIMEOUT_DSCR_SWITC
H, VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH,
CH,
STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PRO_ENH_SWITCH,
VIP_FULL_MOSINFO_AUTOTRACE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
H,
PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH,
,
CH,
EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH,
CH,
Default Value:
CH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PROCEDURE_SWIT
CH:0,PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_CROSS_RELPROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH:
0,R8FD_IMEITAC_ENABLE_SWITCH:
0,ABNORM_D2EFACH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RBSETUP_F2D_CU_OVERLAP_SWITC
H:
0,HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SW
ITCH:0,DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_MSG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_PCH2PCH_CU_TIMEOUT_DSCR_SWIT
CH:0,VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ROLLBACK_FAIL_PFM_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PRO_ENH_SWITCH:
0,VIP_FULL_MOSINFO_AUTOTRACE_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd

Switch6 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1)RLCBUF_PDU_CALCU_IN_ACTIVE_TIME_SW
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps ITCH
TCH 150215 RRC
Connect Whether the RNC calculates the PDU buffering delay
WRFD- ion and at the RLC into the activation time.
010688 Radio 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
WRFD- Access calculates the PDU buffering delay at the RLC into
150253 Bearer the activation time.
WRFD- Establis 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
140226 hment does not calculate the PDU buffering delay at the RLC
and into the activation time.
WRFD- Release
020500 2)STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PROCEDURE_SWIT
SRVCC CH
WRFD- from
010701 LTE to Whether the RNC buffers a measurement control
UMTS message during Uu configuration procedures and does
with PS not send this message until the Uu configuration
Handov procedure is complete. The Uu configuration
er procedures refer to RAB setup, RAB reconfiguration,
DCCC, and hard handovers.
Downlin
k 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
Enhance buffers the measurement control message and does not
d send this message until the Uu configuration is
CELL_F complete.
ACH 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
VoIP does not delay sending the measurement control
Applicat message.
ion 3)PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH
Manage Whether activation time information is recorded in the
ment PCHR.
Fast 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Activation
Return time information is recorded in the PCHR.
from
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Activation
UMTS
time information is not recorded in the PCHR.
to LTE
4)SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH
Enhance
d Fast Whether the target RNC considers a UE as a CSFB
Dorman UE when the target RNC receives a RELOCATION
cy REQUEST message with the "CSFB Information" IE
from the source RNC during an intra-RAT SRNS
Uplink
relocation.
Enhance
d 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The target
CELL_F RNC considers the UE as a CSFB UE.
ACH 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The target
RNC does not consider the UE as a CSFB UE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
5)PAGING_CROSS_RELPROC_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC waits for an Initial Direct Transfer
message when a paging procedure overlaps with a
release procedure.
starts a timer to wait for the Initial Direct Transfer
message when the paging procedure overlaps with a
release procedure. If the RNC does not receive the
message before the timer expires, the RNC proceeds
with the release procedure.
proceeds with the release procedure without waiting
for the Initial Direct Transfer message.
6)ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH
Whether to support asynchronous compressed mode
(CM).
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. CM
procedures are started in asynchronous mode. A
message does not contain the activation time, and the
UE activates the new configuration data immediately
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. CM
procedures are started in synchronous mode. The
message contains the activation time, and the UE
activates the new configuration data when the
activation time arrives.
7)R8FD_IMEITAC_ENABLE_SWITCH
Whether fast dormancy UEs complying with 3GPP
Release 8 can be blacklisted. Fast dormancy UEs are
blacklisted by setting "TAC_FUNC" in the "ADD
UIMEITAC" command to Fast_Dormancy and
"FastDormancy" in the same command to OFF. If a
UE complies with 3GPP Release 8 and sends an SCRI
message to the RNC after finishing data transmission
and if the SCRI message contains the "Signaling
Connection Release Indication Cause" IE, which is set
to "UE Requested PS Data session end", this UE is
considered as a fast dormancy-capable UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Fast
dormancy UEs complying with 3GPP Release 8 can
be blacklisted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Fast

dormancy UEs complying with 3GPP Release 8
cannot be blacklisted.
8)ABNORM_D2EFACH_OPT_SWITCH (Optimize
D2EFACH in Abnormal Scenarios)
Scenario 1: D2EFACH reconfiguration and
reestablishment
Scenario 2: Forced successful D2EFACH state
transitions
Scenario 3: A cell update procedure is triggered
during a D2F (including D2EFACH) state transition
and the cell capability changes.
the RNC triggers a D2EFACH reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for UEs in the stable state
when all its RLs fail and cannot recover within the
period of time specified by a restoration timer or when
the TRB is reset. In scenario 2, the RNC forcibly
considers a D2EFACH state transition as successful
when the D2EFACH state transition times out, no
response is received from the UE within the period of
time after an SRB reset, or the TRB is reset during the
D2EFACH state transition. In scenario 3, the RNC
performs a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure to quickly
reestablish the UE's signaling connection.
scenarios.
9)EFACH_RBSETUP_F2D_CU_OVERLAP_SWITC
H (Support Overlap of F2D Triggered by RB Setup
for EFACH UEs and CU)
Whether the RNC supports the overlap of a F2D state
transition triggered by an RB setup and a cell update
procedure for EFACH UEs. This switch also applies
to ERACH UEs.
processes the cell update procedure first and then
continues to process the RB setup procedure.
RB setup procedure fails.

WCDMA RAN

nd
10)HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_SW
ITCH(HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_
SWITCH)
Whether the reconfigured information is activated on
the RNC side when the following conditions are met:
(1) The RB reconfiguration times out in an
asynchronous hard handover. (2) The RNC forcibly
considers the RL reestablishment procedure as
successful.
reconfigured information is activated on the RNC
side.
reconfigured information is not activated on the RNC
side.
11)EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH(Switch for
EFACH User CS Setup Trig PS F2D)
Whether the UE using Downlink Enhanced
CELL_FACH transits to the CELL_DCH state
through a reconfiguration and then establishes the CS
RAB when attempting the CS call.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE using Downlink
Enhanced CELL_FACH transits to the CELL_DCH
state through a reconfiguration and then establishes
the CS RAB.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE establishes the
CS RAB without the reconfiguration.
12)L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH(L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_
IN_SWITCH)
Whether to perform only the CS service handover if
the number of PS RABs to be established carried in
the PS relocation request message exceeds the upper
limit (four RABs) of the RNC during an SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS with the PS handover.
performs the CS service handover only.
does not perform the CS service handover only.
13)DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH(DR
NC ASU with Service Link Change Optimization
Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNSAP RL RECFG READY message

carries only serving link information during the
HSUPA link reconfiguration on the DRNC.
This switch needs to be turned on only when
PERFENH_DRL_HSUPA_SERVCELLCHG_OPT_S
WITCH under
[UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch8] is selected.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNSAP RL RECFG
READY message carries only serving link
information.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNSAP RL RECFG
READY message carries information about the
serving links and non-serving links.
14)EFACH_RRC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH(RRC Setup
Compatibility Optimization Switch for EFACH Cells)
Whether the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message to special UEs over the FACH and
EFACH in EFACH cells.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If special
UEs do not respond for a long time to the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message sent over the FACH
or EFACH, the RNC sends the last RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message on both the FACH
and EFACH to special UEs.
performs no special processing for special UEs.
15)EFACH_RRC_MSG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H(RRC Con. Setup Msg with MAC-hs Reset
Instruction for EFACH UEs)
Whether the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message
sent from the RNC to EFACH UEs contains the
MAC-hs reset instruction when SRB over HSPA takes
effect at the RRC connection setup phase.
to EFACH UEs contains the MAC-hs reset instruction
when SRB over HSPA takes effect at the RRC
connection setup phase. Special UEs can process the
received message and return an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE message to the RNC.
to EFACH UEs does not contain the MAC-hs reset
instruction when SRB over HSPA takes effect at the
RRC connection setup phase. After receiving this

WCDMA RAN

nd
message, special UEs consider the configurations in

this message as inappropriate and do not send an RRC
CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message to the
RNC.
16)EFACH_PCH2PCH_CU_TIMEOUT_DSCR_SWI
TCH(Support DSCR upon P2P Cell Update
Expiration for EFACH UEs)
Whether the RNC triggers a DSCR procedure in case
of the expiration of cell updates triggered by EFACH
or ERACH UEs in the CELL_PCH state. This switch
applies to EFACH UEs initiating cell updates between
EFACH and FACH cells, and to ERACH UEs
initiating cell updates between ERACH and EFACH
cells and between ERACH cells.
sends an RRC Connection Release message with the
cause value "directed signaling connection re-
establishment" to the UE in this scenario, which
enables the UE to reestablish an RRC connection at
the earliest time possible.
sends an RRC Connection Release message with a
cause value indicating abnormal release to the UE in
this scenario.
17) VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH(QoS Enh
Switch for VOIP User Based on IP and Port)
Whether the enhanced QoS function takes effect on
VoIP services identified by the specified IP address
and port support.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies VoIP
services based on the specified IP address and port,
and provides the enhanced QoS function for these
services accordingly.
identify VoIP services based on the specified IP
address and port and the enhanced QoS function does
not take effect on these services.
18)
CH(Counter Opt SW for RB Setup Rollback Failure)
Whether to measure counters related to RAB setup
failures when there are over six concurrent RB setup

WCDMA RAN

nd

counters related to RAB setup failures in the
preceding scenario.
measure counters related to RAB setup failures in the
preceding scenario.
19)STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PRO_ENH_SWITC
H(Store MC Enhancement Switch)
Whether to enable the enhancement function that the
buffered measurement control message for the Uu
interface configuration procedure is sent after the
procedure is complete. The Uu interface configuration
procedure includes the serving cell change, outgoing
inter-RAT handover, and outgoing intra-RAT
relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement control
message is sent after the procedure is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement control
message is sent before the procedure is complete.
20)
VIP_FULL_MOSINFO_AUTOTRACE_SWITCH(VI
P UE Complete MOS Auto Tracing Switch)
Whether the VIP UE automatic tracing function takes
effect.
automatic UE tracing for the VIP UE and its peer end,
and generates MOS files on the OMU board of the
RNC.
perform automatic UE tracing for the VIP UE and its
peer end or generate MOS files on the OMU board of
the RNC.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
H, PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH,
,
CH, EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH,
H, VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
H,
PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH,
,
CH,
EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH,
CH,
Default Value:
CH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PROCEDURE_SWIT
CH:0,PCHR_STORE_ACT_TIME_INFO_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_CROSS_RELPROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_START_CM_SWITCH:
0,R8FD_IMEITAC_ENABLE_SWITCH:
0,ABNORM_D2EFACH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RBSETUP_F2D_CU_OVERLAP_SWITC
H:
0,HHO_ASYNC_RBRECFG_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,EFACH_CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SW
ITCH:0,DRNC_RLCC_WITH_ASU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_MSG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_PCH2PCH_CU_TIMEOUT_DSCR_SWIT
CH:0,VOIP_IP_PORT_QOS_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ROLLBACK_FAIL_PFM_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,STORE_MC_IN_UU_CFG_PRO_ENH_SWITCH:
0,VIP_FULL_MOSINFO_AUTOTRACE_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010202 State in 1)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH4(RL Procedure
tch12 RLSWI WRFD- Connect Optimization Switch 4)
TCH 020302 ed Mode
(CELL- Whether the RNC optimizes the processing related to
WRFD- DCH, radio links (RLs) in certain scenarios.
140226 CELL- 1: This switch is turned on.
PCH, In scenario 1 where the DRNC has an RL established
URA- on the E-DCH for a UE and the SRNC initiates a
PCH, rollback for a failed E-DCH to DCH (E2D)
CELL- reconfiguration: RL addition during a soft handover
FACH) succeeds on the DRNC.
Inter In scenario 2 where the DRNC has an RL established
Frequen on the E-DCH for a UE and the SRNC does not have
cy Hard such RLs and initiates a rollback for a failed E-DCH
Handov to E-DCH (E2E) or E2D reconfiguration: The
er Based subsequent soft handover, service setup, or
on modification initiated by the SRNC succeeds.
Coverag
e 0: The switch is turned off. In both scenarios 1 and 2:
The RNC does not optimize the RL-related
Fast processing.
Return
from 2)RB_CONFIG_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Op
UMTS t SW for Concurrent RB Config and Cell Update)
to LTE Whether the RNC optimizes rollback after concurrent
RB configuration and cell update procedures.
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC detects an
exception in the RB configuration procedure during
the rollback, the RNC ignores the exception and
performs the rollback without releasing the related
RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC detects an
the rollback, the RNC releases the RRC connection
abnormally.
3)CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_S
W(CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_S
W)
Whether the RNC corrects the number of
retransmitted cell-level RRC connection setup
requests.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
number of retransmitted cell-level RRC connection
setup requests.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not correct

the number of retransmitted cell-level RRC
connection setup requests.
4) F2D_TXPWR_INCREASE_SWITCH(F2D TX
Power Increase Switch)
Whether the RNC increases the power for re-
transmitting the RB RECFG message by a fixed
amount during the F2D state transition.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC increases the
power for re-transmitting the RB RECFG message by
a fixed amount during the F2D state transition.
increase the power for re-transmitting the RB RECFG
message during the F2D state transition.
5) PCH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH(PCH Out of
Service Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC identifies the out-of-service state of
the UE when the P2F procedure for BE services
expires. When the UE is in the out-of-service state, the
RNC does not release the RRC connection.
whether the UE is in the out-of-service state.
identify whether the UE is in the out-of-service state.
6) IFHO_ATT_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(Inter
Frequency Handover Attempts Opt Switch)
Whether repeated inter-frequency handover failures
are counted into counters related to inter-frequency
handover attempts or failures.
1: This switch is turned on. Repeated inter-frequency
handover failures are not counted into counters related
to inter-frequency handover attempts or failures.
0: This switch is turned off. Repeated inter-frequency
handover failures are counted into counters related to
inter-frequency handover attempts or failures.
7) L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH(L2U Handover
Complete Optimize Switch)
COMPLETE message to the CN immediately upon
receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
message from the UE during LTE-to-UMTS
handovers.
1: This switch is turned on. During incoming CS
handovers for CS-only SRVCC, the RNC immediately

WCDMA RAN

nd
sends the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the

CN upon receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMPLETE message and caches the TMSI
reallocation message from the CN. After the UE
responds to the RNC with the Security Mode
Command message, the RNC sends the cached TMSI
reallocation message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. During incoming CS
handovers for CS-only SRVCC, the RNC does not
send the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the
CN after receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMPLETE message until the RNC completes UE
capability query and receives the Security Mode
Command message from the UE.
8)
RNC_OBTAIN_ACTIVETIME_REF_CFN_OPT_S
W(RNC_OBTAIN_ACTIVETIME_REF_CFN_OPT_
SW)
Whether the RNC obtains the latest CFN from the UE
to calculate the activation time when the CFN and
RFN of the UE are changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the
latest CFN from the UE to calculate the activation
time.
0: This switch is turned off. The mechanism on the
RNC remains unchanged. When the UE re-calculates
the CFN, the RNC uses the original CFN to calculate
the activation time if the RNC cannot obtain the latest
CFN from the UE.
9)
AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(AAL2
_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether to perform optimization when transmission
link reconfiguration conflicts occur.
1: This switch is turned on. When the first
transmission link reconfiguration is not complete and
the RNC receives another transmission link
reconfiguration request, the RNC sets up a
transmission link and then deletes the original
transmission links.
0: This switch is turned off. When the first
reconfiguration request, the RNC does not process this
request and the second transmission link
reconfiguration fails.

WCDMA RAN

nd
10)
SHO_CU_CROSS_COUNTERS_OPT_SWITCH(SH
O CU Cross Counter Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the measurement of soft-
handover-related counters when a soft handover
concurs with a cell update procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back the
soft handover and does not measure the soft handover
attempt counters when a soft handover concurs with a
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC still measures
the soft handover attempt counters when a soft
handover concurs with a cell update procedure.
11)
SERVCELLCHG_CU_CROSS_COUNTERS_OPT_S
WITCH(Serving Cell Change Counters Opt Switch)
Whether to optimize the measurement of serving-cell-
change-related counters when a serving cell change
serving cell change procedure and does not measure
counters for serving cell change attempts when a
serving cell change concurs with a cell update
procedure.
procedure.
12)
RELOC_SMC_SRB3_SRB4_SN_CORRECT_SWIT
CH(SRB3 and SRB4 SN Correction Switch for SMC)
Whether to set integrity protection activation time is
set to the SN plus 2 for SRB3 and SRB4 in the
Security mode command message after the relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The integrity protection
activation time is set to the SN plus 2 for SRB3 and
SRB4 in the Security mode command message. The
integrity protection parameter settings configured
before the security mode control procedure is
completed take effect before the activation time
expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The integrity protection
integrity protection parameter settings configured after

WCDMA RAN

nd
the security mode control procedure is completed take

effect.
13) CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW(CN
Config Consistency Check Switch)
Whether the RNC processes a message received from
the CN if the global CN ID or global RNC ID in the
message is found to differ from that configured on the
RNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC processes a
message received from the CN if the global CN ID or
global RNC ID in the message is found to differ from
that configured on the RNC.
process a message received from the CN if the global
CN ID or global RNC ID in the message is found to
differ from that configured on the RNC.
14) N302_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH(N302 Process
N302 parameter.
processing of the N302 parameter, and the maximum
number of CELL UPDATE or URA UPDATE
messages that can be retransmitted by a UE is the
double value of N302 minus one.
optimize the processing of the N302 parameter, and
the maximum number of CELL UPDATE or URA
UPDATE messages that can be retransmitted by a UE
is the value of N302 minus one.
15) U2L_PS_HO_OPT_SWITCH(PS Servie
Handover to LTE Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing for a
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
1: This switch is turned on. During a UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover, if the UE sends the RNC a message
indicating a pseudo SRB reset, the RNC discards the
message; if the UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE
message, the RNC rolls back the handover and
processes the cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. During a UMTS-to-LTE
indicating a pseudo SRB reset or a CELL UPDATE
message, the RNC releases the RRC connection for
the UE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)
DIRECT_TRANSFER_PLMNID_LAC_OPT_SWIT
CH(Direct Transfer Plmn and Lac Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC corrects the LAI or SAI in INITIAL
UE MESSAGE and DIRECT TRANSFER messages
when the LAC does not match the PLMN ID.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the LAI
or SAI in INITIAL UE MESSAGE and DIRECT
TRANSFER messages.
the LAI or SAI in INITIAL UE MESSAGE and
DIRECT TRANSFER messages.
17)
DCCC_OVERLAP_IUR_CELLUPT_OPT_SWICT
H(DCCC with Iur Cell Update Opt Switch)
Whether the SRNC correctly fills IEs in RADIO
LINK SETUP REQUEST messages sent to the DRNC
over the Iur interface. This parameter applies when the
RNC receives multiple cell update requests over the
Iur interface during channel reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC correctly fills
IEs in RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST messages
sent to the DRNC over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC incorrectly
fills IEs in RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST
messages sent to the DRNC over the Iur interface.
18) DCH_CU_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(DCH
CU Overlap CU Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC performs Direct Signaling
Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) for a UE in the
CELL_DCH state if the UE reports a cell update
request carrying the reconfigurationStatusIndicator IE
in another cell after the RNC sends the UE a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs DSCR
after receiving the cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC continues with
the cell update procedure.
19)
PCH_CELLUPT_FAIL_ROLLBACK_OPT_SWITC
H(PCH Cell Update Fail Rollback Opt Switch)
Whether to optimize the response to a rollback due to
L2 configuration failures during a cell update

WCDMA RAN

nd
procedure for a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH

state.
1: This switch is turned on. The rollback succeeds and
the UE returns to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The rollback fails and the
UE experiences call drops.
20)
D2F_OVERLAP_IUR_EFACH_CELLUPT_OPT_S
WITCH(D2F Overlap Iur EFACH Cell Update Opt
Switch)
Whether the SRNC performs Direct Signaling
Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) for a UE during
Cell_DCH-to-Cell_FACH (D2F) state transition after
the SRNC receives from the DRNC an UPLINK
carrying the HSDSCH-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC fails to set up
a common channel over the Iur interface, resulting in
call drops.
21) CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH(CS Setup P2D
Whether to trigger a state transition for a UE from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH when
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is selected and the value
of the IE "Establishment cause" is "Terminating cause
unknown" in the CELL UPDATE message from the
UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a state
transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC triggers a state
CELL_FACH.
22)
ORIG_CALL_CS_RAB_PRE_RSP_SWITCH(Origin
ating Call Cs Setup Rab Prepare Response Switch)
Whether the RNC serving the calling party performing
CS services, after receiving a RAB Assignment
Request message from the CN, sends a RAB
Assignment Response message to the CN before the
UE responds to the RNC with an RB Setup Complete
message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. After receiving a RAB

Assignment Request message, the RNC sends an RB
Setup message to the UE. Then, the RNC sends a
RAB Assignment Response message to the CN before
the UE responds to the RNC with an RB Setup
Complete message.
0: This switch is turned off. After receiving a RAB
Setup message to the UE, but does not send a RAB
Assignment Response message to the CN until the UE
responds to the RNC with an RB Setup Complete
message.
23)
CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH(CSFB
Fast Return Enhanced Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the fast return to LTE function
for CSFB capable UEs when either of
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_SWITCH(SET UCORRMPARA) and
FastReturnToLTESwitch
=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH(A
DD UCELLHOCOMM) is set to ON.
1: This switch is turned on. If the CS RAB setup
failure occurs on CSFB capable UEs, the fast return to
LTE function can be triggered for such UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. If the CS RAB setup
LTE function cannot be triggered for such UEs.
24)
CU_RELOC_MUTLI_SCCPCH_OPT_SWITCH(Mut
li SCCPCH Opt Switch for CU SRNC Relocation)
Whether unexpected service drops can be prevented
when the UE initiates a combined cell update and
SRNS relocation procedure in a cell configured with
multiple SCCPCHs.
1: This switch is turned on. When the UE initiates a
in a cell configured with multiple SCCPCHs and the
transport channel information changes, the RNC keeps
the latest transport channel information to prevent
service drops caused by outdated transport channel
information.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE initiates a
transport channel information changes, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not keep the latest transport channel information and

therefore service drops caused by outdated transport
channel information occur.
25) FMA_PS_CALLDROP_OPT_SWITCH(PS Call
Drop Rate Calculation Formula Selection)
Whether the common calculation formula is used to
calculate the PS call drop rate on the online FMA.
1: This switch is turned on. The common calculation
formula is used to calculate the PS call drop rate on
the online FMA.
0: This switch is turned off. The calculation formula
for the PS call drop rate is adaptively selected
depending on whether the Enhanced Fast Dormancy
(EFD) function is enabled.
26) AMRBLER_AFTER_CONN_SWITCH(AMR
BLER Measurement After Connect Switch)
Whether the function for optimizing CS voice BLER
statistics takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. For the calling party, the
RNC starts to calculate and generate measurement
counters related to CS voice BLER upon receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message. For the called
party, the RNC starts to calculate and generate
measurement counters related to CS voice BLER upon
For relocation UEs, the DRNC starts to calculate and
generate measurement counters related to CS voice
BLER upon completing the relocation procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. For both the calling and
called parties, the RNC starts to calculate and generate
the completion of CS RB setups. For relocation UEs,
the RNC starts to calculate and generate measurement
counters related to CS voice BLER upon the
completion of user plane setups.
27)
RELOC_REQ_CSPS_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH(Relo
c Req Cipher Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC responds to the Relocation Request
message in a combined service relocation scenario
where the Relocation Request message carries IEs
encrypted using the UEA0 algorithm in one domain
but does not carry any encrypted IEs in the other
domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation procedure

succeeds.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation procedure
fails.
28)
U2L_CSFB_UNSTABLE_FAST_RETURN_OPT_S
WITCH(CSFB User Unstable Fast Return to LTE Opt
SW)
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE in the
unstable state immediately after receiving an Iu
the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. If the CSFB UE is
performing CS+PS combined services and is in the
unstable state when the RNC receives the Iu Release
Command message from the CS domain, the RNC
triggers the fast return immediately once the UE
moves into the stable state.
0: This switch is turned off. If the CSFB UE is
does not trigger the fast return until the CS RAB is
released.
This switch is valid only when
H is selected under the OptimizationSwitch6
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command.
29)
DRNC_SERVER_LINK_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH(
DRNC Serving Link Change Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC serving as the DRNC supports
reconfiguration of the original serving link in
procedures following a serving link change when the
RNSAP RL RECFG PREP message carries only the
information about the new serving link.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC serving as the
DRNC supports reconfiguration of the original
serving link in procedures following a serving link
change when the RNSAP RL RECFG PREP message
carries only the information about the new serving
link.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC serving as the
DRNC does not support reconfiguration of the
original serving link in procedures following a serving

WCDMA RAN

nd
link change when the RNSAP RL RECFG PREP

message carries only the information about the new
serving link.
30)
IMSI_ROUTING_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI
Routing Process Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC optimizes the CN selection during
the following routing process: In an Iu Flex network
running CS and PS combined services, a service in the
CS or PS domain is set up and then released. During
the next setup of a CS or PS service in the same
domain, the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message
carries the IMSIROUTE parameter.
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC identifies no
CN node based on the IMSIROUTE parameter
settings, it selects a CN node according to the Iu Flex
load balancing principles.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC identifies no
settings, it uses the CN node of the last service setup
in the CS or PS domain.
31)
RB_OVERLAP_RRC_REQ_RAB_CNT_OPT_SWIT
CH(RAB Meas Opt SW for RB Overlap RRC REQ)
Whether the RNC measures the number of RAB
establishment attempts if the RNC receives the RRC
CONNECTION REQ message from the UE when
waiting for the RB establishment complete message.
measure the number of RAB establishment attempts in
this scenario.
number of RAB establishment attempts in this
scenario.
32)
AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH(AMR
Average Delay Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC measures counters related to the
average AMR service delay immediately after
receiving the Alerting message.
counters related to the average AMR service delay
immediately after receiving the Alerting message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures

WCDMA RAN

nd
after sending the Alerting direct transfer message to

the UE.
GUI Value Range:
RB_CONFIG_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SW,
F2D_TXPWR_INCREASE_SWITCH,
PCH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH,
IFHO_ATT_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
W, AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
SHO_CU_CROSS_COUNTERS_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW,
N302_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
U2L_PS_HO_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
DCH_CU_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
DCCC_OVERLAP_IUR_CELLUPT_OPT_SWICTH,
H,
WITCH, CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
ORIG_CALL_CS_RAB_PRE_RSP_SWITCH,
CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_RELOC_MUTLI_SCCPCH_OPT_SWITCH,
FMA_PS_CALLDROP_OPT_SWITCH,
AMRBLER_AFTER_CONN_SWITCH,
RELOC_REQ_CSPS_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
DRNC_SERVER_LINK_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH,
IMSI_ROUTING_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
W,
AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW,
CH,
L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
WITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH4:0,
RB_CONFIG_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SW:
0, F2D_TXPWR_INCREASE_SWITCH:0,
PCH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH:0,
IFHO_ATT_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
W:1, AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:0,
SHO_CU_CROSS_COUNTERS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
CH:0, CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW:0,
N302_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
U2L_PS_HO_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0, L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DCH_CU_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DCCC_OVERLAP_IUR_CELLUPT_OPT_SWICTH
:0,
H:0,
WITCH:0, CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ORIG_CALL_CS_RAB_PRE_RSP_SWITCH:0,
CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CU_RELOC_MUTLI_SCCPCH_OPT_SWITCH:0,
FMA_PS_CALLDROP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
AMRBLER_AFTER_CONN_SWITCH:0,
RELOC_REQ_CSPS_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
DRNC_SERVER_LINK_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH:
0, IMSI_ROUTING_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0, AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010202 State in 1)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH4(RL Procedure
tch12 RLSWI WRFD- Connect Optimization Switch 4)
TCH 020302 ed Mode
(CELL- Whether the RNC optimizes the processing related to
WRFD- DCH, radio links (RLs) in certain scenarios.
140226 CELL- 1: This switch is turned on.
PCH, In scenario 1 where the DRNC has an RL established
URA- on the E-DCH for a UE and the SRNC initiates a
PCH, rollback for a failed E-DCH to DCH (E2D)
CELL- reconfiguration: RL addition during a soft handover
FACH) succeeds on the DRNC.
Inter In scenario 2 where the DRNC has an RL established
Frequen on the E-DCH for a UE and the SRNC does not have
cy Hard such RLs and initiates a rollback for a failed E-DCH
Handov to E-DCH (E2E) or E2D reconfiguration: The
er Based subsequent soft handover, service setup, or
on modification initiated by the SRNC succeeds.
Coverag
e 0: The switch is turned off. In both scenarios 1 and 2:
The RNC does not optimize the RL-related
Fast processing.
Return
from 2)RB_CONFIG_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Op
UMTS t SW for Concurrent RB Config and Cell Update)
to LTE Whether the RNC optimizes rollback after concurrent
RB configuration and cell update procedures.
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC detects an
the rollback, the RNC ignores the exception and
performs the rollback without releasing the related
RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC detects an
the rollback, the RNC releases the RRC connection
abnormally.
3)CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_S
W(CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_S
W)
Whether the RNC corrects the number of
retransmitted cell-level RRC connection setup
requests.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
number of retransmitted cell-level RRC connection
setup requests.

WCDMA RAN

nd

the number of retransmitted cell-level RRC
connection setup requests.
4) F2D_TXPWR_INCREASE_SWITCH(F2D TX
Power Increase Switch)
Whether the RNC increases the power for re-
transmitting the RB RECFG message by a fixed
amount during the F2D state transition.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC increases the
power for re-transmitting the RB RECFG message by
a fixed amount during the F2D state transition.
increase the power for re-transmitting the RB RECFG
message during the F2D state transition.
5) PCH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH(PCH Out of
Service Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC identifies the out-of-service state of
the UE when the P2F procedure for BE services
expires. When the UE is in the out-of-service state, the
RNC does not release the RRC connection.
whether the UE is in the out-of-service state.
identify whether the UE is in the out-of-service state.
6) IFHO_ATT_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(Inter
Frequency Handover Attempts Opt Switch)
Whether repeated inter-frequency handover failures
are counted into counters related to inter-frequency
handover attempts or failures.
1: This switch is turned on. Repeated inter-frequency
handover failures are not counted into counters related
to inter-frequency handover attempts or failures.
0: This switch is turned off. Repeated inter-frequency
handover failures are counted into counters related to
inter-frequency handover attempts or failures.
7) L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH(L2U Handover
Complete Optimize Switch)
COMPLETE message to the CN immediately upon
receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
message from the UE during LTE-to-UMTS
handovers.
1: This switch is turned on. During incoming CS
handovers for CS-only SRVCC, the RNC immediately

WCDMA RAN

nd
sends the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the

CN upon receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMPLETE message and caches the TMSI
reallocation message from the CN. After the UE
responds to the RNC with the Security Mode
Command message, the RNC sends the cached TMSI
reallocation message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. During incoming CS
handovers for CS-only SRVCC, the RNC does not
send the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the
CN after receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMPLETE message until the RNC completes UE
capability query and receives the Security Mode
Command message from the UE.
8)
W(RNC_OBTAIN_ACTIVETIME_REF_CFN_OPT_
SW)
Whether the RNC obtains the latest CFN from the UE
to calculate the activation time when the CFN and
RFN of the UE are changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the
latest CFN from the UE to calculate the activation
time.
0: This switch is turned off. The mechanism on the
RNC remains unchanged. When the UE re-calculates
the CFN, the RNC uses the original CFN to calculate
the activation time if the RNC cannot obtain the latest
CFN from the UE.
9)
AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(AAL2
_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH)
Whether to perform optimization when transmission
link reconfiguration conflicts occur.
1: This switch is turned on. When the first
reconfiguration request, the RNC sets up a
transmission link and then deletes the original
transmission links.
0: This switch is turned off. When the first
reconfiguration request, the RNC does not process this
request and the second transmission link
reconfiguration fails.

WCDMA RAN

nd
10)
SHO_CU_CROSS_COUNTERS_OPT_SWITCH(SH
O CU Cross Counter Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the measurement of soft-
handover-related counters when a soft handover
soft handover and does not measure the soft handover
attempt counters when a soft handover concurs with a
the soft handover attempt counters when a soft
handover concurs with a cell update procedure.
11)
WITCH(Serving Cell Change Counters Opt Switch)
Whether to optimize the measurement of serving-cell-
change-related counters when a serving cell change
serving cell change procedure and does not measure
procedure.
procedure.
12)
CH(SRB3 and SRB4 SN Correction Switch for SMC)
Whether to set integrity protection activation time is
set to the SN plus 2 for SRB3 and SRB4 in the
Security mode command message after the relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The integrity protection
integrity protection parameter settings configured
before the security mode control procedure is
completed take effect before the activation time
expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The integrity protection
integrity protection parameter settings configured after

WCDMA RAN

nd
the security mode control procedure is completed take

effect.
13) CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW(CN
Config Consistency Check Switch)
Whether the RNC processes a message received from
the CN if the global CN ID or global RNC ID in the
message is found to differ from that configured on the
RNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC processes a
message received from the CN if the global CN ID or
global RNC ID in the message is found to differ from
that configured on the RNC.
process a message received from the CN if the global
CN ID or global RNC ID in the message is found to
differ from that configured on the RNC.
14) N302_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH(N302 Process
N302 parameter.
processing of the N302 parameter, and the maximum
number of CELL UPDATE or URA UPDATE
messages that can be retransmitted by a UE is the
double value of N302 minus one.
optimize the processing of the N302 parameter, and
the maximum number of CELL UPDATE or URA
UPDATE messages that can be retransmitted by a UE
is the value of N302 minus one.
15) U2L_PS_HO_OPT_SWITCH(PS Servie
Handover to LTE Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing for a
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
1: This switch is turned on. During a UMTS-to-LTE
indicating a pseudo SRB reset, the RNC discards the
message; if the UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE
message, the RNC rolls back the handover and
processes the cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. During a UMTS-to-LTE
indicating a pseudo SRB reset or a CELL UPDATE
message, the RNC releases the RRC connection for
the UE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)
CH(Direct Transfer Plmn and Lac Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC corrects the LAI or SAI in INITIAL
UE MESSAGE and DIRECT TRANSFER messages
when the LAC does not match the PLMN ID.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the LAI
or SAI in INITIAL UE MESSAGE and DIRECT
TRANSFER messages.
the LAI or SAI in INITIAL UE MESSAGE and
DIRECT TRANSFER messages.
17)
DCCC_OVERLAP_IUR_CELLUPT_OPT_SWICT
H(DCCC with Iur Cell Update Opt Switch)
Whether the SRNC correctly fills IEs in RADIO
LINK SETUP REQUEST messages sent to the DRNC
over the Iur interface. This parameter applies when the
RNC receives multiple cell update requests over the
Iur interface during channel reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC correctly fills
IEs in RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST messages
sent to the DRNC over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC incorrectly
fills IEs in RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST
messages sent to the DRNC over the Iur interface.
18) DCH_CU_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(DCH
CU Overlap CU Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC performs Direct Signaling
Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) for a UE in the
CELL_DCH state if the UE reports a cell update
request carrying the reconfigurationStatusIndicator IE
in another cell after the RNC sends the UE a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message.
after receiving the cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC continues with
the cell update procedure.
19)
H(PCH Cell Update Fail Rollback Opt Switch)
Whether to optimize the response to a rollback due to
L2 configuration failures during a cell update

WCDMA RAN

nd
procedure for a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH

state.
1: This switch is turned on. The rollback succeeds and
the UE returns to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The rollback fails and the
UE experiences call drops.
20)
WITCH(D2F Overlap Iur EFACH Cell Update Opt
Switch)
Whether the SRNC performs Direct Signaling
Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) for a UE during
Cell_DCH-to-Cell_FACH (D2F) state transition after
the SRNC receives from the DRNC an UPLINK
carrying the HSDSCH-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC fails to set up
a common channel over the Iur interface, resulting in
call drops.
21) CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH(CS Setup P2D
Whether to trigger a state transition for a UE from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH when
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is selected and the value
of the IE "Establishment cause" is "Terminating cause
unknown" in the CELL UPDATE message from the
UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a state
CELL_DCH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC triggers a state
CELL_FACH.
22)
ORIG_CALL_CS_RAB_PRE_RSP_SWITCH(Origin
ating Call Cs Setup Rab Prepare Response Switch)
Whether the RNC serving the calling party performing
CS services, after receiving a RAB Assignment
Request message from the CN, sends a RAB
Assignment Response message to the CN before the
UE responds to the RNC with an RB Setup Complete
message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. After receiving a RAB

Setup message to the UE. Then, the RNC sends a
RAB Assignment Response message to the CN before
the UE responds to the RNC with an RB Setup
Complete message.
0: This switch is turned off. After receiving a RAB
Setup message to the UE, but does not send a RAB
Assignment Response message to the CN until the UE
responds to the RNC with an RB Setup Complete
message.
23)
CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH(CSFB
Fast Return Enhanced Optimization Switch)
Whether to optimize the fast return to LTE function
for CSFB capable UEs when either of
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_SWITCH(SET UCORRMPARA) and
FastReturnToLTESwitch
=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH(A
DD UCELLHOCOMM) is set to ON.
1: This switch is turned on. If the CS RAB setup
LTE function can be triggered for such UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. If the CS RAB setup
LTE function cannot be triggered for such UEs.
24)
CU_RELOC_MUTLI_SCCPCH_OPT_SWITCH(Mut
li SCCPCH Opt Switch for CU SRNC Relocation)
Whether unexpected service drops can be prevented
when the UE initiates a combined cell update and
SRNS relocation procedure in a cell configured with
multiple SCCPCHs.
1: This switch is turned on. When the UE initiates a
transport channel information changes, the RNC keeps
the latest transport channel information to prevent
service drops caused by outdated transport channel
information.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE initiates a
transport channel information changes, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not keep the latest transport channel information and

therefore service drops caused by outdated transport
channel information occur.
25) FMA_PS_CALLDROP_OPT_SWITCH(PS Call
Drop Rate Calculation Formula Selection)
Whether the common calculation formula is used to
calculate the PS call drop rate on the online FMA.
1: This switch is turned on. The common calculation
formula is used to calculate the PS call drop rate on
the online FMA.
0: This switch is turned off. The calculation formula
for the PS call drop rate is adaptively selected
depending on whether the Enhanced Fast Dormancy
(EFD) function is enabled.
26) AMRBLER_AFTER_CONN_SWITCH(AMR
BLER Measurement After Connect Switch)
Whether the function for optimizing CS voice BLER
statistics takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. For the calling party, the
RNC starts to calculate and generate measurement
counters related to CS voice BLER upon receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message. For the called
party, the RNC starts to calculate and generate
For relocation UEs, the DRNC starts to calculate and
generate measurement counters related to CS voice
BLER upon completing the relocation procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. For both the calling and
called parties, the RNC starts to calculate and generate
the completion of CS RB setups. For relocation UEs,
the RNC starts to calculate and generate measurement
counters related to CS voice BLER upon the
completion of user plane setups.
27)
RELOC_REQ_CSPS_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH(Relo
c Req Cipher Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC responds to the Relocation Request
message in a combined service relocation scenario
where the Relocation Request message carries IEs
encrypted using the UEA0 algorithm in one domain
but does not carry any encrypted IEs in the other
domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation procedure

succeeds.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation procedure
fails.
28)
WITCH(CSFB User Unstable Fast Return to LTE Opt
SW)
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE in the
unstable state immediately after receiving an Iu
the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. If the CSFB UE is
triggers the fast return immediately once the UE
moves into the stable state.
0: This switch is turned off. If the CSFB UE is
does not trigger the fast return until the CS RAB is
released.
This switch is valid only when
H is selected under the OptimizationSwitch6
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command.
29)
DRNC_SERVER_LINK_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH(
DRNC Serving Link Change Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC serving as the DRNC supports
reconfiguration of the original serving link in
procedures following a serving link change when the
RNSAP RL RECFG PREP message carries only the
information about the new serving link.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC serving as the
DRNC supports reconfiguration of the original
serving link in procedures following a serving link
change when the RNSAP RL RECFG PREP message
carries only the information about the new serving
link.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC serving as the
DRNC does not support reconfiguration of the
original serving link in procedures following a serving

WCDMA RAN

nd
link change when the RNSAP RL RECFG PREP

message carries only the information about the new
serving link.
30)
IMSI_ROUTING_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI
Routing Process Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC optimizes the CN selection during
the following routing process: In an Iu Flex network
running CS and PS combined services, a service in the
CS or PS domain is set up and then released. During
the next setup of a CS or PS service in the same
domain, the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message
carries the IMSIROUTE parameter.
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC identifies no
settings, it selects a CN node according to the Iu Flex
load balancing principles.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC identifies no
settings, it uses the CN node of the last service setup
in the CS or PS domain.
31)
CH(RAB Meas Opt SW for RB Overlap RRC REQ)
Whether the RNC measures the number of RAB
establishment attempts if the RNC receives the RRC
CONNECTION REQ message from the UE when
waiting for the RB establishment complete message.
measure the number of RAB establishment attempts in
this scenario.
number of RAB establishment attempts in this
scenario.
32)
AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH(AMR
Average Delay Opt Switch)
Whether the RNC measures counters related to the
average AMR service delay immediately after
receiving the Alerting message.
immediately after receiving the Alerting message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures

WCDMA RAN

nd
after sending the Alerting direct transfer message to

the UE.
GUI Value Range:
W, AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW,
CH, L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
WITCH, CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
W,
AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW,
CH,
L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
WITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH4:0,
RB_CONFIG_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CELL_RRC_REPEAT_REQ_CNT_CORRECT_SW:
0, F2D_TXPWR_INCREASE_SWITCH:0,
PCH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH:0,
IFHO_ATT_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
W:1, AAL2_MOD_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:0,
SHO_CU_CROSS_COUNTERS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
CH:0, CN_CFG_CONSISTENCY_CHK_SW:0,
N302_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
U2L_PS_HO_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0, L2U_HO_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DCH_CU_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DCCC_OVERLAP_IUR_CELLUPT_OPT_SWICTH
:0,
H:0,
WITCH:0, CS_SETUP_P2D_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ORIG_CALL_CS_RAB_PRE_RSP_SWITCH:0,
CSFB_FAST_RETURN_EHN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CU_RELOC_MUTLI_SCCPCH_OPT_SWITCH:0,
FMA_PS_CALLDROP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
AMRBLER_AFTER_CONN_SWITCH:0,
RELOC_REQ_CSPS_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
DRNC_SERVER_LINK_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH:
0, IMSI_ROUTING_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0, AMR_AVERAGE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020605 Relocati 1.
tch9 MPARA WRFD- on PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
170202 Introduc WITCH:Whether the RNC optimizes measurement-
tion based fast returns for CSFB or SRVCC UEs.
WRFD- Package
020203 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases
TCP unfinished measurement and starts LTE network
WRFD- Proxy measurement for UEs capable of measurement-based
020202
Inter fast returns if there are ongoing measurement tasks
WRFD- RNC when the RNC receives a DISCONNECT message for
171223 Soft releasing CS services.
WRFD- Handov 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
020106 er optimize measurement-based fast returns for CSFB or
WRFD- Intra SRVCC UEs.
021400 RNC 2.
WRFD- Soft PERFENH_CSFB_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_OPT_S
020201 Handov WITCH:Whether the RNC optimizes measurement-
er based fast returns for CSFB UEs.
WRFD-
140226 Fast 1: This switch is turned on. Blind fast returns are not
Return allowed for CSFB UEs that do not meet requirements
WRFD- to LTE of measurement-based fast returns although the switch
020503 for for measurement-based fast returns has been turned
WRFD- SRVCC on.
0206050 User 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
1 Load optimize measurement-based fast returns for CSFB or
WRFD- Reshuffl SRVCC UEs.
020309 ing 3.
WRFD- Direct PERFENH_MEAS_BASED_FR_PROCESS_OPT_S
020301 Signalin WITCH:Whether the enhanced measurement-based
WRFD- g UMTS-to-LTE fast return function takes effect.
020302 Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The enhanced
ion Re- measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return
WRFD-
establish function takes effect. In this scenario:
020303
ment
WRFD- A. During the measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
(DSCR)
020304 return, if the CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) or
Intra CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH (D2P)
WRFD- Node B state transition is triggered, the RNC does not perform
020801 Softer D2F or D2P for PS services.
WRFD- Handov
B. If the UE starts UMTS-to-LTE fast return before
020306 er
the cell update, it will resume the fast return process
WRFD- Fast after the cell update.
180203 Return C. When the UE meets the condition for the
from measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return, the
UMTS RNC does not initiate blind UMTS-to-LTE fast return
to LTE after the D2F or D2P state transition for PS services or
the cell update.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Outer 0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced

Loop measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return
Power function does not take effect. In this scenario:
Control A. During the measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
SRNS return, if the D2F or D2P state transition is triggered,
Relocati the RNC performs D2F or D2P for PS services.
on (UE B. If the UE starts UMTS-to-LTE fast return before
Not the cell update, it will not resume the fast return
Involved process after the cell update.
)
C. When the UE meets the condition for the
Inter- measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return, the
RAT RNC releases the UE and initiates blind UMTS-to-
Handov LTE fast return after the D2F or D2P state transition
er Based for PS services or the cell update.
on DL
4.
QoS
PERFENH_LCS_MEAS_CELLIDRTT_AGPS_SWI
Intra TCH:Whether the RNC can use the AGPS and
Frequen CELLID+RTT methods at the same time to collect the
cy Hard LCS measurement report.
Handov
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC can use the
er
AGPS and CELLID+RTT methods at the same time to
Inter collect the LCS measurement report.
Frequen 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot use the
cy Hard AGPS and CELLID+RTT methods at the same time to
Handov collect the LCS measurement report.
er Based
on 5.
Coverag PERFENH_MBDR_CURRENT_CELL_OPT_SWIT
e CH:This parameter specifies whether to retain the
current cell in candidate cells for a UE attempting to
Inter- establish PS services when both the following
RAT conditions are met:
Handov
er Based The MBDR algorithm is working.
on HSUPA/HSDPA capability of the cell does not match
Coverag the target service type.
e 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC retains the
Inter current cell in candidate cells and determines whether
Frequen to establish HSDPA/HSUPA services based on the UE
cy Hard capability and cell capability.
Handov 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC removes the
er Based current cell from candidate cells. Consequently, the
on DL UE fails to establish PS services.
QoS
6.
Cell ID PERFENH_RELOC_TARG_CELL_LAI_CORRECT
+ RTT _SW:Whether the RNC determines the LAI and RAC
Function under the "targetRNC-ID" IE in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
Based RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message based

LCS on the PLMN and LAC,RAC of the target cell when
Inter- the target cell is an external cell not configured on the
RAT SRNC side during a relocation in the DCH state.
Handov 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
er Based LAI and RAC under the "targetRNC-ID" IE in the
on Load RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message based
HSDPA on the PLMN and LAC,RAC of the target cell.
Rate 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
Improve LAI and RAC under the "targetRNC-ID" IE in the
ment in RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message based
Asymm on the PLMN to which the UE belongs and the
etric LAC,RAC used during the best cell change.
Coverag
7.
e
PERFENH_UE_IN_SEQ_DELIVERY_ORDER_SWI
TCH:Whether to optimize the "In-sequence delivery"
IE setting received by the UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The "In-sequence
delivery" IE received by the UE is set to TRUE,
indicating the UE delivers the RLC SDUs in the
sequence as sepcified by the RLC sequence number.
configuring "In-sequence delivery" remains
unchanged. That is, if the "Delivery Order" IE in the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to
"delivery order requested", the "In-sequence delivery"
IE received by the UE is TRUE; if the "Delivery
Order" IE in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "delivery order not requested", the
"In-sequence delivery" IE received by the UE is
FALSE.
The switch
TCH in this version supports configuration
synchronization and delivery, but the RNC does not
use this switch any longer. Future versions do not
support this switch. Therefore, it is recommended that
users avoid using this switch.
8. PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
the HSDPA rate optimization algorithm for FTP
services takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. This algorithm takes
effect, and the HSDPA rate of FTP services increases.
0: This switch is turned off. This algorithm does not
take effect.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The recommended value is ON when the upper layer

uses the TCP protocol.
9.
PERFENH_NON_PS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:Whet
her UEs that have the Iu-PS connection only, but no
PS RABs can initiate intra-RAT relocations, including
the UE-not-involved relocation, inter-RAT combined
hard handover and SRNS relocation, and combined
cell update and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC forbids UEs that
have the Iu-PS connection only, but no PS RABs to
initiate intra-RAT relocations, including the UE-not-
involved relocation, inter-RAT combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation, and combined cell
update and SRNS relocation.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allows UEs that
10.
PERFENH_DIFF_RRCCAUSE_UE_CAP_ENQUIR
Y_SW:Whether the IE "System specific capability
update requirement" in the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by the RNC to the UE is set to
the value GERAN or E-UTRA based on the RRC
connection setup cause, notifying the UE to report the
GERAN or E-UTRA capability, respectively.
1: This switch is turned on. The IE "System specific
capability update requirement" is set to the value
GERAN or E-UTRA only if the RRC connection
setup is triggered due to setup causes excluding the
following: registration, detach, originatingLowPriori-
tySignalling, terminatingLowPrioritySignalling,
terminatingCauseUnknown, mbms-Reception and
mbms-PTP-RB-Request.
0: This switch is turned off. The IE "System specific
GERAN or E-UTRA regardless of the RRC
connection setup cause.
This parameter is valid only when the switch specified
by PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH
under the PerfEnhanceSwitch5 parameter in the SET
UCORRMPARA command is turned on.
11.
PERFENH_NON_CS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:Whe

WCDMA RAN

nd
ther UEs without CS RABs can initiate the intra-RAT

relocation, such as the UE not involved relocation,
inter-RAT combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation, and combined cell update and SRNS
relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. UEs with CS RABs can
initiate the intra-RAT relocation, including the UE not
involved relocation, inter-frequency combined hard
0: This switch is turned off. UEs without CS RABs
can initiate the intra-RAT relocation, including the UE
not involved relocation, inter-frequency combined
12.
PERFENH_ICR_PHASE3_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
Whether the ICR UE stays in the U900 cell if no
target cell that meets the handover conditions is
available when measurement-based ICR Phase3 takes
effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE stays in the U900
cell to perform services.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the UE.
13.
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_ALGO_OPT_SWITCH(Serv
ice-Based U2L Optimization Switch):
Whether the service-based UMTS-to-LTE (U2L)
handover is optimized.
1: This switch is turned on. The service-based U2L
handover is optimized. Specifically, the service-based
U2L handover is not initiated for CSFB UEs with PS
services; if
CH under the HoSwitch2 parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected, an
extra grid construction procedure is not performed in
the service-based U2L handover at the RAB
assignment phase.
0: This switch is turned off. The service-based U2L
handover is not optimized.
14.
PERFENH_AGPSIMSI_REPLACE_AGPSIMEITAC
_SW:Whether the AGPS IMSI blacklist can replace
the AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1:This switch is turned on. The AGPS IMSI blacklist

can replace the AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist. In this
case, if the IMSI of a UE is not in the AGPS IMSI
blacklist, the RNC delivers periodic AGPS
measurement control messages to this UE.
0:This switch is turned off. The AGPS IMSI blacklist
cannot replace the AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist. In this
case, if a UE is in the AGPS IMSI blacklist or in the
AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist, the RNC does not deliver
periodic MAGPS measurement control messages to
this UE.
15.
PERFENH_NCELL_COMBINE_FIX_SWITCH(NCe
ll Combine Fix Switch):Whether to trigger the
neighboring cell combination algorithm for the
following measurements during the compressed mode
decision:
Inter-RAT measurement for the MBDR algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MCLDR
algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MCDRD
algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MCCLB
algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MBDR
algorithm
Blind handover measurement for the function of
learning information about neighboring cells based on
virtual grids
1: This switch is turned on. The neighboring cell
combination algorithm is not triggered for the
preceding measurements.
0: This switch is turned off. The neighboring cell
combination algorithm is triggered for the preceding
measurements.
16.
PERFENH_2D2F_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_OPT_SW
ITCH:Whether to optimize the inter-frequency or
inter-RAT measurement threshold selection
mechanism for events 2D and 2F.
1: This switch is turned on. The mechanism is
optimized. If no inter-frequency neighboring cell is
configured, AutoInterNCellSwitch in the ADD
UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT command is not

WCDMA RAN

nd
considered when the RNC selects measurement

thresholds for events 2D and 2F. If no inter-RAT
neighboring cell is configured, AutoGsmNCellSwitch
in ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
considered in this threshold selection process.
0: This switch is turned off. The mechanism is not
optimized. The RNC selects measurement thresholds
for events 2D and 2F based on the value of
CoexistMeasThdChoice in the SET UHOCOMM
command in either of the following situations:
-No inter-frequency neighboring cell is configured,
and AutoInterNCellSwitch is set to DetectByGroup in
the ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT command.
-No inter-RAT neighboring cell is configured, and
AutoGsmNCellSwitch is set to DetectByGroup in the
ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
If CoexistMeasThdChoice has been set in the
UCELLHOCOMM MO, the value of this parameter in
the UCELLHOCOMM MO prevails.
17.
PERFENH_RRC_RELEASE_TIMER_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether RRC connection release optimization
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RRC connection
release optimization takes effect. Upon receiving an
RNCAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND message, the
RNC stops related timers. These timers will not start
before the UE is released.
0: This switch is turned off. The RRC connection
release optimization does not take effect. Upon
receiving the RNCAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND
message, the RNC does not stop related timers. These
timers are stopped when the UE is released.
18.
PERFENH_OVERFLOW_OBTAIN_CELL_PARA_
OPT_SW:This parameter applies in the following two
scenarios:
Scenario 1: When a UE is served by an overflow
RNC, if spreading factor admission fails, this
parameter determines whether the RNC uses the
spreading factors supported by the serving cell for rate
negotiation. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
uses the spreading factors supported by the serving

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell for rate negotiation after the spreading factor

admission fails. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC may fail to obtain the spreading factors
supported by the serving cell after the spreading factor
admission fails, and consequently cannnot perform
rate negotiation.
RNC, this parameter determines whether the overflow
RNC obtains the setting of NodeBHoForIubCgstS-
witch on the master RNC through the cached data.
When this switch is turned on, the overflow RNC
obtains the setting of NodeBHoForIubCgstSwitch on
the master RNC through the cached data. When this
switch is turned off, the overflow RNC obtains the
setting of NodeBHoForIubCgstSwitch on the master
RNC through the database.
19.
PERFENH_HO_NODEB_RES_LIMIT_E2D_OPT_S
W:Whether the RNC re-initiates a DCH link resource
application after receiving the failure cause "not-
enough-user-plane-processing-resources" for its
previous E-DCH or HS-DSCH link resource
application to a NodeB.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC re-initiates a
DCH link resource application.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not re-
initiate a DCH link resource application and the
handover fails.
20.
PERFENH_DCCC_HSUPA_TTI_CFG_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether a UE enabled with SRB over HSUPA sets
up HSUPA 2 ms TTI services in a cell that does not
support 2 ms TTI after a soft handover is performed
for the UE and then the DCCC procedure is triggered.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE does not set up
HSUPA 2 ms TTI services in a cell that does not
0: This switch is turned off. The UE sets up HSUPA 2
ms TTI services in a cell that does not support 2 ms
TTI after a soft handover is performed for the UE and
then the DCCC procedure is triggered.
21.
PERFENH_UL_QOS_RATE_DECREASE_OPT_SW
ITCH:Whether to resend the UE transmit power
measurement control message when the QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
algorithm takes effect and the uplink rate is decreased

after being increased to the maximum value.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC resends the UE
transmit power measurement message after the rate
decrease, avoiding repeated rate adjustment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not resend
the UE transmit power measurement message after the
rate decrease, causing repeated rate adjustment.
22.
PERFENH_LCS_LOW_DELAY_POS_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the low-latency positioning optimization
algorithm takes effect when the RNC receives a
positioning request in which low response latency is
required and the required horizontal position accuracy
is greater than the coverage radius of the cell where
the UE camps.
1: This switch is turned on. The low-latency
positioning optimization algorithm takes effect, and
the RNC chooses the CELL-CENTER positioning
method in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The low-latency
positioning optimization algorithm does not take
effect, and the RNC chooses the CELL ID+RTT
positioning method in this scenario.
23.
PERFENH_DRNC_CELL_CAP_OPT_SWITCH:Wh
ether the SRNC can obtain the HSPA capabilities of
the target cell during the hard handover over the Iur
interface if the target cell served by the DRNC is not
configured on the SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC can obtain the
HSPA capabilities of the target call.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC cannot obtain
the HSPA capabilities of the target call.
24.
PERFENH_SEPRT_DURATION_RELOC_OPT_SW
ITCH(Time Separation Static Reloc Optimize
Switch):Whether to stop the time separation-based
relocation timer during relocation punishment.
1: This switch is turned on. The time separation-based
relocation timer is not stopped during relocation
punishment. If the timer expires during relocation
punishment, the RNC attempts the time separation-
based relocation after relocation punishment is ended.
0: This switch is turned off. The time separation-based
relocation timer is stopped.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_AFTER_CONNECT_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC adjusts the uplink rate of
AMR-WB services upon receiving a direct transfer
message containing the IE "Connect" from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. Before receiving a direct
transfer message containing the IE "Connect" from the
CN, the RNC does not respond to the uplink rate
adjustment request from the CN, and does not adjust
the uplink rate of AWR-WB services.
0: This switch is turned off. Before receiving a direct
CN, the RNC responds to the uplink rate adjustment
request from the CN and adjusts the uplink rate of
AMR-WB services.
26.
PERFENH_RB_PARKING_D2F_CU_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether the loose admission algorithm is adopted
in the target cell of a cell update when the following
conditions are both met:
1)During or after the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
state transition.
2)The target cell of the cell update is not the best cell.
1: This switch is turned on. The loose admission
algorithm is not adopted in this situation.
0: This switch is turned off. The loose admission
algorithm is adopted in this situation.
27. PERFENH_ASYM_MC_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
to optimize UE transmit power control measurement
for throughput improvement in asymmetric coverage
scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC optimizes UE
transmit power control measurement for throughput
improvement in asymmetric coverage scenarios.
optimize UE transmit power control measurement for
throughput improvement in asymmetric coverage
scenarios.
28.
PERFENH_CELLID_RTT_LCS_RESULT_OPT_SW
ITCH(CELLID_RTT Positioning Result Optimize
Switch):
Whether to optimize CELL ID+RTT positioning
results.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The CELL ID+RTT

positioning results are optimized. If the distance from
UE location in the CELL ID+RTT positioning result
to the reference cell center is 300 meters greater than
the maximum coverage range of the reference cell
antenna and CELLID_CENTER is selected under
[USMLC:SmlcMethod], the CELL-CENTER
positioning method is used and the CELL-CENTER
positioning result is reported. Otherwise, the
positioning fails. The maximum coverage range of the
reference cell antenna is specified by
[USMLCCELL:MaxAntennaRange].
0: This switch is turned off. The CELL ID+RTT
positioning results are directly reported without being
optimized.
Note: When this switch is turned on,
[USMLCCELL:MaxAntennaRange] must be set to the
actual coverage radius.
29.
PERFENH_INTER_FREQ_LOAD_HO_OPT_SWIT
CH:Whether the RNC can perform an LDR inter-
frequency handover and a CLB inter-frequency
handover for a UE at the same time.
1: This switch is turned on. An LDR inter-frequency
handover and a CLB inter-frequency handover cannot
be performed for a UE at the same time. If either of
the preceding handovers is being performed, the other
handover does not take effect.
0: This switch is turned off. An LDR inter-frequency
handover and a CLB inter-frequency handover can be
performed for a UE at the same time. However,
handover procedures may conflict, resulting in
handover failures.
30.
PERFENH_WEAK_COV_LOW_THR_H2F_SWITC
H:Whether to enable the function of HS-DSCH to
CELL_FACH state transition in weak coverage and
low throughput scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The function of HS-DSCH
to CELL_FACH state transition in weak coverage and
low throughput scenarios is enabled. If a UE is in a
weak coverage area and only the throughput for PS
HSDPA or HSPA services is low, the RNC switches
the state of the UE to CELL_FACH before the serving
cell changes.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The function of HS-

DSCH to CELL_FACH state transition in weak
coverage and low throughput scenarios is disabled.
31.
PERFENH_PING_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:Whether to
optimize OLPC for ping services.
1: This switch is turned on. OLPC for ping services is
optimized. That is, when identification of ping
services concurs with an RB reconfiguration, the
setting of MaxSirtarget corresponding to the service
type after the RB reconfiguration is used.
0: This switch is turned off. OLPC for ping services is
not optimized. That is, when identification of ping
type before the RB reconfiguration is used.
32.
PERFENH_RELO_HPLMN_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe
r the HPLMN optimization algorithm takes effect in
the relocation procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The HPLMN ID is
preferentially used to match the target cell and used as
the value of the IE "PLMN identity" in the relocation
procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The HPLMN ID is not
preferentially used to match the target cell, and not
used as the value of the IE "PLMN identity" in the
relocation procedure.
Disuse Statement:This switch
TCH will be deleted from later versions. Although the
delivery of the setting of this switch, the system does
not use this switch. Therefore, this switch is not
recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSFB_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_MEAS_BASED_FR_PROCESS_OPT_S
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_CURRENT_CELL_OPT_SWIT
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_RELOC_TARG_CELL_LAI_CORRECT
_SW,
TCH, PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_NON_PS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW,
Y_SW,
PERFENH_NON_CS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW,
PERFENH_ICR_PHASE3_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_ALGO_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_NCELL_COMBINE_FIX_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
OPT_SW,
W,
H,
ITCH,
H, PERFENH_DRNC_CELL_CAP_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
H, PERFENH_ASYM_MC_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_PING_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELO_HPLMN_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CH,
_SW,
TCH,
Y_SW,
PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
ITCH,
H,
OPT_SW,
W,
H,
ITCH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
CH:0,
_SW:0,
TCH:0,
Y_SW:0,
PERFENH_NON_PS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:0,
PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_NON_CS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:0,
PERFENH_ICR_PHASE3_STRATEGY_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_ALGO_OPT_SWITCH:0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_NCELL_COMBINE_FIX_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
OPT_SW:0,
W:0,
H:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
PERFENH_DRNC_CELL_CAP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
H:0, PERFENH_ASYM_MC_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0, PERFENH_PING_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_RELO_HPLMN_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020605 Relocati 1.
tch9 MPARA WRFD- on PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
170202 Introduc WITCH:Whether the RNC optimizes measurement-
tion based fast returns for CSFB or SRVCC UEs.
WRFD- Package
020203 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases
TCP unfinished measurement and starts LTE network
WRFD- Proxy measurement for UEs capable of measurement-based
020202
Inter fast returns if there are ongoing measurement tasks
WRFD- RNC when the RNC receives a DISCONNECT message for
171223 Soft releasing CS services.
WRFD- Handov 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
020106 er optimize measurement-based fast returns for CSFB or
WRFD- Intra SRVCC UEs.
021400 RNC 2.
WRFD- Soft PERFENH_CSFB_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_OPT_S
020201 Handov WITCH:Whether the RNC optimizes measurement-
er based fast returns for CSFB UEs.
WRFD-
140226 Fast 1: This switch is turned on. Blind fast returns are not
Return allowed for CSFB UEs that do not meet requirements
WRFD- to LTE of measurement-based fast returns although the switch
020503 for for measurement-based fast returns has been turned
WRFD- SRVCC on.
0206050 User 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
1 Load optimize measurement-based fast returns for CSFB or
WRFD- Reshuffl SRVCC UEs.
020309 ing 3.
WRFD- Direct PERFENH_MEAS_BASED_FR_PROCESS_OPT_S
020301 Signalin WITCH:Whether the enhanced measurement-based
WRFD- g UMTS-to-LTE fast return function takes effect.
020302 Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The enhanced
ion Re- measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return
WRFD-
establish function takes effect. In this scenario:
020303
ment
WRFD- A. During the measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
(DSCR)
020304 return, if the CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) or
Intra CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH (D2P)
WRFD- Node B state transition is triggered, the RNC does not perform
020801 Softer D2F or D2P for PS services.
WRFD- Handov
B. If the UE starts UMTS-to-LTE fast return before
020306 er
the cell update, it will resume the fast return process
WRFD- Fast after the cell update.
180203 Return C. When the UE meets the condition for the
from measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return, the
UMTS RNC does not initiate blind UMTS-to-LTE fast return
to LTE after the D2F or D2P state transition for PS services or
the cell update.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Outer 0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced

Loop measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return
Power function does not take effect. In this scenario:
Control A. During the measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
SRNS return, if the D2F or D2P state transition is triggered,
Relocati the RNC performs D2F or D2P for PS services.
on (UE B. If the UE starts UMTS-to-LTE fast return before
Not the cell update, it will not resume the fast return
Involved process after the cell update.
)
C. When the UE meets the condition for the
Inter- measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return, the
RAT RNC releases the UE and initiates blind UMTS-to-
Handov LTE fast return after the D2F or D2P state transition
er Based for PS services or the cell update.
on DL
4.
QoS
Intra TCH:Whether the RNC can use the AGPS and
Frequen CELLID+RTT methods at the same time to collect the
cy Hard LCS measurement report.
Handov
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC can use the
er
AGPS and CELLID+RTT methods at the same time to
Inter collect the LCS measurement report.
Frequen 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot use the
cy Hard AGPS and CELLID+RTT methods at the same time to
Handov collect the LCS measurement report.
er Based
on 5.
Coverag PERFENH_MBDR_CURRENT_CELL_OPT_SWIT
e CH:This parameter specifies whether to retain the
current cell in candidate cells for a UE attempting to
Inter- establish PS services when both the following
RAT conditions are met:
Handov
er Based The MBDR algorithm is working.
on HSUPA/HSDPA capability of the cell does not match
Coverag the target service type.
e 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC retains the
Inter current cell in candidate cells and determines whether
Frequen to establish HSDPA/HSUPA services based on the UE
cy Hard capability and cell capability.
Handov 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC removes the
er Based current cell from candidate cells. Consequently, the
on DL UE fails to establish PS services.
QoS
6.
Cell ID PERFENH_RELOC_TARG_CELL_LAI_CORRECT
+ RTT _SW:Whether the RNC determines the LAI and RAC
Function under the "targetRNC-ID" IE in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
Based RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message based

LCS on the PLMN and LAC,RAC of the target cell when
Inter- the target cell is an external cell not configured on the
RAT SRNC side during a relocation in the DCH state.
Handov 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
er Based LAI and RAC under the "targetRNC-ID" IE in the
on Load RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message based
HSDPA on the PLMN and LAC,RAC of the target cell.
Rate 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
Improve LAI and RAC under the "targetRNC-ID" IE in the
ment in RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message based
Asymm on the PLMN to which the UE belongs and the
etric LAC,RAC used during the best cell change.
Coverag
7.
e
TCH:Whether to optimize the "In-sequence delivery"
IE setting received by the UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The "In-sequence
delivery" IE received by the UE is set to TRUE,
indicating the UE delivers the RLC SDUs in the
sequence as sepcified by the RLC sequence number.
configuring "In-sequence delivery" remains
unchanged. That is, if the "Delivery Order" IE in the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to
"delivery order requested", the "In-sequence delivery"
IE received by the UE is TRUE; if the "Delivery
Order" IE in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "delivery order not requested", the
"In-sequence delivery" IE received by the UE is
FALSE.
The switch
TCH in this version supports configuration
synchronization and delivery, but the RNC does not
use this switch any longer. Future versions do not
support this switch. Therefore, it is recommended that
users avoid using this switch.
8. PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
the HSDPA rate optimization algorithm for FTP
services takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. This algorithm takes
effect, and the HSDPA rate of FTP services increases.
0: This switch is turned off. This algorithm does not
take effect.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The recommended value is ON when the upper layer

uses the TCP protocol.
9.
PERFENH_NON_PS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:Whet
her UEs that have the Iu-PS connection only, but no
PS RABs can initiate intra-RAT relocations, including
the UE-not-involved relocation, inter-RAT combined
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC forbids UEs that
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allows UEs that
10.
Y_SW:Whether the IE "System specific capability
update requirement" in the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by the RNC to the UE is set to
the value GERAN or E-UTRA based on the RRC
connection setup cause, notifying the UE to report the
GERAN or E-UTRA capability, respectively.
1: This switch is turned on. The IE "System specific
GERAN or E-UTRA only if the RRC connection
setup is triggered due to setup causes excluding the
following: registration, detach, originatingLowPriori-
tySignalling, terminatingLowPrioritySignalling,
terminatingCauseUnknown, mbms-Reception and
mbms-PTP-RB-Request.
0: This switch is turned off. The IE "System specific
GERAN or E-UTRA regardless of the RRC
connection setup cause.
This parameter is valid only when the switch specified
by PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH
under the PerfEnhanceSwitch5 parameter in the SET
UCORRMPARA command is turned on.
11.
PERFENH_NON_CS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:Whe

WCDMA RAN

nd
ther UEs without CS RABs can initiate the intra-RAT

relocation, such as the UE not involved relocation,
inter-RAT combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation, and combined cell update and SRNS
relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. UEs with CS RABs can
initiate the intra-RAT relocation, including the UE not
involved relocation, inter-frequency combined hard
0: This switch is turned off. UEs without CS RABs
can initiate the intra-RAT relocation, including the UE
not involved relocation, inter-frequency combined
12.
PERFENH_ICR_PHASE3_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
Whether the ICR UE stays in the U900 cell if no
target cell that meets the handover conditions is
available when measurement-based ICR Phase3 takes
effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE stays in the U900
cell to perform services.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the UE.
13.
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_ALGO_OPT_SWITCH(Serv
ice-Based U2L Optimization Switch):
Whether the service-based UMTS-to-LTE (U2L)
handover is optimized.
1: This switch is turned on. The service-based U2L
handover is optimized. Specifically, the service-based
U2L handover is not initiated for CSFB UEs with PS
services; if
CH under the HoSwitch2 parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected, an
extra grid construction procedure is not performed in
the service-based U2L handover at the RAB
assignment phase.
0: This switch is turned off. The service-based U2L
handover is not optimized.
14.
_SW:Whether the AGPS IMSI blacklist can replace
the AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1:This switch is turned on. The AGPS IMSI blacklist

can replace the AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist. In this
case, if the IMSI of a UE is not in the AGPS IMSI
blacklist, the RNC delivers periodic AGPS
measurement control messages to this UE.
0:This switch is turned off. The AGPS IMSI blacklist
cannot replace the AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist. In this
case, if a UE is in the AGPS IMSI blacklist or in the
AGPS IMEI TAC blacklist, the RNC does not deliver
periodic MAGPS measurement control messages to
this UE.
15.
PERFENH_NCELL_COMBINE_FIX_SWITCH(NCe
ll Combine Fix Switch):Whether to trigger the
neighboring cell combination algorithm for the
following measurements during the compressed mode
decision:
Inter-RAT measurement for the MBDR algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MCLDR
algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MCDRD
algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MCCLB
algorithm
Inter-frequency measurement for the MBDR
algorithm
Blind handover measurement for the function of
learning information about neighboring cells based on
virtual grids
1: This switch is turned on. The neighboring cell
combination algorithm is not triggered for the
preceding measurements.
0: This switch is turned off. The neighboring cell
combination algorithm is triggered for the preceding
measurements.
16.
ITCH:Whether to optimize the inter-frequency or
inter-RAT measurement threshold selection
mechanism for events 2D and 2F.
1: This switch is turned on. The mechanism is
optimized. If no inter-frequency neighboring cell is
configured, AutoInterNCellSwitch in the ADD
UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD

WCDMA RAN

nd
considered when the RNC selects measurement

thresholds for events 2D and 2F. If no inter-RAT
neighboring cell is configured, AutoGsmNCellSwitch
in ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
considered in this threshold selection process.
0: This switch is turned off. The mechanism is not
optimized. The RNC selects measurement thresholds
for events 2D and 2F based on the value of
CoexistMeasThdChoice in the SET UHOCOMM
command in either of the following situations:
-No inter-frequency neighboring cell is configured,
and AutoInterNCellSwitch is set to DetectByGroup in
the ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
-No inter-RAT neighboring cell is configured, and
AutoGsmNCellSwitch is set to DetectByGroup in the
ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT or MOD
If CoexistMeasThdChoice has been set in the
UCELLHOCOMM MO, the value of this parameter in
the UCELLHOCOMM MO prevails.
17.
H:Whether RRC connection release optimization
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RRC connection
release optimization takes effect. Upon receiving an
RNCAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND message, the
RNC stops related timers. These timers will not start
before the UE is released.
0: This switch is turned off. The RRC connection
release optimization does not take effect. Upon
receiving the RNCAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND
message, the RNC does not stop related timers. These
timers are stopped when the UE is released.
18.
OPT_SW:This parameter applies in the following two
scenarios:
RNC, if spreading factor admission fails, this
parameter determines whether the RNC uses the
spreading factors supported by the serving cell for rate
negotiation. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
uses the spreading factors supported by the serving

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell for rate negotiation after the spreading factor

admission fails. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC may fail to obtain the spreading factors
supported by the serving cell after the spreading factor
admission fails, and consequently cannnot perform
rate negotiation.
RNC, this parameter determines whether the overflow
RNC obtains the setting of NodeBHoForIubCgstS-
witch on the master RNC through the cached data.
When this switch is turned on, the overflow RNC
obtains the setting of NodeBHoForIubCgstSwitch on
the master RNC through the cached data. When this
switch is turned off, the overflow RNC obtains the
setting of NodeBHoForIubCgstSwitch on the master
RNC through the database.
19.
W:Whether the RNC re-initiates a DCH link resource
application after receiving the failure cause "not-
enough-user-plane-processing-resources" for its
previous E-DCH or HS-DSCH link resource
application to a NodeB.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC re-initiates a
DCH link resource application.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not re-
initiate a DCH link resource application and the
handover fails.
20.
H:Whether a UE enabled with SRB over HSUPA sets
up HSUPA 2 ms TTI services in a cell that does not
1: This switch is turned on. The UE does not set up
HSUPA 2 ms TTI services in a cell that does not
0: This switch is turned off. The UE sets up HSUPA 2
ms TTI services in a cell that does not support 2 ms
TTI after a soft handover is performed for the UE and
then the DCCC procedure is triggered.
21.
ITCH:Whether to resend the UE transmit power
measurement control message when the QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
algorithm takes effect and the uplink rate is decreased

after being increased to the maximum value.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC resends the UE
transmit power measurement message after the rate
decrease, avoiding repeated rate adjustment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not resend
the UE transmit power measurement message after the
rate decrease, causing repeated rate adjustment.
22.
H: Whether the low-latency positioning optimization
algorithm takes effect when the RNC receives a
positioning request in which low response latency is
required and the required horizontal position accuracy
is greater than the coverage radius of the cell where
the UE camps.
1: This switch is turned on. The low-latency
positioning optimization algorithm takes effect, and
the RNC chooses the CELL-CENTER positioning
method in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The low-latency
positioning optimization algorithm does not take
effect, and the RNC chooses the CELL ID+RTT
positioning method in this scenario.
23.
PERFENH_DRNC_CELL_CAP_OPT_SWITCH:Wh
ether the SRNC can obtain the HSPA capabilities of
the target cell during the hard handover over the Iur
interface if the target cell served by the DRNC is not
configured on the SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC can obtain the
HSPA capabilities of the target call.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC cannot obtain
the HSPA capabilities of the target call.
24.
ITCH(Time Separation Static Reloc Optimize
Switch):Whether to stop the time separation-based
relocation timer during relocation punishment.
1: This switch is turned on. The time separation-based
relocation timer is not stopped during relocation
punishment. If the timer expires during relocation
punishment, the RNC attempts the time separation-
based relocation after relocation punishment is ended.
0: This switch is turned off. The time separation-based
relocation timer is stopped.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25.
WITCH:Whether the RNC adjusts the uplink rate of
AMR-WB services upon receiving a direct transfer
message containing the IE "Connect" from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. Before receiving a direct
CN, the RNC does not respond to the uplink rate
adjustment request from the CN, and does not adjust
the uplink rate of AWR-WB services.
0: This switch is turned off. Before receiving a direct
CN, the RNC responds to the uplink rate adjustment
request from the CN and adjusts the uplink rate of
AMR-WB services.
26.
H:Whether the loose admission algorithm is adopted
in the target cell of a cell update when the following
conditions are both met:
1)During or after the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
state transition.
2)The target cell of the cell update is not the best cell.
1: This switch is turned on. The loose admission
algorithm is not adopted in this situation.
0: This switch is turned off. The loose admission
algorithm is adopted in this situation.
27. PERFENH_ASYM_MC_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
to optimize UE transmit power control measurement
for throughput improvement in asymmetric coverage
scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC optimizes UE
transmit power control measurement for throughput
improvement in asymmetric coverage scenarios.
optimize UE transmit power control measurement for
throughput improvement in asymmetric coverage
scenarios.
28.
ITCH(CELLID_RTT Positioning Result Optimize
Switch):
Whether to optimize CELL ID+RTT positioning
results.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The CELL ID+RTT

positioning results are optimized. If the distance from
UE location in the CELL ID+RTT positioning result
to the reference cell center is 300 meters greater than
the maximum coverage range of the reference cell
antenna and CELLID_CENTER is selected under
[USMLC:SmlcMethod], the CELL-CENTER
positioning method is used and the CELL-CENTER
positioning result is reported. Otherwise, the
positioning fails. The maximum coverage range of the
reference cell antenna is specified by
[USMLCCELL:MaxAntennaRange].
0: This switch is turned off. The CELL ID+RTT
positioning results are directly reported without being
optimized.
Note: When this switch is turned on,
[USMLCCELL:MaxAntennaRange] must be set to the
actual coverage radius.
29.
CH:Whether the RNC can perform an LDR inter-
frequency handover and a CLB inter-frequency
handover for a UE at the same time.
1: This switch is turned on. An LDR inter-frequency
handover and a CLB inter-frequency handover cannot
be performed for a UE at the same time. If either of
the preceding handovers is being performed, the other
handover does not take effect.
0: This switch is turned off. An LDR inter-frequency
handover and a CLB inter-frequency handover can be
performed for a UE at the same time. However,
handover procedures may conflict, resulting in
handover failures.
30.
H:Whether to enable the function of HS-DSCH to
CELL_FACH state transition in weak coverage and
low throughput scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The function of HS-DSCH
to CELL_FACH state transition in weak coverage and
low throughput scenarios is enabled. If a UE is in a
weak coverage area and only the throughput for PS
HSDPA or HSPA services is low, the RNC switches
the state of the UE to CELL_FACH before the serving
cell changes.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The function of HS-

DSCH to CELL_FACH state transition in weak
coverage and low throughput scenarios is disabled.
31.
PERFENH_PING_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:Whether to
optimize OLPC for ping services.
1: This switch is turned on. OLPC for ping services is
optimized. That is, when identification of ping
type after the RB reconfiguration is used.
0: This switch is turned off. OLPC for ping services is
not optimized. That is, when identification of ping
type before the RB reconfiguration is used.
32.
PERFENH_RELO_HPLMN_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe
r the HPLMN optimization algorithm takes effect in
the relocation procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The HPLMN ID is
preferentially used to match the target cell and used as
the value of the IE "PLMN identity" in the relocation
procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The HPLMN ID is not
preferentially used to match the target cell, and not
used as the value of the IE "PLMN identity" in the
relocation procedure.
Disuse Statement:This switch
TCH will be deleted from later versions. Although the
delivery of the setting of this switch, the system does
not use this switch. Therefore, this switch is not
recommended.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
_SW,
TCH, PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH,
Y_SW,
_SW,
ITCH,
H,
OPT_SW,
W,
H,
ITCH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CH,
_SW,
TCH,
Y_SW,
PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
ITCH,
H,
OPT_SW,
W,
H,
ITCH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
CH:0,
_SW:0,
TCH:0,
Y_SW:0,
PERFENH_NON_PS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:0,
PERFENH_FTP_HSDPA_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_NON_CS_RAB_RELOC_OPT_SW:0,
PERFENH_ICR_PHASE3_STRATEGY_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_ALGO_OPT_SWITCH:0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_NCELL_COMBINE_FIX_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
OPT_SW:0,
W:0,
H:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
PERFENH_DRNC_CELL_CAP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
H:0, PERFENH_ASYM_MC_OPT_SWITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0, PERFENH_PING_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_RELO_HPLMN_OPT_SWITCH:0
SigTarg BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
etRatTh 0 UU2LT 140226 Return threshold for reporting event 3C during LTE
dRSRP EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
OV 171223 UMTS UMTS-to-LTE redirection with only signaling
to LTE connections. If the RSRP of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRP of an
Return LTE cell falls below this threshold, the UE does not
to LTE report event 3C. For details about this parameter, see
for 3GPP TS 25.331.The RNC carries the Threshold other
SRVCC system IE in the measurement control message sent to
User the UE. This IE is used to calculate the actual value of
the inter-RAT measurement threshold. Actual value =
Threshold other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold other
system = GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
SigTarg BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
dRSRP EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
to LTE connections. If the RSRP of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRP of an
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
SigTarg BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received quality (RSRQ)
dRSRQ EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
to LTE connections. If the RSRQ of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRQ of an
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual Value = GUI
Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20
SigTarg BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received quality (RSRQ)
dRSRQ EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
to LTE connections. If the RSRQ of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRQ of an
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual Value = GUI
Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LTES BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Timer for LTE measurement when the UE
igMeasT 0 UU2LT 140226 Return has only signaling connections. The RNC starts this
ime EHONC WRFD- from timer for LTE measurement. When the timer expires,
OV 171223 UMTS the RNC stops LTE measurement.
to LTE GUI Value Range: 1~10
Fast Unit: s
Return
to LTE Actual Value Range: 1~10
for Default Value: 3
SRVCC
User
U2LTES BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Timer for LTE measurement when the UE
igMeasT 0 UU2LT 140226 Return has only signaling connections. The RNC starts this
ime EHONC WRFD- from timer for LTE measurement. When the timer expires,
OV 171223 UMTS the RNC stops LTE measurement.
to LTE GUI Value Range: 1~10
Fast Unit: s
Return
to LTE Actual Value Range: 1~10
for Default Value: 3
SRVCC
User

WCDMA RAN

nd
NRTInit BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

Ratefor 0 UFRC 150215 from Channel type and initial data rate of a non-real-time
L2U LTE to PS service involved in CS+PS SRVCC handover or
UMTS PS-handover-based CSFB.
with PS
Handov When this parameter is set to DCH0K, the non-real-
er time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
uplink and downlink with an initial data rate of 0
kbit/s after the PS handover is complete.
When this parameter is set to DCH8K, the non-real-
time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
When this parameter is set to DCH8KHSDPA, the
non-real-time PS service is carried over the DCH in
the uplink with an initial data rate of 8 kbit/s after the
PS handover is complete. In the downlink, if the PS
service is carried over the HS-DSCH after the PS
handover is complete, the initial data rate is not
limited; if the PS service is carried over the DCH, the
initial data rate is 8 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the original
channel type and data rate of the non-real-time PS
service are retained after the PS handover is complete.
When the service rate is limited to 8 kbit/s, check
whether the typical RAB configuration for the
parameters with the service rate being 8 kbit/s has
been activated or not. Specifically, check the settings
of validation indication under the corresponding
service parameter index in the "LST
UTYPRABBASIC" command. If not, run the "ACT
UTYPRAB" command to activate the typical RAB
configuration for such parameter.
GUI Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Default Value: DCH8K

WCDMA RAN

nd
NRTInit BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

Ratefor 0 UFRC 150215 from Channel type and initial data rate of a non-real-time
L2U LTE to PS service involved in CS+PS SRVCC handover or
UMTS PS-handover-based CSFB.
with PS
Handov When this parameter is set to DCH0K, the non-real-
er time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
When this parameter is set to DCH8K, the non-real-
time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
When this parameter is set to DCH8KHSDPA, the
non-real-time PS service is carried over the DCH in
the uplink with an initial data rate of 8 kbit/s after the
PS handover is complete. In the downlink, if the PS
service is carried over the HS-DSCH after the PS
handover is complete, the initial data rate is not
limited; if the PS service is carried over the DCH, the
initial data rate is 8 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the original
channel type and data rate of the non-real-time PS
service are retained after the PS handover is complete.
When the service rate is limited to 8 kbit/s, check
whether the typical RAB configuration for the
parameters with the service rate being 8 kbit/s has
been activated or not. Specifically, check the settings
of validation indication under the corresponding
service parameter index in the "LST
UTYPRABBASIC" command. If not, run the "ACT
UTYPRAB" command to activate the typical RAB
configuration for such parameter.
GUI Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Default Value: DCH8K

WCDMA RAN

nd
CSFBS BSC690 SET WRFD- CS Meaning: SRB rate of CSFB UEs. Upon receiving a
RBRate 0 UFRC 140102 Fallback Relocation Request message from UEs during a
Guarant handover in the CSFB procedure, the RNC sets the
ee for uplink and downlink SRB rates to the value of this
LTE parameter and then changes these rates to 3.4 kbit/s
Emerge for subsequent CS calls. Upon receiving an RRC
ncy Connection Setup Request message carrying the IE
Calls "CSFB Indication" during a redirection in the CSFB
procedure, the RNC sets the uplink and downlink SRB
rates to the value of this parameter during the RRC
connection setup and then changes these rates to 3.4
kbit/s for subsequent CS calls. When SRBs are carried
over HSDPA and HSUPA, the minimum data rate can
reach 13.6 kbit/s. Therefore, this parameter
configuration is not applicable to this scenario.
GUI Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
SRB_13.6K, SRB_27.2K
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Default Value: SRB_13.6K
CSFBS BSC691 SET WRFD- CS Meaning: SRB rate of CSFB UEs. Upon receiving a
RBRate 0 UFRC 140102 Fallback Relocation Request message from UEs during a
Guarant handover in the CSFB procedure, the RNC sets the
ee for uplink and downlink SRB rates to the value of this
LTE parameter and then changes these rates to 3.4 kbit/s
Emerge for subsequent CS calls. Upon receiving an RRC
ncy Connection Setup Request message carrying the IE
Calls "CSFB Indication" during a redirection in the CSFB
procedure, the RNC sets the uplink and downlink SRB
rates to the value of this parameter during the RRC
connection setup and then changes these rates to 3.4
kbit/s for subsequent CS calls. When SRBs are carried
over HSDPA and HSUPA, the minimum data rate can
reach 13.6 kbit/s. Therefore, this parameter
configuration is not applicable to this scenario.
GUI Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Default Value: SRB_13.6K

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0106100 Power 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
tch MPARA 4 Control switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR
WRFD- Emerge service establishment takes effect.
021104 ncy Call
2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- HSUPA switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.
0106140 2ms/
10ms 3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
4
TTI switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.
WRFD-
Handov 4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
140102
er switch is turned on, the outer loop power control
WRFD- (OLPC) template takes effect.
CS
0206050
Fallback 5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
1
Guarant this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template
WRFD- ee for takes effect.
010202 LTE
Emerge 6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
ncy When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
0204000
Calls measurement control template takes effect.
3
SRNS 7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Relocati After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
020402
on (UE an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
WRFD- attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
Not
020400 When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
Involved
WRFD- ) this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
010636 UE 8.
State in PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
Connect When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
ed Mode HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
(CELL- carried on DCHs, and the original parameter
DCH, "SrbChlType"("SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA") is
CELL- invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for
PCH, HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be
URA- carried on HSUPA channels when the original
PCH, parameter "SrbChlType" is set to HSUPA or HSPA.
CELL- By default, this switch is turned off.
FACH) 9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Inter When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-
System rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is
Redirect enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
Measure is disabled. By default, this switch is turned off.
ment 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
Based When this switch is turned on, the CELL_PCH to
Direct CELL_DCH cell update confirm message
Retry simplification algorithm takes effect. When this
DRD switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect.
Introduc By default, this switch is turned off.

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion 11.
Package PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
SRB : This check box controls whether the RNC considers
over the converged SIRTarget value that is used before
HSUPA radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the
check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial
SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration
to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC
selects a more appropriate value from the initial
and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio
link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected.
12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the mechanism to
avoid pingpong RRC redirections caused by services
and Iur-g load. The switch is set to OFF by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also
referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state transition
algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of
traffic volume or throughput is added to the state
transition procedure. The added event 4A
measurement prevents an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When
the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-
to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up
on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on
DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
control message. When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after
trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.
17.
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different
uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the
system cannot guarantee that all users can access the
network with the highest service bearer supported by
UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the NodeB private
interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled.
18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the optimized
algorithm does not take effect. The original
mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized
algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are
configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use
2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the

single-threaded download rate.
20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to
CS services based on the best cell's uplink load status.
When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR
or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by
five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the
sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when an emergency call
is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon
receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL
22.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to
use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.
23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
When this switch is turned on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces

WCDMA RAN

nd
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off,

the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on,
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AM
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell
become congested, the RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are
ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,
and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as
candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuan-
tity for MBDR.
27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision
on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection
setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup.
28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is

disabled.
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit PS services of UEs
involved in LTE-to-UMTS CS fallback. When this
switch is turned on: If a UE involved in a LTE-to-
UMTS CS fallback is processing a non-real-time PS
service, the channel type and initial data rate for the
PS service are determined by the
"NRTInitRateforL2U" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command during service admission. If the UE is
processing a real-time PS service, the UE follows the
standard access procedure. If the access attempt fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt radio resources of existing UEs in the
UMTS cell. When this switch is turned off, the UE
follows the standard access procedure for the PS
service.
30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRB
ONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated single-
signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMR
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if
the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10
ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work.
Disuse Statement:In later versions,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH
under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch" parameter will be
replaced by the "InterRATCovPenaltyTime"

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameter in the "SET UINTERRATHOCOV" and

"ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV" commands.
Therefore, it is not recommended that the bit field be
used.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
, PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH,
,
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH,
H,
CH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH,
END,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH:0,
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_A
MEND:
1,PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSR
BONDCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM
RONDCH:
0,PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMI
T:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0106100 Power 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
tch MPARA 4 Control switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR
WRFD- Emerge service establishment takes effect.
021104 ncy Call
2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- HSUPA switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.
0106140 2ms/
10ms 3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
4
TTI switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.
WRFD-
Handov 4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
140102
er switch is turned on, the outer loop power control
WRFD- (OLPC) template takes effect.
CS
0206050
Fallback 5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
1
Guarant this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template
WRFD- ee for takes effect.
010202 LTE
Emerge 6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
ncy When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
0204000
Calls measurement control template takes effect.
3
SRNS 7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Relocati After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
020402
on (UE an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
WRFD- attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
Not
020400 When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
Involved
WRFD- ) this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
010636 UE 8.
State in PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
Connect When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
ed Mode HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
(CELL- carried on DCHs, and the original parameter
DCH, "SrbChlType"("SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA") is
CELL- invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for
PCH, HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be
URA- carried on HSUPA channels when the original
PCH, parameter "SrbChlType" is set to HSUPA or HSPA.
CELL- By default, this switch is turned off.
FACH) 9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Inter When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-
System rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is
Redirect enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
Measure is disabled. By default, this switch is turned off.
ment 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
Based When this switch is turned on, the CELL_PCH to
Direct CELL_DCH cell update confirm message
Retry simplification algorithm takes effect. When this
DRD switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect.
Introduc By default, this switch is turned off.

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion 11.
Package PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
SRB : This check box controls whether the RNC considers
over the converged SIRTarget value that is used before
HSUPA radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the
check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial
to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC
selects a more appropriate value from the initial
and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio
link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected.
12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the mechanism to
avoid pingpong RRC redirections caused by services
and Iur-g load. The switch is set to OFF by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also
referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state transition
algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of
traffic volume or throughput is added to the state
transition procedure. The added event 4A
measurement prevents an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When
the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-
to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up
on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on
DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16.
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
control message. When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after
trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.
17.
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different
uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the
system cannot guarantee that all users can access the
network with the highest service bearer supported by
UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the NodeB private
interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled.
18.
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the optimized
algorithm does not take effect. The original
mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized
algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are
configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use
2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the

single-threaded download rate.
20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to
CS services based on the best cell's uplink load status.
When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR
or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by
five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the
sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when an emergency call
is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon
receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL
22.
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to
use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.
23.
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
When this switch is turned on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when

WCDMA RAN

nd
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off,

DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on,
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell
become congested, the RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are
ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,
and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as
candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuan-
tity for MBDR.
27.
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision
on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup.
28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is

disabled.
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit PS services of UEs
involved in LTE-to-UMTS CS fallback. When this
switch is turned on: If a UE involved in a LTE-to-
UMTS CS fallback is processing a non-real-time PS
service, the channel type and initial data rate for the
PS service are determined by the
"NRTInitRateforL2U" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command during service admission. If the UE is
processing a real-time PS service, the UE follows the
standard access procedure. If the access attempt fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt radio resources of existing UEs in the
UMTS cell. When this switch is turned off, the UE
follows the standard access procedure for the PS
service.
30.
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated single-
signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if
the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10
ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work.
Disuse Statement:In later versions,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH
under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch" parameter will be
replaced by the "InterRATCovPenaltyTime"

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameter in the "SET UINTERRATHOCOV" and

"ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV" commands.
Therefore, it is not recommended that the bit field be
used.
GUI Value Range:
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH:0,
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_A
MEND:
1,PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSR
BONDCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM
RONDCH:
0,PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMI
T:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

mentSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1)CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
TCH Configu Whether to convert a specific cause value in the IE
020605
ration "Cause" in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into
WRFD- Control "No Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if
010510 (DCCC) an incoming inter-RAT relocation fails due to
WRFD- insufficient code or CE resources in the target UMTS
SRNS cell. The original cause value can be "Requested
010651
Relocati Maximum Bit Rate not Available(20)", "Requested
WRFD- on Maximum Bit Rate for DL not Available(33)",
140103 Introduc "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for UL not
WRFD- tion Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate not
010610 Package Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 DL not Available(35)", or "Requested Guaranteed Bit
010612 3.6/27.2 Rate for UL not Available(36)."
Kbps 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC converts the
WRFD-
RRC cause value in the preceding scenario and sends the
0106150
Connect CN a RELOCATION FAILURE message.
2
ion and
WRFD- Radio 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the CN a
010801 Access RELOCATION FAILUR message with the original
WRFD- Bearer cause value.
010802 Establis 2)DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH
WRFD- hment
Whether to enable the DRNC to delay releasing code
011402 and
resources when Iur links are set up.
Release
WRFD- 1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC delays
0106150 HSDPA
releasing code resources and the delay is 100 ms or x,
4 over Iur
whichever is smaller. x equals the sum of 35 ms and
Call the unidirectional Iub-interface FP delay.
Reestabl
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases code
ishment
resources when required.
HSDPA
3)ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
Introduc
tion Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
Package on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the
INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged
HSUPA every time a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined
Introduc services when Iu Flex is applied.
tion
Package 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC selects a CN
node in the preceding way.
Combin
ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN
One CS node based on the "Routing parameter" IE included in
Service the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message
and Two exchanged the first time a CS service is set up for CS
PS +PS combined services if Iu Flex is applied.
Services 4)COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Intra Whether to increase the values of specific counters by

RNC one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
Cell COMMAND message from the CS domain and an
Update inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is
Inter in progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
RNC VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
Cell VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75.
Update 1: This switch is turned on. The values of the
Encrypti previously mentioned counters are increased by one in
on the preceding scenario.
Combin 0: This switch is turned off. The values of these
ation of counters are increased by one when the RNC receives
One CS an IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS
Service and PS domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover
and for CS+PS combined services is in progress.
Three 5)SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
PS
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
Services
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming
SRNS relocation.
the message to the UE.
message to the UE.
6)REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process.
releases the data of a UE from an Iur common channel
if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
data of the UE from the Iur common channel after the
UE completes the DSCR process.
7)RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS
relocation procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in
the CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate
the procedure for such UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC initiates the
procedure for such UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
8)COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of service setup
attempt-related counters by one in special scenarios.
These counters are VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64.
The special scenarios are as follows:
Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN
after initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the
RNC responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
Scenario 2: The MBDR algorithm is activated. The
RNC receives two RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
messages from the same domain of the CN before
receiving an inter-frequency or inter-RAT
measurement report from the UE in question. In this
case, the RNC responds to the first RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message.
Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message where the values of key IEs are
incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC responds
with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
instead of processing the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of the counters
that are related to service setup attempts are increased
by one in any of the preceding special scenarios.
0: This switch is turned off. The values of the counters
that are related to service setup attempts remain
unchanged in any of the preceding special scenarios.
This parameter is a professional parameter and
therefore you must configure this parameter under the
9)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P.Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of these
counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these

counters are increased on a per UE basis.
10)DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to delay sending a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC starts the T1
timer after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message. If the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message
before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the T2
timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC
sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the
UE.
sends the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message.
Note that T1 is controlled by the
"DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command and T2 is controlled by
the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET
11)TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to include an activation time to a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message when the DRD
process is in progress.
1: This switch is turned on. An activation time is not
included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP message if
the DRD process is in progress.
0: This switch is turned off. An activation time is
12)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if
the UE does not respond within 3 seconds after
receiving a DIRECT TRANSFER message from the
CN during a CS call release. The value of the IE
Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER message
is Disconnect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends it to the
CN. The value of the IE Message Type in the
DIRECT TRANSFER message is Release.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not create

13)NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
RL for a UE when both of the following conditions
are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC.
- The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the
synchronization.
the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update.
reestablish an RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario.
14)SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
for a UE's response in the security mode procedure,
the RL for the UE is reestablished if the RNC detects
a timeout or SRB reset or if the NodeB reports that all
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization. If the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message while waiting for
a UE's response in the security mode procedure, the
RNC performs parallel handling of the security mode
reestablishes an RL for the UE in the preceding
security mode and cell update procedures.
15)PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time
in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the UE
capability at a delayed time in the case of a PS HO-
based CSFB. That is, the RNC queries the UE
capability after the CS service is set up.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC queries the UE
capability during the PS HO-based CSFB.
16)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Paging
Whether the RNC records the international mobile
subscriber identity (IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode

WCDMA RAN

nd
when the UE does not respond to a CS paging in time

and the cause value carried in the CS paging message
is Terminating Conversational Call, Terminating Low
Priority Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the
IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
17)DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated)
Whether to transition UEs processing HSPA services
to the CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after
the HSPA function is deactivated in a cell.
1: This switch is turned on. UEs processing HSPA
services transition to the CELL_FACH state after the
HSPA function is deactivated in the cell.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs processing HSPA
services are released after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell.
18)OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state
during an incoming relocation procedure.
the RNC does not send a UE CAPABILITY
the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in the
preceding scenario.
19)RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether to measure the number of RAB setup
attempts when the cross processing of RAB setup and
cell update fails or the radio link reestablishment
triggered by RAB setup fails.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB setup
attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of RAB setup
attempts is not measured.
20)FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTI from
one UE to another when the timer for the UE to wait

WCDMA RAN

nd
for a response message from the RNC expires after the

UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI
from one UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts.
This switch is turned on by default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC delays the
assignment of the URNTI from the current UE to
another UE.
assigns the URNTI from the current UE to another
UE.
21)FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
This switch is turned off by default.
another UE.
UE.
22)RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sets the "RLC info" IE of the "RB
information to setup" IE contained in the second and
third RB sub-flows to "Same as RB:0xM" if the RLC
parameters of three CS RB sub-flows in the RADIO
BEARER SETUP message are the same. M refers to
the ID of the first RB sub-flow.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IE of the "RB information to setup" IE contained
in the second and third RB sub-flows to "Same as RB:
0xM."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IEs of the "RB information to setup" IE
contained in the three RB sub-flows to the same value.
23)DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWI
TCH
Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this

WCDMA RAN

nd
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell

reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard
this message.
24)SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards is
close to the full configuration.
1: This switch is turned on. The main SPU subsystem
cancels the periodic transmission of status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. The main SPU subsystem
periodically sends status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems.
25)RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SW
ITCH
Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure
F2D DRD procedure.
RRC connection for the UE.
the RRC connection for the UE.
26)PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH
Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is not measured.
27)P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and

select a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of
"Radio link failure" during the waiting for a response
message from the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is
P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the current
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry.
28)TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH
Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC
mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset.
reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode.
processing method and reestablishes the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode.
29)ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_S
WITCH
Whether to send an initial direct transfer message to
another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
configured CN node experiences SCCP congestion in
Iu Flex networking.
1: This switch is turned on. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to another CN node without SCCP
congestion if the configured CN node experiences
SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking.
0: This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking.
30)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH
When the RNC delays the transmission of a routing
area update message to the CN in the following
scenario: A CS service on an LTE network is
transferred to a UMTS network by CS fallback
(CSFB) and the CS service has not established on the
UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
message to the CN.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a routing

area update message to the CN only after it receives a
RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE or RELEASE
message or after "Delayed Routing Area Update
Timer for CSFB UEs" expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delay
the transmission of the routing area update message.
31)CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB.
the IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
Disuse
Statement:TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH
under the ImprovementSwitch parameter will be
deleted.
GUI Value Range:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,
CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,
PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
URNTI,
FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
URNTI, RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITC
H,
SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH,
PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H,
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,
TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWI
TCH,
ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWI
TCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
URNTI,
URNTI,
RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:
1,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:0,RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

mentSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1)CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
TCH Configu Whether to convert a specific cause value in the IE
020605
ration "Cause" in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into
WRFD- Control "No Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if
010510 (DCCC) an incoming inter-RAT relocation fails due to
WRFD- insufficient code or CE resources in the target UMTS
SRNS cell. The original cause value can be "Requested
010651
Relocati Maximum Bit Rate not Available(20)", "Requested
WRFD- on Maximum Bit Rate for DL not Available(33)",
140103 Introduc "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for UL not
WRFD- tion Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate not
010610 Package Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 DL not Available(35)", or "Requested Guaranteed Bit
010612 3.6/27.2 Rate for UL not Available(36)."
Kbps 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC converts the
WRFD-
RRC cause value in the preceding scenario and sends the
0106150
Connect CN a RELOCATION FAILURE message.
2
ion and
WRFD- Radio 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the CN a
010801 Access RELOCATION FAILUR message with the original
WRFD- Bearer cause value.
010802 Establis 2)DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH
WRFD- hment
Whether to enable the DRNC to delay releasing code
011402 and
resources when Iur links are set up.
Release
WRFD- 1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC delays
0106150 HSDPA
releasing code resources and the delay is 100 ms or x,
4 over Iur
whichever is smaller. x equals the sum of 35 ms and
Call the unidirectional Iub-interface FP delay.
Reestabl
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases code
ishment
resources when required.
HSDPA
3)ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
Introduc
tion Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
Package on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the
INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged
HSUPA every time a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined
Introduc services when Iu Flex is applied.
tion
Package 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC selects a CN
node in the preceding way.
Combin
ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN
One CS node based on the "Routing parameter" IE included in
Service the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message
and Two exchanged the first time a CS service is set up for CS
PS +PS combined services if Iu Flex is applied.
Services 4)COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Intra Whether to increase the values of specific counters by

RNC one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
Cell COMMAND message from the CS domain and an
Update inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is
Inter in progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
RNC VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
Cell VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75.
Update 1: This switch is turned on. The values of the
Encrypti previously mentioned counters are increased by one in
on the preceding scenario.
Combin 0: This switch is turned off. The values of these
ation of counters are increased by one when the RNC receives
One CS an IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS
Service and PS domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover
and for CS+PS combined services is in progress.
Three 5)SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
PS
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
Services
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming
SRNS relocation.
the message to the UE.
message to the UE.
6)REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process.
releases the data of a UE from an Iur common channel
if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
data of the UE from the Iur common channel after the
UE completes the DSCR process.
7)RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS
relocation procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in
the CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending
state.
the procedure for such UEs.
procedure for such UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
8)COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of service setup
attempt-related counters by one in special scenarios.
These counters are VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64.
The special scenarios are as follows:
Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN
after initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the
RNC responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
Scenario 2: The MBDR algorithm is activated. The
RNC receives two RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
messages from the same domain of the CN before
receiving an inter-frequency or inter-RAT
measurement report from the UE in question. In this
case, the RNC responds to the first RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message.
Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message where the values of key IEs are
incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC responds
with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
instead of processing the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of the counters
that are related to service setup attempts are increased
by one in any of the preceding special scenarios.
0: This switch is turned off. The values of the counters
that are related to service setup attempts remain
unchanged in any of the preceding special scenarios.
This parameter is a professional parameter and
therefore you must configure this parameter under the
9)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P.Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of these
counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these

counters are increased on a per UE basis.
10)DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to delay sending a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC starts the T1
timer after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message. If the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message
before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the T2
timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC
sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the
UE.
sends the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message.
Note that T1 is controlled by the
"DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command and T2 is controlled by
the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET
11)TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to include an activation time to a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message when the DRD
process is in progress.
1: This switch is turned on. An activation time is not
0: This switch is turned off. An activation time is
12)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if
the UE does not respond within 3 seconds after
receiving a DIRECT TRANSFER message from the
CN during a CS call release. The value of the IE
Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER message
is Disconnect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends it to the
CN. The value of the IE Message Type in the
DIRECT TRANSFER message is Release.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not create

13)NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
RL for a UE when both of the following conditions
are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC.
- The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the
synchronization.
the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update.
reestablish an RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario.
14)SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
for a UE's response in the security mode procedure,
the RL for the UE is reestablished if the RNC detects
a timeout or SRB reset or if the NodeB reports that all
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization. If the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message while waiting for
a UE's response in the security mode procedure, the
RNC performs parallel handling of the security mode
reestablishes an RL for the UE in the preceding
security mode and cell update procedures.
15)PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time
in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the UE
capability at a delayed time in the case of a PS HO-
based CSFB. That is, the RNC queries the UE
capability after the CS service is set up.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC queries the UE
capability during the PS HO-based CSFB.
16)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Paging
Whether the RNC records the international mobile
subscriber identity (IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode

WCDMA RAN

nd
when the UE does not respond to a CS paging in time

and the cause value carried in the CS paging message
is Terminating Conversational Call, Terminating Low
Priority Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the
IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
17)DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated)
Whether to transition UEs processing HSPA services
to the CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after
the HSPA function is deactivated in a cell.
1: This switch is turned on. UEs processing HSPA
services transition to the CELL_FACH state after the
HSPA function is deactivated in the cell.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs processing HSPA
services are released after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell.
18)OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
the RNC does not send a UE CAPABILITY
the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in the
preceding scenario.
19)RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether to measure the number of RAB setup
attempts when the cross processing of RAB setup and
cell update fails or the radio link reestablishment
triggered by RAB setup fails.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB setup
attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of RAB setup
attempts is not measured.
20)FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI

WCDMA RAN

nd

CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
This switch is turned on by default.
another UE.
UE.
21)FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
This switch is turned off by default.
another UE.
UE.
22)RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sets the "RLC info" IE of the "RB
information to setup" IE contained in the second and
third RB sub-flows to "Same as RB:0xM" if the RLC
parameters of three CS RB sub-flows in the RADIO
BEARER SETUP message are the same. M refers to
the ID of the first RB sub-flow.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IE of the "RB information to setup" IE contained
in the second and third RB sub-flows to "Same as RB:
0xM."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IEs of the "RB information to setup" IE
contained in the three RB sub-flows to the same value.
23)DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWI
TCH
Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this

WCDMA RAN

nd
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell

reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard
this message.
24)SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards is
close to the full configuration.
1: This switch is turned on. The main SPU subsystem
cancels the periodic transmission of status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. The main SPU subsystem
periodically sends status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems.
25)RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SW
ITCH
Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure
F2D DRD procedure.
RRC connection for the UE.
the RRC connection for the UE.
26)PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH
Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is not measured.
27)P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and

select a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of
"Radio link failure" during the waiting for a response
message from the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is
P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry.
28)TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH
Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC
mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset.
reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode.
processing method and reestablishes the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode.
29)ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_S
WITCH
Whether to send an initial direct transfer message to
another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
Iu Flex networking.
1: This switch is turned on. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to another CN node without SCCP
congestion if the configured CN node experiences
SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking.
0: This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking.
30)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH
When the RNC delays the transmission of a routing
area update message to the CN in the following
scenario: A CS service on an LTE network is
transferred to a UMTS network by CS fallback
(CSFB) and the CS service has not established on the
UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
message to the CN.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a routing

area update message to the CN only after it receives a
RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE or RELEASE
message or after "Delayed Routing Area Update
Timer for CSFB UEs" expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delay
the transmission of the routing area update message.
31)CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB.
the IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
Disuse
Statement:TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH
under the ImprovementSwitch parameter will be
deleted.
GUI Value Range:
URNTI,
URNTI, RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
URNTI,
URNTI,
RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:
1,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:0,RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch12 0 UALGO RRM algorithm reserved U32 switch parameter 12.
RSVPA The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RA request use.
Disuse Statement:This parameter is used temporarily
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_12_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT3:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SW
,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT10:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT
12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT13:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_12_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12
_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_12_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_12_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT19:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT20:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BI
T22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT23:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_12_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
2_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26:0,RES

WCDMA RAN

nd
ERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITC
T32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch12 0 UALGO RRM algorithm reserved U32 switch parameter 12.
RSVPA The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RA request use.
Disuse Statement:This parameter is used temporarily
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SW
,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT10:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT
12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT13:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_12_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12
_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_12_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITC
T22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT23:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_12_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
2_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26:0,RES

WCDMA RAN

nd
ERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITC
T32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DrSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 0204000 System Direct retry switch group.
MALG 1 Direct
OSWIT Retry 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
WRFD- connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
CH 020103 Inter redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
WRFD- Frequen required.
150232 cy Load
2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
Balance
WRFD- single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
020120 Multiba performed for single service if retry is required.
nd
WRFD- 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
Direct
0204000 for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
Retry
3 performed for combined services if retry is required.
Based
WRFD- on UE 4. DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
0204000 Location DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-
2 RAT directed retry is supported.
Service
WRFD- Steering 5.
0204000 and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER:
4 Load Whether a CS UE can perform a DRD for combined
WRFD- Sharing services. When this switch and the
020400 in RRC DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH are both set to on,
Connect a CS UE can initiate a DRD for combined services.
WRFD- When this switch is set to OFF, a CS UE cannot
0106111 ion
Setup initiate a DRD for combined services even if the
2 DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to on.
Inter
System 6.
Redirect DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable the inter-RAT DRD function
Inter for CS+PS combined services. When this switch is set
System to ON, if a new CS service in CS+PS combined
Direct services cannot be admitted to the UMTS network, the
Retry RNC switches the CS service to the GSM network
Traffic through a DRD.
Steering 7.
and RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_SW
Load ITCH: Whether to enable the optimized penalty
Sharing algorithm for a rollback caused by RAB DRD failures.
During
1: This switch is turned on. The following two
RAB
optimized functions are implemented:
Setup
-When a rollback is triggered due to RAB DRD
DRD failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
Introduc penalty, intra-RAT DRD is not allowed when P2D
tion state transitions are performed.
Package
HSDPA failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
DRD penalty, if cell change is performed when the UE is in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the URA_PCH, CELL_PCH, or CELL_FACH state,

the penalty is stopped and intra-RAT DRD is allowed.
This function takes effect when
CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH
is selected under
[UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CmpSwitch2].
0: This switch is turned off. The two functions do not
take effect.
8. DR_RAB_DPG_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:Whether to
enable the optimized terminal type hierarchy
algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. When the terminal type
hierarchy priority of the cell on which the UE camps
is 0 and the RNC determines that the UE does not
meet conditions for DRD, the RNC allows the UE to
access the network in the current cell.
0: This switch is turned off. When the terminal type
is 0, the RNC disallows the UE to access the network
in the current cell.
GUI Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER,
DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH,
RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_SW
ITCH, DR_RAB_DPG_DRD_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
CH,
Default Value: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH:
0,DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER
:
1,DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_S
WITCH:0,DR_RAB_DPG_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DrSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 0204000 System Direct retry switch group.
MALG 1 Direct
OSWIT Retry 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
WRFD- connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
CH 020103 Inter redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
WRFD- Frequen required.
150232 cy Load
2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
Balance
WRFD- single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
020120 Multiba performed for single service if retry is required.
nd
WRFD- 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
Direct
0204000 for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
Retry
3 performed for combined services if retry is required.
Based
WRFD- on UE 4. DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
0204000 Location DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-
2 RAT directed retry is supported.
Service
WRFD- Steering 5.
0204000 and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER:
4 Load Whether a CS UE can perform a DRD for combined
WRFD- Sharing services. When this switch and the
020400 in RRC DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH are both set to on,
Connect a CS UE can initiate a DRD for combined services.
WRFD- When this switch is set to OFF, a CS UE cannot
0106111 ion
Setup initiate a DRD for combined services even if the
2 DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to on.
Inter
System 6.
Redirect DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable the inter-RAT DRD function
Inter for CS+PS combined services. When this switch is set
System to ON, if a new CS service in CS+PS combined
Direct services cannot be admitted to the UMTS network, the
Retry RNC switches the CS service to the GSM network
Traffic through a DRD.
Steering 7.
and RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_SW
Load ITCH: Whether to enable the optimized penalty
Sharing algorithm for a rollback caused by RAB DRD failures.
During
1: This switch is turned on. The following two
RAB
optimized functions are implemented:
Setup
DRD failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
Introduc penalty, intra-RAT DRD is not allowed when P2D
tion state transitions are performed.
Package
HSDPA failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
DRD penalty, if cell change is performed when the UE is in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the URA_PCH, CELL_PCH, or CELL_FACH state,

the penalty is stopped and intra-RAT DRD is allowed.
This function takes effect when
CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH
is selected under
[UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CmpSwitch2].
0: This switch is turned off. The two functions do not
take effect.
8. DR_RAB_DPG_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:Whether to
enable the optimized terminal type hierarchy
algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. When the terminal type
is 0 and the RNC determines that the UE does not
meet conditions for DRD, the RNC allows the UE to
access the network in the current cell.
0: This switch is turned off. When the terminal type
is 0, the RNC disallows the UE to access the network
in the current cell.
GUI Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
CH,
Default Value: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH:
0,DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER
:
1,DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_S
WITCH:0,DR_RAB_DPG_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:0
CSFBU BSC690 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Value of the timer for delayed routing area
eDelayR 0 USTAT 020126 Between update for CSFB UEs.
AUTime ETIME UMTS GUI Value Range: 1~10
r R and LTE
Phase 1 Unit: s
Default Value: 5
CSFBU BSC691 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Value of the timer for delayed routing area
eDelayR 0 USTAT 020126 Between update for CSFB UEs.
AUTime ETIME UMTS GUI Value Range: 1~10
r R and LTE
Phase 1 Unit: s
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150215 from 1) LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL (Cell Load
CH2 RLSWI WRFD- LTE to Information TL Input Switch)
TCH 010101 UMTS
with PS During inter-RAT handovers from 3G cells to 2G
WRFD- Handov cells, the RNC can records information about load on
160103 er 3G cells in the RELOCATION REQUIRED container
WRFD- in the Tag Length Value (TLV) format.
3GPP
030011 R9 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the Tag
WRFD- Specific Length in the container.
020500 ations 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
WRFD- Termina the Tag Length.
140224 l Black 2) SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET (Switch for
WRFD- List Transferring INITIAL UE Messages in the IU Reset
160271 MIMO State)
WRFD- Prime 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the
020400 Enhance INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
d Fast interface is in the reset state.
WRFD-
140205 Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC handles the
cy INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
Fast CS interface is in the reset state.
Fallback 3)
Based RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
on RIM H (RB Reconfiguration DRD Rollback Switch)
Ultra- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
Flash rollback caused by failed directed retry decisions
CSFB (DRDs) of RB reconfiguration.
DRD 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Introduc support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
tion reconfiguration. However, the RNC supports rollback
Package if the asynchronous reconfiguration is used for RB
Voice reconfiguration accompanied by DRDs when this
Service switch is turned off.
Experie 4) RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (CS IMEI
nce Request Switch)
Improve 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rather than the
ment for CN sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
Weak obtain the international mobile equipment identity
Receptio (IMEI) of a UE. Note: When the CN checks the serial
n Ues number of direct transfer messages and the
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH switch is turned off,
turning on this switch leads to inconsistency in the
serial number of direct transfer messages between the
CN and the UE. This causes CS service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch, test the interworking

WCDMA RAN

nd
between the RNC and the CN. If the CN checks the

serial number of direct transfer messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH under
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to obtain the IMEI
of a UE.
5) RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI
Request Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC, rather than the
CN, sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
obtain the IMEI of a UE.
of a UE.
6) FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D (P2D Switch for
Congested FACH or DTCH)
Whether to trigger a CELL_PCH- or URA_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH (P2D) state transition when the FACH
DTCH is congested.
1: This switch is turned on. The P2D state transition is
triggered for UEs using PS services when the FACH
DTCH is congested.
0: This switch is turned off. The P2D state transition is
not triggered for UEs using PS services when the
FACH DTCH is congested.
7)
RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H (RB Establishment DRD Rollback Switch)
rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB establishment.
support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
establishment. However, the RNC supports rollback if
the RB fast setup function is used for RB
establishment accompanied by DRDs when this
8) PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH
(Switch for Not Triggering Rate Reduction
Negotiation Between the CN and the RNC After a PS
Service Access Failure)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The access rate is not

negotiated between the RNC and the CN if a PS
service fails to be admitted.
0: This switch is turned off. The access rate is
9) ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH
(Switch for Performing the Optimized Soft-Handover
Timeout Procedure)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC considers that it
has received an ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE
message during soft handover procedure after the
message has expired. Note: It is recommended that the
HO active set update response timer (HoAsuTmr)
should be set to 10s to prevent misjudgment made by
enabling the function. To set HoAsuTmr, run the
following command:SET USTATETIMER:
HoAsuTmr=10000;
0: This switch is turned off. UEs are directly released
during soft handover procedure after the ACTIVE
SET UPDATE COMPLETE message has expired.
10) RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH (Switch
for Performing the Optimized RRC Connection
Release Procedure with No Data Transmitted on the
UE upon UE State Transition Timeout)
release process with the cause of user inactive when
the UE has no data to transmit.
release process with other causes when the UE has no
data to transmit.
11) RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized RRC Connection Release
Procedure on Receipt of a SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION Message)
normal release process after receive SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION message
from UE.
SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION message during the process.
12)
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
(Switch for SRB Reestablishment During a Cell

Update with the Cause Value of RL Failure)
1: This switch is turned on. SRBs are reestablished
during cell update procedure with the "RL Failure"
cause value.
0: This switch is turned off. SRBs are not
reestablished during cell update procedure with the
"RL Failure" cause value.
13) CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH (Enable DSCR
in Procedure Overlap for PS Service)
releases the UE's RRC connection using the "directed
signalling connection re-establishment" cause value if
a DRD failure, hard handover failure, or RB
procedure occurs in parallel with a cell update
procedure.
does not release the UE's RRC connection using the
"directed signalling connection re-establishment"
cause value if a DRD failure, hard handover failure, or
RB procedure occurs in parallel with a cell update
procedure.
14) TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH (Enable DSCR in L2
Trans Error)
1: This switch is turned on. The DSCR procedure is
performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error occurs.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSCR procedure is
not performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error
occurs.
15) RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH
(Signaling Connection Release Switch for UEs
Supporting Fast Dormancy)
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC receives a
SIGNALING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION from UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session end", the RNC triggers the
state transition for the UE. Otherwise, the RNC
releases the signaling connection.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC receives a
INDICATION from UE, the RNC triggers the state
transition for the UE.
16) FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH (Switch for Tracing
UEs Failing in FP Synchronization)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. UEs using FP can be

traced in terms of data streams.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs using FP cannot be
17) RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
(Switch for Reducing PCHR Log Information for
Normal Procedure)
The switch RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
controls whether the RNC reduces information
recorded in a PCHR log for a normal procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reduces
information in a performance call history record
(PCHR) log recorded during a normal procedure and
reports only the following information blocks:
-CONN_SETUP(Connection Block)
-RRC_RELEASE(RRC Release Block)
-CS_RAB_SETUP(CS RAB Setup Block)
-PS_RAB_SETUP(PS RAB Setup Block)
-CS_RAB_REL(CS RAB Release Block)
-PS_RAB_REL(PS RAB Release Block)
-SHO(Soft Handover Block)
-SYS_HO_OUT(Inter-RAT Handover Block)
-INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT(Intra-Frequency Missing
Neighboring Cell Block)
-STAT(Statistical Block)
-CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(CS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(PS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-CS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(CS Setup Direct
Transfer Message Statistical Block)
-PS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(PS Setup Direct
A procedure is abnormal only when any of the
following conditions is met:
-The RRC connection setup fails.
-The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally released.
-The value of the information element (IE) NAS-PDU
contained in a DIRECT TRANSFER message is
ATTACH REJECT, RAU REJECT, or LAU REJECT.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reduce

information recorded in a PCHR log.
18) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF Switch)
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
hyper frame number (HFN) modification, noise
pouring, and Iu-UP loopback functions by direct
transfer messages from a UE.
trigger HFN modification, noise pouring, or Iu-UP
loopback functions by direct transfer messages from a
UE.
19) FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH
(Switch for fast CSFB based on RIM)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports fast
CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
20) L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH
Whether to support LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers simultaneously.
1: This switch is turned on. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers can happen simultaneously.
0: This switch is turned off. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers cannot happen simultaneously.
21)ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH(Ultra-Flash
CSFB Function Switch)
Whether the Ultra-Flash CSFB function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports the
Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay of CSFB is
reduced, improving user experience.
support the Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay
of CSFB is long, affecting user experience.
22)RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH(Suppo
rt RNC PS Querying UE IMEISV)
Whether the RNC sends an Identity Request message
to the UE, requesting the UE's international mobile
station equipment identity and software version
(IMEISV).
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends an Identity
Request message to the UE, requesting the UE's
IMEISV.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send an

Identity Request message to the UE.
If this switch is enabled together with the
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH, the RNC
queries the UE's IMEISV, not IMEI.
23)NRNC_EXTENDED_RNCID_SWITCH(Nrnc
Extended RNC ID Switch)
Whether to support the extended neighboring RNC
ID. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.423.
extended neighboring RNC ID.
support the extended neighboring RNC ID.
24)RNC_UE_IMSI_TAC_CORRELATION_SWITC
H(IMSI and TAC Correlation Switch)
Whether the RNC supports correlation between IMSI
and TAC.
correlation between IMSI and TAC.
support correlation between IMSI and TAC.
25)
REL_NO_PS_RAB_AFTER_ECHO_DETECT_FAI
L(Release No PS RAB After Echo Detect Failure)
Whether to release PS services after a GTP-U echo
detection fails.
PS services after a GTP-U echo detection fails.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases PS
services after a GTP-U echo detection fails.
26)
ECHO_DETECT_FAIL_ALARM_OPT_SWITCH(Al
arm Optimization Switch After Echo Detect Failure)
Whether to optimize the reporting of EVT-22939 Path
to SGSN Faulty.
1: This switch is turned on. When the Echo detection
fails on the relocation path, EVT-22939 Path to SGSN
Faulty is not reported.
0: This switch is turned off. When the Echo detection
Faulty is reported.
27) LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH(Lossy
Relocation Optimization Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to optimize the lossy relocation procedure.

lossy relocation procedure in the event of a
forwarding GTPU setup failure during lossy
relocation.
0: This switch is turned off. The lossy relocation
procedure fails in the event of a forwarding GTPU
setup failure during lossy relocation.
28) CS_INIT_DT_OPT_SWITCH(CS initial DT
Whether the RNC is optimized according to the
carrying information of the location area update
message in the Initial Direct message in the CS
domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly discards
the Initial Direct Transfer message with invalid IMSI
or Type of identity in the carried location area update
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC retains the
original processing,the RNC directly fowards the
Initial Direct Transfer message to the CN.
GUI Value Range:
LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL,
SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET,
RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H, RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D,
H, PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH,
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH,
TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH,
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH,
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH,
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH,
DTMF_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH,
ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH,
NRNC_EXTENDED_RNCID_SWITCH,
RNC_UE_IMSI_TAC_CORRELATION_SWITCH,
REL_NO_PS_RAB_AFTER_ECHO_DETECT_FAIL

WCDMA RAN

nd
, LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH,
ECHO_DETECT_FAIL_ALARM_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_INIT_DT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
H,
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH,
DTMF_SWITCH,
,
LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value: LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL:
0,SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET:
0,RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:1,RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D:
0,RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWIT
CH:0,PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITC
H:0,CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH:
0,FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH:
1,RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH:
1,DTMF_SWITCH:
1,FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH:
0,NRNC_EXTENDED_RNCID_SWITCH:
0,RNC_UE_IMSI_TAC_CORRELATION_SWITCH:
0,REL_NO_PS_RAB_AFTER_ECHO_DETECT_FA
IL:0,LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ECHO_DETECT_FAIL_ALARM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_INIT_DT_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150215 from 1) LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL (Cell Load
CH2 RLSWI WRFD- LTE to Information TL Input Switch)
TCH 010101 UMTS
with PS During inter-RAT handovers from 3G cells to 2G
WRFD- Handov cells, the RNC can records information about load on
160103 er 3G cells in the RELOCATION REQUIRED container
WRFD- in the Tag Length Value (TLV) format.
3GPP
030011 R9 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the Tag
WRFD- Specific Length in the container.
020500 ations 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
WRFD- Termina the Tag Length.
140224 l Black 2) SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET (Switch for
WRFD- List Transferring INITIAL UE Messages in the IU Reset
160271 MIMO State)
WRFD- Prime 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the
020400 Enhance INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
d Fast interface is in the reset state.
WRFD-
140205 Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC handles the
cy INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
Fast CS interface is in the reset state.
Fallback 3)
Based RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
on RIM H (RB Reconfiguration DRD Rollback Switch)
Ultra- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
Flash rollback caused by failed directed retry decisions
CSFB (DRDs) of RB reconfiguration.
DRD 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Introduc support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
tion reconfiguration. However, the RNC supports rollback
Package if the asynchronous reconfiguration is used for RB
Voice reconfiguration accompanied by DRDs when this
Service switch is turned off.
Experie 4) RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (CS IMEI
nce Request Switch)
Improve 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rather than the
ment for CN sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
Weak obtain the international mobile equipment identity
Receptio (IMEI) of a UE. Note: When the CN checks the serial
n Ues number of direct transfer messages and the
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH switch is turned off,
turning on this switch leads to inconsistency in the
serial number of direct transfer messages between the
CN and the UE. This causes CS service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch, test the interworking

WCDMA RAN

nd
between the RNC and the CN. If the CN checks the

serial number of direct transfer messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH under
of a UE.
5) RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI
Request Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC, rather than the
CN, sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
obtain the IMEI of a UE.
of a UE.
6) FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D (P2D Switch for
Congested FACH or DTCH)
Whether to trigger a CELL_PCH- or URA_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH (P2D) state transition when the FACH
DTCH is congested.
1: This switch is turned on. The P2D state transition is
triggered for UEs using PS services when the FACH
DTCH is congested.
0: This switch is turned off. The P2D state transition is
not triggered for UEs using PS services when the
FACH DTCH is congested.
7)
H (RB Establishment DRD Rollback Switch)
rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB establishment.
support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
establishment. However, the RNC supports rollback if
the RB fast setup function is used for RB
establishment accompanied by DRDs when this
8) PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH
(Switch for Not Triggering Rate Reduction
Negotiation Between the CN and the RNC After a PS
Service Access Failure)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The access rate is not

0: This switch is turned off. The access rate is
9) ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH
(Switch for Performing the Optimized Soft-Handover
Timeout Procedure)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC considers that it
has received an ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE
message during soft handover procedure after the
message has expired. Note: It is recommended that the
HO active set update response timer (HoAsuTmr)
should be set to 10s to prevent misjudgment made by
enabling the function. To set HoAsuTmr, run the
following command:SET USTATETIMER:
HoAsuTmr=10000;
0: This switch is turned off. UEs are directly released
during soft handover procedure after the ACTIVE
SET UPDATE COMPLETE message has expired.
10) RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH (Switch
for Performing the Optimized RRC Connection
Release Procedure with No Data Transmitted on the
UE upon UE State Transition Timeout)
release process with the cause of user inactive when
the UE has no data to transmit.
release process with other causes when the UE has no
data to transmit.
11) RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized RRC Connection Release
Procedure on Receipt of a SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION Message)
normal release process after receive SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION message
from UE.
SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION message during the process.
12)
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
(Switch for SRB Reestablishment During a Cell

Update with the Cause Value of RL Failure)
1: This switch is turned on. SRBs are reestablished
during cell update procedure with the "RL Failure"
cause value.
0: This switch is turned off. SRBs are not
reestablished during cell update procedure with the
"RL Failure" cause value.
13) CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH (Enable DSCR
in Procedure Overlap for PS Service)
releases the UE's RRC connection using the "directed
signalling connection re-establishment" cause value if
a DRD failure, hard handover failure, or RB
procedure occurs in parallel with a cell update
procedure.
does not release the UE's RRC connection using the
"directed signalling connection re-establishment"
cause value if a DRD failure, hard handover failure, or
RB procedure occurs in parallel with a cell update
procedure.
14) TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH (Enable DSCR in L2
Trans Error)
1: This switch is turned on. The DSCR procedure is
performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error occurs.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSCR procedure is
not performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error
occurs.
15) RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH
(Signaling Connection Release Switch for UEs
Supporting Fast Dormancy)
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC receives a
INDICATION from UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session end", the RNC triggers the
state transition for the UE. Otherwise, the RNC
releases the signaling connection.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC receives a
INDICATION from UE, the RNC triggers the state
transition for the UE.
16) FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH (Switch for Tracing
UEs Failing in FP Synchronization)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. UEs using FP can be

0: This switch is turned off. UEs using FP cannot be
17) RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
(Switch for Reducing PCHR Log Information for
Normal Procedure)
The switch RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
controls whether the RNC reduces information
recorded in a PCHR log for a normal procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reduces
information in a performance call history record
(PCHR) log recorded during a normal procedure and
reports only the following information blocks:
-CONN_SETUP(Connection Block)
-RRC_RELEASE(RRC Release Block)
-CS_RAB_SETUP(CS RAB Setup Block)
-PS_RAB_SETUP(PS RAB Setup Block)
-CS_RAB_REL(CS RAB Release Block)
-PS_RAB_REL(PS RAB Release Block)
-SHO(Soft Handover Block)
-SYS_HO_OUT(Inter-RAT Handover Block)
-INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT(Intra-Frequency Missing
Neighboring Cell Block)
-STAT(Statistical Block)
-CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(CS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(PS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-CS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(CS Setup Direct
-PS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(PS Setup Direct
A procedure is abnormal only when any of the
following conditions is met:
-The RRC connection setup fails.
-The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally released.
-The value of the information element (IE) NAS-PDU
contained in a DIRECT TRANSFER message is
ATTACH REJECT, RAU REJECT, or LAU REJECT.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reduce

information recorded in a PCHR log.
18) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF Switch)
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
hyper frame number (HFN) modification, noise
pouring, and Iu-UP loopback functions by direct
transfer messages from a UE.
trigger HFN modification, noise pouring, or Iu-UP
loopback functions by direct transfer messages from a
UE.
19) FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH
(Switch for fast CSFB based on RIM)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports fast
CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
20) L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH
Whether to support LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers simultaneously.
1: This switch is turned on. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers can happen simultaneously.
0: This switch is turned off. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers cannot happen simultaneously.
21)ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH(Ultra-Flash
CSFB Function Switch)
Whether the Ultra-Flash CSFB function takes effect.
Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay of CSFB is
reduced, improving user experience.
support the Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay
of CSFB is long, affecting user experience.
22)RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH(Suppo
rt RNC PS Querying UE IMEISV)
Whether the RNC sends an Identity Request message
to the UE, requesting the UE's international mobile
station equipment identity and software version
(IMEISV).
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends an Identity
Request message to the UE, requesting the UE's
IMEISV.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send an

Identity Request message to the UE.
If this switch is enabled together with the
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH, the RNC
queries the UE's IMEISV, not IMEI.
23)NRNC_EXTENDED_RNCID_SWITCH(Nrnc
Extended RNC ID Switch)
Whether to support the extended neighboring RNC
ID. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.423.
extended neighboring RNC ID.
support the extended neighboring RNC ID.
24)RNC_UE_IMSI_TAC_CORRELATION_SWITC
H(IMSI and TAC Correlation Switch)
Whether the RNC supports correlation between IMSI
and TAC.
correlation between IMSI and TAC.
support correlation between IMSI and TAC.
25)
REL_NO_PS_RAB_AFTER_ECHO_DETECT_FAI
L(Release No PS RAB After Echo Detect Failure)
Whether to release PS services after a GTP-U echo
detection fails.
PS services after a GTP-U echo detection fails.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases PS
services after a GTP-U echo detection fails.
26)
ECHO_DETECT_FAIL_ALARM_OPT_SWITCH(Al
arm Optimization Switch After Echo Detect Failure)
Whether to optimize the reporting of EVT-22939 Path
to SGSN Faulty.
1: This switch is turned on. When the Echo detection
Faulty is not reported.
0: This switch is turned off. When the Echo detection
Faulty is reported.
27) LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH(Lossy
Relocation Optimization Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to optimize the lossy relocation procedure.

lossy relocation procedure in the event of a
forwarding GTPU setup failure during lossy
relocation.
0: This switch is turned off. The lossy relocation
procedure fails in the event of a forwarding GTPU
setup failure during lossy relocation.
28) CS_INIT_DT_OPT_SWITCH(CS initial DT
Whether the RNC is optimized according to the
carrying information of the location area update
message in the Initial Direct message in the CS
domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly discards
the Initial Direct Transfer message with invalid IMSI
or Type of identity in the carried location area update
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC retains the
original processing,the RNC directly fowards the
Initial Direct Transfer message to the CN.
GUI Value Range:
H, RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
H, PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH,
DTMF_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
, LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
H,
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH,
DTMF_SWITCH,
,
LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value: LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL:
0,SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET:
0,RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:1,RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D:
0,RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWIT
CH:0,PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITC
H:0,CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH:
0,FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH:
1,RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH:
1,DTMF_SWITCH:
1,FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH:
0,NRNC_EXTENDED_RNCID_SWITCH:
0,RNC_UE_IMSI_TAC_CORRELATION_SWITCH:
0,REL_NO_PS_RAB_AFTER_ECHO_DETECT_FA
IL:0,LOSSY_RELOCATION_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ECHO_DETECT_FAIL_ALARM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CS_INIT_DT_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC691 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

mentSwi 0 URRCT 020126 Between 1)CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
tch2 RLSWI UMTS
TCH and LTE Whether the enhancement of CSFB delay
Phase 1 optimization is enabled. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC uses an existing method as well as RRC
messages to identify CSFB UEs.
optimizes the CSFB delay of all identified CSFB UEs
by delaying routing area updates (RAUs) for these
CSFB UEs and by not querying these CSFB UEs' CS
IMEIs. All identified CSFB UEs include the CSFB
UEs that are identified by using the existing method
and RRC messages.
optimizes the CSFB delay of only CSFB UEs that are
identified by using the existing method.
2)NODEB_RL_VIP_NOTIFY_SWITCH(NodeB
RadioLink VIP Notify Swtich)
Whether the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST,
RADIO LINK ADDITION REQUEST, and RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE messages
sent by the RNC to the NodeB carry the private IE
"reserved4-private".
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the
RNC labels a UE a VIP IMSI user, the three preceding
messages sent by the RNC to the NodeB carry the
private IE "reserved4-private" (value: 1).
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The three
preceding messages sent by the RNC to the NodeB do
not carry the private IE "reserved4-private".
3)CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_OPT_SWITCH(Cipher Time
Adjust Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC checks the difference between the
time when the RNC receives the setup or
reconfiguration completion message and the time
when the UE activates new encryption and decryption
configuration to determine whether the UE has
activated new encryption and decryption configuration
in the following scenario:
During CS service setup or reconfiguration on the
RNC, the UE activates the encryption and decryption
configuration 2.5s or more after sending the setup or
reconfiguration completion message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the time
difference does not exceed 200 CFNs, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not immediately activate new encryption and

decryption configuration. Otherwise, the RNC
immediately activates new encryption and decryption
configuration.
immediately activates new encryption and decryption
configuration in this scenario.
GUI Value Range:
CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
NODEB_RL_VIP_NOTIFY_SWITCH,
CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
NODEB_RL_VIP_NOTIFY_SWITCH,
CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value: CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,NODEB_RL_VIP_NOTIFY_SWITCH:
0,CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_OPT_SWITCH:1
DeferM BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Whether SIB3 carries the Deferred
cReadIn 0 UCELL measurement control reading support IE. 1: This
d MEAS switch is turned on. SIB3 carries the Deferred
MOD measurement control reading support IE. 2: This
UCELL switch is turned off. SIB3 does not carry the Deferred
MEAS measurement control reading support IE.
Unit: None
DeferM BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Whether SIB3 carries the Deferred
cReadIn 0 UCELL measurement control reading support IE. 1: This
d MEAS switch is turned on. SIB3 carries the Deferred
MOD measurement control reading support IE. 2: This
UCELL switch is turned off. SIB3 does not carry the Deferred
MEAS measurement control reading support IE.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Downlin Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010688 k 1.
tch2 ARA WRFD- Enhance PERFENH_MULTIRAB_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH
140223 d : Whether a UE can preempt multiple RABs from UEs
CELL_F processing combined services. When this switch is set
WRFD- ACH
020101 to ON, a UE can preempt multiple RABs from UEs
MOCN processing combined services if cell resources are
WRFD- Cell insufficient. When this switch is set to OFF, a UE can
150231 Resourc preempt only one RAB from UEs processing
WRFD- e combined services if cell resources are insufficient.
140224 Demarc Note: This solution is always effective during resource
MRFD- ation preemption for platinum UEs and UEs initiating
111402 Admissi emergency calls.
WRFD- on 2.
190102 Control PERFENH_RRC_PREEMPT_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH
RIM : Whether the RNC re-calculates the resources for
Based preemption if RRC UEs are to be preempted. When
UMTS this switch is set to ON, the RNC re-calculates the
Target resources for preemption after releasing the resources
Cell preempted from RAB UEs if RRC UEs are to be
Selectio preempted. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
n for does not re-calculate the resources for preemption if
LTE RRC UEs are to be preempted.
Fast CS Note: This solution is always effective during resource
Fallback preemption for platinum UEs and UEs initiating
Based emergency calls.
on RIM 3. PERFENH_CODEADJ_TIME_OPT_SWITCH:
Inter- Whether to change the duration of the code
RAT readjustment timer. When this switch is turned on, the
Adaptiv duration of the code readjustment timer is changed to
e Traffic the value of "HoPhychRecfgTmr" in "SET
Offload USTATETIMER" plus 3s. When this switch is turned
Adaptiv off, the duration of the code readjustment timer is
e Hard fixed to 6s.
Handov 4.
er PERFENH_HSDPA_SRBDCH_CODE_CACOPT_S
Optimiz WITCH: Code admission optimization switch for
ation in HSDPA SRB over DCH. When this switch is set to
Multi- OFF, the code admission optimization switch for
Sector HSDPA SRB over DCH is not enabled. When this
switch is set to ON, the code admission optimization
switch for HSDPA SRB over DCH is enabled.
5.
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to set the maximum scheduling period for
SIB3 to 160 ms. When this switch is set to OFF, the
maximum scheduling period for SIB3 is 40960 ms.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is set to ON, the maximum

scheduling period for SIB3 is 160 ms.
6. PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the SIB3 scheduling optimization
function. When this switch is set to OFF, the
scheduling period for SIB3 is equal to, half, or two
times the maximum scheduling period among SIB1/
SIB5/SIB11. When this switch is set to ON, the
scheduling period for SIB3 is 1/8 of the maximum
scheduling period among SIB1/SIB5/SIB11. In
addition, the scheduling period for SIB7 is extended to
160 ms.
7.
PERFENH_DEMARC_NODEB_TYPE_REF_SWIT
CH: Whether the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
feature in a cell depends on the sharing type of the
NodeB. The sharing type of a NodeB is specified by
the "SharingType" parameter in the "ADD UNODEB"
command. When this switch is set to ON, the MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation feature in a cell depends
on the sharing type of the NodeB. That is, when the
"SharingType" parameter for the NodeB is set to
MOCN, the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
feature takes effect in the cells under the NodeB. In
other cases, this feature does not take effect in the
cells under the NodeB. When this switch is set to OFF,
the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation feature in a
cell does not depend on the sharing type of the
NodeB.
8.
PERFENH_QOSSHUTDOWN_BY_LOAD_LIC_S
WITCH: Whether the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based
on QoS feature is controlled by the license for the
Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load
feature. When this switch is set to ON, the Multi-
Carrier Switch off Based on QoS feature is controlled
by the license for the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based
on Traffic Load feature. When this switch is set to
OFF, the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS
feature is not controlled by the license for the Multi-
Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load feature.
9.
PERFENH_EVENT_MEAS_ELEM_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC processes IEs in event
measurement reports sent by the NodeB. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC processes IEs in the
event measurement reports. When this switch is set to

WCDMA RAN

nd
ON, the RNC does not process IEs in the event

measurement reports.
10.
PERFENH_CSMODIFY_ADMPRE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether CS RAB modification can use the same
policy as CS RAB setup for admission and
preemption. When this switch is set to ON, CS RAB
modification uses the same priority as CS RAB setup
for admission. During preemption, CS RAB
modification has the same preempting capability as
CS RAB setup and can preempt resources of the same
UEs as CS RAB setup. When this switch is set to
OFF, CS RAB modification uses different policies
from CS RAB setup for admission and preemption.
CS RAB modification cannot use functions such as
admission guarantee for CS AMR (controlled by the

Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN20.1 - 01)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN20.1 - 01)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WCDMA RAN

Interoperability Between UMTS and

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE............................................................................. 14

4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE.................................................27

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE................................................................................................................... 41

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

5.3.2 Policy....................................................................................................................................................................... 104

7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE............................................................... 125

9 Impact on the Network.............................................................................................................138

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

9.2.2 Network Performance..............................................................................................................................................139

10 Engineering Guidelines......................................................................................................... 146

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

10.2.7 Troubleshooting..................................................................................................................................................... 183

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

10.12.4.6.2 MML Command Examples........................................................................................................................... 333

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

1 About This Document

This document covers the following features:

l WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

This document applies to the following NE types.

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite, DBS5900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience

l Need to understand the features described herein

1.3 Change History

RAN20.1 Draft A (2017-12-30)

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added Iur related Added the following counters:

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Added the following Added the following parameters:

Added the function of Replaced the reserved parameter RsvSwitch6

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Editorial None None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

WRFD-14 CS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-15 SRVCC Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

WRFD-16 Ultra- Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

WRFD-02 Mobility Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-02 Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

WRFD-14 Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-15 Load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-15 Load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-15 Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-15 Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-15 RIM Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

WRFD-14 Fast Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

WRFD-17 Fast Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5

Issue 01 (2018-04-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6

2.2 Function Classification